Gougle
This is adigital copy of a biK)k ihal was prcscrvcd for gL'iiL'ralions on library sIil'Ivl's bclbrc il was c^LrL'l liIIv sclliiiil-lI by Googlc as parl of a projccl
to makc thc world's books discovcrablc onlinc.
Il has survivL-d long L-nough for llu- copyrighl lo cspirc and thc book to cntcr thc public domain. A public domain book is onc that was ncvcr subjccl
to copyrighl or whosc lcgal copyrighl tcrni has c.\pircd. Whcthcr abook is in thc public dornairi rnay vary country tocountry. Publicdomain books
arc our gatcways to thc past. rcprcscnting a wcalth of history. culturc and knowlcdgc that's oftcn dillicult to discovcr.
Marks. notations and othcr riiarginalia prcscnt in thc original volumc will appcar in this lilc - a rcmindcr of this book's long journcy from thc
publishcr to a library and linally to you.
Usage guidelines
Googlc is proud to partncr with librariL's U> digili/L' public doiiiain malL'rials and niakL' llu'in widcly acccssiblc. Public doniain books bclong to thc
public and wc arc mcrcly llu'ir L'uslodians. Nl'vltiIu'Il'ss. this work is iwpcnsivc. so in ordcr to kL-L-p providing ihis rcsourcc. wc havc takcn stcps to
prcvcnt abusc by coninicrcial parlics. iiicIlicIiiilj placiiig: lcclmical rL'strictions 011 automatcd qucrying.
Wc alsoasklhat you:
+ Make non-commerciai u.se ofthe fi/es Wl' dcsigncd Googlc Book Scarch for usc by individuals. and wc rcL|ucst thal you usc thcsc filcs for
pcrsonal, non-commcrcial purposcs.
+ Refrain from uittomuted f/uerying Donot scnd autoniatcd L|ucrics of any sort to Googlc's systcni: If you arc conducting rcscarch on machinc
translation. optical charactcr rccognition or othcr arcas whcrc acccss to a largc aniount of tc.\t is hclpful. plcasc contact us. Wc cncouragc thc
uscofpublic domain matcrials for thcsc purposcs and may bc ablc to hclp.
+ Maintain attribution Thc Googlc "watcrniark" you scc on cach lilc is csscntial for inforiiiiiig pcoplc about this projcct and hclping thcm lind
additional matL-rials ihrough Googk' ISook Scarch. Pk-asL' do not rcmovc it.
+ Keep it legal Whatcvcr your usc. rcmcmbcr that you arc rcsponsiblc for cnsuring that what you arc doing is lcgal. Do not assumc that just
bccausc wc bclicvc a biK>k is in thc public domain for uscrs in thc Unitcd Statcs. that thc work is also in thc public domain for uscrs in othcr
L'ounlriL's. WliL'lliL'r a book is slill in copyrighl vark's from L'ounlry lo coLinlry. and wl- can'l ofll'r guidaiiL'L' on whclhcr any spL'cilic lisl' of
any spccilic biK>k is allowcd. Plcasc do not assumc that a b(K>k's appcarancc in Googlc Book Scarch mcans it can bc uscd in any manncr
anywhcrc in thc world. Copyrighl iiilriiigciiiciil liability can bc quitc scvcrc.
About Google Book Search
Googlc's niission is lo organizc thc world's information and to makc it univcrsally acccssiblc and uscl'ul. Googlc Book Scarch hclps rcadcrs
discovL'r lliL' world's books wlulc liclpinjj anlliors aiid publisliL'rs ivach iil'w audiL'iicL's. You cau scarcli llirougli llic full lc\l of ihis book on llic wcb
al |_-.:. :.-.-:: / / booki . google . com/|
A DICTIONARY
OF THE
SUAHILI LANGUAGE
BALLANTYNB, HAN&ON ANO CO., BDINBURGH
CMANDOS STRBST, LONDON
*
••
'•
• • •
- •
• V 1
A
DICTION ARY
OF THE
SUAHILI LANGUAGE
COMPILED BY THE
REV. DR. L. KRAPF
AflSSIONARY OF TIIE CHURCH MISSIONARY SOCIETY IN EAST AFRICA
WITH INTRODUCTION
Containino an ©utline ot a Suabili Grammar
LONDON
TRUBNER AND CO., LUDGATE HILL
1882
[All righis reserved.\
l INTRODUCTION.
In 1879, the Committee of the Church Missionary Society put forth a circular
inviting subscriptions to a Dictionary of the Suahili Language, which their
honoured and aged missionary, Dr. Ludwig Krapf, proposed to publish under
their auspices. The work was entrusted to Messrs. Triibner & Co., Publishers,
* Ludgate Hill, with whom a contract was entered into by the Committee to
take a certain number of copies.
While a few sheets remained in the press, the venerable compiler fell on his
last sleep* leaving the great work of his holy and useful life incompleted ; on
his table lay a corrected proof sheet, as some of his latest thoughts before his
sudden call had been devoted to what he deemed an important factor in the
great enterprise of converting the Pagan tribes of East £quatorial Africa, all
of whom spoke this lauguage, or kindred dialects.
The Committee accepted as a solemn duty the task of completing the work
in the raanner, and on the lines, laid down by their revered friend, and resisted
all suggestions to make changes. Such as the work was designed, and carried
on by Dr. Krapf, such it is issued to the public. The Committee were per-
fectly aware of a difference of opinion ezisting between two schools of Suahili
scholars — that of Zanzibar, and that of Mombasa. They were also perfectly
aware that Dr. Krapf was the first in this linguistic field, was a scholar of
*
high European repute ; they laid stress upon the fact, that the Dictionary was
his, and that of his lamented friend Dr. John Rebmann, one of their honoured
Missionaries, and they determined to accept the merits nnd demerits of the
work, whatever they might be.
■• -k * x *J
vi INTRODOCTION.
Therc may be a difference of opinion on the mode of rendering the language
into a modified form of the Roman Alphabet, and the mode of spelling. Such
differences have occurred repeatedly in dealing with other languages of Asia,
Africa, America, and Australia. It is natural that each author should desire
to have his own views carried out. £xperience will decide upon a question,
which is not one of principle but of practice. Those who have to make use
of English, German, and French dictionaries of the same language, know
that the inconvenience of a different transliteration of the same vocable only
lies on the surface.
At any rate here is now something, where nothing existed at all. Had the
life of Dr. Krapf not have been prolonged to the close of last year, the public
would not have had the invaluable aid of his long experience in acquiring a
knowledgc of the word-stores of the language.
Robebt Cust,
Honorary Sccretary of Royal Asiatic Society, and Membor
of the CommittcoB of Church Miiwonary Society and
British and Foreign Bible Societies.
Londow, March 24, 1882.
PREFACE.
It may be interesling to the student of Kisuahili to learn by what steps and under
what circumstances this language, which is now taking its place among those which
are written and printed, first emerged from the class of unknown and illiterate tongues.
In November of the year 1843, when the Mission in Abyssinia, with which I was
connected, had been reluctantly abandoned, a vague report, concerning the Galla tribes
inhabiting the equatorial region of Africa, which I heard while in Aden, determined
me to sail directly in an Arab vessel along the coast in order to find them.
We passed Cape Guardafui, Ras Hafoon, Worsheikh, Mukdispa, Marka, and Barawa,
and on Christmas Eve anchored in the estuary of the river Jub. The next day we
reached the island of Kiama, where I had the very great pleasure of meeting with the
Gallas of the tribe Dado.
Had it not been necessary for me to pay my respects to the Sultan of Zanzibar and
Major Hamerton, H.B.M. Consul at that place, I should have decided to stay at
Kiama and attempt a Mission among the Gallas on the main land.
From Kiama our vessel proceeded to Lamu, Malindi, and Takaungu, at which
latter place I obtained important information.
At Takaungu I heard for the first time of the much-famed silver mountain Kili-
mandjaro, which 8ubsequently was discovered to be a snow mountain. I was also
told that there was a great sea beyond the country of Uniamuezi. Being then unable
to conceive the idea of a great inland sea, I thought my informants spoke of a large
river.
In Takaungu, too, I met for the first time the heathen Wanika, a people who at
once appeared to me to be less savage and more accessible than the Galla tribes.
When I arrived at the island of Mombas, where I was received very courteously by
the authorities, the opinion I had formed was confirmed by what was told me of the
Wanika who inhabit the surrounding hills on the main land. Indeed, I became con-
vinced by what I saw and heard that Mombas was the place whence a Mission to the
interior could be best commenced.
Afler having visited the islands of Wassin and Tanga, and the so-called Pangani-
town, which is on the river Pangani, my wife and I arrived at Zanzibar about New
Year's day, 1844. Here Major Hamerton kindly introduced me to the Sultan Said-
Said, to whom I mentioned the object of my coming to East Africa, and my desire
to settle at Mombas. His Highness at once gave me full permission to do so, and
furnished me with a letter, addressed to all his Governors of the coast, charging them
" to be kind to Dr. Krapf, who wiahes to convert the world to God."
â–¼iii PREFACE.
In May, 1844, we sailed for Mombas, and immediately on my arrival, I set myself
to the study of the Kisuahili and Kinika languages, by means of the colloquial Arabic
which I had learned in Egypt, Arabia, and Abyssinia. I also visited the Wanika tribes
in the neighbourhood, and sought to establish friendly relations with their chiefs.
At Mombas I became acquainted with people from all parts of the coast and the
interior. By intercourse with these, I became aware of the existence of a large family
of languages (having a common base), which extends from the equator to the Cape of
Good Hope.
This discovery deeply interested me, and induced me to investigate with great care
the characteristics of Kisuahili, which I very soon found to be the key to all the dialects
inland. The peculiarities of the language puzzled me for a long time, till at last it
became clear that the whole of the nouns could be divided into eight classes, each
having its own euphonical concord. Besides, I found that the South-East African
mind distinguishes between the animate and inanimate creation, between the principle
of life and death. These chief difficulties having been surmounted, Kisuahili showed
itself as an easy and regularly formed language.
In 1845 I was able to send to Mr. Coates, the lay secretary of the Church Missionary
Society — with which Society I had been connected since 1837 — an extensive
vocabulary, and an outline of the grammar, with a translation of the Gospels of St.
Luke and St. John. These little works were sent simply for the use of the Mission-
aries who were shortly to be sent out to join the East African Mission. The first of
these who arrived was the Rev. J. Rebmann, who reached Mombas in June, 1846. While
yet in England he made a copy of my manuscripts, and, during the long voyage of
140 days from London to Zanzibar, committed the whole of their contents to memory.
This gave him a great advantage in mastering the language after his arrival in Mombas.
When I had despatched the above-mentioned works to London, I commenced the
compilation of a large Dictionary in four columns, viz : English, Kisuahili, Kinika,
and Kikamba ; but as it proceeded, I found, as did Dr. Carey in India under similar
circumstances, that my plan was too comprehensive, and so I suppressed the Kikamba
column. This was the Dictionary to which Mr. Rebmann referred when he wrote,
" To-day I continued to write out the Kisuahili and Kinika-English Dictionary, which
was commenced before we left Mombas and settled in Rabbai Mpia. It is no work of
mj own, but only a different arrangement of the larger Dictionary of Dr. Krapf, carried
out inEnglish, Kisuahili and Kinika." (Church Miss. Record, February 1819, p. 29.)
Unfortunately this Dictionary, which I, on my departure from East Africa,had left in
the hands of Mr. Rebmann, was destroyed by the white ants. When Mr. Rebmann had
mastered the language a little, he added to the Dictionary, which I had begun before
his arrivalin Mombas, by communicating to me new words he heard among the people.
His own attention was, however, chiefly gi ven to the Kinika, of which he compiled a
large Dictionary on the basis of my own Kinika work. This work of Mr. Rebmann is
in the possession of the Church Missionary Society, and is well worth publication.
I regret that I had not seen and read the scattered manuscripts of this great work,
B8 I should not, in the year 1876, when I edited Mr. Rebmann's Kiniassa Dictionary,
have made inthe preface the desultory remark, " excepttheexcellenttranslationofSt.
Luke in Kisuahili (which was printed in July and August, 1876) and Kiniassa
Dietionary, Mr„ Rebmann haa brought to Europe nothing of any great value in regard
U> Philology."
PREFACE. U
In the year 1860 I gave my Kisuahili Dictionary in four manuscript volumes to
the Rev. Thomas Wakefield, of the United Methodist Free Churches' Mission at Ribe ;
but whether he has enriched the work by the addition of new words I do not know.
The above sketch will show how the foundations of Kisuahili lexicography and
Grammar were laid. What I had written on the latter subject was printed in Tubingen
by Ludwig Friederich Fucs in 1850, under the title of " An Outline of the Elements
of the Kisuahili Language." The Kisuahili vocabulary, which was the precursor of my
Dictionary, was likewise printed the same year by the same press, together with
vocabularies of five other dialects — viz : Kinika, Kikamba, Kipok6mo, Kihiau, and
Kigalla.
When Mr. Rebmann and I were at work in Africa, there was no such demand for
Kisuahili books as would justify a large expenditure in printing works of the magni-
tude of this Dictionary. Since then, however, a great change has taken place. The
Church Missionary Society has greatly enlarged the area of its work in East and
Central Africa, and other Missionary Societies have joined it in the field.
The scientific and commercial enterprise of Europe has also found a large opening
for activity in the land. So, now, the linguistic work which was prepared with so much
labour and care in other days, can no longer be withheld from the public. Even
after careful revision, with the advantage of later information and experience, what is
now put forth is not as complete as 1 could wish. But our successors will, doubtless,
from time to time, supplement our work with such additions and modifications of
words as have not up to the present time come to my knowledge.
Before I conclude this preface, I must add a few words in reference to the Hand-
book of the Suahili language, which Dr. Edward Steere, Missionary Bishop for Central
Africa, has edited, 1870 (and the second edition, 1875). He states in the preface,
p. 4, " When Bishop Tozer arrived in Zanzibar at the end of August, 1864, the
only guides we had to the langaage were the Grammar and Vocabulary of Dr. Krapf,
and his translation of part of the book of Common Prayer. During Bishop Tozer's
visit to Mombas in November, he made a copy of a revised vocabulary belonging to
the Rev. J. Rebmann. However, although one cannot estimate too highly the diligence
and linguistic ability displayed by Dr. Krapf, and the patient sagacity of Mr. Rebinann,
we soon found that, owing partly to the fact of their collections having been made in
the dialect of Mombas, and still more to the confused and inexact style of spelling
adopted unfortunateJy by both, their works were of scarcely any use to a mere beginner.
" I soon after procured copies of the manuscript vocabularies collected by Mr. Witt
and Mr. Schultz, then representing the firm of Oswald and Co., in Zanzibar."
" P. 5 : During Mahommed's sickness I completed the ' collection ' from Dr.
Krapf, with the help of the vocabulary collected by the late Baron von der Decken
and Dr. Kersten, and of that collected by the Rev. Thomas Wakefield, of the United
Methodist Free Churches' Mission, both of which I was kindly allowed to copy.
" P. 9 : Only three weeks before leaving I had the advantage of consulting two
large manuscript dictionaries compiled by Dr. Krapf, and brought to Zanzibar by the
Rev. R. L. Pennell. I was able to examine about half the Suahili-English volume, with
the assistance of Hamis wa Kayi, enough to enrich materially my previous collections,
and to show how far even now I fall short of my first predecessor in the work of
examining and elucidating the languages of Eastern Africa. There remains for some
future time or other hand the examination of the rest of Dr. Krapfs dictionary, &c."
PREFACE.
When I read these remarks for the first time, I was highly eurprised that the learned
and zealous Missionary Bishop on one hand should praise the diligence and linguistic
ability of Dr. Krapf, and the patient sagacity of Mr. Eebmann, and on the other hand
ehould state that the works of both Missionaries were scaroely of any use to him or
to Bishop Tozer. It is manifest to every reader that this statement of Dr. Steere is,
to say the least, self-contradictory. I have, however, no wish to pick a quarrel with
the Bishop, though the attitude he takes toward the Missionaries will for ever remain
a great mystery to me. The Bishop used Kisuahili collections compiled by other
Germans, e.g., Mr. Schultz and Baron von der Decken, and yet their German ortho-
graphy did not discourage him from using their works — besides, Baron von der Decken
was in the possession of my works before he went to Africa. I met him at Mombas,
in 1862, when he conversed with me about some points of my " Grammatical Outline
and Vocabulary of Six East African Dialects," and also on my "Travels and Missionary
Researchea during Eighteen Years,inEast Africa," printed by Mr. Triibner, in London.
Indeed, if I were compelled to strike the balance between my Dictionary and Dr.
Steere's Handbook, I should have to state that the form of the book is the Bishops,
while the essence of the Grammar and of the Dictionary are iu the main my work,
nor does Dr. Steere's statement quoted above contradict this. I readily give him the
credit of the arrangement, especially as he has ao ably and with so much pains utilized
my materials. I was much annoyed, it is true, on first reading the book, and consi-
dered it plagiarism ; but the candid way in which the Bishop spoke in the preface of
Mr. Kebmann and myself, showed me that it was not so. I esteem him also for his
missionary zeal, and especially for the extent to which he has furthered the science of
philology in East Africa.
Ajs to the orthography of the language of South-Eastern Africa, the best plan
would have been, if the standard alphabet of Dr. Lepsius had been adopted from the
beginning, especially afler all the great societies of Europe and America had subscribed
to that alphabet and pledged themselves to co-operate in its promulgation and
adoption. And no doubt this step would have taken the bull by the horns (as one
of the Secretaries of the Church Missionary Society wrote to me), and put a stop to
all future orthographic quarrela I am sure the orthography of Dr. Steere, Krapf,
and Rebmann, and of all other Suahili writers, wili and must be absorbed in course of
time by that universal alphabet. What confusion must arise, if the University
Mission at Zanzibar, the Church Missionary Society's agents at Frere Town and in
Uganda, the Free Methodists at Ribe, the Scotch Mission near Lake Nyassa, and the
London Society near theLakeTanganika, would have their separate orthography ! Or
will any of the local leaders of these Societies and their stations be so presumptuous
as to declare in a high-handed tone : " My orthography is the correct one, and ought
to be adopted by all who have now or shall have in future to reduce East African
languages ?"
In like manner I protest against all Suahili translations of Scripture which claim a
title to superiority, because they have been made by individuals exalted in their
secular position. Why not rather allow every one to contribute his individual mite
of lexicographical, grammatical, and translational work, which will in course of time
bring about in East Africa the same linguistic perfection which has been attained in
other continents by continuous and persevering activity.
With these remarks I may conclude this prefuce, only adding that the Outline of
PREFACE. xi
Saahili Grammar has bcen abridged from its original form in order to be appended to
this Dictionary for the convenience of the learner.
Regarding the form of the Dictionary critics wili especially find fault with the
frequent repetition of words which occurs at various places, and with an orthography
which is not uniform everywhere. A word may be written with the letter /, at
another place you may find it written with t>, or it may be written promiscuously with
i or *, or j or ch. The author was of opinion, that the book was not only destined for
Engliah students, but also for those of other nations who are less accustomed to English
pronunciation. Besides, I bore in mind that my successors in East Africa will issue
other editions, which will be improved extensively after many points have been in the
mean time elucidated and cleared up. A standard Suahili Lexicon must not be
expected in the present century.
Lastly, let me express this one hearty wish, that, under the Divine blessing, this
volume may be of material aid in the spread of Christianity and Christian civilization in
Central and Southern Africa. May it also help in forming a great chain of mission
stations which shali unite the East and West of Africa. This has been an object of
the author's most earnest desire since 1844, and 1 would fain entail this object on alJ
missionaries who are sent to Africa now or hcreafler.
Nearly the half of this chain has been happily inaugurated by the stations
established in Mpuapua (Mpwapwa), Eagei and the kingdom of Uganda, from which
no great distance intervenes to the Livingstone or Congo rivcr, which, being a vast
water-way, scems destined to facilitate the accomplishment of this undertaking.
I would here oifer a practical suggestion — namely, that as the Kisuahili is the most
cuitivated of thc dialects in this part of Africa, and is, moreover, spoken from the
equator southwards to the Portuguese settlements of Mozambique, it should be made
to supersede, as much as possible, the minor dialects inland which are spoken by only
a small population.
Mount Kadiaro, for example, has a population of about 15,000 souls. Shall the
Missionary compile a dictionary and grammar, and make a translation of the Bible in
this limited dialect? He may translate one or twoof the Gospels as abeginning; but
I shouid advise him to introduce Kisuahili books, and by means of schocls, in which
their own dialect is taughtfor a time, to make the people familiar with Kisuahili as
their literary language. There would be no difficulty in this, as the people will be
glad to learn Kisuahili for the purpose of intercourse with the coast. It is true that
thevariety of these multitudinous dialects presents peculiar attractions to the philo-
logist, but for practical purposes it is very desirable that their number should be
diminished.
For the best and most original dialect of Kisuahili itself, the people of Patta, Lamu,
Malindi, Mombas, and Tanga claim pre eminence over the inhabitants of Zanzibar and
Pemba. And it must be admittcd that the Kisuahili spoken at Zanzibar has a very large
infusion of Arabic and other foreign words. The Mombassians, therefore, consider the
dialect of Zanzibar as the " man6no ya Kijingajinga," t.«., the ianguage of ignorant
people, or of newly arrived slaves and other loreigners (vide : " mjinga u ).
In translations and grammatical works it is a rule of modern philology that ail such
foreign words should be rejected, and, wherever possible, only indigenous words
should be used. It was on this ground that Mr. Rebmann, to the end of his life, objected
to translations of the Scriptures in the Zanzibar dialect. He considered that dialect
xii PREFACE.
to be low and vulgar, and often expressed a wish that the purer expressions used in
Momhas, Lamu, and Patta, might be substituted for it
I, too, once held the same objection ; but latterly it occured to me that the Zanzibar
dialect was not without usefulness, as it is spoken by a very large number of people
along the coast, and also affords to the translator the resource of being able to adopt
at will an Arabic word when in difficulty for a proper expression in Kisuahiii.
Finally, I cannot forbear paying a tribute of respect and gratitude to his Highness
Said-Said, the first Sultan of Zanzibar, and to all his successors ; to Major Hamerton,
Col. Pelly, Col. Playfairand Dr.Kirk, H.B.M. Consuls at Zanzibar ; to the American
Consul, Mr. Waters, and those who succeeded him. All have shown great kindness to
the Church Missionary Society's Mission in East Africa from the beginning to the
present day. May God reward them abundantly I* I have, also, to acknowledge my
being under a special obligation to the Rev. R. H. Weakly, for having taken the
trouble to look through the English portion of this Dictionary, in which he has
corrected the Arabic and such phrases as were not strictly English.
To the Church Missionary Society I wish to repeat my warmest thanks, which I
have on several occasions publicly expressed to them, for the kindness I have received
during my eighteen years' connexion with them — first in Abyssinia, and subsequently
in the Equatorial region — which kindness they have now evinced again by the libe-
rality with which they have agreed to pay the expenses of printing this Dictionary.
* Among the above-mentioned benefactors I onght not to forget Lord Aberdeen, then Her
Majesty's Foreign Secretary, who most kindly sent me, through Major Hamerton, a letter of recom-
mendation to His Highness the Sultan ot Zanribar.
THE COMPILER.
KORNTHAL, NEAR STUTTGART, WURTEMBERO.
July 28, 1881.
AN OUTLINE OP GRAMMAR
or THI
SUAHILI LANGUAGE.
A Orammar of any Language has to treat : . First — Of the Form and Sound of tke
Letters (Phonological Part). Secondly — Of the Different ParU of Speech, or of the
Different Sorte of Worde (Etymological Part). Thirdly — Of the Right Disposition of
the Worde in Sentences (Syntactical Part).
PART I.
Phonology. — Form and Sound of the Kisuahili Language.
CHAPTER I.
THE ALPHABET.
(a) Capital Lettebs.
A, B, Ch, D, Dz, E, F, G, Gh, Gn, H, I, J, K,
Kh, L, M, N, 0, P, Q, B, 8, Sh, T, Th, U, V, W,
Y,Z.
(b) Small Lbtteb8, and mode ofpronoundng the
Capital and SmaU Letters.
a tf to bepronounced as a in father, far t papa.
b as b in black, bare.
ch „ ch in church t chin t chUd t cherry.
d „ d in bed t ao t die.
ds „ dz in mudzo (mudeo or madzo), in the Kinika
word mudzo, good.
e „ e in let t met, get t every, hen; £ as in fHe t or
chair.
„ tinfine, fire, and tike the Oerman v.
g )» gingave t gate t glory t give.
gh represents the Arabic £ (ghain).
gn and ng represents the Amharic letter gnah&a,
or the French gn in regner (to rule).
h as h in hand t hat.
i „ i in caprice, and — ee in fett; short, Uke iin
pin, pity t Uttle.
j „ j injust t John t joij % johe^ join; sometimes U
is pronounced more like dy in OaUa, softer
than dflh in German*—e.g. dyaba (to be
strong in OaUa), is pronounced Uke the
Oerman djaba ; dshaba would be too harsh.
k as kin 1dnd t kitchen t kakndar.
kh represents the Arabic kha (G)or Oerman ch —
e.g. t ich, Imyself; kochen, to cook; loch (a
hole); in Suahili t kh may be written by
h, not by k — e.g. t rokho, may be written
roho, not roko.
I as 1 in long t Up t London.
m in mamma t man.
n in no t night, never.
o in globe, notice, boy, and short, Uke in not,
hot t pot.
p in pen, pepper t paint ; p has sometimes an
aspirated or explosive sound — e.g. t pepo,
much wind (p'epo).
q in words having the Arabic letter \} for
that letter — e.g. t aqili insteadof&k\\\, under-
standing ; qaf instead of kaf in Arabic.
r in robber t river t ring, to raise.
s in sun t Sunday, save. It must not be
ident\fied with the BngUshz, whichis—dzor
tz in German, whereas the English Bis — the
GcrmanM.
m
n
o
i»
i»
»
j>
»!
I»
II
XIV
AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAB OF
sh as sh in shiUing, shield, sch in German, or like
the Arabic schin ( J5» )•
t „ t in ten t mat, hat. T and s ore very often
used in the dialect of Mombas, where j and
ch occur in the dialect of Zanzibar.
th „ th in think. This sound represents the
Arabic L , and may be written th or t ;
whereas the Arabic fc may 6e written th
or z. TAe fetter cad ^j© , ;nay 6e written
b or c t tchereas dhad ^ , ou^At to 6e
toritten dh or d. 2>r. Stetre in his Hand-
book, p. 9, thinks that all these sounds
may be replaced by a z, irAicA ftcoct gram-
marians will scarcely admit.
u „ u in rude, fuU t buU, or ~= oo in too/.
v „ v t» wry, view, fcwe, every.
w W is to be pronounced like Arabic ) , or
Uke German w. The EngUsh w is t according
to Professor JRothweWs Grammar, p. 18, to
6e considered as a vowel, and not as a
vowel and consonant; therefore the English
w cannot properly be introduced into the
Suahili — e.g. t the English w in the word we
is properly — uih, or in went = uent, con-
scguently it is nopure w like in Oerman or
Arabic. W is in English a double u and
was formerly written uu and not w, as
RothweU states.
y n y lw yonder % year, young. The peopU of
Lamu pronounce j in words, which the
Zanzibar dialect pronounces with a dash,
Uke j or ch — e^r., najua in Kiamu ; nayiia,
/ knoWf from ku yua or ku jiia, to know.
% in zealy kusy, razor; % is the Arabic j ,
wherefore aU the words whieh are written
in Arabie with j , must be written with %
in English and SuahUi.
The compound letters tch or tsb, may be
erpresstd by the English ch; words which you
wtil notfind under ch, you wiUfind under j in the
Dictionary.
Aperfect alphabet ofany language is to contain
only such a number of letters which is precisely
equal to the number qf simpU articulate sounds
belonging to that language. For this reason we
have omitted z, which may be rendered by ks or gs.
Ph may be given byf t asthe Italians write—e.g. t
Filosofia for phUosophy.
Itisa greatpity that the " Standard Alphabet' 1
which the Church Missionary, the London Society,
the Bible Society, and most of the Missionary
Sodeties in Europe and America have recom-
mended in 1854 to their agents for adoption in
foreign lands, has not been universaUy introduced
in East Ajrica, as by this means the confusion of
Orthography would have been radtcaUy obviated;
ii
but, on the other hand, we must not misconceive the
disadoantages which this universal Alphabet
would involve. (1) The great number ofletters with
diacritical marks wiU alarm those who are
beginning to leam a language. (2) The casting
of new types reauires a great outlay, and (3)
the great advantage which natives who study
EngUsh or any other European language derwe
by using the usual Alphabet in the old way t would
be lost t as many letters would be omitted or
modified by the " Standard Alphabet. 11
As to myself I much regret not having chosen
the Amharic Alphabet for the great famUy of
languages to the south of the Eouator. As Iwas
thefirst European who reduced SuahUi to writing t
and as there was then no universal alphabet
compUedf I might easUy have chosen Amharic t as
Ihave done in the case of the great GaUa nation
which surrounds Abyssinia t and which already
possesses the greater portion of the Bible in the
Amharic charactcr, which would evidently suit the
SuahUi better than the Boman. The only dis-
advantage wovld be t that you cannot write the
AmhariCf or Ethiopic letters so quickly as you can
write the Roman. A second disadvantage for a
European would be that he would have to learn
an afphabet entirely new to him.
However % whilst deploring my not having intro-
duced the Amharic Alphabet into Suahili, I have
never regretted having rejected the Arabic mode of
writing, which is too imperfect and too ambiguous
for writing SuahiU in a correct manner. True t if
John t the present Emperor of Abyssinia, should
accompUsh his gigantic pkm of conauering
and annexing aU the GaUa tribes Jrom the
frontiers of the present Abyssinia down to the
river Oojob (or Jub) t and to Kaffa t situated under
the 4th degree of north latitude, the influence of
Amharic would become immense. But this plan
wiU probaUy remain a dream which the Coptic
priests haveput into the Emperor's priest-ridden
heart.
FinaUy, I may observe, that Mr. Rebmann, like
most of Southern Germans, has confounded fre-
auenUy the letters b and p, d and t, — e.g. t daba daba
for tapa tapa, to shiver, to tremble (kua bcredi).
The student must bear in mind this incorrect
orthography, and must lookfor the meaning ofa
word under the letter t if he does not find it
under d, and vice-versd. There are many
words in Mr. Rebmann y s manuscripts which
reouire a doser ezamination ; but I did not think
it right to leave out such words, though they are
inexpUcable at the present stage of our knowledge
ofSuahUL These words wiU no doubt give occa-
sion for future ezamination, to ascertain their
correct meaning.
THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE.
XV
CHAPTER II.
DIPHTHONGS AND ACCENTUATION.
Properly $peaking, there are no diphthonge in
KisuaKili, as two voweU, which stand at the ind
of a word have the $ound of a diphthong, and
appear to form one syUable, yet are reatty pro-
nounced a$ two $yUable$, of which the first vowel
haa the aceent. On hearing $uch a wordfor the
fir$t time, one thinka his eor hear$ the sound ofa
diphthong, but on clcser examination one finds it
otherwise — e.g., in the words babai or mamai {his
father or his mother), the vowels ai are heard
like one syUable, conseauently there appears tobea
diphthong; but if one pronounces ai distinctiy — i.e.,
every letter eeparately and clearly, one will not
hear one syUable and sound, but two. The same is
the case ifone hears the words " ame-ni-sikiai,'' he
heard him, or "nimeBehau," I have forgotten, or
" Teita," a country in the interior, or " Kiwoi,"
acelebrated chiefofthe Wakamba — one supposes
atfirst that one hears the diphthong sound o/ai,
or au, or ei, or oi, but if one pronounces the letters
properly and distinctly, one witt give up the idea of
there being diphthongs in KisuahiH.
As to the accent, we must direct the leamerfirst
ofall, to the Dictionary, which in most cases will
show him the proper mode of aeoentuation. In
general, the accent rests on the penult, or penulti-
mate, with dissyUables and trisyUables, or with
pdysyUaUes on the antepenultimate. Mono$yllable$,
ofcourse, present no difficulty — e.g., ku pa, ku va,
ju. Words with two syUables — siku,day; mama,
mother; penda, to love. Words with three syUables
— urongo, a lie; niumba, a house; mtanga, sand.
Words withthree or more syUables — 6nia, to show;
fania, to make; gawania, to divide; but there are
many exceptionsfrom this rule — e.g., ku takata, to
beclean; mt6ro, the robber ; ku tangulia, to pre-
cede; amedaka, he desired; ku onieaha, to show
one; babayangu, myfather.
Words derivedfrom Arabic and other foreujn
languages, retain their original accent — e.g., ku ku-
ba\i,from the Arobic kabala, to receive; thahabu,
gold.
It is very necessary for the student to notice
careJuUy the position of the accent, as this has
great infiuence on the proper meaning of a word
— e.g., k6ndo means strife or quarrel, whereas
kondd signifies sheep. Toa or toaa means to take,
but ku t6a, to bring orput out, to deliver ; and ku tua
toput down, to rest, and ku tua or ku chiia {Kiiin-
guja) to set — e.g., jua la tua, the sun is setting.
CHAPTER IIL
ON ELISION, CONTRACTION, ADDITION, REDUPLICATION, EXCHANGE QP LETTERS.
1. — Elision, or JSjection with the compensation
of another letter, takes place in theformation of
concrete and abstract substantives — e.g., mpe'nzi, the
beloved one, a Jriend,from the verb ku penda, to
love; mape'nzi or upenzi, love. In other words,
elision is not attended by the eompensation of
another letter, but the mode ofpronunciation shows
that an elisionhas taken place—e.g., b'ana, master t
is for buana ; m'otto, fire, for muotto ; m'ezi, month,
for muezi, pl. mi6zi, miotto. The elision ought to be
indieated byputting an apostrophe over theplace
where the letter has been eUded.
2. — Contraction takesplacein words in which
two vowels of the same kind coincide — e.g., manga-
Ko, look, sight,for maangatio, /rom ku angalfa, to
$ee, to look; mandiahi for moandishi, from ku an-
dlka, to write, writing.
Contraction takesplace most freauently when a
prepcsition or verb or conjunction is connected with
apronoun — e.g., pamoja nai, together with him,for
pamoja na yee, with him, or pamoja na sui, with
u$, for pamoja na suisui ; pamoja nanui and pa-
moja nao, for na nuinui, with you, and nao for na
wao, with them. Ame-ni-piga-mi, he has beaten
me, for ame-ni-piga mimi.
lurthermore, contraction is used in the $uffixe$
of many nouns — e.g., babai for babayakwe, his
father;mkewe,hi$wife,formkewa.hire ; nduguye,
his brother, for nduguyakwe.
3. — Addition of a letter takes place before a
vowel—e.g., ku-mu-6na for ku-m-6na, to $ee him;
mu6ni, the observer, for m6ni.
4. — BedupHcations of syUables for the purpoee of
giving intensity to the meaning of the word, are
freauent — e.g , kijelejele or kigelegele, a shrill
$cream uttered as a $ign ofjoy; maji, maji, water,
water =• wetness, very humid.
5. — Exchange ofletters occur$ $ometime$ — e.g. t
ku pigoa and piboa, to be beaten ; ku tafttti and ku
tafiti, to seek, to examine. This may, however, be
ascribed to the various dialects.
TWl
AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF
PART IL
Kttmologt. — Treating of the different Parts of Speech — tke Article, the Noun, the
Adjective, the Pronoun, the Verb, the Prepoeition, the Conjunction and the
Interjection.
CHAPTER I.
ON THE ARTICLE.
There i$ no Artide t'n the SuahiU Language.
CHAPTER II.
ON THE NOUN.
In KisuahUi, as weU as in the eognate dialects,
the wholework of declension, eonjugation, dbc., is
earried on by prefixes, and by the ehanges which
takeptace in the initial letters of words, subject to
grammatieal rules. Now, as evphony is evidenUy
one great object to which these langumges are sub-
servient, and as this issecured by thefreauent re-
eurrenee ofsimUar letters and syUables producing
an easy and agreeable transition from one word to
another, this peculiarity, upon which the whole
grammar depends, and which may be considered as
the croz grammaticorum in the South-East African
languages, has, with some propriety, been termed
" The Euphonic or AUiteral Coneord" Euphony
has certainly its share in eocptaining this pecu-
Uarity, but aphilosophic linguist wiU searcely rest
satisfied with this explanation. The true cause of
this peculiarUy must lie in the deeper recesses of
the South-East African mind, which distinguishes
between animate and inanimate, between rational
and irrational beings, between men and brutes, and
between Ufe and death.
As a ehief inspires his tribe with Ufe and order,
and as detached lofty mountains in East Africa
rise over the eztensive plains and serve as landr
marks to the earavan leader in the dreary wUder-
so the South-East African languages have a
ness t
tendency to forming separate families, or classes
of nouns, which govern the whole grammatical
edifice; therefore the noun has the precedence, and
aU the other parts ofspeech are, as it were, its de-
pendents, or campfoUowers. Every noun belongs
to a particular dass, and this classification is
recognized by the various initial forms, which put
the nouns grammatic monarchy or chieftaincy upon
the verb, the adjective, and aU the other parts of
speech. If it is true that extemal conditions do
contribute towards reaUzing the aualities of wliich
any nation is capable, or for which it w internally
prepared and disposed, we must say, that the,
physiognomy of South-East Africa, in social, geo-
graphical, and other respects, must have aided tltt
development and cuUivation ofthe language, in the
manner which distinguishes it from Asiatic and
European languages, which are chiefiy inflected
languages. The nearer a noun approachcs life,
which pervades the whole creation in various gra-
dations or modifications, the more nobly, I might
say, a noun is treated by the East African lan-
guages — ejg., m'tu mzuri ameanguka, a handsome
man isfaUen, but mti mzuri umeanguka, a hand-
some tree is foMen, and niiimba zuri or nzdri
imeanguka, a handsome house isfaUen, Niumba
has no life at all, whereas a tree (mti) has life, and
shows it by growing and giving fruits, but man
(mtu), belongs to the rational andanimate creation,
hence thisform is differentfrom mti in the verb.
Perhaps manyphilologists ofEuropewiUcomplain
ofwhat they may caU the deficiencies ofthe SuahiU
family, but we think that this very contrast is the
beauty of these Africanic languages, which will aid
the East Africans in bringing them to their ulti-
mate destination, as our own languages have been
subservient in leading ustothe destiny which God's
providence has intendedfor us.
THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE.
■• ••
XVII
CHAPTER III.
GENDER OF THE NOUNS.
There is no gender in KisuahiU. If the mascu-
Une gender must be distinguishedfrom thefeminine,
different words distinetive of the sezes are to be
used, e.g., b'ana, master; m'ana, mistress; mvu
l&na, young man; msijana, young woman, girl;
jimbi or jog61o, eock; kuku, hen; or the adjectives
mume (male) and mke (female) must be added
e.g., mana mume (male child), a son; mana mke
(female chUd), daughter; Mzungu mtime, a Euro-
pean man; Mzungu m\e, a Evropean woman;
gn6mbe mume, a bufl; gn6mbe mlte, a cow.
CHAPTER IV.
ULASSIFICATION OF NOUNS, OB TABLE OF CONCORDS.
Instead of giving many rules on the various
nouns or substantives, we have represented them
in Tables I. to V., which, ifcommitted to memory,
wiU carry the learner through most ofthe difficuUies
which may stand in his way.
From the form of the nouns given in the table
we may be justified in dividing all nouns into pre-
fixed, in part preficed, and non-prefixed nouns.
The words mtu, mto, mukono, kitu, ulimi are pre-
fixed nouns in the singular and plural, whereas
kaaha and jiwe are only in part (in the plural)
prefixed, and the nouns simba, nguo, uharibifu,
utukuffu, nti, niumba are non-prefixed. It must be
observed that common people or slaves somtimes use
aprefic in theplural where none ie used in correct
language — e.g., slaves say wagn6mbe (eows) and
wabuzi (goats) instead o/gnombe and mbuzi.
It must also be observed, that with those neuns
which have no distinct prefix in the singular or
plural, the deficiency of number is made up in the
noun governed (nomen rectum), or in the depen-
dencies of the gorerning noun (nomen regens), e.g. t
kondd wame kuffa, the sheep died; ngiivu za Mungn,
thepowers of Ood; mbuzi ya babai, the goat ofhis
father; mbnzi za babaze, the goats ofhis fathers;
nguo za ndugu zangn, the dothes ofmy brethren.
I.
Table of Concords.
Suahili Nodns or ScBSTANTivia may be arranged or represented in eight classes, which may be
divided into three divisions : —
(a) Prefixed Nouns in the Singular and Plural.
(0) In Part-prefixed Nonns in the Singular and Plural.
(c) Non-prefixed Nouns in the Singular and Plural.
Clabs I. — The nouns of which begin with m, andt vieo; chombo, avessel, pl. viom'bo; kiwanda,
signify animate or living beings, e.g., m'tu| a workshop, pL vivanda ; janda, finger. pl.
(man), plural watu (men).
Clabs II. — The nouns ofwhich begin with m, but are
not the names of living beings. They are
preficed in the singular orplural, e.g., m'ti, a
tree, pl. miti ; m'to, a river, pl. m'ito ; mk6no>
hand, pl. mik6no.
Clabs III. — Nouns which have no prefic in the
singular or plural , and which do not belong
to Uving beings, e.g., niumba, a house, pl.
niumba, houses.
Clabb IV. — Substantives which have no prefix in
the singular, butprefic ma in the plural, e.g.,
neno (word) pl. maneno (words) ; kasha (chest),
pl. makasha (chests).
Clasb V. — Substantives having the prefix ch or
ki in the singular, and vi in the plural, e.g.,
cheti, a passport, pl. vieti ; cheo, measure, pi
vianda.
Class VI. — Nouns beginning with u in the
singular reject u, in the plural, if a consonant
foUows the u, e.g., utepe, a band, a fiUet,pl.
tepe ; unu elle, hair t pl. nuelle, hairs ; upanga
(8Word),pl. panga (swords) ; ukuta (stone wall),
pl. kuta ; but if a vowel follows the u, the
plural is formed into ni, e.g., uimbo (song) t
pl. nimbo (songs). But it must be observed
that tliere are also nouns whichput ni before
the plural, e.g. t ufa (a craclc), pl. niufa, crachs ;
usso (face, countenance), pl. u'uibbo, faces ; uta
(a bow), pl. niuta or mata ; uzio, a hedge made
in the sea to catch fish, pl. ninzio; utu, a
cause, has niutu in tJte pl. (causes). It must
also be observed that the noun ua (fiower)
changes the plural to maiia (Jbwers) ; uo, a
• ••
XVIII
AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF
sheath, forms likewise mauo ; umbu (sister),
forms maumbu (sisters) ; ungo (a rouiul flat
basJcet used in sifting) has maungo in the
plural, whilst ushanga (a bead) has shanga»
beads ; uwingu (heaven) has mbingu in the
plural; Jwingu is a cloud, mawingu, clouds;
ubau, a plank, forms in the pl. mbau ; and
ubavu (a rib) has mbavu; ubawa, a wing
feather, has mbawa; ulimi, tangue, forms
ndimi in tlic plural; waraka (a Utter) has
niaraka.
Class VII. — Mahali, place, pl. rauahali (occurs
seldom).
Class VIII. — The infinitive ofverbs, in connexion
trith the preposition "kua," is fretptently used
to form substantives, e.g., kufa, to die, hence
kufa or kuffa kuanga, my dying, my death,
lct to die, m, or with, or from me ; kufa kua
baba, the dying of the father; kudako kuako,
to desirefrom thee — thy desire ; kuja kuakwe,
his coming ; kuja kuetu, overcoming.
II.
Second Table.
Showing the Agrtement or Coneord of Adjectivks, Pbonounb, Suffixeb of Nouns, dtc,
with the Various Classes of the JSubstantives.
1- — A good man of the land, mtu (man), muema
(good) wa (of) n'ti (land) ya (of) Waarabu
(the Arabs), pl. watu wema wa n'ti za Wa-
zungu, good men ofthe lands ofthe Europeans;
mtumke mu6vu or mbaya (abadwoman)hkn&
(has no) ada (custom) ngema or njema (good).
2. — Simba or gnombe wazuri woto wame udwa ni
(or na) Wagallas, lions or cows beautiful all
( ail fine lions and cows) have been kiUed by
the OaJlas; simba wa nti hi (the lions of this
land) wakali eana ( are fierce very, are very
fierce) ; gnombe wa Wakuavi ha-wa-besabiki,
the cattle of the Wakuavi are not counted, are
innumerable.
3. — Mtende wa muarabu (the date tree ofthe Arab)
ni (is) mti muema (a good tree) si mbovu
( not bad) ; mitende hii iote ya Waarabu) all
these date trees ofthe Arabs) si mibovu (are
not bad) laken ni mema (but good).
4. — Niumba ya Mzungu huyu ni njema sana, laken
ninmba za Wagalla ni mbovu (the Jtouse ofthis
European is very good, but the houses of the
Oalla are bad).
5. — Ritu changu hiki ni chema, laken vitu viako
hivi (hivio) si viema, this my thing is good t
but these your things are not good; virau viote
hivi si vikali, tua-daka ku-vi-noa, all these
knives are not sharp, we must sharpen them.
6. — Kasha langu hili wala jema, wala bovu, kua
sababu hi siwi'zi kn-li-uza, this my chest is
nsither gtx>d nor bad, therefore I cannot sell
it; makasha huya iote ni mangapi? how many
are att tliese chests f
Ubatu or utaHsa huu ni wema, si ub6vu, laken
batu huo ni bovu ; this vial is good, not bad,
but those vials are bad.
Ukuni, apieceoffirewood; kuni, pieces offire-
wood; kuni hizi za Mvita hazi-teket6i, these
pieces of wood of Mombas do not bum t ni
mbovu, they are bad.
9. — Ndipo mahali pangu, ni pema si pabovu, this
indeed is my place ; it is good, not bad.
10. — Ku fa kua watu wema wote ni kwema, si ku
b6vu, kama kua watu wabaya, the dying ofall
good men is good, not bad, as isthe case with
bad men.
7.—
8.—
III.
1. — Mtu apenda maji, na maji yatoka mbali, na
watu wa-ya-tukua (maji) kua mitungi nium-
bani knao, man likes water, and the water
comes from far, and the peopHe carry it in jars
to their houses.
2. — Ukuni wateket£a wema, wa-m-faa mtu, kua
sebabu hi mtu a-u-penda sana, Oie wood burns
weU, it is ofuse to man, tJterefore man likes
it.
8. — Niumba ya mfalme inateketea, na niumba za
watu wangi zimeteketezoa, na mfalme ali-i
pcnda niumbayakwc mno, laken watuwakwe
hawaku-zi-penda niumba zao, tJie housc of the
4.—
5.—
6.—
King was burnt, and the houses of many
people have been consumed, and the King had
UJced (it) his house very mvcJi, but Jtis people
did not like (theirs) tJieir Jtouses.
Kitu hiki kimetendeka ni nduguzangu, laken
mimi siku-ki-penda, this thing was done by my
brothers, but I did not like it.
Witu viangui viote wimeiboa laken muivi
ame-vi-rudiBha, all my things were stolen, but
tJie tJiief gave tJtem back.
Kasha hilo limeangtika, laken babayangu
ame-li-inua, that box fell down, but my futher
lifted it up; la angiika, itfaUs.
THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE.
XIX
7. — Makaaha yangu yote yamewasili, nami nime-
ya-pata katika ameri na ealama, aU my boxes
arrived, and Igot them securely and safely.
mtn apenda-ye, the man who loves him (mta).
mtu apenda-o, the man who loves (the wood,
ukani).
mtu apenda-lo, the man loves (the kafcha, box).
mtu apenda-cho, the man loves (kitu, the thing).
mtu apenda-yo, the man loves (nguo, thedoth).
mtu apenda-zo, the man loves (niumba, the
houses).
mtn apendi-vio, the man loves (wito, the
things).
IV.
1. — The man whom Ilove, mtu ni-(m)-pendai (or
mtu ambai kuambo na(m)penda).
2. — The word which I love, neno nipenda-lo (or
neno ambalo kuamba napenda).
3. — The thing which I love, kitu ni (ki) penda-cho
(or kitu ambacho kuamba napenda).
4. — The things which Ilove, vitu ni (wi) penda-vio
(or vitu ambavio kuamba napenda).
5. — The house which I love, niumba nipenda-zo
(niumba ambayo kuamba na(i)penda).
6. — The houses which Ilove, niumba nipenda-zo or
ni (zi) penda-zo (or ambazo kuamba napenda).
7. — r lhestones whichllove, mawe nipenda-yo (or
ambayo kuamba na(ya)penda).
8. — Thefire which Ilove, motto nipenda (or ambao
kuamba na(u)penda).
9. — The place which I love, mahali nipenda-po (or
mahali ambapo knamba napenda).
1. — The man whom thou hast loved, mtn ulio-(m)
penda (or ambai kuamba ali-m-penda).
2. — The word we have loved, neno tiililopenda (or
ambalo kuamba tualMo-penda).
3. — The thing which they have loved, kitu walich'o
penda (kitu arabacho kuainba walipenda).
4. — The things we love, witu (tu)-(vi)-penda-vio or
wilivio tuapenda (or ambavio-kuambatuapenda)
5. — The thing he shaU or wiU love, kitu ataka-cho-
penda (or ata-kuja (ki) penda).
6. — The house he shaU love, niumba ata-penda-yo.
7. — The houses he wiU or shaU love, niumba ata-
penda-zo.
8. — The words he has loved, maneno alio-ya-pendV
(or maneno ambayo kuamba alipenda).
-Thefire he loved, motto alie-u-penda.
— The thing he does not love, kitu ambacho
kuamba hapendi (or hakupenda, which he has
notloved).
9.-
10.
V.
Table representing the Various Classes o/Nouns, their Oovernmeni in the OeniHve Case,
and their Euphonical Preformatives of Verbs.
1. — Mtn wangnwaninmba waja, amekuja, atakuja,
ajaye, my man of the house comes, came, shaU
come, is coming.
2. — Muili wa mtotowangn waffa, umekuffa, ntaknffa,
nfao, the body ofmy child dies, died, shaU die,
is dying.
3. — Riti cha niumbayangu chaangiika, kimeanguka,
kitaanguka, kianguk&cho, the chair ofmy house
faUs,feU, shaUfall, isfaUing.
4. — Kasha la ungawako lajaa (or linajaa, limejaa,
itafaa, ifaayo, his stone-house is useful, was
useful, wiU be useful, being useful.
6. — Niumbazitu za* mawe zafaa, zimefaa, zitafaa,
zifaazo, our stone-houses are usefid, were use~
ful, wiU be useful, being useful.
7. — Mahalipenu pa maji papendoa, pamepe*ndoa,
patap^ndoa, papendoapo, your water-place is
Uked, was liked, will be liked, is being liked.
8. — Wituviao viapatikana, vimepatikana, vitapati-
kana, vipatikanavio, their things are got, were
got, wiU be got, being got.
litajaa, lijaalo), theboxofor with thyflour is 9 ._Makasha yangu yaja (or yanaja, yameknja, ya
fuU, was fuU, shaU befuU, beingfuU. | uMfa yajayo), my bozes come, came, wUl come
5. — Ninmbayakwe ya mawe yafaa, (ifaa,) imefaa, I arecoming.
VI.
• •
Table showing theuuof the Infixes ofa Verb, ofthe Demonstrative JPronouns, and the
Mode of Salutation.
He loves me, a-ni-penda (or a-ni-penda-mi).
He ioves thee, a-ku-penda (or a-ku-penda-we).
He loves him, a-m-penda (or a-m-penda-e).
He loves us, a-tn-penda (or a-tu-penda-sni).
He loves you, a-wa-penda (or a-wa-penda-nui).
He loves them, a-wa-penda (or a-wa-penda-o).
NEOATIVE.
He does not love me, ha-ni-pendi (or ha-ni-pendi-mi).
He does not love thee, ha-ku-pendi (or ha-ku-pendi-
we).
He does not love him, ha-m-pendi (or ha-m-pendi-e).
He does not loveus, ha-tupendi (or ha-tu-pendi-sui).
62
AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF
Ee does not love you, ba-wa-pendi (or ha-wa-pendi-
nui).
Ee does not love them, ha-wa-pendi {or ha-wa.
pendi-o).
Thou lovest me, wewe wa-ni-penda (or wewe wa-
ni-penda-mi).
Thou lovest thyself, wewe wa-ji-penda.
Thou lovest him, wewe wa-m-penda.
Thou lovest us, wewe wa-tu-penda.
Thou lovest them, wewe wa-wa-penda.
Ee shaU or unU love me t ata-ni-penda; negative
hata-ni-penda.
Me shall or wtil love thee, ata-ku-penda ; negaiive
hata-kn-penda.
Eeshallor will love him, ata-m-penda; negative
hata-m-penda.
Ee shaU or wiU love us t ata-tu-penda ; negative
hata-tu-penda.
Ee shaU or wUl love you, ata-wa-penda ; negative,
hata-wa-penda (or hata-wa-penda-nui).
Ee shaU or wiU love them, ata-wa-penda; negative,
hata-wa-penda (or bata-wa-penda-o).
IVom this table we see, that the Injuees are as
foUows : sing. ni (me), ku (thee), m (him), and mu
before a vowel; pL tu (us), wa (you), wa them.
The 8uffixes are : sing. mi or mimi (me), we or
wewe (thou), e or yee (him) ; pl. sui or suisui (us),
nui or nuinui (you), o or wao (them).
Demohbtbative Pbonouhs.
1. — This man, mtu huyu; pl. these men, watu
hawa.
That man, mtu yule (huyo) ; pL those men, watu
waW or hawale* (hao).
2. — This word, neno hili ; pL these words, maneno
haya.
ThaX word, neno hilo, or lile, or hilile ; pl. those
words, maneno hayale (or yale hayo).
3. — This house, niumbahi, or hii ; pl. these houses,
ni-umba hizi.
That house, niumba hiile, or hiyo ; pl. those
houses, niumba hizo, hizile, or zile.
4.— This thing, kitu hiki ; pl. these things, witu
hivi (hivio).
That thing, kitu hikile (or kile, or hicho); pl.
those things, witu hivile, or vile.
5. — This fire, motto hu (huu) ; pl. these fires,
miotto hii.
' Thatfire, motto hule*; pl. those fir es,miotto hiyo.
6. — This tree, mti hu, or huu; pl. these trees,
mito hii.
That tree, mti huo, or ule ; pL those trees, miti
hiyo, or miti ile.
7. — Thisplaoe, mahali hapa.
That piace, or those places, mahali pale, or
mahali hapo.
8. — This song, uimbo hu (hnu) ; pl. these songe,
nimbo hizi.
That song, uimbo ule ; pl. those songs, nim ho
zile.
9. — This goat, mbuzi huyu; pl. these goats, mbuzi
hawa.
That goat, mbuzi huyu; pl. those goats, mbuzi
b&o.
10.— This chest, kasha hili ; pt. these chests, maka-
eha haya.
That chest, kasha hile ; pl. those chests, ma-
kasha yale.
11. — This dying, kufa huku.
That dying, kufa huko, or kule.
Modks op Salutatton.
1. — In the moming, before or at day-break :
kuna kuja, or kume kaja, or kuna kwisha knja
2. — On meeting after day-break in the morning :
Ujelewe, how hast thou rested or slept f
Resp. — Nawe ujel^we ? and hast thou slept (welt) ?
mjeleVa ? have you slept (weU) ?
Rbsp. — Tumejele'wa (address to manypersons) we
have slept (weU).
3. — At or about noon :
Za mtana? what state ofthe dayf
Rbsp. — Ni h6ri, uamba zako, it is weU, what is thy
statef lit., what is thy sayingt from ku
amba, to say. Eence, jambo, pl. mambo,
state, what hast thou to say f
Or RE8P. Tuamhazangu ni ngema, our state is
good.
TO MANY PEB80NS.
Muamb&-je ? Eow do you do t What do you say t
Muhali gani ? What is your state f
Rbsp. — Tuambazetu ni ngema, or tu wazima, our
state is good, or we are alive.
What is thy state t what doest thou say t wa
amba-je?
Resp. — Ngema, nawe wa amba-je, weU what dost
thou say, or how dost thou do t
4. — General Terms:
Uhali gani ? what is thy state f njema, it is good;
je we'we, and thou f or na wewe, or una wewe ?
or je yako, or je zako?
Is the state weUt yambo (jambo) sana? nawe hu-
jambo sana? are you quite weUf or lit., is
nothing the matter with you t
Resp. — Haliyangu ngema, kama lulu (lUce pearh)
kama marjani (like coral), kama fethaluka
(Uke red coral ).
Or, hujambo ? are you weU f Resp. — Si jambo,
/ am well (hajambo means, he is weU, or ha-
jambo kidogo, he is not very iU, or he is a
Uttle better).
THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE.
XXI
Nami yangu ngema (or nami-zangu) or si jambo
8i jni yako or zako, I donot know yoisr state t
5. — On Parting in the Evening.
Knna kutoa, the sun has set.
Bxsp. — Ku litueUe, ninende nikalale, kna heri ya
Mnigni zimgu.
6. — On Departing.
Adieu! kna heri (in happiness).
Be8P. — Kna heri ya kn onana (in happiness of
meeting again), kisha tuonane, or tuta knja ku
onana, Mnngn akipenda, may we meet again
in happiness, please Qod.
7. — Salutation of Slaves or Inferiort.
Nashika m6n Bana, or Muigni, or Muana, or Mn-
unguana, Ut. t I seize or embraee your feet.
Oh Lord, Oh Possessor, Oh Lady, Oh NoUe
(— nashika mukono, or magu= 1 reverence you
very humbly). The Besp. ofthe superior is=
ai, or marhaba, toell. Then the slave says —
nimekwisho shikam6u, / have made my reve-
rential bow.
Hnjambo niumbani? or uhali gani niumbani?
How are you in your houset How ie your
household, meaning your wife, children, and
servantst Bebp. — Njema. It is not proper
to inauire about the heaUh of the wife or
woman.
CHAPTBR V.
ON THE POST-PBEFIXES OF THE NOUN.
Kisuahili is destitute of what we call declension
of the substantives in other languages. It expresses
the various relation» of the cases by a separate
monosyUabic particle, whieh we may caU a post-
prefix, to render it distinct from the prefix of the
noun mentioned in the preceding chapter. The
foundalion of the post-prefix is the letter a, which
undergoes a modification according to the class of
nouns to which it has reference in the tabte of
concords. It is probable that the infinitive Ki-
suahiH verb kua has been resolved into ku (to) and
a (be), so that the post-prefix would appear tobea
hind of relative, e.g. t wa — he who is. But as
regard must be had to the laws of euphony and
relation or harmony with the goveming noun,
these post-prefixes must be of various euphonieal
forms, which see in the taUe of concord.
ExempUfication.
M'tu wa Uzunguni, a man of Europe; pl. w£tu wa
Uzunguni.
Mnarabu wa Meseri, an Arab of Egypt; pl. Wa-
arabu wa Meseri.
Mukono wa muili, the hand bfthe body; pl. mik6no
ya muili.
Usso wa Muhindi, the face of a Hindu; pl. niuaso
za Wahindi.
Mto wa nti, the river of a country; pl. mito ya
nti.
Waraka wa wali, the letter of the governor; pl.
niaraka za wali.
Kitu ja roho, a thing or matter of the spirit ; pl.
vitu via roho.
Jina la mfalme, the name of the hing; pi. majina
ya mfalme.
Neno la kuelli, the word of truth; pl. maneno ya
kuelli.
Kazi ya baba, the work ofihe father; pl. kazi za
baba.
Niumba ya mawe, the house of stone; pl. niumba
za mawe.
Mahali pa raha, theplace ofrest; pl. muahali mua
raha.
Unuelle wa kitoa, one hair of the head; pl. nuelle
za kitoa, the hairs ofthe head.
Simba wa Mungu, the Uon of Ood; pl. simba za
Mungu.
Ulimi wa mtu, man't tongue ; pL ndSmi ya watu.
Chanda cha mukono, the finger of the hand; pL
vianda via muk6no.
Chombo cha Waarabu, the vessd ofthe Arabs; pl.
viombo via Waarabu.
Utu wa vita, the cause of the war; pl. niutu ya
vita.
Ubaribivu wa niumbayakwe, the destruction of his
house; pl. uharibivu wa niumbaze, the destruc-
tion ofhis houses.
Ku fa or kuffa, to die; knfia kuangu, my dying or
my death.
The post-prefizes might also be caUed the charac-
teristic signs orparticles ofthe genitive or posses-
sive case.
It must also be observed that there is no necessity
for introducing cases or declensions of nouns into
Kisuahili. The nominative, being the case which
expresses simply the name ofa thing, or the subject
of a verb, has no characteristic mark. The genitive
case is clear by the particles which we have termed
post-prefixes. The dative or appropriating case,
when it can be expressed, is rendered by apreposi-
tion; e.g., nime kuenda kua wali, / went to the
governor. In general, the dative is not required t
but rather the accusative or objective case, toward
which all transitive verbs have a tendency, e#.,
XXII
AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF
nime-mo-ambia wali, / spoke to the govemor, lit.,
Isaid or told the governor. Nime-m-pa wali kitn,
Igave the governor a thing.
The accusative and nominative may easily be
recognized by the connection of the words which the
writer or speaker wishes to expre$s.
The voeative ease is only used in a solemn
address tnade to Ood or men; e.g. t ewe Mnngu !
ewe sultani! God! Okingl Ewe is abbreviated
from wewe (thou); ee wewe, thou; pl. egnui
watu, ye men! ye men there!
The ablative ease isformed by means ofpreposi-
tions, if we may caU them by this term. Mua or
miongonimua means "jrom;'* cjg., niraekiibali rau-
konimuake, 1 received it at or from his hand, liU
in hand from or of him — mukon6-ni-muakwe ;
miongonimu/i mfalme, from the king, lit., miongo
(side, part), miongoni, in the side or part, mua,
from — in the side orpart from the king. Mu6ngo
means properly "a decade of ten days," or, as in
Kinika, " time," "part;" e.g., mirongo miiri, two
parts or times of ten, two decades = twenty; mi,
r6ngo mihatu, thirty, &c. Ni is vsed with verbs;
e.g., he was beaten by his brother, amepigoa ni
nduguye. Ni signifies also the locative case; e.g.,
niumba-ni, in the house; niumbanimuangu, in my
house; niumbani-pangu, near my house; niumbani,
kuangu, to my house.
CHAPTER VI.
ON THE DERIVATION OF NOUNS.
(a.) Dertvation op Concrete Nounb ob
SuBSTANTIVES.
1. — By means of the participle, as —
Apendai, he who loves = thesfaver, e.g., mtu
apendai mali, the man who loves property—the
lover ofproperty *= a covetous man.
2. — By a kind of second participle* e.g. : —
Mtenda kazi, a man making work => a
working man or workman.
Muharibu niumba, one who destroys a house
-» a destroyer ofa house or houses.
3. — By a form which subjects the last radical to
a change or to an augment of letters, e.g. : —
Mpenzi wa Mungu, lover of Ood (ku penda).
Msemi wa man6no, speaker of words (ku
eema).
Mfuni wa mpunga, -the reaper of rice (ku
funa).
4. — By the augmented form : —
Msemaji, speaker; msomaji, reader; muom-
baji {pr mu6mvi), the beggar (ku 6mba, to beg).
This form implies in many cases the idea of
contempt,
(b.) Debivation of Abstract Substanttves.
1. — Abstract substantives are derivedfrom verbs
by means of a change of the last radical, and oy
the application of the plural prefix ma or the
singular prefix u : —
Pato la mali, obtaining or acauisition of
property (Jrom ku pata, to obtain, to acauire) ;
pendo la fetha, love of money (ku penda) ; somo
la juo, the readingofa book; maamzi, judg-
ment (ku amua, to judge) ; maneno, talk (ku
nena) ; mafuno, reaping (lit., reapings), ma-
* Cfr. tke cmutructive mood in I$enber<j'$ Amkarie
Orammar, p. 70. Tke form m btfbr* a vtrb po—cutt botk
tkt ekaraeten of »ub$tantive and verb.
funaji; masemaji, taUcing; mapaji, givings*
gifts; uharibivu (ku haribu), destruction;
upunguvu (ku punguka), want; utuma, slavery
(mtuma, a slave) ; ufunguo (ku fungua, to
open), key.
2. — Abstract substantives derived from concrete
nouns, e.g. : —
Ubana, lordship,from bana, lord, master.
Ufalme, kingdom, from mfalme, king.
3. — Abstract substantives derived from adjec-
tives: —
Ukuba, greatness, from kuba, great.
Ujaje, Uttleness, from jaje, Uttle.
Thus the Kisuahili forms easUy substantives
which signify character, guality, office, employ-
ment, state, condition, action, habit, dominion.
4. — Substantives signifying instrumentaUty 9
agency, locality: —
Muiko wa ku pikia, a spoon for cooking «
kitchen-spoon ; jombo or kidudo ja ku pigia,
instrument to beat with = beating instrument,
e.g., hammer ; mahali pa ku andikia, placefor
writing = writing office; jembe ja ku limia,
spade.
5. — The infinitive of verbs in connection wiih
the preposition kua serves also toform substantives t
t.g. :—
Kuja kuangu, my coming; kuffa kuakwe,
his death, Ut., to die in, with, or from him;
ku daka kuako, thy desire ; kuffa kuetu, our
dyivg ; kuffa kuao, their death.
In concluding this chapter we woidd notice the
word muegni or muigni whicJi deserves the special
attention of the learner, as this word is most vseful
for translaling abatract ideas and combinations of
European languages into KisuahiU. Muegni
signifies : possessing, having, possessor t proprietor,
THE SDAHILI LANGUAGE.
xxin
e.g., muegni mali, thepossessor of properiy ; mu-|*Aw? you see, tliere may be by this jaek-word
egni ku penda mali, thelov er ofproperty ; muigni
rebema, the possessor of mer cy = merciful; mu-
egni thambi, possessor of sin « sinner ; muegni
ku jua haya nani ? Ut., thepossessor to hnow this
who is he = who knows this f who is the knower'of
formed adjeciives and concrete svbstantives. Note
" /" and ego mean$ in Kikamba gnie or ignie,
conseauently muigni means the " i" or ego ofany-
thing — possessor.
C H A P T E R VII.
ON THE VERB.
r The verb, next to the noun, being the most essential
part ofspeech, we must dwell on it at this place,
reserving the adjectives, numerals, pronouns, dcc,
to subseauent chapters.
Gekebal Remarks on the Verb.
1. — A verb is defined tobe a word whieh signi-
fies tobe, to act, or to suffer.
2. — Verbs are considered to be of three kinds,
active, passive, and neuter.
(a.) The active verb, which is also caUed
transitive or objective (as the action passes
over to the object), expressesan actian, which
impUes an agent, and an object acted upon.
(b.) The passive verb expresses a suffering
or receiving of an action, and impliesan object
acted upon, and an agent by which it is aeted
upon,
(c.) The neuter verb expresses neither ac-
tion nor passion, but being, or a state of being.
As its effect does notpass over to anyobject, it
is also called intransitive.
3. — AuxiUary or helping verbs are those by the
help of which verbs are principally conjugated.
Theparadigm will show how far there is occasion
for the appUcation ofauxiUary verbs in Kisuahili.
4. — In point of auaUty verbs are divided into
perfect and imperfect. We shaU see howfar this
division may be appUed in KisuahiU,
5. — To the verbs belong nvmber, person, mood,
andtense.
(a.) Kisuahili has but two numbers, sin-
gular and plural. There is no dual as in
Arabic.
(b.) Each number has three persons as in
Engiish.
(c) The mood consists in the change which
theverbundergoes to signify various intentions
of the mind.
The moods in Kisuahili are as follows : —
(a.) The infinitive mood, which expresses
a thing in an unlimitcd manncr, without
any distinction of number or person; e.g.,
ku n£na, to speak; ku f&nia, to make. The
sign or particle of the infinitive is ku ;
e.g., ku penda, to love. Jt appears to us very
improper to write kupenda, as if it werz
one word, but ku penda, as in English " to
love," and in German zu Heben. At all
events the lexicographer and grammarian
must separate the particle from theverb,when
writing for foreigners who wish to learn
KisuahUi, whereas the natives know how to
pronounce their mother-tongue, and may write
and read kupenda as one word if they
choose. We must never forget the difference
between a grammar and a translation : the
former isforforeigners, the latterfor natives;
just as there is a great difference between the
mere translation ofany text and the explana-
tion of it.
(fi.) The imperative mood, which is the
8implestform ofthe verb, expresses order t re-
guest, exhortation, command, &c.
(7.) The optative or potential is expres-
sive of wish, liberty, permission, obligation,
possibility, condition, <&c.
(8.) The subjunctive mood expresses un-
certainty, or conditionality of a thing,
(e.) The participle, which is a certainform
of the verb, and participates not only in the
properties of a verb, but aho in those ofan
adjective and of the concrete substantive.
6. — If we consider the conjugation of a verb to
be the regular combination or arrangement of its
several numbers, persons, moods, and tenses, we
can speak only ofthe existence of one conjugation
in KisuahiU; but if we regard the various modifi-
cations or derivations arising from the various
significations of the simple or original verb, we
must assign to the KisuahUi verb a number ofcon-
jugations or derivations.
(a.) The simple, original form; e.g., ku
penda, to love.
(6.) TJie causative form, which generaUy
chamjes the last radical and augments it by the
addedform saorzaor sh& ; e.g., pendeza, to
please ; ku pungua, to diminish — ku punguza,
to make to grow less ; ku fania to make, but ku
faniza, to cause to make; ku takata, to be
clean — ku takaasa, io mdke clean.
ZZIT
AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAB OP
(c) The objective or dative form t which
. inserts i or e before the last radical letter of
the verb, and intimates that the action of the
verb is performed for or against a person.
The preposition, ichieh other languages
would reguire, is thus induded in theform of
the verb itself; e.g. t ku-m-patia (from ku pata,
to obtain), to make him obtain, to procure for
him; ku toka, to go forth — ku-m-tokea, to go
or eome out to him = to appear to him ; ku
letta, to bring t to send — ku lettea, to bring or
send to or for a person — ku lettlwa, to have
brought or tent toone.
(d.) Reflexive forrn^ tohieh prefixes the
syUableji; e.g. t ku ji-penda, to love oneself.
(e.) Beeiprocal form, tohich affixes na tothe
rootrverb; e.g., kn pendana, to love one another.
(f.) The iterative or reduplicative form,
made by inserting le or li between the two
last radical letter$ ; e.g., ku tenibea, to waUc
about; kn tembelea, to go to and fro t to
ramble ; to love orfavour one by predilection ;
ku lia, to weep—ku lilia, to condole with one
by lamentation.
It wffl, suffiee to have noticed theprincipal forms
or modifications of the verb. The student must
always consult the dictionary, if he is doubtful
about the real meaning andform of a verb.
7. — There are two voices, the active and the
passive. Therefiexive and reciprocal derivations
can have no passive, from the nature oftheir sig-
nification. Thepassive voice is formed byputting
o between the Uut radical letters; e.g. t kn pendoa, to
beloved. Other insertions of more letters will be
noticed in a particular section or chapter. Dr,
Steere writes the passive, pendwa, but o seems
to me preferable t at least in the dialect of Mom.
bas (pe'ndoa), and in Kinika, kn hensoa, to 6c
loved.
8.—Properly speaking t we do not meet with irre-
gular verbs, but there are some monosyllabic verbs t
also a few defectives t and some apparently imper-
sonal verbs t of which we shaU treat in the seguel
under this head.
9. — Lastly, we must say a few words on the
tenses of the KisuahUi. Tense is the distinction
of time, which, stridly speaking, is limited to the
present, past, and future.
Indicative Tenses.—Present.
Present indefinite (mimi) napenda, I love.
Prtsent imperfect (mimi) nipendai or
(mimi) ninapenda, / love, or
I am loving, I am about to
hve.
. (mimi) nimekua nipendai, 1 was
loving.
. (mimi) nimependa, / have
loved.
. (mimi) nalipenda, / loved, or
had loved.
The narrativepast (mimi) nikapenda, and I
loved.
Thefuture tense tapenda (or at Zanzibar, nita-
penda), IshaU love.
lmperfect . . • takua nipendai, / shaU be
loving.
Perfect .... takua nliopenda, / shaU have
loved.
Imperfect
Perfect .
Pastperfect
CHAPTER Vin.
PARADIGM OF THE REGULAR VERB, CONJUGATED IN ALL ITS MOODS AND
TENSES, AFFIRMATTVELY AND NEGATIVELY.
Root. — Penda, love, or do love (Imperative sing.).
(o.) hrrarmYB Mood.— Ku penda, to love. Neoative— Kut6a ku penda, not to love
(or kuto penda in Kiunguja).
(b.) Indicatiye Mood.— Present (Itobfimite) Tensb.
EngUsh.
1. Ilove
2. thou lovest
3. heloves
1. we love
2. youlove
3. they love
Affirmative.
KisuahUi.
SINGULAB.
(mimi) napenda.
(wewe) wapenda.
(yee) apenda or yuwa penda.
PLURAL.
(truisui) tuapenda.
(nuinui) muapenda.
(wao) wapenda.
Negative.
Ilove not (mimi) sipendi.
(thou) lovest not, wewe hupendi.
(he) loves not, yee hapendi.
(suisui) hatupendi.
Snuinui) hampendi.
wao) hawapendi.
THB SUAHILI LANGUAGE.
XXV
1. Iam loving, or 1 who
love, or Iloving
2. thou art loving
3. heis loving
1. we who love
2. you loving
3. they who love or are
loving
PBESENT ImPERFECT TEH8K.
Affirmative.
8INOULAB.
mimi nipendai.
wewe upendai.
yee apendai.
PLUBAL.
suisui tupendao.
nuinui mpend&o.
wao wi
1 am about to love, I am loving ; mim
ninapenda.
wewe unapenda.
yee anapenda.
tunapenda.
ninapenda.
wanapenda.
There i$ no negative in thit tense.
Pbbbent Pebfect Tensb.
I have loved, dte.
Affirmative.
1. Ihave loved
2. thou hast loved
3. he or she has loved
1. we have loved
2. you have loved
3. they have loved
8IBOULAB.
nimependa.
umependa.
amependa.
PLUBAL.
tumependa.
mmependa.
wamependa.
Negative.
riknpenda.
hukupenda
bakupenda.
hatukupenda.
hamkupenda.
hawakupenda.
1. Ihadloved
2. thou hadst loved
3. he, she, k had loved
1. wehadloved
2. youhadloved.
3. they had lovea\
Pabt Peefect Tehse.
BtNGULAB.
nalipenda, or naliki, or nliki
penda.
walipenda (uli or .uliukipenda).
alipenda (or aliakipenda).
PLUBAL.
tualipenda (tuali tuki).
mualipenda (mualimki tuki).
walipenda (wali waki tuki).
siknpenda, ortSLior salipeada.
hukuli or hulipenda.
halipenda.
hatuali or katualipenda.
hamuali (or hamli) penda.
hawalipenda.
1. Iwasloving
2. thou wast loving
3. he was loving
1. we were loving
2. you were loving
8. they were loving
Pabt Impebfect Tensb.
I was loving.
8INGULAB.
nalikua (nlikua) nikipenda.
nlikua ukipenda
alikua akipenda.
PLUBAL.
tualikua tukipenda.
mualikua mkipenda.
walikua wakipenda.
sikua nikipenda»
hukua ukipenda*
hakua akipenda, cU>
XVI
AN OUTUNE OF GRAMMAR OF
Negative.
1. IshaUlove
2. ihou wUt love
3. he t she, or it wUl love
1. we shaU love
2. you wiU love
3. they wiU love
Future Present Indeftntte Tenre.
/ shaU or will love.
Affirmative.
bihgulab,
tapenda (or in Kiung. nitapenda). sitapenda.
utapenda. hutapenda.
atapenda. hatapenda.
PLUBAL.
tutapenda. hatutapenda.
mtapenda. hamtapenda.
watapenda. hawatapenda.
Future Present Imperfect Tbhbe.
/ shaU or will be loving.
8INOULAR.
takna nikipenda or nipendai (or.
takua mnegni kn penda).
ntakna ukipenda or npendai.
atakua akipenda or apendai.
Future Present Pbrfect Tense.
I thaU have loved.
Affirmative.
8TNOULAR. PLURAL.
1. I thaU have loved, takua nliopenda. 1. we shaU have loved, tutakua tnlio penda.
2. thou wilt have loved, ntakua uliopenda. 2. you wiU have loved, mtakua mlio penda.
8. he wiU have loved, atakua aliependa. 8. they wiU have loved, watakua walio penda.
Futube Past Pebfect Tense.
Ishould have loved yangali-ni-pasha ku penda or ningalipasoa ni ku penda.
I shovld or must love ya-uipasha ku penda.
I would or desire to love nadaka ku penda.
Ishould be loving yanipasha kua muegni ku penda.
IwouJd be loving nadaka kua muegni ku penda.
1. I $haU be hving
2. thou wUt be loving
3. he shaU be loving
sitakiia nikipenda.
hutakua uldpenda.
hatakua akipenda.
dfc
Negative.
do not love, or love not t sipenda.
(e.) Imperattve Mood.
Affirmative.
8INGULAB.
love thou, or do love, penda.
In Kiung. the peopie freguenthj say pende, love
thou.
PLUBAL.
love ye, pendani (or pend6ni). love ye not, sipendani or sipendeni.
We must observe, that the natives are not very fond ofusing the imperative form. Theyprefer
speaking in thepotential mood, unless the categorical imperative be reouircd by the speaker.
(d.) Potehtial Mood. — Pbesekt Tense.
I may love, orlc*me love.
Affirmative.
1. (mimi) nipende
2. (wewe) upende
3. (yee) apende
1. suisui tupende
2. nuinui mpende
3 wao wapende.
8INGULAB.
PLUBAL.
/ may not love, let me not love.
Negative.
mimi nisipendc (nsipende).
uRi'pondc.
asipende.
tunipende.
msipende.
wasipende.
THB SUAHILI LANGUAGE.
XXVII
Ishould, 1 would love.
Affirmative.
1. ningependa
2. ungependa
3. angependa
1. tungependa
2. mgependa.
3. wangependa
Perfect TEN8E.
81HOULAR.
PLURAL.
I should or would not love.
Negative.
singe penda.
hnnge penda.
hange penda.
hatunge penda.
hamge penda.
hawange penda.
PA8T PeRFECT TEN8E.
1 would, 1 Bhould have loved, had I loved (ngali).
Affirmative.
. 8IK0ULAR.
1. ningalipenda, Iwould or should have loved.
2. ungalipenda, thou wouldest have loved.
3. angalipenda, he would have loved.
PLURAL.
1. tungalipenda, we should have loved.
2. mungalipenda (mngalipenda), you would have
loved.
3. wangalipenda, they would have loved.
Negative.
sfngali penda, Ishouid not have loved.
hungali penda.
hangali penda.
hatungali penda.
hamgali penda.
hawangali penda.
(«.) SuBJUHcnvE Mood. — Prebent Tensb.
If Ilove, floving, or, when, rinee, ihough Ilove, dbc.
8INGULAR.
1. nikipenda, i/Ilove, Iloving.
2. ukipenda, ifthou lovest, thou loving.
3. akipenda, he loving.
'\ PLURAL.
1. tukipenda, ifwe love.
2. mkipenda, you loving.
3. wakipenda, they loving, ifthey love.
mimi nikitoa ku penda, ifllove not.
wewe ukitoa ku penda.
yee akitoa ku penda.
tukitoa ku penda,
mkit6a ku penda.
wakitoa ku penda.
PrESBHT PeRFECT TEN8B.
Affirmative. Negative.
Ifor when Ihave loved, or after, as soon a$ Ihad If t when or after I have or had not loved (not
loved. having loved) (except, unless Iloved).
81NOULAR. PLURAL. 8INGULAR, PLURAL.
1. (mimi) nlipo or nilipopenda. tulipopenda. 1. nsipopenda. tusipopenda.
2. ulipopenda. mlipopenda. 2. usipopenda. msipopenda.
3. alipopenda. walipopenda. 3. adpopenda. wasipopenda.
FUTURE TEN8E.
When, or if I shall love, or shall be loving.
8INOULAR.
1. ntakapopenda, iflshall love, or shaU be loving.
2. utakapopenda, ifthou shalt love, or shalt be loving.
3. atakapopenda, ifhe shaU love, or shall be loving.
PLURAL.
1. tutakapopeuda, ifwe shaU love, or be loving.
2. mtakapopenda, if you, or when you be loving.
3. watakapopenda, if they shall love, or be loving.
XXVIII
AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF
PLUBAL.
1. tupendao, we who love.
PaBTICIPLES OF THE ACTIYB VoiCE.
(a.) Prebeht Pabticiple.
Iloving, or 1 who love.
snrauLAB.
1. (mimi) nipendai (or nipendaye), / loving, I who
love.
2. (wewe) upendai, thou loving, or vaiko lovest. 2. mpendao, you who love.
8. (yee) apendai, he ioving t or who loves. 3. wapend&o, they who love.
This participU has no negative form; if the negative be reavired, it mu$t be rendered with the
relative pronoun, and the negativeform of thepresent tense of the indicative mood; e.g. } I not loving,
mimi ambai kuamba hapendi.
The Suahili people Uke to say: mimi ndimi nipendai, I, yea I, or the very same, or the very man
who loves; wewe ndiwe upendai ; yee ndie apendai ; suisui ndisui tupend&o ; nuinui ndinui mpendao;
wao ndio wapendao.
(6.) Past Pabticiple.
1 having loved, or nliekua nikipenda, or nliekua muegni ku penda.
8INGULAB.
PLUBAL.
Affirmative.
Ihaving loved.
1. mimi nllo penda.
2. wewe ulio penda.
3. yee alie penda.
Negative.
I having not loved.
mimi nsie penda.
usie penda.
ade penda.
Affirmative.
1. suisui tulio penda
2. nuinui mlio penda.
3. wao walio penda.
Negative.
tusio penda.
msio penda.
sraaio penda.
(c.) FuTUBE Tknse op the Pabticiple.
/ who will love t or who shatt be loving.
8INGULAR. PLUBAL.
1. (mimi) ntakai (or ntakaye) penda. 1. (suisui) tutakao penda.
2. (wewe) utakai penda. 2. nuinui mtakao penda.
3. (yee) atakai penda. 3. wao watakao penda.
There is no negatiue, butitcanbe expressed by saying: I who shall be he who shall not looe, ntaka
mimi ambai kuamba sipendi or sitapenda.
VARIOUS ADDITIONS TO CHAPTER VIII.
1. — The form bupenda means, " they like, one
Ukes, one would like ;" hu-enda, " one goes t they go,
everybody goes." In this form there is no dis-
tinetion of number, person, or time. Therefore
Dr. Steere has put up the rule: "customary
actions are exprcssed by prefixing hu- to the verb"
(on dit).
2. — I see him going, or I saw him going;
na-mu-ona anakuenda, or nali-mu-ona
anakuenda.
Isaw him coming, nali-mu-ona anakuja, or
Isee him coming t nime-mu-ona anakuja, and
Isaw that he opened the door, nika-mu-ona
ame-u-fungua mlango.
The dothes were lost, ngiio zalikua zimpo-
tea.
3. — The difference between the ina and ime tense,
must be weU observed; e.g., inajaa, means, it is get-
ting fuU, but imejaa, it isfull; ina potea, it is
becoming lost, but imepotea, it is lost; anavaa, he
is putting on, but amevaa he has put on = he
wears; inapassuka, it is being torn — imepas-
suka, it is tom.
4. — Mtu apendaye, the man who loves (at any
time).
Mtu anaye penda, the man who is loving
(now).
Mtu atakaye penda, the man who loves (at
somefuture time).
Nitakapo penda, when Ishatt be loving.
Ninapolala, when I sleep, i.e., at any time
when 1 am sleeping,
Nilalapo, when I sleep, i.e., in the case of
my sleeping.
Nitafurahi nikikuona, seeing you, I shatt
rejoice =â– = I shatt be glad to see you.
5. — Nyapopenda, even ifllove.
Ujapopenda, even ifthou love.
Tujapokupiga, when we come to beat you,
even ifwe beat you.
Wajapokupiga, when they ccnne to beat
you, even ifthey beat you.
THE SUAHILI LANGUAOE.
Rnja, to cotae, aml po, tehen or uthere;
hente ajapo, tnhen he eomes.
Ujapo hukionl, eve n i/ yoi* tlonot setit.
6. — Eaamba or kama ungekua naakili, mali
yakounge dumu usyo, if you teere a man of 'under-
Itanding, yottr preperty would have eontiaued toith
you, i,e,,your property wouidbc,or viould hov e been
yourt stili.
7. — Muambio s-ka-tukulie miigowoko, tett him
to earry thy load for thce.
8. — The infinitivc may be tued to erprett the
aetion indioated by the verb; t.g., kfifS, dyiag ; ku
enda, going ; ku pendaiia, mutual loving.
9. — Dr. Steere mentiont a tcnte ahieh he ealU
" very properly" the not yet tente. Be tayi there
m o negative lente made by the ute ofthe negative
prefixet foBotced by ja, uhieh it a sort ofnegathe
pretent perfeet, denying the aetion uptolhe time
of tpeaking.
1 . ' Si-ja-pcnda, I have not ytt ioved.
2. Hu-ja pcnda, thou hatt not yet Irnttd.
3. Ha-ja.penda, he hat not yet lovcd.
1. Hatu-ja-penda, we have not yct loved.
2. Ham-ja-penda, you have not yet loced.
8. Hav/a-ja-penda, they have not yet ioved.
Hajaja, he U not yet come, he U not oome
Hajaja bado, heitnot eome, at leatt not yet.
Hajesba — baja isba, he has not yet finished.
10. — Inttead o/aaiondo, that he may not go, you
mat/ atto tny; aeende, at tke i of si often dit-
appearl bcfore a voteel; niaenda, let me not go;
tueode, do not go.
11. — Ame-m-t»fut* atri-mu-fine, he tearehed or
loekedfor him, butdid notsee orfindhim, or tcith-
outfinding him.
12. — 1. Ni-slje-ponda, that 1 may not have
already loved, or before I have lotied.
2. U-aije-penda, that thott mayett not have
already loved.
3- A-siie-peuda, thathemay nothanealTeady
loved.
1. Ta-BJje-penda, that we may not have
ulready toved.
2. M-aije-penda, that you may not haoe
already loved.
3. Wa-aije-penda, that they may not have
already loved.
Uta-m-pata asijelala, you urill teite him
hrfore he goet to tUep.
Niaijo nikaffa, that Imay not die before, or
that J trtay not be already dead.
Tni PisarrB Voicb,
Tlitpatrive itformed by interting n cr o before
tlie fisal voicrl ; ku penda, to love— paitive, ku
jrt'ndua or pendoa, to be loeed; both modet of
/,i,„.iiticiatum are heard, perhaptlhe one (u) more
nt Zanahar, the other (o) at Mombat and other
plaeet in the north ; aponda, he. lovet—patt.,
HpOndna, he it loved; bapendi, he doet not love —
pMfc, ha-pcndui, he U not Uned; tnmependa, ive
huce loved — tnmependna, ua have been loved/
uiii[B?ada, thou toilt iove—pait., utapondua, thou
icilt he loved — sikn pondua, I tva» not loved — lita
pciidua, / ihatt not bt loved.
Imferitite Mood.
l â– â– â– dua, be thott loved; penduani, be ye lovtd;
ai pendna, be thou not loved.
ItmamvE.
ku pendoa, to be loved;
kutoa ppndoa, nottobe loved.
Potiktiil.
nipondne (nipendoe or uipendue), may Jbe loeed.
Geflecti ve Vkrii.
ii.i ji-pendi, Jlove tnyself; negative, n ji-pendi ;
â– â– â– c-ji-pcnda, 1 loved mytelf;
niji-pende, may 1 love mytelf.
IupBKATtVK.
ji -penda {or ji-penda uafsijako), love thyietf;
ii | lindani [or jipendani ntfi\teaa),love yoartelfl
ne/jative, aiji-pende (pi. Bi-ji-pendeni), iove not
thyielf.
CHAPTER IX.
IRKEGULAE VERBS.
MonotyUabie and dUtyttabic verbt tehieh begin
toith a vowel rriain the ku of the itifinitive in thote
temei in mhich the tente prefix endt tn a lyllablc
lohich eannet bear the aaccnt, Thcte tcnteprefixet
are na, ame, ali, ta, japo, nge, ngab', aije. The
other prefizet—a, ka, ki, nga, ku, ja, Bi— eon bear
the accent, and tkerefore the ku ii tvA rctained.
The irregvlarity affcdt chiefiy the perfect and
futurt tcntci. We ihould escpect the form ni
and taja, / eame, I shall come ; but the particle
ka cannot be omitted in thete teniei, kG ja, to come t
Nija, I come; ninakdja, / am coming; ni
kaja, and I came; nimekuja, / have come;
nikija, / eoming; nalikuja, / eame, had
come; nitaknja or taktija, / thatt eome; nija-
pokuja, even if I comc ; ningekuja, / thould
eotne; ningaliknja, Ithotdil kave conte; Biji, /
eomenot; «ikujo, Idid net come; aijaja, /oot
AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF
not yet come; nisije, let me not come; nisije-
kuja, before 1 come ; nisipokuja, when I come
not; aliekuja, he who came; nije, let me come;
ajaye, he who comet.
The verb kuja, io come, is the only verb which
hcu an irregular imperative, sing. ndo, pl. ndoni
(Kiung. njoo, come;pl. njooui, come ye); sije, come
not ; rijeni, come ye not.
The dissyUabie verbs amekwisha, he hasfinished
and amekwanza, he hae begun, retain the ku or
omit it; you may say : —
Ameisha, ameanza, or amekuisha and ame-
kuanza.
Kula, to eat, a$ ameknla, he has eaten.
Ame-m-la, he has eaten him.
Kn aza or kowaza,**o think, to consider.
Ku iva or kuwiva, to ripen.
As the Dictionary gives information about every
verb, we refrainfrom mentioning other apparently
irregular verbs. However, afew verbs must still be
noticed.
1. — Ku toa or toaa, to take (Kinika, ku hala).
(1) natoa, Itake; (2) waloa; (3) atoa, &c.
(1) ri toai, I take not; (2) hutoai; (3) ha-
toai, dtc.
Imperative: toa, take; sitoai, take not; toani }
ta&e ye; eitoeni, take ye not. Patsive, toaliwa.
2. — Ku t6a, to cast or bring out (ku lafia in
Kinika) ; nat6a, I cast out; slt6i, I do not cast
out. Imperative, t6a ; negative t rit6e ; />Z. toani ;
negative, sitoeni. Passive, ku tolewa ; ku t6sa, e.g. ,
ushuru, to make one pay duty.
Ku fa or kuffii, to die. (1) nafta, / die; (2)
waffa; (3) affa; pl. tuaffa, <^c. Negative, siffi,
huffi, haffi, (C'c. Nimekuffa, / died; ri kuffa, 1
died not; nali-kufia, / was dead; takuffa, / tAotf
die; sitakuffa, I shaU not die. Imperative, f*\,
die thou, fini, die ye; neg. eife, die not t rifeni, die
ye not. Mafaji, d^A ; mfu, dead t pl. wafu ; kiffia
(objective), todieto one; ku filiwa, to be deprived
of somebody by death; ku-m-fisa, to make one die
-to kUlone; mtu aliefiwa na (ni) mamai, one
whose mother is dead;
Ku la, to eat; nala, / eat : wala, thou eatest;
ala, he eats. Negative, sili, / eat not; huli, <Ao»
eatest not; hali, Ae eoto not. Amekiila, he hat
eaten; hakula, he has not eaten; atakula, he shatl
eat. Imperative t la, eat; lani, eat ye; rile, eat
not; ri!6ni, eat ye not. Passive t kn liwa, to be
eaten; kn lika, to be eatable; ku liflha, to makeone
eat, tofeed him; ku Ha, to eat with; ku lana, to eat
together.
Ku za, to sell (or ku uza) ; nauza or noza, IseU;
wauza or woza, ifou sellest; yuwa uza, or yuoza,
Ae #efl«; tua uza or tuoza, toe #e/Z; muauza, or
mdza, you «ett; wauza or w6za, <Aey «e^.
Negative, suzi, I do not seU ; huzi, tAou <2o«t no*
•e//; hauzi or hozi, Ae <ioe« not seU ; hat6zi, we do
not seU; hamuzi, you do not seU ; hauzi or ha6xi,
they do not seU. Passive t kuzoa, to be sold; ku
uziana, to exchange in trading.
CHAPTER X.
AUXILIARY VERBS.
There are various auzUiary verbs t e.g. t kiia, to
be; ku isha or kwisha, tofinish, to come to an end;
kuja, to come; ku t6a, toput out t to deUver t to take
away; ku w6za, to be able, can; kua na buddi, to
be unable to cscapefrom, to be obliged, must ; sharti
(ofnecessity) t should or ought; ku pasa or pasha, to
eoncern ; sina buddi ku enenda, I have no escape t I
must go, I ought to go (lit. t it concerns me to go) ;
ime-ni-pisha nisende, / ought not to go; ime-ni-
pasha ku ende, Iought to go; haiku-ni-pasha mimi,
it was no business of mine; ame-ni-pasha mimi, Ae
is a connection ofmine; ime-ku-pasa-ni, what have
you to do with it f kut6a kuja, not to come {or kuto-
kuja in Kiung.); ku tosa ku-mu-uliza, to excJude
asking him; ametoa kuja, he was remiss in coming,
he has not come, he neglected it; nikit6a kuja, if I
forbear from coming, as long as I do not come.
Kwisha, to finish t refers to the notion that some-
thing has been fuUy done, and katika kwisha, /
have nearly done; e.g. t ni katika kwisha ku vuta
tombako (tit. tumbako), / am finishimg smoking t I
am just leaving off t I have nearly finished or
done.
The verb kua, tobe, is an important auriliary.
Nili nikipenda, I am loving, I being to be
loving.
Nikali nikipeuda, lamor Iwas loving.
Nikiwa nikipenda, Ibeing loving, while Ilove.
Nikiwa nimependa, / having loved.
Nikiwa nimekwisha ku penda, having ahready
loved.
Nalikua nimependa, / was loving.
Nalikua nimekwisha ku penda, I had already
loved.
Takua nikipenda, I shaU be loving.
Takua nimependa, / shaU have loved.
Takua nimekwisba penda, / have already
loved.
Takua nilioponda, / shaU be who has loved, I
shoM have loved.
Kua, to be; kut/ja kua, not to be; anakua and
amekua, he was; hakua, he was not; alikua, Ae
THE 8UAHILI LANGUAGE.
XXXI
hadbeen; atakaa, he shall be; hatakua, he shall
not be.
Imperative; iwa, be thou; riwe, be thou not;
iwani, be ye; siweni, be ye not. Potcntial: n6we,
may I be; siwi, may I not be ; uwe, mayest thou
be; huwi, mayest thou not be; awe, may hebe;
haawi, may he not be; tuwe, may we be; neg. t
hatuwi ; jnuwe, may ye be ; neg. t hamuwi ; wawe,
may they be; neg. t hawawi; angekua, he would be;
angalikua, he would have been; akawa, and he
became t and he was ; ukawa, nikawa, tukawa,
mkawa, wakawa; yuwawa or wawa, he becomes;
yuwawa, wawa, nawa, tuawa, muawa, wawa;
negative, hawi, huwi, siwi, hatui, hamui, hawawi.
Subjunctive: nikiwa, ukiwa, akiwa (when he is).
Participle : awai, he who is ; aliekua, he who was ;
atakai, he who shall be; amekua, he grew; (1)
nakua, / grow ; (2) wakua ; (3) akua, he grows,
d'c.; sikui, I grow not; hukui, thou growest not ;
hakui, he grows not.
Yu or ni, he U ; si, he is not.
Affirmative. Negative.
Singular.
3. yu (pr ni), he is. si, he is not.
2. u (or ni), thou art. nu, thou art not.
• 1. ni, I am. si, I am not.
PLURAL.
1. tu (ni), we are. hatu, we are not.
2. mu (ni), you are. hamu, you are not.
3. wa (ni), they are. si, they are not.
Yuna, he is with t or he has.
8INGULAR.
3. yuna. hana, he has not.
2. una. huna, thou hast not.
1. nina. sina, Ihave not.
PLURAL.
1. tuna. hatuna, we have not.
2. mna. hamna, you have not.
3. wana. bawana, they have not.
yuko, he is there, with hako, he is not there.
me, i.e. t at my house ;
yuko kuangu.
uko, thou art there. huko, thou art not there.
niko, / am ttiere. siko, / am not there.
tuko, we are there. hatuko, we are not there.
Affirmative.
mko, you are there.
Negative.
hamuko, you are not
there.
wako, they are there. haw&ko, they are not
there.
yupo hapa, he is here.
yumo niumhani, he is in the house.
alipokuapo hapa, when he was here.
kuna mtuma, there is a slave.
kulikua na mtuma, there was a slave ; alikua nai
mtuma, he had a slave.
nina niumba, / have a house; atakua nayo niumba,
he shall have a house.
nalikua na niumba, 1 had a house ; niwe na ni-
umba, let me have t or that I may have a hovse.
ninazo, / have them (i.e. t the houses) ; mtu alie
kua nazo, the man who had the houses ; niumba
alizokua nazo, the houses which he (the man)
had.
hakuna or hapana there is not. This form never
undergoes any change.
Impebsonal Verbs.
8INOULAR.
ya-ni-pasha ku fania, / must do it.
ya-ku-paeha fania, thou must do it.
ya-m-pasha ku fania, he must do it.
PLURAL.
ya-tu-pasha ku fania, we must do it.
ya-wa-pasha ku fania, you must do it.
ya-wa-pasha ku fania, they must do it.
Negative.
81NOULAR.
hai-m-pa8hi ku fania, he must not do it.
hai-ku-pashi ku fania, thou must not do it.
hai-ni-pashi ku fania, / must not do it.
plural.
hai-ta-pashi ku fenia, we must not do it.
hai-m-paebi ku fania, you must not do it.
hai-wa-pashi ka fania, they must not do it.
yame-m-pasha (perfect).
yah'-m-pasha (past perfect).
yata-m-pasha (future).
ya-m-pasha (potential).
yaki-m-pasha (subjunctive).
ame-pa8hoa ni ku enenda, he was obliged to go =
yame-m-pasha ku enenda.
xxxii
AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF
CHAPTER XI.
ON THE NUMERALS.
The student ofSuahiU must befirst told, that two fomu ofnumeralt are made usepfbythe natives;
one is purely SuahUi, the other is takenfrom the Arabie.
(a.) Cakdival Numbebb.
Scahili.
Abjlbic.
one
moja (moei in Kiung.)
wabed
two
mbfli (or pili)
ethnen
*hree
tatu
thalatha.
four
'nne
arba.
five
tano
khamsa or hamsa.
six
sita
setta or sita.
seven
saba
saba or sabaa.
eight
nane
thamanie.
nine
kenda
tissa or tissia.
ten
kumi
ashara or aaher.
eleven
kumi na rooja
ahadashar (ahad ashara).
twelve
knmi na mbili
ethnaahara.
thirteen
kumi na tatu
tbalatashara.
fourteen
kumi na 'nne
arbatashara.
fifteen
kumi na tano
hamastashara.
sixteen
kumi na sita
setdshara.
seventeen
kumi na saba
sabatashara.
eighteen
kumi na nane
thamantashara.
nineteen
kumi na kenda
tissataahara.
twenty
makumi mawfli
asharin, or asharini.
twenty-one
makumi mawili na moja
asharini na moja.
twenty-two
(makumi mawili na mbili ; does asharini na mbili.
not occur t or but very rarcLy)
twenty-three
(makumi mawili na tatu, does not asharfni na tatu.
occur)
twenty-four
asharini na 'nne.
twenty-five
asharini na tano.
twentysix
asharini na sita.
twentyseven
asharini na saba.
twenty-eight
asharini na nane.
twenty-nine
asharini na kenda.
thirty
makumi matatu
thalathini.
thirty-one
(makumi matatu na moja)
thalathini na moja.
thirty4wo
(makumi matatu na mbili)
thalathini na mbili.
forty
maknmi manne
arbaini.
fifiy
makumi matano
hamsini.
sixty
makumi sita
8cttini.
nventy
makumi saba
sabaini, sabuini.
seventy-one
maknmi saba na moja
wahed wa sabain.
eighty
makumi manane
thamanini.
eighty-five
makumi manane na tano
thamanini na tano.
ninety
niakumi kenda
tissaiui.
ninetysix
makumi kenda na sita
tissaini na sita.
hundred
(makumi kumi)
mia
hundred-and-nine
mia na kenda
two hundred
mia mbili or better miateni (the
Arabic dual).
three hundred
thalatha mia (mia tatu).
four hundred
arba mia (mia nne).
five hundred
hamsa mia (mia tano).
THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE.
XXXIII
Cardinal Numbers.
six hundred
seven hundred
eight hundred
nine hundred
thousand
eighteen-hundred-andfifty
two thousand
three thousand
four thousand
five thousand
ten thousand*
mia kar.
mia kurur.
one hundred thousand
one miUion
a billion or kar
a trillion or kurur
a quadriUion or baj
(b.) 0RDINAL8.
The first (e.g., man) (mtu) wa kwanza (or wa
mosi) ; tht second, wa pili ; the third, wa tatu ; the
fourth, wa 'nne ; the fifth, wa tano ; the sixth, wa
sita ; the seventh, wa saba, &c.
(c.) Adverbial Numebalb.
Firstly, muanzo or mahali pa kwanza. Secondly,
mabali pa pili. Thirdly, mahali pa tatu.
(d.) Numerals op Iteration. — How many times.
Once, marra moja ; twice, marra mbili ; the
second time, marra ya pili ; ofien, marra ningi ;
how often, or how many times t marra ngapi ?
Suahili.
setta mia (mia setta).
sabaa mia (mia sabaa).
tamanu mia (mia nane).
tis8u mia (mia kenda).
elf or elfu ; watu elf wegni ku penda ferasi, one thousand
horsemen.
elf na tamanu mia na hamsin.
elfeen (elfu mbili).
elfu tatu.
elfu nne.
elfu tano.
elfu kumi; kumi elf wegni ku enenda kua magu, ten
thousand footmen.
mia elfu or lakki.
lakki kumi (kumi mia za elf).
mia lakki.
(e.) Numbers op Multiplication.
Simple or onefold, ya jino mmoja ; twofold, ya
meno mawih' ; threefold, ya meno matatu (e.g., a
threefold rope, ugne wa meno matatu).
(/.) DlSTRIBUTIVE NUMBERS.
One byone, mmoja mmdja; two by two, mbfli mbili.
* _
(g.) Fractions.
Fungu, a part, expresses fractions, e.g., funga
la arbaini, the fortieth part.
Theparts ofa doUar, which are the chieffrac-
tions tn SuahiU, see in the Suahili Dictionary.
CHAPTER XII.
ON THE ADJEOTIVES.
1. — An adjective connccted with a substantive
gives the precedence to the latter ; e.g., mtu mu6vu,
a bad man; makasha marefu, long boxes.
2. — The adjective must agree with the number
and euphonical form of the substantive ;eg., watu
wad6go, little man; miti roirevu, high trees;
ukuni uku, a largepieceofwood; kijana kibuka, a
taU lad ; mawe mazuri, fine stones ; niumba nzima,
a good house, good houses; jiwe ku or jiwe zuri, a
great stone or a fine stone; kazi kuba, a great
business; mzungu mku, a great European ;
gnombe wakuba watano, ./Sttt large cows; gnombe
mkubammoja, one largecow; simba wad6go wawili,
two Uttle Uons; mbuzi mkuba, a largegoat; mbuzi
wakiiba watatu, threelarge goats ; niuni wazuri na
wadogo, pretty and UtUe birds; mayahudi wafupi
wawili, two short Jews,
S.—Adjeetives with sujJLce* must agree with the
number andperson ofthe subject; e.g., thou alone,
wewe peke yako ; / alone, mimi pekeyangu. The
same is the case with adjective participles ; e.g., he
is afaithful man, yee ni mtu alieaminiwa ; 1 am a
faithful man, mimi ni mtu nlioaminiwa; we are
sUeping men, suisui watu tu-lalao; coming evils,
mambo mabaya yatakiyo kuja ; a sleeping man,
mtu alalai ; a weU constructed house, niumba ilio-
jengoa mema.
4. — Adjectives are supplied by using the genitive
ofa substantive; e.g., robo ya utakativu, the spirit
of holiness — the holy spirit.
5. — Adjectives are derived from verbs ; e.g.,
takativu, clean, from ku takata, to be clean; mjuvi,
a learned man,from ku jua, to know.
6. — By the application of muegni; e.g., mtu
* It murt hovever be revtarked, that the common people know notking of tkeae numerule, wkieh tke trading Banian*
kave inirodueedfrom India. Furtkermore we need ecarcelv remind tke ttudent tkat the eardinal and ordinal numbert ure
tubject to tke eupkonical rule».
Tke Waeuakili wko underetand Arabie prefer tke Arabic numbere, and no doubt tkeee ougkt to be introduced into tkeir
$ckool$ % inatead qf tkeir own inconvenient metkod o/calculation.
XXXIV
AN OOTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF
muegni mali, lit. t a possessor ofproperty ; mti wegni
matnnda, a fruitful tree ; maneno yegni orongo,
lying words ; neno legni kuelli, a true word; kitu
jegni uovu, a bad thing.
7. — By the application of partidples ; e.g.,
mtu alalai, a sleeping man; ndia ilionioka, a
straight way ; mti utrio na matunda, a fruitless
tree; mtu alie na kuelli, a truthful man.
8. — By the eonjunetion kama (like as), mfano
wa, by the verb ku fanana na, adjectives may be
ezpressed; e.g., yuna usso kama muivi, or yuna
n&so wa muivi, he has a thievish face ; mtu huyu
yuwa fanana na kijana, this is a childish man.
9. — Negative adjectives arefreguently formed by
eonneeting the negative particle si with a substan-
tive; e.g., si kuelli, not truth — not true = lie f
faUehood, or false; si mpagi, not a giver, not
liberal, stingy, tenacious ; «i ratu, not a rman, but
rather a beast; si kitn, not a thing ** nougkt.
Maneno yasio yegni kuelli or yasio na kuelli, or
maneno yalio si kuelli, words which are not true.
10.— AddUion to remark 2. The Suakili say ;
mtu muekundu, mueiipe, mueusi, muema, pl. watu
waekundu, waeupe, wema, or watu, weupe, we-
kundn, weusi, red, tchite, black, good men;
kasha jorfiro, jekundu, jipia, a soft, red, new box ;
makaaha maeupe, maororo, or meupe and mororo»
watu wangi (wa ngi), Kiung. wengi, many people.
CHAPTER XIII.
ON THE DEOREES OF COMPARISON.
The eomparative degree is rendered in Suahili
in various ways : —
1. — By the use o/zaidi (zayidi) more than j^ .
in Arabie means, auctus fuit, inde excessit nnme
rum, increvit ; j±\\ redundans ; e.g., kitu hiki ni
kikiiba zaidi ya ki!6, this thing is greater than
that; vitn hivi vikuba zaidi ya vile*, these things are
greater than those.
2. — By the use of kuliko, where there is. Vide
Suahili Dictionary, page 177; e.g., niumba hi
ngema (or njema) kuliko ile, this house is good
where that is, i.e., this house is better than that.
Kitu hiki ni kikiiba kuliko kile, or zaidi kuliko
kile. Mtu huyu ame-ni-pcnda sana zaidi ya yule,
or kua ungi zaidi ya yule, this man loved me more
than that.
3. — By the use of ktipita, to pass or surpass ;
e.g., mtu huyu yuwa-m-pita muenziwe kua mali 'or
utagiri, this man surpasses or excels his friendi n
point ofriches, i.e., he is richer than his friend —
yuna mali zaidi ya muenziwe.
4. — The verb ku zidi, to increase (and ku pun
giia, to diminish) may aJso be used; e.g.,mt\i huyu
amezidi ku ni fania wema kuliko mtu yull, this
man has done more gond to me tlian that man ;
kimepunguka kitu kidogo punde, there was wanting
a little more.
5. — The superlative is rendered by placing the
adjective kulla or wote behind theparticle zaidi ya
or kuliko ; e.g., sultani huyu ni mkuba kuliko ya
maeultani wote, or ni mkuba zaidi ya masultani
wote, thts is the greatest king ; malaika wa-m-pita,
mtu kua ngiivu (wana ngiivu zaidi ya mtu), laken
Mungu yuwapita vitu viotc kua ngiivu (ni muegni
ngiivu zaidi ya viumbe viakwo viot«;, the angels are
mightier than man, but God is the mighticst ofdll,
mightier than all his creatures.
CHAPTER XIV.
ON THE PRONOUNS.
1.— Persosal Pbomouns.
(1) 2, mimi (mi); (2) thou, w6we (or we) ; (3)
he, y6e ; (4) we, sisui or suisui ; (5) you, nuinui ;
(6) they t wao (w5).
2.— PoesEssrvE Pbonodns.
Mine, wangu, yangu, jangu, langu, pangu ; pL vi-
angu, zangu, muangu.
Thine, wako, yako, jako, lako, pako ,pl. viako, zako
muako.
His or her, wakwe, yakwe, jakwe, lakwe, pakwe ;
pl. viakwe, zakwe, muakwe.
Ours, wetu, yetu, jetu, letu, petu ; pl. vietu, zetu,
muetu.
Yours, wenu, yenu, jeuu, lenu, penu ; pl. vienu
zeuu, muenu.
Theirs, wao, yao, jao, lao, pao ; pl. viao, zao, muio.
3. — Replective Pronouns.
Tmyself, mimi nafsiyaugu or moyowangu or mimi
muegniewe or muniewe.
Thou thyself, wewe nafsiyako or wewe moyowako
or wewe muegniewe.
He himseJf, yee nafsiyakwe or moyowakwe or yee
muegniewe.
We ourselves, suisui nafsizetu or mioyoyetu or
nioyozetu or suisui wegniewe.
You yourselves, nuinui or imignui nafsizenu or
nioyo zenu or nuinui wegniowe.
THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE.
XXXV
They themselves, wao uafsizao or mioyo yao or wao
wegniewe.
To love oneself the Suahili ean »ay : ku-ji-penda, or
ku-ji-penda nafsiyakwe, or ku penda nafsi
yakwe.
4. — Demonstrative Pronouns.
(a.) for near persons and objects: huyu, this or
that, e.g., this man, mtu huyu ; pl. hawa
e.g., watu hawa, these men.
(b.) for remote persons and objects : that man,
mtu huyo or mtu ynle; pl., those men, watu
hao, watu wale or watu hawale.
(c.) at a greater distance : mtu yule, that man
yonder, or mtu huyule ; pl. watu wale or
hawale.
5. — Relative Pronouns.
These will be best understood by a table con-
taining eocampies of the euphonical concords.
Theoretical rules are oflittle avail.
6. — Interrooative Pronouns.
(a.) Prrsonal Interrooative Pronouns.
Who f nnani ? whose t wa, ya, ja, la, ya, za, pa,
nnani ?
Who am 1 t mimi nnani ?
Who art thouf wewe unani ?
Who is hef y6e nnani ?
Who are we f suinui tu nani ?
Who are you f nuinui m nani ?
Who are they f wao nnani ?
Which nf both ofthese has done this f nnani wa-
wili bawa walio fania haya?
To whom has he given the money f nnani ame-m-
pai fetha 9
Both ofus cannot know, suisui wawili hatuwezi ku
jua.
Whom has AbdaUa beatenf Abdalla ali-mpiga
nnani ?
Whose are these things f vitu bivi ni via nnani ?
Whose is this box f kasha hili la nnani ?
Whose are these bores f makasha haya enda nnani ?
Whose is this tree f mti hu ni wa nn£ni ?
Whose are these trees f miti hii ni ya nnani ?
Whose is this business f kazi hi enda nnani ?
Whose worlcs are these f kazi hizi za nnani ?
Who8e is this goat f mbuzi huyn 6mboa nnani ? or
mbuzi huyu wa nnani? or nnani muegni
mbuzi huyu ?
Whose are these goats f mbuzi hizi za nnani ? or
mbuzi hawa 6mboa nnani ?
(b.) Impersonal Interrooative.
What f which f nine ? ni ? je ?
Wttatdoes he say f anena nini ? or auena-je ?
WJtat did he do f amefania nini ? or amefania-ni
or amefania-je ?
What has he lostf nini kilicho-m-potea ?
What shall he get ? atapata-je ? or atapata-ni ? or
atapata nini ?
(c.) Universal Interrooattve.
What man has done this t ni mtu gani aliefania
haya?
What sort of men have done this t ni watu gani
waliofania haya ?
Which thing t kitu gani ?
Which things t vitu gani ?
What state t mambo gani ?
What is there t kunani ?
What is the matter t kina nini t
What have they f wanani ?
Who is at the door t nani ali6po mlang6ni ? or
nani yupo mlangoni ?
What o'clock is it (how many hours) t saa ngapi?
Where are you going f wenda wapi ?
How shall Iget t takapata-je? (liow or what f)
How oldis hef (lit., his age, how gets he it f) umri-
wakwe atapata-je ?
How long is it t urefuwakwe yatapata-je ?
How deep isitf ku enda tini kuakwe chapata-je ?
(kisema, a well).
How many peoplet watu wangapi?
How many goats t mbuzi wangapi, or ngapi?
How many places t mahali pangapi ?
How many chairs t viti vingapi ?
How many boxes or chests t makasha mangapi?
How many houses t niumba ngapi ?
How many planks f mbau ngapi ?
How many trees t miti mingapi ?
How long ago f tangu lini ? (lit. t since when t)
How often f marra ngapi ? (how many times t)
How muchf kadri gani? kiasi gani? what quan-
tityt
7. — DlSTRIBUnVE Pronouns.
Each of his friends, kulla mmoja wa rafikizakwe.
Every man, kulla mtu moja.
Neither ofthem, hapana moja muao,
8. — Indefinite Pronouns.
There is not any or one that does good, no, not
one, hapana muegni ku fania wema, hatta rnta
mmoja. All men, watu wote; all matters, kazi
zote ; aU ptaces, mahali pote (muote) ; everything,
kitu jote ; whoever wiU do it, shaU be paid, kulla
mtu afanini, or kulla muegni ku fania, or kulla mto
ambai kuamba afania, atapawa fetha ; you are aU
gone astray, nuinui niote mualipot£a ; we aU saw
it, suisui zote tumeona ; they aU went away, wote
wao wametoka ; such people, watu kamo hawa or
mfano wa bawa.
At Zanzibar the people say : kiti chake Sultani,
the SuUan'8 own chair, or this is the SuUan's chair,
to mark the person whose the thing is, the chair in
wltich no one but the SuUan sits. At Mombas 1
have never heard this expres8von.
c2
XXXVI
AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF
Niumbani mle, inlhat house; niurabani pale, by
that house; niumbani kule, to that house.
Mirai ndimi, it ts I; wewe ndiwe, it is thou;
ndie, UUhe; suisui ndisui, it is we; nuinui ndinui,
it is you ; ndio, it ia they. You may aho translate
inimi ndimi, it is I, the very same. Ndie (pr ndiye),
it is he; sfye, it is nothe.
Whosoever may come, yee ote atakaye kuj» ; th
man I went to, mtu nalio-mu-endea ; the man
whom I went wtih, mtu nalio-kuenda naye ; wkere
I came from, nilipotoka ; where I am going to t
nina-po-kuenda.
CHAPTER XV.
ON THE ADVERBS.
I. Adverbs op Time. — (a.) Present time.'now^
BMA or wakati hu ; to-day, leo ; now-a-days, katika
zamani hizi. (b.) Of time past: some time ago t
wakati uchache ulipopita ; long since, wakati ungi
ulipopita ; lately, kua karibu. (c.) Of time to come ;
ere hrig, karibu, punde ; henceforth, tangu sasa ; to-
morrow, kesho; after to-morrow, kesho kutoa.
(d.) Of time indefinite : often, marra nengi ; some-
times, marra mmoja mmoja ; seldom, si mno
kabisa ; again, marra ya pili ; instantly t sasa hivi
or upezi, or kua muongo hu.
II. Of Place. — Above, ju ; abroad, n'de ; before,
mbelle ; behind, niuma ; far, mballi or kule.
III. Op QoANTrrY. — Little, chache, haba ; abun-
dantly, kua ungi ; kadri gani ? how much ?
IV. Op Doubt. — Pbssibly, yemkini; perhaps,
laboda or kua nasibu.
V. Op Neoation. — No, sl?io; by no means,
kabiaa.
VI. Op Afpirmation. — Kua kuclli, truly; kua
yakini, verily; yes, Swa or ai, or marliaba. " Yes"
and "no" are usuaily rendered by the repetition of
the verb used by thepersonasling; e.g. % wewe ume-
fania haya? resp., (mimi) nimefania or sikufania,
yes, I Jtave done it, or I have not done it ; un-
doubtedly, hakuna teshwisbi.
VII. Of Interrogation. — Whereforet kua
sebabu gani? whenf Hni? howt genzi gani, or
gissi gani, or kuani? The verb connected witk
kuani stands usually in the infinitive ; e.g., kuani
ku fania haya? why to do thisf = why hast thou
done, or dost thou do this t
VII I. Of Manner are frequently formed by
placing the preposition kua before a substantive;
e.g., kua faraha, with joy — cheerfuUy ; kua u6vu,
with badness = badly. In like manner adverbs are
formed by placing kua before the infinitive mood;
e.g., kua ku shinda, by conqaering — victoriously ;
kuu ku jua, by knowing « knowingly; kua ktt
amini, faithfuUy.
IX. Many English adverbs may be expressed
by the adverb sana ; e.g., shika sana I hold very or
much! = hold tigfit; yuta sana! pull hard! enda
sana ! gofast I sema sana, speak out or loud>
CHAPTER XVI.
ON THE PREP0SITI0NS.
Above— ju ya; e.g., ju ya mbingu, above the
hcavens.
About — katika; e.g. t katika muanzo wa muaka,
about the beginning ofthe year.
After — niuraa ya, or kiniuma ja, or bada ya, or
muiaho wa, mfano wa, kama; e.g. t mfano ya
ada, after thefashion.
Against—yi ya, or kua ku teta na (by opposing\
or kiniuma cha ; e.g., amekuenda kiniuma cha
amriyangu or kua ku teta na amri yangu, he
went against my order.
Along— kandokando; e.g. t kandokando ya poani,
atong the coast.
Amidst or amid, or among— katikati; e.g., katikati
ya iiiumba.
Jround— kua upande wa (on the side of) or kua
ku zunguka, upande wa Mvita, or nti izimga-
kayo Mvita or Mombasa.
At — katika: e.g., katika Mvita, at Mombasa; by
sea, katika bahari ; mua or miongoniraua, ai
him, at his hands; miongonimuakwc kua;
e.g., kua kima kidogo, at a smaUprice; kua ku
daka kuao, at their reoyest (wao walipodaka).
Before — mbelle ya or za ; e.g., mbelle za mfalme,
before the king.
Bclme — tini ya ; e.g., tini ya maji, below or under
thc water.
Beside — kua upande ; beside the house, kuB upande
wa niumba ; ju ya ; e.g. t ju ya haya, beside
this.
Betwcen, betwixt—bQ\n& ya or katikati ya; kati*
muctu, between ourselves.
THE RUAHILI LANGUAGE.
XXXVII
Beyond — kua huko; Unguja kua huko, beyond
Uhguja; saidi ya or ju ya kipimo, beyond
measure; amekoti upandewako, he sat by you;
amepigoa ni msome&hi, he was beaten by the
teacher.
Concerning, on account of— kua se'babu ya.
Down — katika tini, kuend6a tini, tini ya.
During — pindi ; during his residence in London
pindi alipoketi Londini.
Ere — mbelle ya, kabla ya ; mbelle ya muaka raun-
gine, or kabla ya muaka mungine, or muaka
mungine usisassa ku pita ; asisasaa or asija
' keti Mvita, be/ore he dwelt at Mombas.
Except— pasipo ; ameleta vitu viote, makasha
mawili bassi yame salia or hakuletta, ameata
or amesaaa, he brought everything ezcept tioo
boxes.
For — kua sebabu ya; nime-m-penda kna sebabu
ya akilizakwe, f loved him for his under-
standing ; nime-ku pelekea waraka, / have
sent a letter for you; I have done it for you,
nirae-ku-faniza haya or kuako wewe, in your
behalf; kitu hiki chako wewe, this thing isfor
you, or belongs to you; amefania vema, nai
ndie Muarabu huyu, he did wellfor an Arab;
amekuenda Patta kua kazi hi, he went to Patta
for this affair ; siku nengi, tangu miaka mingi,
for a long time, or many years ; ni maovu
kuako, huwezi ku nena, it is too badfor you to
say it;he clothed him weU to prevent his catch-
ing cold, ame-m-vika wema kutoa ku sliikoa ni
beredi or asishikui ni beredi ; oh,for a swordl
kuamba nli nao mimi upanga ; nimesikia kuako,
I heard it from you; in his infancy, wakati
alipokua mt6to {when he was a child) ; the cup
is over against me, kikombe kina ni-lekea or
kina-ni kabili \is opposite to me).
Out of— ametoka niumbani, he went out of the
hovse, or amet6ka katika niumba ; out oflove
to me, kua ku penda mimi ; it is out offashion,
kitu hiki kimetoka katika ada, hakina ada
tena sasa.
Save (vide except) — asipo isipokua, isipo.
Since — tangu ; since my return, tangu nlipo rudi.
Through — kua, e.g., through much toU, kua mashaka
mangi ; the ball went through his belly, popo
miengia imepita matumboyakwe.
Throvghout the land — kua nti iote.
Till— hatta, e.g., tanga subukhi hatta ueiku, from
morning till night.
To — From here to Barawa, hapa na Barawa ; ame-
toka Mvita amekuenda Ungnja, he went from
Mombas to Zanzibar; he is bom to this, ame
vialiwa ku fania mambo haya ; / read the
book to this man, nime-ra-somea mtu huyu juo
hiki (or nime soma juo mbelle or kua mtu
huya) ; the debt amounts to 100 dollars, deni
ni reali mia or deni yapata reali mia ; to my
hnowledge he is very busy, najua yee yuna
kazi nengi ; this is nothing to what he did
yesterday, kitu hiki hakina amefania jana
zaidi ya hiki ; as to me, Igo to Malindi, laken
mimi nanenda Malindi.
Towards — Towards sunrise or east, upaude or
ueekeo wa mao ya juo ; ueleke'o wa Bukini,
towards Madagascar.
WUhin — Within six hours 1 walk, kua ndia ya
setta saa; he remains within call, yuwaketi
mahali awezapo ku itoa kua kulla kipindi.
WUhout — He did it without selflove, amefania
haya asipoji penda nafsiyakwe ; he spoke with-
out any regard to the greatness of the king t
amesema maneno haya asipo hesabu uku wa
Sultani ; a house without men t niumba isio na
watu, or isiokua na watu.
CHAPTER XVII.
ON THB OONJUNCTIONS.
(a.) CoPULATTV£ CoifJUNCTIONS.
And, na ; also, tena ; as well as, na-na ; not only, but
also, si baasi, laken tena.
While or whilst — wakati nioaza kna maneno haya,
wali ali-ni-ngiHa or ali-ni-fikilia, whilst I was
thinking about these things, the governor came
in to me.
After — pindi tulipo-m-piga or misho wa ku-:n-pigai,
tualifungua, after we had beaten him, we
were imprisoned.
As soon as he arrived, he died, wakati aliofika,
alikuffa or alipofika alikufia.
No sooner than — He no sooner heard the voice than
he left the house, aliposikia kolele, alitoka
niumbani.
TUl — hatta ; wait till he comes, ngoja hatta yuwaja
or hatta atakapo kuja ; akija narabiami, teU
me when he comes.
When — Aliugua nlipo-mu-ona, he was sick when I
saw him.
Ere, before — Before he had time to escape, he was
seized, asija pata wakati wa ku kimbia, aK-
kamatoa or asitassa kua na wakati wa ku
kimbilia, aliguiwa ; before he went, asija ku
xxxviu
AN ODTLINE OF GBAMMAB OF
•w
enda, or asitassa ku enda, or kabla hatassa ka
enda.
Not tiU — It was not titt he went on shore that ke
got better, haku p6a uellewakwe hatta alipo-
shuehoa poani.
(b.) CONDITIONAL CONJUNCTIONB.
Kuamba wewe hukuenda Kiloa, hungali ngtia, if
thou hadst not gone to Kiloa, thou wouldst not
havefallen sick.
IVovided that — Ruamba yu ynwarudi tu (hassi),
na-m-saraehSa maovuyakwe, provided that he
returns, I wiU pardon him for his wicked-
ness.
JSlse — This man is alive, else he could not waUc,
kuaraba rotu huyu hakua mzima hangeweza
ku tembea.
The more — the more — kua zaidi mtu akizidi kua mes-
kini rohonimuakwe, yuwazidi kua ku-m-jongea
Mungu, ata-m-jongea Mungu kua zaidi, the
poorer a man is in spirit the more he is like
Qod, and the more Ood will dtaw nigh to him.
How muclt more — Eua kadiri gani zaidi, or mambo
gani kua ungi.
(c.) Causative Conjunctions.
He is a powerful king, for he is loved by his people,
Sultani buyu muegui nguvu kua sebabu ya ku
pendoa ni watu wakwe or kuani ya amependoa
ni rayazakwe.
As I lived in Egifpt, I know many people ihere,
kua sebabu mimi nimeketi katika Misiri, najua
watu vangi hapo, or kua sebabu nlioketi mi-
serini, dec. ; or mimi najua watu wangi miae-
rini kuani, nimeketi hapo.
Then — Then you wUl notdoit any more, na hivi
hutafania mara ya pili.
Iwas not born nor bred a blacksmith, mimi siku-
viuliwa wala aiku lewa kua muhunzi (mhunzi).
J shall go to theplace, how remote soever it may be\
takuenda mahali hapo, rjapokua mballi mha,
kuamba ni mballi sana.
No other but yourselfcan do it, hapana mtu mun-
gine isipokua nafsiyako wewe awesai ku f&nia
haya.
What he says is nothing but lies, urongo tu (utupu)
roanenoyakwe iote.
Hegave him more money than was due to him,
ame ra-pa fetha zaidi ilio-m-pasha ku-m-pa.
As he likes rice, so I like bread, ni kama yu apenda
mtelle, ni kama hivi mimi napenda mukate. '
This man may lose all his money, yet he will not
become a poor man, mtu huyu aweza ku po-
tewa ni kulla fethayakwe, asipokua mtu mes-
kini, or laken hatakua mtn meskini.
Man cannot be happy, unless he fear Ood, mtu
hapati bakhti ngema kua yakini, kuamba ha,
m-chi Mungu (isipokua kua nguvu za Mnngu).
This news may 6* considered as an indication of
approaching war ; habari hizi zikatiriwe kama
alama (kua alama) ya vita vitakavio kuja (or
vilivio karibu).
The conjunction " in-order-that v is generaUy ex-
pressed by putting the verb into the subjunc-
tive mood ; let him go in order to see, a e*nde
aka6ne.
CHAPTER XVIII.
ON THE INTERJECTIONS.
Of grief—ahl oh! woi ! ole ! ole wangu ! woe i&
me ! ole wenu, woe unto you.
Of sUence — niamoa, pl. niamazani ! be quiet !
Of impatience — chut !
Of contempt — keTule.
Of regret—\&\t\, oh ihat, would that (things had
been otherwise).
Of compliment or of thanksgiving, ah sant (you
havt done well in Arab.\ I thank you; mar-
haba ! thank you, it is wetl (acknowledging a
gift received).
Ofhaste— hima, or hima, hima! harraka! upezi!
ouickly ! be quick ! make haste !
Calling attention to what has been said or istobe
said — ati ! look you ! I say ! angalia ! look !
aikia! hear! tazama! behold!
Of completion — bassi ! that wiU do! no more !
stop! enough!
Heya or haya ! an exhortation, hastening people
about their work; heya! heya! come along !
go on ! set about your work !
Ho ! hodi ! hodi hodi ! hodini ! crying before a
house, waiting and begging for entrance.
The inmates answer: karib, come in! karib
means in Arab. come near ! It is an invita-
tion for sitting doitm and joining the conver-
sation of the party. The invited person
answers : niraekaa kitako, I am set down, I
am in a sitting position.
Of compliance—yes, well! vema ! very weU; ni
mcma, ndio, ndivio! the contrary is sivio!
sidaki, / wiU not, I refuse.
THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE.
XXXIX
Of addrett—oh ! 6we, pl. egnni ; ewe bana, a
master! ewe Mungu ! God! At Zanzibar
thit addrett to a tuperior teemt to be objec-
tionable.
Of attonithment — ni ajabu ! oh wonder !
Of abhorrence—far be itfrom me, kitu hiki kiepu-
kane nami, or jepuSne or jondoene (ku ond6a,
toremove).
Of attent — to be ture ! kuelli, ni kuelli ! yakini !
hapana maneno.
Of expultion — beaone / t6ka, mu-ondo^ni ! rau-
epueni ! ond6ka ! a epukane nami ! ndazako !
Of taking leave — kua heri ! fareweU ! good-by !
pl. kua herini, or kua heri ya yu onona ! may
toe toon meet again !
Of turprite— kumbe ! what then! another exela-
mation ofturjrrite it looo !
Miye ! me! I amthe one ! weye, are you the one !
iVt you 1
Saa ! you ! I tay ! ndo saa ! come on, do!
Salaam! peaee! hail /— salaam Bibi, with the
mittrett't complimentt.
yefoolt ! nuiuui wajinga ! mna wazimn !
What a great man ! ni mtu mzima gani !
Starehe! When one entert a eompany of men,
and they rite to honour At'm, he endeavourt to
prevent them by taying : starehe, do not dit-
turb yourtelf! don't get up !
Similla! out ofthe way! simille ! similleni ! malee
way ! probably for Bitmiltah, in the name of
Ood! Itit*** ji-tenge ! get out ofthe way !
Tutu ! do not toueh ! leave it alone ! taid to chU-
dren.
Tendeni ! goon! work ont goon with your work
or employment.
EXPLANATION OF THE ABBEEVIATIONS.
Kid. — Kiduruma, the dialeet ofthe Duruma tribe
( Wanika).
Kimv. or Kim. — Kimvita, the dialect of the
island of Mombas or Mvita.
Kig. — Kigunia, the dialect ofthe island of Patta.
Kimr. = Kimrlma, the dialect ofthe people ofthe
highland and of the mainland (of Africa),
especiaUy ofthe people who live on the coast
south of Unguja or Zanzibar. •
Kir. — Kirabbai or Kiravai, the dialect of the
Babbai tribe.
Kin. or Kinik. = Kinika, the dialect of the Wa-
nika tribes, which consist of two divisions, the
Wadigo in the south, and the Lupango in the
north and west (of Mombas).
Kinias. — Kiniassa, the dialect of tribes near the
lake Niassa.
Kikuav. — Kikuaoi, belonging to the Wakuavi
tribes.
Kik. -= Kikamba, referring to the Wakamba
tribes.
Kiung. = Kiunguja, the dialect of Zanzibar, and
all that belongs or refers to Zanzibar.
Kidm. = Kidmu, the dialect of the island of
Lamu.
Kijan. -= Kijangdmoe, a place near Mombas.
Kilind. — Kilindini, a auarter of Mombas.
Kijom. =- Kijtimvu, a Muhammedan viliage to the
west of Mombas.
Arab. =â– Arabic (" Lexicon Arabico-Latinum,"
auctore O. W. Freytag t is the one which was
consuUedfor the Dictionary)
N. Gent. =- Nomen gentilicium, the name of a
nation.
N. Prop. =â– Nomen proprium t proper noun.
B. or Beb. =- Mr. Bebmann, missionary at Kabbai
m
and at Kisulutini at a later period, firom
1846-1875, in East Africa. The student wiU
observe that Mr. Rebmann seldom explains the
words he has given. Hence so many signs
of interrogation. He evidently intended to
explain matters morefuUy at a later time, but
this was prevented by otlter cngagements. I
did not think it rigfu, however, to omit words
which Ihadfound in his manuscript.
E. or Erh. — Mr. Erhardt, missionary of tke
Church Missionary Society, in East Africa.
He arrived on the 15th of June, 1849, ai
JSabbai Mission.
St. « Dr. Steere, Bishop at Zanzibar, the
editor ofa valuable handbook of the SuahUi
language, as spoken at Zanzibar.
Sp. =â– Mr. Sparshott, missionary of the Church
Missionary Society, East Africa.
Chram. — Orammar (Suahili).
Deriv. « Derivative, or derivation.
Suff. » Suffix.
V. a. â– - Active verb.
V. pass. — Passive verb.
Bedupl. v. = Beduplicative verb.
Intens. verb. «- Intensive verb.
Beit. verb. = Beiterative verb.
Beci. v. — Beciprocal verb.
Magn, n. = Magnifying noun (e.g. t mto, river
juto, a large river).
Diminut. n. = Diminutive noun (e.g. t kijfito,
smaU river, a brook).
Fig. — Figurative.
V. obj. «= Objective verb.
V. dat. — Dative verb.
V. c. — Causative verb.
Q. v. — quod vido, which see.
Observe, that the author has generally, with the Initials, indicated the source whence he drew any
word,for he detests anything like plagiarism.
t,
SUAHILI-ENGLISH
DICTIONARY
A, t/ie termlnal vowel of aUpurely African verbs;
in the iiegative form it is changed into "i," and
in the optaiive into " e " — e.g., apenda, he loves;
hapcndi, fte does not love ; aponde, may he love.
Ku-a, v. «., to be or to become. Tlie word does
not signify existence in an absolutc hut
merely in a relative seme, and can tJierefore
not be used wlien the idcas of " / am" or
" God is," or "exists" are to beexpressed;
in this case mere pronouns, combined icith
adverbs, are emphyed — e.g., " Nipo," / (am)
tliere; " Mungu yuko," God he (is) tlierc.
In fact, kua (pass. " ku-wa ") indicates
cxistence only in thepast andfuture tenses, ia
which, like all monosyllabic verbs, it retains
tJie infinitive partide, " ku, '' as an auxiliary
to strengthen thesound; e.g., mancno yaliokua
thabidi, t/ie words which havc becomefirm or
established (with us). Mvila inakua yaja, lit.,
the rain has been it comcs = the rain is coming;
wavuvi wauakiia waja, thefishermen are about
to come — they are coming; kungiiwa mballi,
takuenda, though it befar off, yet Is/iall go.
The optative mood is formed from thcpassirc
roice,with the " a" c/ianged into "e" — c.g., \
" wasiwe na makossa," they not may be with
faults, i.e., without fault, the optativc being
oftcn used adverbiaUy, or like a preposition.
T/tepositive form of the optative is "awe,"j
may fie be, vide Krapfs " OutlineofGrammar" i
page 72. '
In refsrence to the letter "a" see page\
242 in Dr. Steerc's "Bandbook ofthc Suahili
Language," second edition.
Of the passive form (wa) some use exists
in the present tense, indicative mood, but it is
confined to tJie third pers. sing. and to
monosyUabic verbs t the sound of which it
is meant to strengt/wn; e.g., yuw&ia, he eats;
yuwaja, he comes.
Aali, adj., choice, good; from the Arabic <Jle\
(aali), cfr. jj^ (ala), altus, ezcelsus ftiit, hence
" aali," superior, sujrremus.
Aasi, ttdj., rebellious, refractory, disobedient ; rid.
asi or assi ; Arab. ,-*aC , rebellia, inobediens fuit.
A'badan (or abadi), always, constantly; Arab. Jq\t
percnnavit, \j^\ (abadan), scmper; kaziyakwc
ni kn iba abadi, his business is to stealconstantly ;
abadani is an espression of assurance.
Abe watoto, vid. babe watoto or babe wana.
A'biri, r. v., tojwrn orer, togo across (a river, laJce,
or sca), to bc ferried ovcr = ku vuka, to go
togethe.r as a passenger by sea in a vesseJ, or
with a caracan (juro) in traveUing by land.
Nimeabiri chombo cha Muarabu hatta U'nguja,
I went toget/ier, or I went as apassenger on an
Arab-ve8sel as far as to Zanzibar. Ididnot
Uirc t/ie whote d/iow, but I paid thc usua/fare,
irhich with tftc natines amounts to a £ or J ditUar
from Mombas to Zanzibar. Tumeiibiri jaro ch.i
Mzungu hatta Ukambani, weioined t/ie caravan
ofthc European asfar as to Vkambdni.
The verb iibiri is to bc derived from thc
Arabic y^ (abara), transivit, tmjecit flumcn.
Abiria, r. obj., topass or cross over to a certain
placc; e.g., nime nauili chombo cha Baniani ku
abiria or ku vukia Unguja, I/iave hiredthe
vessel of a Banian to puss or cross over to
Zansibar — nimevuka katika chombo cha
Baniani, I crossed over on the vessel of a
Banian. Nime mu-abiria kua or katika chombo
cha fulani, / made him go over in thc vesseJ
ofN.K.
( 2 )
AD
Abiria signifies " passengers " according to Dr.
Steere's Handbook, page 243, but in tJiis casc
it 8houIdbe "waabiria," tJiey wJio pass orcr ;
in the sing. " muabiria," onc wJio passes orer.
However, the inexact dialect of Zanzibar
aUows many forms tchich are not admitted ia
other dialects.
ABfRiBiiA, v. c, to cause to'cross, to put across ;
Baniani muegni chombo ame-mu-abiri8ha
Mzungu— ame-m-vusha Mzuugu, the Jhnu'an,
the owner of tJte vessel, put the European
across. " Ku-m-viisha" is more correct.
Abua, v. a., to scrape off (e.g., miia, sugar-canc) ;
see ambua ; abiia occurs rery stldoin.
A'budi (or Abodi), *., sec budi.
Abudia, r. obj. ; abudisha, r. c, rid.
A'budu, r. a. (from the Arabic Juc, ubada,
adoravit, fecit aliquem servum), tn scrrc, to
adore,toworship; ku-mu-nbudu Mungu, to scrrc
or worsJiip God; ku abudu sannara, to adore or
worship idols ; mtu huyu anaabudu salla, this
man prays ahcays, lit., serves prayer, i.c, serres
Ood in prayer, especiaUy after tJtc prcscrihcd
MuJiammedan fortn.
AbudIa, v. obj., to give worsJtip to, cg., ndia or
maneno, the way or the words, to gice worship
to Ood, the manner ofworshipping God (ndia
ya ku-mu-abudia Mungu).
Abuduha, v. c, to cause to serve or to worship,
to make one adopt one*s religion (ku-mu-
abudisha Mungu).
Acha, v. a., to lcave, to quit, to abandon ; sce ata,
atana, atia, atilia in tJieSMombas dialect, bnt acha,
achana, achia, achilia, achilika in the d'udect
of Zanzibar.
A'cham, vid. A'jam or A'gam, Persia.
Achari (or ajari), *., a thick acid juice or cJtylc,
prepared by the natires ofslices ofJenum mixcd
up with salt and red pepper (pilpili hoho). Jt
serves the natives for pickles, hencc, prcserrcs
{e.g. t achari ya macmbc, i.e.,juice of mangos).
A'da, v. a., to slit the bast or bark of trtcs and
make strings of it (R.) ?
A'da, *., pH. maada (ya, pi. za), custom, manncr,
a gift or prescnt according to (ancicnt) custom;
ni-pa maadayangu or adazangu, give me my
eustomary gifts or presents; nikipoa, ta-kii-pa
adayako, when I get well (says the patient to his
physician), I will give you your gift (fee) ; cfr.
Arab. f ^Vc » consuetudo, mos, donum.
A'dabu, *. (ya), civility, good beJtaviour, good
manners (adabu is to be distinguisJted from
athabu, vid.) ; Arab. ^^\ , humanitas, elegantia
morum et doctrinae ; omnium rerum scientia, qua
avitiis omnis generis caverepossnmua (IVeytag's
Lcxicon) ; mlabu ngema or mbaya, good or bad
behariour; ku-m-tia kijana adabu (or adabu
ngema), to teach tJtc boy manners, lit., to put good
manncrs into the boy. Mtu huyu hana adabu or
ni mtofu wa adabu, this man has no jtolitcncss,
or no polite manners; aingiwe ni adabu, he
sJtould learn to behare well or politely; mtu
huyu ni mjauiri, ni mucpni makii mangi, ni
mtakabari or yuna kcburi. he isproud, arrogant,
insolent, d'c ; ku-m-tia adabu may also signify,
to chasten one by coufiiiing him, d'c; adabu«=
muendo (vid.) t hence the jnroverb, " Muendo
hauna adabu."
Adabika, r. v. (R.)? « ku ngiwa ni adabu, or
ku tiwa adabu. The student must not
confound adibisha and adibn with athibu and
athihislia and athibia, which lattcr rerbs
*ignify, Ki to castigate, to torment," whilst adibu
and adil'isha seem vevcr or but rarely to be
med. Scc athabu, athibu, athibisha, to cause
to be in pain, topunish, but adibisha, to cause
to behare well.
A'damu, s., adam (muana or bin adamu, son of
man), a human being, a man (ewc muana wa or
bin adamu, O thou son of man).
Adana, s., mpiga adana=muadini aitai watti wa-
aalli, the man wfo culls people to prayer, thc
muezzin; Arab. r.ivaure8praebuit,(2)significavit,
indixit Muhamedanis publicae preciHhoram ; T,XH\
praeco, promulgatio procnm.
AdAwa, *., cnmity (see adui, an enemy); the trorrf
is 8eldom heard.
A'di, v. a., to accompany or to wait on a person
to the door; in general, to accompany one for a
short distance by sca or by Jand. The verbs
" adi " and " iiga " must be distinguished tceU.
" Muegni ku adi " is tJie person wJio accom-
panies anotJier to the door, orfor a sJiort distance
beyond it, and remains aftenrards at home;
whereas tJtc " muegni ku aga " w hc who bids
fareweU to and parts from tJie muegni ku adi for
crer, orfor some timc; cfr. Arab. W , praetcriit
missura fecit, reliquit, effecit ut transiret, per-
vaderet.
Adia, *. (ya), or ratlier athia(«£t), agift, donation,
pre8ent; Arab. |^, donum,/row ^.largitos
fuit, dcdit, donavit Many Suahili pronounce
"hadia," but tJiis is erroneous. Jn geveral,
tJiose SuaJiili who do not know Arabic, pronounce
Arabic words reri/ badly, and sJiotdd not be
imitated by Europeans, wJio sJiouJd ahcays
cndearour to acauire pure Suahili words, and
never use Arabic erpressions, when thcre is an
adeauate and indigenous word fottnd in
AD
( 3 )
AP
KiauaJiUi. Modernphilology makes great efforts
toward ejecting as much as possible foreign
words from a language, in order to make room
for those erpressions which belongcd originaUy
to it. Ku-ra-pa mtu adia or athia = ku-ru-pamtu
kitu cha burre, to give a man a present, or a
gratuity; ana-ni-pa adia, he gare me apresent.
A'dibu, v. a., to teach (good) manners, to educate
(vid. adabu).
A'dili,*. andadj. (ya), rightconduct, riglit; Arab.
90-
Jjtc (adlon), justitia, aequitas ; hapana L6kuma
adili, tliere is no riglUjudgment.
A'dili, v. n., to bchave or act rigldhj; Arab. Jjkc
(iidala), quod justum et aequum csset, statuit
pracstititquc.
Adilihha, e. c., to makc or teach one to act
rightly.
AdIlifu, 8. ( ? )
Adimika, v. «., not to be obtainable; e.g., sermalla
wakiadimika = wakitoa patikana, or wakiwa
shidda, if the carpenters be not found, if they
JiardJy exist; Arab. p** Gidima), destitutus, pri-
vatus fuit.
Adimiba, v. c. (?) = ku tukuza, to praise, to
ghrify. This verb reqvires further and closer
examination ; perhaps it may be derived from
the Arab. t L«» (athama), magnus fnit, magni
fecit, honoravit. Hence the trriting " athimisa "
would be more correct.
Adinamhi, *., pl. wadinassi, n free man of un-
mingled blood, whose parents have not been
slaves ; mtu huyu ni adinassi, this is afree man
=-muunguana asie kitangunio, this is a free
man without mirtnre of blood. The word is no
doubt a corrvption of the Arabic expres8ion,
wald-cl-niis, afrec-born person, .jJuK jjT -
Adua, v. c; ku adua hasada or sungiia jito (R.).
This ex])re8siun refers to tlte ceremonies which a
native doctor perforni8 before he begins to treat
a sick person. First six yards of American
cotton-cloth must be brought, a number of pieces
of bread are to be baked, the water of three
cocoa-nuts must be put into a kettle, d-c, where-
upon tlte doctor will read some scctions from the
Coran, &c; mu-adue hasada, ndipo afanike
daua or dawa, pcrform the hasada, then let the
medicine be administered to him.
A'otf i, 8., an enemy (ya), pl. maadiii, this plural
form, however, occurs but rarely, as is the case
with many Arabic words. The Suahili say,
mtu huyu ni adui, pl. watu hawa ni adui, instead
o/maadui. Adui, an enemy, also — mtu mbaya,
•a bad man; Arab. cS^, homincs peregrini,
-Cj
inimici; ^jtfi, hostilitas; hence adawa (ya),
enmity in Kisuahili.
AiSe (or eee) (St.), yes; Arab. ^ (ai), nimirum, id
cst, ita, bene.
A£xboe (or £mroe),0. (la), glue; see sumugh, gum-
arabic; cfr. also ulimbo and mlimbolimbo; all
these matters are vsed as glue or birdUme, also
for sealing letters.
A£nzi, *., see enzi or czi, 8., power, auth>rity ;
kiti cha aenzi, a cltair of power, an exceUent
6
ckair, a chair of fashion ; Arab. )*, potentia,
dignitas, honor.
A'fa, *. (la), pl. maiifa (ya), something fearful,
hostile, dangerous, injurious, enemy (cfr. muafa
anJ mkhiifa) ; Arab. ^j^, nietuit, S^j^^timor,
raetus; Mgalla ni afa la Mnika, the GaUa is an
enemy (an object of fear) to the Mnika;
Wagalla ni maufa ya Wanika ; nti inangia
maafa ya Wagalla, fear or danger from the
Galla has entered, i.c, seized the country ; ndia
ilio na maafa or miafa, a road on which
there are dangers or enemics; Mkuafi ni afa
laugu, tfte Mkuafiis myenemy, myobject offear;
afa ni jambo la hasara, la ku (diirii) thuru;
Mungu a-mu-afue katika afa ote pia ya duniani,
may God save him from aU dangers of the
world!
Afathali, vid. afthali.
A'fia (or afua), *. (ya), IteaUh; ]j^ sanitati
restituit; Jicnce &**lc, incolumitas, salus, good
Jiealth.
A'fia, v. a. t to bring out, to issue, to spend or
expend, to give away=Vu toa (Kin. ku lafia) ;
ku-mu-afia rukhsa or amri, to give one per-
mission or order ( = ku-mu-amuria) ; ku-mu-
tifia, or ku-m-toa \ishuru, to exact dvtyfrom one ;
mtumko huyu ameafia mimba, this woman mis-
carried, had an abortion ; ku afia mali, ku wa-
pata watu, to spend property for getting men.
Afia, r. a., to m<ike toswear; see under apa, r. n.
Afikana, r. rec ( =ku agiina), to agree one with
another, to mdke an agreement; cfr. Arab. <3*j
(wafika), consenait, assensus fuit.
Afikanibha, t». caus. (or wafikasisha), to
conciliate, to nwke to agree, pacify.
A'fiki, r. n. ; e.g., hali ku afiki shcria ? (R.), he
has not interdictcd thee from the law; 4«UV
interdixit, alicui, aliquid.
Afiuxi, *. (ya), opium; Arab. ypkY
A'fthalt, afIthali, afuthali, adv., better, rathcr,
b2
(4)
cspeciaUy preferablc (ofihe two), in preferencc of,
best; Arab.Lth (fathfila), eiuberavir, praecelluit ;
X&iS (afthnlu), praestantior, optimus; thahabu
ni afthali kana fetha, gold isbetter tJiansUrer;
kuetu suisui afthali, eapeciolly with ua or in ottr
houae.
Afu, *., wild jasmine (St.).
A'fu (or afua), v. a., to deliver from, to save,
preserve, pardon, to render safc cure ( — okoza,
p6nia) ; Muegniziuigu ana-mu-afu, the Lord has
aaved or preaerved him ; Arab. v£c , incolumem,
innoxium servavit Deus. Mnngu a-mu-afiie,
may God preserve him; mtu huyu ametesua
(amepawa ugonjoa) ni Mungu, luken sasa
Mungu ame-mu-afu -=» ame-m-jalia aiia, nmemjalia
sirkizakwe or riskizakwe. In general, ku afu
means to deliver one from siclness,famine, w
other Jcind of distreaa.
Afua, *., aee afia, health. (TJtis exj)rcssion is
more uaual.)
Afua, afura, r. a., totear (said oftJtorns) (R.)?
Aga, r. n. and r. a. (Kimr.), to perisJt, to bc lost
andtolose, destroy («potca, potesa) ; nnaagti
ushangawukwe, tliou Jiast lost Jiis beads (Kin.
ku angamika) ; watu wangi wame-ku-aga, many
people perisJted, have been destroyed; kulla mtu
acndai Chagga, harudi teua, huacu, Chagga
ndicho kingacho watu, he wJu> goes to CJiagga,
sJtall no more return, he wUl perish, for Chagga
is tJte country whicJt destroys people.
Ao.\, r. n., to taJ:e leave of a person ; uime kuenda
ku-wa-aga watu, I ircnt to taJcc leave of tJte
people; jiia likinga miti, lit., wJten tJte sun tales
leave of tJte trees, i.e., near aunaet (a rery
poetical erpression).
Aoana, v. rec, (l)to tdkeleave ofeach other, (2)
to agree one witJt another, (3) topromise eacJt
otJter (kua maneno); mnaagana nini? what
Jtavc you agreed to ? ana-ku-aga nini ? wJtat Jtas
Jtc promieed tJtee ? aganiza nhadi, to mdke a
covenant.
Aoia. v. obj., (1) to conveytJte valcdictory word to
anothcr in tJie name ofJdm icJto bids farewell ;
wewe rafiki u-mu agic babayangn, tJtoufriend,
convey my farewell to my father; (2) to give
one a promise ; siku ile huku-ni-aga ku-ni-pa
kofia, mbona huku-ni-pa, hupendi ku-ni-pn,
iika-ni-agia bassi, why tJien didst thou promise
mef
Aoilia, v. ol)j. (?)
AoiLT8HA, v. c, ? to charge cne, e.g., to demand a
debtfrom somebody. Deriv. ngizo, pl. mnfigizo, I
charg\ commission. J
A'oiza, v. a., to order, to cJtarge, to commis&io*
or enjoin any one, to direct, to appoint to.
AmziA, v. obj., to give in charge; mme-ma-agizla
kashalako, Igave thy box in charge to kim.
Aoama, r. »., to he entangled (said of trees) ; eee
anguma, wJticJt, is more vaua!.
A'oiri (or kjim) r. a., to Jtire, e.g., a serrant, a
Jtouse, <t'c. ; ^.\, mcrcedcm dcdit.condusit, mercede
locavit; agiriwa, r.p., to bc hired or emplomed
for wages ; alie agiriwa, one wJto is cmpioyed for
wages.
AoiniaiiA, r. c, to let for hire, to causc to hire.
to lei on Jdre. Deric. ijnra, wages.
Aoua, r. a., (I) to treat one medically, to male
medicine for one, to attend to a auk peraon, to
treot one after tJtc African faahion (cfr. adua),
Kin. ku Ingi'ila (ku-m-fania dawa) ; (2) toprediet,
cg., ku agiia ndoto=kubu8hirindoto t topredict,
toforeteU by a dream; ku-ji-agiia nafsi yakwc,
to curc or JteaJ, JteJp one^a self.
Aoulia, v.obj. ; ku-mu-agulia mtu ndoto, toforetell
or esplain a dream to anybody. Muagiizi, s~,
may be rendered, a medical man, or afbre-
teJler, a propJtet; ungiizi, #., prophecg. Both
terms, muaguzi and ungi'izi, rcauire fnrther
examination. Fass. aguliwa.
Aiia! (or ahaa !), in reply to tJte guestion,je? what ¥
rid. jc ; aha somo ! yes, oh man ! yes, myfriend ;
ndivio hulisi, yes, exactly !
— * "• 9 c
A'hadt, s. (ya) ; Arab. ^\ , unura esse dixit; j^.^ v
unitas; covenant, agreement, promise ; ana-nf-
pa nhadi va ku ja kuangu, Jte gare me the
promise, i.c, Jtc promised, to come to me =: ana
agana nami kuamba ajc kuangu. Wahadi is lotc
language.
Aiiapiana, r. rec, to agree witJi eacJi other, to
jrromise mutuaUy, to come to an agreement
(R.\ In reference to the Jews, said Kadi
Ali, tJtejudge f)/*Momba8, " TJte Jewsare wana
nhadi sann, because tJtey do not mix up with
otJter nationtt," lit., tJtcy are rery much sona of
tJte covenant.
A'iiiiu, r., tojrromise (St.)?
s c*
A'iiali, s. (ya,pl za) ; Arab. Ja\ (ahlon), populus,
homincs, qui ad aliquem pertinent, familia;
family, connections, relations; ahiili za wali, tke
relatircs of tJte governor ; ahaliznkwe wote, all
Jtisfamily; najirani wotc, and all Jtia neighhour*.
A'iiera, «., (1) tJte future world; viema via ah6ra,
the Jtapjnness of tJte world to come ; Arab. o^.H\ ,
altcra scmpiterna >ita ; (2) ttte cold boaom of the
earthorgrave; ku enda ahe'aoraherani «kufcikiia
katika n'ti ku zimu, to be buried in the ccidearth ;
(5)
AJ
hatta sultani atakuenda ahera, ku-m-sheta pahali
pa shubiri, ecen a king shaU go to the cold grave
wherc a plaee of a spatis breadth tc'dl shut him
up.
A'hkri (or ratlier ajuieri) = muisho, tlte end,
the last ; saidina ya awali ndiyo ya aheri, tlie
first Lord is he who is the last.
'Ahsant (or ahsasta), v. a., lit., thou hast done tceU;
m ~ C<- C «
from the Arabic u; » lini r \ , bonum fccisti, probe
cgisti, pulchrum reddidisti, ^w**. , bonus, pulcher
fuit. This term is ttscd to render thanks to him
mho Jias done you tcelt. Thanks / or Thank you !
A'ia, r. a. We are not sure whcther this verb is
to be derived from the Arabir vcrb g\ , arsit,
flagravit ?
A'ika (or taika), v. ?i., to dissolrc, to melt.
A'isha (or yaisha), v. c, tocauseto mclt; e.g., ku
yaiaha rusasi, to smelt lead. The dialcet of
Zanzibar seems toform : yeyiika and yeyusha,
to mclt and to catise to mclt (St.\ Ku ayika
(St.), to dissolce, to melt.
Aibika, r. n.,to beput to shamc, to l* disgraced ;
Arab. ^Vc , vitiosum fuit, hcnce ^lc or
*-, »*J= , «IUU9UUJ IUII, •*•.•*•.€ *■»
vitium ; ncmsiyakwo imcaibikn, his gootl mimr
has been disgraced.
Aidihiia, r. r., to disgracc, to put to shame, to
blcmish.
Aiou, s., a disyrace, a reproaeh ; also pudnnda.
A'ili, r. a. (rfr. Arabic Jle , inclinavit se supcr
aliquem ; j\^\ , sustentavit, aluit farailiam) ; (1 )
to take vpon one's self, c.g., ku aili dcni, to take
a dcbt vj*on one's sclf i.c, topay it for anttther
//i<m=dcniyakwe daraka yangu mimi, his debt is
ujton me, I shaUpay it : (2) to be the cause, to
iteguilty ; huyu fti aili,aili ni yc, this man is not
guilty, guilty is he (lt.).
Ailisia, v. obj., to make onc tukc a thing itjwn
him.
Aina, *. (ya) ( = gisi), kind, rJass, spccies, raste;
kulla aina, all kinds; Arab. ^ ; (l)fon8,rci
substantia, esscutia ; (2) eye.
Ainisiia, v. c, to point out, to show by a sign
rfr. Arub. /jVc , manavit, ^tfi , rcm conspi*
cuam fccit) ; e.g., ku aihishu kuo ya mpaka.
Alxi, r. a., to spccify, to appoint.
AixiA, v. obj., to specify to orfor onc.
AixiwA, i\ p.., to be specified.
Ainzi (or aknzi, or a£zi), cid. enzi and ezi ; Arab.
* . . *-
y£ , potentia, dignitos, yc potcns, honoratus
factus cst. ]
A'iain (or isiu), v. n., to Uve t to last, eiuiure ; ^Lve
vitam duxit, pass. \j**& invitaconaervatus fuit,
vixit.
AiTrwJLLO, what one is wanted or called for (from
ku ita, to call; p. itiwa or ratlier itoa, to br
called). Ia>w people pronounce it "etiwalo;"
aitoalo or aitualo would be viore correct.
A'jabu, s. (ya) ; Arah. •■m -^* , status admirationin.
admiratio,/roni V| >> f* , miratus fuit ; admiration,
tnomler; ajib ! or ajab ! iconderfult tconderful/i/.
A'jabu, v. «., to admire (seldom uscd).
Ajabihiia, v. c, to make to astonish.
Taajabu, t\ «., to iconder at, to admire.
Taajabisiia (or ajabihjia), v. c, to make to
tuhnire, toastonish; neno bili lina-n-taajabisha,
this irord or matter astonislies me.
A'jali,*. \yn),death,fate (cfr. Arab. ^\ , terminuiu
posuit ; Jr^ , spatium temporis), tlie appointed
timc, life-time, destiny (rfr. muhiila) ; ajaliyakwc
ili-m-jalia (ku fa) pouni, his fate destined him /"
die on shorc, and consetptently Iie was buried in
tlie sand of the sea-shorc close to tlie water's edgi,
tut ptoplt who die or vho are found at sea art,
tuscording to jcustom, not consigned to tlui commou
hurial-grtmnd, but as close as possible to tlte sea- '
tcater ; ku salimika Ajali means lit. to be givtn
up to its fate, hence "to be finishcd entirely:"
c.g., aamli inasalimika ajali lco, or aamli inakatika
hiyati leo, the. ghce i* fjuit.f finished to-day ( ~
inamalisikfl, inakwibha).
Ajam (or Acjam) (wa) (n. gent.\ Persia; mtu wa
« — â–
Agam or Ajam, a Pcrsian Arab. â–²^e (ajamon),
barbari, quicunque non sunt Arabcs, etsi distiuctc
loquuntur, tum Persac.
Ajaka, s., merit v 'St); ifthis \rord is reallyin uhc
tcith the ftuahili peoplc, it is no doitbt to be derircd
from the Arabic j+\ , or .^.^,mcrcc8,praemiuiu.
Ajaki, s., vid. ayari, kamha mlingotini.
Ajari, *. (ya), src acliari, s.
Ajari, s. (]{.), simuhition, hypocrisy; c.g., akiugua
ui ajari tu (?), ifhe issick, it isonlysimuiation.
Ajemi, s.. vid. Ajami or Agami, a Persian.
Ajib! (w ajab !) tronderfull SSee ajabu.
A'jili ttnd Agili, s. (ya) (from *+\ ,causa, gratia ,
causc, rcason, sake ; kua ajili or agili-^yangu
(mimi), for my sake, on my account, because of
vie; kua agili ya walu, bccause ofmen; kua ajili
or agili aki-m-penda nikcwo niapcnzi bora, becausr
Ite loved his tcife irith great tove. The reason
tchy tlui natives sjh-U ajili and agili (nghili) is. as
every stvdcnt ofthe, Kgyptian and Syrian diaiects
knoLcs, because the tiyrian Arabs spell ncliili,
trhereas tJte Egyjitian* jironouncc aghili; the lettcr
AJ
(6)
*• is pronounced by the Syrians like ch or j,
whereas the Egyptians jironounce it like gh. Thc
\cords njili or agili, huja, sebabu conrey nearlythe
samc mcauiiig, " cause, accouut, reason" rfr.
A'jiRi(orAOiRi), r.a.,to hirc; y+\ , mcrcedom dcdit,
mercedc conduxit, hencc thc Suuhili icord iigira,
9 â– **
jrw/w (Arab. ^\ ).
Ajirisha, r. r., fo roKJ»? fo /miy, *o /r£ ow ///rr /
?tou», ijnra, wages.
kC -
A'jiza, *., flMf/Ajizi(r/r. y^c , debilitas, impotcntia,
postica pars rei), si fanio ajiza, fania harraka.
usikiiwc, do not tarry, but make hastc.
Aka, the form of the narratire past tense (i\rd
pcrson sing.), see Steere's Handbook, pagc 134 ;
aka pcnda, and he or she lored.
Aka ! exdamation of astonishment.
Aka. r. a.; (l)ku aka or akka, to build in stonc;
ku aka niiimbn, to buihl a house, vfc., a stone-
house, in distinction o/ku jenga niuinba, to buiid
a house of wood (of jnles) (see ku waka or
wakka); (2) to burn (akaka), to burn (*aid of
pain),
Akia, r. oly., to buildfor or with.
Akaij, (1)*. and adj., some feir, some ; Arab.
—
U (kalla), paucus fuit; iikali ya watu, some feir
inen; akali ya kitu, somcthi ng = kita kidogo;
akali ya vitu, some things; (2) hc is, def. r. li,
akali mzima or hai, akaliko, he was alire.
Akania, v, a., to curb ?
Akari (or adakari?), intoxicating Vitpior (II.) :
«\Ac , vinum, and A&ct , planta aromatica. plnnta
*• *•
mcdica; or j£e , turbidus, faeculentus fuit liquor.
A'kk, sec likwe, his, her, its (ake in the Zan-ibar
anfl Kikamba diulccts).
Akesda, r. n., for akaenda, and he wcnt (sec ku
enda, to go).
Akhera, *., see nhera. Ko doubt thc Gullaword
ckera, s., is to be derived from this adoptcd
Arab word ahera ; ekera signifie* in Gulla thc
plac* to which wicked men are banished after
death, in the opinion ofthe GaUa. Otlier Ualla
tal'e ukera/or ghost or sjiectrc.
A'kihri (or akiri), r. a.; jL\ , distulit, postposuit,
tardavit, cunctatus fuit; to delciy, to be dilatory,
to remain behind.
AkhIrisha, v. c, to causc to dday, to put ojf,
postpone, to adjourn, to mulcc to stay bchind:
akhiri muzimu, anothcr monsoon or after the
monsoon (in April, whcn thc ressels return
from Jndia) ; ^J\ , alter, alius, anotlier ; ku
akhirisha chombo, to postpone the dejiarture of
a vessd.
Akiiiyart, adj. and adv. (Arab. ~&.\ , nielicr.
praostantior, optimus, from the verb .U- , factui
fuit potiBessor boni, selegit, praetuiit), choice,
good, better, more preferable; e.g. f Sengibiri,
bcndnri ukliiyiiri, kulla shei teyari or tayari,
Zanzibar is a bettcr port, etergthing u ready
there. i.e., is found there on the market ; muhabbi
or muhcbbi akhiyara, a gootl or cjrcellent Jriend.
Aki, couj., if, in case, wJien; sce Grammar. It u
subjcct to conjngation, and is nsed aUo in
formiug thc participle. T/ie lctter u i " u fre-
uuenthj omitted, e.g.. akenda and wakcnda fbr
aki and waki enda, if he goes, or if they go;
akipendn, /;' hc. likes or lores. The conditional
prefij' is changrd according to the subjeci re-
ferrcd to.
Aki, *. (R.\ stcp-mother ; aki na mama hawako, the
step-intfthcr and thc real mother are uot here,
says a child when speaking of his mother; aki
na buana, or aki na mucgni anafika, the step-
mother and the master arrired.
Akia (aakia?\ r. a., (1) to snap vp t to gorge, to
dcvour, to Ktrallmn vp; (2) r. obj., to intercept,
to get up. r.g.j ku-mu-akia mpira, to pick vp a
bullfor onv.
Akiiia, ». (yn, za\ somcthing pui by for saring.
store, rcserre; Kthiopice, akabu custodivit,
conservavit; Arnbic, W& 6 , secutus fuit, W©te-
pone alium vcnicns; ku weka akiba,fojwrt by, to
pracidefnr.
AKii>A, s. (ya or wa\ pl. maakida, captain f ehief r
Uadcr, commandcr ; akiila ya askari, tJte leaden
or commundcr of soldic.rs, the secontl in com-
mand; vfr. Arah. <&* , gubcrnator, praefectus,
j^i , duxit, rexit, gubernavit.
A'kidi, v. u. (no doubt to be derived from tJte Arab^
jXc , possibilis fuit rcs, copiam sui praebuit ali
cni), to sufficc ( = ghushi, rid.), to besuffieieni;
c.g., chakiiln hiki chaakidi wntu wnliupo hatta ku
rudi, thisfood is sufficientfor the^opie who are
here till thcy retum.
A'Kirr, r. u. (cfr. iJL<r , sc dcdit rei, substi-
tit). (1) to yidd, to profit; shambalangu lina-
n-akifu reali miu, mij plantation yieldetl me a
100 dollars; (2) to put ( = ku weku), to pvt bgr
nna-mu-akifu vicmn, / have got hiin a good
pluce.
AkifIa, r. obj., to cntrus with; nime-mu akifia-
mnliynngu mbellc za watu, / entrvsted mg
projierty to him publicly.
Akifisiia, r. c.
Akifiwa, v. p., to be put by, e.g., Muhammed
akiHwa instead o/anakufa.
Akiisiia (or contr. nkisha), e.g., kazi hi, he having
finished this bnsiness; thcn, thercupon: from ku.
islin, tofinish.
( 7)
AL
Akika, a. (St.), « funeral feast far a chihl; cfr.
tlic Arabic word AfieAfi , ovis, quae mactari solet
quum primum infans raditur.
AkIki, s. (E.) ; ka fania akiki, tJte meat of an
animal irhich was killedfor a sadaka (*acrifice)
after a cliiUPs death, after wJticlt therc is no
matanga (mourning).
Akiki, *. (ya, pl. za), a kind of red gent; cfr.
Arahic <jS\&£ , species gemmae quac vulgo car-
neola dicitur ; cfr. kito cha pete, or kito cha akiki
cha pete.
• c-
A'kili, *. (ya, pl. za) (Arab. Jgc , ingenium,
prudentia), intellect, understanding, rea*on,
jtrudence, wits; it Jtas generally tJte jdural sign
za after it, though now and then aUo the phiral
form niaakili may he heard; muegni akili, a
2>08*es8or ofprudence = aprudcnt man; muegni
akili nzima or nrefii, a very discreet man;
akili chache, little inteUect.
Akina, you; addrcssed to young or inferior j>er-
8om ; akina buana, young sirs ; akina bibi, my
young ladics (St.).
Akiri, r. n., to remain hehind; vid. akhiri.
Akirisha, i?. c, vid. akhirisha, to put ofi\ to
adjourn.
Ako, 8uff., thy, your ; ako wewc, your oicn.
A'kkaba, *. (ya, pl. za), from tJie Arabic verb
^j^j , propinquua fuit, Jtence l>ji21 (clakriba),
prozimi cognatione et affinitate, s'auj. U^i , pro-
pinquus, relations, relatives, comanguinity ;
ning. karibu, kariba and karabo (ya) ?
A'kkaba (ya, pl. za) kuumcni, male or paternal
relatire.
A'kkaba (ya, pl. za), kukcni, female or maternal
relation.
Akua, r. a. (cfr. kuakua and niakiia), to tear (R.) ;
a doubtful verb r&juiring closer ejcaminatioit.
Akwe (Kiung. ake), Ju8, Jter, its, ofJiim; niumba
yakwe, Jtis Jionse (Kiung. niumba yake).
Al (or kl), tJte Arabic article the; e.g., alftigiri,
sc —
daicn, daybreak; ^i , diluculum, prima lux
aurorae. JSee tJte remarJcs of Dr. Steere, page
244.
A'la, *. (ya, pl. za) (aho in pl. maala or niala), a
srabbard, sJieath, case, in the Kijtcmba dialect;
tila ya upanga, the sJieath of a sicord; ala za
vissu, tJie sheath of Jenive*. Ala is catted \\o in
tJie Mombas dialect.
A'lapu, thousands; alf or alfu or clfa, «., a
• Ctf • """■"
tJtousand; cJU\ (alfon),^/.alafu ; uft\ (alafon),
tJtousand*.
""" . •-•* * *rr c ?
Alama, *., Arabic Ac > signavit; *le , jP«- **ei ,
signum; in Kisu-aJiili it signifies "mark" (ya, '
pl. za), sign, taken; ku-tia alama, to fftr« or
ma&e a *»<7»; kum-wekea alama, to signalize.
Alamu, 8. (ya, jd. za), ensign, banner; alamu ya
wita, military eiurign. TJte Wasuahili do not
use much tJtis Arabic expression, tJtey generally
saij "bcrumu," wJtich is very likely to be derived
from tJte Arabic ^ , contorsit, firmum roddidit
• —
funcm, hencc *\tf , pars materiae quae torquetur
in funcm ? ? T/tey use bcramu oftcn for fiag.
TJte Wanika call it mercly "pingu."
• C-
Alasiri, 8. (cfr. Arab. «ac , tcmpus matutinum et
vespcrtinum), one of the AfuJtammedan Jiours of
prayer after 3 o'clackp.m. (afternoon).
Alaye (R.) = hala hala ? ni amri katho wa
kathe ?
Albunseyidi (St.), more correctly banu or elbanii
sayidi, tJte children of the lord (sayidina, our
prince), theprince's children.
Alfapa, *., a piece of cotton witJi wJticJt tJte tcound
i* dressed ajter circumcision to prevent pain
from micturition. It i* probable that the icord
bears a rclatioa to tJtc Arabic ^\ j!\ , albicantia
puncta in extremis unguibus inprimis pue-
roram ; ^jU t signum fccit. The circumcisor
opcrates witJt tJte nails of Jii8 fingers.
^ ^ ^
Alfagiri, 8., from y^i , flucre sivit, primam
6C —
apparuit aurora, Jicnce .^ , prima lux aurorae,
diluculum, tJtc break of day, the dawn; the
carlie8t Muluimmcdan Jtour of prayer, after
4 o'clock a.m.; jimbi la pili (tJte second crotcing
oftJte cock) ui alfagiri; datcn, daybreak.
Alhamisi (or Elhamisi), *., Thursday; Arab.
umt+A. pars quinta; ^^afej^ pj> dies feriac
quintae, 8c . dies Jovis.
Ali, c. a. (R.) ; ku-mu-ali, to appoint Jiim governor;
Jtcncc tawala, Jtc becamc gorernor, and Jte w now
tlic wali (gocernor) ; cfr. \ , valde propinquus
fuit alcui, pracfuit rei, rexit rem ; ! j , praefec-
tus fult ; J \j , pracfcctus.
Ali, tJte sigu of tJtat past teme wJticJt denoies an
action completed in pa*t time, vid. Orammar ;
e.g., atipcnda, he Jtad loved; ali katika ku soma,
Jui was in remling, or he iras reading.
Alia, r. a., (1) to lay on, to apply tJte stick; (2) to
leavc marks after beating, to weal; ufito una-
mu-alia muana, tJte stick mahes marJcs on tJtc
child.
Alie, Jtc who is, or Jta*. It is subject to conjuga-
tion t 8ee the Grammar.
A'lifu, 8. (ya), the alpJtabet, thefirzt Arabic letter;
i!arf , littcra Elif.
AIi
(8)
AM
AiAkjl, v. n., to sjplit, to craek, to snap, to dick, to
give a crack {efr. walika) ; bunduki inalika sana,
the musket gave a strong crach or report; ku
alika vianda or vid61e, cfr. popotoa, and fiusa, to
craeh thefingers.
Alibha, v. e., to cause to give a crach; also ku
alisha mtambo wa buuduki, to click the lock of
a musket, to cock a gun ; ku alisba vianda.
Alika, r. a. = zaidia, to assist; v. rec., alikann,
alisha, to nurse (E.).
Alika, v. a., to calJ, to invite (for aUl) ( «■ku tnja
watu) ; watu wamealikfia ngomani, the peojtle
icere invited, ku teza ngoma, ku la wuli, to eat
rice ; wamealikua kazini, harrusini, matangani,
ujima, &c. ; alika is aUo said of roasting orfry-
ing mahindi (Indian corn).
ALi&AXA=lemeana, lience maalikano, ledge, layer,
8tratum.
Aliki, v.; ku aliki, to hang (St.) ? alikiwa ni
Mungu?
Aliko, wJiere Jve is or was.
Alikua, v. »., he had been; alikiia annkufa, Jie had
died or had been dead; wewo ulikua ukijiia,
tJtou Jtadst hiown or hadst bcen hnowing; bassi
wakiwa wakali wakiseraa, Lukc xxiv. 36; bassi
wakiwa hawatassa ku amini, Luke xxiv. 41 ;
alikua anashikoa ni homa, Luhe iv. 38 ; alikuako
mtu, therc was a man, Luke vi. 6.
Alikwa, v. n. (St.), to go through a certain course
of medicine, cousisting chiefiy of various fumi-
gations and a vcry strict rcgimcm (cfr. adiia
hasoda).
Alili (oW)«=sana, rcry; e.g., ali muclle alili, he
was r.ery sick.
Alimisiia (or elimisiia), r. c, to causc to learn, to
teach, inetruct = ku ercfusha ; ^ie , scivit,
s—
instruiit, docuit; hencc *lc , scientia (elma or
elima).
Aliomo, wJterein he is or wan (cid. Grammar).
Alisa, s. (St.), a dancing placc, a Jtousc of anmsc-
tnent.
Alibua, v. c, vid. alika.
AiJflHiA, t». c, to cause one to jmy or Jmnd orcr
( ■» ku takabadisba) ; e.g., nina-mu-alishia maliya-
kwo mbello za wali, I causcd him to rcccir? his
property before tlte governor.
Allah, *., God; aJ\ » adoravit, colnit, a3\ and
ij\ , numen, Deus ; Jjjj , Deus verus, unicus,
allah taala, ^U* , Dcus qui cxaltetur (from
!fcc ) (post nomen Dei), God the nmt hiyh (alie
ju, He who is above).
Allau-allah, ouicklyl without dclay, I adjure
you.
Allah bilkheir (Arab. y^. f L^*. , bonam, rcs
exquisita in quovis gonere), may God grant
Jtappiness. A common answer to the sabttations
jtresented in the morning or in the afternoon.
Almaiua, s., embroidcry (St.) (?).
Almazi, s. (ya), Arab. J*w\» adaroaa, a
diamond.
Ama-ama, conj., either, or; Arab. U»\ , quidem;
autcui, quod attinet ; ama mtu huyu ama jufe,
eitlter this man or that. Ama is used sometime*
like "hoicever;" waama ni dogo, however it is
small.
Ama, v. «. (E.), to lie on the breast (or bcVy) {efr.
fuama, fuamia).
Amia, v. obj.; e.g. t ku amia kitanda, to lay the
breast or belly on a bedstead (in great pain).
A'mali, *. (ya, pl. za), (1) conduct, Ut. t an aet,
action, a thing done; Arab. J^c , opua, nctio,
ngendi ratio; amuliyakwc ni ngema, his con-
duct is good; amaliyangn ni mana maji, nttf
business isthat of a.sailor; hapana unliann
wa amali, ku tenda amnli ngema, to behavc
icell; (2) kind of amulet made itp of naiU,
ncedles, &c. (vid. kilingc), to kill by this secrct
medicine aperson who is disliked. The adccr-
sary endeavours toput the medicine into the leg
ofhis encmy, but the sorcerer draws it out, and
8aves the man, as Jtepretends. Amali i> a hirisi
ku pata kitu kilicho potca.
Amana, *. (ya) (Arab. XC$ , fides, smceritaa),
trust, security, a thing entrusted to any one,
dcposit; araeweka amana kuangu, or amo-ni-pa
amana, or amc-ni-wekca amana, he put me iu
trust with, lie deposited it with me, he committed
it to my keeping.
Amani, 8. (ya), peacc, security, saftty; hakuna
amani katika nti hi, there is nopeace, or safety,
in this country.
AmasLi, v. olj., to confulc in ( = ku-ra-tumania) ;
muamauia Mungu si mtofu, hc who confides
ia God is not blind.
AmAnihha, r. c, rid. aminifhn, to causc to
beh'eve.
Amaba, *., urgcnt business i (cfr. Arab. ^1( f
negotium, rcs quam aliquis tractat).
Amabi, s. (ya) ;— ya nanga, tJie cable ofan anchor.
Amba, v. a., to speak (in a bad scnse) « scngcnia
mabaya, nnfsiyakwc hasikii, to sjicak against, to
slandcr aperson in Jtis abscnce (wJien lte cannot
Jiear it) ; in Kinika tliis verb is uscd both in a
good and a bad sense.
AM
(9)
AM
Ambia, v. obj. f to speak, to tdl, to inform one ;
ku-rnu-ambia maneno mcma or mabayo, to tell
one good or bad words, matters.
Ambilia, v. obj. int., to speak tuurh to him
or against him ; ambilika (p.), easy to he
spoken to.
Ambiliza, v. c; e.g., masbikio ya-ni-ambiliza, my
ears tingie, lit., they cause to speak, i.e., they
give sound, they ring, they tingle.
Ambililiwa (p.) } to be much spoken to.
Ambiwa (p.) ; ku ambiwa, to be told.
Ji-ambilja, v. refi., to invent, derise.
Amba, for na kuamba or najamba, if; e.g., ungc
— knfa, amba si Mungu, or najamba si Mungu,
thou wovldst have died, if God had not (scil.
saved thee).
Amba, v. a. (cfr. wamba), to cord a natice bed-
stead tcith ukamba and mashupatu. TJie tJtin
ropes made of the fibres of the cocoa-shett
fortn the warp, wJiereas the mashupatu (oid.
shupatu) constitute tlie woofof the net-work in a
aative bedstead (vid. kitanda).
Amba (or amdaa), v. a., to pass one withovt grect-
ing or saluting him, to go near without touching
or Jturting him; maofu or raawi na-ya-ku-anibae,
may the evil not toucJi tlicv ; ya-ku-pite kua
kando, or kandokando, yasi-kn-pate, may it pass
hy thee, may it not reach thcc ; nna-ku-amba, /
amfarfrom thee.
Ambaza, v. c, (1) tocause onc topassby witJiout
hurting — ku-mu-ausha, to avert, lit., go aside,
to save one ; ku-mu-ambaza mtu na maofo, to
sare one from evil = ku-mu-okoza na ma6Tu ;
(2) ku ambaza poani poani dau » ku pita
poani na dau, to steer tJ\e boai ciose to sJtore.
A'mbaki, s. (ya) ; Arab. ^jlc , ambamra, species
odoramenli ; nomen piscis marini magni ; am-
liergris, an odoriferous svbstance which is said
to be eaten as a dammy matter by tJte wJiale at
the bottom of tJte sea and tJien cast off in tJte cx-
crements. Ambcrgris found at Mombas must be
given to tJte Government under penalty to tJie
offender. TJris is owing to tJie great ralvc
attaching to the ambari. Thc vatives tell a
story about an island in tJie Indian ocean,
whitJter tJie wJialcs resort, and wJterc tJie matter
isfound at tJie bottom oftJic sea. FisJtermen arc
sometimes attracted and gvided by tJie multitude
<f birds pouncing upon the ambari as itfloatson
the surfacc of tJic sea.
Ambata, v. n., to stick to, tofit dosely, or to attach,
to deave to; e.g., mihogo yaambata chunguni, the
cassada-rooU (wJicn bcing boiled) cleace to tJie
pan; ambdta means properly, to sit close, to fit
iccll or tight, to be dose to (=patika, patikika),
tojoin; jua limcambata nti, ngojani, jua lipunge,
tupate ku encnda.
Ambai (or ambaye) kdamba, Ut.,saying to say ;
it signifies tJie relative wJio, he who; mtu
ambai kuamba yuwapenda—mtu apendai, the
man wJio lovcs ; ph, ambao kuamba, they who ;
kuaraba, lit., to say ; conj., if, when (vid.
Grammar).
Amuatana, r. rcc, to coJtere, to be dose to, to
deave to onc anotJter, to be mutuaUy attached
(EpJi. v. 31, ata-ambatana na mkewc).
Ambatamsiia, v. c, to cause to join, to maJce to
fit, tojoin, to be dose to, to adhere to.
Ambatiza, v. c, to cause or make to stick (— kn
guya sana).
Ambika, v. a. ; ko ambika kamba (R.) ?
Ambisa, v. c (=gandamisa), to cause to turn or
join; omo la dau liyanibise poani, lct tJte
(Jtead) fore-part of the boat be turned (let it
join) dose to sJtore; ku ambisa ufiagio na nti,
to sweep tJte ground thorougJdy (vid. tambaza),
lit., to ict tJte hroom join the eartJt, to swcep
cleau.
Ambibana, /•. rcc, to slick together, to be cc-
mentcd togetJter, to meet orjoinfor battle.
Ambikha (St.), v. c, to make to Jtold togctlter
( = ku ambatisha ?).
A'mbo, 8. (la), gum (<= sumaha); ambo la mkiiyu
wa ku fungia wuraka, letter-sealing gum obtained
from tJte mkiiyu tree .
Ambua, r. a., (1) to pare, to ped, to husk; ku
arabua roaganda ya muhogo, or maganda ya
nazi, to take tJte Jmsk off cassavaor offtJie cocoa-
nut; fig., tokilJ, to destroy ; niuma aambuai, a
Iteast wJticJi kills = a wild beast ; mtu aambuai,
a man who destroys — a wild or ferocious man t
a barbarian ; (1) to taJce a morsel in eating
•;st.)?
Ambuka, v.n.. to be pcelcd, to cast offtJte skinor
slouglt ; ngovi inaambuka, moto wa-ni-tckctcza,
tlic skinfalls off, asfire lias burnt me; muili-
wangu unaambuka ngovi ; ku ambiika magovi
ya mapcra ; toka ina ambuka, lime breaks off,
or bursts, cracks.
Ambukiza, r. a. i St.),. to give a discasc to, to
i'fect (?).
A.Mi>feLiiAX, s. (ja), a kind of fine silky drcss,
s'dky stuff; godoro ya amdelhan, a mattress of
silky stuff{a!so bridal-bed or bridaUdrcss) .
Amerikano, s., American sJweting ; tJte cotton
c'otJt wJticJt was manufactured and first imported
from Americn, and is used in trading all orer
Central Africa. At Mombas tJte natires sold
(in 1852) generally 12 yards, or 24 mikono or
cubits (vid. mukono), for one dollar, being egual
to a German crown. At many places in
AM
( 10)
AM
UJcambani two yards are equal to the ralue of
an ordinary sfteep, and 24 sheep are egual to
one Farasala (35 Ibs.) ofivory, conseguently egual
to 6 Oerman crowns at Mombas. One Farasala
of ivory was then sold at Zanzibar for 37-40
Oerman crowns. At Mombas thc Farasala of
icory sells for 35-30 dollars*
A'mpia, v. a. (E. ), to be liberal, to gice one a thing
gratis; ameamfia watti wiiu, haku =» wa-pa kua
ugira, laken kua burro, he gave the jicoplc
things gratuitously, he did not gice tJtem for
wages, but gratis. Very Ukely amfia standsfor
afia, v. a., whicli see. Muamii.
A'milj, v. a. ; ku amili (Arab. J*c , alaccr, agilis
fuit, oporatus fuit), to manage, to work.
A'mi.va, adc, amen; Arab. ($t+\ .
--*
A'mi.vi, r. 7i./ ^»\ , fidit, nixus fuit, credidit (in
Deum); Itence imani, faith, religion (Arab.
£)Uj^ , fides, religion), Mr. Erhardt takes thc
verb amini also for a nouu, so tltat amini would
mean, faith, religion, trust; but in this sense the.
tcord imani will be bctter, and araini ought to be
retained as a verb which signifies, to beliece, e.g.,
to believe in Ood, ku amini kua Mungu ; usi-mu-
amini, do not believe or trust him.
A'mim, adj.,faithful, trustirorthy; mtu huyu ni
amini, this man is faithful, trusticorthy; watu
hawa ni waamini, t/tese men are trustworthy.
The adjcctive miglU also be capressed by using
muamini or muamiuifu (jil. wa ) ; hotc-
ever, this is more modern language, introduced
by the Author in his translations. " Anapigua
amini" means (according to Mr. Itcbman)
" an oath by whicli a debtor engages himsclf
not to withdraw from his place until hc has
2>aid his debt. Oreat distress will be conse-
tptent on oath-brcaking. Thc amini ina-m-
sunibua.
Amtkisha, r. c, (1) to causc one to beliece, (2) to
trust one with, to hand ocer, connign ; nimc-
mu-aminisha mtu muanawangu, ku cnda nai
Mvita, I entrusted the man with my son, to go
with him to Mombas; ku amini mtu na kitu
nieans, according to Dr. Steere ("Jfandbook,"
page 245), " to trust a man with somethiug, to
entrust something to some ouc." We hesitate
to support this meaning.
AminIwa, v. p., to be believed, to bc cntrustcd
with.
Amiki, *. (wa), pl. maamiri; jtf\ , imperator,
* Tho Author is not ocquainted with thc prices of thc
present Ume (1880) : he only refers to the years of 1846-53.
princcps, dux; an emir, an officer,
(e*pcciaUy of ships). The first commander af
rensels is commonly called siirukhusgi wi mir-
kabu (admiral),
Amka, r. «./ ku , to awake (from eleep),
Amkia, r. a., to pay one's respects, to greet or
salute iit the morning. Any one who ondte to
ritn aud salutc his relations and friends in
the morning, is considered tobe a diereepeetful
and unmannerly jterson, antl chUdren are
frequently bcaten for neglecting a d%Uy wkieh
in reality onJy creates idieness. Mr, JSrkardt
has (besitlcs amkia) the word amkua, tchich he
takes in the stnse (1) to visit, to greet; (2) to
cail, e.g., enda uka-mu-amkuo fulini ; amkoana,
r. rec, to accmt one another in pauing (efr,
ankurana in Kiniassa).
Amhiia, r. c, to cause to awake, to awaken, to
arouse.
A'MHUA (or AMSA KANOA, OT KU FUKGUA KAKOA).
to awake, or open the mouth; henee chamsa
kanoa, breakfast — chakula cha suhukhi, tke
food of the morning.
A'miu (<>r amu iu\ s. (ya. pl. za) ; jA , mandatnm,
edictum ; pl. jy\ , negotium, res quam aliqnis
tractat; wder, command, also affair*, matters,
businc4s; kua amri ya Muungu, by the order of
God ; nina amri, / harc orders, I am com-
inanded ; hana iimri nami, hc has no authority
orer me, or hana amriyangu; muegni amri, a
coinmander, pl. wcgni amri.
Amukia (or amjiia), r. obj., to gire one an order
or jHrinissioit, to put a thing at one's disposal;
ame-ni-amuria kitu hiki = ame-ni-pa rukhsa
ku toa kitu hiki, he jiermitted mc to take thie
thing.
Amukisiia, r. c, to causc to order, to be ordered.
AmurIwa (^.}, to bc ordered.
A'mCuu (or ambu), v. a. (y\, mandavit, juasit),
to command, to order one.
A'mu, n. p., the 'ntland of Lamoo on thc coast of
Ea*t Afriva, situated about 2J degree* south
from tltc Equator. tiee Baron ron der Decken's
" Trarels in Eust Africa," rol. ii. page 370,
on tlte Witu islands (Lamu, Pata, <£c).
Amu, s., fathers brotlter (St.).
A'mua, v.p. (from ku ama, toput to, toput a chitd
to the brcant), pass. to be put to the breast, to
suck (vfr. ku ama).
Amui8iia, r. c, to gire suck, to sucUe.
Amua, v. a., properly ku aamiia (Kin. ku alamula) r
to judge, to give judgment; ni-amua na mtu
huyo, or na mdauawangu, avevge meofthat man,
AM
( ii )
AN
or of my adrersary; mu-ainueni gnoml>e (Kir. j
amula ?).
Amulia, v. obj.
Amuliwa, v. p., to be judged. Deriv. munnizi,
judge; maamzi, judgment (Uamuzi ?).
Amud, s. (ya), pl. maamud, from o*c , proposuit
s â– * **
sibi, columna stabilivit ; j»+c , columna, fulci-
mcntum; (1) column; (2) tJie upright stick or
piece of wood, to which the scales of a balance
are tied = mti wa mizani, or mti wa ku pimia
tarfiju.
Auuka, r. n., vid. amka, v. a.
Ana (or tuna), he or she has; e.g., ana ila, he Jias
shame = is ashamed (kiia na iia).
Anakotoka (St.), whence he is comiiig, icJtcrc he
vomes from (Kiung.).
Anapokuenda, ichither Jie is going (St.).
Anapolala, irhile he is sleepint/ (St.).
Anana, (ulj. f sojt, tliin, not tJiick, clcar (said of
irind, water, cloth, <£c.) ; upcpo muanana, a soft
or fine breeze (vid. upepo) ; nguo niamina, a
soft thin cloth ( = niororo) ; kitu hiki chianana ;
vitu hivi vianann; maji maanann, rlear and
tjniet water ; hayana fumbi, yaneuda polepolo,
ndio cha mbande, the iratcr is still and clear,
and can be fished, but it is full and muddy at
fiood'time.
Anaha, s. (St.), pleasure (?).
Anda (or wanda, or andaa), r. a., to preparc a
di*h of various ingredients and in rariousforms.
ITence to be erpert in cooking, to makc pastry.
The icord "ku anda or wanda" mustbe carefuUy
distinguislied from the rerb "ku pika," which
means simply, " to boil, to cook," e.g., ku pika
mihogo, wali, <£c, wJiereas in refercuce to tJie
icords, mukatc, witilpa, tambi, kaki, matoposhn,
mukatc wa chuma, mukato wa ku mimina,
tendeti, mai ya gnamba, and other kinds of
pastry, the word " anda " must be used.
AndalIa, r. obj., to prepare pastry for somebody
(ku-m-tengcsea vicma) ; ku-wa-andalia viakula.
Andaliwa, v. p., to be prepared.
Andana, r. rec, ku — chakula.
Andazi, 8., mke wa fulani kana andazi asilojua ;
kadiri udakalo, ata-ku-andalia, ajua ku anda.
AndIa, t\, to attend at table (E.) ? Dcrir.
maandazi, to prcpare maandazi.
Andisha, v. c, to make to attend at tahle ;
muandishi wa chakula, preparer offo<xl (mu-
andiki, waiter).
Ji-ANDALiA vita, to prepare for battle.
Andama, r. 7i., to go along with one, to accompany
one, to stay icith one (ku keti na ) ; watu
waandama kua Mzungu, the people stay with the
Kuropean; wafania matdiauiri mamoja nai, they
haveonecounsel with him, tlieyfollow him,theyare
in his emp'oy, they hare familiar relation tcith
him; uiuczi unaandama «= onekana, umekuja
m'pia; properh/ muczi umcandama muenziwe
(uliopita), umc shiriki, ume = u-fuata niumayakwe,
hence muczi muandamo, tJte new moon (tJte moon
trhich follows the old or past one).
Andamana, r. rec. % to accompany each other, to
go tot/ether: tuandamane zoto udia mmoja,
let us go all together one and thc same way :
ku andamana chanda na pcte (kama pete na
chanda) ( â– -= ku shikamatia or kazana, or tshiri
ktina), to Jzeep togtiher lihefingcr and ring.
AndamIa, r. obj., to go or run afttrone, to over-
takc, to accompany him = ku fuata niuma
yakwc, toJbUow one at a distancc.
Andamiza (hha), r. c, to cause to go or tofolloir
after ; mvua hi itaandamiza mui'zi, it will
rain till new moon, lit., this ra'ui will cause to
follow the neit' moon : muczi uliandamiza-
kaniili.
ANDAMiz/n;ANA, r. rec.
AndIka, r. //., toput or lay on, to ajypHy anything
to, e.g., clay to a waV, henre to besmear, to
ptastrr, ku andika udongo ; to put the pen to
paper ^ to write, ku andika waraka, to icritc a
lctter ; to put a cessel to thc water = to steer, ku
andika chombo ; toput up footl, i.e.,to serve up
food, to make table ready, ku amlika chakula;
ku andika or bandika dawa kiondani, to apply
mediciiie to a wound.
AndikAnia, r. a., to orerlay, to pilc, toput things
onc vpon anothcr : ku andikauia viombo ju ya
viombo vinginc, to put ressels vpon other
resstls.
Andikia, ». of»j. t to write or fipply to or for, in
hehalf of, ctr. ; waraka wa ku andikia watu wa
Unguja, o lctter for or iit behalf 'oj 'the people,
of Zanzibar; mu-andikieui hatti, write a note
to him ; neno Mungu nlilo^ku andikia, hu-
wczi ku-li-ondoa or huwezi ku-li epiika, that
irhich God has irritten (destincd) for you, you
rannot cscape or aroid.
Andikiana, r. rec, to write to cach other, to
vorrcKpond oue irith another ; vid. abore, an-
disha; derir. andiko, s. (la), a writ; andiko
hili, Luke ii. 2 ; muandika or muandishi, thc
trriter : maandiko or kibandiko, the applying
of a plaster.
Andikiwa, r. p., to be irritten, applied to, laid
outfor.
AndIkva, to be written.
Anoa, 8. (la), sky, atmosphere, air, light,firmament,
climate; anga kuba or mgnao, a great light,
Jiencc muanga, a light (sorcerer in tJie Intcrior) ;
muezi waanza lctta anga ukipaesua uwingu, the
moon begins to shine, wJien she splits or bredks
AN
( 12)
AN
through t/te sky ; ndcge za anga, birds of t/tc air;
anga la muczi or ]a jua, t/te brig/U lig/U of the
moon or sun; muezi waletta anga, tJte moonputs
forth her UgJU; ileriv. muanga, light; ku tia
muanga, to give Ught, to eidig/Uen one; aangayc
usiku, one w/to sees ot night.
A'.n'ca, v. n.; kn anga ndugu— ku anza matitti, to
get teats orpaps. lit., the bursting forth of teat*,
tohereupon tJte maiden becomes marriageabte ;
manamke amektia mtu mzima.
Anoa, r. o., or ku wanoa ( = hesubu), to count,
to reckon.
Anga, v. n. (Kimr.) ( = sangii in Kimv.), to beper-
ptexed, to bejmzzted, to Jix one's eyes upon one
object.
Angaza (or sanoaza), v. c, (1) to looh iiUcntty
itpon one; (2) topuzzle one; neno hili lina-ni-
angaza or sangaza, this matter puzzles me.
Anoaua, v. a. (vid. angii), to behotd, to look in-
tently, to consider, to observe, to taJce notice, to
direct one's eyes to, to visit, to search for, to
beware of; angalia,' beJtoldl nimeangalia kitu,
laken siku-ki-ona, / Jtavc searcJted for tJte thing,
but have not fouiul it ( — nimctafuta, / Jtare
searcJted); ku angalia mucllc, to risit a sirk
person.
Anoalilja, r. int., to seurch mitch = ku tcznina
sana.
AngalilIka (E.), to bc iookabte {if this icere a
genuine KngHsh vord\ be capabh of being
looked at.
Asoauuwa, r. p., to bc tooked at \Jo bc in-
spected) iiitentiy.
Anoaliwa, v. p., to be sccn or srarrhed, ob-
served, regardcd.
A'noali (or ange), rid. Orammar, Jie icoidd, dc. ;
rotu huyu angeuawa or nngaliuawa, laken Mu-
nngu ame-m-linda, t/tis man tcovtd Jtave been
killed, but Ood preserrcd or protected Jiim.
Angama (or aoama), v. n., to be cavgJit in foUing
(as by thc bougJis of a tree); nmcnngama
mnazini, he fetl from a cocoa-ntU tree, but Jic
did not fatl to t/te ground, Jiaving been caug/it
or entangled by tJie branches in Jtis fatt (kitansu
kime-mu-angama) .
Anoamia, r. 1\., to faif, to perish, to be rvincd
( = potea), to be lost ; watu wameangamia wnngi
vitani, people perisJicd in great numbers in
tcar; mimi nimeangnmia m'itiini (or muitiini),
Iwas tost in tJtejungle; unnangamia mfi wangu,
thou hast made my arrow to Jtang, by sJiooting
it into a tree, whereby it is iost.
AnoamIka, r. «., to be tost or destroycd; mali-
yangu yote (iote) imeangaraika, atl my pro-
perty perisJted, or is tost, destroyed; nguoyangu
ina-ni-angamika, my doth was tost to me;
ku angamikua, to become poor, to be tost.
Angamisa (or akoamisiia), r. c, to cause to
perish, to destroy, to ruin; amcangamisa
nguoyangu, Jte destroyed my doth, my drcss.
Akoaza, v. a. (vid. anga, r. n.), to Jceep t/tc eycs
open, to tum or fix the eyes upon one object, to
watch a matter, to sit without steep = ku kcti
mato, io sit watcJting; nimeangaza usiku kucha,
sikulala, I was awake aU night, I did not nleep
at aU; unaangaza mno, sijajibu, you wish to
know too much at oncc, I sJtatl not answcr;
angnza maliyako Mkamba asiibe, irateh your
property tJtat the Mkamba does not steal it ; ku
angaza raato, to open tJtc eyes widc in ordcr to
see well or accurateJy; muanga waangdza
niumba iote, Ught itiuminates tJte tc/tote Jtouse;
ku angaza kitu mno; mato ya ku angaza « mato
mapcfu = muerefu = muangafu wa niato, onc
who is much entightened.
AngazIa, v. obj.; ku-mu-angazia mato, tofix tfic
eyes vpon = ku-m-tunsa sana. Derir. muan-
gaza, UgJU; ku-m-tia — , to give tigJttto; kuani
ku-ni-angazia mato vifio, hu-ni-jui ?
Axg£ma, r. #!.; Wikho ya ku nngcma, to be pusil-
Janimous, mean-spiritcd, wanting in couragc,
timid.
Angika, r. a., to Jtang vp, to hang against a traJt ;
to be distinguis/ted from pachika and tungika,
tr/dch means " to hang up openly, not against a
icatt,' 1 &c.
Angikia, r. obj.; e.g., chnngo cha ku angikia
vitu, a Itook for /tanging up things (e.//.,
nguo).
Ango, s. (la) ; nngo la dau (ku ongoa dau kania
muaua ?) (11.).
Angu, suff., of me, tny; angu mimi, my otra •
rid. Grammar.
Anoua, v. a., (1) to take or bring dotrn ; ku
angua madai'u or niacmbc, to cut and throw
down cocoa-nuts or mangos (from the trees) (e.ff. m
sipati ku angua); (2) to hatch eggs; kuku amc
angua mai pia, i.e., mai pia ulio-m-wekca yamc-
kiia watoto (amenngii.i wnna), t/te /ten Jut*
JtatcJted all Jter eggs, i.e., all tJtc eggs wJticJt yon
put nnder Jter Jiave become cJtirlr.ns ; (3) to cut,
e.g., ku angua » ku knta kucha (rid. ukucha"
cha mukuno, to cut tJtc naits oft/te hand.
Anouka, r. «., tofalt, to drop.
Angukia, r. obj., tofaU down to orfor onc.
Anoulia, r. obj.; anoulIwa, r. p. Jo bv
/tatc/ted).
Anousiia, r. c, to makefatt, to orerturn.
Anousiiia, r. obj.; Muegnizimgu or Muegni-czi
Mungu ana-ni-angushia-rokho mbaya.
Anouiia (or anoua), v. a. } to scrape, 1o gratc, to
AN
( 13)
hatch; ku angura ok6ko wa chuDgu, to scrape a
pan or kettle orpot (?).
Ania (or wania), v. a., topurpose, think ofdoing,
to desire; aania kule mjini (R.).
Aniwa, v. p. (cfr. Arab. ^ac , voluit, intendit) ;
ku ania ni kulla mtu ku daka.
Anika, r. «., to expose to tJte sun or air to dry.
Anikia, to spread out to dryfor another person,
in his hchalf &c. ; ku-mu-anikia nguo chuani,
to aun tJie dothfor him.
Anisha (E.), v. c. f Rebman brings tltc word
anika, v. a., in conncction roith "ana," which
signifies in Kinika "to roof to form a
roof" ?
Axkra, *. (St.), a bill of sale (HiiuJostani, a
ciphcr).
Anoani, 8. (ya), an address, direetion of a Jetter;
ku andika anoani ya waraka, to write the direc-
Hon ofa letter ; Arab. ylyi*, titulus libri, tum
omnis res, qua altera indicatur.
Axi\\, 1». «., to remove or to take out qf thc. sun
or rain (cfr. anika) ; nimeaniia mtelle, usipate
mvua, / removed the rice lest it should get tcet.
Anuka ; ku — , to leave offraining.
A'xza, v. «., to begin; e.g., ku anza kondo, to begin
a quarrel; alikwanza /br alianza, hc had begun.
Anzia, v. obj.
AnzIliza, v. int. t to make a beginning in good
earnest.
AxziMA, «., vid. azima.
AnzLm (or Azhti), *. (ya), rarity ? perltaps to bc
6 -
derived from the Arab. y^, rarus, carus,
eximius; vid. azizi.
Anzuani, s., tlie JoJianna island (vid. Baron con
dcr Deckon's " Travels in East Africa").
Ao, tJteir, their8; vid. Orammar.
Ao-ao, eitJicr, or; bettcr au-au (vid.).
Aoxi (or awoni), r. a.; vid. awuni or awini;
Arab. ^lc , <A& 1 opcm tulit, auxiliatus fuit ;
£}*£ > adjutor, auxilium.
A'pa, r. n., to swear, to take an oatJi; kiila or
fania kiapo, or ku shika kiapo; atakuenda apa
kcsho, Jie wiU swear to-morrow.
A'pia, r. a. ; ku mu-tifia kiapo, to maJ;e one sircar
by nndergoing tJte ceremony of tJie ordeal; or
ku mu-afia yamini, to make one swcar (in tJie
mostpie before witnesses) witJi the rigJit Jtand
(yamini) on the Coran, wJiich is the case with
tJte Mvhammedans, whereas the Pagans swear
by undergoing dangerous ordeals, e.g., the
person swearing is compeUed to toucJi a hatchet
heated in a strong fire, or take vp a stone
from tJic bottom of a kettle fiUcd with boding
water, or to eat a picce of bread or a
Ytttle rice impregnated with some poisonous
matter; to eat an oath, kiila kitipo. If the
accused peraon be not guilty hc will remain
nnhurt by tJie ordeaJ, wJiich, in the opinion
of the natives, will iufaUibly reveal innocence
or guilt. The person thus prored innocent
is entitled to claim a sum of money from
Jiis accuser. Of course tJie result depends a
great deal on the doctor wJto prepare* the
poisonous mixture, wJtetJter he is kindJy dis-
posed toward tJtc accuser or toward tJte acrused
person, with wJiom Jte may liave a secref
understanding ; in which case the poison will
bc vomited and prore harmlcss. A person
wJto Jias taken an oatJt vpon tJte Coran is
generaUy not aUowed to go to sea for fear of
Jtis occasioning shipicreck in case of perjvry.
TJtc Coranic oath is now usualJy applied by
tJte natices of Mombas in conseavence of an
order of the Oovernment, whichperceiced the
sad conseauences of the application of ordcal*
as de8cribed above.
ApIa, v. obj., to 8wear to orfor onc or about.
Apiana, ?•. rec, to strear mutuaUy.
A'piriia, r. c, to cause to take an oath, to adjvrc
— ku-m-pcleka kiaponi, or ku-m-pigisha or k u
m-tilia kiiipo.
A'piza, r. «., to imprecate one, (E.) to imprecatc
against.
Apizana, r. rec, to imprecate one anotJter.
A'pizo, s.,pl. manpizo, an imprecation.
Api ? (or wapi ?), wJtere f vid. Orammar.
Arabuni, n. prop. in Arabia, better Uarabiini;
Mudrabu (pJ. Waarabu), an Arab; Uarabu,
Arabia; Kiarabu, Arabic.
Akabuni, s. (ya), earnest-money ; £i*h£ , arrha.
Akak zelan, *., arrack, a Mpiritnous liquor distWed
in tJtc East Indies (CcyJon). Tlic word arak
reminds us oftJte Arabic «^ , sudor, #/>//-ituoii*
Jiijuor beiiig obtaincd by dint'dlation or by thc
proces* of sudat ion .
AiiATin, 8., pardon (St.) ; doubtltts to bc derircd
from tJtc Arabic ^^c , accidit, obviam venit,
largus fuit, dedit.
A'kba («r akda'a), /wtr/ arbnini, forty; arbata-
shara (instead of kumi na nne), fourteen. The
Arabic numerals are fretptentJy preferred to the
natire Suahili erpreseion.
A'kda, r. «., to Jay eggs ; kuku yuwaarda mai (Sp.);
sijiii aardapo kuku (Kimr.).
Ani, *., « tJting to maJce onc blusJt, a di*graeeful
thing (St.); cfr. (l)^ft, nudus fuit ; (2)jVc,
nudus ; ^^ , nuditas.
Wngalla.
., parly, faction; Wndahiilo i
.;„/„™,
Irnh
**â– â–
fecit, docuit ; hnvc niirifii, pl. maarifs, knotrleilgr.
AHmn, r. a. ( ,j*j , elcgit, grntura linbuil, lo
Uke; iki-ka-tithi, ifyou pletiie.
Ahithi, t>. «., (l) = ku cndelclcaa (Er.) ; (2) aritui,
lo troublt (S.); ij'r. Jdj , adierBatus fuit.
AVa (or wam), r, a,, tee isn, (" thinl; to rrJUet,
meditate; hence. niniUo, meditation ; rfr. £T ,
Asa, t'. «. (St.), to forbiil (?), probably ku a»ba,
luhift (/ntm ku nto), (o fatuc. (u fcort »r
iibandou, rid. atn, r. «.; asbiaa, r. «., (o «cjmi-
rate a tcife from lier hitiband, or a child froat
tlie. brttut; pat*. sahisun, lo be teparated.
Vilu, i. (yn), /toncy (Arab. J\_c t mol>. The
rariou* i'md» of i'isSli «re ; (1) isali ya niiiki.
Ine-honty; (2) fisali ja mria (jif. miwa), frcnWe,
thr. hoited juice qf the tugar-cane ; (3) iisali ya
tembo, /r«A palin-vine boiltd inta •> tyrup,
trhich in properly called Asali ya np-iri l//.i\).
The calabath into ichich the liqnor •'* rcreircil
from the tree i* ahrayt cartfuUy cb-aned, in
rirder to remove all aciility (rfr. tcmbo). Freth
urtet tnmbo ichleh hat jtiit been brouyht doirn
froitt the trte i* lieitfor making nsnii ya ngiii.
Amb, #., the time betircfii 3 nnrf 5 u'ilock p.m., the
prayer-time nf the .Viiliaiiiiiieilitn* ; cfr. Arahie.
y^jCJJl , dies ct noa, et tempus nialutinum ct
veapcrtinaui.
A'wiaea (or amiIra), wkmi. (c« (kritui ia gen»!ne
Snahili) (Arahic ,'r , dooam)
AbhakiM (or AiUiiRiiii), ticenly (makumi mnnili
(Arab. ojff^ ' Tiginti).
AshekAti, »., diiiipation, a ili**ijnitetl jnrtim;
jtA , vnlde Inctus fuit ; efr. bnslinrfiti «r hasliiiruki.
AsillRU, ku, t'. tiij., to iiinic n *'ujn lo (St.) : Af,} .
Abhihha, t>. r., vid. ntu.
A'siikau, tulj. (ahiukaij) (Arnh. A&u , congruit,
conrenit, nimilis fuit, formatui fuit, JLSjaf ), im.
proiing in hcalth, bctter iii licalth (durini/ sfcfc
nei») ; mimi asbkiili lco, / am betler to-day ,- ku
fnnia ualikiili, to make better; kiia uihkali, to be
better, to improee.
A'sirei (or APiiim\ ailj., hre-maliiig (Arab. ^JAc ,
amore ftagmvit, adhaesit alicuii ^JA^ , raaiis' 1 .
' lociitg very niuci.
Abul'*, i. (or canrmj, ».), cnitom*, datiei; _tc ,
) AS
orjil. -r^a , oars decima rei ; una pura cz deceua
|i;irliln]i,
Vi-i (or Aiwil, r. i7. (Arab. ^^, rcbclHn, inolfediena
fuit), tu rebtl, (o be di*obttlienl, loontit or negled
onc' '* duty to lomcboily; nna-mu-au Hunngu na
mtu, anakimbia amri yn Muungu or ja mtn ; ku
mu-asi miime ; mume ame.mu-nu mkewe, ttc
/ttubatul ueglectttl hi* duty to hii wife, e.g., by
iiotiiipjiliiiHg her tcithfood and raiment. Thit im,
hoircrer, «ot yct a formal ditvrcement, thovgh i(
m«.Y oflen lead to it (rfr, mikfiha) ; kn-ma-Bii
aultaui, to Ihrow of allegiance to the kinff, to
i-ebtlayiiinit hiin ; n-evcunakun asst waMnnnfrrj,
husalli tcna, rtou hail become n« apottafe, a
rrliel againtt God, bccoune thou hait ceaterl 1»
nffer prut/er* ; mlu liuyu ni ansi or muaasi wa
»ti, juwafania uasai, thit tuaa it a rebel n/ the.
laitil.
Ahi, r.— ku nendn kuao, (o r»n offandgo home,
lihe. a tcomaii who cicape* (E.) ; aaia, riil.
AiiiwA, r. ]i., Id lie abandontd or fortahen ;
mtumkc nnaasiwa ni mumi'wc, litc trifc trat
fortahcn hy her hmbanil.
^ikabi, «., « toliiier ,- vid. nskari.
Vmii.a, adv., by wo iiieiin* (Sp.)P
VVn.i, i. (ya, pl. zu) ( J-l , imum cujusque rei,
radbc, origo), root, origin, lource; aailiyangu ni
Mmalindi, / «ui n natire qf Mtdiudi at reganh
mtj origin; watu wa i'isili, aboriijinei; bnr el-
Aaili, llie iiiuiiUaiitl; .isili ya mnli, the propertg
gircn iii l/te brijinuing, tht original ttocL or
rapilal.
,i,I. ,,/iiur
, fo liorro
â– vid. a
Ahiiiiia, t'. r. ; rid. ata anil nehu.
AnrrAHA, toiij., nol ytt (rid. Gttitu.\ ere, before.
AnKARI (or asik.ibi), *, (ya.pl. morml, *a/<licr;
nskari^nkwc, or wjaBkniiwnkwc, hi* aoldiert;
j - , cnstra posult ; < r- , copia mngna,
cicrcitng ; kn tia askari, (o enlitt.
Awiini'Kni (or ESHiiiCKtii), s. (ya). t/ie morning,
early in the morning; ^$ . fuit mnno;
P^» , initium diei ; fCo , tempua matutinum.
Ahtafu m:ka(R.)!
AstAhili, ttdj. (vid. stnbili), icorthy, dt*Crriug;
astabili kn pigoa, he i* toorthj, or he deterret to
be, or mvet be bcaten.
Asdaiii (or asi-akhi, or sakhikhi), dcan, purc,
tincere; cW<>, sanns, integcr, perfcctus.
AT
(*5)
AT
A'ta, i?. a. ( Unguj. acba), to leave, to leare alone,
to let alone, to permit, to divorce, acouit; ata
kitu hiki, leave this matter; ku ata hurru, to
liberate, release (especially a slave) ; kitoa kina-
mu-ata, hi$ head lefi him, lie was confused.
Asha, v. c. (from ku ata), to cause to leave or
abandon anytliing, toforbid oue a tJting; ame-
nm-asha tcmbo (scil. kii noa tembo), he caused
him to abandon the habit of drinking, he
forbade him tembo-drinking ; mama amc-mu-
asha muana matiti, the motJier caused the child
to leave the breasts — weaned him.
A'wiisha, v. c. t to make one to causc or bring
about a separation or divorce ; muegni mtuma
ame-mu-ashisha mke mumewe, the possessor
of the slave caused the icife to leare her hus-
hand ; ku ashisha mke, asikiie mke tena, to
cause a wift to leavc a man so that she be no
more his wifc â– â– to dirorce Jier, kua ku ushisha
mikuha, bij annnUing the matrimonial contract
which was concludcd bcfore the kathi (kadi) in
the mo*que.
Atana (achana), v. rec, to lcarc one anotJter,
to separate (mume na mkewe wame atana).
Atanibiia, r. c, to cause to leare, to causc to
become disunitcd, to cause a separation ; nani
alieatanisha mume na mkewe, who has
caused the separation of the husband from his
wife f
Atia, v. obj., to leave to or for; uzinzi umekiia
sebabu ya ku-mu-atia, fornication was the
cause of his divorcing her.
Atika, r. «., remissible; haatiki, irremissible.
Atilia (pass. atiliwa), v. int., to indulge, to pass
ovcr, to forgive, to neglect; nime-mu-atilia
maofuyakwe, kuani, sikudaka ku teta nai, /
forgave him his wickedness, for I had no
desire to quarrel with h'nn.
Atiwa, v.p.
Atamia, r. a., to brood, to sit on eggs, to hatch
eggs; kuku autamia mai, haondoki tena hatta
ataangiia wana, the hen is sittiwj on thc eggs
and will not get off again until she has hatched
the chickens.
Atamiha, v. c, (1) to cause to brood, to put cggs
under a sitting hen ( — ku-m-wekea mai) ;
u-mu-atamishe or ataniise kuku mai kumi,
make tJte Jien sit or brood over ten eggs — tJiis
is tJte usual number of eggs during tJte Jwt
season; (2) atamisha mtumke, to forsake, to
dirorce one's wife, but this meaning is doubt-
ful and has very likely becn confoundcd witJi
the verb "tamisha," to cause to emigrate, to
banish.
Atpal, *., pl. of matefal, a brick.
Athabatisiia, v. c, to control (St) ? probahty from
W; A , firmitcr tenuit, firmatus fuit, Jicnce to cause
one to holdfirmJy, to stick close to, to control.
Atiiabu, »., punishment (cfr. athibu, v. a.) t vid.
also adabu.
Atiiama (or athima), *., Ju'gJiness ; &*Ute, mag-
nus fuit, magnitudo ; mucgni athama, tJie Most
High.
Atuimika, v. p., to be cralted.
Atiiari, *. (R.), (1) damage (?) ; (2) athar (R.), scie
ofthefoot (?); (3) = hathari.
AtiiIa, *. (ya) (see adia), a gift, present, donation.
A'thibu, r. «., (1) to punisfi, to cJtastise; (2) to
+* -»» -*•
trouble one (cfr. Arab. «^«ie, impedivit, punivit,
castigavit ; ^ «fce , poena, supplicium, Jtence
punisJtment in Kisualiiii. But a distinction
must be made between adabu, *. (vid.), and
athabu, s., and likewise between the verbs adibu,
adibisha, and athibu, athibisha. TJte former is
derired from tJie Arabic ^S\ , humanitas, and
athabu from ^\S^, pocna.
Atuibia, r. obj.; (1) wa-mu-athibia-ni huyu
muana? why dost tltoutrouble tJiis cJiildf (2)
usi-ni-athibu, do not troulle me (said to a
petulant beggar).
ATHiBiflnA, v. c, to cause to punisJi, to castigate,
totorment; e.g., majiboa haya ya-ni-athibisha
sana, these dogs torment or trouble me very
much.
Athimika, r. n. (vid. athama), to be cxalted.
Athini, r. «. (cfr. adana), to catt the MuJtammc-
dans to puhlic praycr.
Athiki, r. a. — ku umiza (R.).
Ati, a particle erplctire, or accessory word in a
spcech or sentencc, to erpress, I suppose, I tJiink,
I say or look on ! Felani yuwapi ? wJiere is a
certain X. X. ? resp. ati, amekuenda Mvita (i"
do not know), I suppose Jie went to Mombas.
Ati refers to a matter which one does not knoto
or wJiicJi one Jias not witnessed, but only sup-
poses (neno asilo-li-ona kua mato). The Am-
haric language has a similar expression, cfr.
Isenberg's "Amharic J)ictionary,"page 126, and
Jiis Grammar, page 173 ; anten, or enten, lit. t
the whaVs his name ; vfr. also tJie verb belo,
bela, bie, d-c; Amh. Dict., page 110, "saying,
supposing, thinking. 1 '
Atikali, r. o., estimate; cfr. kiassi and katiri
(R.).
Atua, v. a. (= pasua), to cleave or to split; ku
atua ukuni, to cleave firewood (passua is more
usual).
Atuka, v. n. t to crack; e.g. t nti inaatuka kua
AV ( i
jun, the earth crackt from the heat rf tht rih
(the earth driet up, or itparehed).
Ao-.iu, ronj,, either, or; au mimi ar yco, either I
er he; Arab. ,1 , aul, vcl, sive, uon, nwi, quai,
Atii, v. «., (1) to trare, to icc tc/iethcr tectlt tirc
tpr'mglng ti/i; (2) (o lurccy, togo over and loot
at; ku ai'm shn.inba, (o uitir (& plantatioii, to
see tchetlttr it it in « good or bad eoitditwn ,-
ku-mn-niin mali ; ku mu-aua-iiiBna koft rioiubo.
to eadoio (H.) 1 ku-ji-aua, to achibit >one't-iclr'
infint clothet, ct-c. ; ku ni'in niajo zn, tolraee tltc.
footiteps of. Dtrit. ndanlia.
Auka, n. b., (o raaie progreu ia grounh, to br
grotcn (eirf. kua), to grau, largc moatjh I»
bear frttit ; mnizi umeankn, the cocaa-trec
hat grotctt large and itou, beari /ruit ; ninji
ynnaanka, the teater groici large {at t/>- ih„,d
time) , maji yanakiia jaauka lenn.
AukAsa, v. ree. f
AuniA, r. obj.
AfniltA, v. e., to ikotB one, t(c; ko-tulfinlH.'m.
ku-mu-auaha or Oaia nti, to lead oue abtmt, to
ihotc him the land; auoa, r. c, to mtde tu
tracc, tomakcone tolook after the planttitUni.
Acija, (1) to trace out for lomtbody ; ,-. ,'„r.
(jiatt. nuli'wa), (2) tojmrifg a iromanfortydai/i
afltr dtibl-btd ; m'ke nmcnuliwa ujuai (efr. aun,
d. a.), the tcoman hat btcn jntrified jrom the
defdcmtnt o/ hcr child-bed. Tti* >'« donr. Jy tt
mnnnjoiini (priett), ir.ho tpriuldet trater 11/1011
htr, pruy for Itcr, tiitti readt jirnyert oj'h r hrr
fortij daya' tittij in lltt htmte.
AuLiWA, v.p., to bc trathed (from the m.iji ya
tohiiril) nfter birth {cfr. ^fc ).
Aoiti, vitl. awuni, io help, aititi.
Aupe, ailj., trltite ; mtu muauiic or mucupo, u idtitr.
Ausa, v.,from ku uka, to iutdc n
the aay.
Auat, atlj., blaci; mtu muausi vr
l?f
'i blact:
A'Oailt, 1. and adj. (tfr, Arab. ij^c , frotn
^lc , vitam <luxit, i'ita), latting, itnpiritli-
abfe; e.r/,, chombo clin i'ninlii, a vcatcl 'chi,;< !.>â– !.
Umrj, trhiclt tluet not break, anti tchidi it httnilrtl
doton from father toion; kitu chn UOebi ; vuna
auslii = «nickiui Kana, yuna miiialm. Tangu
analiin'jingii = maislinyangu ; auelii, aih-., nercr.
AvrA, v. a., ko i'i»vn, ttt iliia, to tpend, to jnmlmr
(efr. awU). -
A'wa, r. b. [Kimr.), to go out or atcaij (tn Kiiiil:
t kn toka); amenwn ninnibiini (Kin-utzilii nium-
liani), he went out ofthe houie; ku liwa iidc.
) AZ
AniA (or avva or in.i), r. obj., togo ottt ta ar
for ( - ku-tn-tokca), ta thno ont't-ielf to, to
tippear to one tcith tontething, to give netci.
Awiija, f. inl. ; ku-mn-Bvra or awilia, to revtal
Ir, [pan. Rwiliwa) ; ame-ni-awia na khfcbari.
|f appearcd to me tcith the neta => he brottgkt
mc nrict, hc gart. me ititcUigence — ame-m-tokea
na khiibari, or ama-ni-tolia or lettea khibari,
hc anruaintrd tar. icith; ku mu-avya kha-
V".i, â– iil. Ormn., I11: teat; kulla mtu ambai
kimmba yuHva, or intu nwai otc, tchoerer it nay
ln ; ncno liwiili) lotc, tphaterer trord it tnay be.
Aw ai.a, »., a jiromiiiorg ttott, or, at Mr. WeaUy
,mi». a draft or order i» Turkty vpou a pro-
riitrial trcatury giren in pagmtnt /ijy the tentrat
Goretnment (Arab. <JW , a draft o» a bank
nr litfol treaturg).
Aiv ai.i, adj. and »., firtt, beginuing; nwsl jaeliiairi.
ljift,rt(tit&T)threco'dochp.m.; Arab.ft, prior,
niitcrior, priiims, princi|iinm.
.Vwaea, r. «. (Arab. ,«s , aoUtium pcrccpit,
coiisnlatua fuit 1, tn pity one, to hare thottghU and
I, illiitjt of ctiiitpamon for onc; Muungu ata-ma-
uniii.it, Ootl ic'di pitg him ( - ata-mn-wafa) ;
Muungn ni muaviizi, God ii compaitionate ;
jUWHaia watn; awiiza meani (acording ttr
JSttt tc't Ifandbook), to ditpoie, to allot to eaoh hii
tlittri .' jirobably from the Arabic ^Jj, to dit-
tribute.
Awehia, 1. (St.), a kitidof ttho'c lilt aBedemi.
wilhtiul amj jiroie or hcail, trith mtrtly a per-
pt itilicttlar cut-iraicr.
:\«im. r. o., riuT. awuni, r. a., tohrtji.
\n -itiu, r. a. (St.), to hartcr ( Jfo , focit
ili'iiitfl-ne, quod pro re ulin csact ; nabatitoit
ii,ii|iiiil pro aliquo).
\wtsi (or awim), r. «., to hclji, to tujiply, to.
a"ini (Arab, yVc , opcm tulit, jovit, nuiiliato»
fuit ; heace y.e , adjutor, auxiliu.ni).
A'ivCKI (oj- ALJii), "., hdji, aitiitance =• tnoaad».
\ta, i'. a., to rteare, ijdti ( — ku pnatia ukuni, to
tjitit tcootl), but ku ava ukuni it obtolcte langvagt.
\t\iii, t. (St.), a dteat (cfr. Arab. j^js , obiena
Imc illuc vorerque vir; Intro, percuaaor; ,W ,
venit nbiitquc pcr tcrram).
Avaui, t. (ytt) ; ayari ja nungn, the eabbs of an
â– hor.
\ , r. 1' ., to mdt ; vld. aia, aiko.
Avitiii, r. 11. (St.), to jrreacht ke,, momii'
lortnlni fiu't.
£«■w-Aea), c 11., (I) to think,
AZ
( 17 )
BA
ponder; e.. in animom immisit, soggessit ; (2)
to be 8orry (cfr. ^j— ■* , tristis, sollicitoas fait).
Azama, s. (St.), a nose-ring; cfr. *«c , loro *Uac »
— C X
dicto instraxit atrem ; *loc\ , collare, numella,
qua canis collum includitur.
Azima, s. (Arab. &«£yc , quidquid adstrinxit, hino
amuleturo, et incantamentnm contra serpentes,
morbos aliave mala), a charm used against
serpenU, to bring back runaway slaves, and to
banish evil spirits (Kis. tua, suspended above
doors).
AzimIa, v. obj. (Arab. obstrinxit aliquem jure-
jurando, adjuravit aliquem), to make a charm
against somebody.
Azima, v. a., (1) to lend on condition of returning
the loan without interest ; u-ni-azime kisuchako,
lend me thy knife; (2) v. «., to borrow; e.g.,
nimeazima kisuchakwe, I borrowed his knife.
Dr. Steere has " ku azimwa"/or " to borrow."
Aztmia, v., to borrowfor one.
Azimana, v. rec, to lend to or borroio from each
other.
A'zima (or azimu), v. n. (Arab. *yc certo animi
proposito yoluit facere, intendit aliqnid), to resolve,
to tJUnk upon anything, to have at heart, to
propose ; ku aza moyoni, ku kusudia or ukilia.
Azimia, v. obj., to intend to do anything for or
against any one ; ni ku tia nia ya ku fania neno
ya kethe wa kethe ; hakuazimia kiija hapo, he
did not intend to come here ; n'liketi, sikua na
azima ya safari (-eikuazimia safari), lakeni
nlipo ona watu wangi wasafiri kuenda Ukam-
hani, mimi nami nli (or nika) ona heri nika-
wa-andamia.
A'ziri, v. a. (Arab. »ye , reprehendit, impedivit),
to despise (=ku tukana, ku nazii), calumniate.
Azirika = ku-m-tia mtu aibu.
Azibiwa = ku guiwa kua sehabu ya deni (£.).
Azizi, *. (Arab. ye , rara, cara, eximia fuit res ;
*
jtyfc , raros, carus, potens eximius), a rare, costly
tJiing, a curiosity, rarity; kitu hiki ni azizi
mjini, hamna, this thing is a rarity in town,
tJtere is none (like it) ; azizi ni kitu kisicho enea
watu, i.e., azizi is a thing which does not come
abroad among thepeopU.
Azma, 8. (St), scent ?
Azuk, *. (St.), perjury ; cfr. \\ * visitavit ; (2)
0-»
fucavit mendacium ; ».; i falsum, mendacium.
B has the sanie sound as in English. N changes into
m before b; e.g., mbaya/ew n-baya, bad; m'bwa
(mbua) for n-bwa, a dog or dogs. Nw also
becomes mb ; mbingu for n-wingu, the heavens.
TIiU grammatical remark of Dr. St. is very
appropriate.
Ba, v., to behigh; mnazi hu anaba sana, this cocoa-
tree is very high (?).
Ba, a natural sound ; tuna-m-fumasauasaua, huyu
ba, nami ba (Kiniassa, cha).
Baa, s. (ya) (cfr. U* , crimen commisit, perfidia
usus est), evil, trouUe, disaster; baa — kitu
kilicho adui, soniething that is hostile, hurtful, or
dangerous ; tumengiliwa ni baa.
Baa, *., pl. mabaa (cfr. Arab. ^ , homo yilis et
abjectus), a worthless person, an utter reprobate.
BAada (or bada), adv. (from jut) , longius abfuit,
m c-
«#c-
*c-
jut|, post, postea, or \ jaj , postea); baada ya,
after (oftime) ; bada ya mambo haya, after tliese
things; bada ya haya na mangine yatakuja,
after these there will come other things ; baadaye
or baadayakwe, after it, afterwards, then; baada
ya salla or sall&ti, after prayer.
BaadE5, adv., afterwards.
Baatui, *. (ya) (from yhty , pars, quidam), a
portion, a certain number seUcted, some ; baathi
ya watu, some persons; baathi ya siku, some
days; baathi ya fetha, vid. Act. v. 2.
Baazi, s., a sort of pea growing on a sniaU tree
somewhat resembling labumum (St.).
Baba, s., ya (wa), (pl. za); babayangu, myfather ;
baba wa mtu (sc. felani or fulani), the father of
'a certain man; baba m'tu, a human father or
parent; babe mtu = baba alie-m-via mtu or
= baba wa kambu, stepfatJter ; baba mdogo,
mother'8 brotlter; babaetu, ourfatlier; pl. baba
zetu, our fathers; babazetu ni wamoja, our
fatlier8 are brothere or near relations ; baba-
zao ni wawili ; killa mtu na babae (not ana
habae).
Babae or babate watoto (or babe wana, babe.
watoto), pl. babaze watoto (Kin. dsogni ; Kik.
ndenge wa wcu), a bird, very likely an eagle or
an owl, which frightens children. The super-
stitious idea of the natives is, that this bird
approaches new-born children, that it imitates
tJteir cry, and causes sickness to them. TJie cry
ofthis bird frightens chUdren sothat theywilt
immediately go to bed, or to their mother'e
breast, and be quiet. Eence the bird is also
BA
( 18)
caJkd mvuma titi (pl. mavuma titi). We see
Jtere a spedmen of native artiflce in nursing
their children, regarding which tJtcy say, "h
daua ya ku kenga watoto wakilia," lit., this is
the medicine (or means) by wJtich children are
deceived tohen crying. Muanangu anashikua
ni babuye (for babaye watoto), my cJiild Jtas
been seized by the owl (?) which causes sickness
to him.
Babaika, V. a., to stutter, to Jtesitate in speahing.
Bebman takes this word in the sense: to continue
dreaming, to eleep dreamingly.
Babale, adv., just then; babale ulipo ondoka —
majira yale ulipo ondoka basi nami n'lipi'itua ni
lithuru wa ku-ku-daka (R.) (cfr. piip&lc, palc); ku
patua ni uthuru, to be seized by an emergeney.
Babasa, v. «., (1) to grope in the dark (vid.
papasa) (R.) ; (2) babaza, v. a., to rub softly.
Babata, v. a., to beat insuffidently : e.g., ku piga
chmna vibaya kisishikimane, to beat tJie iron
insufficiently, so that it soon breaks offi (in
making a jembc, native hoe) ; to beat thin t so
that it gets thin.
Babatika, v. n. ; ku babatika mbawa, to flap tJte
wings (cfr. papatika), toflicJeer,flutter.
Babatua, v. a. (cfr. papatiia, v. a.) ; e.g., kunde,
mbazi, e.g. t to make dry beans, as it were, to
comefortJt.
Babatuka, v. n. ; fulani anababatuka leo, said of
one who appears at once nicely dressed, wltereas
Jte wore bad clotJtes for a time (R.).
Babe, 8. (Kin. abe) ; babc sultani, babe ngome, babe
r.doTu or babe wa ndofu (oid. ndofu) (vid. kusa,
where babe i« explained).
Bababika? (R.); paparika?
BabIa and babisa, v. a. ; e.g., ku-m-babisa mtoto,
to cram a cJiild witJt (food); vid. papia; ku
babia, v. n. = kula harraka mno (£.), to eat
voraciously.
Babika, v. n., tofletch an arrow; ku babika mifi
mbawa ( — kufumbiramasoai/iiuniaMa) (R.), to
feather an arrow.
Babayuka, v. n., vid. papayuka, to talk inco-
herently, to be delirious in tJte heat offever.
Babu, «., (1) grandfatJier and grandmotJter,
ancestors (Kinika, dsawe and bibi) ; (2) convul
sions (Sp.) ? Babu is idso tJie name given to a
Jdnd ofsickne88 wJticJt seizes cJtildren ; i.q. niuni ;
muana augua niiini, ana babu, in Kiniassa i.q.
mauka.
Babua, v. a., to strip off, to rend off ( = ku tana
rairfia, tabua, ku kuanifia) ; e.g., ku babua Ameri-
kano, to tear offa piece of American cotton-cloth
Jrom the wJiolepiece (in a shop, &c).
Babuka, v. n., to get torn out, for instance by
going through bushes.
Babulia, v. obj., to tear off (a piece) for some-
body.
Babuliwa, v. p. ; uguo imebabuliwa, also to gct
scratched and wounded (e.g., by a tree) ;
mkamba ababuliwe maganda, the lobster's sheU
sJudl be taken off (R.), the lobeter has cast his
sJtett (?).
Babura (papuba), r. a., to claw (R.) ; fnlani
anakuja ni babura leo, he came with a maneno
ya ku fiolcana or ya ku-m-fiolea or ya ku fi6a
(vid.).
Babcbana, v. rec.
Babubika, to be torn or lacerated.
Bada, vid. baada, prep., after; bada or kiaha y&
ath6hori, after noon-time.
Badala (or badali), s. (ya) ; Arab. Jjtt , mnf&Tit,
permutavit, substituit ; J o* , permutation, quod
pro re alia datur vel 6umitur; Jtence a thing
given in ezcJtange for something else, an eouiva-
lent.
Badili, s. (ya), ezchange (Er. takes it in a bad
sense = deceit).
Badili, v. a., to cJtange, to exchange; e.g. % kn
badili fetha, reali.
Badiuka, v. n., to be excJtanged t to be changed,
to be changeable.
Badiliana, v. rec., to excJiange mutually.
Badiliha, v. a.; amc-m-badilisa nguoyakwe, he
excJtanged Jtis clotJt for him (= gauza or
geuza).
Badilisana, v. rec., to interchange, to exchange
words, to dittpute. Deriv. mbadilifu.
From tJte r-erbs given above, the student must
carefuUy distinguisJt tJte verbs batfli, to per~
vert, and patiliza, to reprove, condemn (ko
kiifurisha) ; vid. eacJt in its place.
Badali, 8. (ya), likeness, kind = mfano ws; ba-
dali ya mtu huyu, UJce tJtis man (Sp.). The
meaning u likenes8, Jdnd," is very doubtful (?).
Badan (or badam), s., body, carcase; Arab. m*A|»
corpus (cfr. batani) ; 'fa , intimus fuit.
Badata, 8. (ya, pl. za), Kimr. — kiazi, a swtet
potato; kiazi cha badata, sweci potatoes (of a
red colour) ; manni ya badata, leaves of sweet
potatoee used as a vegetable.
Badi (or ratJtcr BATni), s., part, portion (Arab.
jj ^ ) ; tJtere ie aUo a kind of cloth which i$
called badi or bathi.
Badibi (or badhiri), v. a. (from j&i , dispersit,
sine modo et mcnsura erogavit opes), to spend
money in order to yet a wife or a Tdngdom^
power (R.), to sguander one's money.
Bado, adv. (vid. bada), as yet, not yet; bado
kidogo, eoon; used generally to express that the
BA
( 19)
BA
matttr in question is as yet incomplcte. Nadaka
bado reali tano, I want still five dottars ; bado
hakuenenda =• hatassa ku enenda, he is not yet
gone.
Baduivi, s. (wa, pl. mabadaivi) ; Arab. .j^ > deserti
incolae; uncivilized peopie; Wanika ni baduivi
yetu.
Bafk, *. (wa, ]>l. ma — ), a large and venomous
kind of serpent, ringed with wJtite, black, and
grey,from 2£ to 4 feet in length. In tJie Kim-
rima dialect it is called moma. The natives say
tJtat it has a pointed tail with wJiicJi it stings.
TJtis is, hoicever, doubtful. TJie stroJce causes
•ouick sweUing and death if the antidote be not
promptiy applied. Tliis serpent is said to exist
on tJte island of Montbas. TJte various kinds of
snaJces are: (1) bafe, (2) kibawa cha kanga,
(3) kundamansi, (4) satu, (5) mtanga wa poani,
(6) pili, (7) wamannimawiti, (8) mk6ko, (9) fira,
(10) wa nduma kuili.
Bafta, s., vid. bafuta, s.
Bafu (ratJter papu) (la, pl. ma — ), lungs, lobe qf
lungs.
BapumIa (R.) ?
Bafuta (or bafta), *. (ya), sJiirting, a sort offine
calico; bafta dhondo idifukayo unga (difuka,
v.n.)?
Baoa, r. a., vid. pnga, v. a., to seize (said of an
evil spirit), to carryfor wages; pagaza, to maJce
to carry; pakawa, v. p., to be possessed of an
evil spirit.
Baoaba, t\ ii. = ku potea (Sp.) ?
Bagada, V. a., vid. pakata, to take upon one's
knees; e.g., — nitoto.
Baoala, 8. (ya), a buggalo, a large kind of dhow
square in tfte stern, with a JtigJtpoop and a very
long prow. Most of tJte Indian trading vessels
or dhow8 are of this build; they have generally
a 8mall mizzen-mast (St.). Vid. jahazi.
Baoawa, v. n. (— lanika), to rut in tJte moutJi,
to be obscene witJt respect to language.
Bagaza (buaoaza), v. n. ; ku ji-bagaza, to keep
one's legsfar asunder or apart in sitting (R.).
Baouala, s. (wa) (Arab. JAj , mulu*), a mule.
Baguami, *. — hana akili, mpumbafu ; **} ,
ambigue et obscure locutus fuit, afool.
Baoua, t?. a. (cfr. pakiia), to put asunder, to
separate each kindfrom tJie other; e.g., ku bagua
mtama na mahindi, ku weka mbalimballi;
tubague gnombczetu, kulla mtu abague zakwe,
to arrange, to bring in order ; let us arrange
our cattle, every one his own.
Baouka, v. n., to be separated, to faU out with
one anotJter, to be in disorder.
Baoukana, v. rec. — tetana or halifiana, to be
at variance, to differ, to dUagree, guarrel for
or about a matter, to strive.
Bahami, 8. and adj.; ^ (bahamma), ablactavit,
peregrinus fuit, barbarus visus fuit; +qj\ , pro-
loqui nesciens, barbarus, cujus sermo non in-
telligitur ; hence bahami, sitty.
0C —
Bahaki, s. (ya) («^); aqua multa, mare,
flumen magnum; bahar elthulumat, Oceanus
atlanticus; bahari ku, great sea; bahari el-ali,
the Bersian Gulf; bahari ya sham, the Red
Sea.
BaiiarIa, 8., a sailor, tJte crew, sailors (vid.
mana maji).
o
Bauasa, adj. (Arab. ^j~£$ , justo minor) — rakhisi,
cJttap; kitu hiki nina-ki-pata bahasa, I got this
cheaply.
Bahasha, s., a square bag or pocket witJt a three-
cornered fiap to tie ovcr tJte opening, freauently
used to Jceep books in (8t.).
Bahati, 8., vid. bakhti, s.
Bahatisha, v. a., to guess (St.), perJtaps 'from tJte
******
Arabic «« - fc f , inquisivit, di8quisivit.
Bahia, v. a., to searcJt titt a tJiing is found (Sp.) ;
cfr. ^jft , intelleiit, perforavit, or aVj., cognovit,
consideravit, dignovit.
Bahiij (or bakuili),«. andadj. (Arab. J*-*t , parcns,
tenai et avarus fuit ; J*rfei , avarus ; l^ ,
avaritia); bahili or mbahili, s. concr., a miser,
covetousperson ; bahili, *. abstr., avarice = choyo.
Prov. mali bahili kiila duda, i.c, worms witt eat
tJte property of a miser. Bahili or mbahili is a
man who is only bent upon gatJtering property
witJtout using it — mtu asiejilisha maliyakwe.
or mtu- aliekusania mali asipokula. There was
once a rich man at Mombas, named Famdu, wJto
from avarice sold the meat whicJt Jte Jtad boiled,
Jtimselfonly using tJte brotJi. He feasted at tJte
table of otJter people, while tJte eatables ofJtis own
tcere left to rot, and tJten tJtrown into the sea.
He was a great bahili, Jtence tlte saying : mtu
-huyu ni bahili kama Famau.
Bai, v. a., to receive as an authority, ku kubali
kama mfalme au mkubawao. Waka-m-bai
Suleiman Ben Ali (Sp.). If tltis word does
reaUy occur, it isprobably to be derivedfrom the
Arabic £t}, inauguratus fuit in imperio, or
imperator salutatus fuit.
-o-
Baina, prep. (or beina), Arab. y^ , inter, in medio,
between, amidst ; baina ya Mvita na Rabai,
between Mombas and Rabai.
Bainl adj. — mballi ; e.g., ku nenda nti baini =»
mballi (E.).
c 2
BA
(20)
BA
Baiki (or bein'i or bavim), r. a., toknow, to recog-
nize, to distinguish, to make clear, to proce
(Arab. ^ , manifestum rcddidit, dcclaravit
explicavit), to acknowledge as belonging to some-
oody; t.g., nna-ki-baini kisuchangu, / kave recog-
nized my knife ( = ku ona). Tuna-m-baini mtu
yiilo kuamba ni muivi; kitu hiki nime-ki-baini
kua felani ; ni saidi ku baini, it is still more
evident, or it is clearer.
Baihia, v. obj. ; ku bainia kna huim.
Bainika, v. n., to become known, manifest, dcar
(— kua wazi) ;<;.#., muivi amebainika, tltethief
has becorne knotcn; kwanzamaneno haya ya-
likua sirri sirri, laken sasa yamebainika, atfirst
these words icere a great mystery, but noic thcy
are clear.
Bainikana, r. rec, tobe erident mutually ( =ku
onekana) ; ushiiha ubainikaniio.
Baini8ha, v. c, to cause to become clear, toprove,
to show, to define ; e.g., ku bainisha mpaka, to
define the frontier or boundary.
Bainiwa, v.p.; e.g n alie bainiwa kiia muema, one
wlto is proved to be good, one who is justifietl ;
e.g., umati Muhammadi yabainiwa pahali
pawili, (1) believers and unbelievers, (2) onhj
jami Muselmina.
Baja, *. (\&,pl. ma — ), bctter$aj& (vid.) (ofoopaji),
the inner side oftlte thigh, lap.
Bajua, v. a. ( = babua or kuanhia), to strip off;
ejg., ku bajiia makiiti.
Bajuka, r. n.; utanzu umcbajuka, a branch
broke off from thc tree (better papua, vid.).
Bajuni (pr Pajuni) = Mgiinia, a nativc of the
country situated between the uland of Patta and
the river Jub.
Bakai, a., a trord of tJtc Kigunia dialcct, rid.
ehudu and baki, remainder, •
Bakasa (R.), there remnins; fre/piently it is =
labuda; bakasa ku aniba ni y?, ndiyo angayo
= wcsa ; bakasa songoro ajapo ndiye adakaye
wesa (?).
Bakata, r. a. (ratlter pakata, vid.), to carry some-
thing before you, to take upon oue J s arm.
6 C -
Bakhti, s. (daiiati) (ya), e>^ , vox Pers.,
fortuna, felicitas, luck, fortune, cltance; ku pata
bakhti ngema or mbaya, to have yood luck or
misfortune (bakhti mbofu) ; ku tumia bakhti, to
go; at random.
Baki, s., wJiat is left, the remainder of moncy, drc. ;
Arab. ^Jfy , reliquus ct supcrstes fuit ; &*£) , rcs
residua, rcliquiae, subtraction (in aritlimetic).
Baki, v. n., to remain, to be left.
BakIa, v. a., rid. pakin, v. a.
Bakora, s. (ya, pl. «a), a walking-eticJc tcith «r
crooked handle, or, as Dr. Steere explaine it, a
walking-stick with the top bent at right angUe to*
tJie stem. The best are made pf a white straight-
grained icood icltich will bend nearly double lihe
a piece of lead without breaking or retuming.
Tlte fimbo (another kind ofstick) is straight and
without a handle; tfte ufito is thin and long.
Bakhhuihi, s. (ya), a gift, a gratuity (bakhshuriii
or bashfohi).
Bakuba (or better pakuba), lit., where great, a
greatpiece; mtuhuyuanalimabakuba or badogo,
this man has Itoed a great or a smatt pieee
(pa dogo wltere little or smaU).
Bakuli, *. (ya, }ti. mabakuli), a basin, a deep and
Jarge dish of clay ; kombe is a large piate r
siihani an ordinary jAate.
Balamu£zi, 8., moontight, moonshine (St).
Balanoa, s. (ya, pl. za) (or mbalakoa, #.), a
cutaneous disease gcnerally confined to the hands
andfeet of the persun, by which the black skin
peeU off and leaves a tchite skin, which no more
turns bltwk. Tetter or Leprosy f The Wanika
call tltis diseane " mabawaasi.*' Balanga ja or
za mikono. The person icJto has this disease i*
not allowed to eat with othcrpeople, who would
say, Mbalanga eitayaika ukila wali wa mnoto ;
mtu huyu ana mbalanga, or balanga za mnkono>
au za miigu.
Balah (or iialabi and halasiii) (ya, pl. ma — ),a
large kind of water-jar. It is larger than the
knsiki.
Bale, 8. (\&) (vid. mbale) (za rouhogo).
Balegi, 8. (ya) (Arab. (&\i , pubcr, aetate matnrus ;
£j , pcrvenit ad finem), aperson arrived at the
state ofpuberty; mtu huyu nnnkiia biilegi.
BAleiie, v. v., hc is pubescent, marriageaHe;
anabalcho sasa, apcwo mko, asihariba mali, he
is marriageable, let a wife be given to him, lest
he destroy hin property (by illicit intercourse
tcith women).
Bali, but ; hakucnda bali, perhaps he did not go,
Kin. kendere balu.
Balob (or balo8i\ s. (wa), and baliob, consvl,
political agent ( in Turkish f ). Tltus the
English Consul, Jlajor Jlammerton, was catted
at Zanzibar.
Balungi, pl. mabalungi, a citron.
Bamba (la), ^. mabamba, a fiat thin piece, a ptatc*
disk; bamba la rusasi, la sifuri, la chiima, la
fetha, a thin plate of lead, brass, iron t sitver;
bamba la fetha=koa la fetha, rid. koa and kdkoa.
Bamba is to be distinguislted from pamba, #.,
cotton (vid.). Bamba la chuma, crantp-iron,
brace ; bamba ni gumu.
BA
(21 )
BA
Bambu, *., a curved instrument wJucJt is tJtrust into
a bag to find out what it contains, rice or corn,
<t'c. Amctia bambu katika gunia. Bambu ni
kidiide cha ku tomea na ku tazamia giinia, ku
tambua kili6mo. Dr. St. catts it bambo, an
instrument like a cheese-taster thrust into a bag
to draw out some of its contents for ezamina-
tion.
Bambua, v. a. ; ku-m-bambua mtu nguo ?
Bambuka, r. n., to fall off like a label from a
bottleor like a ptaster; ku bambuka mbawa,
saidof mtoa).
Bamfua, v. a., to cliip (from chipping come
chips) ; bamfiika, rfr. Kiniassa banduka from
bandiia.
Bamvua, *., spring-tides (St.).
Banadkr, s., pl. qf bandari or bendari, a landing-
place, harbour; .juj , orig. Pers., pl. j*>W i
portus, navium statio ; urbs aut locus, ubi
mercatores sarcinas solvere solent et cum mer-
cibus subsistentes vectigalia pendunt. By
Bandder tJie SuaJtUi and Arabs mean espe-
ciaUy the sea4owns of Barava, Marka, and
Mukdisha } being tJte principal harbours of the
Somali coast.
Banagiri (or banajihi), s., a kind of bracelet
ornamented with points or blunt spikcs, mucJt
icorn in Zanzibar (St.).
Banda, s. (la, pl. mabanda), a large shed con-
structed for people to assemble in; banda la ku
barizi watu ; kibanda is a little shed; cfr. baraza
and barizi ; banda la farasi, a stable.
Banda, *. (la,^>/. ma — ), (1) the bhssom-stalk ofthe
cocoa-nut tree (Er.) ; (2) a shed.
Banda, r. a. (Kijumfu) — ku vunda, to break open
with a stone ; e.g., ku banda madafu.
Bandia, v. obj., to break openfor one.
Banda banda, r. a., to split or break inio
splinters or shivers.
Bandaki, s. (ya) (pr b£ndari, bISnderi), landing-
ptace, harbour ; mahali pa poani watu washukapo
or wana maji waegeshapo dau (cfr. banader, s.).
Bandera, *. (ya), a]flag; the Arab flag is made
of red stuff.
Bandi, s. (la, pl. ma— ), stitclung, pinning; ku
shona bandi or ku piga bandi, to baste, run,
tuck (in sewing); ku shona bandi, baaden ku
fania jongo nene, first to tuck, then to make tlie
proper or real suture (seam).
Bandia, «., puppet; mtoto wa bandia, a doU;
watu anasuka kua ukindu, anatia mtelle ndani,
ana-m-tia kanzu.
Bandika, v. a. ( = patika, andika), to put on, to
apply; e.g., ku bandika daua ya kionda.
Bandikisa, v. c. (or bandikisha), to cause to
put on, toput load upon load = ku weka kitu
Bandua, v. a., to break off in fragments (?) (cfr.
gandua), to deaoe wood in smaUpieces.
Bandulia (e.g., kuni), for one.
Bandu bandu, to cut into little pieces, to crumble
(into) in deaving.
Banduka, v. n. (cfr. gandiika) ; hali-tu-bandiiki
ncno hili » ha-tu-ati ku li daya ; mtu huyu ha-
tubanduki, this man does not leave us, he is
altcays with us ; hawa-m-banduki Mzungu,
they do not leave tlie European.
Banduru, s. (ya) ( — ngama, vid.), tJie place in
native vcssels from which water is baled out ;
p&hali patolewacho mnji kua sila katika jahazi,
it is near tlie main-mast.
Banoa (muh6go hauja banga), v. a., bangia,
bangilia ; ushanga wa ku bangia (bangilia —
bagilia), vid. panga (cfr. tunga ushanga) ; ku
bangia maneno (to hire) ; (2) to lay in Jieaps.
Banoi, s., tJie narcotic leaves of tJie wild (Indian)
Jiemp (from the mbangi), cJiewed in tJie JSast.
Many tiuaJiili are accustomed to cJiew and smcke
0C- C-
tfiis leaf; cfr. -j^ , ex Pers., Sj+ , hyoscyamus
(bilsenkraut).
Baniya, *. (ya), a buUding, temple, especiaUy tltat
ofMecca. Arab. Lf , struzit, aedificavit, Jtence
.0 -
A**t , stractura, aedificium.
BanIa, v.; ku-ji-bania nguo, in traveUing and in
figJtting ; vid. pania, v. a.
Banuka, v. n., to taper (?).
Baniani, n. p., pl. mabaniani, used at Zanzibar
and on tJie coast as a general name for tJte
heathen Indians who come as traders from
CutcJt. * On tJte coast they are generaUy tJte
custom-ma8ter8, being in tJte service of t/ie chief
custom-master at Zanzibar, wJto is generaUy
a Baniani, farming tJte customsfrom the SuUan
of Zanzibar at a certain sum ofmoney.
Banja, v. a. y to crack nuts, to beat pulse or beans
between two stones, to clear the fruit of tJte
Jtusks, to break off the sJtett or Jtusk by beating ;
e.g., ku banja korosho kua jiwe ku-i-pata suafi,
ku wcka kando maganda, to beat to pieces t to
dasJt.
Banza, r. a. (ku fita kizani ?).
Ku-ji-banza, v. ref, to saueeze one'sselfagainst a
waU or into a Jtedge to aUow some one else to
pass (cfr. panza).
Banzi, s. (la), pl. mabanzi, a splint, a splinter, a
smaU thinpiece ofwood; banzi la ukuni kibanzi,
a very smaU spUnt.
Bao, s. (la) (vid. ubao and mbao, board) ; bao la
komoe (komoe, tJte fruit ofthe mkomoe tree) is
â– BA (_
a hoartl tcitk 32 •inall holet, tarh aboal thr *!
ofa teacup,fvr plagiu;/ a funmritf ijtinie, al
taUtd bao, wilh korooe, or tr'tth jirbbUit. rtV. T.
helt* arc itnnttiuu* m'rclg iranjirtl tiut iti '.
t/rintnil, aitd ani/ miiall thini/t niatf lie titrtl
ylojr with (rfr. bao ta catftriingo) ; kn tt-u bnola
kiinioo or la eelarnnge (Sl.).
BAta, ». (la, jil. mi-; ; bnpn i* that irhirh jinijrct*
aad receilet at/aia, that irhirk ii vnt rtmuil
(mdaura) «or i/mii/riiiti/ti/itr ^mrabba). but irhirh
it im*i*n. (1) llnpn la u»o pn ka talia. tht
tempU of the. hettd, almi a braatl fitrr : bnpn In
â–¡190, large fortltcud. (2) KnpigaUipn lnupangu,
to tlriht trith thejtat nf n ttrtinl, Av. ; ame-ni
piga bapa la upanga kuaiko mukiili. i\e., kn-m-
piga kua martngo j» upiinga, tn htnt viic vitli
the bark nf the ttrord, lehirh irilt not hur 1
hiia, but ku temn upangn kuo inakAli irill hurt
liim (ku-m-h;iziri\ ki-ko i bnpa, jrafnliwa bapa
bapa. Thefurm nf thr iiiaatitmloiie Aii* bopa bnpa,
fciii rofiringo (ronmtuett) liiu uo bnpa bapa.
Baba, *., a t/iecie* if anlelti/ie (HclgobagnB arun-
dinoceus) (St.).
BabA (ttr barb.i, itr nKRKi.il, *. (yn, jJ. zu) 'Arttb.
^jt, torra, imprimis pnm Buporiorct pulvis; ,jj) '
agreatin, regio incultn; hjt , curjipa», tlcacrlnm),
(1) land ia ijritirtd; (-) vilil rottnlrii, tmeitl-
ticateil ttad vitinlitrliittyl r/ntntri/, i n/iciiiill;/ ,f n
tamli/ Hml (rfr. niba). « tletert, irhrn: therr i*
biitlitllrnr uo iimrul ituil, regrtatitm ; liurra jciipe,
afrec n/ieu Irtul <;/' eutiulrg ; ,;() i-wt*f ; bnr-ea
Suahil, Ihe finnhili eotul : bnr-el-Kan, Ihe traet
ofthe PertiaH coat bcloitt/iiia to OmaH ; bur cl
ognm, fie Somaii eoatt t bur cl naili, maiulantl ;
barro yt kwausa, si kiaiwo ^ri'rf. auili). Thc
Arabie naine. Znnjibar ur Zenzibar, ^ingibar, it
ilerivctl froia Znnj or Zcii.j, wltieh wa* Ihe uaint
ofa tjietial tribc rettilint/ muth af Ztmzibar oa
the laoinUmd, b«t wliich becamc ut the tuiite
timcthe tjeaeral terui for a negro ; coanctpieittlg
Htiuzibar icoultl litjuifji, the Itiatl of Ihe vegro,
ihe netjro eoatt ; efr. Dr. Krapf, â– 'TeaitU ,'n
Eatl Africa," p. 513.
Bababa, atle.,iiro/ier,jiul, cj'actlt/ [T,\ jierlttna far
bariibara or banilra = miun aaua, ctjual.
Bah.Uara, :, (1) - anua eaua; (2) « vhorUh
vaman, ajyrottitule ; iuko buyn iii bnnibnra, thi»
icoman i» a jirottititte (~ mtnlalcBbi),
Babababa, r. a., to tcrajie off the mnlaika (the
thort hair, lit., hair», if thit Wtre ait JCiigfith
flural) ofan aaimal, which hart bttn jirteioittlg
tinged (11.).
BARAoUHO(or rn'ftcr nAnanL-mr), «., atpiralhorn
tued at a latuictd iiittritmrut; it it biovn
tkrtmtjk a holc. at the tmall cntl; warJiorn,
gnnda in A'in.
IIakaba (ur mbakaba), *. (ya) (Arab. ^L», genm
tivctcm ir, tcmun procubiiit, bcncdiut; Ey , nv
crcmentum, abuiulantia, fclicitan), blestiag ; great
ijit-ltl of a itttatation ; Muungii imetU baiab
lutlika mi.
Dakiki, c. «., tnblen; barikia, logtrc a bUni**
ta: bnrikiKii. tn be blettal, Itt beeome amri.
llr. >Sf. tiinli» the rtmarb: Ytntiuj peo/Je art
uiitl ia Zanzilmr to bariki trifm theyjint haet
tiiiiacetina vith tht oji/iiitite acr/ ffirlt are
thtniijlit uld euoiigh beltcecn nine mitl ten.
HaB.ikija. *.(orBAaiK6A;i,]a,y.in»i — \tlit artrritf
oriiuitktifa Muhantmtdau iroman, «i> t hnt not iinf
W thc eifit are tcen (rfr. utaji) ; tfr. Arai.
g*jt , ric* opcruit fnciem alicnjat ; C^^jl , lica,
opcrimcnlum Tucici muliobrc.
brndcra, ajlag.
â– ;?. ?-)-
JlAK.iiiK, i.. tt tiiul of lorii't, of grcitthojifter (Krr.
BlB.ia ^ur u'uti»), *., a d'ncatt IUe lejiroeg; nrt»
huvu jutin barna; rfr. Artib, ij>fi . lepra comp-
ki» Tuit et laboravit.
Bakahai,.,, k aw.tW„ir (?).
llAKAWK \or MIIIABAWK?) (R.).
Bin.tM, *. fi^r. Arab. £ p elivi t ijt nmpam
nmpliim, proiiiit in conapcctum; jlj . cnmpn*
nni]i]ua et pntrns ; a ttont ttal ar benrh table.
eitlur auteiile of the honte or ia the l.till, rhert
the iuiitli r sii* in public aiul receivtt hitfrUudt;
liracc thejinblic utttliesct held Jt/ the Sultam, and
the council then htlil ; mcctimj ofa eaundt.
Uiiuzl, c, tn tit iu Uaraxa, to hold a twblic.
rtrejaiiut ; (1) kn kctiaha or ko koaania wata
bnrnrnni ; ('!) wntu wnmebiiriii kua ntn kn
aikiTfl mancno. Taabarfci kua M»angu ka
«ikiznjuo, kulln mnegni ncnolnkve.
it.iiii, r. a.: kn biiri miisbitn na poani, to jmt
de the rauuc ( « cpfl») (II.).
Dakia, r., 'ii latt. at thc dttdn-/iiat/ ; kn bariwa, r. j».
[Uhiiii (ur iifiRKDi V *. (yn) (Arttb. jj( , frigidua luit,
jj , frigun), coldnc**, dampnei* ; nli ina baridi
ki'ul mviin, the ijround it tlainp or tnouitfrem
rain, antl llurrfore coltl ; uaiondoke ondfike,
biipo ulahiipo pntnngia (pnLatngia) boriili, do xat
kerji leutiut/ tjour /Attce, elte there trhfre yott
tterji t/ott will gel ooW.
Bamdihiia (or BUBi:i>il<IIA), 1-. f., to rool; maji
ya mtiioi jabaridiaha or jBburadieba rokho,
tht ri'rw-trafcr eoolt oae'* tjiirit.
(»3)
Baridi yabisi, «., rheumatiem (lit., dry cold; vid.
yabisi).
Babiki, v. a., vid. baraka.
Barishai, adj., damp, cool, moist (E.) (warishai,
R.).
Bariyo, what t« left from the evening meal to be
eaten in the moming (St. ).
Barizi, V., vid. baraza.
Barkinia, s., a baraue (R.) ?
Barobaro, «., vigorous, expeditioua ; mtu huyu ni
barobaro, ni hodari ku tuma, si mvivu, yuna
bidii.
Barra, s., vid. bara.
Bab#a (or baroa), 8. (ya, pl. mabarua), a note,
bUl, letter, espcciaUy a summons from the judge
which he writes to a debtor to demand payment
(generaUy on a small bit ofpaper).
Babubabu, 8.; mtu huyu ni barubaru, aanza ku
andika ndcfu, a man whose beard is beginning
to grow.
Barudi, 8. (ya), gunpowder. In Turkish c^t .
Barzuli, *., afool (St.) ; cfr. j.^ , crassus vir.
Basasi, s., a prudent man (muegni f ikira nengi)
but a cozener or a cheat. Hence = mtu mk6pi,
muegni madeni niangi ; see mkopi.
Basbas (or basbasi), 8. (ya), mace, tJie inner husk
of the nutmeg.
Babha, V. (from ku pa or pata), vid. pa, pata
(baehieha, bashua), vid. pasba.
Bashiri, t7. a. ( yt* , laeto nuntio exhilaravit), to
announce = ku eleza ; ta-ku-bashiri ndotoyangu,
IwiU relate to thee my (good) dream; ku bashiri
heri or kheri, to announce good tidings; ku
bashiri — ku-wa-pa watu khabari = ku-wa-eleza
or ku-wa-khubiri.
BashibIa, v. obj.; a-m-bashirio kheri, may he
announce to him yood tuck !
BashIshi, #., vid. bakshishi.
BasIa, s. (or better pasia) (ya, pl. za), (1) a curtain
(vid. pasia or pazia) ; (2) the midriff or dia-
phragm whicJt separate* tlte lungs and heart
from the intestines (Erh.).
Basiri, v. a., to foresee; y^ , fuit videns, in-
telligens, eminus et ex alto prospexit.
Bassi (or bass), conj. ezclusive, but, only, enough,
it wiU do. In the beginning of a sentence it
means, weU, and then, and so. But when it
foUow8 a word or phrase it meane, juet this and
no more.
Bastola, s., vid. pistola, apistol.
Basuu, *. (ya, za), hemorrhoide (Sp.).
Bata (or batta), *. (la), pl. mabata, a duck;
bata la mzinga, a turkey; bata la bukini, a
gooee; Arab. ty , anas (duck).
Batani, *. (or battjti) (ya), (1) beUy; Arab. ^jiaj»
interiorem partom et medium ingreesus fuit
so-
locum ; /Ja) , venter (tlte batani w to be dis-
tinguiehed from /^oj , corpus, body, in KU.
carcase) ; (2) batan, 8. (ya), a cloth with lining
(marduf ) ; kisibao cha batan ; h^ , interior
pannns (vestis).
Bat£la (or bet£la), *. (ya, pl. ma — ), a large
boat or dhow. Those emaUer than tlte batela
are the mashiia, dao, mtumbui, huri (which eee).
The batela has a eauare stern and an ordinary
boatMke head; it hae sometimee no deck; it it
smaUer than a bagala.
Bati, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), tin, solder ; ku tia bati, to
tin.
Batlli, v. a. ( JLj , vanus, nihil fuit or evasit
irritum fecit, abolevit), to abolish, to annul, re~
ver8e,repeal,fru8trate, tranegrees; e.g., ku batili
hakki.
Batilika, r. med., to have the gyality of being
abolielted, cltanged.
Batilisa, v. c.
Batili, 8. (Arab. JLlj , vanus, irritus), worthlees,
of no use; mtu huyu ni batili, this man is
wortJUcss, perverse, tranegreesor ; ubatili ni
mambo ya batili.
Batli, *., the log (nautical) (St.).
Batobato, *. (la, pl. ma — ), epote of colour ( —
marakaraka), the varioue cclours of an animal,
e.g., of a leopard, buUock, d'c. Ferhape to be
derivedfrom ^ , tenui cute proeditus et pin-
guis, mollis (?).
Batua, v. «., to break off a piece, e.g., of muhogo
and otJterfood (wliich is boiled in a pot), to takt
a 8ligJU taste of the dish ; cfr. patiia, v. a.
Batuka, v. n.
Baura, *., o European ancltor; see paura, *.
Bausi, *. (la,^. ma), splint, spUnter.
Bavuni, at tlte side, alongside (St.) (cfr. pafuni).
Bawa, 8. (la, pl. mabawa) (in Kin.), a large m'biia
mitu or kijibua mitu in Kis. (niama hi ni mkali).
Bawa, 8. (ia, pl. mabawa), the wing of a bird;
nbawa, a featlter of the wing; pi. mbawa, the
featlter8 ofthe wing; see ubawa.
Bawa, 8., 8te pawa za wifufu.
Bawaba, 8. (la, pl. mabawaba), a hinge; e.g. t
bawaba la mlaogo.
BawJLbu, *. (ya) ; bawabu ya kifungo or chumba,
s -
the officer of a prieon (cfr. ^>\) , porta, janua ;
syAji i janitor), door-keeper.
BA
(22)
BA
a board witli 32 small Jtoles, eacli about tJte size
ofa teacup,for playing a farourite gante, also
caUed bao, witJi komoe, or tcith jwbbles, &c. The
holes are sometimes merely scooped out in the
ground, and any small Htings may l*e U8ed to
play witJt (cfr. bao la eBtan'ingc) ; ku teza baola
konioc or la estaningc (ttt.).
Bapa, *. (la, })l. ma — ) ; bapa is that which projects
and recedes atjain, that which is not rouml
(mdaura) nor tpuidrangular (mrabba), but whivh
18 uneven. (1) Bapa la usso pa ku lalia, the
temple of the head, also a broad fttcc ; bapa la
U880, large foreliead. (2) Kupiga bapa la upanga,
to strike with thefiat of a sword, rfr. ; ame-m-
piga bapa la upanga kusiko makfili, i.e., ku-m-
piga kua maongo ya upanga, to beat one with
the back of the sword, which will not hurt
him, but ku tema upanga kua makali will hurt
him (ku-m-haziri), keko i bapa, yafuliwa bapa
bapa. TJteform of the mango-stone has bapa bapa,
but mfiringo (roundness) has no bapa bapa.
Bara, 8., a species of antelope (Helgobagus arun-
dinaceus) (ttt.).
Bara (or barra, or berria),*. (ya,j>/. za) (Arab.
<jyt , ierra, imprimis pars superioret pulvis; %£$ '
60
agrestis, regio inculta ; &tjl , campus, dcscrtum),
(1) land in general; (2) iri7.7 country, vncul-
tivated and vniuhabited country, esjtccially of a
sandy kind (cfr. nika), a desert, whcre therc is
but little or no wood and vegetation ; barra jeupe,
afrec open tract ofcountry ; (3) coast; bnr-es
Suahil, the tiuahili coast ; bar-el-Fars, thc tract
oftJte Persian coast bclonging to Oman ; bar el
agam, tJie Somali coast ; bar cl asili, mainland;
barra ya kwanza, si kisiwa (vid. asili). Tlte
Arabic natne Zanjibar or Zenzibar, £ingibar, is
dcrivcdfrom Zanj or Zcnj, which was t/ie name
ofa special tribe residing south of Zanzibar on
the mainland, but whic/i became at thc same
time the general term for a negro ; consetptently
Zanzibar would signify, the land of the negro,
the negro coast ; cfr. Dr. Krapfs " TraveU in
East Africa," p. 519.
Baraba, adv., j)roper, just, ejcactly (?) ; perJtaps for
barabara or barubra = saua saua, equa/.
BarAbara, 8., (1) =» Baua saua; (2) a whorish
woman, aprostitute ; mko huyn ni bambara, this
woman U aprostitute (=* mtalalcshi).
Barabara, v. a., to scrape off the malaika (the
short hair, lit., Jtairs, if this were an English
plural) ofan animal, wliicJt have been jrreviovsly
singed (R.).
Baraoumo (or ratJier barohumu), *., a spiral horn
used as a musical instrument ; it is biown
through a hole at the small end; war-Jtorn,
gunda in Kin.
Baraka (or mbaraka), s. (ya) (Arab. qU , genua.
flectcns in terram procubuit, bcnedizit; 2&t > in-
crcmentum, abundantia, felicitas), bltsting ; great
yield of a plantation; Muungu ametia baraka
katika nti.
Bariki, v. a., to bless ; barikia, to gire a bUseing
to; barikiwa, to be blessed, to become much.
Dr. St. makes the remark: Young pcople are
said in Zanzibar to bariki when theufiret have
connection with tlic opposite sex; girls art
tJiought old enougli between nine and ten.
Barak6a, s. (or babikoa) (Ia, jrf.ma — ), the covering
ormaskofa MuJiammedan icoman, so tJtat nothing
but thc cyes are seen (cfr. utaji) ; cfr. Arab.
gty , rica operuit faciem alicujus ; fftyl , rica,
opcrimcntum facici mulicbrc.
Baramu, *. =-bendera, aflag.
Barara, s. (?) (R.).
BarAre, *., a kiad oflocust, of grassJtopper (Kir.
nioi ?).
Baras (or b.vuahi, 8., a disease like leproty; mto
huyu yuna baras ; cfr. Arab. \fjl , lepra correp-
tus fuit et laboravit.
Baraavai, *., a swallow (?).
Barawe (or mabarawe?) (R.).
Baraza, s. (cfr. Arab. ^ f ex ; v i t i n campunr
amplum, prodiit in conspcctum; \\# , campns
amplus et patcns ; a stone seat or bench table.
eitJicr outttide of tJte house or in tJte JiaU, wJkere
tJte master sits in public and receives hisfriends ;
Jtenc* tJte public awdiencc Jteld by tJie Sultan, and
the council tlten Jtetd ; meeting ofa council.
Barizi, i'., to sit in baraza, to Jtold apubUe
rcception ; (1) ku ketisha or ku kusania watu
bara7ani; (2) watu wamebarizi kua mtu ko
sikiza maneno. Tuabarizi kua Mzongn ku
sikiza juo, kulla muegni ncnolakwe.
Bariziana, t\ rec.
BarI, v. a.; ku bari mushua na poani, to put
aside tJte canoe (=» epiia) (R.).
Baria, v., to lose at tJte dado-play; ku bariwa, r.p.
Baridi (or b^redi), *. (ya) (Arab. o^ , frigidos fuit,
j^ , frigus), coldness, dampness ; nti ina baridi
kua mvila, tJte ground is damp or moistfrom
rain, and tlterefore cohl ; usiondoke ondoke,
hapo nlahapo patangia (pataingia) baridi, do not
keep leaving your }>Iace, else t/tere where you
slecp yoti will get cold.
Baridisha (or burudisiia), r. c, to eool; maji
ya mtoni yabaridisha or yaburudisha rokho»
tJte river-watcr cools one's spirit.
(*3)
Baridi yabisi, «., rheumatism (lit., dry cold; vid.
yabisi).
Babiki, v. a., vid. baraka.
Barishai, adj., damp, cool, moist (E.) (warishai,
R.).
Bariyo, wltat is left from t7te evening meal to be
eaten in the morning (St. ).
Barizl, v. } vid. baraza.
Barkinia, s., a bartpie (R.) ?
Barobaro, *., vigorous, expeditious ; mtu huyu ni
barobaro, ni hodari ku tuma, si mvivu, yuna
bidii.
Barra, s.j vid. bara.
Babua (or baroa), s. (ya, pl. mabarua), a note,
bill, letter, espcciaUy a summons from the judge
whicJi he writes to a debtor to demand payment
(generaUy on a small bit ofpaper).
Babubabu, 8.; mtu huyu ni barubaru, aanza ku
andika ndefu, a man whose beard is beginning
to grow.
Babudi, 8. (ya), gunpowder. In Turkish «y^ .
Babzuli, *., afool (St.) ; cfr. \^ , crassus vir.
Basasi, 8., a prudent man (mucgni fikira neogi)
but a cozener or a cheat. Jlence = mtu mkopi,
muegni inadeni niangi ; see mkopi.
Basbah (or babbasi), 8. (ya), mace, the inner hush
ofthe nutmeg.
Basua, v. (from ku pa or pata), vid. pa, pata
(bashisha, bashua), vid. pasha.
Bashiri, v. a. ( y&j , laeto nnntio exhilaravit), to
announce — ku eleza ; ta-ku-bashiri ndotoyangu,
I will relate to thee my (good) dream; ku bashiri
heri or kheri, to announce good tidings; ku
bashiri =- ku-wa-pa watu khabari = ku-wa-eleza
or ku-wa-khubiri.
Bashiria, v. obj.; a-m-bashirie kheri, may he
announce to him good luck !
Ba8h1shi, »., vid. bakshishi.
BasIa, 8. (or better pasia) (ys^pl. za), (1) a curtain
(vid. pasia or pazia) ; (2) tlte midriff or dia-
phragm which separates tlie lungs and heart
from the intestines (Erh.).
Basibi, v. «., to foresee; j*i , fuit videns, iu-
telligens, eminus et ex alto prospezit.
Bassi (or bass), conj. exclmive, but, only, enough,
it wiU do. In the beginning of a sentence it
means, weU, and then, and 80. But when it
foUows a word or phrase it means, just this and
nomore.
Bastola, 8., vid. pistola, apistol.
Basuu, *. (ya, za), hemorrhoida (Sp.).
Bata (or batta), t. (1a), pl. mabata, a duck;
bata la mzinga, a turkey; bata la bukini, a
goose; Arab. k* , anas (duck).
Batani, *. (or battni) (ya), (1) beUy; Arab. ^$t
interiorem partom et medium ingressus fuit
fiC—
locum ; ijai , venter (tlte batani w to be dis-
tinguished from ^j^ , corpus, body, in Kis.
carcase) ; (2) batan, *. (ya), a cloth with lining
(marduf ) ; kisibao cha batan ; &da? , interior
pannus (vestis).
Bah?la (or bet£la), *. (ya, pl. ma — ), a large
boat or dhow. Those ematter than tlte batela
are the mashiia, dau, nitumbui, huri (which see).
The batela has a sguare etern and an ordinary
boatJike head; it has sometimes no deck; it is
smallcr tlian a bagaia.
BAti, *. (la, pl. ma — ), tin, solder; ku tia bati, to
tin.
Battli, v. a. ( Jlaj , vanus, nihil fuit or evasit
irritum fecit, abolevit), to abolieh, to annul, re-
ver8e,repeal,fru8trate, transgress; e.g., ku batili
hakki.
Batilika, v. med., to have ihe gvality of being
abolished, changed.
Batilisa, v. c.
t» -
Batili, *. (Arab. JW* , vanus, irritus), wortJdess,
of no use; mtu huyu ni batili, thie man w
worthless, perverse, tranegressor ; ubatili ni
mambo ya batili.
Batli, «., the log (nautical) (St.).
Batobato, *. (la, pl. ma — ), epote of cohur (—
marakaraka), the various colours of an animal,
e.g., of a lecpard, buUock, d'c. Berhaps to be
derivedfrom ^ , tenui cute praeditus et pin-
guis, molli8 (?).
Batua, v. a., to break off a piece, e.g., of muhogo
and otlierfood (which is boiled in a pot), to take
a eliglit taate ofthe dish; cfr. patua, v. a.
Batuka, v. n.
Bauba, *., a European ancltor; see paura, *.
Bausi, 8. (\&,pl. ma), splint, spUnter.
Bavuni, at the eide, alongside (St.) (cfr. pafuni).
Bawa, *. (la, pi. mabawa) (in Kin.), a large m'biia
mitu or kijibua mitu in Kis. (niama hi ni mkali).
Bawa, *. (la, pl. mabawa), the wing cf a bird;
ubawa, a feather qf the wing; pl. mbawa, the
feat7ter8 of the wing ; see ubawa.
Bawa, *., see pawa za wifufu.
Bawaba, *. (la, pl. mabawaba), a Jtinge; e.g. 9
bawaba la mlango.
Bawabu, *. (ya) ; bawabn ya kifungo or chumba,
s -
the officer of a prieon (cfr. ^^ , porta, janua ;
s^Aji , janitor), door-keeper.
BA
(24)
Bawasiri, 8. (vid. basuu), Jiemorrltoids (cfr. Arab.
jtf\jl also j#o\jl ).
«» ^
Baya, adj., bad, eoil; mtu huyu ni mb&ya, this is
a bad man; niumba mbaya, a bad house; kasha
hili ni baya, this box is bad; kidiide hiki ni
kibaya, this instrument is bad, unfit.
Baya baya (cfr. paya), v. «., to tattle, to prate
(Kin. vaya vaya), to talk, especiaUy infever (cfr.
bayuka).
Baytsi, r. a., to hww, to recognize; *eibaini;
bayinika, to be known or notorious.
Bayani, adj., see mbeiyani or mbeiana ; kitu hiki
kimekiia mbeiana or wazi, this matter has
become clear or evident.
Bazazi, s. (wa), a trader and one wlto clicats in
trade, a huckster (cfr. o , rapauit, spoliavit? ).
Bea, beab£a, beb£a, bebesa, v. (see pea, popeta,
pepesa, swcep, clean) ; ku bea, to becomc vcry
oltl a peviika.
Beba, v. a. ; ku bcba muana, to carry a cliild on
the back in a cloth.
Bebea, sce pepea, tofan.
Bebeku, 8. (wa, pl. za), (1) a hc-goat, a buck,
manly, strong. Dr. Steere ltas theform '* bebera."
Mbuzi mume alie na ndcfu, kibebcru. (2) Beberu
or beru (pl. ma), an ertemporized handsail of
dothes icorn around the shoulders or as a
turban.
Bebebuka, v. n., sce peperuka, to flnttcr, to
fly off, to soar, to sirim, as it irere, in the air.
Jfeel ready to fly np from tceakness of body,
nabebcruka.
Beberumia, v. c, tocause to be carried offby thc
wind, to blow away.
Beddem (or bedeni), *. (ya, pl. ma — ), an Arab
vessel with sharp stern, hiyh rudder-head, and
toith an vpright cut-waier. Jt has one (or Uco)
perpendictdar masts. Sometimes it has a small
projecting liead. The bedoui comes from Arabia.
Jtisa second-rate native boat.
Beek, see labek or lebcka, labcka. The mode of
replying when a serrant, iCr., is called; <J<J ,
solers fuit in re agenda, aptus fuit alicui.
Befua, befuka, see pefiia.
Bega, s. (la, pl. mabega), the shotdder ; anatukiia
rosigo kua bega (=*faii,pl. mafuzi, Kimc).
Begi, s., a broad kaniki.
Beoua, v. a., to look for anything in the sand or
in the soil (*=iniia, funua) ; vid. pekua, r. a.
Beha, 8. ; sasa una beha mjini muetu ? ( — ku
takabari ?
Beiiewa, s., the inner court in a stone house. AU
large houses in Zanzibar are built ronnd an
inner court (St.). Perhaps derived from ^jft ,
vacua fuit domua, or C44 1 perforavit domum.
Bei, «., Arab. ^, vendidit, emit, trade; tid.
•" *"
biiisbera, &ct*t , merx, res vcnalis.
Beja, r. a. ( - kisaBhi), to looh aslant or askew ;
r. obj., bejca, v. rec. kn bejana, r. n n bejeka,
bejewa.
Beina, see baina.
Bekeb£ke, s. (hizo) ?
Bekira, see bikira.
Beka, 17. a:, habcki kitu — hana shukuru ?
Beko, s.; muogni beko, one who is cautious,
circumspect (R.) (perhaps from the OaUa word
" ku beka, to know ").
Bekua, r. a., to ward offa blow, to parry ; (2) to
take away from, e.g.,from a pishi (a meaturt).
• — c
Belagiiamu (or belohamu), s. (ya) (Arab. ^Al| ,
pituita, humor quidam in corporo humano,
quorum quatuor sanguie constat ; vid. & ,
pervcnit, magnopero afflixit morbus aliquem),
phhujm, spitting ofphkgm in coughing; belghamu
ni kipnndo cha kohozi ; belakhe.
Beleseha, r. n. (cfr. pelelesa), to attend well to a
thing, to mind well.
Bemba, v. a., see ku pemba (kua upembo) ; (2) to
adapt one'sself to, e.g., ku-m-bemba wali ; ko-m-
bemba akilizakwe (R.), to eat one's tcits, to outwit
one.
Bemiiea, r., (1) to swing; (2) to rock bachwards
and forwards. Jt is also said of the sails
flapping when there i* no wind, or tchen the man
at the helm does not steer properly. Kiti cha
bembea, a rocking chair.
Bembeaea, v. obj.; kidude cha ku bembosea
watu.
Bembesua, r. c, to cause to rock or swing.
Bembk, s., food and confectionery cooked by a
tcoman for her lover, and sent to him during
tlie Bamadan.
Bembej£a, r. a., to court, favour; mnionge a-m*
bembejua tagiri.
Bkmdkleza (or bembekeza), r. a. (=ku omba
auni), to solicit aid wlien in a state ofpoverty;
amc ni-bembereza ku fanizia kazi, he begged me
vrgentlyfor work; (2) ku bembcreza mato — ku
geusa mato, to contort the face, for instance
when a man is begging or dying.
Bendekesa, v. a., to indulge, connire = in Kini-
assa, dekeresa.
B£ndera, vid. bandcra, alamu, berdmu. Bendeim
or bandera is a piece of red cloth used as a flag
on ships. The Mombassians hare an old flag,
I which tltey display in war. Thisflag is covered
(25)
BI
with passages selected frwn the Coran. They
have aho an old war-drum (ng6ma) covered
with a Uon's skin. It is used only in war or
on the death ofa great chief. In war tlie display
of a white flag indicates the continuation of
figJiting, whereas if an armistice is desired by
the enetny he exhibits tlie redflag.
Bb.na, fj. a. ; ku bena (R. ? ).
Benua, i7. a. t (1) to put forward t to stick out; (2)
to leave or show in a state of nudity (= ku
weka wazi) ; e.g. t ku benua matako, to shoio the
buttocks, not to cover them (vid. shuri), as the
Wakamba do in the lnterior; ku henua kidari,
to walk with t/ie chest thrown forward— funua.
Benuka, v. n.; kiko kua kiko, to warp and twist
tJiis way and that (St.).
Benuka, v. n.; mtu alie benuka matako, one
wJto leaves the buttocks in a nude state — funuka.
s — -
Beramu, s. (ya) (Arab. *ta ), cfr. alamn, ban-
dem,flag t banner.
Beresati, *. (or bersati), a kind of cloth (kitambi
cha )from India.
Bereu, *. (ya) (see lammi), tar t black stuff (ya
ku andika alama).
Berghamu, *., bringing up pldegm (E.).
Beru, *.; ku fania beru katika kidau, ku tueka ngiio
(Sp.).
Berusha, v. a.
Beshirt, t?. a. t vid. bashiri, bashiriwa.
Bete'la, *. (ya, pl. ma), vid. batela, a barge.
Beti, 8. (ya) (Arab. «^ , domus), (1) house; (2)
beti ya rusasi, or beti ya ku tilia rusasi or
risasi, a small leather-bag orpouch for carrying
balls or smaU-sJtot. Ounpowder the natives carry
in horns.
Bettli (or batIl), *., a dhow with a very long
prow t and a sharp stern with a high rudder-
head. They generatty belong to the Shemali, or
Ito-sian Gulf Arabs (St.).
Bezimu (or Bizrnu), *., bucJde.
Bia, s. (la, pl. ma— ), a large dish (bakuli kuba)-
In Kiniassa mbia — cooking-pot.
Biabia, v. n. (— hanga hika), to seek for t to look
for t to 8how one'sself diligent or active t busy.
Biai hali (or biei hali), lit., in Arcibic t in what-
ever state or condition; by all means, in every
case ; kua kulla hali iwayo yotwe ; kua jambo
lililo lote or kana abudi, upon all accounts.
Biabhera, s. (cfr. bei). It is a compound word t
meaning in Arabic " he sold and bought" hence
** ** . — *c **
trade t commerce; gVj , vendidit, he scld; <c»3M
emit, Jte bought; ku fania biashera, to trade;
mfania biashera, a trader t tnerchant.
BIbi, *. (ya, pl. ma — ), (1) grandmother; (2) a name
of honour - my lady t my mistress (said by
slaves) (Kin. wawe) ; muana, a young lady.
Bibo, *. (Is^pl. ma — ), a cashew apple (St).
Bichi, adj. ( «* biti in Kimv.) t fresh t unripe, green t
raw.
Bidaa (or bithaa), s. (ya, pl. za) (g^ , merca-
•** ** .
turam fecit ; foU* , pars opum quae impenditur in
mercaturam; ©^fr, mercimoniae), goods for
trading t merchandise.
Bidit, s. (ya), diligence t effort, ardour m juhudi; ku
fania bidii, to give one's-self trouble; cfr. £»*j»
and \^ .
Ku ji-bIdisha (or bidiisha), to take pains (ku
bidisha nafsiyakwe, or ku tia rokhoni hatta — ).
Bifu (orBivu) t adj. t ripe(mb\£\i t mabifu, d-c.) ; embe
hili ni bifu hatta linabogo€ka or sheteka, this
mango is so ripe tltat it will burst open; the
opposite is t "biti (bichi), unripe t green t raw t
freshr
Bigania (pioania), to mix old tembo withfresh
(Kir. bisania).
Bikira, 8. t an unblemisJted virgin; Arab. *&
primum in qualibet re, virgo intacta ; S\ , diluculo
fuit or fecit, primitias accepit et edit.
Bikikl, v. a.; ku-m-bikiri bikira (kua ku-m-
tomoa or tomolea kisinda), todeflowera virgin.
Voluptuous Muhammedans are accustomed
to marry very young girls t regardless of the
suffering tJtey cause.
Bila, except by (Arab.).
Bilashi (or bilashei), adv. (Arabic ^% , fiine
or absque re, nihil) — burre, for nothing t gra-
tuitously.
Bilau, »., a dish of rice and meat cooked
together.
Bilauli, 8. (ya, pl. za), glass t a glass; kikombo
cha bilauli, a drinking-glass t a tumbler; bilauli
or bilauri itokesayo maoni, transparent or pel-
lucid glass t Rev. xxi. 12 ; . J^ , beryllus.
Bildi, s. (ya, pl. za), a plummet; ku tia bildi =
rusasi ya ku pimia maji ; ku tafiti kua bildi, to
pluinb.
BiLiHi, *. (ya)(= iblis, deril) t an evil spirii con-
sidered tobeof a more hostile nature than the
Shetani. The natives beliere that the Shetani
can be expeUed by beating a drum (ng6ma), as
he (the Shetani) shuns tlie uganga connected
with a ngoma and otJter ceremonies. JVJten a
man has been seized (bagawa) by the Bilisi ht
lits prostrate on the ground like a deadman;
Jie does not extend his arms t nor open his mouth,
nor keep his teeth asunder. In tJiis state of
torpor and spasm t which the natives ascribe to
tJie Bilisi t tJtey first scarify the neck, to see
trhether the man is still alive (ku angalia yu hei).
Then they mix the dung of an ass with the
BI
(26)
BI
chaffofrice, and set this mixture on afire at the
entrance of the room, whicJi isfilled with smoke.
At Uut tltey attach an amulet (hirizi) to tlie
neck and arms, wJiich will in thcir op'inion expel
tJte BUisi at Uutt.
Biliwili, *. (ya, pl. za), thistle.
Bilkanuni, *. (ya), eaualiiy, eaualness (Er.) ;
Arab. tf, perquisivit; Q)^ t canoD, regula.
Bilula, 8. } a tap (St.).
Bima, 8., inmrance (in Kihindi) ; ku lipa bima, ku
toa bima (Sp.).
Biubirima, v. n., to be Jiot (*aid of fire) ; muabim-
birisa muoto, muoka-ni? (ni moto mingi) you
are Jtotfrom tJiefire } why wUl you be roasted t
Bimbirishana, v. rec, to fjuarrel.
Binadamu, 8., a 8on of Adam, generally a human
beiny (Arab.); vid. addmu.
Binda, r. a., to Jiem, to bordcr : e.g., ku binda
jamfi? (R.)
Bindi, s. (la, pl. ma — ) (vid. pindi); ku bindia
(jamfi, d-c), to sew an ubindo (R.).
Binik), *. (la, pl. ma — ), knot in tJte cloth ; tJte
loin-clotJi Jteld up to receice or carry tJtings,
anything tied in a bundle. WJten tJte natives
receive a quantity of mtelle, raabindi, mtuma,
(£'C, tJtey Jtold up tJieir cfotJi, and carry it icith
tJiem on tfteir back or sJtouUlers like a bag or
butulle. This is called bindo; ku kinga bindo,
to Jtold up or opcn tJie dotJt, in order to rcceive
8ome dry thing. WJicn tied up in a clotJi it
wouldform a bundU, or jHickct called furiishi.
Bindu bindu, 8.; mariidi ya signifies great
mortality like at tJte tiine oftJte cJiolera (R.).
Binoa, r. a. t i'id. pinga, v. a. (ku binga maji, ku
binga dau), to stoj), detain, e.g., water, or a boat
in its course, or in business (R.); ku-m-binga
lntn ndiani ; ku bingaca na gnombc, ku nenda
nayo kua tartibu; neno Hki-wa-binga wa-mu-
andikia kathi ku kata hiikumu, if tJtey Jtave any
difficulty, they writeto tJtejudge, to decide; sina
neno tena li-ni-binga — U), I Jiave notlting more to
detain me.
Binga iunoa, 8.; sikujasa laken nnatia binga
binga, thougJi I Jtave not fillcd it, yet I Jtave
put much into it.
Bingamanpi, 8. = ud\&,trouble; usi-m-wokce binga-
mansi (R.).
Bingiri bingiri, 8., a word imitative ofsound.
Binoiria, v. obj., to roll ; e.g., ku bingiria
mlimani, to roll down the mountain; kitu ki-
bingiriacho humo or humtile.
Bingirisha, v. caus. (cfr. fingirisha, fingirika, to
malce to roll, to roU along).
Bini, r. a., to contrice (Arab. ^ , distincta fait rea,
intellexit, manifestum fecit).
Binia, r. obj. - ku zua or zulia, to invent, to
teU sometJting untrue about another (efr. \j+
6truxit, construiit).
Binti, 8. (wa), daughter, pl. banati ; binti Abdalla,
AbdaUa'8 daugJtter; women are generaUy mem-
« c
tioned by tJteir fatJter's name (Arab. *s*o*
filia ; pl. «^Uj) ; binti amuyakwe, daughter ofhi*
father's brother.
Binzimu, 8., vid. beziniu or bizimu (la, pi. ma — ),
buckle — roshipi wa ku walia nguo.
Bikika, 8. (ya, pl. ma— or za) (or bibk) (Arab-
sd>l , crater fontis, piscina aut simile aquae con-
ceptaculura), (1 ) a large vessel or pitclter ofcopper
witJt a nose or snout (birika ya ku nawia watu
maji) ; (2) a water-trough of masonry (stone)
made for batJung in tJte Jtouse. Every respect-
able family Jtas such a birika built ittto some
part oftJte Jtouse.
BiuiNzi, *. (ya, pl. za), a cooked mess (dish) of
meat, rice, pepper, ttc.
Bihha, r. a., to knock or strike the door and cry
"Hodi," to attract tJtc attention of tJtc people
tritJtin tJte Jtouse. It is considered dlsgraceful
to enter a Jtouse or to go beyond the entranee-kaU
witJtout Jtaving bisha hodi, i.e., without havina
announced onc's-sclf or callcd out at the door by
knocking (kua ku gog6ta) and crying "Hodi,
hodi."
Bishana, r. rec, (1) to joke witJi eacJi other —
ku fania msaha or kua na msaha; (2) to
8quabble, to quarrel, as joking lcads easily to
strife (ku tetana, shindana).
Bimhania, r. a., to knock togctJter, to mix to-
getJicr ; c.g., ku bishania tembo la subukhi na
la jioni la jana, to mix tJte tembo coUected in
the morning with that of yesterday evening
(cfr. bigania or pigiinia).
Bibhia, r. obj.; (1) ku-m-bishia mlango, to knock
at tJte door for one or in reference to one; (2)
metapJty8ically, to resist, refuse, oppose one —
ku fania ubishi or kua mbishi; ratu huyu
ame-ni-bishia hatta tunateta, this man knocked
at me, opposed or satirized me till we quar-
relled.
Bishiana, r. rec; ku bishiana kua ms&ha.
Bikhara ya sita, sign of war (old).
Bisi (or Bi88i), *., parched (Indian) corn; bisai za
(or nibissi wa) mtama, parched milUt; mahiodi
haya yanakangua bissi ; ni-pa mtama ni-kange.
Bitana, *. (ya), lined, double, vsed of clothes?
bitana ya ngvio, a lined chth (kisibao cha ngfio)»
BrniAA, *., vid. bidaa, goods, merchandise.
BI
(27)
BO
BiTi, adj., unripe, fresh, raw; biti biti ; hindi ni
biti ; tembo biti ; mbiti, kibiti, &c; janni biti biti
kulla kipindi, evergreen; cfr. biohi.
Bivu, adj., ripe, weU done; mbivu; e.g., niumba
mbivu ; vid. bifu.
Biwi, *. (la, pl. ma — ), Iteaps of rubbish, weed,
wootl, grass, leaves, and other kinds of refuse in
a plantation (cfr. muaka), which are bumt when
the muaka is approaching.
CO tc-
Bizabi, s. (Arab. yji or .0 , condimentum ollao,
aromata, d-c), a smaU seed (cummin seed ?)
used in making curry. Bizari, pilpili, and
mandano constitute tlte chief parts of the curry
powder.
Bize, s., a tcild hunting dog ? (St.). In Arabic
jW (bazi or bazin) (accipitris species falco), a
kind ofvulture (orfalconfor hunting).
Bo, vid. po.
B6a,«., a largeserpent; cfr. nondo (Boa Anaconda).
Boba, v. a. = kn funga hodari (Er.), to bind
tightly ?
Bobari, *., wcasel ? Reb. takes bobari (ya, pl.
za) in the sense of"gouge" =â– mangabu, <j.v.
Bobo, s. (better popoo, *.), the areca nut, cltewed
with bettUeaf, tobacco, and lime.
Boeha, boesea, r. a., Reb. ? buesa ?
Bofia, v. a., to touch, to take between the fingers
and make an impression, topress sofily in order
to see trhether thefruit is ripe ; ku gussa means
" to touclt by applying tlte fingers gently to a
thing" (ku shika); ku papassa signifies "topass
the hand over something in order to strip or
shake it off" e.g., ngoja, nipapasso tungu maguni-
muangu, wait till I shake off the ants from my
feet.
Bofieka, r. n., to admit of making an im~
pression; kitu kigiimu hakibofieki, a hard
thing admits of no impression.
Bofiewa, t\ p.
B6fu (or better 6vu), adj., bad, rotten, worn out ;
to be distinguislied from p6fu, pofua, pofuka;
mti mbofu, a corrupt tree, pl. miti mibofu ; kasha
ni bofu, laken neno hili ni ovu; bofu or ovu
signifies the absolute state of the word, bttt when
it refers to a noun the usual prefixcs required by
the several chtsses ofnouns mustprecede it.
Boga, 8. (la,j>f. ma — ), apumpkin in the dialect of
Zanzibar; at Mombas it is called tango, pl.
matango ; mboga signifies " every herb, or leaf
or vegetable whiclt is edible;" manni yaliwayo
yote ni mboga, pl. miboga ; kiunga cha mboga,
vid. kiungo and robuyu.
Bogi, 8. (or boji, *.), a kind of liquor which has
various names and is prepared from various
substances. The natives put a guantity of
mtama (mitlet) into water, until it sprouts, when I
they pound it in a mortar. Having strained tlte
liguor, they put it into a jar and let it remain
for about ten days, wlten it becomes strong like
tembo. TJie Wasegua tribes, wlto are veryfond
ofthis Iiquor, caU it pombe. The Wasambara
people call it by tJte same name, but tltey prepare
it usually from poumled sugar-canes. The
Wakamba caU it uki, and prepare it likewise
from sugar-cane8. The people of Teita caU it
jofi, wltereas the WasuaJtili and the Wanika like
the tembo or uji obtainedfrom the cocoa-nut tree.
In regard to the preparation of pombo the
nativestcould talk in tltis way : Watu ana-u-weka
mtama majini hatta ku mea, hatta uklsha m6a,
waka-u-ponda, wakisha-u-ponda wakatuja, wa-
kisha tuja wakatia mitungini ikaketi katiri ya
siku kumi hatta kua kali.
Bog6a, v. a., to strip a tree ofits branches, to hp?
ku kata matanzu ya mti.
Bogolea, v. obj.
Bogolewa, v. p.; mti umebogoluwa ni watu, the
tree was U>pi>ed by the people.
Boooeka, v. n., to bc liable toburst; ku iva hatta
ku bogoeka or passuka passuka, to burst open
from being orer-ripe ; muhogo umebogoeka,
tlte cassada burstfrom Jtavtng been boiled too
mucJt (vid. sheteka).
B6g6du (and boghudu or bokiiudu and b6riiodu),
Arab. ^jbd^ » odir, odio habuit ( =» ku hosumu or
husumu), to slander secretly ( ***., altercatus
fuit, litigavit), to contend or litigate with one, ku-
tcta na-ku-m-zira.
Booiiodiwa (or bokhothiwa), Luke xxi. 12.
Boghudiana, r. rec. = ku zirana, hawakupa-
tana.
Boiiari (or bokhari), s. (ya), niumba ya mali, a
store witJt a nltop and warehome ; niumba ya ku
tia nafaka, a granary.
Boje-boji ?
Boka, t\, bokea? cfr. pokea, v. a.
Boko, 8., a hippopotamu8, river-ltorse (vid. ki-
b6ko).
B6koa, v, n., (1) to obtain a plentiful Jtarvest in
Kinika — ku fania neema ; muaka hu kuna or
kuzi bokoa or kuna neema ; Mungu or Muungu
ame-tu-pa viakula vlngi ; (2) to sink into; bo-
k6ka, to admit ofsinking into (?).
Bokoboko, s., a kind of food made of wJteat h
meat, dc.
Boksumat, s., Jtard-baked bread, sltip's biscuit.
Tlte common JSuahili do not know this Arab
erpre88ion.
Bokwa, s., Jack-fruit (Tumbatu) (St.).
B6ma, 8. (laj'l. ma — ), apalisade orstockadeserving
as a kind of fortification to totcns and villages.
The boma may consist ofstones or ofpoles, or of
BO
(28)
BO
an impenetrable thicket of thorns. TJte boraa is
tobe distinguis/ted from ukuta (wall), tthich is
made ofstones in building Jtouses, dx.; andfrom
ugo (hedge), ichich consists of roatanzu brancJtes.
Ku sungusha boma mjini. TJie boma is also to
be disiinguished from handaki ( J$*u*. ), a trench,
ditch.
Bomba, *., apump (St.); ku futa maji kua bomba,
topump.
Bombo, s.j a certain mboga rarely used.
Bomoa, bomoka, bomobiia, rid. pomoa, pomoka.
B6mu, s. (la,j>Z. ma — ); bomu la gogo, tJie sound of
tJie long trunk-Iikedruin formerly called msondo
(whicJt see).
B6na, v. n., vid. p6na.
B6ndk, s., a lowplain, apan-like land, vaJley.
Bongo, *. (la, pl. ma — ), tJte skuU; wongo means
tJie brain. In tJte Kijumfu language it is called
ongo or wongo (la). Bongo la kitoa signifies
tJie wJtite fai irJiich is in the bra)in$ oftJte Jieod
of animals, and whicJt tJte Wanika eat t but tJte
Muhammedans tJirow away.
B6xi, $.; boni ya jito or ya mato.
Bonia, v. a. ; Luke xxi. 19, kua ku stahamili
kuenu boniani rokhozenu (vid. pona, ponia).
Boni£a (bonyea), r. n. t to sink in t to give way, to
stick, toput into, to entangle; kubonit'a roidomo
kana mouo, midomo inangia ndani, to draw in
tJie lips so tJtat tJtey fall into tJte moutli through
tcant ofteeth ; nti inakiinia mviia n'nafioga hatta
n'nabonica, hatta rongu innngia ndani, io stick
{tJtefeet) in tJte ground wJtivft is sodden with tJte
rain (rid. topea). Jieb. takes boniua â– - to grow
Jean.
Bomehha, v. c. f to cause to gire way, to press so
as to cause to sink in, to make an impression
witJt thefingers. Beb., to make ican.
Boxtii (St.), a bridge (Kiung.), eridently de-
rived from tJte Latin pons or FrencJt pont, Jtal.
ponte. At Zanzibar tJterc is sucJt a confiur of
nations and languages that we cannot gct tJte
true SuaJtili from tJiat place (vid. divai). Ali-
jenga bonth katikati ya mto, Jte built a bridge
across the river.
BoogA, r. n., to be Jame (It.) ; saidofany member
oftJte body.
B6pa, v. n., to feel soft or Jiard to tJie toucJt, to
admit of softor Jtard impressions ; e.g., embc
hili labopa kua ugurou ugumn, this mango feeJs
very hard (cfr. tosa) ; embo labopa kua uororo,
kidole kikingia . ndani, tJte mango feels sofl
tcJten tJte finger toucJtes it ; embo labopa kulc,
kiile.
Bor£A, r. obj. ; ku-kua magii ; ku bopea kidogo.
BofJSka, v. ii. t lit. t to be pressible.
BorgsA, v. c. ; nti inabopcsa magfi.
B6po, *. (la, pl. ma — ), a deep pit t a pond (Kin.
gopiie), a place where there is standing wcater;
mahali pakaapo maji, a ptace where the urater
stands; mna mab6po hapa, usye ukaanguke,
tJiere arepits tiere, do not come lest tfoufaJl in.
B6ra, adj., great, noble, best, strong, important,
serious; mambo bora (not mambo mabora), im-
portant or serious matters ; jawabu hili ni bors,
this matter is great. In the Kichagga and Kipart
dudects "mbora" means "a virgin, a young
uroman;" cfr. Arab. y+ , superior illo fuit ; ^j^ f
bonus ; (2) a cockerel like tJte mso (R.).
B6bi, *. (ya), tJte bowl of a native pipe t a smaU
tube of clay into wJtich tJte natircs put the
tobacco wJten smoking tJteir pipes. The b6ri i$
fired ujwn tJte mdnkiili, a wooden tube which
leads tJte smoke into ihe kiko, which is fiJJed tcith
water. TJte kiko consists of a cocoa-sheJl. It is
tJte ccntre from wJtich idl parts of thi$ native
pipe rise, and in wJticJt tJtey terminate; therefbre
it is called tJte mama or tnother of the tchoJe
uMcJtinery. Into this sJtell the natives fix the
msallem, wJticJt is a recd of about one yard in
JengtJt, tJtruitgh wJtich t/ie smoke is drawn, afUr
it Jtas passed tJtrougJt tJte wuter. TJte msallem
is called muanzi wa ku futia tombako. In the
bori is fijred a small ])ebble wJtich prevente the
asJtcs from fidling into tJte water. This pebble
is called jakasi ; Jience tJtey say, tia jakari ku
sulia tombako, isiangiike kikoni. Before tke
smoker prescnts Jtis huka to a bystander who
desires to take a wJtiff, Jte takes off the bori to let
tJte remaining smoke escape. T/tis is catied ku
kupua moshi. TJte noise produeed by the stnoke
passing tJtrough tJte kiko is caUed malio ya kiko ;
maji ya kiko yalia, i.e. t the water of the bowl
cries.
B6riti (ya, pl. za), tJtick poles laid across from
one wall to tJte otJter to support the stone roofs
of a native stone-ltouse. These poles are eut
in thc mnngrovc swamps and are of a kind
of Jtard wood wJtich tJte termites tcill not easily
attack. Itfriti ni mti uliotongoa ku ikitia
niumba. TJtepoles or rafters must be laid dose
to one anotJter in order to give solidity to the
tJtick stratum of stones, pebbles, sand, and lime,
wJticJt make tJte roof imjterrious.
Boroh6a, *. (ya), a farourite native dish of pulsc.
TJiey boil kunde (a kind of bean) and pocho (a
kind of retcJi) and mbazi (a kind of pea) to-
get/ter, and tJten crusJt or masJt them into a
paste, to wJticJt tJtey add water and Icmon-juiee.
Boroh6a ni mtiizi wa kunde au pocho au mbazi.
Borom6a (ratJter torom6a), v. a., toget di$lodged
(cfr. tangana, tangua) of itsclf.
Boromoka, v. n. (cfr. poromoka), to precipitate,
toftdl or slip down a precipitous plaee ; mag6-
bali yanaboromoka ; mtu unaborom6ka.
BO
(29)
BU
Boromokea, v. obj. t tofall to him,
Bobom6ko, $. (la, pl. ma — ), precipice, dedirtiy,
steepness ofa mouniain; maborom6ko ya mto.
Boromolea — boromokea (vid.).
Boromosha, v. c, to actually dislodge, to cause
to precipitate; maji ya mvua yanaboromosha
mtanga, mta hawesi ku kuea.
Bob6noa boroxoa, v. a., to bungle one's icork.
Bobonoo bob6xoo, «., bungling, huddling, a mess
of one's work; mtu huyu amefania kazi ya
borongo borongo, tJtis man Jtas bungUd his
work; hakufania kazi ngema, kaziyakwe ni
thaifu.
Boboshoa, 8., a long-shaped black insect found in
dunghiUs.
B6buoa, v. a. t to stir, to cut up weeds.
Bosa, v. a., (1) to ajfiance one; bosoa, to be
e8pou8ed to (Er.) (bosho ?) ; (2)=boosa, to relax,
to grow lame.
B6vu {or ovu), adj., bad, rotten.
Boza, 8. (ya), a strong narcotic which is made of
bangi, which they roast on the fire and mix with
the fiour of bissi za mtama and honey, tJten the
wJtole mixture is put into a jar. The man who
uses it witt constantly laugh or sleep for several
days; cfr. majiini.
Brahim, 8.; mkunga brahim and shokola (q.v.),
kindn of eel.
Bu, *., pl. mabfi, maggot, mite t worm found in
putrid meat; niama inangia roabu.
Bft, a natural sound; ku angusba bii (or fu)
(R.) ; bu na bu, upside-down (telekeza).
Bua, *., steel used in smithery; a steelfor striking
fire is caUed mdaruba wa muoto.
Bua, v. n., and biilika (opp. to banuka), buaya,
buaika; muana huyu tumbolakwo litabuaya or
litabuaika, tJte big beUy of tJtis child will be
d'i88olved f (R.), reduced f
Bua, s. (la, pl. ma — ), the stalk or stem of millet
and Indian corn (bua la mtama, na la mahindi),
but that of rice and of mawelle they call ubiia
(ubiia wa mpunga na mawelle), tlieir stalk being
of a smaUer size.
Buabua, v. a. — ku tonga kidogo, to Jtew a little.
Buaoa, v. a. (also in Kin.), (\)to cause to faU, to
throio doicn ; e.g. t ku buaga madafu or mzigo, to
throw down cocoa-nuts from the tree or to throw
down a load; (2) ku-m-buaga mansa or ku-m-
kora mansa (q.v.), to commit a horrible crime
against somebody, especiaUy against a great
man, e.g. f by violating his daughter, d'c, which
crime can only be atoned for by the death of tJte
offender.
BuaoIa, v. obj.; ku-m-buagia makini; ku-ji-
buagia moyo.
Ku-ji-buaoaha, v. refi., to throw one's-selfon the
ground outstretched, to lie with the legs
stretched out.
Buana (or bama), 8. (wa,,pl. mabuana, «.), tJte moster
of slaves, of the house, eir, lord, or used ofone's
ownfather when tpeaking politely offtim.
Buatiii, r. a. (R.), to raise (from the dead —
fufua) ; Arab. «^j^ , misit, resuscitavit mor-
9 c —
tuum ; hence «^j^ , resurrectio ; siku ya ku
buathiwa ya ku fufuliwa, tJte day of resur-
rection.
Buathia, v. obj.
Buatabuata, adj. ; ku vaa nguo buayabuaya, to
put on a loose clotlt (R.).
Buba, «., (1) measles t (Kinika, franji, French pox),
vid. mbuba ; (2) undue haste, morbid anxiety to
finish a bu8ine88 ; ku funga mzigo kua buba ; (3)
buba, gJuttony (Er.) ; cfr. harara and ulafi (cfir.
kigarafiia in Kiniassa)', ku fania buba, to be
hasty or greedy.
Buba, 8. (rupia), appl'ted to various skin disease*
(St.).
Bubo, s. (msegcneko ?).
Bubu, 8. (A.), a teat (St.).
BuBtfr, s. (Dr. JSt. Jtas bubu, pl. mabubu, dumb)
(wa, pl. ma — ), a deaf or dumb man, tcJto can
neitJter Jtear nor tpeak (cfr. kisiwi).
Bubujika, r. n., to burst forth, bubble out; e.g.,
wasaha ; ku bubujika mat6zi, to burst into tears.
Bubuta, r. a.; ana-m-bubuta hatta ana-mu-umiza,
ku-m-piga makonde sana hatta uka-mu-umiza
ndani (R.) (Kiniassa, ku-m-b).
BtfoA, r. n., to Jtave influence or authority witli
somebody ; probably from iA| , incepit, £ , prin-
cipium, dominus (R.); habudi kua sultani, Jic
has no influence witJt the king.
B#di (or buddi), 8.; Arab. j^ , separatio, fuga,
jkj 3 , necessarium est, haud est evitandum ; kua
na budi, to Jtare an escape from ; sina budi or
buddi, / must, lit., I Jtave no escape; haina
budi ku nambia scbabu ya khofuyako, you must
tell me tJte cause of your fear, uchapokufa or
uyapokufa, tJtough you die.
Bui5a, v. n., to beprotuberant, to protuberate ; e.g. t
tumbo lisilo buea.
Buesa, v. a.; e.g., nsi-ni bueso utumbo; kn buuwa,
r. p. (cfr. bua) (R.).
Bueta, 8. (la,';>f. ma — ), a smaU box, canister;
bueta la ku andikia, writing-desk. In general
bueta 8tgnifie8 a box Jtaving its lock inside, not
out8ide; a small box neatJy worked t desk.
Buoa, *., a Jtare (?) (St.).
Buoe, 8.; biige kuba = uganga bora (cfr. kiini-
mato).
Buou, 8. (\&,pl. ma — ), (1) a kind of tJtick wiUow;
ubugu (pl. mbugu), a tJtin withe used for
binding and for making basJcets, d'c; (2) bugu
tignifies also the stalk to which many pUmts
BU
(30)
BTT
Jtaoe tJieir fruit$ attached; e.g., bngu la mtoraa,
la mtango. Its sJioots eure called kono.
Buouha, v. a. t vid. kon6a, v. a. (cfr. pukuaa).
Buoudika, v. «., said of tears; matosi ya bugu-
dika ; vid. pukutika.
Buoudu, v. a., vid. bogudu.
Buiiuri, *., incense, jf*i ; perJtaps to be derived
from the Arabie *{# , herba odorata, buphthal-
mum.
Buia, t'. «., and buakia, v. a. (R.), i.q. in Kiniassa
buira and buirini, to sJtut tlte lips in sJtaving.
Buibui, «., a spider; niama mdogo wa magfi sitta
yuwauma kua mcno (Kiniassa, dandaule).
Bujua, r. «. (ku-m-buj'iia niani), to pass by, to
push by (said of an animal wJtich loses its liair
by 80 doing).
Bujuka, v. n. (kua mitu) (11.).
Buka, s., sorrow; e.g., moyo ukangia buka kuba.
Buki (or BukIni), n.p., Madagascar. TJu's irord
reauires closer examination. WJiat does it
originaUy mean f
Buku, *. (vid. piiku) (la, pl. ma — ), a large mouse,
rat ; in Kiunguja puruku.
Bukua, v. a. t to betray, make knoirn; rid. nbuku
(Sp.) ?
Bukuka, v. n., to become known, cried down
(-kutokan'de).
Buu, *., pl. mabuli, teapot.
Bulisa (bulihia), vid. pulisa.
Buif a, vid. puma and bumua, vid. pumiia, pumiizi,
breatJting.
Bumba, s. (la, pU. ma — ), cfr. pnmba, clod, lump ;
la tombako, vid. kibumba ; bumba la udongo, la
niuki (swarm) ; a packct.
Bumbabika, t\ n., vid. purabasika.
Bumbuazi, *., perplejrity, idiocy (iSt) ; ku pigua na
bumbmizi, to become confused so as to be unable
to go on tritJi one's business.
BumbCi, *. (la, pl. ma — ), la mpunga (cfr.
kibondiic), rice fiour pounded up irith scrajted
cocoa-nut. Kibonde bondc in Kittiasna.
Bumbuna, adj., lumpy, in a mass (said of iron) ;
chuma hiki kikali bumbiina.
Bumburuka, v. n., to befriyJttened atray (ku onduka
kua nguvu).
. Bumburuhha (bumburusa), v. c, to scare or
drive aicay, to arouse.
Bumda, pl. ma — .
Bumukda (la, pl. mab — ), a hintl of soft cake or
dumpling (St.).
Bunda (la, pl. ma — ); (1) mikatc ya mabunda;
(2)pack, vid. rdboda ; a balc ofgoods.
Bunde, s. (la), a cocoa-nut wJt'tcJi is cmpty and
drietl up.
Bundi, 8., a native bird, an otcl (?) (St.).
Bundo, s. (la, pl. ma — ) ; ni makopa ya ku pika
sima ya bundo (ku bunda in Kin.; ku ponda in
Kis.) ; efr. kopa.
BundCki, s. (ya, pl. za\ a musket, gun; ku piga
biinduki, to fire offa tnusket; Arab. (JJU* » T0X
peregr. glans missilis.
Bunga, v. a. t vid. punga.
Bunoala, s., a kind ofrice (St.).
Bunoo, s. (la, pi. ma— ), tJie catabU fruii of a trtt
called nibiingo, a kind of medlar f
Bukoo, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), a dish smaUer than the
bia (bakuli dogo) ; kibungu is still smaUer;
bungu la ku pozea uji, a saucer to cool gruel 1».
BunoC, *.; — la udongo (pl. mabungu), earthen
resseJ.
Bunoua, vid. pungu», to caU a persons pepo. y
Buni, v. a., to begin, to be the first tcho doe* a
thing, to invent, contrive,find out; ku buni chuo,
to compose a book; ku buni jambo liailotam-
burikana, to invent a thing tchieh wae befort
unknown. Bashidi amebuni Takaanga †” ame-
anza ku jcnga niuraba at Tukaungu. In a bad
sense it means = ku zua, to contrive, pretend\
to imagine ; ku nena neno asilo tumua, he sjpoh*
tcords which Jie tcas not sent to spcak, he epoke
from Jtis oirn mind; maneno haya ni jn kn
buniwa, tJtese are imaginary tcords (cfr. Arab.
Buniwa, r. p., to be devised or ercogiiaUd m
ones own mind.
Buni, s., an ostricJt.
Bum, #., 80118, tJie sons of; pro bene, e.g., Bene
Kashidi.
Bu.nni, s. (ya), coffce-berries, raw coffee, coffet-
bcaits ; bunni ya kahoa or ya kahawa.
Bknzi (iu nr.Nzi), s. (la, pl. mab— ), a large stinging
fiy tcJtirh builds a clay-nest. Jts sting i>, how-
cvtr, less acute tJtan tJtt mifu gnombe, tcJtichputs
bullocJcs to fligJtt. TJtis and other stinging
insects do Jtarm witJt tJtcir tails, Jtence tJke natives
usc tJte cxpression " ku shutia," q.v.
Buotiiu, v. a., to hate; jK-rJtaps from the Arabie
fjbty , molcsta fuit res, gravius affecit, or from
^/*J (vid. bogudu, r. a.), odit, odio habuit.
Bupu, 8., rid. punjc (bupa, la, pl. ma— ).
Bupuru (la, pl. mabu— ), an cmpty sJteU (St);
bupuru la kitoa, a shdi
Burai, r. n. (probabJy from ^ , pacem fecit, te
obtulit, prodiit ad aliquam rem peragendam), te
gire up or renouncc a claim ; manamke amebcrai
mahari = ameata mahari, the daughter gave up
Jter claim to tJte dowry paid by the bridegroom.
Reb. burai = ku samehe.
Buraia, v. a. ; mama ame-ni-buraia maharijangu,
motJter made me renounce my dowry.
Buraiwa, v.p.; mtumko ameburaiwa mahari ni
mamai.
Buri, 8., large-sized tusks ofivory.
Buriani, 8., afinalfareweU,
BTT
(3i )
BW
ness; ku dakana bariani, to ask mutucd pardon
and to take a lastfarewell (St).
Blrikao, n. p. t Port Durnford (St.).
Burre, adj. and adv., in vain, for nothing, gratis,
gratuitously, for no good, withovt cause; maji
m-pe burre, pasipo heaabu, give him water
without payment ; maneno ya burre, vain words
(yasio faa) ; ku tokoaa or tukana watu burre, to
despise men wUhout cause (pasipo sebabu).
Buru, adv., said with the voiee elevated (R.) ; ku
pita baru.
Buruda, s. ; juo cha buruda, a book read over a
diseased or dying person (after all medicine
has proved useless) ; j uo cha ku-m-eomea mkongo,
akaffa imma akap6na.
Bubudi, s., coldness; cfr. Arab. j^ , frigidus fuit,
refrigeravit ; jo , frigus, quies.
Burudi, v. n. ; cfr. baradi or baridi, to be cold,
or beredi.
BurudIka, v. n., to become cool, to be refreshed,
to respire mahali upeponi.
Burudikua, v. p.
Bubudimia, v. c. (cfr. borcdisha), to cool, to make
to cocl, refresh; ni-pa-mi maji ya ku zizima ku
burudisha rokhoyangu, give me cold water to
refresh my spirit.
Bubuoa, v. a., (1) to root out «- kulima kuekue kua
jembe, to scratch or dig up the soU with the
native hoe. TJie ground has previously received
the setd, but its growth would be prevented if
the iceeds were not removed. The eocpression
corresponds icith that in our European tittage,
" to turn the ground a second titne to clear it of
weeds." (2) Dr. St. takes the word to mean " to
mix up, to knock together" (cfr. b6ruga). Ku
burugia puekue, to sligJttly hoe tJie ground (to
prepare itfor tJte coming rain) ; pass. burugua.
Buruoania, v. a., to spoil by interrupting (Sp.).
BuRuaiA, v. obj.
Buruousha, i?. c. / ku ji , to be cumbered about,
Luke x. 40 ; to show onds-self inattentive and
lazy (Er.) ; topromiseeverythinganddonothing.
Buruham (or burhani), s. (from tJie Arab. 8^.
convaluit. Aitarf i probatio evidens, argumentum
demonstratio), evidence, proof token.
Buruji, *., castle or fort; g^ , robur, arcis
turri8.
Burura, v. a., to drag, to haul along (Luke vi. 1).
Busa, 8., Arab beer made ofbarley and miUet.
Busani ? to hasten ? ^«..uy , festinavit.
Bu8Ara, s. (ya, pl. za) (Arab. «o> , ecientia, pere-
picacia), prudencc, aptitude, mechanical skiU,
astuteness — akili or nadari ; mtu huyu yuna
busara.
Busati (or bushati), «., a kind of matting made
at Mascat.
Bushahhj, *., a tJiin sort ofstuff(St).
Bushuti (or BusHiTi), s. ( la, pl. ma— ), a cloak of
black cohur imported from Arabia ; it is ngiio
ya beredi or ya mvua. It corresponds to the
Egyptian burnous. It is made of black shtep's
woo\ % Jtence wootten stuff, blanket. It cost for-
merly 2 to 3 dottars at Mombas.
Buhtani, *. (ya), a garden; Arab. ajU~j , vox
Pereica, hortus.
Busu (or BU88U), v. a., to kiss, to kiss the hand; ku
guya mk6no wa mtu mku, ku sengeza mdom6ni,
to seize the hand of a great man and put it to
one's Ups — in respect for him. In tJtis manner
the servants, friends, or adherents of a chief or
great man pay their respects to their leader every
morning or whenever tJiey meet him.
Bubu, 8., the kissing, a kiss.
Bushiana, v. rec. t to pay each other respect by
kissing the Jiand, or by taking each other's
hand andputting it to the mouth to kiss; ku
buasiana mikono.
Busubi, v. a. =ku angalia, to see ; cfr. y* .
Buu, s. t vid. bu, inaggots in meat.
Buuusa, v. c, to let slip or glide along ; e.g., ku
n'do kisimani (cfr. buruliaa in Kiniassa).
Buyu, 8. (la, pl. mabuyu), tJie fruit of the mbtiyu
or baobab tree, which is very large. TJie shell
is used for cups or for drawing water (ndo ya
ku futia maji). TJte steds and pulp being acid,
they are used as a substitute for lemons or
eitrons, and make an agreeable fishsauce. Tlte
trunk of the mbuyu is too soft to be usedfor
constructing canoes. TJte trees mtanne, muembe,
mgndmbo, muafi, mfule, msuffi, rorithi, rasanderusi
are usedfor making canoes. Miti hi inafa (or
yafii) ku tonga madau, au mitumbiii, au mah6ri,
au vilefi au vih6ri (kidau, kilefi kihori cha ku
tezua watoto). Many parents buy these lUtle
canoes to gratify tJteir cJdldren, and to accustom
them to tJie sea from tJieir cJuldJtood. A kih6ri
costs about one dottar, whilst a dau (dhow) or
mtumbui is wortJi from 6 to 15 dottars. The
people of the islet of Wassini live in a great
measure by making canoes, as tJie country around
supplies them u:ith trees suUaUefor tJtem.
Butuka, v. n., to break open (a blister) ; efr. gabuka
in Kiniassa.
Buzi, 8.,pl. mabuzi, a very large goat.
Bwaoa, v. a., vid. buaga, v. a., to cast down wJtat
one has carried; ku buaga nazi, to throw down
fresJt cocoa-nui8 from tJte tree.
Bwana, 8., wa, pl. mabuana ; vid. buana.
Bwana mdogo, the masters son (the little or
young master or lord).
CH
(32)
CH
C (CH)
C11 : see tJte renuirks icJiicJt Dr. Steerc has matle in
Jtis HaiuJbook on this sound (]$>. 253, 254).
Words notfouiul uiuler Cu will hefound under
J, and vice versd.
Cha, tjenitive particJe, of, pJ. via ; kitu cha mtu,
a mans affair; vitu via watu, thc affairs of
men.
Cha (or chai\ *., (1) tca; (2) a stahle for cattlc
Ciia, r. v.; kii cha, to fear, to he afraid: yu-
wacba ku cnenda pekee, Jie is afraid to go
alone.
Ch£a.
Ciielea.
Cheleba.
ClIELEUEA.
ClIELEWA.
Ku ciiEHHA (or hettcr ku timi.O, r. c., to causc
to he afraid, to mdke afraid — ku-m-tia kiclio,
lit., to putfear into Jtim, tofrigJden him.
Ku chua (or ku ciiewa), pass., to he fcarcd;
aliechewa.
Ciia; ku cha, to come, t'tf. jii, v. n., and ku chiia,
to set (oftJu? sun), rid. tua, v. n.
Cni, r. n.; kii cha, to dawn, to rise (oftJw sun);
kumekucha, it has dawncd, the dairn ; kuna
ku cha, it dawns, tlie dawning ; hakulala usiku
kii cha or tangu usiku hatta ku kacha muanga,
Jie did not sleep from vightfall until daybreak,
till tJtc light came; amckOlcti ku cha, Jie sat up
all nigJit till dayligJit ; karibu na ku cha;
subukhi haku-tassa kii cha ; ku li kucha ku lia
» ku lia siku zotc ; hakuj;icha, ku cha ku cha.
Chabu charu, s., 8(iid of makuti ; chabu chabu
tupu.
Chabudu ciiabudu, *. ( = wazi wazi), s. and
adj., to hecomc full of Jioles, perforated (e.g.,
a ciotJt) ; ku weka viombo chabudu chabudu, to
place utensils disordcrly.
Cuacha, r. n., ku chacha, to fcrment, lcavcn;
zima ina chacha or tatu.
Chaciia, r. «., to begin to rot, to hc spoiled ; wali
hu una chucba, this (Jboiled) rice hegins to spoil.
CnACiiA, s. ; bahari ina chacha ; ina chachukua
sana (R.\ to wave, he rough (of thc sea).
Ciiacha, s. (ya,jpZ. za), (1) a kindofgrass growing
inwetplaces; (2) chacha, pl. machacha — ma-
fuzi (cfr. mashada, makoja, and marcro).
Chacuaoa, v. a., to wash clothes hy ruhhing thcm
hctween tJie hands and hy dahhing thcm gently
on a hoard or stone, not hy heating them so Jtard
as is gencraUy done when the word kn fua is used.
In heating gently the washerman says, cha,
chn, cha, Jtcnce tJie erpression "chaohaga;"
uchachago nguoyangu, usipure (vid. para or
puaya), wash my doth gently, do not heat it.
Chachauiha, v. a., to out-roar, to interrvpt one hy
speaking loudly ; ame-ni-chachauisa kua maneno-
mangi; chachauiso (la), s. t embarraasment =
tata.
ChachAwa, r. «., not to kcep still (like chUdren)
(R.), not to keep quiet (?).
Chaciiawi, s., a confused noise oftalk, vhich nobody
understands,
Ciiache, adv., a little, a few, not many ; watu
wochachc, some men; rikn chache, some days;
akili chache, little understanding.
CiiAcuiA, r. ohj., nV/.jajia, to puzde; kaai sina-
ni-chachia (dahabu ina-ni-chacbia), to jaerpiez,
not to knoic wJiat to do.
Chacho(a\ s. ()a), ]A. machacho(a) — mafnai.
Ciiaciiu, s., sce tatu and utatu (nchachn), bran,
Jeaven,ferment.
Ciiaciiuka, v. v., tosour, tomakesour, c#. f mturi;
chachiika, to hecomc or turn sour ; ku pata
ukali or kiungo.
Chaciii'ka (and ciiafuka), r. n., tosurge (bahari).
Ciiada, s., namc pf a person; cbadda katika
chadda(R.)?
CnADi, s., Jiunger, starration (Kiung.) = nSSL' t ame»
shikiia ni cliadi or shungi tati.
Ciiadi, v. a., to demand or renuest anything vehe-
mcntly from somehody ; aroe-ni-chadi hatta
nime-m-pa ; cfr. \&*. , profuit, donavit, postulavit
petiitvc ut darctur aliquid ; s. t terminua, eztre-
mitas, vehemcntia.
s c —
Cuaddi, *. (ya), Capricorn; Arah. ^J^. , haedoi,
capricornus.
Ciiaddi, *. (ya, pl. sa — ) (cfr. J9. , magnus fuit
dignitatc; a> , avns; *>W\ 1 majores), the grtat
grandfatJier, anccstor; mtuhuyn ni shoha tanga
jaddiyakwe (=» babu).
Chafi, *., a kind offisJi.
Ciiaki, 8., an insect wJtichcreeps over aperson and
causes manigu nigu (swelling\ q.v.
Chafia, v. a., vid. chafya, to sneeze.
Ciiafu, s. (la,p/. ma), a kind ofhasket made of
miii (cfr. mua) for catching shrimps (vid-
mfumbi). It Jias Jioles $0 that the water may
runtJirough.
Ciiafu, s. (Kiung.) (la, pl. ma— ), the cheek,
OH ( 2
rapeciallij tkat part tehieh it over tke tettk;
Kiinv. tafu, viil.
Chafua, 0. a. (Kims.), to makt muddg (KOind. ku
tcfun) - ku tU taka.
Cbaf&ka, ii. »., to bedirty; ninmlia inachafuha,
jadaka fagiwe, tlie houie u> dtrtg and mutt ifi
('HAPULiA, 8. oij'., (o dirti/, to ioil, to bedaub ;
ame-ni-chafuli» ngaojangu.
Chafua, v. a., to put flt diionler, ditarrange
(Kiung.).
Chafuka, r, ». , (o fe i'» ditorder; mojo ume-
cbsiuka, i/«i ■*£.
ChaW:ka chapuka, (o be ail in a meti, to be aU
tnmbted about aad in confuiion.
Ciiafta, i>. n. f ku chafja or ku piga cbafja, or
kwenda chafja, to ineete (St.l.
Chaua, o. ». (fi.)i chaga r ».,/roronchagaP (R.).
CiUoika, adj. and tubtt. (pl. machagin»), bold,
braee, gallant ; nitu hu ju ni chSgina, mtu mkili,
hachi, tbit man it brave and warlike, ke u not
afraid; cfr. the Ainharie icord tehiikana, v. «.,
to be braoe; tahakang, t'.e., brace, bold, vatiant,
maidy, Iscnbcrij's Amh. Viet.page 187.
ChaiiC'a, tt. a. ; ko chagua (/Ciunj.), topiek oat, to
irlect, to clioose; Kimv. tagiia or tafia, <j.u.
Chaha, t. (ya, jlJ. I»), poteer, authority (— emi
or eii), dontinion ,â– aullani nme-m-pa wali chaha
ya watu, (/« vuUan hat given the, goEtrnor poirer
ocer tkepeopU; cfr. Arab. a^. (Peri.), dignitaa,
potentia ; kilango cha chaha or poponi, the gate
of Paradite, ahieh tlte fiuahili imagine theg tee
vpeneil notv and then at night, tehen they tee a
ctrij bright ipot ofiky. No doubt tliey eonfound
the yate of Paradiie icitk tke niota ja chaha or
ja kibula, which tccmt to be ike polar ttar (?).
Ku-m-pa chitha or chJizi, to make one rich (R.) ;
chaha (irritten by Dr. Ht. jaba), gootl htek, rni-
erjiectcdfortunt.
Ciiahi, v.; chahiwa, r. p. (H.), to be ntade
irealthy,
CnAHABU, v. a. ; ku chahabu chi'ioibo poiini, to lifi
up a vcssel upon ihore ( — gadimn).
Chahahiwa, v.p. (-kugadiiniwa), tobeekored
up (or erected) o» lupjnrt».
«'hahabu,». Cin,pl. ma— ), atupport; ku weka
chombo jii ja , toput a vetiel ontuppOTtt.
Chaham, i. (vturl), viil. jahazi; vid . j^. , instru-
mentum ; efr. chombo.
('uahili, v. a. ; Arab. Jg*. , ueecius fuit, insipieni
fuit, ignoravit.
Chaiiiu, »., (1) an ignorant man; (!) one aho
knoir» no fear, one tcko regardt no dangcr,
hence brave, courageoHi, daring (ni mtu
niknli, aaie khofu ja watu, ai muoga) ; ku-m-
chiihili mtn, laken Munngu hactiahiliki,
Chahhjka, v.p., to bt dartd.
Chacho(a), *. (Ia),pt machacho(u), (— maKai ;
vid . makoja and marare).
Chai { cr cai), >., tea.
ChIea (or CHAK AA ), p. «^ to aet oU OT icorn Oltt
(througk age or w) — ku legiia or ku raruka ;
e\g., nguo imechaka, imekua kukii (ioieraruka).
Chaka, â– ., (1) nmmeriy); ku piiha wakati wa
chaka, to ettivate, to pati the lummer-time ;
chaka oi aamani aa ku toka chua, haknna
upepo; (2) athietforeit (P).
ChakJIcha, v. a., (1) topound oil (nery lilehj from
the eraeking tound ickich ii caiued i'ji pounding
oil) ; chikacha = ku ponda mafiita kua kinu, but
ku ahindika mafiita it done kua agamia (by
camtli); (2) ku cbakacha ninmba — ku takaaw
niumba, ku fania tupu tupii tebabn ja ku uUna,
to dear or empty one't houte on emigration ; (S)
tumbako ni chakacha, haifai, ni tombako dofu
liiilo aaha menuni, aeak tabacco, being twt
pungent to man't teeth.
CnAEACHiKA, v. n., to be pounded thorougUg ;
mafuta jameehachika aasa- jamepomieka aana,
or Tamechakachua.
Chakai'u, i. (Kijumvu), an aninal vAich eatt
poultry.
Chakaiu, »., vid. bori.
, , cAoit, ichiting, ptitty (St ).
Chaki chaki, tcattercd about inplenty; mabulnahi
wakali chakichaki mulfi mwila (efr. Kiaiatta,
Bakataka).
CuIkd, thy; e.g., kitu chako, thy tking or matter.
Chakouea, lit., kitu cha ku ogca, a thing to bathe
abatk.
Ciiakua, v. a.; ku-ji-chakua, (o dittort the mouth
tlightlg in contempt (B.).
Chakula, j. (lit., kitucha ku la, « (/««30/(0 cat)
(cha, pl. ria — ), meal, food, eatablet; chakula
cha aiibukhi, tlie breakfait; chamtaoa, diniter;
ckajioni, tvpper; Arab. JS1 , cdit, lif , qnid-
qnid editnr.
L'iiAEUMuA, s. (cba,pf. ria — ), drtnking (kitu cha
iakuha, v. a., toierape; e.g. kuka «chakiira, or
acbaklia (B. ) ; ku ji chnkua, to tcrape the tetth
icitk tke tongue.
Chakwb (chake i'n Kiung.), kii, her, itt, vtd. Gram.
(ikwe).
Chale, a kind offuh.
Chale cha r6 and chale cha puawi (B.) ?
Chali, baektcard, on hii back (St.).
Chajujtda, 1. (la, pl. machamanda}, a rouml
ttrong batket aith a eocer, both made of rniil ;
kichamanda, a imall baiket,
Chahba t-HA jrro (Kiung. cha jicho), a irhitefilm
over tht eye; mncgni chamba, a perton icith a
tckite fim in tke eye; cbamba cha jito (efr.
CH
(34)
CH
up6go) ; mtu huyu ana chamba cha jito, or ana
Idini cheupe cha niato ; jito lina chamba, tina mtu
ndani.
Cuamba — ku amba, used as conj. to say t if; na
kuamba, though, if wJten.
Chamba, v. n., to break icind with a noise ; punda
yuwachamba kua kelcle ; chamba is to be dis-
tinguisJted from "kushtita," ichicJt means "to
breah wind witJtout any noise, but not tcithout
stench (cfr. mashuzi, ushuzi).
Chamba, 8. (la), breahing ofwind dovmoards.
Ciiamba, 8. (— ki&mba), pl. viamba, (1) a small
rock; muamba, a large rock; (2) jengo (]>l.
viengo) viliviokatoa kasidi ; ku-m-pigia chamba
or viamba ( — otea), to mdlce huts for waylaying
people; the robbers cut part of the wood near
the wayside to waylay travellers.
Chambamba, 8. (contr. from kiambnmba), thin,
lean, meagre; Muegnizimgu hakuumba cham-
bamba, the nativts say this of a man who was
formerhj lean, but icho became aftertcards strong
(amewanda).
CnAMBO, 8. (cha, pl. viambo), a bait ; kitu cha ku
fulia anmaki, or kitu cha ku tegSa niuni ; ku
weka or ku tia chambo katika mtambo, to put a
bait into a trap.
Chambua, v. a. (see "shambua," to cJean cotton),
to dress, ciean, to pick the sticks and dirt out of
cotton^ topick cJoves offtheir staJJcs.
Chambura, *. (cha ku futia), pincers (Er.) ; perJtaps
the 8ame word as chamburo, ichich is aplate for
wire-drawing (St.).
CnAMCiiELA, 8.; pepo za chamchela, o whirhcind
(St.) ?
Cuamei, 8., sodomy — khanisi.
Cuamia, v. a. (or ciiamii), to gather, to assemble,
e.g., watu (wimbi la ku chamia, vid. mudia, 1\.);
£*» , collegit.
Chamii, v. 7i., to milt.
ChamhakAnoa (or cjiamshakAnoa), *. (/*>., kita cha
ku amsha or amsa kanoa, somethiny to wake tJte
mouth), something eaten first in tJte morning;
hence brealfast = chakula cha siibukhi.
Chamvi, *., vid. jamvi, *. (la, pl. ma — ), a large
mat of tJte coarse or common kind.
Chana, v. a., to comb; vid. tana.
Chana, *. (\&,pl. ma — ), a lad; cfr. mtukutn.
Ciiana, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), tJte larva of a bec (rid.
machana) ; chana la niuki is tJte empty cell; kamba
la niuki is tJte cellfidl ofJtoney.
ChanAba, 8, (la, pl. ma — ), the uncleanness afler
cohabitation. Hence the MuJtammedans are en-
joined to wasJt tltemselces after tJte act. Mtu
huyu ana chanuba (chanapa), i.e., ana taka
asipooga, akilala na mke ; cfr. s-*** > pollutus
fuit nempe effluzu seminis.
Chancha, 8., a prostitute (female or male) {ji.
ma— )?
Chanda, 8. (la, pi. vianda) ; chanda cha mukone,
thefinger oftJte Jtand; chanda cha magu, a toe;
(1) chanda cha gumba, the thumb; (2) chanda
cha shahada, the fore-finger; (3) chanda cba
toka, middle-finger; (4) chanda cha kati ya kando
or chanda cha muandamizi wa miabo, tht
ringfinger; (5) chanda cha miaho (or cha
kando ku andamana chanda na pete), the littie-
finger. The midtHe-finger is caUed chanda cha
toka (lit. t the fingcr of lime) because the JSuahiU
take tJte lime used in Uraibu (vide) with tkat
finger; if they do not, it trifl judge them an tke
day ofjudgment.
Ciianda, 8. (la, pL ma — ) ; chanda la mnaii, o
leaf of tJte cocoa-nut tree.
ChandAla, s. (cha,j>/. viandiila), a separate portio*
or a remnant of food which a wife pr es e r vt s for
Jter husband after tJte banaueting gvests art
gone; *Jie doe* it from the tender consideration
that Jter Jnuband migJtt not have eaten enovgk
(ku-m-wekua mume chandala).
ClIANDARCA (OT CUKNDKRUa), 8. (clia, pl. vttD-
dania), an awning or anything (e.g., nguo, janivi,
dr.) that protect* against tJte sun ; kn tnngika
or fungua nguo. Kiung. chandalua, an auming, a
mo«quito-net.
Ciianoa, r. a. («ku shanga) (Kiung.), to tplit
(irood).
Chanua, s. (rid. kianga), clear weather after tJw
rain Jtas passed ; Hnatoka chua, mviia inakwi&ha
ki'i gnia.
Ciianoa, 8. (cha, pl. vianga); changa cha malo
dhnne*8 =• haoni sana, yuna kizA cha mato; mtn
huyu hana changa cha mukono — hana kh6fh ya
ku suia mukono, i.e., Jie stealssuddenlg; hachimto.
Ciianoa, adj., nnrijte, young,fre8h; kitu kichanga^
anytJting unripe (hakitasaa ku iwa); mtoto
mchanga, a young child; umbe hili ni changa, thi*
nmngo is unripe; mahindi machanga, unripe
Jndian corn ; ndizi ni changa, theee bananas art
vnripe; siibukhi changa changa, in the morning
wlten tfte sun is not yet Jtot — when the sun is 9
as it werc, yet unripe.
Chanoa, v. a.; ku la kua ku changa (Ungvj.), o
feast wJtere each contributes sometJUng to tht
entertainment; cfr. tango (Kin. tzanai).
Ciianoam'ka, v. n. ; ku , to be genial or heartj
and pleasant (cfr. tnngam'ka, tangamuka, v. n. r
CiianoAnia, r. a. (cid. tangania) (Kiung.) t to mix;
changanika, to be mixed; changaniaha, toperpiez
(cid. tanganika and tanganisha).
Changarawi, 8., grit, little wJtite stones like those
in coarse sand (St.).
Chanoawe, *. (ya, pl. kawe za — ), a pebblc; tii.
kawe, gravel (jangawc ya jiwe).
CH
(35)
CH
Change (chahghz), «.; kn piga change; vid.
topoa.
Chango, a. (cha, pl. viango), (1) a peg or hook to
hang things upon — kidude cha ku angilda or
tungikia kitu (ku tungika, to suspend, in Kimr.) ;
(2) uchango wa utombo, tke great stomach;
diminut. chango, smaU intestines, round worms
(cfr. ujango and ucbengelele) ; (3) chango la
uviazi (uvyazi), cfr. moaminiba and ufiazL
Changu, (l)pron. pots., \$t pers. sing., my; kitu
changu, my thing or matter; (2) a kind offish.
Changua, v. a. (Kipemb.) — ku fumua (Sp.) ? chan-
gulia, v. obj. (e.g., tangulezangu) ?
Changua, pl. machangua, a large or extensive
desert.
Chania, v. obj.; vid. tania, to combfor, dr.
CnANiATA, v. a., to cut into small sliccs, to boil
together ; ku kata vid6go vidogo, e.g., cassava,
banana, d'c, and boil them together (cfr. mcha-
niato).
Channi, 8. (la, pl. manni), a leaf; channi la mti,
the leafofa tree; pl. manni or machanni means
also "grass, herbs," like niassi.
CiiANNiKiwfTi, adj., green (the coJout of a green
leaf) ; ngiio ya channikiwiti, a green doth.
Ctianja, *. »muongo, impostor; uchanja— urongo.
Chano, s. (cha, j?/. viuno), a large wooden piatter ;
also a sort oftable or loio stool upon wJuch the
Arabsplace their food (cha ku andikia wali).
Chanua, v. a.; ku chanua, toputforth leaves (St).
Chanzi, s. (la, pl. ma — ), the sleeping of a member
ofthe body, hence cramp; mtu akiketi mno yuwa-
fania chanzi la magu ; yuna chanad la mukono
or kigu ; gu limekufa chanzi.
Chahzo, 8. (cha, pl. vianzo), the beginning ofplait-
work of a mat ; cbanzo la mkcka (cfr. olelesa),
jamvi, shupatu.
Chao, pron., their ; kitu chao, their matter.
Chao, s. (cha, pl. viao), a roller, trestle; jao ni
kidiide cha ku shulia (ku shua or shuBha) dau,
the roUers orpieces ofwood on which boats or
trees, d:c, are launched.
ChAo, 8. (cha, pl. viao) (- kikao), a smaU group of
people; wamekuja viao or vikao vingi hatta ku
timia geshi ya watu.
Chapa (or ciiapara), s., excessively or perfectly
drunk; mtu felani yu chapa or chapara 16o,
N. N. is auite intoxicated to-day.
Chapeo, *., a hat; cfr. the Frenth chapean and
the Italian capello; vid chepeu.
Chapo?
Chappa, *. (\&,pl. viappa), (1) a stamp, mark —
alama ; e.g., pipa linaandikua chappa, the barrel
has had a stamp or mark written upon it;
Ngome ya Mvita imeandikua chappa, this refers
to the inscription on the castle-gate ofMombas;
(2) chappa cha kn fungia waraka kua jeti or
sammaha, a stamp for dosing a letter with a
smaU wafer or with gum-arabic; (3) ku piga
chappa cha chuma katika kertasi, to print on
paper, lit., to beat an iron mark on paper (of
course this erpression is not weU understood oi/
natives wJto have Jiad no intercourse with Euro-
peans); (4) thefin ofafish.
Chapua, v. a., to increase the noise of a drum ;
ku ongeaa mlio wa ngoma ; ku chapua magu — •
ku fuliza.
Chapuka, r. n. — amekuenda harraka (Sp.).
Chapulisa, v. c, cfr. ngoma.
Chapuo, s. (cha, pl. viapiio), a smaU native drum
(ngoma nd6go) ; cfr. ngoma.
Charakasa, v. n. ( — ku piga mshindo, to make a
noise), to make a brushing noise as by walking
through grass (in Kiniassa " wayiira").
Charibu, v. a., vid. cheribu or jaribu, to try.
Charo, s. (cha, pl. viaro), a band or company of
travellers, a caravan, journey, erpedition ;
Mzungu amefania viaro vitatu via Chagga, tiic
European has made three journeys to Chagga .-
mjaro is one man of tJie company, a journeyer ;
ku fania charo =- ku safari (Kin. kn hamba), to
travel on mercantile or other business. CJutro iV
originaUy a Kinika word for which the SuaJUli
use "Bafari," but the KiniJca expressvon "charo"
Jias been fuUy adopted by the Suahili. Viaro
viwili via Ukambani, two journeys to UJcambani.
Chabo, 8. = fucho or fujo, tJioroughfare ; amefania
niumbayakwo fucho, he made his Jiouse a
thorougJifare, or a dove-cot, good and badpeople
going in and out.
Ciiasa, *., the oyster, R. (?)
Chasasa, 8., a kind ofbeads.
Chasi, s., a kind of pumice-stone, used in making-
mikeka (Sp.).
Chasi, v. a.; ku-m-chasi ( - ku-m-fathili), to reward.
Chasi, 8. (ch&,pi. vichasi), abundance, plenty; vid.
jasi.
«* ^ **
Chabtri, v. a. t Arab.y^. , ausus fuit, ivit, to dare,
brave; amechasiri or amechesiri ndia pcke =
yakwe, Jte braved the way alone.
Chassi, 8. i)&,pl. ma — ), an ornamentfor the ears
worn by the nativefemales; chassi la fetha (cfr.
furungu). It costs about 3 doUars, i.e., 14 dctt.
in each ear ( — la shikio).
Chatd, *., apython, a crocodUe (?) (St.).
Chauri, 8. ( jl^. , injustus fuit, hence.y^ , injus
titia, opprosBio), injustice, vioJence, tyranny,
oppression.
Chauzi (or cheuzi), *. (or chozi), a brace, apair;
vitu viwili viwili ; vid. cheuzi ; Arab.)p- •
Chavu, 8. (cha, pl. viavu), a net.
Chavu, adj.,fiUhy, unwashed.
Chawa, #. (Kiung.), loute; Kimv. tawa (cfr.).
d2
CH
(36)
GH
Chawabu, s. (la, pl. majawabu), anewer, condition,
ttate; vid. jawabu.
Chawa chawa, v. »., to sit restlessly (B.).
Ciiati, «., tea; vid. chai.
< 'he, interrog. particle, vid. je.
< 'nfiA, w. n. - hakulea, undisciplined (II.)?
Chebali (la, /rf. ma— ), »W. jebali; ni muamba
mkafu ku zuia bahari, halifai toka.
Chebi, 8.; ku paka range chebi kimoja (on a
mashua)?
Ciieciia, r. a. — pasua, e.g. } muhogo or viazi (R.).
Cheche, «., a brown mango uste (St.).
Chechea (ku), v. n., to walk lame (Kiung.).
Oheciiele, *., one who goes far beyond wJtere he
intended to stop through inatteniion (St.).
Chechemea (ku), r. n , tobe lame (Kiuug.).
Chechemuka, v. «., to seetJte likeferment.
Chechemusha, v. c, to set infermentation.
ChechAvu, *., hiccough (Sp.).
Chechi, 8. (la, pl. machechi), a spark.
Chefua, v.a.,to mdke nauseous; kitu hiki kina-m-
chefua moyo, this thivg makee him naueeate, so
that he vomits (vid. elea).
Chefuka, v. »., to be nauseated, tofeel an inrlina-
tion to vomit; moyo adaka ku tapika — ku ji-
tukisa moyo.
Chefusiia, r. c, to cause to nauseate or to be
nauseated ; kitu hiki kina-m-chefiisha moyo or
kina-m-tukisa moyo.
Chege, *. (la, pl. ma — ), bad, useless, in con*equence
of water or juice : muhogo hu ni cht'ge, this
caasada ie watcry, it Jia* no meal, it ie tJterefore
bad or uecless ; mchi'ge ie a amall watery
rouhogo; a large one ie called chegc. The
yeople of Pemba caU it chclema (vid.).
Cheoni, adj.possessice, referring to a mord ofthc
Ki-dass, rid. muegni (or muigni) ( — egni) ; contr.
from kicgni, kieguiewe, lience chcgnic we, itscJf.
Cheoni, vid. muegni or Sgni, with, Jtaving, pos-
sess'uuj.
Chego, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), cJieek-tooth ; chego la jfi
na la tini, the upper and under cJtcek-teeth
(machino ya tafu), grinders.
Cheoua, r. a. (Kiung.) (cfr. tagiiaor taiia), to cJioose.
CnEKA, v. n., to laugh (Kiung.); ku tcka in
Kimv.; cfr. llebrew tzakhak, v. n,
Chekelea, r. obj., to laugh at.
ChekerSa (or chkkelea) (rfr. tercnica), 7.'. a., to
deligJtl or refresh one (who lately arriced) by
shoicing him kindncss (vid. mteremcsi).
'CnEKO, *. (la, pi. macheko), (1) a UtugJt, a loud
laugh (Kiung.) (matcko in Kimv.) ; (2) cheko
eignifiee one of tJte tJtree stones wJtich form tJie
native tripod; cfr. meko and chiko.
•Chekua, r. a., (1) dig up; c.g., fisi limechckua (or
fukua) kaburi, tJte hyozna dug up t/te grave; (2)
toHirow on or out; e.g., gnombe mkali ame-ni-
chekua or ame-ni-pigia cr intia, a feroshm
bullock toeeed me (with ite kome).
Chekulia, v. dbj. ; gnombe ame-m-chakuha.
Ciiekuka, v. «., to be dug or tkrown *p(byem
animal).
Ciielk; wazungu wa-i-chele milango yetn, n£pt
(ndipoea) wasingie (R.) ?
CnELEA, r. obj., from ku cha, (1) to be afraid, te
fear (vid.) ; ku-m-chea er chel£a, to be afiraid 0/
him; na-ni-chelca aaidi ya aultani, I fear him
more than the king; (2) to go doum — kn sfcnka
tini; ku chelea kula haramu, to be afraid ef
eating what ieforbidden; macheleo, danger.
Chelewa, r. p. ; umechelewa ne> muoto.
Cuelebi, a kind ofpastry.
ChelelHso (or chendklebo), s. {for kieleleso emd
kicndeleso), or cheneso, pattern, eample, moaa\
scale, rule (cnesa, enesea).
Chj?lema, s. (vid. chegc, Kimv.), mcbvlema, pt.
michelema, sinall caaiada without meai, ratker
watery (Kipemb.).
Chkle8a, t\ a. ( - ku laaa), to cauee to paee the
nigJd, to keep orer night; amecheleaa wali hatta
kunakucha, Iteprceerred (boiled) riee ocer nigk
titl daybreak (ku keti«ha usiku kucha).
Ciielehea, r. obj., niiue-ku-cheleaea wali hatta
elfogiri, / have taken care of the riee thromoh
the nigJd till tJie morning for you; efr.
muiku (wali wa muiku).
Ciielewa, v.p. ; wali umechelewa hatta â– nbuUd ;
ukuni hu wachelewa muoto sana, umelala na
muoto hatta siibukhi; maji yachelcwa niangu-
ani (rid. ku cha).
Ciiele^a, s. (chn,|^. vielesa); chelesa cha nangt,
tJic buoy of an ancJtor (cfr. el^a) ; kigogo
kiolciicho ku onicsha nanga ; alama ya nanga ku
tamburiknna ilipo, tJte piece of wood which
Jtoftts on tJie water to sJiow where the anehor it.
Chelewa (ku cukl£wa), v. /)., to bo overtaken b$
eometJiing tJtrough thottgJuleseneee, to wake *p
and fiml it broad dayligJtt, to be etruck fooUeh,
to be dumbfoundcd (St.) ; cfr. cheleaa, to eemee to
pas8 or slecp tJte nigJtt.
Chelkza, r. a., to kecp, to put on one eide (St.)
(cfr. teleza, to slip 'i).
Chelezea, r. obj., to kecp or put aeidefor.
Ciiema, adj., good,finc, nice; mtu muema, a good
man ; kitu chema, pl. vitu viema, a good thimg,
good tJting8.
Chembamba, s., vid. kitcwatcwa, a smatt tkin worm.
Ch^mbe, e. (Kiung.), vid. tembe in Kimv., a grain,
grains.
Chejibe, «., la, pl. majembe or viembe, and eontr.
membe, (1) a native hoe (chembe cha kn limia
nti); (2) chembe (for kiembe, pl. viembe, i*
Kimr.) cha mfi, tJie arrow-Jtead of iron; vid.
kigumba ; chvmbo cha ku fumia = kigumba.
Chembe cha moto, #., the pit ofthe stomack (St).
CH
(37)
Chemb£u, #. (cha, pl. viembeu), a chisd.
Ch£mchem, #., a spring ofwater (St.).
Chemua, v. n., to sneeze; vid. kiafia.
Chemuka (or chemka), v. n., to bubUe, to boU up;
maziwa yachemka kua ku pata muoto sana; tembo
lacheniuka likipata chiia.
Cheka, #., a kwd ofsheUfish.
Cuekab, #./ cfr. y^ , dimidium hominis vel iei,
latoa ejus, side;pL v^W» «•*> interior,atrium;
latus et majestas regia (titul. honor.); Ha chenab
el muheb rafikiyangu, lit., to the side of my
belovedfriend -tomy beloved friend (in letters).
Chenche (chinche), vid. chenge.
Chekdea, v. n. (for ku ji-endea), to walk abotU.
Chenderua, #., vid. chanderiia, an awning.
Chekeke, #. (= kenene) (wa, pl. vienene), a
cricket (?); chencue chapiga kelele (— fuando
in Kir.)\ chenene niama md6go aketie nti,
atimbai mtangani, a kind ofwhim f
Cuekekza (or chekeza) (jenaiza) (ya, pl. ma — )
(Arab. *)W), a bier used at faneraU ( =
kitanda cha ku tukulia mtu aliekufa). The legs
of this natioe bedstead are handsomely turned
on tJie lathe, and the plaiting is neatly done.
There is a kind of gate or entrance at the
head and the foot of this bier in order to usher
in the corpse. Through one gate the head is
tuJtered, and through the other gate tlie legs are
lowered into tlte grave. The chenenza is pre-
served in the mosoue, as the bier in our churches.
Now and then a reUgious carpenter presents to
the mosaue a chenenza as an offering. The
corpse t# first washed, then covered with a doth
caUed sanda (vid.), after this it is put into a
fine mat (mkeka), and at last covered with a
doth called subaya, which is a cloth of honour
(nguo ya heshima). The aubaya t# taken back
by the relations, but the mkeka is sent to the
mosaue, to be sprtad out there for the use of the
praying people, after it has been well wasfted.
Cheneo, 8. (cha) (vid. enea, v. n.), Being, existenee (?) ;
e.g., cheneo cha Mungu, cha muezi, cha chua,
cha uiota — kao or mao.
Chenezo, #. — kenezo, cheo (cha, pl. vienezo), any-
thing which terves for a meaeure, a measuring
line or rod; e.g., muft wa ku enezea keke, the
Uade of mua, with which a workman measures
tlit thickness of a woman's hand in order to
make a keke or ornament for the wrist. In
general, chenezo is the kipimo or kidude cha ku
enezea or sawanisia, anything taken by the
workman to obtain the measure ofthe thing to be
made. To take one's measurefor.
Cbekoa, v. a., (l)tocut off, to cut wood, toprune;
ku chenga mtama ulioiwa (=» ku kata), to cut
ripe miUet, i.e., tocutthe sialks ofmiUet, to bring
the ripepanides home; (2) ku chenga niumba ya
udongo or ya miti, to build or eonstruet a house
or edifiee of day or wood. To build of stone
they say " ku akka ;" cfr. akka.
Cheng£a, v. obj., to buUdfor one.
Chesgo, #. (la, pl. ma— ), (1) a buUding, pl.
machengo, building materials; (2) encampment
in traveUing; chengo ni mahali pa ku lala
safarini kana zizi la gnombe. The natives in
traveUing through a hostile country or through
a wilderness construct a chengo every night;
they cut off large branchesfrom trees and make
a hedge (if possible of thorns) around the
camp to secure it against wild beasts and
robbers. The traveUers sleep inside the hedge,
setting a guard and keeping afire burning aU
night long.
Chenge, #. (cha), a wisp of grass or makiiti (vid.)
tied together and set on fire (cfr. dsagali in
Kinias8a)\ chenche or chinche cha muoto, a
firebrand.
ChengbUSle, #. (pl. of sing. nchengelele). The
Suahili say, chengelele za raatumbo or ma-
chengelele ya raatumbo, ndio tumbo nd6go;
utumbo ndogo ndio uchengelele; the smaU in-
testines are caUed chengelele, whereas the colon
and ileus are caUed tumbo ku or matumbo
maku (e.g., tumbo la gnombe).
Chengeu, 8. (cha, pl. vienggu), the shade ofa lamp;
chengeu cha ta or cha ku finika ta, the cover
of a lamp. It is made of day, to protect the
ligldfrom the wind.
Chenoua, v. a., to puU down, to demoUsh a build-
ing.
Chenna, #. (ya), Arab. &*. , (1) Paradise (peponi)
after the Muhammedan notion; (2) a kind of
sheUfish.
Cheni, v. (cfr. ku keni), to cauUs.
| Chenja -* chenza, vid.
Chenu, your,pron. poss. rdating to a word ofthe
Ki-dass,
Chenza, #. (la,l>Z. ma — ), the fruit of the mchenza
trce, a large kind of mandarin orange ; chenza
za kiachami or kiachemi, the Persian oranges
(vid. acbam) ; there are very good chenzaa at
Zanzibar.
Cheo, #. (cha,|rf. vieo), (1) measure, measurement;
ku toa cheo, to take the measure of a thing (cfr.
chenezo) ; cheo cha ku anzia kitako cha kikapu ( —
msalaba in Kir.) ; (2) position, station in the
world, sense of honour (heshima) ; muana huyu
hana cheo, haond6ki mtu mzima akija, this boy
has no sense of honour (or has no manners),
because he does not rise when an older person
comes. It i# considered very disrespectful in
young people not to rise from their seats on the
approach ofaduUs.
Chepa, v. a., to rob, steal, e.g., slaves or theproperty
ofpeopU; ku chepa watuma au mali sa watu.
CH
(40)
choeha, r. c, to make tired, to weary, to annoy,
tofatigue, totroubte one, to reduce; onda, pepa,
nata, niumbiika, to weaken, exhaust.
Chokaa, $. (Kiung.), litne; vid. toka (ya, j>/. »)•
Chokea, *., a sty in the eye, hordeolum (8t.).
Chokochoko, «., a kind offruit tcith a red prickly
rind, whiteputp, and a large kernel (St.).
Ch6kora, v. a., to pick with a knife ; cfr. tokora,
r. a.
Cn6KOBA, *., pl. mach6kora, a Jtanger-on, a de-
pendant, afollower.
Cn6KOZA, v. a. (vid. t6koza, r. a.), to irritate, to
teaze.
Oiioma, 8., bludgeon f
Ciioma, v. a. (Kipemb.) — kn oja or ocha, to roast
(Kin. tz6ma).
Ciioma, v. a. (rfr. toraa, v. a.) (Kiung.), (1) to stab,
stick, to prick ; (2) to use fire in any way, to
bum, to roast, to parch, to apply cautery, to
bake pottery.
Chomea, r. obj.
Chomeka.
Chomelea, v. obj.
Ch6mbo, s. (cha, pl. viombo), (1) an instrument,
chombo cha ku fania kazi, tool (household
utensiht, vionibo) ; (2) a vesseJ, dJiow, boat or
ship of natire construction.
Chomeka, r. «., to stiek something into the doth
( =» psandika in Kiniassa).
Chomkkua, v. n., to be bewitched.
Chomei.Ua, r. obj. (cfr. tomclea), to take out a bad
piece of thatch, or cloth, dbc, and i>ut in a new
one.
Ciiomoa, r. a. (in Kiung.), to sneeze (R.) ? ku
chom6a kilicho fitiia.
Chom6za, r. w., to be hot (St.)?
Chonda MTtrzi, s. (or kionda (kiona) mtuzi), the
under-Up, especially that part which is most
required in tastingfood; ame-m-piga fimbo, aka-
mu-iima chonda or kionda mtuzi, he beat him
icith a stick and hurt his vnder-Jip (or rather
the middle ofhis underlip).
Ch6xoa, v. a. (Kiung.), vid. tonga, v. «., to Jieic, to
cut, to fulze, to Jurflow out.
Ciionoea, v. obj. t to cut for or with ( =
tongca).
('honoeleza, v. a. (ku-m-tongcleza mtu kua
mancno ya ufitina), to backbite one, lit., to Jtetc
a man icith words of slander or discord.
('iionge, *. (ya); chongo ya m'boa, the canine
tooth; chonge za m'bon, canine teeth, cuspids.
( 'honoera, v. a. (cbongea, tongCa), to cvt a little of
the nazi floicer-stalk in order that the tembo may
flow quicker.
Chongo, s. (cha, jri. â–¼iongo), boss, hump; mtu huyu
ana chongo (afania chongo) kama niundu ya
gnombe, this man has a hump, like the hnmp of
a buttock, he can therefore neither waik
stand upright; yuwapiga or inika chongo or
kichongo.
Cll6MOO KKKE CHA KAKIU, tkt larye SWOM of ff
native shirt-like garment.
Ciionoo (Kiung.) (vid. tongo) ; nt6ngo wa jito, sr
white inatter runningfrom the dooed eye; pt.
tongo sa jito ; muegni oboogo or tongo, one vho-
has lost one eye, a one-eyed person; kda na
chongo or tongo, to have lost an eye.
Ch6ko6c (or chokooi), s. (cha, pl. viongoe), a rery
largefish (UJce the mgumi) ; nimeona chongoe cha
bahari.
Choko6ka, v.n.; ku chonguka, to be preripiUms.
Chokooo (chohgo) (la, pt. machongoo), a kind ef
Uack icorm with a great many legs; jnlns?
Chonni, s. (cha, jd. vionni), anything tpJkiek has
not been seen before and causes attonismrment, a
novelty; chonni ni chambo Haiioonekana, or
lisilo kuamo, or chambo la ku taajmbn.
Ch6nha (or jonsa), r. n., to be ajfticted or
aggrieved, sorrowful (perhaps from ku jl
onBa ? ) = ghumisha ; viil. onaa.
Chonhoe, s. (wa, pl. vion8oe),a crippte; chonnue ni
mtu mnionge, meskini ya Mnungn.
Choo, *., vid. cho (cha, pt, vi6o) (mahali pa
kugnia), a priry, wlticJi is generatty connected
with a batJi-room.
Ciiooko (or ciioKo), a smatt kind of j>ea (ffr-
joko).
Ciiopa (or d<)pa and topa) (the \eord raries in
various dialects), s. (la, jA. mach6pa) T a handfnJ,
sucli a quantity (e.g., of ropes, sticks, switcke*,
tl'c.) as can be carried in one hand or 1» the
two Jiands (rfr. oya, mgnanda, koffi, komu r
ngumi, dopa or jopa).
Ciiori, s.; kuenda chopi, to walk lame in smeh o
manner as that tJte lavte side is raised at erery
step (St.).
(Jii6i»oa, v. a. ; ku chopoa (rfr. topoa), to drag out
of one's hand.
Ciioi>6ka, r. n.; ku chopoka, te* slip out of tkr
hand.
Ciiora, r. a., (1) to carre, to adorn with carving.
engrave; (2) to write Uunderingly ; ku chora
waraka kua vibaya pasipo uzuri.
C'hoko, s. (cha, pl. machoro choro) (ctd. nsora),
tJutt wJiich is carrcd or written, carring.
Chor6ro (kioroho), wlj., mild, soft, lenient (rid.
niuon'»ro-or6ro) ; cmbe chororo, si giimu, tkr
mango is soft, it is not hard ; mahindi maorftro,
mtu muororo.
Ciiohha, v. c, to make tired; vid. choka, v. a., to-
be tired (cfr. josha).
Ciiohho, s. (kiobuo, from ku 6sha, to wash) f traskimu r
a bathing-place ; mahali pa chosh6ni — mahaJt pa
ku oshea mtu aliekufa, a piace for washing tJtr
(41 )
dead; mahali pa fu6ni (or vu6ni) ku nenda fu6ni,
a plaeefor washing clothee.
Chohi, *., a black bird with a long beak which
drinks the tembo on the eocoa-nut tree.
Chota, v. a., to take up a little at a time with one's
fingers.
Choto, «. (from kn chota), taking a Uttle at a
tiine ; different from ku teka kidogo (vid. teka,
to draic, to catch).
('hote, adj., all; vid. ote.
Ch6yia (or ch6vya), v. a. (vid. tovia or tovya), to
put into, to dip, to steep (in).
Chov&ka (or chovibka), v. n., to be put into
water, to be steeped.
Ciioya, $. (la, pl. mach6ya) ; ch6ya la nazi — m'to
wa nazi ukikua, choya la nazi li telle ndaniyakwe,
Bhina la m'te, watu anala, ni tamu.
Ch6yo, *. (cha, pl. vioyo) (- ubahili), avarice,
greediness, par$imoniousne$$ ; rauegoi ch6yo, a
miser (mbahili) ; ku lia choyo, to grunible; vid.
ku lia ngoa, to be di$contented.
Ciiozi, *. (la, pl. machozi) (Kiung.), vid. t6zi, a tear,
a teardrop.
Chua, *., the $un; vid.jua.
ChCa (or chwa), v. n. (cfr. tiin, ku tiin), to set (of
the $un) ; mchana kuchwa, or kii tua, all day tiil
$un$et, all day long.
Ciiua, $. (wa, pl. viua), a frog; chua wa ziwani
yuwalia, the frog of the lake or icater-pool
cries. The JSuahili believe that the sun sink$
into a pool of frogs, othere that he i$ drawn
dwcn by peopk in the we$tem hemisphere;
fir$t boy$ ptdl, then old tnen, and last of all
tJie $trong youtlts; the spla$h and rush of the
trater i$ prevented by tlie multitude of people
drawing water to wash before prayer$; jua
likitua lafania mshindo, laken watu hawasikii
kua ungi wa kata la ku oehea na wa watu wangi
ku salli.
Chuahaju, *. (cfr. chobari) (pl. machuahari), a
prtcious stone (johari).
ChCb (or Djub), n. p., a river which empties itself
into the Indian Ocean on the Ea$t African coast
near the Eauator. The Arabs call it "Chub,"
tM SuahUi "Wumbu," the Galla "Danisa,"
and the Somali " Govinda." It is no doubt the
same river which is caUed "Gochop" in the
Interior; cfr. Dr. Krapfs " Travels, Hesearches,
and Missionary Labour$," pp. 48, 68-62 ; $ee
idso Baron von der Decken'e " TraveU in East
Africa" vol. \lpp. 294-345.
Chubba, *. (la, pi. ma — ), a large and $trong
chisel; chnbba la kazi.
Chubua, v. a. (Kiung.) (vid. tubua, r. a.), to take
tlte $kin off, to bruise.
Chubua chubua, to bruise about, to batter.
Cuubuka, to be bruised, to be raw.
Ciiubulia, v. obj. } to take offthe skin ofany one.
Chubui (or chubwi), $. (ya, pi. za) (cfr. tubui), a
plummet.
Chuchu ya ziwa, a teat (Kiung.) ; cfr. tutu and
titi (St.j.
Chuchu, *. (wa, pl machachu), Pigmy. The
Pigmiee reside (according to the imaginary
geography of the SuahUi) beyond the country of
tJie Wabilikimo at the world's end; they eat
sand and $tone$, and wiU come to the coa$t to eat
stones when the destruction of the world is
approaching. In their country the $un sets urith
a splash every day; vid. chua.
Chuchuma, v. n. (cfr. otama and tutnma), to sit
upon one's legs as the natives do on going to
stool.
Chuchum{a, i'. n. (cfr. dutumia in Kis. and siatama
in Kinia$$a), to etretch vp or to stand on tiptots
in order to catclt or reach something ; (2) to halt
(detea) because. one leg i$ $horter than the other.
Chuuudi, $. (ya), diligence, ardour; ana chuhudi
ya kazi, he work$ diligently (jiihudi) (cfr.
chihidat).
Chtji, *. (wa, pi. za) (Kiung.), a leopard (vid.
tiii in Kimv.).
ChuIa (or chuya), «., rope made of the bark ofthe
mbuyu tree and used infishing.
CnujA, v. a. (vid. tuja, v. a.), to strain out, to
filter.
Chuka; yu machuka chuka, to $how one'e-eelf
uneasy by not laying dotcn one's weapons; cfr.
gniogn6mon in Kiniassa.
Chuki, s. (ya, pl. za — ), sudden disgust and
inelination to sudden anger; yuna chuki (za
moyo), Jie is easily put out — yuna hazira ; kona
ratu wa chuki chnki.
Chukia, v. obj. (vid. tukia), to put out of humour,
to offend one, to abhor, to hate, not to bear;
kitu hiki kina-n-chukia sana.
CnuKiwA (- TUKiwA), v. n., to bc offended, pro~
voked, vexed.
Chukiza (or tukiza), v. c, to make one angry, to
disgust, to irritate, toprovoke to anger; buana
ame-m-chukiza mtuma, na buana amechnkiwn
ni mtuma.
Chukizisha, v. c, to make to offend.
Chuku, s., a cupping-hom.
Chuk.ua, v. a., to carry, to bear, to support, sustain
(vitl. tukua) ; ku chukua mimbn, to be pregnant ;
ku ckukulia, chukuliwa, chukuliana, ku chukuza,
to make to carry, to load (vid. tukulia, tukuliwa,
d'C.).
Cwula (or chura) (pi. viula or vyula), afrog; rid.
chua, $.
Chuma, s. (cha, pl. viuma), irow, a piece of iron ;
mknte wa chuma, a kind of pastry; vid. ma-
andfizi.
CH
( 42 )
CH
Chuma, v. a. (Kiung.) (vid. ku tuma), to gather,
to make profit.
Chumba, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), room, largc houne;
niumba kuba, chumba hodari; kichumba, a
little room (pl. viumba) ; niumba hi ina viumba
vingi or pahali padogo.
Chumbe, «., vid. kiurabe (kilicho umbua), a creature;
(1) kiuuibe ni mtu or ni muana wa Adainu ; (2j
mze mkuba, sheha, a great cliief.
Chumu, *. (ya), fortune (— bakhti); chumu ngcina
au mbaya, happiness or mUfortune ; sina chiimu
(jumu) mimi nai — hatupatani mimi nai.
CnuMvi, «., salt (in Kipemb.)\ maji ya chumvi,
8alt water (rock-salt, Er. ?), opp. to maji ya pepo
(or maji ya mto), sweet irater; maji ya mto, opp.
to maji ya baharini ; chumvi ya hnliili, sulphate
of nuujnesia (St.).
Chuxa, v. a. (vid. tiina\ tofiay.
Cuumka, v. n., to befiayed, tu lose thc skin.
Chunda, n. p., a place in the island of Mombas
abountling witJt cocoa-nut tree»; vid. mtabamari ;
tembo la chunda.
Chunga (or bhunga and tunga), to pajfture, to
tend animals; ku pcleka gnombe katika niassi
or malishoni.
< 'hunga, 8. (Kipemb.) (pl. za), hnska; chunga za
mtama, hasls of millet ( = matoa ya mtama iu
Kimvita).
Chunga, v. a.; ku chunga, to sift; vid. tunga ; ku
turga unga kua utco, to winnotc or siftfiour.
CnuNuu, 8. (cha, pl. viungu), an earthtn cooking-
pot; chungu cha ku pikia (from kiiingu).
Ciiusgu, *. (wa), (1) ants (vid. tungu); (2) tungu
(yi\,pt. za), a heap; chungu chungu, in lieapn.
Chungu, adj. (uchungu, 8., vid. utiingu), bitter;
dawji chungu, a bitter medicine.
Chunuua, *. \\&,pL ma — ), an orange; chiingua la
kinanazi, thu kind of orange u of a iarge size
and (ujreeahle. taste, and is brought from
Zanzibar to Mombas; chiingua la Unguja lina
bcredi, lina taamu, laken la Mwita ni kali
(sour); chiingua la Kizungu, a siceet orange;
chungua za chenza (or jcnsa) ni ndogo kama
mai ya batta, niekiindu, this i* tJte Persittn
orange; mchenza, tltc orange tree of this kind
(vid. chenza).
CiiungulIa, r., topcep; vid. tungnlia (Kimv.).
OiiCsii, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), a water-bird, trhite and
long legged; its crg is considered ominous.
Chunika, v., vid. chuna.
Ciiuniu, *., a crust of stdt (vid. miiniu); nimcoga
maji ya poani nafania chiiniu, 1 wasJied in *ea-
irater and got mg bodg covered with salt.
Chunjua, 8. y a icart (St.).
Chuno, 8. (chttfjfl viiino) -^ kiuno, thc loi».
Chunuzi, *., vid. chinuzi.
Cuuo (or juo), 8. (cha, pl. viuo), a book (Jrom ku
chua or jua, to know); muana wa cuuoui or
muana chuoni, a scJtolar, a leamed man, pl.
wana wa viuoni ; mtu asomai, pl. watu w n omio
chiio ; chuoni, at scJiool.
Ciiuo (tjuo), 8. (cha, pl. viuo); chuo cha ko fulia
nazi or madafu (aho kifuo cha fulia nazi), a
pointed 8tickfixed into the ground to take offtke
cocoa-nut fibre or husk with. Tke native* are
very ejrj>ert in dashing the nut againit tke point
ofthc stick until the hu$k falli offrom the skeit.
Ciiuoho (or chuokuo), *. (ya), doth of tchatever
colour it may be; ikiwa neausi, ikiwa nianni
mawiti, ikiwa ncaupe chuoho ya sufa (? Turk.
U^., wooUen-doth).
Ciiri»A, 8. (ya, pi. za or machupa), a bottle; vid.
tiipa.
Chupa, v. a. (vid. tupa, v. a.), to throw, dask.
CHL'pfA, v. obj., to dashfor one.
Chupi, 8., an ou&el, bird (?).
Chutuka (or chipuka), v. n. (vid. tepua, tepukua,
tepiiza), to tprout, become iprouted, to tpring,
shoot, bud.
Chui'uza (or chipuza), to nprout, to throw out
nprouts.
Ciiuruka, r. n., to go away or off unerpectedlg
(K.).
CiiUKURiKA, r. ?i. (or ciiURUziKA), to run dotcn,
drttp ojf\ to gush (cfr. churura in Kiniassa),
irhen the rain-water runs doicn from the
gutter of a roof or from a piece of doth taken
out of water.
Churukiza ; ku , to drain out.
CiiunupuKA, v. v., vid. turupiika or pumtuka, to
ali]> out, to escape from one8 hold (cfr. pununuka
iu Kinitts8a).
Churusi, s., a kind of large and smail chisel (ku
wina\
Churuwa, 8., weasles (St.).
Chiruza, v. n., to keep a stall, to trade in a smatt
way.
CnuRUziKA, v. a. (rid. chururika); ku churodka
damu, to bleed weU, freely.
Chuhsa, 8. (cha, />/. viussa\ a harpoon; chuasa ni
mti uliotiwa chuma cha nta cha ku pigia samaki
mkviba, kana piipa, ngii, tewa, d'C.
Ciiurt.su, *. (cha, jH. viussu), or mchussu (pl. ml — ),
a kind of lizard.
Cuuzu, v. n.; ku chuzu, to be obliged, must, to be
under an obligation to do something (cfr. uj^ ,
sumsit partem rei, Batis habuit, distribuit in
partes) ; ncno hili lachuzu nami ku-li-fania, 1 mutt
do this thing ; mke huyu aclnizu nawe ku-mu-oa,
thou must marry thii woman.
OH
(43)
DA
ChuzIa, v. obj. t to compel; neno hili la-n-chuzia
ku-li-fania ; mke huyu a-ku-chuzia ku-mu-6a.
ChuzuA, 8. (ya, pl. ma — ) (cfr. ^ , pars), (1)
eection of a book, espedaUy of the Coran, ichich
contaitu 30 sections t catied Khitima nzima;
fungu la chuo, part or section or chapter of
a book; (2) a tmall book or pamphlet in
general.
Da, v. a.; ku da, to lay; e.g. } kuknwangu yuwada,
my hen lays eggs (B.).
Daba daba, vid. tapa tapa (or dapa dapa), v. n.,
to sprawl, tremble, jump, to shiver, to totter, to
move to andfro (muiliwangu wa dapa dapa).
Dabanga, v. n.; ku dabanga dabanga (R.), to
touch one with stinking hands or dirty fingers.
DabaClo (or tabaulo), *., passing water; cfr.
Arab. \\) ( Jy ), urinam reddidit, minxit.
D abia, v. trop. t to be beyoncUthe time mcntioned or
agreed upon (R.); siku hizi sizo chombo kina-
dabia. Huyu Mzungu tunalagana siku keda-
wakeda anadabia.
Dabiiia (or dhabiha), v.a.,to sacrifice; tfr. Arab.
£) J f fidit, mactavit, sacrificavit.
Dabihu, 8., a sacrtfice; sadaka ya sunna, not
imperative but meritorious, dabihu udahijatini,
to offer up a sacrifice in remembrance of Abra-
ham's offering up his son (Sp.) ; vid. dalii, v. a.
Dabo (or dadbo), pl. madabo, «., a troop, large
number, a Itost or army, a dioision; Waniasai
wamekuja madabo matatu, dabo moja linapita
hapa, the Masai people came in three divisions,
one division passed liere.
Dabudu, vid. thabiti, thabutu, thubutu; Arab. L*4 >
firmiter tenuit.
Dachali (or dajali), s.; j\£J f falaus, impostor,
mendax ; hence el maeikh el dachali, AnticJtrist
^ ^ ^
( U.j , mentitus est).
Dada, v. n.,to be auick in returning (cfr. \j\j ,
celeritas ivit, cucurrit) (R.) ; vid. tata.
Dada, v. a. (Kinika) t to taste; ku 6nda or 6nja in
Kis.; (2) to stamp with tftefeet in anger.
Dada, 8., sister, a term of endearmcnt among
icomen (St).
Dada, v. a. t to dangle ?
Dada, 8. = baba (in the language oflittle cldldren
— dad, daddy).
Daddsa, 9. a., to gird round, to wreathe — linga
(e.g., mkumbu, &c.) (R.)?
Dadim, v. a. (cfr. gnienia) ; ku-mu-tiliza mno pasipo
sebabu, topry intothings, especiattyintodomestic
affairs, to ask unnecessary auestions; nime-m-
dadisi sana hatta a-ni-ambie, / auestioned or
pumped aml sounded him vntil he tcid me.
Dado, s. (y a, pl. za) (also pL madado), die (pl. diee) ;
ku teza dado, to play dice ; matezo ya dado, a
game of dicc; dado ya ku tezea korosho, a piay
with k6rosho (vid.)\ cfr. Arab. «>*>, Iusub.
Dadu, s.,play with money at Zanzibar; ikiangiika
mangaringari, bassi ana-ku-teka (R.).
Daduka, v. n.; mtuzi unadaduka.
Daftabi (or deftaki), s., an account-book ; deftari
c-c—
ya hesabu ya raali ; cfr. jj j f vox Pers., liber
espensi et accepti ; catalogas.
Dafu, 8. (la, pi. madafu), a cocoa-nut become so
ripe tJtat both its icater and its substance can be
used. The various stages of growth are: (1)
kidaka, (2) kitale, (3) dafu, (4) k6ruma (when
the nuttypart thickens), (5) nazi.
Dafu la m'vi (2>l. madafa ya mivi), barb (R.).
Daoaa, 8., a very smallfish like whitebait.
Dagna, 8. (vid, kiamo), beastings t the first milk of
a cow after calving.
Daha, s. (pl. ma — ) (perhaps from »Uj , astutia,
subtilitas mentis) ; ku fania mapenzi ya rokho, to
do one's own will.
Daiiabi, s. (tiiahabi), pl. madahabi (cfr. *^jb$ »
— c -
putavit, <x*JbX« , agendi modu«,doctrina,8y8tema,
secta; Mayahudi wafuata madahabi mangine,
Wazungu wafuata, &c.
Dahabu (or thahabu), *. (ya), gold ( s^Jb^ ,
aurum).
Dahajia, v. a., to want ; a-ku-dahajia neno liwalo
lote; adahajia kitu kuako ; cfr. ikhtajia (vid.
Arab. gli , determinavit).
Daiiajiwa, r. ti., to be in want (Sp.).
Dahaba, 8.; dahara moja «=marra moja ; cfr. Jto ,
0C-
incidit; Jb*> , tempue.
Daiii (dahe), v. a. ( = ku fania madaha), to
sacrifice, immclate ; ku dahi ya ku ond6a maofu,
to offer a sin-offering (cfr. dabiha).
DaiiIwa, v.p., to be offered as asacrifice; niama
aliedahiwa — victim; dahi, v. a.; ku tinda
OH
( 42)
OH
Chuma, v. a. (Kiung.) (vid. ku tuma), to gather,
to make projit.
Ciiumba, 8. (Ia, pl. ma — ), room, large 1tou*c;
niumba kuba, chumba hodari; kichuroba, a
little room (pl. viumba) ; niumba hi ina viumba
vingi or pahali padogo.
Ciil'mbe, «., vid. kiiimbe (kilicho v'imbua), a creatnre ;
(1) kiuuibe ni mtu or ni muana wa Adauiu ; [2j
mie mkuba, Bhcba, a yreat cliief.
<'humu, «. (ya),fortune (— bakhti); chumu ngcma
au mbaya, happhiess or mirfortune ; sina chiimu
(jumu) mimi nai — hatupatani mimi nai.
Ciiumvi, 8. t $alt (in Kipemb.); maji ya chumvi,
salt icater (rock-salt, Er. ?), opp. to maji ya pcpo
(or maji ya mto), sweet water; maji ya mto, opp.
to maji ya baharini ; chumvi ya haluli, sulphatc
of ' mwjneeia ^St.).
Chuna, v. a. {vid. tuna\ tofiay.
Ciiunika, v. «., to befiaycd, to \o8C the skin.
Chvkda, n. p., a place in the island of Momba*
aboumling with cocoa-nut trees; vid. mtahamari ;
tembo la chunda.
Ciiunoa (or 8UUNUA aiul tunga), to paMure, to
tend animaU; ku pclcka gnombe katika niassi
or malishoni.
Chunga, 8. (Kipemb.) (pl. za), husks; chunga za
mtama, htisks of millet ( = matoa ya nitania in
Kimvita).
Chunoa, v. a.; ku chunga, to eift; vid. tunga ; ku
tunga unga kua uteo, to winnow or nftjiour.
< 'hunou, *. (cha, pl. viungu), an earthtn cookimj-
pot ; chungu cha ku pikia (from kiungu).
<'nuxor, 8. (wa), (1) ant* (vid. tungu); (2) tungu
(ya, pl. za), a heap; chungu chungu, in heaps.
Ciiuncju, adj. (uchungu, *., vid. utungu\ bitter;
dawa chungu, a bitter medicine.
< 'hunoua, h. • la, pl. ma — ), an oramje; chungua la
kinanazi, thU kind of oramje m oj' a lartje size
and agreeable ta8te, and ie brought J'rom
Zanzibar to Mombas; chungua la Unguja lina
beredi, lina tiiarou, lakcn la Mwita ni kali
(sour); chiingna la Kizungu, a 8iceet oramje ;
chnngua za chcnza (or jcnsa) ni udogo karoa
mai ya batfci, niekundu, this i* the Persian
oramje; mchenza, tlie oramje tree of this kind
(vid. chenza).
Ciiungulia, v., topcep; vid. tuugulia (Kimv.).
Chuni, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), a tcater-bird, trhite and
lomj leggcd ; it8 cry ie comidered ominous.
< 'iiunika, »., vid. chuna.
Ciiuniu, 8., a cru8t of salt (vid. miiniu); nimcoga
maji ya poani nafania chiiniu, / iranhed in *ea-
water and got my body covered with 8alt.
CnuNJUA, *., a wart (St.).
Chuno, *. (cha, pl. viiino) «= kiuno, the hin.
<'huxuzi, *., vid. chinuzi.
Cuuo (or j6o), *. (cha, pl. viuo), a boak (from ku
chua or jua, to know)\ muana wa cuooni or
niuana chuoui, a scltolar, a leamed man, pl.
wana wa viuoni ; mtu asomai, pl. watu wuomio
chuo ; chuuni, at ttcJtool.
Ciiuo (tjuo), 8. (cha, pl. viuo); chuo cha ku foha
nazi or madafu (aUo kifuo cha fulia nazi), a
pointed itiekfixed into the ground to take offthe
ctjcoa-nut fibre or hwk with. Tke nativee are
rery erjiert in da^hing the nui agaimet the point
ofthe stick unt'd the huek falli of/rom the §heU.
Ciiuoiio (or chuokiio), *. (ya), doth of whatever
colour it may be; ikiwa neausi, ikiwa manni
mawiti, ikiwa ncaupe chuoho ya Bufa (? Turk.
\lj* , icooUcn-doth).
('iupa, 8. (ya, pl. za or machupa), a bottle; vid.
tiipa.
< 'iiita, v. a. (vid. tupa, v. a.\ to throw, dash.
Ciiupia, v. oli}., to dashfor one.
< 'nui'i, 8., an ousel, bird (?).
CnuruKA (or (inruKA), v. n. (vid. tepiia, tepnkua,
tepuza\ to *prout, become $prouted f to epring,
8hoot, bud.
Chupuza (or ciiipuza), to 8prout, to throw out
*prout8.
riiuiri'KA, r. ii. f to go away or off unejrpectedljf
(K.).
ChukurIka, v. n. (or ciiurueika), to run tfotm,
drop off, to ffunh (cj'r. churura in AVaiocta),
irhen the rain-water rune dmcn from the
t/utter of a roof or Jrom a piece of doth taken
out of water.
< 'iiuituKizA ; ku , to drain out.
Cm m ri'KA, v. >/., rid. turupuka or parutuka, to
ttlip out % to escajie from one's hold (cfr. purumuka
t/t Kiiiiatsa).
Churusi, 8., a kind of large and tmall chisel (ku
wina\
Churuwa, 8., )nea#les (St.).
Chukuza, v. n., to keep a 8tall, to trade in a smaU
way.
CnuRUziKA, t7. a. (rid. chururika); ku churozika
damu, to lAeetl irell, J'rceJy.
Chuhma, 8. (cha, ;>/. viussa\ a harpoon ; chus&a ni
mti uliotiwa chuma cha nta cha ku pigiu samaki
mkuba, kana papa, ngii, tcwa, rfr.
Ciiukmu, *. (chn, jd. viussu), or mchuwu (/>/. mi — ),
a kiml of lizard.
Cnuzu, r. v.; ku chuzu, to be obhged, must t to be
under an obligation to do something (rfr. u^. ,
sumsit partcm rci, satis habuit, distribnit in
partes) ; ncno hili lacliuzu nami ku-li-fania, lmmet
do thi8 thing ; mke huyu achuzu nawe ka-rnu-oo,
thou must marry thi$ woman.
OH
OiuziA, v, obj., to compel; neno hili la-n-chuzia
ku-li-fania ; mke huyu a-ku-chuzia ku-mu-6a.
Chuzuu, a. (ya, pl. ma — ) (cfr. ^ , pare), (1)
eection of a book, espedaUy of the Coran, ichich
(43) DA
contains 30 sections, caUed Khitima nzima;
fungn la chuo, part or seetion or chapter of
a book; (2) a small book or pamphlet in
generaL
Da, v. a,; ku da, to lay; e.g., kuknwangu yuwada,
my hen lays eggs (R.).
Daba daba, vid. tapa tapa (or dafa dapa), v. n.,
to sprawl, tremble, jump, to shiver, to totter, to
move to andfro (muiliwangu wa dapa dapa).
Dabanga, v. ».; ku dabanga dabanga (R.), to
touch one with stinking hands or dirty fingera.
Dabaulo (or tabaulo), *., possing woter ; cfr,
Arob. JW ( Jrt )> urinam reddidit, minxit.
DabIa, v. trop., to be beyond,the time mentioned or
agreed upon (R.); siku hizi sizo chomho kina-
dahia. Huyu Mzungu tunalagana sikn keda-
wakeda anadahia.
Dabiiia (or dhablha), v.a.,to sacrifice; cfr. Arab.
m+ «5 f fidit, mactavit, ftacrificavit.
Dabihu, 8., a 8acrtfice; sadaka ya snnna, not
imperative but meritorious, dabihu udahijatini,
to offer up a sacrifice in remembrance of Abra-
ham's offering up his 8on (Sp.) ; vid. dahi, v. a.
Dabo (or dadbo), pl. madaho, s., a troop, large
number, a hoet or army, a division; Waniagai
wamekuja madabo matatu, daho moja linapita
hapa, tlie Maaai people came in three divisions,
one division passed lierc.
Dabudu, vid. thabiti, thabutu, thubutu; Arab. L*4 ,
firmiter tenuit.
Dachali (or dajali), s.; J\£J t falauB, impostor,
mendax ; Jtence el maeikh el dachali, AnticJtrist
^ ^ ^
( U.j , mentitus cet).
Dada, v. n, t to be auick in returning (cfr. \j(j ,
celeritaa ivit, cucurrit) (R.) ; vid. tata.
Dada, v. a. (Kinika), to taste; ku onda or 6nja in
Kis.; (2) to stamp with thefeet in anger.
Dada, s., sister, a term of endearment among
icomen (St.).
Dada, v. a., to dangle f
Dada, 8. = haha (in the language oflittle children
— dad, daddy).
Dadka, v. a.j to gird round, to wreathe — linga
(e.g., mkumbfi, &c.) (R.)?
Daddsi, v. a. (cfr. gnienia) ; ko-mu-uliza mno pasipo
sebabu, topry intothings, especially intodomestic
affairs, to ask unnecessary nuestions; nime-m-
dadisi sana hatta a-ni-ambie, / auestioned or
pumped and sounded him vntil he tcid me,
Dado, s. (ya, pl. xa) (also pL madado), die (pl. dice) ;
ku teza dado, to play dice ; matezo ya dado, a
game of dice; dado ya ku tezea korosho, a piay
with korosho (vid,); cfr. Arab. *>*>, lusus.
Dadu, s,,play with money at Zanzibar; ikiangiika
mangaringari, bassi ana-ku-teka (R.).
Daduka, v. n.; mtuzi unadaduka.
Daftari (or dektaiu), s., an account-book ; deftari
s-c—
ya hesabu ya raali ; cfr. y&o , vox Pera., liber
eipensi et accepti ; catalogas.
Dafu, s. (la, pl. madafu), a cocoa-nut become so
ripe that both its water and its substance can be
used. The various stages of growth are: (1)
kidaka, (2) kitale, (3) dafu, (4) koroma (wJten
the nuttypart thickens), (5) nazi.
DAfu la m'vi (j>7. madafu ya mivi), barb (R.).
Daoaa, s., a very smallfish like whitebait.
Dagna, s. (vid, kiamo), beastings, the first milk of
a cow after calving.
Daha, s. {pl. ma — ) (perhaps from »Uj , astutia,
subtilitaa mentis) ; kn fania mapenzi ya rokho, to
do one's mcn will.
Daiiabi, *. (tiiaiiabi), pl. madahabi (cfr, *^jb$ *
putavit, 4x^toX« , agendi modus,doctrina,8ystema,
secta; Mayahudi wafuata madahabi mangine,
Wazungu wafuata, dc.
Daiiabu (or thahabu), 8. (ya), gold ( s-*fe«3 t
aurum).
Dah a ji a, i7. a., to want ; a-ku-dahajia neno liwalo
lote; adahajia kitu knako; cfr. ikhtajia (vid.
Arab. r\& , determinavit).
Dahajiwa, r. n., to be in want (Sp.).
«•• ^ «»
Dahara, s.; dahara moja «=marra moja ; cfr. Jto ,
BC-
incidit; Jt*y , tempus.
Dahi (daue), r. a. ( = ku fania madnha), to
sacrifice, immolate ; ku dahi ya kn ond6a maofu,
to offer a sin-offering (cfr. dabiha).
DahIwa, v. p., to be offered ae asacrifice; niama
aliedahiwa — victim; dahi, v. a.; kn tinda
DA
(44)
DA
niama ya sadaka riku ja muesi kumi wa
mfunguo tatu, ku-m-kumbuaha kitindo cha
Ibrahim alipoamuriwa ku-m-tinda manawe,
akiaha akitinda kondo badili ya manawe.
Daiubu, adj. - hadiri or tayari, ready (Sp.).
Dahidi, v. »., to take pains todoa thing well; ku
ji-dahidi, v. refi. t to exert one's-self; kitu hiki
nime-ji-d&hidi laken siku-ki-pata, / exerted my-
eelfabout thie matter, but Idid not get it.
Dahill, *., idiot (Sp.) ?
Dahiri (or deueri or thahiri), plaiH, evident,
clear (cfr. ^jk , apparuit, manifesta fuit res;
J
j*\k , apparens, conspicuus) ; ku ona dnhiri =
ku ona na mato, toseedearly.
Dai, r. a. (cfr Uo , advocavit, invocavit, vindicavit
sibi), to claim, to sue for at law t to demand pro-
jterty; na-ku-dai, or nadui kuako fethayangu, 1
demand my money; ku-ji-daia, to consider one's-
selfapious man(R.).
Daifu (thaifu), adj. ( uvii , debilia, infirmus
fuit), infirm, weak t bad t faint ; muiliwakwe ni
duifu, his body is ireak (muembamba. thiii)\
tabinyakwe ni daifu, sinchcma, his disposition i*
notgood; kuani? whyt resp. hapatani nu mtu.
Daifika, v. n. (dufika).
Daifisha, r. c, to weaken, debilitate.
Daiu, v. a. t to inquire into.
Daima (or dayima), adv. t always - siku zote;
yuwateta daima nu wutu, he always auarrds
irith people; Arab. *\a , perennavit, ^J »
perraanens, Uj\j , aemper; mtu huyu daimu nu-
mu-oua akipita hapa ; yuwaftnia daimu.
Daimu, r. /l, to abide by.
Daimimiia, r. caus. t to continue, perpetuate (it is
rarely used).
Daikika dairika, to be dispersed.
Daka, s. (la, pl. maduku), a large cocoa-nut which
falh off.
Daka (ku taka in Kiuntj.), v. a, to want, to desire,
to wish for t to seek t to ask for; naddka ku
cneudu, I wish toyo; cfr. jtf , desideruvit, pro-
pcnsus fuit, valde intendit, versavit rcm upud
unimum. Dr. Hteere tukes " daka" in the sense
im to catch, to get hold of." This inay be ai
Zanzibar, but I never heard it at Mombn*.
Inntead of ku daka, he uses ku taku, with wltich
the Arabic would correspond.
Dakia (or takIa), r. obj. t to desire anything
for somebody or in his behalf or against him;
nime-m-dakia viema au vi6fu kua wali, /
desiredforhim good or evilfromthegovernor;
amc-m-dukia rukhaa, asipigue, he desired for
him fuvour t that he should not be bcaten. To
intereetle for, or to prevail upon one for some-
body (cfr. omboa) in his favour.
Dakaa, v. «., to get oidt (Bp.).
Dakaka, adj., old, useless, deeayed.
DakaiJka, r. a. -ku j6ka, to be tired.
Dakaluha, r. c. — ku sumbua watu kum kaa.
Dakatu, s. (la) = dufu la tombako, haiwiahi (vid.
dufu) ; tombako hi dakata, ai kali, inakula pepo,
imefaniu beredi, the tobacco has beeome bad t it is
notpungent t not strong.
Dakawa, «., a long rope (ugue nrefu ku futa kitu
kua mballi).
DakI a, r. *., to pass on something ekvaied (Kini-
assa t ku danta).
Dakilia, dakiuka ; haudakflfld utagaVhu (uwa-
yumbayumba), this large braneh of the tree is
itnpassable.
DakIka, *., a minute; dakika (ya), pl. sa aia,
the minutes of an hour; efr. jlj , tenuia fbift'
s
v3*^> , tenuis.
Dako, 9. (tako) (1h, pl. ma — ), back, buttcek, pos-
teriors, the hind-part; dako )a bunduki, gum*
stock ; podez (R.) (?), the lower part, bottoutj
foundation of anything.
Daku, *., the Muhammedan midnight feast
during the liamadan ; ku la daku takes plaee
kutiku usiku ukii, or usiku ulipogawanikina,
bcrause the feast begins at the first crowingofthe
cork. At Zanzibar and other garrison-toume a
gun i* Jired about 2 a.m. to give notice that tke
tinwfor eating i* drawing to a dose. Tke name
is said to bc derived from the saying, " Leni
(lani) upesi, kesho kuna ndaa kun," " Eat
yuickly, to-morrow there will be great hunger"
(St.\
Dakuuza, v. a., to contradict, to deny, to oppose
one before ajudge; vid. udnku.
Dakura, r. a. = papura.
DalJIu, *. ' Jjj , iuternuntius inter cum, qui
rcm vendit eumquc qui cmit), a broker, a
sidesman, a hatrker, an atwtioneer.
DaiJa, *., the name ofapowder usedas aperfume
for burying-dothes (U.) ; a yettow composition
much tisetl as a cosmetic (St.), it givee eeflwes*
and a sweet smell to the skin.
Dalili, h. ; Arab. Jj*) , quo quis dirigitur, argu-
mentuin, id qno aliquid indicatur, mooatimtur r
hence gvide, oue who shows the road; tign, token,
hence huttu dali'li, anything at au\ even a trace;
hattu dalili (hatta kidogo) sikuona kitu aham-
banimuungu, I have found nothing in my pfan-
tation, vot even a trace.
Dalimu (i>£limt, rcctius tiiaumu), v. a^ todefraud,
DA
(45)
DA
<aoerreach in business; *}i , injustus fuit,injuria
.affecit.
DjLltmu (or mdalimu), a defrauder.
Daliba, v. n., to smooth, toplate.
Dalibha, v. a., toput to shame (Rom. v. 5) ; et*Aer
/ront ^L , oblevit, contamelia affecit, or \S t
vilis fuit, vilem reddidit.
DallasIm, «., cinnamon.
Dama, «., validity, legality (R.) ; neno limekua dama
kna sultani, *Ae tcorci tra* valid with tht king ;
cfr. damisa.
Dama, s., agameptayed on a board like chess(8t).
Damaa (or thamAa), v. a. (Arab. ^jA , or \£ t
vehementer sitivit, desiderio flagravit), to desire
or expect eagerly; £♦!» , concupivit.
Damana (thamana), *. (ya), surety, bail (aUo
diimana and udamini).
Damani (or demami), *., tJie last montlis of the
soutJt-monsoon, wJten the south-wind abates in
strength and bloics moregently, wJticJt is the case
from the end ofAugust tHlthe middle ofXovember.
The word U, lwwever, also applied to the ichole
season of southerhj winds from April to tJte end
of October, more espedaUy to the months of April,
May, September, October, andpart of November.
At Damani, either in the beginning oftJte kusBi,
i.c.,soutJirwind, inApril andMay, or at the end,
in September and October, tJte native vesseU
startfrom 8udhel(tJietiuahilicoast) andproceed
to Arabia and Jndia, wJtence they return with
the keskasi (north-wind) in December or in MarcJt.
Damasiia, 8., desire, wUJt, longing for something;
cfr. tamasha.
Damba, v. n. (tamba), to travel. ThU rerb Jtas
become obsoUte, but it U preserved in Prorerbs :
e.g., muana mdamba yule ni kheri kama mce wa
kale. In Kin. ku hamba — ku safiri.
Dambi (vid. thambi), sin, crime (Arab. ^iS ,
secutus fuit, crimen culpamque commisit, s-jj ,
criraen, culpa).
Dambu, s. (ya, pl. za), Uaves of the betel shrub
(mdamhu, pl. mi — , or mtambu) ; vid. tambfi.
DambuarajIka, v. n. (cfr. damburujika) =- ni ku
toka mno (R.).
DAMBUKA, V. U., DAMBUKIA (R.).
Damtni (better thamtni), to baU ( y+* , cavit,
spospondit sponsorem esse voluit) ; mimi nime-m-
damini Abdalla, mali ta-m-lipia (taondoa deni-
yakwe) mda ukifika, nimekua damana. Mu-
hammed said to JiU foUowers, Enenda ukapigane
nime-ku-damini pepo, but nobody ehe covld say
ifiU except Muhammed.
DamuIwa, v. p.
Damihi (or thamiri), *. (Arab. l^* , concepit,
cogitavit;j*+* , conceptus animi, mens), thonght,
conscUnce; mtu huyu kana damiri ngema = kana
maazo mema, this man has no good thougJds ;
mimt nalikua na damiri ku enenda Kiloa, laken— ,
ItJwught ofgoing to Kiloa, but—
Damwa, r., vid. timiza, to accompiUh, e.g., neno-
lakwe. The student must distinguish well be-
ticeen (1) tama or tamaa, Arab. ^ , totus, per-
fectus fuit, hence tamisha or better timiza, to
fulfil, accomplUh; (2) damaa or thamaa, <J*t ,
sitivit vehementer (or £+k , concupivit), todesire
eagerly; and (3) ^L , thamma, multafuit res.
0"
DAmu, s. (ya) ( *o , sanguis), blood.
Danabahi, r. n.f (R.), rectius tanabahi, to be
dear or manifest.
Danabahibha, v. e. f
Dahadari (better tamathari), r. n. ; Arab- jli
scivit et cavit ; ku ji-danadari nao, to beware of
them.
Danda, v. n.; kitu kizito cha danda nti (R.); vid.
tanda and tando.
Danza, r. a.; ya-ni-danza manenohaya (=ya-ni-
sangaza).
Danga, r. a., to take up carefully, as they take up
a littU water left at the bottom of a dipping-place
to avoid making it tnuddy (St.) ; (2) to stroll
about (vid. tanga).
Dangania, v. a, to cheat, to deceive, to Jiumbug, to
impose upon; ku dangania kua maneno ya
uw6ngo or urongo, to deceive by lying words,
but ku-m-kopa or kenga kua mali means "to
cJteat him of JtU property." For instance, a
person borrowed five doUars with a promUe of
returning five dottars, but, having received
tJte money, Jte escapes and never cares a bitfor
the Under, ame-m-kopa kua mali.
Danganika, v. n., (1) to tum out a liar, ortobe
a lie, or an idler, to be cheated; (2) tobestupul
— bulukira in Kiniassa; mtu huyu amedanga-
nika = amekua muovu na mvivu ; kaziyakwe
ku danganika na mji — ku temoea bulle, or
ku tanga tanga mjini, to rove or wander about
in town doing nothing; manenoyakwe yame-
danganika — hayakua kuelli, his words turned
out faUe; hayakulekea, they have not been
rerified.
Danoanikia, v. obj., to exJnbit orproveone to be
a liar ; h6kumu ime-m-danganikia « ime-m-
pata muongo, or manenoyakwe hayakua na
DA
(46)
DA
sheria or shcriia, tfte judgment proved him
a liar, did not jind his words true before the
law.
Dasgahibha, v. a. t to confuse, frustrate t to
render impossible ; watoto hawa wanadanga-
nisha manenoyctu kua kclele, hatnwezi ku
zungumzana, the cJiildrenfrustrated (rendered
inaudible and therefore impossible) our con-
versation, so we cannot taJk totjethtr.
DIhoibha, v. c, rectius tahoisha — tembcza, to
eause or make go; vid. tanga.
Dahibu, v. n.=ku ji-tenga; mahali mhalli pana ji-
danibu (R.) (Kiniassa t danimpidsa).
Dahhi (better ku tuahhi), to think, to suppose, to
guess ; Arab. yb , putavit, opinatus fuit, sus-
pectum habuit.
Dahkia (or thannia), t\ 06/., to think of; e.g., ku-
m-thannia mtu mart vu, to susjnjct a man ofecil
things, to think bad things with referenve to a
tnan ; ku-m-dannia kiia muifi, to suspect him to
be a thief.
Dakha, v. a. t (1) to catch one in his speechf (R.\
vid. danda ; (2) ku dansa — fura (Er.).
Danbia, s. ; vid. tansia (tunalettewa tansia).
Danzi, s. (la, pl. madanzi), a bitter, scarcely eataUe
sort oforange. The danzi is reputed to be the ori-
ginal orange of Zanzibar. The natne is sometimes
apiHied to ail kinds of oranges t and sweet oranges
are caUed madanzi ya Kizungu, Eurojtcan (For-
tuguese) oranges (St.) ; chungua kuba la taamu ;
danzi, pl. madiinzi, the fruit of the. mdanzi tree,
tlie Jndian bambaloon (Keb.)-
Dao, *. ( — kombo), a curvity, curre : pana ingia
dao-ni pahali pana kucnda komho (R.).
Dapa, v. n. (cid. tapa), to trembte; ku dapa kua
hcredi au homma, to shiver from cold or fer-er.
Henre kitapo cha beredi muili ume-m-dapa kua
bcredi.
Dapa dapa (tapa tapa), to shiver, sprawl =» ku
ruka ruka, like ajish being outofwater, or likc
a bird t or a man asicjtia ku ogelca (who can-
not swim), splash, dabble.
Dapa, s. (la, pl. ma — ) ; dapa la mfiimo, a branch
of the palm used as a matuli, i.e., umbrella, by the
Wanika; dapa latiwa maji ya muoto ku legt'a,
lisiraruke kua chiia. Dr. Steere icrites dapo (la,
7>/. roadiipo), a native vmbreila.
Dahaba, v. n. ; mtango unadtiraha ; miti ya ku
tamha yadaraha (Kiniassa, ku dasa) (11.).
Darabi, *., pi. raadarabi, a rose-apple (St).
Daraja, s. (ya, pl. ma — ), (1) stairs, a staircase
of stone, a bridge (ngazi, ladtler t is of tcood), a
step; (2) dignity, degree, preferment ( — ushcha),
rank ; cfr. g. j , gressus cst, gradatim ascendit ;
X*..j , gradnfl, scala.
Darajau, v. n. (more correetlv takajaij) {tfir.
/CJ , pedem alicujns afflixit, pedibos incamt;
m\ C ^
JJL , vir), a man; henee tarajali, to beeome
manly.
Darajalisha, v. c.
Daraka, s. ( juU ' j3», ordo, werws), piedge ; vid.
taraka.
Daraha, s. (ya, pi. ma — ) (efr. ^.o , oUiterarit
trivit, perlegit), a dassfor reading, meetingfor
learning; (2) seetion of a book (madrisa, a
schooi, Arab. madrason, gymnasium, academia) ;
(3) the border of a ctoth with varioue coUmrs ,-
cfr. darizi.
Dahatiiia (TARATiifA), v. a n (1) toapply to onefor
Jielp, in a demand, <Cr., to stand by in daitming
or defending one and in asking for paymeni ;
cfr. Arab. ^J>. , gratum habnit, contentom
reddcre studuit; (2) to remonstrate icith; (3) to
ask after one; mtu auawaye muaka hadarathiwi,
the man wlio will be killed in the new year u not
inquired after.
Darau (or better Tn.\.RAu),r. a., to scorn, todctpise,
to slight one, to sltow one want of respoct ; sune-
ni-diirau=haku-ni-fania kua mtu. Ferhapsfrom
the Arabic yjb , humilis fuit ; neno la ko-tn-
diirau, a nickname.
Daraiwa, to bc humbled, despised.
Dakauijwa, v. p., to be despised.
Ku-ji-darau, to neglect or slight one's-telf.
Dakatali, r. n. — erefuka ; ku ji darayalisha, tc*
affect prvdcnce irithout being prudent (muerefu)
(tfr. darajali).
Dari, s. (ya, pl. za), story, an upper fioor, seeond
story of a house (of a niumha ya mawe), it is
not the roof; darini, upstairs; cfr. A& , cir-
cumivit; J\j , domus, nompe aedificium et
atrium.
DvRiui, s. (rectius thariri) (Arab. j^ t jtj^ , «ig-
num quo via monstratur ( — dalili, vid.), a $ign
or indication of what is about to come ; li^k^n».
dariri ya mvua or wingu = hakuna al&ma ya
kuja mvua; sasa niumba ya Mzungu H«p*"*
dariri ya gu la mtu.
Darizi, v. a. (uj , I\>rs. t sutura vestis; more
correctly J^I» , pulcher forma factus est, figoria
acu pictis ornavit vestem ; jkL , Pers., ornamen-
tum vestis acu pictum), to weave or sew a
coloured border to a cloth, to apply the work of
embroidery or auilting; ku darisi nguo ; kn piga
chirizi or derizi =• ku shona kua.uiuri, kua hariri,
DA
(47)
BE
si ku piga punta kua uzi, irhich latter means in
general " to sew," but darizi means " toseworna-
mentaUy."
Darizi, 8. ; darizi ya kansu, embroidery of a
sJurt (vid. kanzu).
Darizia, v. obj.
Dariziwa.
Daruma, 8. (vid. taruuia) (la, pL ma), a cross-piece
ofwood.
Darumeti, *., part of a dJtow, joists of tlie deck (?)
(St.) ; the imide boards of adltow.
Darura (roctias tharuka), s. m shtihuli, i.e.,
business; Arab. &.«*£ , reB necessaria, necessitas,
indigentia ; sina darura naye, I have nothing
to do with him, 1 Jtave no btuiness vrith him.
Dasa = ku gusa, to touch.
DabbIhi, 8., vid. tesbihi, rosary, chaplet; Arab.
***•*. C " ^* c
f 3 » , natavit, precatus fuit, laudavit ; mAa,j T '
globuli rosarii ad quoa repetuntur preces.
Dabim, *., poniard, dagger (jambia) ?
Dasua, v. n., to 8peak clearly and determinedly
(R.); ku dasua maneno; nena maneno u-ya-
juayo ; haku-ya-fumba fumba, ana-ya-dasiia ; jina
la mke ha-li-dasui ; ? ku-mu-ita mtu, laken usi-m-
dasue jina.
Data, s. ; ku-mu-cndcsha kijana data (dade) ?
Dataoa, v. n. ; vid. tataga (in Kiniasea, danta) n.
Datama, v. n. (=> lengama in Kiniassa), vid.
otama, to duck, to stoop, to coicer.
Dau, 8. (la, pl. madau), a native boat sharp at both
ends with a square mat sail. TJiey are the
vessels of tJte original inhabitants of Zanzibar,
and chiefly bring fire-wood to tJte toicn from the
south endofthe island (St.).
s —
Dauama, adv. (vid. daima), always ( A^ , perse-
verantia).
Dauati (or dawAti), 8., writing-desk (Arab. S^j ,
atramentarium) ; dauati ya wino, inJcetand;
dauati ya kasha, a little box.
Daudika, v. n. (R.)? cfr. s&mand sarika.
Daulati, 8., tJte govemment; cfr. Arab. \\j ,
s-c- s— • . .
conversum fuit ; &3««> J.j , conversio temporis,
prospcritas, dynastia.
Dausi, 8.,peacock (R.).
Dawa, 8. (ya, pl. madawa) ( ^o , aegrotavit ;
p\ft«> , mcdicamentum, remedium), a medicine,
remedy; dawa ya ku hara, a purgative; dawa
ya ku tapika, an emetic.
Dawa, *. (la, pl. ma — ) ; vid. mgomba wa tum-
baku.
Dawabu, 8., to gice eomething to a Muhitaji for
what no reward is erpected (R.).
Dawada, v. (rectiii8 tawAtiia, v. n.) (cfr. Arab t U. t
superavit alium nitore ct munditie, pec. sacrae
lotionis ; se mundavit aqua, se abluit ad pera-
gendam precationem), to wash one-8-self with
water before saying (Muhammedan) prayers.
Dawadia, v. obj. (cfr. khodubu).
Dawakuu, v. n. (and dawakau) (rectias tawa-
kuli, v. n.) (Arab. iL .commieit rem suam alteri,
fretus fuit Deo ; confisus fuit alteri), to be con-
fident.
Dawara, 8.; rokho ina-m-dawura, Jte is compoeed
or quiet t (R.).
Dawasa, r. a. (rectius tawasa); Arab. £~j
in poteetate fuit, potestatem dedit ; ku-m-daw&su
mtu, to appoint one as tJte rtUer; said also of
tJte festivities connected urith that appointment.
Dawisaka (Kipemba).
Debadkba, v. n., to go about with (bidaa) mer-
dtandise tiU it has been disposed of.
Debuani, 8., a kind ofcoloured chthfrom India.
Defpe, #., time; amepiga bunduki deffe mbili, he
fired tJte gun twice; vid. kono, *.; cfr. Arab.
A*J*> , unus impulsus ; vicis una.
6 C-
Deftari, 8.; vid. daftari; cfr. *s5o » vox Persic,
liber oxpensi et accepti, catalogus.
Deoa, v. a. (vid. teka, to catclt) ; ku-m-dega mtu
akili, to search out, to find out wJiat one know$;
tueude tuka-m-dego akili.
Deoeaka, v. rec. (better tekeana).
Degea, r. n. ; ku-sambo maji (cfr. dapadapa) ;
degewa, r. p.
Dege (better tboe), *. (vid. tege) ; mizani ya dege,
an unjust measure or unjust balance.
Degel^a, v. n. (tekele*a), to rejoice at tJie birth of
a child, or at tJte safe arrivalfrom a journey.
De*iiaki, v. n., to sneer, to deride, to laugh at (ku
tesoa, fiulia); Arab. <3***
Deheni, r. «., to daub a native craft with lime and
oil (or cameVefat); cfr. Arab. yjt*y , unxit —
ku paka chombo kna shehum ; sheham ni mafiita
ya ngamia yaliotaoganioa na toka ; ndio ku
deheni chombo.
DehknI, *., lime and fat for davbing the bottom of
sc *
a native vtssel; /jjfcj , oleum quo ungitur.
Deiieri, adj. (better tiiahiri) (vid. dahiri), or
dihiri, v. n. t to be manifest ; Arab. yfc > appa-
ruit res.
Dereria, 8. obj., to make clear and so conspicuous
tJtat one eannot deny it; nime-m-deheria maneno
mbelle za kadi (kathi).
I Deuehisha (or dihirisha), v. c, to makc clear or
DE
(48)
DS
manij'est, to di*do$e; ku weka wazi ku jiia
suafi.
Deirika (or tkirika\ r. w., to diminish or perieh
unperceivetUy ; fcthayakwc imedeirika ku-pii-watu
aaipojua; mbuzizangu zinadcirika siku hizi kua
kidi'ri; perha}>8 from the Arahic Jb , nocuit,
noxa affecit, laetrit, laesus fuit.
Deka, r. n., to rcfuse to be pleased, to he perverse,
to he teaeing (St.).
Dekesa, v.; chombo kinadekesa muambani, the
ve88cl rnn agrountl on rocks ; viombo vinadekesa
furdani ; cid. tekvza, to run ashore.
Dekewha, r.c. (tekkmiia); — kua maneno, tomake
one laugh with icords tiU anger has pa**ed
away; vid. teka.
Dklali, t. (rid. dalali), apedlar; mtu asnngukaye,
ku uza vitu, or mtu anadiye ngiio, d:c. ; vid. nadi.
Dklea, r. n., vid. telca and tcscza, to slip, to hc
tlippcry.
Di!leka, r. ti., vul. tcleka ( = siraika), a pot on
fire.
Dklekeza, r'ul. ku telekcza chungu, to cocer the
pot in atcJi a manner that the concave part
of tfie cover on the ineidegoes dotrmrard, in
opposition to ku finika bunabu ; u-ki-telekeze,
usifinike bunabu; "ku finikiza" aiul "ku
telekeza niungu" must he trell distinguisJted.
Delekatui, h., a kind o/o*rrf (picnonotus,*» India
thehullndl).
Dklele, adj.j lerel f
Deli, 8., thc top of a tu*k ; deli yu pcmbc ( J$J f
postrcninm cujnsquc rci).
DKLiu, *., rid. dalili.
D£limu, v. ?!., cid. dalimu or thalimu.
Delki (hcttcr telki), $., a donkey J 8 walk; kucnda
c -
dclki, to walk (of a donkey) ; jpL , cursus coui.
Dema, *., a kind offish-trap.
Dkmak, adr., 8teering toward the opcn 8Ca not
toward the rock* (Sp.).
Demani, the *hcet of a sail (St.).
Demaki, 8., ritl. damiini.
Dembo, *., vid. tcmbo (dcmbo la tombo, R.)?
Denda, v. a. (hettcr ku tknda), to make, to hear
(fruit)-, vid. tenda, tendekeza; ku ji-tcndekcza,
to ajtpropriate, or to accwttom to hy imitation,
cspecially to hahituate to sonwthing improper (R.).
Dkndu oC (la), pl. madendu gfi? ; cfr. tcndegfi,
lcg of hedstead.
DfiKciE, 8. ; ku kiita dongc, to 8havc the hair cxccpt
on the crown of the head (St.).
Dkko£a, r. (vid. zcngca) ; ku-m-dcngezca ; m-
dengezco huyu, aketi.
DKNOEDENtiE, adr., to shake like a dungu (ri/l.),
Dknokl£a (cid. tengelea), r. n., to look nice,
orderly, to he in a proper condition (R.) ; also
said of " intellect ;'' akilisakwe ha-ziku deuge&i
(zi mshamara kitonni).
Dknoenea, »., rid. tcngenea (Kiung. tengenvza;
tengelesa in Kimvita), tofinitk of.
Dkkoe wa m buo, a heyoat.
Dkxues, «., afiih trith rcddithfl&h (R.).
Dknoo, 8. (ya, pl. za), a kind of hean intro dm eed
hy the Jianians from India; henee U tt caSed
mboga wa Baniani, hut tke natires have beeom
aeeustomed to the ute of it. Mdengo i$ the jdant
irhich heara it.
Dkvou, 8., peas, 8plit pcas, brouaht dry from
India (»St.). Xo douht id. auod dengo.
Dehoua, vid. Kinika " ku kemba."
Dkhouka, v. n. ; vid. tenguka, teguka, pia ; magu-
yangu yanadengoka, viungo vinabiabana, ndipo
gu linadengfika ; jua Hkidenguk* na vitoa, vken
the sun reachcs the mcridian, i» culminating;
dengusha.
D^koCri, r. a., Kigu. (Kidur. dengura), (1) to
hiccr, toahase, to degrade one; e.g. t to epeak ofa
man ae one tjKaks of an animal ( — ka tharmu ) ;
(2) 8omethiny proroking (R.).
DUni, 8. (ya), pt. madeni, a deht, dehte ; ku lipa
deni, to jyay a deht; cfr. Arab. ^S f debitor
cvasit, creditum mutuumve petiit vel cepit ; C4 |J ,
debitum crcditumvo, aes alienum.
D^kaja, vid. daraja.
Derajalisha, v. 0., to eialt one, to eonfer vpou
one a higher rank X
De*riia (ya, ;>/. za) (or dkrura, or i»isumA, or
md^ruha), 8., (1) a ntroke; (2) a ttrong wind; ba-
hari imepigua ni dcruba, a rtrong wind hlew at
sea; a higher degrcc of wind i* tufnni . agaleof
\rind; tufani ya pepo, hurricane, rioient storm •
lco kuna mdcruba baharini ; (3) apoplery;
deruba mmoja, one stroke, on a auddcn; cfr.
Arah. ^jyt , verbcravit, porcussit.
Derbini, 8., rid. niuanzi (wa ku angalia), a 8py-
gla88 (Arah. dorbini), telescope; Dere. {$4k\y±y
which seesfar.
D£rkd£re, s. (Kir. chokaifu), name of a emaU
anh-colourcd hird.
Dkkkw£koa (or dkkkrknoa), r. o., riddie, to
iriiuiow (through the sicre), R. ; cfr. sungua, ku
takassa, ku }x'a.
D^ri.v, *., an ornament of lace sewed on a
kiBibao (R.) ; cfr. Arahic tklLA , tunica goan*
pina usquo ad locum cordis fiasa globuluque
oniata.
Dkkitbu, 8., vid. sulubu.
Depturi, s.; Ters. ^yu.J (cfr. ^ Bcripait;
jetawJ , composuit, hence linca, scriptura, fabulae') ;
DE
(49)
DI
(1) aistom, customary; e.g., desturiyetu neno
hili, this matter is our eustom; (2) a spar, or
boom ofa dhow, to tchieh the loicer corner ofthe
sail is fixed and turned toward the tcind; m'li
wa desturi, vid. m1i.
D'eha (vid. t'esa), toaffliet; Muignizimgu ana-m-
t'esa batta hivi, sasa ana-mu-inua, God haa
affliettd him, but now he Jtas raised him up.
Dete (pl. madcte), vid. tete.
Det£a, v. n., to Ump, to halt ; ku detca unionga or
nionga — ku fiindoa ni tambazi, to be lame in tlie
leg or thigh in consequence of a disease caUed
tambazi, which causes a man to halt, to Jiobble in
his gait, i.e., in going Ite moves his leg forwards,
i.e., yuwadctca unionga (or pl. nionga), but
yuwadetca kua gu moja, Ite limps ; one of his
feet being too short so that he must walk or stand
on tiptoes on that side. The student mutt dis-
tinguish between (1) ku dotca, to limp -- ku
detea kua ku kokota ; (2) ku teta na mtu, or ku-
m-tetea, to guarrel with one t to oppose him ; (3)
ku t'et'ea, to cackle like a Iten ; kuku adaka ku via
sasa ; vid. teta, <£c. ; (4) ku detea ndani, to put
inside; ku dctea muoto ndani ya mcko, muoto
upato wakka, to put the wood whicJt is burnt
down into the midst of the fire-place, to keep the
fire burning. Kulla neno na ntayakwe, every
icord has its meaning or its point.
Det£sa, v. c, (1) tocause limping; (2) to lead
one wlto is blind or sick (R.).
Deteleka, f. «., to omit, to interrupt; \ragcni
kuetu-viakula-viao ha-vi-deteleki ; wageni nao
hawadeteleki, waja siku zote.
Dkteleka, v. n. ; ku deteleka na kungia shimoni
(cfr. sesetcka).
Detelesh-a, v. caus.
Deteme\\, r. w., to reach after anything, standing
on tiptoe (cfr. dantamira in Kiniassa)(lX.) ; mbuzi
adctemea ku tapia manni.
Deua, v. a. — cpua, to take off t e.g. t meat or a
pot from the fire (R.) ; dculia.
Dkuli, *., a silk $carf worn round tlte waist; cfr.
~ - s -
.1 rab \\S , habuit syrma vel cauda vestis ; Jj 3 ,
cauda vcstis, syrma, lacinia.
DfiCiu, v. a. «» darau or thuriiu, to scorn.
Dkvai, *., claret, ligltt wine. This word is eridently
a corruption of tlte French " du vin. 1 ' Tlic
crafty tfuahili told me frequently, "Dovai or
nebid is lawful and not against the (oran, bitt
el khamer isforbidden to a Muhammedan." It
i* evident tfiat tliey wisJi to evade tlte Coran by
tliis sophistry.
Dez£a, vid. tezea; ku desa (teza) ngoma; ku-m-
dezea ngoma.
Dia, v. a., vid. tia, tilia, tililia; ku-ji-tia, to
iuterfere, to mix up with; maneno haya sio nlio
sema, watililia, maneno hayo usi-ya-tililie ; jua
lina-m-dia = tia, the sun has set to him t Ite could
not gofartJter; the sun stopped him.
Dia, s. t (1) composition for man's life,finepaid by
a murderer (St.) ; (2) weaknessf Arab. d*o .
Diaka, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a auiver for arrows. A
piece ofskin, which has just been flayed off an
animal, is stretched over a round piece of icood,
which is afterwards taken out. The skin is
tlien sewed togetlter. TJie auiver will hM from
10 to 20 arrows.
Diara, s. = baraka, blessing ; muaka wa diara, a
plenteous year ; cfr. .*> , copiose dcmisit pluviam
coelum, abundarunt opes ; (la, pl. ma — ) (cid.
kaburi).
Diba, s. (vid. tiba), aur.iliary troops.
Dibaji, 8., elegance of composition, a good style ;
(1) anoani is tlie titles and address of a letter ;
(2) dibaji, the prefatory greeting, and names of
honour ; Arab. g)*> , figuris ornavit pinxitve aut
finiit rem ; cW*> , (1) vestis scrica ; (2) camcla
juvenca; (3) praefatio libri ( — muanzo la
cbuo).
DIbu, *. (rid. tibu), swcet sccnt, perfumes (ma-
vumba), vitu viema viungo mbalimbali vikasalia,
tiwa pahali pamoja, viaitua viungo; vikelo
vizima, vikisagua ni dibu au mavumba (R.).
Dida, *. (\&,pl. ma — ), a bundle ofwood; dida la
kuni (zilizo fungtiniua kua ungi), a load of woo*l,
or offagots.
Didimia, v. n., to 8ink, to submerge ( — ku tota or
sama).
DidimikIa, r. obj., to bore with an awl, rfr.
Didimihha, v. c, to cause to sink ( — ku tossa or
samisha).
Difuka, v. n., vid. batta.
Dioali, s., part of a natice pipe, being the stem
which leads from the bowl into a vensel of water
through whichtlie smoke is drawn (St.).
Dioidisa, r. n. (ob*c), said of tJie motion of a
woman during coition (R.).
Digo ; ku ji-fania digo (R.)?
Piiiaka, *., mockery; dihaki, r. «., to mock at (vid.
debaki and thidaka).
Dii, r. n. (or di or ratJier tiiii, v. n.), to pine
away, to waste (»ku dofu, kukonda) (cfr. Arab.
gU, periit, invcnit rom suam pcrcuntem), ku di
or ku tbi, toperi^Ji ( = haribika).
Diika, v. n., to consume.
DiiHHA, r. c, to consume, to weakenone; Mungu
ame-ra-diUha or disha ; mtoa unadisha niumba
(vid. di).
DIka, v. ii., to be spoiled — ku haribika ; ngi'io or
mbcu imedika kua m'toa — imengiliwu ni m'toa
E
DI
(5o)
DI
ikaharibika, tJtc clotJt or aeed Jtaa been apoiled by
tJte tchite anta (or mitea) ; nguo zinadika kua
nondo, the cJothea hove been apoiled by tJte nondo,
a kind o/ mite or tnoth ichich destroys clothes
ahut up tn trunks. Henee tJie notivea erpoae
their garmenta to the 8un from time to time ;
zitoke bcrcdi, to remove dampneaafroin them ; cfr.
,30 , tcnuiu fait, comminuit, attcnuavit.
DIki (or thiki), r. a. (cfr. Arah. jjU , angustus
et arctatus fuit, in angustiam rcdegit, hence
jj-mo , angustin, afflictio, inopia, afflictus status),
to render narroic, to drive one into atruita;
fig., to vex, to distreaa : mtu hnyu aine-ni-diki,
ruahali pa ku lnla ni padogo, tJtis man has
straitened me bccause the aleeping-placc ia too
snmlJ ; I hod not room enougJt (ku kaza, songa\
Dikika, v. n.; Fulani anadikika, akdwa mucgni
ku dikika, hr. icaa in diatreaa.
Dikihiia, r. c, to afflict, to jnuhone Jiard (ana-
m-shindisa).
Dikiwa, v.p., to bepreaaed, rcxed.
Diki. *. (thiki) (ya), varroirnes*, straitncsa,
tigJttnesa ; niuinba hi ina diki, heina nefas, thia
Jtoitae ia narrotr f it has not mueJi room : fig.,
distreaa, affliction, preaaure; ku toa katika diki,
to aaoefrom diatresa, grievance, dangcr.
Diki DiKi, adv., to piecea, rery fine, rcry mucJi;
e.g., unga una sagua dikidiki, tJtefiour has Iteen
grottnd veryfinc; ku vundika diki diki, to J>e
Jirokcn in pieccs : ku fvoa dikidiki, to bc donc
cntireJy, to be ovcrdonc (said offood).
Diko, 8. (pl. mndiko), « landing-placc (St.) (rfr.
liko, *.).
Dili, *., a acrpcnt.
Dili, r. a., to act at vovght (Luke xxiii. 11) (vid.
dalishn\ giHsi gani ku-m-dili muenzio kama
ambaye kuainba si muenzio ? kama alivio-ni-dili
(thili) nguvuzangu, Muegnizimgu ata-m-jazi.
Dilika, v. n.; naona ku dilika nafainimuangn,
Ifcel to be act at nougJtt.
Ku diliana, v. rec.
Dilia (dililia\ rjV7.dia,tia,tililia, r. a.,toputinto.
Dilipika, t». 71., to diminiah or to decrease by
distrilmting or apcnding too mucJi = ku
pungiika kua ku toa eana ; mtellewangu nmcdili-
fika leo, my rice haa decrcaaed to-day, because
I Jiavc givcn one measure to this man, and
another to that man, icJto c.aUcd on me.
Dilifihha, v. c, to cavsr to diminish; e.g., watu
wamedilinsha leo mtcllewangu, wame-ni-tia
nniongc.
Dilifu, r. 7i., io dic (R." ; ku dilifu ku fa.
Dilika, r. n. t to bc discouraged (CoJ. iii. 21 \
Dilimu, vid. dalimu; kuji-dilimu nafsiyakwe, to
commit suicide.
Dilla dilla, odj., varioua ; watu dilla dilla,
various people ; mtomke huyu apika dilla dflla,
(kulla ginsi), this vsoman cooks various tkinga.
Dima (or tiiima), v. a., to defeot (R.).
Dimamu ; viote pia kuaroba muario dimamu ai ta
haji kitu kiwacho chote. Dimamu •■timim
— timia, to he over the vchole; Khamiai Kombo
ia over the tcJtole of the northem Wmuka
tribea.
Dimazi, a., an ertempore plummet.
Dimra, r. a. ; usi-m-dimba tangamiika (R.) (aaid
ofmourning) ; maneno ya ku dimbia ; ku dimba
rokho (vid. tim6).
Dimbuka, vid. fukv'ika, r. n.
Dimbuza, v. c; jiia ladimbuza; muezi wadim-
baza. Thia rerb aignifiea tJte beginning of tJte
aun'a or moon'a coming forth.
Dimu, 8., a limc; dimu tamu, a atreet lime.
DiMu, v. n. (R.) (rectiua timu) ; Arab. ^ , totof,
perfectuB fuit, ad completum finem perrenit;
e.g. t sikuzakwe zinatimu, Jtis time i» come.
Dimia, r. ohj. (better ttmia).
Dimiliza, r. a. ; pro timiza, to maJce up a dti-
ciency, tofiJl up.
Dixi, 8. (ya), reJigion, vorship, ereed; ku skika
juo na ku salli ndio dini (after the JUuhammeda»
s
notion) ; cfr. ^o , ritus, cultua Dei ot timor.
Ku di.ni, v.n.; ku thikiri ( XS , recordatui est)
preces ni ku dini on Htt siku ya Jumaa, amltm
Ttiur8day evening.
Dira, 8., a bird icJtich fiies into a Jtoie (pango\
irJticJt people shut up to kiU tJte hird. It dia
mourning for ita young ones : hence the natirt
80itg (vid. kule).
Dira, 8. Cya, pJ. za), tJic marincr'a composa (e/r.
Arob. j\t , circumivit; J^j, circulaa, circuihn);
dira ya kn saffiria chombo baharini, an inatrm-
mentfor directing tJte royage ofa ship.
Dira, v. a. t to cut ahort; ku dira nuelle kitoani.
DntiKA, r. «., to be cut; nuelle zinadirika.
Dikahu, a.; ku futa uzi or dirabu, to atpin.
Diba dika ; manenoyao yali dira dira, their ivords
•trcre diatant (R.).
Diridiki ; wanakuja diridiri, muoto wakka (B.\
Dirikana, v. rcc : ku sanikana.
DiRiKi, r. n., to be ahle ( — ku weza), to ventwe, tt>
Jtave a will or power, to avcceed in one'a purpm
by bcing guick, to be in time, to be hecoming; efr,
«cS. *> , comprchendit, assecutus fuit conaecatw
potitiisvo fuit ; si diriki, / cannot take it upan
myself, I am not responsibU; ta-ku-diriki mam
moja, to comply guickJy.
Diririka, r. n. (vid. tiririka), to run a$ ink 0*
paper; nioka yuwa tiririka.
DI
(50
DO
Diririhha, r. c, to cause to run; ku diririsha
mate, to spirt spittle through oiie's teeth.
DiRWHA, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), a window ( - shubaka) ;
dirisha la ku angililia poani.
DiRwin, v. (and dirihhIa), to manifest, to tett, to
lay open.
Dirizi, 8., iron armour (Sp.) ()»•>, i*r«. sutura
vestis).
Dibha, r. a. (oid. tisha, v. a.), tofrighten; dishika ?
(2) todestroy; ku-jidisha.
Dihmali, *. - utaji.
Dita (or duta), r. a. ; ku dita ngiio — ku funga
pamoja ngiio ncngi, ku-zi-tukiia, to tie in bundles
{or packages) many clothes aml thus carry
them.
Ditika, v. n. ; mtiinia ameditfka mzigo wa Buana-
wakwe, the slace icas ioaded with hig masters
bundle.
Dittsha, v. c. ; Buana ame-m-ditisha ratiima.
Ditimia, v. ii ., to be far at sea, far off from land
(=» ktia niballi katika uziwa); tumc = ditimia,
na uziwa, Mvita hauoncki tena, we are far off
on the grcat sea or dcep, Mombas is no longer
visible.
Ditimua = tutumiia ?
Divai, 8., winc (Kiung), evidently from the French
du vin (cfr. viniu).
Diwani, (1) the scnate, council; cfr. Arab.
s -
rtW*> ( vox P ro P- Persica), senatus concilium;
(2) jumbe or mfalme, a councittor, a title of
honour among the coast-people of thc island of
Tanga (pl. madiwani).
D6a, v. a. (vid. toa), to take or give out; toalia;
suisui tuatoalia kua yalcyetu.
Doama (or dotama), v. n.; jamvi latouma (or
ladotama).
Doana, *., a hooh (St.).
Dobea, r. n., to become wealthy; mji umcdobca
(Sp.) (vid. topca).
Dobeza, v. c, to make rich; Mungu amcdobuza
nti.
Dobea, r. m., to become yeUow (leaves of trees) ;
dobesa (II.) pondo ya dobea — topea.
Dobi, *., (1) a washerman (ravua ngiio) ; (2) a red
cap ( — kofia) irornby chieft (in Kiniassa kisodi) ;
(3) having a load; chombo ki dobi, thc re88cl is
heavily laden ■» chombo kishehena.
Doboa ? kiapo cha shamba ? ku doboa m.ihindi
wa ansapo ku ya doboa, to eat food which is
forbidden by the mganga (K.).
Doboka, said ofa perforated gkin (full of holes),
gaid also ofsickncss coming out, breaking forth.
Dobua (or topua) ?
Doda, v. a., to push or prick or knock for some-
thing, to make itfall down.
Doda, v. n. (Kimrima) «= ku tona (Kimv.), todrop,
to drip ; ku doda nti ; nguoyangu inadoda kua
mvua, my doth drips with the rain.
Dodo (vid. 6mbe) ; maembo ya dodo.
Dod6a, v. a.; ku dod6a, to take up a little at a
time.
Dod6fu, 8. (pl. ma— ), a kind of fish (tetrodon)
whicJi the nativeg do not eat as it is poisonou8 ;
yafu yafulakwe (pafu) lina sumu. The nativeg
gay that the poison ig removed by eating human
excrement, which causes vomiting.
Dodoki (pl. madodoki), a long slender fruit eaten
ag a vegetaUe (St).
Dod6ra, r. a. t to gruh, dig out, e.g., ku dodora
mtama, from a matting bag.
Doesa, r. a. = pendeza ; kitu hiki kitadocsa ; kitu
hiki haku-ni-docsa (hakidoesi na mtu mnye)
(vid. toesa), rokhoyako ya-ku-doesa kaya au
Kisulutini ?
D6fika, v. n. (or d6fu), to become thin, lean — ku
onda or konda ; cfr. Arab. j^jcA , debiiis, in-
firmus fuit, impur fuit.
D6fihha, v. c, to.cause to become lean or weak
(ku ondcsha or kondusha) ; fvj., to weary one,
e.g., kaa maneno mangi, by many words; ndia
ime-m-dofisha, tJte road wearied him.
Dofra (pH, madofra), a sailmakers palm (St.).
Dooo, adj., little, smatt, young, younger.
Do(H)DA, v. n. ; c.g., mvua yadogoda ?
Doo6ra, v. = chogoia in Kid. (to grub obsc).
Dooohha (rectius tokohsa), i». a., to boil, c.g.,
mahindi, kundc, muhogo, but to cook wali.
D6iiax (or i>6khax or more properly dukhan,
^ ^ ^
dukhani), a chimney, from the Arab. /4A.J
fumum emisit ignis ; £)\d.«> , fumus ; hence
markebu ya dukhani, or markebu ya moshi (in
Suahili), a steam vessel.
Dohani (or dokhani), a sort of tall baiket in
whichfruit is brought on mens heads to market.
JSee a more detaiied description of this dohani
111 Dr. Steere's " Uandbook," page 261.
Doiiara (rectius toiiara), (1) uke akiauliwa anakiia
dohara (vid. aulia) (cfr. Arab. ^L , mundus,
purus fuit ; ftAgL , mundities). Tohara must be
•i» ** *■•
wtU distinguisJtcd frotn ku tahiri, yjo , pracpu-
tium exstirpavit, to circumcise. Ku pasua dohdra
— ku dohiriwa, legal purity.
Dodori, 8. (ya) (or ed6h6ri or ed6iiuri), noon
(pne cf the Muhammedan hours of prayer) —
jua likisimama na vitoa.
Dokeza (or tokeza), v. a. ( = ku gnognogncsa, to
whisper into one % 8 ear), to give one a hint
secretly, e.g., if some people tntend kiUing or
rcbbing me, and one of them informs me of thig
plan, I would gay: Kafiki yangu ame-ni-dokeza
e2
DO
(52)
DU
maneno haya or nime-dokczoa ni rafikiyangu ;
mimi singejoa, laken mtu ame-ni-dokcza , usso
ulio dokeza (cfr. komo la usso).
Dokokhani (cid. turukbani) ; ku toa turukhani, to
counterbaJance, to eijuijpoise.
Dokua, *., a lcind of food or beverage t a kind of
beer = dumbu in Kinika ; cfr. pombe.
Domo, $. (la, pl. ma), (1) domo la kiu'mbe, thebeak
of tlie kuembe, a certain water-fowl with a long
beak; (2) jirojcction (madomo madonio), kitu
chegni domo, something prominent, jutting out.
D6na, r.a., topeck, uscd ofbirdsjiickingvjigrain,
«ftc.
Donana, r. rec; c.g. kuku wawili anadonana kua
midomo, ttco foirls peck cach othcr with their
beaks.
Doke8A, r. c.
Donda (pl. madonda), large sorcs ; donda ndugu,
malignant ulccrs.
Do.vdo, s., (1) starrJt; bafuta hi ina dondo ncngi
singema, this bafta has mnch starch in it, it ix
not good, becausc in irashing the starch comes
out aml tlte cloth is tlien oflittle use; (2) dondo,
(pl. madondo), coralt (Sp.).
Doxd6a, v. a., to pick out } to ndl; ku dondoa
ndiimo za mtelle, to pick out thc grains of rice
whicJt have not yet bcen husked. In gencraJ, to
tiean grain, to pick up bit by bit.
Dondoka, r. n., to faJl, or drop one by onc ;
mbcyu zime-ui-dondoka, the med* drojijicd
from my hand onc by one.
Dondoro, Dykcr* mitclopc (St.).
Donua (pl. ma — ) (Kin. mazajc).
Donoania (tenoania) (R.) = ku-m-fania fitina
(cfr. songa in Kiniassa).
Donok, s. (la, p\. ma — ), a dot ; donge la damu,
a clot of bhod; damu imcfania madonge, thc
blood has bccorne dottcd or coagulated, madonge
ya zima.
Do.NotfA, v. a. (rid. chongera) ; dongelcsa ; alic-m-
dongclcsa ni fulani.
Do.vooa, *. (la, pl. ma — ) (cfr. kawe aud ndongo),
clod — nti ya ndongo, clay soil ; udongo una
madongoa, na katika mviia una telczi na topc,
kuani ? ni nti ya ndongo.
Doxo6xia, r. a. ; ku dongonia maji, to take vp
gently and Uttlc by little the tcatc.r ichich is ntill
remainivg in au empty pit or dryfountain.
Do.von6ka, 0. 11. (H.), (1) to hare food and raiment
rcgularly, or snfficiently (maridawa) ; (2) to gtt
vp, to rise from poverty ; ni mtuambayo kuamba
yuwapata ngiio za maridawa ; ku fania hujambo
{Kir. ku hcnda niuiri).
Doi»a, s. (or .toi'a or topa) (la, pJ. ma — ) (vid.
oya) ; dopa la kuni, as much mood as can bc
taken in both hands, a snta'l bundle of gnougo,
fimbo or fite.
Dop6a, v. o. ; ku dopoa kua pili, to bore tkrougk
(Sp.).
Doi»6ka, to be perforated.
DoasA, r. a. (rid. tossa, r. c), to wet througk ; tosa
la cmbe.
Dotai ? (R.).
Dotka, r. a., to lengthen or puU out the tcick of a
lamp, ku pata ku wakka wcma, that it may burm
niccly; ku dotea kua kijiti utamba wt ta ku
pata ku wakka wema ; ku dotea muoto = ku tia
or songesa winga ndani ya mcko; ku dotc%
dotelca, jejclca cliungu kipate harri ka dote-
lesca.
Dotka (or doteliSa or detelka or jejelea
CHUNGU MUOTO, KIl'ATE IIARSl).
Doteleza, r. c; fig^ ku-m-dotelcza fitina = ku-m-
tesania.
D<jtelez£a, r. obj.; ku-m-dotelezea maneno ya
ufitina, thcre icas jvreriously an ill JeeJing, bmt
he incrcased it as one increases a firt b$
thrusting the fircbrand farther into it.
Doti, s.,apiecc of cotton-cloth eight mik6no (cubiU)
or a Uttlc hss thanfour yards in length.
Dot6ma, v. n. — ku cnda mbio, to go or sail
(juickly; chambo kile chadotoma, ni kipesi cha
ku cncnda; dotomca or totomea; saaa kina-
kwisha dotomca, rtoir it (the ship) has gone oui
ofsight.
Dotoka, r. a. \cfr. dokora), to scratch vp, cjj^
nti.
Doya, r. «., to sjiy ur rcconnoitre, to go as a spy -
ku tcmbca nti, ku angalia tabia ya nti.
Dra (or dkka), 8., the Arabic name of the SuoJuIi
cjpression "^111^6^0/' cnbit, a measure from
the clbow to thc cnd of the third finger ; cfr.
Arab. g»3 , mensuravit cubito; £^%*i , part
brachii ab cxtreiuo cubito usque ad ertrcmitatem
digiti medii (rfr. doti).
Dua, r. a. (t(ta), c.g., pilpili, <lc, to arind, trituratc
Jiepjwr, mandano, d'c.
Dua, s. } worship, theohnjy; cfr.Arah. \^>, Tocant,
appcllavit, invocavit, rogavit Deum ; £fcS ,
invocatio, prccatio ; diia za ku-mu-ombfa mta
Mucgnizimgti ; (2) dna, vid. tiia, a speU.
Duala, i\ a. (cfr. Kin. luala), to be amazed or
}>crplexejd.
Duama, r. 11.; maji haya yanaduama — yanatuCa.
Duar.1, *., a cranc, irindlass; cfr. Arab. A J, gynmi
egit, circumduxit; ^o , g}TUfl; ^ , circuro,
mudawaron, rotundus.
Duami, «., la, pl. maduasi ?
DuazA.va ?
Duba, v. 11. ; maji yashinda, yaduba mtungini, if
thejar is not quitefuJl.
DCT
(53)
DTT
Duuu, v. n. (vid. tubu), to amend, better ones-seJf;
Arab. s^AL, bonus fuitj tibu, Arab. v^L, mcdi-
catus est, curavit ; Jtcnce tibu, to Jieal (vid.).
Duda, pl. madiida; ku lima maduda, ridges (cfr.
tadu in Kiniassa).
Dude, *. (la, pl. ma — ), anytJiing, a wJiat-is-it?
a thing or instrument of whiclt one does not
know the name or hasforgottcn tJie name of it —
kitu asicho-ki-jua jinalakwe, ndilo dude (diminu-
tive, kidiide) ; dude gani hili ? what is this thing
Jtcre ?
PuDiA, v. a., tofill up (e.g., tlic ground ofa Jtouse)
DCdu, 8. (la, pl. madiidu), a small stcelling pro-
ditced by muclt scratching of parts of tJte body ;
N'na-ji-kuna hatta n'nafdnia madudu muilini.
Dudu, *., pl. wadiidu, an insect or insects and
vcrmin destructice to wood atul grain; cfr.
Arab. o.o, vermis; mdudu, pl. wadudu, general
term for insect and insects. Various kinds of
wadiidu are: tiingu, j<">ngo, kiron, tinne, m'toa
(termites), siiifu, miuio. -.1// tJiese are wadudn
watambao. Mdiidu wa janda, a wJiitlow.
Dudua, r. n., to become })Oor =» amekua kama
dudu (Sp.).
Duduka, r. •»., to become itchy — ku fania pi'le;
ku-ji-kuna m'no hatta muili kn-mu-asha, hatta
muili unafania mariigu rugu wa pele.
Duduka, v. n., to get out of a tJting (Er.); ku' —
kua kimo ?
Dudukua, r. n.; nadudukua ni pelc; pele zina-ni-
duduka (or cbuchuka) inuili ote.
Duduma, r. w.; mtu huyu ha-tu-pi kitn, ni ku
duduma tu, to rumble, said of tJte intestines ( —
Kin. ruruma).
Du ditmi, 8., a large Jtorn; vid. kidudumi.
Dudumia, r. «., to maJie a Jtole, to perforate.
Dudumika, v. a. — ku tumbiia kitu kua mismari
or uma wa nta, to press in boring or to press
with t/ic Jiand on a drum.
Dudumikana, to get into a confusion or agitation,
to get excited.
Dudumikisa (hdasi), to press into tigJUly.
Dudumisa, v. c, to cause to enter, to prrcss or put
into withforce; e.g., ku dudumisa nguo mkobt&ni
hatta kungia, to press a cloth into a bag (whicJt
is already full) uiUil it goes in.
Dudumua, v., vid. tutumua.
Dudusiia, i». «., (1) to mocl:, to ridicule = ku
amba ; (2) to tnakefat = nonsa, v. a. (Er.).
Dudussa, r. a. (duduka, v. n.), tJie fire does not
begin to burn; muoto una dudussa hapo —
hauwakki, sebabu ya niassi kua mbiti, the fire
will not light (not catch) on account of there
being fresh grass.
Duduvule, *., a kind of Jtornet wJiicJt bores in
wood (St.).
Duelewa, v. n.; uduelowapo ni jua lala, prov., to
comply witJt the times (R.) ; cfr. tua, tuelca.
Duesa, v. a., to bring low; vid. tuesa. Kristiani
wakikua, mayahudi wakiduesua.
Dueza, c. n.; ku-ji-duesa = kujidiisha, rid. tucza
tusha.
Dun, s., a species of tortoise whicJi is sometimes
poisonous ; vid. kassa.
Dufu, *. (la, pl. ma — ), (1) weaknew, badness :
dufu la tombako, bad tobacco, because it is not
strong (heiwashi) ; vid. dakatu ; dufu la mtu =
mtu mbaya (asiependana na watu), a bad man
(2) adj., tastelesa, insipid.
Dufuda (or dafda), *., thich cloud (vid. gubari)
imefania gubari, to be rainy and foggy = uli-
mengu u mafiiru fiiru, to be misty.
DOuC, *., a round mat witJi a border round about
ttsed in grinding flour.
Duguda, v. a., to sJiake, to quake,mm\i wa-ni-diiguda
(vid. tukiita).
Duoudika, v. n., to be sJiaken.
Dugudisha, v. c.
Duili (or duiri), v. n. (vid. tuili), to be late; cfr*
Arab. J\L , pro jj£ , longus fuit Jj£ , mora
distulit, diu duravit ; to be tardy, dilatory.
DCka, *. (ya, pl. ma — ), a shop = mahali pa
biashera; cfr. Arab. ^lso , Pers., locus altior
et planus in quo sedet mercator, et merces suas
exponit.
DuKirtA, v. n., to listen secretly ; cfr- -J*Jj >
pervasit, penetravit, impetum fecit.
Ku-ji-dukiha, v. refi., to intrude itUo another't
business or conversation, witJiout being caUed
for; mtu huyu ni mdukiai, juwa-ji-dukisa
maneno ya watu, haku itua. Hence tJie Prov.,
yuwa-ji-fania mawelle ku-ji-tia mtini, i.e., uki-
tuanga mawelle yanangia mtini, mtu haku
tia.
Dukibi (pl. madukisi), an eaves-dropper, a tale-
bearer.
Dukuka, r. m., to be knotcn, to Jiave a name (R.)
(?) - tukiika.
Dulli, r. dl, to bring down ; duliwa, csj. bendera
ina duliwa, the fiag was lowered; cfr. $j f
demisit in puteum urnam, deorsum misit.
Dulli, s. (ya), distress, misery ; dulli ime-m-pata
or amepatikana ni dulli — mashuka ; cfr. J^j ,
fortunae mutatio.
DuLLisnA, r. c.
Dullia, v. n., to come topaas, Jtappen, to beful-
filled; maneno yanadullia kua kuelli, the words
werefulfilUdintruth;efr. JU , conversum
fuit, notum evasit.
DU
( 54)
DTJ
Dullu, v. n., to eome to liyltt, to bccome manifett ;
vitu vingi vimeduilu baba alipo kufa, many tltinys
wcre brouyJU to liyht aftcr tkcftUhcr's dcath.
DulubIka, t\ a. - dabiiika (?)
Dum {pr thum), «., yarlic.
Di'mana, 8. (va), surety, bail (rid, damana or
daniini).
Dumha, v. 7i.; mizigo idumbii katika niiiniba (K.),
tJte loads lie rouml about in yreat numbers, in
a6ttn</<i/<ce(wV/.tumbfi),dumba»dumbC< ; viombo
vldumbe = viombo vijasi, or viombo vina dunibii
vinaja tclle.
Dumbuuujika = furujika.
Dumbua, dumbukiza, dumbuiza, vid. tumbiia,
tumbuiza; dumbiika, dumbukin; kiti hiki cha-
ni-Jumbukia niongo, this t/tiny makcs my yall or
bile to break or come v/>.
Dunduiha, r. n. (tunduisa); mahindi yaanza
dunduisa (li.).
Dunga, r. a. (ku tambua), toperforate, to bore,to
stick; picrce; ku ( — ku t6ma) dunga mashikio;
ku dunga (rid. tunga) uuhanga, to itriny bewU;
v. n. — ku toa mitc ; mahindi yadunga —
yaAnza ku tokca, to prick, to pieree; mtama
unadunga.
Dunoa, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), a kind of baslct trith »r
cocer (!£.), brouyJufrom the Niasta rcgion.
Dunok, 8. (\&,pl ma — ), the yrcen rind of fruit^
e.y., dungo Ja korosho, the yreen hutk of thc
casJicic-nut, an iimnature cashew-nut; dungs
ni tundoyukwo nibclle, kisha likakiia dunge,
likisha kua kanju likaiwa, iikiaha iwa kanjn.
lilo si dunge tena linakua korosho.
Dunoika, v. a., to hout aflay (tungika}.
Dumbukua ; felani siku hizi anadumbiikua ni ! Dinoiza, v. ; maji yakidungizua ni uwangua (rfr.
uellc. tungisa).
Dunou, 8. (la, ]d. ma — ), a sJtcd or roof reeting on
jmts (rid. ulingo) froia 15 to 18 feet higk to
secure tlw iratc/imen of the pluiUation againtt
tcildbeasts, cspccially tht leoparde ; a hut ertcfaf
in a trcc.
Dunuua, v. a. (tungiia), to degrade, reduee, dit-
paraye ; fulani amc-m-dungua niucnziwe, to di*-
miss or remoce from ojjice (?).
Dunouka, r. n.
Dunoumaro, «., (1) akindofdrum; (2) a kimlof
ecil spirit cfdlcd mdungumaro, the drum (dango-
maro), u tised for erpeUing the spirit ; wi g»"g »
apiga mshindo wa dungumaro, ku-m-tuliza mdnn-
gumaro pcpo asitange tange.
Dum, adj., little, mean, low, bclow, lces, trijliag,
minority; tJie smaHcst part tcJiich i« 9ola\ dnpi
ni thumuni ; cfr. q\j , iuferior, vilis fait ; **** ,
infra, 8ub; ^.o , quod inferius est; nimeu»
duni tamuni, / sold it dt a low price, for a trtfle ;
mtu duni (pi. watu diini), an inferior, or commo*
man ofhw oriyin.
Du.ma, *. (ya), eartJi, tJte icorld, unireree; Arab.
Lij , mundus, bona mundana, incn; ku fariki
diinia, to quit tJie world, i.e. t to die.
Du.vsa, v. v., to smcU; mahali hapa patnednnsa.
DuNrti, 8., dirulyiny, yo^sip = upelcleri ; mdmm
dunsi aslcs many qucstions about family matttri
and spreads about immediately what h< Jku
Jicard prirately.
DCta, 8. (ya, pl. za — ), a file, rasp; dupa ja p'rii
ya ku katia chuma, or ya ka nolca mscmeno. Tk
studcnt vmst distinyuisli dupa (file), from t6pa
a bottle; tiipa pa mfiazi (vid.) from kn tnpi,^
tJirow away.
DCpa, v. a., to 8tep occr = ku kiuka or ku kia,
e.y., ku dupa gogo.
Dume, adj. ; bata diimc, a draJcc ( pl. mabata ma-
dume).
Dumi, *., vid. muao.
Dummi, 8. (ya), dummi ya moshi, a p'dJar ofsmoke
rininy })erpendicularly, wJtcn tJwrc is no wind ;
moshi inabimiima heitawaniki kana nguzo.
Dumu, v. n., to continue =• ku kawa, ku fauia siku
zote, inucgni ku dumu kua kitu, constant ; Arab.
^J, percnnavit.
Dumia, r. obj., to jyerscrere (*;/>. daima).
DirMisnA, v. a. (pr daimihiia), to cawte to con-
tinue.
Dunda dunda, v. a., (1) to jtound or yrind tJiouyJt
there may be rery little in tJte mortur ; (2) to
pluck, yatJier.
Dundama, v. n., to settle, toyct quiet; maji yadmi-
diimc, let tlte water be quict.
Dundauya, v.
DUNDinA, vid. patn.
Duxdu, 8. (pl. maduudu), (1) a larye calabash (in
Kiamu) which tJie Mombassians caU kitoma ;
kidundu, a small calabash, which siynifies alsoat
Jlombas a little animal which eats tJie escrements
pf nten and bea*U; Jtence the Lamuans and
Mombassians joke eacli otJier, which leads
frequently to a fierce quaiTcl; kidundu bciny at
Lamu sometJiiny JionouraUe, wJiiUf it is con-
temptiblc a* tJie Mombassians understand it.
Often yreat animosities arise from thesc dif-
fercnce.8 of dialccts; e.y., mafiizi mcans in
Ki8uaJt'di : " tJte Jtair around man's privitiee,"
whereas it 8iynific8 "beard" in Kinika; (2)
dundu, *., cJtafer (U.); (3) a kind of baskct ;
othcr kinds of baskct arc: tumbi, shubi, pa-
kaja.
Dundt'ja, r. a.; muana huyu anadundiia hatta
anadundua (vid. tundua) (R.).
DundCa, to be erippkd, stunted, not to attain to
maturity.
DTX
(55)
Durabim (or derabLni), *., an eyeglass, a ttle-
scope.
DOrO (or thubu, rectius thuru) (vid. haithuru),
v. n., to harm, to be of cotueguence and
necessity, to matter much, to affect; cfr.
y*> , or Xo , nocuit, noxa affecit, laesit, necesso
et opus liabuit, coegit ; sili kuku yuwa-ni-duru,
/ do not cat fowl, it harms me or affects my
liealth; kitu hiki cha-m-duru saua, this thing is
ofgreat cotisequence to him, affects him much;
hcidtirii, it matters not, tltere is no harm, never
mind, it is ofno consequence; msi-wa-diiru (viz.
wazungu) ; ku duri&na, v. rec. ; watu hawa hawa-
duriani.
Durika, v. n., to be harmed, to become affected
by (vid. duru); mtu huyu atadurika kua
kiila chakula hiki, this man wfll be harmed
or affected by eating this food, he will feel the
efects of it; if we liad waited, tungedurika
sana kua mvua, if we should Jiave been much
Juirmed by the rain, we should have been
cauglit in tlte rain.
DuRiaiiA, v. a., to cause Itarm or bad conse-
quences, to cause tofeel tJie effects ofa thing.
Duriwa, v. p.; hamtaduriwa ni kitu.
Durumana, v. n., to increasc, to become many or
plenty. From this word the natives derive tJie
name of tJte Kinika tribe "Duruma," stating
that tJicre were some slaves wliose duty it was to
supply tlteir Portuguese masters at Mombas
with eggs. But tJte slaves made tJteir escape to
tJie forest and lived there by tltemselves. By
degrees tlte number of runaway slaves was
multiplied, Jtence tlte name " Duruma" (accuratius
quam verius !).
Dururika, v. n., to drop, drip, tricJde down.
DuRUsi, v. n.; ku durusi, to meet in a regular
** ^ ^
class for study (St.) ; cfr. ^o , legit lihrum ;
legerunt ac studucrunt inter scse.
Dusamali, *., a striped silk JtandkercJuef or scarf
icorn upon the Jtead by wonien (St.).
Dubha, v. a. (ku tukuka, v. n., mtukufu, vid.);
nguo za ku jidusha (tusha) dushana, to make a
show or parade toitJt dress (?).
Dussa, v. a., (1) to act as a parasUe, kn dussa
watu; cfr. <j*ta , calcavit pcdibus terram,
trivit in area; (2) to get off, dau ladussa (ju
ya muamba); alikua hawcsi, laken anadussa
— anap^a; (3) let water pass tJirough — fuja;
(4) = korofisna. Fulani alikua hawesi anakwisha
dussa or aisha dussa (vid. tussa) ; ku dussa rokho
(vid. dua), to be guiet after Itaving been angry.
Duhua, v. a. — tahayarisha, to sJtame, to make
ashamed (?).
DurtUKA, v. n.
Duta, v. a. (vid. dita, v. a.) (vid. goma i'jt Kini-
assa) ; ku duta ku rudi, to reverberate; knduta
to make one stumble (R.) (?).
Dutama, v. n. (or kC jujuma) (vid. otama, v. «.),
to sit or squat, to halfsit (Kiniassa, tengama).
Dutu, *., exuberance, jutting out (kama mimba) ;
pana dutu hapa, tltere is a little jitfting out (in
tlte mzingi).
Dutu, *. (la, pH, ma — ) ; dutu la jiio, tJte size of a
book.
Dutuma (or tutuma), r. n., to disappear; watu
wale wadutuma, si-wa-oni tena wanakwisha
tutumia or dutumia; chonibo kilo chadntnmu,
chendazakwe = chadotoma.
Dutuma, v, n., to seetJte, to rise in boiling —
tokota; chungu chadutiima = chatokota, tJte
contents making a noisefrom tJte Jteat.
DutumIa (or tutumia), v. obj., to stand on tiptoes
to catcJt anytJting iclticj* is Jtigh (ku shika
kitu ju, or in order to look far — ku ji-ongeza
kimo ku angalia mballi ; ku dutumia kua mngfi,
toput one's-selfon one J s Ugs.
Dutumua, v. a., to stretcJt ones-sclf, to take pains
(?); ku-ji-dutumua (mbafu), v. refi., e.g., ku-ji-
dutumiia ku iniia kasha zito, to exert one's-self, to
strain evcry nerve to lift up a Jteavy box.
Dutumuka, v. n.
Dutumusha, v. c.
Dutuzika, v. n. »> pumiia (also tutuzika), to re-
cover breath.
Duumi, *., a dJtow sail (St.) (?).
Duzi (pl. maduzi), one wlto is fond offinding out
and indulging secrets andprivate concerns; cfr.
dunsi.
E
E, abbrev.from yc and yakwe, e.g., na-e for na yee
and he ; baba-e for habayakwe ; ninmba-e or
niumbaye = niunibayakwe, his or her house.
E, 0! oh! c (ee) buanawangu tatubu, 01 mymastcrj
I will repent or mend (my conduct).
E'a, v. n. t (1) to be clean; kitu hiki kimeea —
kimetakata or kimekua snafi, this thing Jtas
become clean or pure; nguo imeca ; moyo umeea
or umeknea; mtelle nmekuca = umetakata. Jt
must, however, be observed that tlte verb ca
(wltich, as Mr. Erh. rightly say*, is an ampli-
fication of kua, to be, to bccome) is now-a-days
an obsolete word and only used now and then
by people residiny in the vieinity of Mombas.
EB
nngu ja-
nly feet itch — .
nty feet iteh or \
(2) To iteh,
magu ja-ni-wa«ha kana pfle,
bvrn iike the itch; atakfia no kero, alMi-aira
iuimi hatta ya-mu ce (*n7. jale mnmbo afaniajo) ;
(_3)to go out,to luceeed; c/r.wea, weza; kimc-mu-
i'-a jeiiia, Ae fiarf f/owJ «Mccew.
Bbba, r. e., to etean — ku takas.ia.
EnnE, ri'rf. labeka or lcbeka.
Eda, »., /rum l/ie Arnb. jj; , numernvit ; mulicr
aUtun mnlieris, qno cum ca rem habcre ei lcpc
nefaa, «e. ob mnriti defuncti luctum, vel ob rcpn-
dium, vel ob menstrua (ri'rf. kalia) ; ku kalia eiln,
to rtmain in great iptiet and pricactj for Jire
monthi, ai movrning for a dtreaitd hathttnd
rctjuire.s; efr. alio kizuka.
Euaiia, #., vittm (vid. dabi ar tbahi, r. o.) -
u'idaka ; rfr. Arab. \^t , appuruit, aocri-
Ecavit.
Edea, r. ,- kn ji edea or jeilf a, euY ka, to tnut one '*â–
«#■(«.) (nUjetca«iirftca).
Edi (or wiui], i'. n ., (o «erie wif one'« engagtintiil ;
wanakwisha wcdi muakawiio, thtij hace itrrtd
tmt their ytar (R.) ; ifr. ac .
Kema, i. (n'rf. Jcma), fth-trap.
Eftabi [b/ aftahi), «., /roM f/ie .-Ira6. JU , fidit
rcm, iocipit «olvit jejuniiim, co miBBO facto
comedit bibitquo qniil ; JU , jejunii eolutio.
Eftari ii the diih af ricc irliich ii tcrced vp in
tlie lioaiei of grenl peopht in f/ir erttiing to thmr
icho are ittritttl duriug the Jtamadaii. The
ijaeitl are firit preienltd irith uji (ri'rf.), then
eom'ithe eftari. Imctoka eftari makombc matuno
or mananc or kcnda, fivc or eight or iii'nc plnlei
eif eftari are icrred vp in i/iic tctning. Jt it
cuttoinnry fnr ali t/ie titlherentt of a c/iicf ta
ntlcnd Itit hanguet durinij thc llmnadan at leaet
forten or tii-cire dayi. Tlic ujiformrtke ft'ttoru
vhich itfirtt terrtd up. Jn tjcucral, t/icfoilmcen
of a dii'f hacc niteaiji nrreitt to hit roWr, e«-
periuUg those tclio hare 110 irirrt or Itoitin af
their oten. See Farrathi ; ^J from ^J .
By thii meang tlie folloictr' are tept atlac/itd lo
Iht intcrctlt of tlie ekief, tcho yh-tt tliem nofisal
irayct, aml irho rtckoni On llitir ivjniort itt
ecery ca-e of iiiu rtjennj ;
EdftMA, v. n, = ku-m-koribio, to go titar one.
Eoeh£a, r. n. [vid. togcmca), to lean npon.
EoiiinA, r. ii., to drire clote to, to puih or run
againit; manamaji wame-ki-egenhach6inbupooni,
the tailori ran the rct'tl to tlie ihore i'» orrfer fc
diienibark — ku uhuaha vitu chumboni ; chombo
kima egcahna baharini, the retiel icai brovght to
the tea, cnttrtd the tea. In general, to eaute to
meet together; mto 1
ata-ni-cgesba nai. Hola bakn-mu-egiaha, Gorl
hat not afiietcd him.
EuteitAM, r. rer., lo pitth or run ngaitut eetek
other, to riin alongiide, e.g., al tta, 10 that the
eaptain* eem Udk to each other and ccmmuni-
cate ittinfrom one Mp to the other.
EkiM (or iiim), haviug, tci'tk: muegni (jjI. wegni',
jegni, zegni.
E'otiCt (irr eum), pron. voeat., ytml tinff. cw«, O
thou, pl. i'gnui, oh yov or ye; egnui waitn, O w
men/ewomtu, Othouman!
Eii£ (or biiCk)! yci! - i'wa,/rom ihe Arab. aiwS,
& wallah ! j|f», certainlg!
EioiLi, v. a. (rt'rf. idili, idiliaha), from the Aral.
Jjic , quod jmtuni et acquum caaet, atatnit erga
alinm praeatilitque in aliqua ro ; juatitiam recte
mlministravit inler cob; rectam eSecit iem;
aequavit; heuct idili, to learn that k-Ai'cA i'
right.
EiDiUBHA, r. c, to teaeh one rectitude, rigit
ronduct.
Kiuiu (or iufi.i), »., from J^c , justlti.i, tt-
quitnn; efr. (1) Lac , preaait n)iqucm rea, in
nngnstiam redegit aliquem (athaln) ; x i)
Jic , culpavit, reprchendit ; from (1) ntay he
ilerireil eithiliwa - sumbnliwa, eitbiiiaha (-
ku lumbi'ia) kun ngt'tvu na koro nn bakcn, to
eomjiel one to rfo minetking.
Eii.ixi, «. (ja) (vr ralher EirHuti, rTnisr, ..), rfr.
Arab. yjf ,iuirea prnobnit, obaecutun fuit; yi-J' ,
pcrminit, Hcitum fccit ; i^l-l* , promulgntio pre-
cum; heiu-e perniiiiion, lanctinn; ku-m-pa or
ku tua cidini or ithiui, to gice one permiiiion.
Eiwi (or fiwi); C-walla, ijei, gca, certainlg, by
i (rfir. Arab.), a ilrong tutcnt and amtar
en by iuferiori irken tvunnom:d to perfbrm
(ekea), i-. a., rid. wckea.
EkejiaiiI, â– >., aiiy procaking icord or thing, kenee
prococation; rfr. Arab. *jf , avenatua fnit,
abhorruit a re aibi non grnta et non conveniente j
lS , avcraatio, moloatia.
KaC'A, r. n. (rfr. weki'm), to break open, to break
bg bendinij — ku faiiia afa, to gire icay bj
breaking; sordSdo wanickma boriti, nmt ekiia,
thc KOOtl-icormi hase eaten the rafteri (tid.
boriti) aiui made tkem gice aav bg breakina er
bending.
EKtKA, r. ii.; boriti ja dari ime ekuka (ina-
piniJanu'ina ikapaaanka), the rafler of tkt rocf
bent attdhrokc.
Exi-atHl, adj„ rtd; kitu jekundu, u red tlung;
EL
( 57)
EM
niumba niekunda, a red Jtouse ; mtu inuekundu,
a rtd man ; makasha maekundu, red boxes ; vitu
viekundu, red tJtings.
Ela, except, but « laken ; Arab. i\ , pro 3^ »
8i non, sin minus, nisi, praeterquam, no quidem ;
cla, ela, ela kitu hijo tu-ki-angalilic, but stop, let
U8 looh at that matter l
E'lafu, 8.; «Jtf\ , one thousand, pl. ^A\ , ±j}\ »
thousands.
Elea (cfr. olea, to swirn), v. n. and obj., (1) to
float, to be afloat, to be on the surface; dau
laclea, tungie sasa, the boat is afioat (swims), let
us now enter it, let us embarh; laelea stands pro
laolca; mkwisba toka raulG wimbini bassi ni ku
elea tena buko; (2) to nauseate, to feel sick;
moyo wa-mu-elea, lit., t/tc Jteart is floating in
him *» Ite icants to vomit, lie nauseates, he feeh
sich; moyo wacnenda jii, tJte Jteart rises vp
lihe a wave or open boat ; inoyo wanelea pro wa-
nielea — kina-n-jefua (vid. jcfua or jevua) ; moyo
ku tapika, kina-n-jcfusba, or nimcjefuka moyo ;
(3) to be or become clear, plain; mancno yangn
yamc-ku-elea ? have my tcords been clear to you,
hare j/ou understood my wordsf
Elewa, v. p.; kn clcwa ni moyo, to nauseate;
(2) to be mads to understand; mtu huyn ana
elewa ni mambo sana, wao bawa ku elewa ni
neno batta moja, Lu/ce xviii. 34.
Eleza, r. c, (1) to cause or mahe to float, to
8wim a boat ; (2) trop., to spread abroad, to
announce, proclaim,preach, divulge; ku eleza
khabari, todimdge netcs; cnende uka-wa-eleze
watu (jamaa) mancno yangu; (3) to mahe
clear, toerplain; (ad. 1) moyo umcneleza, pro
ume-ni-eieza, kitu biki kinancleza moyo, kina-
n-tiikiza or jefusba, this matter disgusted me.
Elkzana, r. rcc. ; mancno gani haya mueleza-
nayo, Luhe xxiv. 17.
Elek£a, r. m., to turn out riglU or true t tobecome
2>roj>er, to be clear and easy to be understood,
to agree ; maneno huya yameelekca leo —
yanakua hakikua watu wote waliopo, the
matter8 turned out or were right or true
irith all tlie peopite icho were t/tere, to agree, to
be right.
Elekeaka, i7. rec, to face one another, to be
directed in a line =» ku tazamana usso kua
U8SO, or kua na mukabiila mamoja = ku
kabiliana, to be opposite to one another.
Elekeza, v. a. (cfr. lekea and lekeza), to direct
or point to ; e.g. ku elekeza sbikio la chombo
mlango wa Mvita, to 8teer the s/iip to or
towards t/ie entrance of Mombas ; uelekezo
biindiiki kando, usipige watu, direct or level
t/ie mushet aside, Ust you s/ioot people; ku
clekeza dau benderini; deriv. muelekozi wa
jahazi, t/ie steersman.
Elekezea, r. obj.; ku-mu-elekczea mato, to
respect(?)
Eleka, v. n., to carry a child astride on tJte hip or
bach, as tJte African women do wJien carrying
tJieir little children on tJteir bachs; cfr. Arab,
^jic , adhaesit, appcndit affixitque funem.
Elekana, v. rec., to carry one another (on tJte
bach), to agree, correspoitd.
Elekama, v. a., (l)Kin. «- ku-m-fania msaha ; (2)
to stow or Jieap (?) ; (3) andikania, to heap.
Eleleza, r. a., to imitate, to copy ; ku-juo, to copy
a booh = ku tia juo kingine, to put into anotJter
booh (vid. kielezo, pattern) ; ku eleleza kazi, ku
tazama na ku fuasa (R.).
Elem^a, v. a., to pre8s, urge one veJtemently, LnJce
xi. 53 ; wafarisi wakaanza ku-mu-elemea sana
na ku-m-toza maneno mangi kanoanimuakwe ;
motto waelemea kuja, tJie fire presses on.
Elemeza (or lemeza) (vid. lemea), to pre88 vpon
anotJter.
Elemezana — ku bofiana (or elemeaka), to-
tJtrong.
Elemisiia (better elimisiia), r. a., to instruct or
^-•»» — — —
teacJt, one ; cfr. Arab. ^ , signavit, ^lc ,
Bcivit, in8truxit, docuit.
E'limu, *. (Ar(tb. (** , scientia) (ya),* hiow.
ledge, science, learning, doctrine.
Elf, elfu, *. (vid. elafu), a tJtousand; elfccn or
elfain, ttco tJtousaiu/.
Elimeza, r. a ., to gather in Jteaps (Er.).
Elkiiamis, *. ; Arab. < j » 6 *a t) \ ^ ' dies fcriac
quintae, sc. dies Jovis ; TJtursday.
Elki, *. (vid. ilki), a hind of spicc Jsjf > cibari
delicatioris genus. It is an ingredient of the
favourite curry-j>oicder.
E'ma, adj., goot/, Jcind, nice; niumba ngema or
. njema, a good house ; kitu jcma, a good thing;
kasba jema, a good box ; vitu viema, good tJtings ;
mtu mema or muema, a good man ; watu wema,
good men ; makasha mema, good bojces.
E'ma, 8. (la,;)/. ma — ); ema la ku vulia samaki —
mtambo wa samaki, a trap or net for fislting, it
i8 lihe a basket, afishing bashet (to catchfisJt).
Embamba, adj., tJtin, narrow; niumba niembamba ;
kitu jembamba ; kasha jembamba.
E'mbe, 8. (la, pl. ma — ) a mango ; muembe, a
mangodree ; embe za dodo or ombo dodo, a large
hind of mango which came first from the island
ofJPemba.
E'mb6e (or mWb) (cfr. haba), gum, glue ; emboe
la ubuyu, a hind of paste made from the fruit
: {rid. mbiiju = haba —
iul (cid. mduuara) ( jIj ,
EunAuliA (vid. mrabbn), i-juc
L (or
uroeted, to gofor
ilfpart, to tet ojf, to go on,
teard; amckuetidp, hc Kenti tu.'nde or tuencnde,
let tu go: sobii ueticuda or naeuenda Mvila, I go
nowto llomhat; ku cnda zangu, 1 ijo my ttff/, ^
tlepart; kucndn zoko, lakwe, zelu. zenu, uo,
Aw goett airag, he goci liii irng, iL-c.; nend»
nuiiua tumboku tokoni, 1 tjo to bug tobarroin the
marktt; ofttr nenda, ktt ii not reiptired; ku
cndn kua raagu, to ga oitfnot, to iratk; ku euda
tembea, to take a icalt, to tttke n tnrn ; eudatii
zcnt:, i.c, nn kazizenu or ihuhulizeiiu ; sns*
tuende zctu kuclu, uoie let ttt go lioine.
Esd6a, r. ohj., to go for, or itfter, or ta; ku
eiidca Ziiiizibiir. tt.ijn tn Zmiiibiir. A-ji-endeii
zakwe { fiilmii minkuendua-pi, nna siflri ku
endea upaiulu guni ? Ana ku cndca Mvitn.
Esdeea, r>, n., tobe pnttable or rapiiblr oflieiiig
gonc ocer ; c.g., ndia lii bcicndrki, tkii rorul if
ttol putioblc ; liapa heicndtki usiku, Ihtre 'ti
iio goiitg or paitage tliii icay ttt nigkt.
EmielEa, r. »., (o tulcaiice, to mahe progreu
rapidlg; e.g., nuitto iitno-i'iiJidi'n, the jire ad-
ranccti, tjirtud nhoitl : uyiio .viioiitltli'iL, llu
rloth rcitdt niore tind ttiorr. the n nt oftlu rloth
ia maile irone ; tutu liuvu nmcend' ],-:i kua
â– 'lijnii, tliii miiii. itttiaiiral iit lntiirleil'jr ; ku
onJelc* inbclie or niuma, to tttlvatiet. or to
rttire; ku cndclcri, tn drtur otit in. Ititglh, to
protract; c.g., filiimo la ku endeiL-a, ttn nbtjst
litfiWiini; niufl iiii tlij Utnjt.r; tt. i/ii ftirth'.r . â– :.â– /..
kiondn kitntndek'n ; niariciio jataendol»n.
Maenuele\>, i., prnjie'ieneg ; mucudeluzi, pro-
EmiEI.RZA, i-., ta iiiorr onc ttfterthr tillirr, tnpro-
It-ittj 'ku {n'leka mlicllc i; r.o.. niiue-mu-endeltza
muivi kua akili hattn leo nna-m-pata, f iceut
on prudcntlg (to Jiitd onf the th'ief) till I got
hiin ta-tlinj ; ku cndelizn mnneno, to niakc a
tjang i.n'l: hitt nertr to come to tht jmint : ku
eudelCia wamka — ku audika wiirakn, toput
tine Ititcr and tmr ,tr-nl uj'tir n.mtltt , hnMilii:
kn eudelc/a.inmvi, (o go on orcontiititf-iitid-iuij
the l'ing ntripi icltic/i are tttrn tatjcthcr to
EM'fl-ll.l.
. go (kt
miima hntnlojliwi tena, )tc morlc him trttlh,
for a groaw-vp ehild ii not carricd; ame-
endciha watn kuakufuliia mno, he cauitti llm
/icOjAe to go ovicklt/ iri'fA long itej
cndOatia Uvita - amoaema wewo etictiJa
Mvila - nme-m pileka or tuma M«to ; da.ua
hciku-inu-endi'fiha mliio, the mediciue htitl no
intmediatc ejfect.
■e»h8a \<>r jlkuEa); ajienendea^ajenandKC.CJ -
njicnondee) raGkij'akwe, may l.ii fritntl go!
ntiiij I g:i. iicii'.iiidi' ni'il ncnde! ku-ji-cniK'ti, to
take a traJt, to tcoik ubout.
Endam, go ticl; endu (come hitlter), endult, «-,
(buju la ku tekv» maji), ^vid. nduni, tt-itliitt,
nde, tciVAotif ; ndiye, jea ke, ke, the Perg taine).
EsuELfiA ta icali:; Late i. G.
EmU, t'. ii., to jiote or iprtatl oeer; permemre in
oumcfi partea - ku fika mnhati pole ; to pem-
trate; Mtiuugu yuwa cnfa donia iote, Gadjtcin>
tratc» thc icltvlc u airersc, i.e., he upreirnt in ceerg
purt uf tke irorUl; Muungn yuwa tubaka (juwa
enOft pi») na ulimengu mzima (efr. tuUa (inn!
tnbaka); mtyi jamcem'a nti iote, the aater Itat
Jloicctl or tprctttl oi-cr tke whoU countri/; tume-
pcwn vitu hattn (unnemia pia zote — tuua. pata
zoto (enen — ku pata), Inken mfulani bakueiica.
ire ail Itare rcreiretl Intt a certain man hat ttet
ubtaiited ; ngiio Imikoeneu = hnkutosha ; ame-
gawaitia wntu n^tio hatra ku cuca wote, Ac dii-
tributvtl garmcnti amoit'j t/tc ptojde. untit it
tvjfictiltiltitftltcm.
E.vSma (tid. cnca), v. a., to meaiureoue't ttatnrt
(,kimo) fo ice ick'tch ii taUtr; mimi nimc-mu-
euenia nduguj-augu, I mcatvttd mgidf irith
mg brother by fucimj Itim; jee ni airOfu,
juwa-ni-pita, he. i* tidler tkan mi/nelf; ku-
mnmho, tn iinaiure ar jmlge matten, to/oUor
orpuriuc a mattcr ttiitii oue. hatfound it oitt.
Esenikmia, r. c-p to cattie. to mcainrt:
Kvlman-V- rrc.Jtj iiieiiiim ■.•i'L't^clfbi/aHOllttr.
]Zxf.o, *., Vt; Ihc tpreadinij ; cnco la Muungti
= kiiu U Muungii ur makno ja MuuDgu, llie
omaiprciciia: tfti'.tl, tln hcitnj [of God\ tJtiA
U creryirltert; cn.'o la iDnrnlhi, tlte ipnatliitj
ofthe sictueii (hnja ni jn Muegniaimgu).
Eneaa, i: a., to makc to ipread, to maJte to gti
iuto partieulari, kcaee to diilrtbute ; Huungn
nme-mu-cncza kulla mtu rizikiznkwc or airki-
jn'ikwB, tiod Itai gircn crery man aU thtit Jw
Itnt need tif - ail kta neceiiaritl, hi* proper
tubsiittmce.
EnkziSwa, c.p., to soitnd ont, 1 T/test. t. 8.
Enemh, â– *. ii., rid. i.iuln, i'. n.
E'nba, r. a. = ku p»BBiin iniihiigo nn kti pik» kua
iu'izi, to 'jilit (muliogo) ritniatlu.rootfor cooliug.
Enga EKUA,t:.it., tocodtUe, to It'id earefullg; niaoo
huju juwaciigiin ctlgH*, hnpigui, apcndua una,
Ihi» ckiid ii cotldletl, ncrcr bcaten and iriicA
loi-cd; ku cnga cnga m.inu knna ! l»johiri = ku-
BN
(59)
ER
m-horumia sana«=ku ronga ronga kua tartibu, to
carry carefully a thing which is breakable.
Enoia (vid. ngia), v. n. ; wao wamcugiwa ni
beredi, they caugJtt cold.
E.noine, root word o/rau'ngine, ui'ngine, or nien-
gine, wangine and wengiue (vid. ngine).
Enoni, adj. and *., possessing, Jtaving, with;
muigni or muogni niumba, possessing or the
possessor of a house (pl. t wegni niumba) ; kitu
chegni uzuri, a thing possessing beauty = a
beautifid tJting (pl,, vitu viegni); kasha legni
(/>/., makasha yegni) ; niumba zegni watu, houses
withpeople; mahali pcgni mawe, aplacepossess-
ing stones.
Enoua, v. a., to shim.
E'nu, pron., your, ofyou; e.g., niuraba enu, your
houte.
Enua, enulIa, v. a.; (mzigo), vid. inua.
Enza, v. «., to look at or visit one, to inquire how
onefares; hence muenzi, afriend or companion
zcho looks after one in times of affliction or of
3°Vi ffiring him advice and assistance ; mtu huyu
wa-ni-enza ku juilia jambolangu, to go after one
tofind him out, e.g., Luke ii. 45 ; enda aka-mu-
enzc, anakawa mbona, ana nini.
Enzana, v. rec, to visit each other, to caU one
ttpon anotlter.
E'nzi (or rather tn), s.; cfr. Arab. ^ , potentia,
0"
dignitas (from yt , rara, eriraia fuit, potens),
hence dominion, majesty; muegni ezi, theposses-
sor of power or sovereignty; hence Mnegniczi
Muungu or contr. Muegnizimgu, Ood tlie most
high; allah taala or Ood, he who is Supreme.
Tlie Suahiti peopJe use this ejrpression at an
attribute of Ood in distinction from Muungu
whicJi. is used by the pagans and tJiose who do
not know Ood after tlte manner of the Muham-
medans. Theword "Muungu" in the heathenish
sense means properly "Heaven" (inKinika and
Kikamba " Mulungu "), therefore do tJie Muham-
medans use "Muegniezi Mungu," to avoid the
heathen notion of Ood.
Hi nti pia ni ezi ya Sayidi Ben-Sultani, aU
this country is the dominion of Sayid Ben~
Sultani; kiti cha czi (aenzi), the chair ofstate of
a chiefor king — a royal cliair or throne. For-
merly aU the independent chiefs of tlic Sualnli
coast had a " kiti cha 6zi " until thepmcer ofthe
Jmam of Mascat swept them away by conauering
theirpetty principalities.
At present every chair ofsuperior manufac-
ture is called kiti cha ezi. These chairs are
importedfrom India, America and Europe. As
they are superior to those made by the natives,
they are called " yiti yia &ri " ehairs ofpower or
dignity, on which only great and ricli people tnay
be seated.
Eonoa, v. n., to sliake, to sway to and fro (said oj
trees shaken by the irind); mti hu waeonga kua
pcpo, haukuelcki, this trce sicays with the wind,
it cannot be ascended.
Epa, v. «., to give way, to yiehl, to duck or cower,
to endeavour to evade a strokc, it'c. ; ku epa jiwe,
to evade a stone; nikiona jembe kikija, ta
epa.
Ep£a, v. obj., to avoid one, not to go direct to, to
fniss a mark; ku kossa shdbaha , bunduki hi
yaepca, this musket does not shoot straigJU,
does not hit rigJtt ; hciptiti shabaha.
Epeka, v. n., to be avoidable, tobe able to escape;
rusasi ya bunduki heiepeki, tJte buttet of the
gun cannot be evaded (like a stonc or arrmo
which man can see and evade by a dexterous
tnovement).
Ef£si, adj., easy, light, not Jteavy, quick; mtu mue-
pe8i, kitu jepcsi ; niumba niepesi ; makasha ma-
epesi ; vitu viepcsi ; watu waepcsi.
EruA, v. a. ( — ku ond6a), to put away, remove,
brush off, to drive away; jombo hiki kiepue,
remove tJtis vesscl (pl. viombo hivi vi-epiie) vi-
ondoe) ; ku epua jungu mottoni — ku tegua or
ondda, totake away tJte^tanfrom thefire.
Epuka, v. n., to go away, to tcitJtdraw, to be
Jceptfrom, to abstain, to avoid ; ku epiika kua
kiniume, to witJtdraw, to go off; i'ulani ana-ni-
epuka siku hizi, a certain man Jcept aloof
from me tJtese days.
Epukana, v. rec, to be cstranged or disunited
onefrom tJte othcr.
Epukika, v. n., to be avoidable; kitu hiki haki
cpukiki, tJtis t/iing is not avoidable, inevitdbJe.
Epulia, v. obj. ( — tegiia, ondda); bamba la ku
epulia chungu mottoni, a tJtin plate with which
tlte pan is remored from tJiefire (or kolco cha
ku epulia chungu — ).
EpulIka, v. n.
Epuliza, v. c, to let down, to lowcr(f).
EpulIwa, v. p. (= tcngua), delivered; Rom.
xv. 31.
Epuhha, v. c, to causc to go away, toput out, to
remove, to cause to avoid, 1o keepfrom; ame-
mu-epusha shctani.
Epushua, v.p., io beforbidden sometJting, to be
keptfrom.
Epusiiana, v. rec, topass by eacJt otJter.
Epitsakia, v. a., to separate oneselffrom.
Er£vu, adj., clever, cunning, sJtrewd, subtle,pru-
dent; mtu muerevu, a clcver or sJtrewd man.
Erevuka, v. n., to become clever, sJtrewd, dis-
creet, subtle; to get to know the ways of the
world, to grow sJtarp.
EB
(60)
FA
Erevusha, v. c, to make cUver, sharp and
knoiciny, to teach one prudence.
Erfa (rfa), s.,freight; jahazi yatafiita rfa, the
vessel wants a caryo; cfr %j\A , provcntu
© -
abundavit, or *\toy , regionis reditus.
a
E'sha, *. ; cfr. Arab. ^^ , postrcma pars diei ;
tempus a precibus vcsperac usque ad tenipus
frt_?j» f tempus, quo postcrior vespcro peragitnr
precatio. The time from hcdf past 6 to 8 _p.-wi.
TAc latest Muhammedan hour of prayer.
Esiia ni elea, I have understood it.
Es.se, *., a «crew (St.) ?
Essu (or ezu) ? ku piga, to hiss ? ?
Estadi, 8. (or bitadi) — mtu ajuai kazi nzuri, onc
who know8 how to do fine work ; estadi wa ku
pika, a yood cook ; cfr. S\m , ct oU~\ ,
magistcr, magister principis pueri, hcrus, domi-
nus.
Estaha, *. ; — ya mbellc, the fore-deck.
Estarange, *., (1) a board with lines for playiny
icith pebbles, dr. on; bao la — , a gaminy board
icith deep lines (bao la mifiio) ; differeut from
this is the bao la mraba or miriiba, a yaminy
board with many deprcssions. Tlie natives
play with korosho [vid.) or vcith komoe (vid.).
Tn former times yambliny was vcry freouent,
aml many people lost thereby thcir moncy,
their staves, thcir plantations, buUocks, tic.
Therefore the govcvumcnt put a stop to that
play which was calied dado (ku tesa dado). At
present tluy play only with komoe, or korosho, or
with pebbles (ku tesa bao na komoe, tCr.) ; (2)
fig. mtumke huyu ui bao la cstarange, hakcti na
mume, this icoman is a strumpet, shc does not
stay with one inan, but decotes herself to cvevy-
one — mkahaba.
Estkrehe (or estakkiik), v. u.;cfr. c^a.^,-x-\ ;
Arab. ».\, ivit ad aliquem vespera, gaudium et
lactitiam percepit ; quieacere sivit ; to be free
from troubles or cares and to be comfortabie.
E.HTEREIltiWA, V.p.
Esterehesha, r. c, to mahe one comfortable and
quiet 80 that he may repose at ease ; kitanda
cha ku sterehc, a couch.
E'tu, our, ofus', — suisui, our own.
Eua, v. a., to sprinlde with water after praying by
way of charm against disease (St. ).
Eupe, adf, white, ctean, clear.
Eusi, adj., black.
Ewa (or ewallah), (vid. ciwaa), be it so! yes!
Ewe ! thou therc! {pl. cgniii! you there /) oh
thou! oh you !
Ewedeka, v. ii., tohave the niyJtt-mare, incubus,
to speak or make a noisc (to rattle in the throai)
while sleeping ; Bhctani ame-inu-wedesha, tke
spirit which causcs the incubus is calltd Jina-
misi.
Ewedesha, v. c.
Eza, v. a., to measure. In A7n.= Kis. ku enenza,
hawaniza, ku pima, to measure; tueze urefu wa
niumba kua ilgue, let us measure the length of
the house with a rope (ku eza kimojakwe).
Ezana, v. rec. ; ku-kimo, to measure one T s height
by another.
Ez.v, r. n. (cfr. ku ea and weza), tobeable, to have
powcr over, to be equal, yuwacza or yuwaw£za ;
cfr. ye , potens i'actus est, potens et magnus
cvasit.
Ezemiia (or wezehha), v. c, to enable one;
Muungu ame-ni ezesha or wezcsha ku kimbia
Wagalla, God enabled me to escape the GaUa.
EzfiKA, v. n., to thatch, to cocer with thatch (St.) ;
ku eztka mduiko, to cover the top ofaroof (R.) ;
ku kuea na ku wimba (Er.).
Ezi, 8.; cfr. enzi.
Ezua, v. a. ; ku — , to vncover ; ku ezua paa, to
atrip a roof.
Fa, ?'. n. ; kii fa, to dic, to pc.rinh, to fadc away ;
ku fa mu8t be well distinyuished from the vcrb,
ku vaa, e.g., ku vaa nguo, to put on a doth ; ku
fa kua maradi, to dic of sickness. Mafu wana
ku fa beredi.
Fe\a (or fia or filia or felea), v. obj., to die,
or to be dead to one, to leave one by death ;
muanawe ame-m-fea or ame-m-fia or filia
babai, the son died or became dead to his
fatlter, or baba ameliwa or amcfiliwa ni
muanawe. Tulifiwa, wc had a death
among our friends, one of us died; ku fiwa
ni mtu, lit. to be dead by one — to hare
one dead. Anafelewa babayakwe, his father
was dead to him — he hst his father by
death ; fulani anafia akili, N N died to hi*
understandiny, i.e., lost his wits. Hindi lina-
ni-fia kua jua, tlie Indian corn (maize) died to
me by the sun = Hmeharibika, tcas spoiled or
destroyed by the heat of the sun ; kina felea,
hakiku toka nde.
FiliA, v. obj. ; ifilic hapa, may it die offor atcay
gradually.
Ji-fia, v. refi., to de8troy or kill one'sself; ame-
(6i )
FA
ji-fia kua urongo = he died to himself — de-
stroyed himself with lies. The verbs : ku fia,
ku wia, and kn vis must be weU distinguisJuid.
Femia (pr fisha), v. c, to cause to die, toput to
death.
Fisiiia, v. obj., to spoil; ku-m-fishia kaziyakwe,
to spoil one's work.
Faa, v. »., to be of use or service, to avail, to
profit; maneno haya yanafaa, these words were of
use; niumba hi haifai tena, this Jtouse is no
longer of any use; kiti hiki hakifai, this maiter
is of no availj is worth notlting.
Falia, v. obj. ; hatta mti hu ku-ji-falia, aiso this
piece of wood may be used.
Faana, v. rec. t to be of use to one anotJier, to
Jtelp one another.
Fayidi, v. a., to be useful to one; wa-m-fayidi, /
am useful, profitaUe to him ; ame-fayidi jambo
hili — amcpata fayida kua jambo hili, lie
profited by this matter ; leo n'na-wa-fayidi,
to-ilay I profitedfrom them, riz. manenoyao, to
gct profit from ; niama ya juzi, nlio kula n'na
or nime fayidi, Iderioed benefitfrom the mcat
ichich I ate the day before yesterday ; siku-i-
fayidi ku vaa nguo hi, imeibna ; nimefayidi
ngiio hi, nime-i-nunua muaka hu m'bua pili,
nikeli nayo, haitassa taruka.
Fayida, s. gain, profit, advantage, vse; cfr.
Arab. j\i; (1) humectavit; (2) donavit rem,
o -
utilitatem petiit SJtfvi , utilitas ; ku-m-tilia or
patia or fania fayida, to procure advantage or
profit to one.
Eayidisha, r. c, to make one to gain.
Fadash (or fatash), *. (K.), a penknife icith
which a thorn is taken out (?).
Fadusi (or fatusi) ? = ku vinchari ?
Fafanisha, r. a., to liken.
Fafanua (or fafunua), r. a., tofiiul out, to knotc,
recot/nize, to make clear, understaiul; mimi
sifafanui niumba hi (si tambui) ni-pa mtu, aka-
ni-6nie, / cannot find this house, give me a
nuin to show it to me. Mr. Erh. takes this word
in the sense, (1) ku sema waziwazi, to speak
clearly; (2) to blab out or rcport secrets in trust
(?).
Fafanuka, v. n., to become dear, kiwicn (kiia
waziwazi) ; ndia inafafanuka = ime-ni-elea,
na-i-tambia, the way is known, manifest.
Fafanukia, v. obj., to be clear to — .
Fafanulja, r. obj., to make clear — ; m-fafunulie
mancno hayu, to explain or make clear to
him.
Fafanuhha, v. c, to make ckar, to ejrplain; ku
— juo or mancno.
Faoanzi, 17. n.; ku — , to become caUous (St.).
Fagia, v. a., to sweep (vid. fiagia, v. a.).
s -
Fahali (pl. mafahali) ; Arab. V^ , mas animalis
cujusquo, pec. admissarius. In the language of
Mombas this word refers to "kitu kiume," and
means, manly, brave, stout ; mtu huyu ni fahali,
especiaUy fahali wa wita — shuga, si muoga,
ni mtu ushujai, this man is brave, a brave
warrior, he is a hero, he does not fear (pl. watu
hawa mafahali ya wita, brave warriors). In
reference to animals ttie word fahali points to
the maie sex; gnombe fahali, a buUock, especiaUy
in point of generative power, a bull; mbuzi
fahali, a buck. In the Kigunia dialect tJie pcople
say, Fahali wa gnombc =- gnombe mume, an ox.
Fahamia ; kua ku fahamia, on the face, forward
(St.) (?).
FIhamu, v. a., to underttand, to eoneeive, to re-
tnember; Arab. p$ , intellexit, pcrcepit animo.
Fahamia, r. obj.; fahamia, ni lazima ju yako,
miiul, you are amenable or responsible for it;
iflost, it wiU be requiredfrom you.
Fahamuca, v.p., capahle ofbeing understood.
Faiiamiwa, v.p., to be understood.
Fahamisha, v. c, to tnake to understand or to
be under8tood, to remind = kumbusha, subst.
ufahamivu, understamling.
Fauaki, v. n., to glory in, to boast of, to pride
one f 8 selfon, to be wanton; Arab. ^I, jactavit '»
bc, gloriatus fuit ; ku fania fahari, to lire above
one's jnsition; ku ji-fania fahari or ku-ji-fania
utagiri, to live lilce great and riclt people tJiough
one Juu not tJuiir rank nor their means.
• C —
Fahari, 8.; jsU , gloria, glory — fakhari.
Faharisha, v. c ; ku ji-faharisha â– â– ku ji-fania
fahari.
Faida (and faidi), vid. fayida, *.
Faja, 8.; la farasi, a stable (St.).
FAKiei, adj. and 8. ; Arab. jfr , fodit, pcrforavit ;
jfr , pauper fuit ; ytfr , pauper, cui tantum cst,
quantum vitae sustenendae sufficit, poor, a poor
person; pl. Arab. *\>& » paupcrcs.
Fakua, i\ «., to cut offa icliole piece ; Mgalla ana-
m-fukiia mbO, tJte OaUa emasculated Jiim. ErJi
takes tJu's icord in tJte sense, to rob a person
witliforce.
FakuUwa, v.p.
Fala, r. «./ ku — , vid. faa (St.).
Faladi, s., an old name ofMombas (vid. kongowua).
Falaki (or f^laki) ; cfr. Arab. dJLU , rotundus
fuit ; «tUi , orbis coelestiB, Jutnce the science of
Jieavenly matters — astronomy, astrology; kn
piga falaki, to foreteU or prognosticate by tlte
(62)
FA
stars, in general, to think, considcr or delibcratc
on anything — uganga va ku tazamia niuni. It
is incredible to ichat nonsense the superstition of
tlie natives leads tltem in reference to good or
bad omens, thouyh the Muhammedans endcavour
to conccal their foolcrics from a European.
Thtis the timdtili (wlto are MuJtammedafts) icill
return from their projccted journey if Utcy
sltouJd meet a one-eyed man or if tJtey shouUt
stumble in the ontsct of the journey. Jn likc
manner the pagan Wanika wiU abaiulon a
journey when thcy see a bird wlticJi is considered
not to be an aiwpicious onc. Leo nimepiga fnlaki,
nika riidi, niiini amclia vibiiya, nikakua gu baya
(nime — onana na mdana mbnya) (vid. mdana),
to-day I harc tried an augury, but returned as
a bird cried vupropitioitsty and a* I stumbled
irith an unlucky foot (I met with a bad omen).
Falani, adj. (or fklani or fulani, mfulani), X.
X., a ccrtain such and such a man or thing ;
mzongn falani, a certain European; Arab. ^s^
quidara, quaodam.
Falaula, *., syn. irith laiti, intercession (?).
Fali, *., an omen, omens; Arab. J\i, omen; JlAJ ,
bene ominatus fuit ; cfr. fe!i, *.
Falia (bcttcr valia\ rid. vii.
FalIwa, v. 11., to be helped or deJivered; nimo
faliwa ni fctha yangu, / was helped by my money
(Sp.) ; cfr. faa, falia.
Faha, v. n. t (Sp.).
Fana, r.n. (cfr. Arab. ^U , venit), toprore gootl,
to succecd, to turn oitt wcU, to dcscrrc to thrivc
(especiaUy of trces, of tJtc jtroducc of tJic land,
c£*c); mpunga unafiina muaka hu = mpnnga
umekua mcma iuuaka hu, tJte rice has turned
out well tlti* ycar, it bccame good ; mtu huyu
afana (or astauc or astahili) ku pigua, tJtis man
deserve8 (ovgltt) to lw l>eatcn; mancno haya
yamefana or yamestaue, tJtrse words or things
turned oui well; chombo hiki kinafana sana, this
ressel tumed out vcry wcll; kitu hiki chafu or
chafana, jcstauc, tJtat wiU do.
Fanana, v. »., to bc alike, to bear resemblancc =
kiiasiira mojn.
Fananisha, r. c, to inake or cau&c to l>c alike or
to re8cmblc, to assimilate, to liken, to conq>arc
= ku fania sura inoja.
Fania, v. a., to mukc, to do, to act, to work; ku
fania kazi, to do or pcrformbwiness ; muhogo
unafania ku oza, tltc cassada-root does or
begins to rot ; ku fania shauiri, to taJce counseJ ;
ku fania kura, to cast lots.
Ji-fania; ku — , to make ont's seJf toprctend to
be something,
FasIa, v. obj. t to make or act for or to onc, in
his favour. Muongu amc-m-fania wema or
khcri, God granted kim kindness or hajtpi-
ness; ni-ku-fanie-che ? what shcdl I doto you,
or with you f
Faniaka, v. rec. (obscene).
Fanuca, v. p., makeable, doablc, feasibJc, prac
ticable, 8uccessful t settled, to be tlone — kua
ngcma, ku tendeka ; maneno yao yamefanika
= yamelekea — hakuna kondo tena, tkeir
matters (which were previousJy in a badcondi-
tion) have been settled, thcre is no more strife
among tliem.
Fanikia, r. obj., to become prospcrous or s*e-
ces/tfid to one ; biashera ime-ni-fanikia, thetrade
was prosperous to me — nimepata bi&sher»
ngcma, Isucceedcd in trading ; mambojakwe
yame-m-fanikia kua Mungu.
Fanikiwa, r.^., Jte was rendered prosperous or
has done wetl ; aliharibikiwa, kiaha akafani-
kiwa, he had Jost, then he gained.
Famliza, v. a , toprosper one.
Faniza, t'. fl., to make treU, to repair t to mend,-
nimcfaniza niumba iliokua mbaya, / repaired
tltc ltouse wltich was damaged.
Fanizua, r. p. ; ku-katika kazi, to be svccestfmt
in onc y 8 busines*, to prosper in it.
Fanizia, v. a., to prosper or favour, to do him
good >= ku-m-fathili; ku-m-fanizia daua, to-
pre8cribc medicine for one; ku-m-fanizia,
uorcvu, hila, msaha, ubishi.
FanizIka, r. p., to have the avality qf being
prosjKred or of bcing in a prosperous condi-
tion ; jawabu or jambo hili limefanizika wema,
this matter has been done successfuUy ; neno
hili hali ku fanizika, tltis matter rcas not such
a8 could bc rendered prosperous.
Faniziwa, v. p., to be rendered or made to do
wcll. Tlte substantive derived from fano i>
" mfano" (vid.).
Fan(»uhu, 8. (ya, pl. za), ferrule.
Fanuh (or fanusi), *. (la, pl. ma — ), a lantem,
Arab.
Fara, s. (ya), brim, brimful; cfr, £jh , nimmom
et vcrtcx rci, pars Mimma ; kn pima pishi na
fara, or ku pima pishi ya fara, to measure a
pishi (vid.) to its brink. A fara contains 10
pishi (cfipecially in measuring litnc) ; cfr.
mshumbi and sanrrn.
FA.RAOHA, *. (ya) ; cfr. ^ , fidit separatns fuit ;
sccrecy, privacy, lcisnre. (Kin. njama), to take
any one privately ; ku m loa faragha or ku-m-
\nita kando or ku-m-tia faraghani.
Faraoua, r. a. ; cfr. g^» f fidifc, removit, separatos
dissitus fuit ; ku-ji-faragua, to separate orscdude
one'sself to Urc by one's-self, to be jprivate, to
keep alone, to retirc.
FA
(63)
FA
•o-
Faraja, *. (or faraji, s.) (cfr. {%ft , levamen,
solamen), ea8e, comfort after troubU, biessing,
rest; kupata faraji after kn ondokewa ni ma-
t'eBO.
«» «»
Faraji (pr pariji), v. a.; firaji ; cfr. gj* t
liberatus fuit curis tristitia ; removit, detersit
moerorem Deus, to bless (sku jalia), to con-
soie. Muungu ame-m-faraji, Ood btensed him
(nai amcfarajika).
Farajika, v. p., to be blessed, to thrivc, to be
comforted.
FarajIwa, v.p., to beput at ease, to be reiieved.
Faraka (or morc vsuaily fakiki, fereki), to
become separatcd ; Arab. ^Jk , eeparavit; ku
fariki dunia, lit., to have tJie world — to die, to
decease; bibi anafariki.
Farakana, v. rec, to be separated, divided }
alienated by strife.
Farakiana, v. rec,to be divided, to be alienated
from one another, to differ among themeeives.
FarikIwa = ku felewa.
Fakikanisiia, r. c, to cause to divide or differ.
FarakIsiia, v. c, to alienate.
Farikisiia, = ku weka mballimballi, to put
aeunder.
Faranga, 8. ; cfr. £. J , pullus gallin» ; (la, pl.
mafaranga) the chichcn of a hen ; the names of
fowls according to their age are : (1) kisiwi (thc
smallest kind); (2) kizingnie; (3) faranga or
kinda ; (4) mso ; (5) mtetea, (pi. mi — ), tchich
iays eggs; (6) ko (or kuku aviaye mai), a full
grownfowl (cfr. kuku).
Farasi, *. (ya, r pl. ma — ), a horse; cfr. ^J
equus, equa.
Farui, r. a. } vid. faraja.
Fariki, v. a., vid. faraka.
Farlsiii, r. «., to spread; Arab. ^&J , expandit,
dispersit.
Faritiia, v. a. (St.), topay; probabhj from ^jty ,
insecuit, donavit, accepit stipendia sna, de
exercitu.
Faroma, 8. (St.), a bloclc to put caps on after
washing them, to prevent their shrinhing ; cfr.
&â–
Fabratiii, 8. ; cfr. ^jb J , statutum quod impositum
et imperatum est a deo, quod ex lege vcl debito
penditur, stipcndium; neces^ity, obligation, a
thing which men mu8t do or abandon. Man
rnuit have a certain portion of food 8ufficient to
saiisfy his hunger, or with the Muhammedans
a man is bound to pray fire timee a day; nina
farrathi ya kula, niki kossa farratbi miini taanga-
mia, I am under the nece^sity ofcating—Imu8t
eat, ehte I shatt perieh; mtu huyu yuna farratbi
ya ku enenda Mvita, ku pata jakula. Especially
does the word " farrathi" signify tJie going in and
out and finding food with somebody; e.g. t kua
Gabiri farrathi yangn, ndiko iliko = nimesoSa
kula kuakwe ; Gabiri waaema ; kulla asie mke na
asie niumba farrathiyakwe ih&pa kuangu — alo
hapa kuanga. Chakula pale nlapo ndiofarrathi-
yako. Farrathiyangu kua Wali Muhammcd Ben
Sef ; farrathiyangu i kua Balos katika Unguja.
The place I am utually going to ie with the
Balos (the English JResident) at Zanzibar. I
go U8ualiy to him, eat and stay with him, till I
quit Zanzibar.
Farum (or farumiot farumu), *., baiia^t of 8tone8
or other things to render a ship more 8teady at
sea; chombohakina kitu, utie farumu, kipatc kiia
kizito.
c *■* *• **
Faseiia, *., cUaniines8 (cfr. Arab. &*Xah , pers-
picuitas), purity, genuineness. Ofthe Coran they
use the word ufasaha.
Fasuini, 8. (— ya jombo), the prow of the vessei ?
the cutwater.
Fasihi, adj., clean,pure, correct, j>erspicuou8 ; cfr.
^ •• ^
•«aft , lumine ruo appaniit alicui aurora ; clara,
manifesta fuit res.
Fasiki, 8., fornicator; Arab. ^y^i , cxivit, aDeo
defecit, vel scortatus fuit ; ufa^iki, fomication,
viclence.
Flanj, *. (ya) (cfr. J^* , vilis, pravns fuit ;
separavit palmae surculum cumque plantavit;
_ _ G «• ••
J^i , homo vilis; Je— * , surculus palmac,
novella palma), a shoot, 8prig, 8prcading
Dr. Steere aiiudcs to the native proverb: huna
asili, wala fasili, you have neitiier root, nor
branche8, i.e., neitiier good birth nor great con-
nections. Mr. Beb. takes faeili in the sense
of '«■kitambo, interval between tfie appearance
and explosion ofa meteor (niota). In this caee
co-
tJte word wouid have to be derived from A«i r
incisura, differentia, distinctio.
Fasiri, r. a. ( ,- nr l , detexit rem absconditam r
explicuit), to explain, to interpret; fasiria, r. obj.,
to erplain to one ; «., explanation, translation ;
faBiriwa, r. p., tobe erplained.
Fataki, *., a percussion cap, a gun-cap (St.) ; cfr.
jjjJ , ruptuB fuit, rupit omnino ; Jk^ , per-
mptus, inde oriens et fulgens aurora. The Arabic,
no doubt, alludes to the scnind and spark oftJie
cap.
Fatiiaa (fazaa), 8. (cfr. <j , inquietum red-
FA
(64)
didit, hencc ^k , vir levis, inqaictus), briskness,
confusion, resttessness, dist/uietness ; rotu wa
fathaa — asicaza muana huyu yuna or ana
fathoa, fAw foy 1« restlcss, foryetfut, tiyht,
Jlighty = hana makini ya ku sikia juo; ncno
atumalo hasikii, yuwasahau harraka, hatii
nioyoni ; usifanie fathaa = harraka, harraka —
roho hafifu ; Muungu hana fathaa, yuna saburi ;
haamiii kua fathaa.
Fatiiaika, to be troubtett, disauieted, to become
confused, to be in Juiste.
Fatiiaisha, v. c, to cause haste and therefore
inakeforyetfut, to confuse one.
Fathaisha (or fazawha), v. a., to press (Sp.);
probabty froni 9 J , territavit, perculit metu
a1iquem (?).
Fatiiali (vid. afathali), preferabty, adv.
*■» ^ ^
Fathali (or fatiiili), r. a. (Arab. Lak , erube-
ravit, praecelluit, benefccit), to bencfit one, to do
a kindness to one; to be kiiul to oae, dcserre
tcelt; to obliye one by kindness or prescnts.
Fathili, *. (ya, ]il. za), favour, kindness, benefit,
present, achunrtedyment, otitigation ; ku-m-
fania fathili = ku-m-fania wcma, to show one
kindness esperiatty in distrcss =- ku mu-aza
sana. Pror. fathili za punda ni mashiizi, tit.
the kindncns ofan ass is his breakiny tcind =
hc who has rectired bcnejit*, returns them irith
bad; pror. ivushayo ni mbovu, the lioat which
has carrieda man to tlie otherside oj'thericer
is bad, i.e., when he has crossctl the rirer he
abitses the boat, as the man does icho abuses his
bentfaclor.
Fatiiilika, r. a., to be shown kindness, to bc
under obliyation for kindness shomi.
Fathilisiia, r. c, to make a person dependcnt
vpon onc's-self.
Fathiliwa, r.p.
Fathilizana, r. rec, to be kind one to anottier ;
Muungu hafathiliwi, hadaki ku fathiliwa, God
is not ptit under obtiyations.
Fathehi, v. a. ( £*aj f detectis malcfactis igno-
minia affccit), to put to confusion, to find out a
person in a trick (St.)
Fatiha, *. (Arab. ^si , apcruit; &**\± , initium
rci, cnm artic. primaCorani sura), aprayer madc
by the Muhammedans on certain solcmn occa-
sions, cspccially atfuneraJs, by rcadiny passages
from the Coran, particutarly using the first sura ;
ku-m-fikiliza meiti (mtu alie kufa) fatiha = ku-
mu-aga kua mancno ya juo ; ku t6a fatiha ; the
natives say also: ku sonia fatia, on thc yraves
(aiara), ku toa fdtiha (fataha) (mutanga yakion-
dolewa).
Fatushi, r. a., topry, to be ovcr-cvrious.
Fauk6mbe {pr fuk6mbe and fubuk6mbe), s n a
khid of vuiturefiyiny very high (?).
Faulu, v. a., a nautical term.
Fawiti, r. a. (cfr. Arab. «yU , praetorivit, fugit
aliquem res, vicit), to detain, to occupy, hinder
one; ame-ni-fawiti — ame-ni-weka mno.
Fawiti, s., troubte, embarrassment — athia; ldtu
hiki kina-ni-tia uthia, kina-n-sirimishjt (Kin.\
e.g., sina kizu, nina uthia bora.
Fayida and fayiih (rid. faa), r. n.
Fazaa, s., confusion, trouble; rid. fathaa.
Fedeha, s., a btame, blemish; pasipo — , blameUss;
cfr. fetheha.
-
F£ka (or fieka), r. a. (cfr. ulU , fregit, disaolvit
compagem, diBJunzit), to ctearforest lands (8t.).
FelAm, adj., vid. falani.
Felkfelk (or fekefeke), *. ( JU , deWlis,
infirmus fuit), an inferior kind ofmitlet; fere-
ferc, rcd mittet groicing in Arabia, from the
fiour ofwhicJt the Arab saitors prepare the mo-
kate wa mofa (vid. mofa) ; ttte miltet is Jirst put
into water antl then ground together tcith the
husks.
FfiLEOi (or feleji), 8., aii cvcettent kind ofiro*, or
stcel; upanga wa fclegi (vid. kitara), a long
straight two-etfgtd sword, vsed by the Arabs, a
cimeter, sabre.
*— *» ^
Fi!leti, r. a. (Arab. «JU , effecit, ut evaderet,
liberavit), to adrancc inoney, to pay a debt \u
order ttuit the debtor may be tiberated ; ame-ni-
feleti amc-ni-fuugua (kua ku-ni-zaidia awtmi), he
hax liberated, releascd me by paying my debt; to
relcase froin an obliyation.
FeletIka, r. p.
Feletibiia, r. c.
Felewa, r. p., vid. fa.
Feli, s. (cfr. fali) ; omen, auspicium (feli ngema or
mbaya) ; ku piga feli, to ominate. Dr. Stecre
takes this word in the sense, " fcli, pl. mafeli, n
beginning of spcaking or doing." In this casc
0* ^ "
it mnst bc dcrircd from Asd , niovit ae, cgit,
opus fccit, whereas feli " meaning omen " must
be dcrived from JU J\i • Bod omene are
irith the Suahili: "(1) irhen ttte cock crotcs
bcforc midnight; (2) irhen a hyena cries at day-
time; (3)trhen an ass couples a cow; (4) tchen a
sheep ascends the loic roof 'of 'a cottage /** vrana
feli ya wa masai, they have an omen of the
masai, that they vritl comc ; ku-m-feli mtu, i'jfc,
kua muivi ; ku-m-fcli mtumke, to know a tooman
carnalty.
Fenersi, *. (or finesbi) (la, pl. ma — ), a jadtyruit
(65)
M
(bread-fruit ?) ; mfenessi, thejackfruit4ree (arto-
carpus integri folia).
Feraga, *., vid. faraglia (ya,jjJ. za), secret; ku-mu-
cleza maneno ya feraga.
Feraka (or mfaraka), vid. fariki, v.
F£rari, 9. (wa, pl. za), vid. faraai, horse (also pL
mafcrasi).
Ferdausi, *., paradise; <•**>** i stravit humi,
sc-c
V*)**J* » paradisus, sedes beatorum.
Ferepere, *. (vid. felefele), red miUet.
Fereji, *., a drain, a channel; cfr. Arab. gj ,
fissura, rima hiatus.
• -o
Fersadi, *. (vid. forsadi); cfr. Arab. Si»jh ,
morus arbor aliis frnctus mori, aliis ruber fructus
mori, tinctura rubra.
Ferunzi, s. (ya, pl. za).
Fetiia, e. (ya, pl. za), silver, money ; ^irai. Si ,
-
argentura, /rom J&i , fregit rem, rupit, sepa-
ravit; mikiifu ya fetha, chaine ofsilver.
Fethaluka, *., carnelian or carneol said to be
found in Chagga (cfr. margani), also a kind of
beads; ushanga wa fethaluka (or marijani), a
kind ofwatcr like beads ofgreat value (R.) (cfr.
kido). Dr. St.takes "marijani yafethaluka"
for "the true red coral."
Fethehe, v. a., to disgrace one — ku-m-tia aibu.
Fktitbha,*., disgrace, a shame; o*Xth , igno-
minia, opproprium from ~aJ , ignominia
affectus fuit ; pasipo fetheha, blameless.
Fetheiie*ka, to be ashamed before the people (kn
ona aibu) ; to beput to shame ( = ku aibika).
Fethehe8HA, t\ c, to make ashamed, toput to
the blush (=» ku tahayarisha).
FtfruA, r. a.; Arab. ^s* , apernit portam, jus
dixit, dijudicando diremit litigantes ; to give
judyment on qu38tions ofthe Muhammedan law.
Fetiwa, r. p., to be condemned, to be adjudged,
to be punished.
FetulikIa, v. a., vid. peketekea.
FSuli (or fkauli), *., the hold of tlie native ships
at the stern, the place in a native vessel where
they put up things as in a baggage-room (jnmba
cha tini katika chombo cha ku weka mali katika
tesi) ; jumba cha mali katika jahazi (cfr. akiki,
another kind o/feuli).
Fi, prep. (Arab. <j* , in, de, propter), by ; tanofi
tano, five timesfive; saba fi saba, seven times
seven.
Fi, fio, NDivio, ALivio, &c, vid. vi or vy, vi, &c
Fia, s. (vid. fira), a kind of serpent.
Fia (or viaa), v. a., togive birth; fialia, fialisha, to give
assiitance at a birth; fialiwa, v. p., to be bom;
fiawa, v. p.; fiansa, s; mfiazi, parent; kifiazi,
generation (mviazi, kiviaii).
FiA, v.; kn filia (vid. fa) ; ku fa, to die; (1) to die
to one; pass. ku fiwa na — , to lose by death; ni
kheri ku-ji-f ia, / will rather die ; (2) to be ar-
rested in growth, to grow stunted, to be spoiled,
corrupted, e.g., mnazi kwanza unaond6ka na sihi
(nguvu), kisha unasunda wdf ua ; mtu hnyu anaf ia
muili na akili, this man died to or is spo'ded,
corrupted in body and mind, i.e., hakukua,
araerunda, hakupata kimo, his bodydid notgrow
large, he became crippled, short ; amefia akili =
amepumba, he was spoiled in point of under-
standing, he became stupid; amekua susu ;
mahindi yanafia kua jua, hayakupata kimo,
hayakua makuba, yanafia visegere or vimbugue,
i.e., gugutalakwe ni nd6go, ni fupi.
FittA, v. c, to cause to be stunted, tpoiled; kn-m-
fisa kazi, na kazi if ie — iharibike ; mahindi
yanafia — hayakuiwa sana junguni.
FisiA, v. obj.; ame-ni-fipia kaziyangn, he spoiled
my work, he prevented me from finiehing it.
FiAoiA, v. a. ( — ku pea), to swcep, hence 8. ufiagio
(pl. fiagio), broom ( — upco, pl. peo) ; fiagia (or
fagia) vema katika chumba hiki, stceep this
room weli.
Fiaoilia, v. obj.
Fiaoua, v. a. f
FialIka, v. p. (or vtalika), to be born in a fine
and strong manner, and to have many brothers
and sisters (Er.).
Fianda, v. a., to crush, to bruise, to contuse; jiwe
lime-ni-fianda chanda, a stone bruised myfinger ;
topinch, tojam.
Fiandlka, v. p., to bc bruised.
Fiandi, s. (ya, pl. za) ; biinduki ya fiandi, a
musket which has a small barrel and make» a
weak report (cfr. shugalo).
Fiata, v. a., to hohl one's hands or one's clothes
between one's Ugs or thighs, to take bettceen the
thiglis, to keep one's thighs closed (when your
hands arefuU (fiata is not to be confounded with
fumbata); ku fiata ngtio, to turn up the cloth
from the knee and tie it to one's buttocks. The
natives used to travel in this manner in the
wilderness, ku horumia nguozao, they do not
feel ashamed as they are not observed by their
countrymen; ku fiata nguo nd6go kama Mkamba ;
ku piga ubinda kama Baniani (vid. ubinda).
Erhardt takes tlte word fiata, u to put one's
hands in sleeping to one's genitals" ? Ku fiata
mkia, to take the tail between the legs.
Fiatisa, v. a., to beat with a switch or whip which
bends around tlie whole body and givespain; ku
piga kua ufito uembamba or kua kikoto (vid.), a
kind ofwhip made o/gnongo za mia.
PI
(66)
n
Fiat6a, v. a. t to let off, to allow a spring to escape.
Fiatijka, v. n. t to escape (as a spring does).
Fiazi, s. (vid. riazi), sing. kiazi, sweet potatoes.
Ficha, v. a. (Kiung.) « fita, to hide, conceal; amc-
ni -fita kitu, he did hide the matterfrom mc.
FiciiiA ( = FrriA), t». obj.; amc-ni-fitia nguoyangu,
hc did hide my cloth.
Fida (fidua), t». a. t to uncover, to bctray, to tell to
(ku-m-sema, this crpression is more vsual).
Fiduana, v. rec., to Itetruy one another.
Ku-ji-fidua, to betray one'S'SeJf.
Fida fida = gunkunisa (K.) ?
Fidi, v. a. (Arab. \jJ, dato lytro redemit, liboravit
aliquem; \& or \& , *., rcs qua aliquis redimi-
tur et libcratur), to redecm, tofree, to dclivcr out
— ku tfia ndc, ku komboa; maliyakwe ime-m-fidi
katika kifungo, his propcrty redeemtd him from
prison, aajuitted himfrom punishment bypayiny
thefine.
FidIa, t'. ohj., to deliver orransom one by paying
the ransom; amc-m-fidia babai kua reali niia,
he redeemed his father for a hundred ddlars;
KristoBi amc-tu-fidia kua damu yakwe or damu
ya Kristosi ime-tn-fidi, kuani, yee ame-tu-ona
8iii8ui katika thiki. A free JSuahili who
icounds and kills anothcr frce man has to
pay the sum 0/6OO to 1200 dollars; ifhe kills
a slave of somcbody he must pay sixty dollars.
A slavc wJio vounds and hills his feUmc-man
must pay fifty dollars, laid to the charge uf
his master. Formcrly it was customary to
punish wound with wound, life with life, <(c.
(likc in Exod. xxi. 23, 24), bvt Svltan Said-
Haid, the rulcr of Zanzibar, aboI'iHhed this
cnstom.
Fidia, s. (ya, pl. za) (in an abstract scnse),
blood-moncy, ransom ; fctha or mali ya ma-
kombozi ; hatu-i-daki iidia, tuadaka kisasi
(retaliation), zamani watosipo fetha waona
kama ku onewa, tliey cons'uUr it a disgrace to
take money bccausc the.y dcsire retaliation for
the crime committed ; amclctta fidia yakwe, na
kuamba hangetoa mali, antfeuawa, hc hrovght
his rannom, if hc had not gicen money hc
would have bcen hilhd.
Fidia, s. (in a concretc sense) ; huyu ni fidia-
yangu, i.e., atoaliayo kisasi, this man is my
redccmer, hcpaid the kisasi/trt* mc.
Fii)iA ((/r i'idii.ia), to atone or pay for anotJier.
Fidili, s., abns (Kr.) ?
Fidi, s., vid. fithi (Sp.).
FlDIANA (fILIDIANA ?) ?
FidikAna, r. (11.), vid. sini.
Fidina, s. t mint (?).
Fidio, 8.; uganga wa fidio ? (R.).
FiDiRi, *., vid. fftiri ; Arab. ^Uk , aoliit Mnun;
j& , jejunii solutio.
Fido (vid. fito), a switch.
Fido fido ; watu wa fido fido ?
Finuu, rid. fithuli, fithulikia.
Fikka, r. a. ; ku ficka, vid. feka ; kn fieka mnito,
to clear ground in afbrest.
Fieta, r. a. t (l)to crush; e.g., ka fieta maembe, to
crush mangots (which are ripe); (2) = kn-n-
kaniaga tumbu kua roagu, to tread vjpo* ont't
?w?%(Sp.)?
FiFiA, v. w., to disappear, not tobe seenanulonger,
to pine away; kofuyangu imefifia = haiooekini
tena, my scar is no longer seen — imekua nnriK
mmoja ; tayafifia, yadaka kn zima ; wino wafifia
katika wuraka, the ink cannot be eeen on the
paper, whicJi therefore eannot be read; si mema
wino hu, umengia maji; jua linafifia or lioa-
fifilisa nuru or muanga wa muili, the im hat
burnt or spoiled the colour or complejrio* of tit
body. Erh. takcs this verb, " to become Uaekf'
jua linafifia, the sun blackened f
Fifilisa, v. a., to cheat one in counting, to over-
reach one in reckoning (ku fifiliaa katika hesaba) ;
ame-ni-fifilisa reali tano, he counted 20 doUars, hrf
gave mc actually only 15, thusabstracting bdoUart.
Fifinuka ? r. n. (R.).
Fioa (la, pl. ma— ), the three stones used toseta
pot u/>on over thcfire.
Fioiu, s. (ya, pl za), a kind of large radisk,
growing bcst on the island of Pemba.
FiuMA, v. a. (FiNiA), (1) to pinrJi, nip uritk tht
finger-nails (=»ku niukua kua ukucha, pl. knchi>.
(2) ku kunda usso - ku kasirika, to make *
sour look, to frown (cfr. ku kunifita) ; ku fignia
nguc ?
Fioni/vna, r. rcc, (\)to be pinclied togethtr, toU
gatlured vp in a smatt or narrotc place ; (2)
ku kundamuna usso.
FiciNiu, *., thcmouth ofa bag; kanoa figniu-liiu-
figniana, or mdomo unafigniana, the moutk is
uarrow [cfr. ombo); nguo Hi figniu, this dothu
narrow.
Figo, s. (yn,pl. ma? za), kidney ; figo ya-ni-um*,
the lidney pains me. The native* put thf
kidneys of a slaughtered goat upon the aekinf
part of a mans body, to curc him. Jn Ukt
manner they put the wengu (spleen) of a co*
vjton thc aching wengu ofa man. The sicknett
of thc wengu causes a sweUing of the beUu (mi-
tumbo).
Fika, r. n., to arrive, to reach; alipofika kak
nibelle, whcn he arrived there.
Fikana, v. rec, to arrive together.
Fikanisha, v. c, to causc to arrive at the nmt
time.
Fikia, r. obj. t to arrive at onc'e place or f*
FI
(67)
FI
one, to reach one; warakawangu ume-m-
fikia, my letter reached him, arrived at his
place.
Fikilia, v. obj., to come up to, to arrive at one's
place, to concern one; mgeni ame-ni-fikilia
kuangu.
Fikiliana, v. rec.y to arrive together, to coincide;
e.g., many words of the Kinika language coin-
cide with the KisuahUi and vice versd.
FikilIwa, v. p. ; nimefikiliwa ni mgeni = ame-
ni-fikilia pango.
Fikiliza, v. c, to cause to arrivefor, or toreach;
nime-m-fikiliza mgeniwako niumbani muako, /
caused thy guest to arrive at thy lumse;
Muungu ame-m-fikiliza wemi or vibaya; ku
fikiliza ahadi, tofidjil apromise or treaty.
Fikilishia, v. obj.; ku-m-fikilishia maneno.kctha
wa ketha ; ku-m-fikilishia matukano, to abuse or
revile one.
Fikizia, v. obj. ; nimefikizia niumba, I reached
the housc.
Fikibha, v. c, to cause to arrive, to lead, to take.
Fisiia, v.c, to cause to arrive ; chakula hiki kita-
ni-fisha Ukambani, this food will bring me to
Ukambani, wiU be sufficient ttU I reach
UJcambani ; ku-m-fisha mbelle ndiani, to see
one to tlte road, to accompany him tiU he
reaches the road.
Fisiua, r., to cause a thing to reach him ; ku-m-
fishia mbelle mzigo, to carry the load for
tome one to a certain distance.
FlSHiWA, v.p.
Fishua, v.p.
Fikidia ? (Reb.).
Fiklja (R. figija), v.a.,to rub between tliefingers, to
compress by rubbing, to rub topieces, to crumble,
to rub hard; ku fikija unga ulio na mafiSmbo,
to crumble a lump offlour between tlic thumb
and fore and middle fingers, in order to reduce
it topowderfor bread-making.
Fikiea (or pikara), s. (y&,pl. za), thought, thouglti-
fulnes8, consideration ; mtu hnyu yuna fikira
nengi — yuna maazo mangi ; cfr. Arab' £± %
cogitavit dc aliqua re ; j& , cogitatio ; fikira
hizi hatundzo suisui.
FiKini, to consider, think, ponder; ku fikiri mali
iliopotea, to think of theproperty lost; ufikiri
sana, usianguko, think weU, lest you faU.
Fil, 8., a chess castle or rook (St.) ; in Arabic an
6
eUpJiant; J^i •
Fila, v. n. — fia, v. n., to die; affle mballi, may
hedie at a distance,far off.
Filia, v. obj. ; cfr. ku fa, v. n., to die.
Filimbi, s., a flute.
Fiuu, r. a. (fifilibi by redupl.) (cfir. ^jJi ,
inops fuit, inopem pronunciavit aliquem judex),
to take away or to seU by auction somebody's
property, to pay his debts; wali ame-m-fiiisi
fulani, ametoa watvima, shamba, viombo via
niumba, dc. ; na Abdalla amefilisiwa ni wali, na
sasa Abd. amefilisika, hana kitu tena.
Filisika, t;. p., to be distrained, to have been
sold up.
Filibiwa, v. p., to be seized for the payment of
debts (pne' 8 property).
MFiFiLisi, *., a man who sells a debtor's pro-
perty.
FuiLi8A, v.a.; ame-m-sehaulisa, apate sehau, to
get by deceit.
Fililibika, v. p., to have been sold up; also =
ku dangauika or pumbasika, to be overreached,
defrauded,
Fiiiba, v. n. (vid. vimba)=ku fura, (1) to tweU,
matumbo yana vimba = yunajaa tello ndani ;
(2) ku vimba niumba niassi or makuti, to thatch
or roofa house with grass and palnvleaves.
Fimbjba (vid. vimbisa), v. c, to cause to tweU;
mtama uta-ku-vimbisa, to overfeed aperson.
Fihbiwa (vid. vimbiwa), v. p., to overeat one f s
self.
Fimbika, v. n. (or fimbuka) ; maembe yafimbika
niumbani, the mangoes ripen in the house.
Fimbisi, *., the state ofbeing inflated (K.).
Fimbo, *. (ya, pl. za), a long stick (cfr. bakora), a
walkingstick.
Finamoa, v. a. (finianga) (Kin. umba), to form or
mouldpotters clay, to tread and trample, to make
vessels of day ; ku fania viombo kua udongo, to
do potter's work. Pottery is the business of
women in East Africa. The women mould, bake,
andseUthe ware. They make water'jars, dishes,
d'c, of various sizes from a red and black kind
of clay which they dig in the island of Mombas
and nearJumfu, a MuliammedanviUage, situated
on the mainland, about six m'des to the west of
Mombas.
Finangua, v.p.
Finessi, s. (vid. fenessi),^/. mafincssi, ajack-fruit;
finessi la Kizungu, a duryan (St.).
Finginiuka (cfr. mugnunika), v. n., to wriggle,
writhe (like a serpent after having been kiUed, or
like worms crawling inputrid meat).
Fingikika — bingirika, v. n. t to be rolled, to roll
along, to writhe like a wounded serpent.
Fingibisha = bingirisha, v. c, to cause to roU, to
turn over ; mtu afingirisha kitu asijoweza ku-
ki-tukua, man uses to roll what he cannot
carry.
FIhia, v. a., vid. fignia; ku finia niumba or ku
fania finio, to make the house narrow ; ndia ya
ku finiana or ndia ya finio, a narrow way; (2)
mafinio ya usso, grimace, wryface.
f 2
M
(68)
PI
Fjniana, v., to be narrow — haina pana; mlango
unafiniana, the door is narrow.
Finia fima, v. a. (or winia winia), to swing, to
move. backwards and t farward* (a child\; ku-m-
tesfoha muana (vid. vinya vinya\
Finiafa, *., hay t
Finianoa, t;. «., to tread under foot; kn finianga
makoyokoyo, to trcad ttndcrfoot a kind of large
Uach ants (rfr. ku finangn).
Fjnjka (or funika), v. a., to cover (opp. funua, tu
uncoeer) ; ku finika chombo, to covcr a vessel ,• to
close, e.g., a hook.
FimkIka, v. n. (ngiio hi hai-ji-finikiki, ni ki-
pando), to become covcred.
Finikiza, r. c, to cause to cover, to jmt some-
thing on the top of a vessel so thai nothing
can fatt into it; ufinikize jungu, asingic paka
or pania; a-ni-finikize finikize mancno yalo
(cfr. hanikiza) ; ku finikiza vianda (ku-ji-shika
mikono).
Finikua, t\ p., to be covered.
Finiko, *. (la, pl. ma — ), covering; kifiniko, a
small corer.
Finionooa, v. a., to qua*h f = to critsh.
Fio (la, pl. ma — ), rcins (fio inaka na ini).
Fi6a, r. a., (1) to cut, e.g. 9 mashukc ya nitama, ku
tia kikapuni (Sp.) ; (2) to scold.
Fiol£a, i\ a., to rebttke; ku-m-nenca kua mancno
ya koro ; ku-m-tolea ufiozi, to ubuse, reprwtch.
Fiooa, v. «., to trampie ttnder oncs fiet, to prcss
with one's hands orfeet.
Fiooana, r. rec, to press or rub against each
other strongly, to tread one upon anothcr.
Fiokota, r. a. (hiog6ta ?) (cfr. sokotn), to twi*t
with the hands, to turn betwecn the hands ; kua
ku unga iiguc or mshipi wa ku fulia sainaki (rfr.
kansi, «.).
Fi6nda, r. a. (cfr. ku sonda), to suck out; ku fionda
damu or pua ya watoto ; wali (boiled rice) uki-m-
palia mtoto mjanga puani, mamai yuwa-m-fionda
hatta wali ku toka puani, when the rice gets iitto
the nose of a little child, his mother will suck
it ttntil the rice coines out (this is a tiuahili
citstom) ; fig., ku fionda watu kua ku gaiagnania
— to suck out the peopU «=- to impocerish, to ex-
haust them.
Fionia, v. «., to make a chirping voinc with thc
mouth, to do so by waif of showimj contempt
, (st.). _
Fira (Kin.), 8. (— Kis. fia), a kind ofenake, which
spits at men and endeavoitrs to throw the spittk
from a distance into the eyts, which canses grcat
pain. The spittJe causes an itching on tJte skin
of the body. The natives cndeavour to induce
another jierson as auickly as possible to makc
water vpon the eye which has been hurt, urine
being considered a prompt rcmedy against the
venom ofthis snake, which i» ofa whitisk edomr.
There are various kinds of snakes : (1) nyo, \i)
bafe (long and large), (3) nduma kn wili (skort\
(4) aatu (ahout ttrelee feet long), (5) ukukui. (6;
nondo, (7) fira (is long).
Fika, v. a., to Ue with a uroman not Leing owtt
wife (tonguza).
Fikva, r. p.; fulani ame-m-firn, mtnmke n
fulani, na mtumkc amefirua ni nitn mvme
mungine.
Fibana, r. rec, to commit (1) adulttry, #
sodomy or pcderasty.
FinAji, v. a. (cfr. faraja and faraji, r. a.) ; Munngt
ame-m-firaji akapoa, God blcssetl, consoltd kim
(after having been in mat f esb, in afflidion).
Fikanoi, s. (Kin.) (» Kis. mbuba), meades.
Fikasi, s.,part ofa skip (?) (R.).
Firiui, v. n., to smell wett, to have a good odov
( = ku nuka. ku toa rikhi).
Fiiuoifli, s. (ya) (also FiBixoisi), the stomach or ek
gizzard ofbirds \the figo of ijuadrupeds).
FirInoa, r. a. (viuinga), to mtike rountl, to remtt
roughntss of sttrface; ku firinga tonge lanfi,
to makc a lump ofboiled rtea and j>vt U intotb
mouth, the natins using no sjioons in eating (h
fania muili mmoja).
Fikino.Vna, ?\, to become sphert'cal and tym-
vutrical; mti umetongua liatta anafiringaDA0r
hatta kua mmoja na muiliwakwe, hatU kn
ondolewa kulla kombo yn> mti, hauna mlin»
tcna, unafiringana, the trce w round, smcotK
without any roughncss.
Fikkomiia, *. (St.), an eagle f vid. faukombe.
Finu, *. (la,7>/. ma— \fruit of the mfiru trte {Sp.).
Futi'KA, r. w., to whirl f roho inn-m-firiika — ina*
gcuka, inakua na ghatabu, iuickaairika, to beamt
angry.
Fikusiia, r. c, to provoke one ; watu w*me»
firuuha roho kua man6no mabaya (Sp.).
— " " % ,
Fisadi, r. a. (Arab. «x~J, corrupit, pcnlidit; jLJ,
corniptio) (cfr. husudu), to corrupt ; (2) fi»fi
(pl, mafisadi), *.; hanauda wa kitu, ni fisadimka.
a wicked man in gaicral, one who enters tk
houses of othcr people for a wrong purpost.
Fihiia, v. c. (from kii fa, r. n.\ (1) to cau*c todie;
(2) to cause to arrive (from ku fika, viti.).
Fibiiia, r. obj.; ku fishia watu, to waylay pecfk,
to lie in ambush — ku ka kikosini, in orderto
rob and kill (kii fa) ?
Fmi (or fissi), s. (la, pl. ma — ), hyena. Tk
Wanika cntertain a foolish attacluHent to ttii
voracious beast of the forcst. When a kyem
has been found dcad or kitled by somtbody t tk
elders of the tribe perform a funcral eertmcmjf
such as is usual after a tnan's death. Tk
muanza (vid.) is beaten, and a grcat lamentatkn
PI
(*9)
PI
and intolerabU howling are heard. The beast
having been buried in a deep grave digged by
the mad moumers, the latter slaughter a bullock
or goat, and eat and drink to escess for three
days, raising from time to time their voices and
wceping for their departed brother, as they call
the hyena. TJte man who has kiUed the beast is
obliged to pay one piece of cioth to the elders.
Is this notion connected with Indian ideas
and customs of the migration of man's soul f I
do not think so, as the Wanika show no attach-
ment to any other animal or beast. Very
likely they intend by tJieir superstitious respect
for the hyena to keep this beast weU-affected
towards those icho in a state of intoxication may
fall asleep in the grore orforest or on the road at
niglit, as a MniLa told me once when I guestioned
him on this subject. TheyfrequentlymakeaMdak&
(sacrifice) for the purpose that no wild animal
may kiU their countrymen during the period
of Keskazi (vitl.), when their drinking bouts are
going on for days and nights in a shocking
manner. Some Wanika have stated that the
elders.when talking in a state of intoxication in
the forest (where they are often assemUed day
and night) endeavour to imitate the roice of the
hyena, and that on this account they caU the
beast their brother. In regard to tJte Suahili
superstition relative to the hyena see the word
ffili. See also ScJiweiufurtKs " Heart of
Africar
FIbidi, v. a. (vid. fisadi), to eommit an offence in
another man's house.
Fisidi, v., vid. fisadi.
Fisidla, v. obj.; ku cnda ku fisidia. Mambo
yote a-ya-fisidi.
Fita, v. a. (vid. ficha), to hide, to conceal.
Fitapita, v. a., to shuffte, to be evasive in one's
speecJi (R.).
Fitamana, v. rec, to be hidden together; jambo
lililo fitamana.
Fitajia, t?. rec. (and fitikAna).
FrriA, v. obj., to hide a matter from any one;
ame-m-fitia wali kitu biki, Ae Jcept this matter
secretfrom the governor.
FrriKA, v. n.,to be capable of being hidden or
concealed; mtana anafitika mituni.
Ku jifita MFUA, to take shelterfrom the rain.
Fithuli (= futhuli), adj. (cfr. Arab. La> »
praecelluit, se praestantiorem aiiquo judicavit),
to be proud, insolent; mtu huyu ni fithuli or
msafihi, yuwatukana or akasbifu watu; anataka-
biri m'uo, he is veryproud.
FrrnuLiKA, v. ( — tukana), to treai one contemptu-
ously, to nickname one (?) ; vid. ufithuli, in-
soUnce.
Fithulijua, t». obj., to provoke one to anger by
nicknaming; mfithuli, s., one who despises
others, nicknames them. Dr. Steere takes the
word in the sense officious, over-talkative ;
futhuli, officiousness. Ku-m-uenea asie — kua
katiriyakwc; ku-m-fithulikia=ku-m-tolea raan-
6no ya keburi or ya nasaba. maneno maofn.
Fitika, s. (ya, p/. za) (cfr. Arab. y& , probavit,
tentavit, sedazit; ejsi , tentamcn. scductio,
discordia, seditio, bellum), (1) n. abstr. — ufitina,
enmity, hatrtd, slander, discord, malevolence;
(2) n. concr. (wa, pt. ma — ), inciter, instigator,
abettor of discord or disturbances ; huyu ndio
fitina ya watu ( â– â– mfitini).
FiTiKi, r. a., to bring about enmity, discord,
against any one, to do him harm ; mtu huyu
arae ui-fitini, ame-ni-tia fitiua kua ndugu
zangu.
FrnniA, r. obj., to cause enmity with one, to
slander one with N. X., to sow discord; Ab-
dalla ame-ni-fitinia kua nduguyaugu, AbdaUa
put me at enmity with my brother.
FrnsiAHA, v. rcc, to put themselves at enmity
one with the other.
Fitibi, s. (ya) (rfr. fidiri) (cfr. Arab. £& , wlvit
00
jejunium ; jek » jejunii solutio ; jU5\ Jl-j-c ,
festum Muhammedicum succedena jejunio mcnsis
Ramadhani), alms and presents given at the end
of the Bamadhan ; aadaka ya ku fungua muezi
wa Ramadhani, ku tolewa muezi mozi namfunguo
mozi siku ya idi. A pUhi of grain is given to
the poor. Abns aregiven (1) at the end ofthe
liamadhan, (2) after safe return from war, dbc.
The natives give money, cloth, rice, buUocks to the
poor or to mosques.
Frro (sing. ufito, pl. fito, za), long slender sticks
espeeiaUy usedfor making a basket to catehfish;
ku suka U810 wa samaki ; fito (pl. mafito), a long
staf. The Wanika use tlte fito (slender sticks or
switches) in the construction of their cottages by
putting them transversely to tlte poles and
fastening them with the bark of trees or with
ropes o/mia (vid.) ; cfr. bakora.
Fiua, v. a., (1) to cut off; (2) to let spring or
snap ; amefiua ehuke la mtama alipokata bua
kua tini, he eut offtJie ear ofmiUet afler having
cut down the stalk.
Fiuka, t;. n. = tenguka (vid. pia), to go off, to
snap ; mtambo umefiuka ( — umeinuka jti),
the trap (noose) went off, snapped.
Fiuko, s.; mtambo wa fiuko, a trapofastick
and rope; opp. to mtambo wa liwa and wa
banchaga.
FiulIa, v. t to eonvinee one of a faUehood by
PI
(70)
PU
exaggcrating, to rcfutc by witticism; ame-
fiulia kinayakwo kua ku tcka.
Fiuhiia (or fiuha), /\ c, to let spring or snap, to
lct go off, to let off (a trap).
Fiussa, v. n. ; ku fiussa watu au niama kua tanzi
or matanzi (kitanzi, nguo wa miiii), to eatch
7itcn or animals unawares by a ropc, tchicJi is
placed on the road in theform ofa noose.
Fiufia, ?;. a., to cook somctJiing with a slow firc;
to spoil in cool'ing.
Fiunda, v. a., vid. ku ramba (2 Tim. ii. 17).
FiwA, v.p. (vid. ku fa, to die), to bc dead to one;
fulani anafiwa or anafewa, somebody died belong-
ing to N. X. (to a certain individual) ; ku fiwii-
po, therc wJiere people are dcad or dic; manamkc
aliofiwa ni mumewe, widow (lit., a woman to
whom her Jtusband dicd).
Fiwi, 8. (pl. za), a kind ofbean; mfiwi 1« the staik
ofthc bean. TJtis kiml ofbean is said to have a
strong smell,for whicli reason tlie wild boar will
not eat it. Dr. Steere states (page 268) tliat this
kind of bean grows on a climbing plant with a
white fiower.
Fiyuka, r. 71.; joyo (moyo) lina-m-fiyiika akitu-
kiwa.
Fokea, t7. a., to cover a sownfield iritli sand and
mud by inundation (cfr. mcna ; ku tiniba mcna
ya ku ya or fokca).
Fok£hi, *., one who roUs on the mud ; mtu huyu
unafokesi sana (Sp.).
Fokkk£ka, r. 71. — fukia? (11.).
Fombo, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a lump; unga ulio na ina
fombo (cfr. fikija).
Fom6a, v. a., to demolish ; ku fomoa niumba
( = jengua), to demolish a liovsc.
Fondog6a, s., a bad smell in fiovr ; vikiwa havi
nuki tadu or tatu, ni ku nuka fondogoa (R.).
Fong6ma, s. (la, p/. ma — ), the fruit oftlte mfon-
gonia tree.
Fora, 8. f (R.).
Fobari, v. a. (vid. furari, v. a.), to keep or tic togethcr
with ropes, e.g., thc broken parts of thc yard ofa
ship.
Forariwa, v. p.
Fori, *.; mtanga wa fori ? (R.).
Foromali, 8., a ship's yard; mti wa ku fungia
tanga la jahazi. tit.writcs foramali.
F6r5ta, v. n., to snorc in skeping (cfr. misono and
miono) ; vid. k6rota.
Fobsadi, *. (vid. fersadi, *.), a small fruit of a trec
which is eatable (kama kunazi, laken niekundu),
mulbcrries f
Fortha, *., custom-house ; forthani, at the custom-
house (Arab. gbJk , locus maris, ubi naves ad
anchoram consistunt, statio navium). The
customhovese is usuaUy near the harbour, hence
thc namc servc* for both the harbour and the
custom-housc in Arabic.
Fbas (frasi), s. (vid. farasi), a horse.
Frasi, s., a chcss knight (St.).
Fu, adj. ; niamafu - niama fu, niamit alie bu*
(vid. nia mafu), a dead animal, the fiesh ofa
deadanimal; neap tides, maji mafu, lit n decd
water ; kitu kifu, m'tu m'fu.
FC, natural sound ; cfr. bu; ku-mu-angusha fu.
Fua, *., a wooden bowl; ni jano kiuogo cha ku
oshea miigu, mikono, d m c. (R.).
Fua, s. (la, pl. ma — ), thc chest; mafua, a ehett
eomplaint causing a cough, a cold in the head
and a stoppagc in tJte nose; mtu huyu an»
rnafua, this man suffers in his cheet ; watu wana
luafua wakohoa msimu ukingia, when the nortk-
tcind sets in many persons complain qf tkt
mafiia.
Fua, 8. (or ratlier fuo) (vid. fiio) la mikojo, tkt
scum of nrine.
Fl'a, *., a small trunk JioUowed out likeacamte,
into wJiich tJte oily substance of tke poundrt
tondo is squeezed. *See tondo, the fruit of •
shrub wJiich yields oil. Fua ni mti uliotoogru
kiisudi wa ku kamulia tondo.
Fua, v. a. (cfr. vua, r. «.), the general notUm of
tJiis verb is to beat, to drag t to draw, toforpt.
(1) Ku fiia juma, or fctha, thahabu, toforgt inm,
to bc a blacksmith or silccr and gold smith; ki
fiia visKii, to forge knives. (2) Ku fua ngno, to
wasJi a chtli by beating it on a stone ; mahafi p»
ku fua nguo, a washing-place. (3) Ku fua (orrotkr
ku viia) samaki, to catch fish with the angtt*f-
line or witJi a JtooJc. (4) Ku fua majini, tofekk
somttJiuig out of tJie water. (5) Ku fua (tw)
ngiio, to put offone's c!otJi t to undress. (6) Ki
fua (vua) = okoza, epusha, to savefrom danfff,
8ickncss, it'c; Muungu ame-m-fua (ame-m-TWJi
God Jia8 rc8cued orsavedJiim. (7) Ku fuandu
kua tini, to cxcavate for making a road; pati»
anafua ndia. (8) Ku fua maji (ku teka na ka
muaya), ku fua dauni mtangani.
Fulia, v., toforge or wash for one t to butt at «
cow.
Fuliwa, p.; juma kilicho fuliwa kama nang»
(vid. opolua).
Fuliza, v. a., to go with long and quick stem
witJiout resting; not'to 8top, to go on.
Fulizia, v. obj.; ame-m-fulizia faraai (
asipumsikc).
Mfuo, wa ku fua mshipi.
Mf€to, white sand on tJie seasJiore f
Mifuo, Unes.
Mfusi wa nouo, *., washerman
woman.
Mfusi wa juma =â– afuai juma.
Fuama, v. n., toUeon the beUy orface (atomdm
or washer-
FTJ
( 7i )
PU
wJien havingpains in the stomach, &c.) ; opp. to
ku lala kingalingali, to Ue on the back; ku lasa
ku fuama, to lie on the stomach.
Fuamia, v. obj., to lie on the belly ; mtu huyu
amefuamia kitanda; Mnika amekufa fuamia
mzigo ; aliefuamia nti ; alala kitnndani ma-
tumbo na kifiia na uaso nkawa jii ja kitanda.
Fuamisa, v. c, to upset, capsize a boat, topros-
trate.
Fuasa, v. a. (vuaza), to make to cut, to wound with
something sharp; kissu nime-ni-fuusa ; niassa
zime-ni-fuasa ; ukamba ume-ni-fuasa ; ame-ji-
fuasa»ameji hasiri; kissu cha-fuasa — cha pata
or tinda.
Fuasika, r. n., to be wounded by seizing some-
thing sharp; nimefuasika kua ku guya niassi.
Fuata, r. a., to chew; ku fuata tombaku, tocJtew
tobacco; ku fuata tombakn, si ku tafuna na
meno, laken kana ku kamua kua nlimi na meno ;
ku tia tombaku kanoani asipo tafuna mno kua
Bebabu ya kua kali, ya ku asha tombaku; ku
gandamisa, topress, sijueeze with or on the teeth,
to take tlie tobacco into the mouth andpress it on
tJte teeth.
Fuata, v. a., tofoUow, to succeed one, to adhere to
one, to be afollower orparty of — / amo-m-fuata
Muhammed, i.e., diniyakwe (his religion) ; ame-
m-fuata Tangai, or afuata kua Tangai, heis a
follower of Tangai tJte chief commandant of
Momhas ; mtama unafuata kinu, the miUet is
sticking to tJte mill, because it is wet.
Fuasa, v. c. ( = ku rithia), to be obliged tofollow,
to be under obligation, to be entirely devoted to
somebody, to do wJtatever he likes (Er.) ; maji
yafiiaza, cfr. ongoza and tungiza; mfuase
adakalo, folhw him in wJuUevcr Jie likes; ku
fuasa mfano or mancno, to makc a thing
exactly after thepattern or description.
Fuatana, v. rec, tofoUow eacli otJtcr, togo wiih,
to bc contiguous, to accompany.
Fuatasihha, v. c, to make onejoin orfoUow or
to accompany; nime-m-fuatAnisha muana
mdogo na mtu mzima ku nenda Mvita.
Fuatia, v. obj., to make onefoUow, to gain one
to one'sparty; Abdalla ame-ni-fuatia mtumishi
wangu kua mali au maneno mazuri, Abdalla
induced my servant to fottow or join him by
giving himproperty orflattering words.
Fuawa, v. p. (pas8. of fua ?), to be aground, to lie
on the side and be beaten by the waves ; dan lina-
fuawa mtangaoi = limepuelewa, linafua mtanga,
hali nendi tena.
Fuawe, *. (la, pl. ma — ), an anvil; ni jombo ja ku
fulia kazi zote ziliopo za kiwanda.
Fucha, v. a., vid. futa.
Fuda, $.; — la kinena, vid. kinena.
Fudipudi, *., on the face (offaUing or lying) (St.);
cfr. fulifuli.
Fudikka, v. a., to turn bottom upwards (St.).
FCdC' (Kin.) (in Kis. fufu), (1) an eatablefruit of
a tree; tundo za mti ziliwazo; (2) an empty
sheU.
Fudua, v. a., to wash after circumcision.
Fudussa, v. c; ku fudussakibofu, to inflatc a bladder.
Fue, *. (vue) (la, pl. ma — ), an old or deserted
plantation — shamba la kale, opp. to shamba la
tange, a new plantation (cfr. tange and koke)
(shamba mpia).
Fufia, v. a. (vuvia), (1) ku fufia motto ("- ku
pepea or toma motto), to blow the flre ; (2) ku
fufia nsumuri, toplay theflute; vid. makungu.
Fufu, 8. (l&,pl. ma — ), (1) an empty shett; fufu la
nazi, usedfor various purposes; fufu hili nta-li-
fania kata, hence fufu la kata, a smatt water4ube;
(2) fufu la usso, cranium, fufu la kitoa or fupa la
kitoa; (3) fufu la upiia, brain-pan, in which
is the bongo or uwongo, tJte brain ; of empty
shells tJte natives make drinJdng-vessels which
scrve as cups, glasses, &c; (4) mfufu, aspecies
oftree wJiicJi bears a sort ofplum (R.).
Fufua, v. a., (1) to vivify, to bring to life again —
ku-m-huisha, to causc to revive ; (2) to charge a
second tinte, e.g., amefufiia deni kua uongo or
kua ku kopa ; watu wale waua fufua maneno ya
kale, or maneno haya ni ya kale, watu wana-
ya-fufua, tJte people revircd the cid quarrel ; ku
fufua neno la kale, to rcv'we tJieformcr qticstion.
Fufi'ka, v. n. (= kn huika, ku hui), tocome to
life again ; mtu buyu aDakufa, kisha anafufu-
ka, roho imeriidi, this man died, aficrwards
Jte came to life again, Jiis spirit returned.
This verb refers to feigned death, which,
however, was thought to be rcal for some timc.
Ku fufuka =• ku regea uzimani ; ku fufuka
niufuni.
Fufuliwa, p., to be brougJtt to lifc again, to be
revived.
Fufuliza, t;. c, to cause tocomc to lifc againfor
some one.
Fufuma, v. n., to surprise one ; huyu ni-ambia
tangu jana ku amba utakuja, leo wa-ni-fufuma»
wa-ni-jia kua ghafula (R.).
Fufumka (vid. vivumka), to grow up ouickly; ku
kuaharraka, e.g., mtu amofufumka; mbeu ime-
kua harraka.
Fufumsha, v. c, to causc to grow up auickly.
Fufumonie, in tJte kitchen (Pemba) (St.) ?
Fufurika, v. n., to flow over, to boilover; jungu
kimepata motto mno, nmji yamefufurika, tJte
kettle or pan was so mitch Jieated that the water
ran over.
Fufusa, v. a. t (R.).
Fuoa, v. a., to breed, to rear, to bring up, domesti-
PU
(72)
FTJ
cate, to tame cattU, to Jeeep animaU. The Svahili
say, ku fuga niama, to bring vp animaU, but ku-
lca muana wa mtu, to bring up or educate a
child; ku fuga nuelle.
Fugika, t7. n., to be tameable ; goombe hu ana-
fugika sana, ei nibishi, tJiU cow U wcll tamed
or domesticated, sJte U not refractory.
Fuoua, pass. ; e.g., gnombozangu ziraefugua kua
Abdalla (hefed them on hU pasturcs).
Fuou, 8. (or fuoupuou ?) (R.), bickerings, strife;
fugufugu hi (pl. hizi) ; wanasumbua mambo ya
fugufugu.
Fuouda (?), v. n. (Kiniassa, burubuda), to move
about before one falU aslecp ; muana huyu hapa
katiki, yuwa furuguda (cfr. furukuta) (R.) ; (2) to
puU, to spin (R).
Fuouta (vukuta), r. a. (vid. mfua and mifua) ; ku
fuguta mifua, to blow tJie beUoics. The black-
smith says to his apprentice, Ewo roanafunzi
fuguta mifua ni pate fua, or nipate fania kazi.
The natives use goat or sheep skins as their
beUows and do aU tlieir work in a sitting posture.
Fig., to lie (Er.) ; vid. kewa ya ku fugutia ki-
wanda.
Fuouka, t'. n.; mti wafuguka kua wadudu ? (R.);
fugulika, fuguka, or fukuka, to be concave (R.).
Fugudi or fukudi ? vile adakavio sivio wa-m-
faniavio, ikiwa fagudi siku zote (R.).
Fuouto (vukuto), 8. (la, pl. ma — ), sweat, Jieat
( = jasho) ; fugiito la jasho.
Fuouza, v. a., to drive away (R.) ; vid. fukuza, to
chase.
Fuja, v. a., (1) to run through, tolcak; kitoma
hiki chafuja, this calabash leaks ; niumba yangu
yafuja, tJte roof lets tJie water all tJirough;
(2) to waste, squander, dissipate, e.g., ku fuja or
fujafuja mali, to waste propcrty ; (3) ku tukana
in Kipemba.
Fujia, v. obj. ; mvua ime-ni-fujia, tJie rain drove
me out.
Fujika, t'. n., to wastc away, to mouldcr.
FujfwA, pas8.; ukuta unafujiwa, tJie wall is
lcaked ujnn.
Fujo, *. (la, pl. ma — ) ( = iaro), frequent, continual
passing and repassing ; fujo la watu => watu
wangi wangiao niumba isio na mume au mke, na
watokao ku zungumza, ku fania kelele na ku teka
to ; (1) thoroughfare, rambling; niumba ya fujo,
a Jiouse of thoroughfare ; niumba hi inafujo ;
(2) dUorder, bungling; kazi kua fujo; fujo U also
ifyou disturb otJters with singing (vid. ahambiro);
msi-ni-wekee fujo tokani, do not go in and out at
my house, depart; vijana vina fujo wakila, cJiil-
dren are sloppy in eating; ku fania fujo haba.
Fujo fujo, 8. (vid. ofio ofio), slowncss, laziness,
slovenliness ; ku fania kaii kuo fujo fujo = kua
ufifu na unionge, to work lazUy, becavse the work-
man knows that, ifhehas finUhed tke present
work, the master will give him other wark to do,
Slavee especiaUy do their work a$ slou&y om
possible.
Fuka, v. a., to fiUvpor in a smaU hole (SU) (cg.,
a grave) (R.).
Fukia, v. obj., to fiUup a smaU hole for — ; ku
fukia kua mtanga or mitanga (cfir. ya).
Fukilika, v. n.
Fuka, r. a.; ku fuka moshi, to throw out Minoke,
tofume.
Fukiza, t7. c, to perfume, to cenne, to put tke
incensepot into aperson's clothe* or under kU
beard, to Jionour Jiim in thU manner ; nai-in-
fukuze, uwashe motto, do not smoke tc*, make
a goodfire; ku fukiza wata, wapate ko nuka
wema ; ku piga watu moahi wa ambari, wa odi
au wa ufumba ungine ; letta jetezo cha ku fti-
kizia watn ndi. The guests considcr ii tke
greatest Jionour if tkey are perfumed witk
ambari on account of the costliness of tkU
substance.
Fukizia, r. obj.
Fukizo, 8.,fumes, vapour.
Fuka, v.n. (vuka), to cross, topass over, topass a
river, toford — ku enda gnambo ya pili, toaoto
the other siile of a river (roho ime-m-fuka) ;
muezi ku fuka or fumbua watatueka (R.).
Fukfukia, v. obj., to do away, earry away (Er.)
Fukia, v. obj.
Fukika, v. n., to be capabU of being ferried or
carried over.
Fusiia, v. c. , to make one cross owr, to ferry ;
ku fusha watu dauni, toferry over peojple in a
boat.
FranANA, v. rec. (or fussana), to cross in parties
by turn ; watu haba hapa wangia danni marra
moja,wangine wakiketi poani hatta ku rudi
dau, ku fusha watu wasaliao.
Fukara, s. (^.mafukara) (ytf , fodit, perforavit,
pauper fuit), an extremely poor man; mtu
mni6nge kabisa ; watu hawa ni mafukara or
fiikaro, thcse men are cxtrcmeiy poor.
Fukarisha, v. c, to cause one to become poor to
reduce toporerty; vid. komba, v. a.
Fuke, *. (la, 2>l, ma— ) (cfr. mfuke), a large drop
of sweat.
Fukia (vid. fuka) ; upumbafu hu una-ni-fukia »«"«
unafukia nini, ukitoka Unguja? nafukia npanga
wazi or kikuba (name ofa boat) (R.).
Fukizo, s., vid. fuka, tofume.
Fukka, *. (ya), a native grvel or porridge pre-
sented at the festivities whick accompany mor-
riages and mournings (vid. matasa). Jt is pre-
pared offresh tembo or honey, boiled and â–
vpwitkfine ricefiour, black pepper,
FU
(73)
FU
and otlier spices (e.g., Tangaisi, matumba ya
maulidi, pajori, mpakanga, kajiri, all which spices
arc callcd viiingo via madukani) ; leo turackunoa
fukka kua folani ; kahawa ya fukka, a mixture
of honey, sugar, fiour, and pepper ; fukka (o/
asali and Jioney),for a woman in child~bcd.
Fiko, *• (= shimo); kuku atimba fuko; vid. kioto.
Fuko, *., vid, fuka, t\ a.
Fuko, *. (la, pl. mafuko), (1)« large bag (larger
than the mfuko) ; (2) a mole * (St.).
Fuk6a, s. (vra,pl. ma — ), a turtle-dove ; ndiwa is a
smaU dove with a black neck; kipiiro Jtas red
down on the neck and under Hte wings.
Fukombk (or paukombe, or fukukombe), *., a
large vidturc which catches sheep, &c.
Fukua, v. a., to dig a small hole for rcceiving the
posts ofJtouses; in general to dig up; e.g., fisni
ame-ra-fukiia ratu, the hyena dug up the grave
of a man ; kuku amefukua mahindi, the fowl
scratched up tJte Indian corn.
Fukilika, t\ n. ? (R.).
Fukua fukua, t\ o., to burrow (St.) ; ku-jiwc,
excavate stonce.
Fukuka, p. n., to be dug up, capable ofbeing dug
up ( — timbuka).
Fukue, 8., })l. ofufukiie, fine saiul; vid. mtanga.
Fukujika, v. n., to be spoiled ; mtama umofuku-
jika — umeoza.
Fukuru, v. a. ( Si , cogitavit ?), or s. ( » JU ,
sollicitudo, mocror?).
Fukutuka, i\ n. ?
Fukuza, v. a. (B. write$ fuguza), to chase, drive
away, banish; e.g., ku-m-fukuza mjini, to banish
onc out of town. Mr. Er. seems to derive this
wordfrom fukua(i?uf.) ; Mr. B.from fuka.
Fukuzana, v. rec., to chase orpertecute one an-
other.
Fukuzia, v. obj., to drive awayfrom — .
Fulani, adj. (vid. felani or falani), 8omebody,acer.
tain man, such and such men or thingn,such a one.
Tliis word remains unchanged : kitu fulani, not
kifulani ; pahali fulani, not pafulani ; cfr. Arab.
aAI , quidam, quaedam.
Fuli, 8. ; mkono wa fuli or wa kufuli (in Kimrima)
for mkono wa ku lia, the right hand (with which
men eat). In Kig&nia mukono wa kuume, tJte
male hand «= right hand, opp. to mkono wa ku
shoto or wa kike, the female or left hand (vid.
shoto).
Fuli, *. (ya), the beginning ofthe north-wind (pepo
ya kuskazi) ; also the time ofplanting and har-
vesting the third time in the year (Oct., Nov.,
Dec). Fuli ni muanzo wa kaskazi, mjou ni
muanzo wa kussi (aouth-wind,from May till Oct.)',
kwanza watu wanalima mjou ; (2) wakila mahindi
ya mj6u, waya mahindi ya muaka, wakifuna
mahindiya muaka; (3) waya mahindi ya fuli,
na (4) baada ya fuli ni kaskazi. Thtts the natives
have three harvests: (1) ya mj6u ; (2) yamuaka ;
(3) ya fuli, katika fuli mfua iko, laken si
nengi. Whcn the fuli luu plenty of rain it is
caUed mume (male), when it has but little rain
it is termedmVe (female). Muaka hu fuli mko»
muaka hu hamna mfua nengi. Harii nengi,
vid. kussi and kaskazi (from Dec. till March).
Ku panda or ku lima kilimo ja fuli, vid. mjo and
kilimo.
Fulia (fuulia ?), v. obj. (vid. fua), to forge, to
work in metal for somebody ; also said of Uie
carj)enter when he makes a line with tlie chisel
as a mark.
Fuliza, r. a., lit. % to cause to beat; ku fuliza
magu, to make beat one's feet, i.e., to go with
auick andlong strides witliout resting, togo on t
not to stop, to run, gaUop; amckuenda hattua
kuba, or amekuenda mno asipopumua tangu
Rabbay hatta Mombas, sebabu, amekucnda
simlia na watu, hakudaka ku pumzika ; cfr. ku
pigo mbio upesi.
Fuliza = fuuliza (R.) ; ku fuliza maneno, to
hurry over (one's) words ; cfr. fuuza.
Fulizia, v. obj., to make one go auickly; ame-m-
fulizia farasi ku cnda to (cfr. kifarasi and
kianga).
Fululiza, v. c, not to stop ordelay, to go onfast
(St.).
Fulia (fuuua ?), maji yana-ni-fulia or palia, when
it goes the wrong way in drinking: tften the
people say natajua, I am named, they speak of
me ; offood tJiey say, chakula kina-ni-songa, the
food chokes me (without superstitious explana-
tion) (R.).
Fulifuli, adj. (= kna ungi), in plenty (wangi),
much; maji ynpita fulifuli ; wame-m-gia watu
fulifuli ku-m-kubali. St. takes fulifuli for " on
tJieface foncards."
F#mX, v. a., (1) to shoot or to hit one; (2) to
weave ; ame-m-fuma kua (uta) m'fi (pl. miffi), he
shot him with an arrow ; amefuma nguo, he wove
a cloth; ame m-furaa kuu fumo, Jie hit him with
a spear ; ku fuma uta, to shoot an arrow, to
wound; fulani afuma.
Fumaxa, v. rec, to shoot each other (ku pigana
vitani).
Fumania, v.cu (ku-m — katika uzinzi), totake in
the very act of aduUery and to punish the
offender, to come suddenly upon, to surprise.
The offendtd person may kiU the offender;
aki-muona na usso.
Fumaniana, v. rec, to intrude into people's
houses without reasonable cause (St.).
Fumawa (and fumua),j>. (vid. onea); ku fumawa,
to be wounded (Sp.).
FTJ
(74)
PU
Fumia, v. dbj.; sindano ya ku fumia nguo, a
needlefor sewing a cloth.
Fumika, v.; inafumika nguo hi.
Fuma, v. n. (vid. vuma), to blow, rage, roar ; pcpo
lafuma ; bahari yafuma, tlie sea roara ; muamba
wafuma, tJte rocks cause a tumult (in the water) ;
simba afuma or anguruma, the Uon roars. Ku
fuma means in Kipare and KicJtagga " to go out,
to set out;" but tJtis belongs rather to fuma (vid.
above).
Fumia, v.obj., to bhw on or against one ; pepo
ime-tu-fumia woma au vibaya=tumepata pepo
ngoma or mbaya, tumefumiwa ni pepo ku, ni
pcpo ngema.
Mfumi, sibilant; mafumo, sibilation ?
Fumansi, 8. (?).
Fdmatiti, *., vid. babewana.
Fumda, v. a., to shut or close; ku fumba mato,
kanoa, mkono, to shut the eyes, tJte moutJt, haml,
&c, opp. to fumbua mato, to open the eyes ; ku-
m-famba maneno asisikie, to speak to one ofa
person in a languagc wJtich he docs not under-
stand, to veil or obscure tJte words lest he hear
them ; fumba fumba maneno, opp. to tasua ma-
neno; ana-ni-furaba haku-ni-ambia wasi; ku
fumba magu hatta mana ana-mu-ua or ana-mu-
ulia mballi, said of a woman in travail, who
puis the legs close togcther from fear or pain, and
thus destroys the child ; jungu chafumba, said of
tui or milk wJten it comcs vp (muanzo wa ku
wia).
Fumba, s. (fumbo) (la, pl. ma — ), (1) lump; fumba
la unga uliogandamana, a lump of flour which
cleaves or sticks together (cfr. pumba) ; (2) ma-
kuti ya fumba, cocoa-nut leaccs plmte.d for mak-
ing cnclosurcs; (3) maneno ya fumba, a dark
saying (fumbo) ; fumba za mtama.
Fumba, *. (ya, pl. za), a kind ofmat made like a
bag, which pcoplc wear at sea to protect them-
selves from thc cold. The fumba ya mia (madc
of palm-lcaves) is opcn above and below (cfr. ki-
tumba, kishunda). Ni bcredi, tungie fumbani, it
is cold, let us get inside tJic bag. When the
Masrue dynasty ruled at Mombas criminals
were put into such a bag-likc mat, wJiich was
sewn up aml loaded icith stones, thus tJie male-
factor was tJirown into tJie sea, to rise no more.
Yastahili ku tiwa katika fumba akatosua baha-
rini, Jie ouglit to bc put into a bag and tJirown
into tJie sea. Fumba ni jamvi lililo sukua kua mia
(vid. mia).
Fumbama, v. n., to crouch; but tui (milk) chafumba
(cfr. otamo) (R.).
Fumbata, v. a., to grasp, to dose tJie fist, to com-
pass, to span with tJie ho/nd or arms; siwczi ku
fumbata kua mikonoyangu mti hu, ni mnene, /
cannot span this tree with my hands t it is too
big; amefumbata fetha mukononi, he grasped
or kept tJic money in or with his hand.
Fumbatika, v. n., to be grasped, to be capabie of
being grasped.
Fumbaza, v. a. (vid. pumbaza), to cUnch, grasp,
eompass; pepo or shetani ame-m-fumbaza»ame-
poteza akili yakwc.
Fumbazua, pass., to faint f
Fumbi, s. (la, pl. roafumbi) (vid. vumbi), (1) dust;
fumbi la niumba, tJie dust of the house ; (2) a
ravine, a depression (through which runs a tor-
rent in tJte rainy season) ; mafumbi ya ku panda
mpunga, because there tJte ground is always
wct; fumbi la nia&si (cfr. ufumbi, s.), a moist
place for planting rice, but fumbi or vunibi u
dust ; maji ya fumbi fumbi, mahindi ya fum-
bini.
Fumbika, r. a., to put into hot sand or ashes ; ku
fumbika muhogo, ndizi, <£'c, to roast t in hot
asJies; ku fumbika mbo iliotahiriwa mtangani,
to put tJie member wJuch has been circumcised
into hot sand in order topromote theprocess of
licaling. You may often see boys sitting in the
sand on the samiy roads ofthe interior of the
island of Mombasfor this purpose.
Fumbikia, v. obj., to bedust, to bury in the dust,
i.e., to sow or plant before the rain (Kin. ku
angira).
FUMBIHIIA, V. C. (fDMBIZA).
FUMBIWA?
Fumbo, *. (vid. furaba, v.) (la, pl. ma — ), (l> lump;
fumbo la unga, sima hi ina fumbo; (^parable, darh
saying, a tiidden tJiing ; ku sema kua mafombo, to
speak in paraUes ; (3) a trick hidilen or covered
bg taUcing in a language wJiicJt the otlicr man dots
â– not understaml, asimilitude, an aUegory,jpuzzling
language; wame-ni-fania fumbo kua kiaraba,
nami sijui ; maneno ya fumbo is a mysterious or
hidden speech.
Fumbua, v. a. (opp. to fumba), (1) to open, to un-
clo8e=*ku ata wazi, c.g., mukono or mato ; (2) to
erposc to the air, to lift up, to raise; ku fumbua
niassi zilizo limua, zilizo atua hatta ku 6ia,
hatta ku fumbiia kna jC-mbe na ku panda mbeu,
ndio samadi ya shamba, to lay open the decayed
grass in ordcr to sow the seed; this grass is, as
it wcre, tJie manure of the plantation.
Fumbuka, v. n., to show omfs-self, to appear, to
come to light =>k(\a, wazi, ku onekana, kn tokea;
kukuwangu aliepotca, sasa anafumbuka, nty
foicl, which was lost, has now come to light.
FumbuiJa, v. obj., to lay open to, to erplain to
one tJtemeaning ofanymatter; ku-m-fumbulia
neno.
Fumbukika, v. n., to be startled, to start in desp
(or kua kazi) ; fumburusba, v. c,
Fumfuaka = fimbiwa (R.).
FU
(75)
FU
Fumfumka, v. n., to grow auickiy (R.).
Fumi, 8., a kind offlsh. Erh. takes it = mgumi, a
whale. The sesse, msia, and mgumi are large
fish.
Fuml, 8. (vid. vumi) (la, pl. ma — ) ; fumi la watu
wangi, the noise or din ofmany people; fumi la
ng6ma la magu manne, the great noise which a
drum offour legs produces ; fiimi la ng6ma (ya
kumbuaya) mliowakwe ni fumi.
FomIa, v. obj. (vid. fuma or vuma), tofrighten one
by roaring; simha ame-m-fumia=ame-m-tiBha
kua ku fuma, the lion roared at or against him t
frigtUened him by roaring; na mtu amefumiwa
ni simba, and tJie man was frigJttened by the
roaring of the lion.
Fumiu a, v. a. t to bear up, to endure, to be patient —
ku Btahumili, ku fumilia shidda; mfumilizi, a
svfferer ; fumilio, patience.
Fumiliza, v. c. (R. ?).
Fumisha, e. a., to gladden, to mdke Jiappy (?).
Fumiwa, v. »., to be blown.
Fu'mka (or kumuka), v. n.; ku fu'mka, to become
unsewn, to open at the seams, to leak (ofa boat).
Fumo, s. (la, pl. ma — ), (1) a fiat-bladed spear,
lance; ku-m-piga or toma fumo, to lance one;
(2) a cJiief (Kinguzi and Kiniassa) (St.).
Fumua, v. a.; (1) ku fumua motto, to draw out the
pieces ofwood from a fire, after the food has
been cooked, in order not to waste the wood (kuni
siziteketee burre) ; ku fumtia uzi, to pick out, to
unstitch the thread or seam (cfr. fuma, to weave)
(yid. fumbua); ku fumua makuti mabofu, to cut
upbad inakuti (vid.) on the roofofthe native
cottage and throw them away ; (2) to waste or
squander,e.g., kufumua mali ; (B)tocomeintoear;
mtama wafumua or unaktia ku furada — watoa
tembe, sasa tulinde niuni (as the birds tcill then
Jmrt the corn which has come into ear) ; maua
vamefumiia, theflowers are coming out.
Fumua fumua, v. «., to scatter.
Fumuka ; ganda la fumuka uombo ? (R.).
Fumuka (or fum'ka), v. n. t to go off, to fray out
(vid. fum'ka) ; nguo inafumuka ushone, the seam
is unripped, sew U.
Fumulia, v. dbj.
Fumukana, v. c. (to be despisedf), to secede,
separate, to set out, depart ; mfumua maneno
nde = mpeleleri ; mafumukano, separation f
watu hawa wanafumukana, these men (who
were just assemUed) departed, went off or
away.
Funa, v. a. (vuwa), to reap, to harvest; ukiya
mtama, uta-u-funa, ifthou sowest miOet, thou wilt
reap U.
Fx3viA t v.ob}. t toreapforone; ku-m-funia mtu
kua ugira; nimem-funia shambalakwe mueg-
niewe kapo, / harvested his plantation for
him in his absence.
Funiha, v. c. t to make to reap ; ku funisa kua mtu,
to cause one to harvest with one t to assist
in reaping for wages; mafuno, *., reaping;
mfuni, s. t a reaper.
Ji-funa, refl.; ku — , tos weU up, to bepuffed up,
to boast; ku-ji-funa = ku-ji-tia hang6we (vid.).
FunAma, v. n. (fuama), or ku wama=ku lalakirani-
funi or kitumbotumbo, to lie on the belly and
breast when sleeping (vid. wama).
Funda, 8. (la, pl. ma — ) (funda la tafu), a large
mouthful ofliquid or solid eoctending the cheeks
80 that theyswett out ; kanoa telle, ku jasa funda
telle ; ku piga mafunda ya maji ku-ya niuaya, to
take the mouthfuU ofwater andpour it out, as
playing children do to the vexation of their
motJter, who, having brougJU the water from a
distance, does not like to have it wasted.
Funda, v. a. (vid. vunda), (l)tobreakordemolish;
e.g. t ku funda viombo, to break vessels; mke
anafunda tupa atavia sasa ; (2) to beat up t to
mix by beating, topound; (3) to teac/t; (4) ship-
wreck, amefunda jahazi.
FUNDA FUNDA, V., tO da8h t CTUsh.
FundIa, v. obj. t to break something belonging to
one t to frustrate t to stop; e.g. t ame-m-fundia
safari, he has stopped hisjourney; ame-ni-weka
safari ; ame-ni-fundia kitoma akatia kisibiko ;
ku fundia mazinga, to beat broad the tops of
nails where they jut out; usi-ni-fundie ma-
nangu.
Fundika, v. n., to be broJeen, capable of being
broken; viombo vimefundika ; mtu anafundika
mukono, the man has a broJcen arm ; maji ya-
fundika (afterfull moon). Ikiiundika barasa
ndo nije ni-ku-andikie, when the assembly is
gone I witt come and write for thee.
Fundika, v. n. (vundika), is everything which
has beenpHucked in a green state and ripened
at home; ku fundika maembe, <£c. (R.).
Fundika, v. a. t to put something into one's
cloth (cfr. chomeka).
Fundikia, v. obj. -= temekea or katikia, to re-
main permanently in a place; amefundikia
Unguja— anakeli kabisa (Sp.) ; fulani una-m-
fundikia fundo, akae nami nikae, ijapokda
muakani ; mimi naye tukionana, ni daua mimi
naye.
Fundikiwa, p., to be broken or ruined; ame-
fundikiwa maliyakwe = hana mali tena ; ame-
fundikiwa kua mambo ya imani, 1 Tim. i. 19.
Fundana, v. rec., to break each other, to vie by
breaking; ku fundana mai ya kuku, or nazi
ya ku teza katika Ramadani. The natives
play with eggs or coeoa-nuts during the Bama-
dani. Hc who breaks iheegg ofihe other by
FU
( 76)
por
dashing Jiis own against that of the other is
entitled to thc takiny itfrom him; ame-ni-funda
iilakwe.
FUNDIKAKA, V.
Fundisha, r. a., to tcach, instruct.
Ji-Fi:xi>is]iA, v.rcf; ku-ji-fundisba, tolcarn.
FUKDAJUKOU, 8. (W8, ^/. UM — ), (I Slliall block Olld
Jturmless insecl living in thc grass and forcst.
Mr. ErJtardt ealls it tJtc walkiny leaf (mantis
rcligiosa). The nativcs bclicvc that a child icill
become carcfess and break the kitchen vesseU if
he has toucJted tJiis insect.
Fundanoa, v. ; ku-ji-fundanga, to allow one's self
to bc brokcn, to be carried away, to be ovcr-
powercd or borne down by tJtc otJtcr sex.
Fundareoa, r. a., to break tJtrough in running, as
a wild beast.
Fundarere, *. (la, pl. itiR — ), a kind of snake
whiclt tJtrows spittle like the fira. Mr. H. takes
it for a green snake wJtich is Jtarmless. JJe
says tJiat tJtis serpent is ofa grecn cohur and
Gfeet long.
Fundefunde, *. (\a,pl ma — ), rain and darkness
in tJie morning, wJten the sun cannotbesecn (E.);
cfr. gubari.
Fuxdi, *. (wa, pl. mafundi ya kazi), a skiUed work-
man of any kind ; c.g., muhunsi wa chuma;
mfufi wa samaki ; scrmalla, muashi wa niumba,
mganga, &c, evcry onc of tttcse workmen is a
fundi (wa kazi), a skillcd workman, mechanic, a
teacJter of any Jtandicraft.
Fundisho, *. (la, pl. ma — ), teachiny, dircction,
instruction.
Fundo, *. (Ia,^>/. ma — ), a knot (oficood, thrcad,
clotJt, roi>es y <('c.) ; fundo la mti, la uzi, la uguo
(a cloth tied toyetJter), la dau, la mua, la ua, d-c. ;
ku piga fundo, to make or tie a knot ; fundo la
muongoti (upana wa chombo) (R.).
Fundua, r. a., to untie, to open, e.g., a knot or
cork; fundua fundola nguoyangu, untic tJteknot
ofmyclotJt; fiindua kisibiko cha tiipii (or simply
fundua tupiv), take out tJte cork of thc bottlc.
Fundusa, r. «., to brcak opcn, to bud (pf a
floicer o])cniny); mjungua wafundusa or wa-
fauia maua.
Funoa, *., « civct cat (St.) (laryer than tJtc cn-
gawa).
Funoa, s. (la, pl. ma — ) ; fungala nuclle, tony thick
hair worn by tJtc tiuri peoplc (in Arabia) and by
robbers; mtu huyu yuwalimbika nuellc funga la
nuellc, ha-zi-nioi, ) uwa-zi-weka ; nuelle zina fun-
gana.
Funoa, r. a., to tie, fasten, to bind, to confine, to
imprison, close, to be dense, Otick (ku funga,
ganga, and jenga, to bind, fasten, and buUd by
binding) \ ku funga m!ango=ku tia kia ja mlan-
go ja ndani watu wakilala, to shut the doorfrom
within when thc peopU sUep; to be distinguished
from "ku shindika mlango," to shut tke leafof
a folding door without bolting tkem tcith the
komeo cha nde (rid. shiudika) ; ku funga mali=
ku kopa mali (R.); mvua inafunga lco = uli-
mengu ni meaussi or mawingu ni maeu»ai ; ku
funga waraka kua Bumak, to seal a Ittter tcith
gum~arabic. Inicfunga mito pia -- haipishi, the
rivcrs shut themselves vp by becoming impassahle
(R.) ; opp., mito innfunguka, fAf rirers get open,
fordabU, passable. Mitu (forest) hu mkubo, ona-
funga = unafania kiza, haupitiki ; ku funga vita,
to wage war; ku funga kanoa, to shut the mouth,
tofastcn (ku funga thaumu, thumu, vid.) ; ku —
choo, to become constijiatcd.
Funoa funoa, t\, to swaddU t
Ku-ji-fuxoa, r. ref, to give or devote one's-sclf
to a matter, to make great ejfforts, to be rery
cager in, to pursue; ku-ji-funga (kua) na ku
soma, to be eager in reading ; ku-ji-funga kua
or na kazi, to bc intent in working ; a-ji-funga
nami sana, Jte engages with me in a quarrel;
ku-ji-funga muniewe, to bring upon one's-stlf
troubU, d'c. It means aUo : to contradict one's-
sclf.
Fiwoamana, r., to cling togetJter t to connect, to
be dense, compact, to coJtere (Er.); mahali
hnpa panafungamana kua miba, hapafunuki, ti
pcaupe, hapaua ndia ja ku pita.
Funoana, r. rec, to bind each other, espedaUy
said of a dense forest, also said of domds;
mitu unafungana or unaguyana ; ku — magu,
cross-lcgged t
Fi'NUANA funoana ( = ku ngia matata).
Funoania, r.rt., (1) to entangle, to endose ; (2) to
jiack up; ku — viombo (vid, muumbi); ku fania
saflari, to pack vp ont's baggagtfor ajourney;
ugue wa ku fungania mzigo ; wakeli munio
(mjini) wa-ji-fungania, tJtcy are still in town,
and prepare for ajourncy.
Fuxoanihha, r. a.; ku — jahazi na jiwe, to tic a
vessel to a stone.
Funoasia, s. ; kamba ya ku fungasia jombo.
Fungasha, r. a., to tow, to tic to the stern of a
vesscl; e.y., ku fungassa dau or mashua or mbao
za ku undia, to tie a boat or sJtip's timber.
Funoata, r. i (R.).
Funoia, v. obj. t to shut to one.
FuNoiKA, r. /1. ; ku — sana (fuugika) (R.), tobe
tied well ; niumba inafungika.
Funoisa, r. a. = zunguka, to surround or block
vp, e.y., in war\; ku fungisha, to sJtut against
Funoiwa, r. n., to be bound or beput inprison
for anytJiing.
Funoiza, r. c, to cause to be shut or dosed up
to onc, to make one stop, to detain; Wagalla
anafungiza (anafungUha) Wakamba ndla, the
*tr
(77)
VTS
OaUa have dosed the roadfor or to the Wa-
kamba; ravua ina-ni-fungiza niurabani, the
rain shut me up in the kouse ; ku-m-fungiza
or fiitiza moshi, to suffocate by smoke; ta-m-
fungiza, I shall prevent him.
Funoate, *. A period of 'eeven days t during wJtich
tlie bride's father sentls a daily portion offood
to the newly married couple t after the completion
of the wedding. During the second week the
bridegroom's father provides the food; this is
calied fungate kua mume, whereas theformer is
styled fungate kua mke. Hence the natives $ay :
" leo tuatoka kula fungate harrusini." Kua nani ?
resp. Kua mume or mke. Thus the married
couple and their friends areprovided with food
by their parents and relatives for a fortnigJtt.
Wamekiila fungate mbili. Fungato mmoja, one
week or period ofseven days.
Funoo, 8. (wa, pl. ma — ), a civet cat. The natives
catch this speclded animal in tJteforest and sell
it for about two dollars ; wJten brought up t it is
sold at a higher rate ; fungo ni niama wa mituni,
nnaketi kana jiboa, ana sabadi (cfr. ku-m-sabidi
or sabadi), niama mkaii. The ngawa (vid.) is
much 8maUer.
Fungu, s. (la,^>/. ma— ), (1) portion t part ; fungu
la niama, portion ofmeat; (2) fungu la mtanga,
8andbank in the sea, a shoal, lit., portion ofsand,
i.e., there where the sand is alone or for itself
und where it rises over the sea ; hapa pana ungi
wa fungu katika babari ; fungu za baharini ; ja-
bazi imepanda funguni; ku tia mafunguni, to
cast or draw lots (on) ? (Reb.) ; fungu lime-m-
tok6a, tJie lotfell upon him.
Fuxoua, v. a., to let loose, to unfasten, to open t
unbind, untie; ku fungua mlango, to open the
door ; mtu aliofungua kifungoni amefunguliwa
jana, a prisoner was untied yesterday; ame-
ni-fungiia mali nziiri, he has presented me witk
a fine. gift t Ut. t amefungiia mukouo ku-ni-pa
kitu kiziiri, Jie opened the Jiand to give me a
Hne tliiiuj. It is considered very uncivil to
dism'i88 a friend or guest witltout a present.
Ku cnda mikono uiitupu baifai ; mgeni aki-ku-
tembelua, haifai ku-m-fungua mikono mitiipu.
Fu.vouka, t\, to be unfastenable t to become un-
fastened.
Funoulia, r. obj., to open to or for one; ku-m-
fungulia mtu mlango, to open the door to a
man.
Funouuka, v. n. t to befreefrom; vid. liom.
vii. 2.
FuNouiawA, pass. t to be opened t to bc unfastened
for one.
Fungukua punoukua, said ofa wife who staysfor
a long time with a man (?) (R.).
Fuwouo, s.; sing. ufungiio (wa), a key; pl. funglio
(za), keys.
Fungukuma, i7. a. (cfr. tot6ma mitu) ; unafungu-
ruma mitu na mitu hatta ku toka.
Funouza, v. a.; (1) kn-m-funguza mtu nuelle, ».«.,
masongamano ya nuelle, to untie aperson'splait
or tress of Jiair; (2) ku-m-funguza mtu majira
ya Ramadhani — to present a man withfood —
ku-m-pa kitu ja kula mtana, sbert ule, but the
wife iays to Jter Jtusband usi-ni-fungiiz* Hama-
dhani ; to force open f ( R. ) .
Fukika, v. a. (vid. finika), to cover (with a lid) t to
close a book.
Funika - ku finika ; mtu huyu afunika fiinika
to, hasemi wazi wazi (Reb.).
Funikika, v.p. t to become covered.
Funikiza, v. c. t to cover as with aflood.
Funo, s. (la, pl. ma— ), reaping, harvesting; funo la
mtama (vid. funa via).
FCn6 (or punko), *., a red animal about the size
of a young goat; funno ni niama wa mituni
kana mana wa mbuzi, rangeyakwe niekundu;
an antelope (dorkas), as Erh. states.
Fukbu, *. (la,/>/. ma~), muddiness; funsu la maji,
muddy water ; watu wametia funsu or mafunau
mtoni, tJtepeople have trouUed (ormade muddy)
the river; kua ku furiinga maji ; bahari inafunsu
or funju.
Fun^a, t;. a. t to uncovcr, to lay open, to open (a
book)\ ku funfia kitu kilijo finikua; e.g. t ku fanua
jungu, juo, &c; ku funiia meno kua ku teka;
ku-mfunua mtu akili, akili zimc-m-pungiia.
FuNULiA, v. obj. t to uncoverfor or to one; ame-
m-funulia muana jungu, he opened the kettle
for the cJUld t who was too weak to do so; ku-
m-funulia «= tefsiria juo.
FunulIwa, v.p., to be opened.
Funuka, v. n. t to be open (wazi) ; e.g. t mahali pa
ku fiiniika, pa peaupe, pasipo na miba or mitu
(opp. fungamana) ; inafunuka sana sasa, it
Jtas become very clear now; ndipo ufunukapo,
then it will become clear.
Funza, s. t a maggot.
Funza, v. a. t to sJtow t to teach ; ku-ji-funzn, to learn;
ku funza kazi or jiio (ku elemisha jiio), to teach
one in workmanship or in learning (book).
Manafunzi wa juo afunzua ni mkufunzi, namana-
funzi wa kazi afiinzua ni fundi wa kazi ; mana
huyu amefunzua sana kazi na juo ; si funzui
sana.
FuNziKA, r., to be taughi or instructed, toknotc;
amefunzika kazi =: ametaalamu kazi, or ame-
pata elimu, Jteproves well tavgJtt.
Funzua, v. p.; mtu yule hadaki ku ambiwa
neno, ajua killa neno ; ui muana (wa) kuku ha-
funzui ku chakura, hana asi-lo-jua.
FunzAna, v. rec.
FTJ
(78)
FU
Fuhzian a, v. rec. t to teach eaeh other, to counsel
each other.
Fuo, *. (la), (1) scum orfoam ( — pofu) ; e.g., fuo
la mik6jo, the foam oftlie urine (cfr. fua, «., and
ufuo) ; (2) fuo la ku fulia nguo = mahali pa ku
fulia nguo.
Futa. (la, pl. ma — ), a large bone (cfr. mfupa).
Fupi, adj., short; mtu mfupi; ubao ufupi; kasha
fupi ; mti mfupi ; makasha mafupi ; kitu kifupi ;
â–¼itu vifupi.
Ku fupiza, to shorten.
Fura, v. n., to sweU; muili umefura; to be puffed
up; »\i (?), efferbuit bulliendo ossa, pulsavit
arteria.
Furaua, 8. (ya, pl. za), joy, gladness, delight;
dc^ J an^ pj , gaudium, laetitia ; furahani,
tritA gladness, gladly, with pUasure.
Fubahi, v. n.; Arab. tj* > hilaris, laetus ct
laetatus fuit, to rejoice, to be glad orjoyful.
Furahia, v. obj., to rejoice with — , in — , to be
pleased with — (cfr. zihi).
Furaiiisha, v. c, to make glad, to gladden, to
cheer.
Furahiwa, pass., to rejoicefor, over, or at — .
Furah a, v. rec. (vid. fura and fira), to commit so-
domy one with the other; ku fura mkundu, to
commit sodomy (vid. fura).
Furari, v. c, tofasten with a rope that which is
broken; ku funga kitu kilijo fundika; ku piga
kidango cha mua, viombo via sini viafurariwa,
China wares are repaired, c.g., mkebe, bilauli,
tupa, d:c.
Furarika, v. a.
Furariwa, v. p., to befastened.
Furda, s. (or fubuda, ot f6roda), stapU, depdt,
custom-Jtouse ; Arab. S-fcJ , locus maris ubi
naves ad anchoram consistunt, statio navium.
Furia, v. n. f (Reb.) ; mtafuria-ni ?
FuruIka (or furujika), v., to moulder away=*\i\i
6za kabisa ; kule ku 6za kuna (to decay, to de-
compose) kisiri, kuna sidi, to rot, putrefy (R.).
Furika, v. n. ( — kumuaika), toboilover, to bubble,
to run over, to inundate.
Furisha, r. c, to make to bubble; mabuyu yn-
furisha niatafu.
FurikIa, v. obj.
Furufuru (pl. ma — ); cfr. gubari, «., out of
orderf
Furuoa, v. a., to stir up, to mix (vid. viiruga), to
work at, e.g., unga, flour; ku — udongo, clay;
ku — toka, lime.
FuruoIa, v. obj.f to stir for one; ku — or ku
tangania pamoja na udongo na toka.
FurugIka, v. n., to decay,faUoff (cfr. fnrujfka);
kita hiki kinaftza hatta kiuafurujika, hakiliki
tena, this substanot rotted until itfell offor
asunder, it is no longer eatable; moyo wangu
unafurugika hautakata (moyo ju ju) (said of
anger).
Furugisha, v. c.
Furuouda, v. n. ( — Kiniassa, ku burubuda, to move
about before onefaUs asleep) ; muana huyu kapa-
katiki, yuwa furoguda (cfr. pakata, cfr. furukuta)
(R.) ; (2) to pull, spin (R.).
Furujika, vid. furijika, r. n.
Furujua, r. a. (jika) (R.).
Furuk6mbe (or faukombb, fukombe), a large
vulture like the mana kombe (stork t) ; ni adui
ya samaki. It tnakes its nest upon the mfunne
tree; niumba ni dungu (U) mbawazakwe, anatu-
mia kua vigumba.
Furukuta; ku — ,to move, as ofsomething under
a carpet (St.).
Furitma, s., a Uockfor stretching caps on.
Furumi, «., cfr. farum, farumi, baUast.
Furumiza, r. a., tofling or push away, to siing;
e.g., ku furumiza jiwe na mk6no; ku-ji-furdmisA
â– =â– ku-ji-tupu, ku-ji-pumbaza, to undertake or do
a thing at random (cfr. sukumiza).
Furunga, r. a., to wade throngh; nimeruJcm mto
kua ku furunga maji, I crossed the river by
wading through it or stemming the rusk of the
water.
Furunoika, r. n., to be overcast; nlimengu nna
furungika.
Furungu, s.ffemde (R.) ?
Furunou, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), (1) a little bag (ofmun)
used as a plaything by children; kik6ba cha
watoto ku tezea — limesukua kua raakuti mabiti
or mushupatu or mia; (2) a large citron; (8)
kikuku cha fetha, an ornamental ring on the leg*
ofwomcn, an anklet ; katika vikuku anatia kawe
za fethayapate lia mafurungua. The iceadthy and
honourable ladies wear (1) silver-ringe (vikuku
via magu) on tJtefcet, each at the rate of 10 doJ-
lars ( — 20) ; (2) on eacJi Jiand a kekee ya mkono
to the value of 2 dollars each (4 doUars) ; (3) on
the ear shamili (pl ma — ) la ehikio, each 2 dol-
lars (= 4) ; (4) on the neck a mkuffu from 1 to
2 dollars; tctal cxpenditure for femaie orna-
mcnts 30 doliars ; cfr. koa la fetha, a silver-ring
adorning the upper-arms, each 15 doUars. No
wonder if tJie property oftJie Jiusband is abeorbed
by a large establisJiment ofwomen, wJiich is the
gangrene ofJieatJien and Muhammedan nations.
Furuni, 8., a kind ofoven on sJiips; meko ya mofa
jomboni ; ^ J , furnus, in quo panis coquitur.
Fubura, v. a.; cfr. bnrura in Kiniassa, todeprite
of,to8tripof(U.)?
PU
(79)
PU
FuRusm,*. (la, p/. ma — ), apacket, bundie, abundle
tied up inacloth; furushi la mtama, containing
from one to two pisLi (native tneasurefor com); cfr.
<&J , eipandit stratum.
Fusa, v. a. (fuliza) ; nime kuenda kua ku fusa, /
went irithout resting.
Fusai, v. a. t tomake poor; Muungu ame-m-fusai
(Sp.).
Fusaika, v. n. — korofika — hana kitu, he be-
camepoor.
Fu8HA, v. c, vid. fuka (vuka).
Fusi (or Fuaai), *. (la, jrf.ma — ), afineblock tand;
fiisi la mtanga meaussi na mte'fu. Steere takes
the word for " rubbish" and Erh. takes it for
"blackfat earth."
Fusi, 8. (la, pl ma — ), the shoulder, blade-bone;
cfr. raba raba. The natives avoid the piural
mafusi signifying the hair of the privities.
Fusia, v. a.; ku — mzingi, to lay the foundatian
^ (B.)-
Fussus (or fusfus), s. (St.), precious stones ; cfr.
yjak , separavit; ^oi , pt. {/>+** , gemma
annuli.
Futa, s. (\&,pl. ma — ), thefat or greasy part ofan
animal which is meUed byfire; e.g., "futa la
gnombe, la papa,'' &c, pl. "mafuta," fat, oil;
futa la kinena (Sp.).
Futa (vuta), v. a., to draw, topull, to wipe off, to
cancel; ku futa maji, to draw water, to bale out
water; ku futa fumbi ngu6ni, to wipe offthe dust
from a cloth; Muungu a-ni-futo thambizangu,
may Ood wipe offmy sins; m-fute kando nka-m-
saili, take him aside and ask him; ku futa t6m-
bako, to smoke tobacco ; ku futa vibaya via wa-
raka, to cancel errors ofwriting ; ku futa tizi —
ku tatisa kijitini ; ku futa makasfa, to row; ku
futa kamasi, to blow the nose; ku futa jombo, to
haul offa vessel.
Futia, t7. obj. ; ku-m-futia mtu fumbi ngu6nl ;
ku futia mke mzuri kua ku peleka mtu alio-
pata rubu reali, to seduce a fair woman
through somebody who receives a auarter
doUar for his service ; ku-m-futia mtu, to take
aside to commit fornication.
Futika, v. n. } pliable, fiexible ; iiguo unafutfka.
Futilia, v. ; ku — utangule (pl. tangule) vra
mia.
Futilika, v. n. ; tangule zimefutilika.
Futana, t;. rec, to draw unitedly, to draw to-
gether.
Futari, *., the first food taken after a fast (cfr.
Futhuli, *., officiousness (vid. fathili).
Futi, *. (la, pl. ma — ), the knee (St.).
FutIka, v. n. (vid. futa, v. a.), drawable, to tuck
into the girdle or loin-cloth (St.).
FunzA, r. c, to spread over, topaint over, to do
over (?).
Futua, t'. a. t to shake out; e.g., ku — ngiio - ku
toa or kuta fumbi ngiioni, to wipe the dust from
a cloth; ku — kibofujagnombe, to inflate a cow's
bladder ; ji-futua m'no kua man£no, to boast, to
brag.
Futuka, t;. n., to grow angry ( - ku fania ukali,
ame kua mkali), tofiy in apassion.
FutukIa, v. a., to upbraid with f to scold (= ku
fiolea) ; bana ame-futukia watuma wakwe, the
master scolded his slaves (ku fania haairi).
FutCa (fudua), v. a. t (1) topull orpluck out; e.g. t
ku — magni6ya ya kuku, topluck offthe down of
a fowl; (2) to bring to light, to draw forth, to
tell to, toletoutor on (Erh.).
Futuka, v. n., (l)tobe brought to light; (2) kuku
amefutuka.
Futulia, r. obj. t to pluek out for one; e.g. t na-
ku-futulia kuku, na-ku-pokea kazi.
Futulika, v. n.; kuku amefutulika, tJtefowl has
beenplucked.
Futuliwa, v. p., to become known (Erh.).
Futussa, v. c; (1) ku — matambo, cfr. tutum-
sha; (2) to cause to thrive; e.g., mviia ina-
futuasa mahindi yadakayo kufa; mvfia ina-
futussa mmea ulipo kiia mkavu.
Futuri, s. t a span; cfr. Arab. ysi t mensuravit
rem, &c; f± , intervallum ioter eitremitatem
pollicis et indicis digiti eitremitatem.
Futuru (and futari), s. (cfr. ±i ), thefirst meal
after sunset during the Ramadan. It consists
of a peppered tisane of rice. After the fnturu
comes the more substantial part ofthe banauet.
Futuru, v. n. — k(i noa uji katika Ramadani ;
leo tuende futuru kua Gabiri — tuta ku noa uji
kua Gabiri jioni, to-day we shall drink rice-
tisane with Oabiri in the evening (cfr. eftari,
«.).
FuTURisnA, t'. c. = ku-wa-pft watu futuru ; watu
wake wa Gabiri wame-tu-futurisha wema, the
women of Oabiri have given us a good futuru.
Fuu, *. (pL ma — ), a small blackfruit.
Fuuza, 1». n., to go straight forward (vid. msobe
msobe) (R.).
Fuuliza ; kuni hazifuulizi kuja, wood dots not
always come, does not come continually, to be
offcontinuaUy.
Futu, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), an empty sheU; fuvu la
kitoa, a skuU.
Fuya, v. a. — ku muaya fetha ; ku haribu mali, to
spoil or sauander property (Er.).
Fuza, v. n.; ku — , to go on t not to stop (cfr.
fuuza).
Â¥0
(8o)
OA
Fun, s., vid. fusi and mafiisi.
Ft6ma (vid. fi6ma), v. a., to read ( — ku soma).
Ftokda (or fyokja), v. a. (rid. fi6nda), to tuck
01U.
Fyokia, v. «., to suck.
Fyuka, v.n. (vid. fiua anrf fiuka), fo <irqp, topo
0/) to e«cr/pe Zifte a spring.
a
Gabi, *. (yn, j>Z. za), (1) apulley, a block through
tchich the ropes ofavestel run (Er.) ; (2) crane 1
Gabri (or oahuri), *. (rectc kaburi), a grave (vid.).
Gaddi, *. (la,7>/. uia — ), (1) apiece ofclay. This
is a white clayish substance having a saltish
taste, exported from Ukambani and Baraica.
The natives grind it antl mix it vp tcith thcir
snuff. The gaddi brouglU from Baraica is
preferred to that of Ukambani; cfr. *>j^. 9
terra dura ac plana, superficics tcrrae, arena
mollis. (2) Palanquin in Jndia; (3) gaddi or
gari, a tcaggon.
Gadi, s. (ya, pl. za), the stay or support lashed by
tlie natives to the side ofa vessel to prevent it
fromfaUing over in shallow water when the tide
is out; gadi za jombo ni nguzo za ku tcgemea
jahazi katika maji ya ku pon, isipindiike juhiizi
isivundiko (cfr. shiku and taurau, and inulia).
Gadimu, v. a. ; ku gudimu jahazi, to support or
stay up a vessel on shore.
Gadimia, v. obj.
Gadimiwa, r. p.
Gaoa, v. n. % (1) to turn about f or to roll from one
side to the other (in bcd at night or on board a
vessel) — ku pinduka huko na huko; ku giiga
vurabuni, to roU inthedust, as an ass does; (2)
• fiil-t ku lala mno, to sleep too much ; kua mvivu
(or mfifu), to be ulle, lazy; ku gagfi nit'anga,
to lic on the sand, to dicide a haul of fish (vid.
numbi).
Gaoaza, v. c. (cfr. fingirisha or bingirisha), to
make to roll (aperson).
Gaoa, v. n. (Kim.) t to make a charm (uganga)/or
keeping off wild beasts from tlie houscs. Mfm
muiti uaingic ndani ya niumba. Tlie niiia (cfr.
muii) with which the iromen tie up their bundlcs
of dry wood must be thrown away bcfnre eiiter-
ing thc toicn. Juirtliermore, thcy do not burn
the kifiifu cha nazi. All thene and other supcr-
stitious things are comprised in the term
"gaga."
Gaoa, s. ; — la maji, vid. kufu or koga.
Gaoamiza (or ououmiza), v. «., to penetrate by
force; e.g., ku pita mto kua ku gagamiza or kua
ku furumiza.
Gaoazi, *.; macmbe mabiti yanagagazi ?
Gai, *. (la, pL ma — ), a large potsJierd ; jombo ki-
fundikajo; gai la juma la ku tia motto— chafer ;
gai \8 larger than the kigeregnensa, which means
a very smaU potsherd (cfr. waya).
Gala, s. (Ia, pl. ma — ), a speeies oftcild cat (like
ngawa) (R.).
Galawa, #., a smaU canoe with outriggers (ma-
tcngo). Oalawas are hoUowed out ofthe trunk
of a tree; vid. Dr. St., " Handbook," 271 (cfr.
mtumbui).
Galk (or uoale),«. (\&,pl. ma — ), tchite tcood (Erh.)?
Galili, *. (la, jj/. ma — ), tortoisesheJl ; galfli la ki
(- ngovi ya ka), tlte sheU ofthe crab; galili ni
bamba la kassu.
Galme, s. (la, pt. ma — ), the smaU mizzen-mast qf a
dhow; (1) mlingoti or muonguti wagalme=mlin-
goti mdogo wa galme, the little or second mast of
native vessels ; (2) tanga la galme or tanga nd6go
la galmc, the little sail-cloth, the little sail, tke
back-sail.
Gamba, t\ (cfr. ji-gamba, r.), to boatt, praue one's-
self — ku ji-sifu.
Gambia (or jambIa), s. (la, pl. ma — ), a dagger,
which the naiives (esjteciaUy Arabs) always carry
in tlieir girdles.
GamIa, v. a., to rcgard onc with maUce and tostek
to takc rcvengc (rfr. binga and sansa in Kiniassa);
ku gumiu kua maofu, opp. to gamia kwema ; a-m-
gamia nani? gamiuna = bampana in Kiniassa.
Gamma, v. ?i., vid. ghamma.
Gana, s. (ya, pl. za), the tiUer t tlie tcooden handle
ofthe ship's ruddcr.
Gahamu?
Ganda, 8. (la, ph ma— ), (1) the barh oftreesor
plants (ganda lu mubogo or la ndizi), husk, rina\
shcll; magandu yu mbuzi; (?) a bag tnade of
strong bhuhd grass caUed mia {vid. rather
kunda, « great bag).
Ganda, v. n.; ku — , to congcal, to coagulate, to
ctirdle, to frecze; samli imeganda ; maasiwa
yamegandu, the milk has bccome sotid, to pau
from afiuid to a solid statc.
Gandama (or oandamana) (said o/ghee), v. n. t to
cltave or stick to something, to cleave together, to
curdle ; tungu wamengia jomboni, wamegandama
samlini, na samli imcgandama ua juinho, tke
little ants entered the vessel and stuck tn the
grease, the grease stieks to the vessei (cfr. figni-
ana, gandfima, eindama, pdraga).
GA
(«I )
GA
Gandamia, i?. chj., to lean or press against a
person or a tJiing, to stick to, to sit closely; amo-
gandaraia muenziwo ku jifita, he pressed against
or close to Jtisfriend in order to conceal Jtimself;
ku gandamia mti, to lean against a tree; mashisi
iliogandamia jungu (vid. shisi).
Gandamiana, r. n., to bring togetJter, to unite
(Er.) ?
Gandamiza, v., topress upon and takefrm hold of
some one — ku-m-giiya tana ; e.g., ifone tJtroics
another upon the ground or against a tree, and
keeps him in this position so that he cannot move
(gandamiza, to confide; vid. nietea).
Gandika, v. 7i., toplaster a vessel ofbeer ?
Gando, s. (la, pl. ma — ), (1) a deserted place;
(2) the claw ofa crab (gando la ka), but the claw
of a pueza (a cuttle-fisJt) is calhd m'gniri, pl.
migniri.
Gandua (or baxdua), r. a., to pull asunder, to
wreM one from another'a hand, to rescue him ;
watn wame-m-gandiia.
Ganduka (or banduka), v. n. ; amegandiika mui-
lini wa muenziwe, he is puUed away from the
body of his comrade (whom he threic on the
ground, to maltreat him) (araeata ku gandamana
nai).
Ganua, v. a , to bind round with string (that which
ia sjtrung), to fasten or sew together } to splice,
to mend [cfr. aj^. , inclinavit, cito incessit) ;
ku — geriiha or nguo, d:c. (Kimrima) ; (2) to
restore or mend by sewing that which is torn to
jrieces, hence to cure, Jteal (sc. kua daua), Jience
uganga, s. (vid.) ; ku ganga vitu and muili ; nime-
ganga matumbojangu kua daua, / have cured
my boweh witJt medicine; kuani ku ata kuganga
pishiyako? why didst tJiou notfasten thy pishi?
Ganuika, to be mendable, curable.
Gangoa, v.p.
Ganuana, v. rec, to cure eacJt otJter.
Gango, *. (la,p/. ma — ), brace, cramp-iron, patcJt,
*plint ; ku tia gango la jiima ku shikia rabdo
kiisudi; ku tia magiingo ngtio pfa, to put patches
into tJu- wJtole clotJt (vid. kiraka).
Gani, pron. intcrrog., wliatf wJtich? what kind or
sort of* mtu £ani, wJtat sortofamanf The
nante of tJie tJiing fjueried aJways precides
tJie word gani : kitu gani ? sebabu gani ? nti hio
gissi gani? or nti hio inaka-je? wJtat kind of
country is tJtati raaneno gani mnenayo? wJtat
arc you talking about f
Ganika, v. a., to plaster over beer, i.e., tJte vessel in
wJtich it i8 contained (R.) ; ganikisa, to smootJten.
Ganja, 8. (la, p\. ma — ), tJtepalm oft/te Jtand; ku
kiita ganja la mukono, to cut tJte palm of tJie
Jiand.
Ganju, *. (la, pJ. raa — ), tJie fruit of tJte mganju
tree; rfr. kanjn (pl. mnkanju), a casheic apple.
Gano, *. (la, pl. ma — ) (kano?), sinew, tendon,
nerve (Er.); mshipa wa niuma ndio gano (cfr.
mshipa).
Ganza oanza, w. a.; muogni ku — yuna mukono
mzito, hawezi ku nena upesi ; manono haya
usaganze ganze, ukatafuna tafuna bilashi (R.).
Ganzi, s. (la, pl. ma — ), (1) tJte unpleasant effect of
acid; ku tia ganzi la meno ; nimefania ganzi la
ineno kua kiila raacmbe or mananazi mabiti, /
Jtave set my teeth on edge by eating unripe man-
goes or pine-apples ; meno yanafania uthia (vid.
uthia) ; kitu kikali kiliwajo jafania ganzi la
meno ; meno yana- or yame-fania ganzi ; magu
yana-ni-fa ganzi; (2) cramp; nimeketi hatta
niraefania ganzi la maguni; mukono unakuffa
ganzi (vid. posa). Tlie natives will not say
publicJy tJtai they are seized by cramp, as tJtey
are tJten in a defenceless condition, ofwJtich any
oftJteir many enemies migJtt take advantage by
attacking them in order to settle an old feud
(ganzi, the leg going to sleep, doubtfult).
Garamuka, v. n., vid. crevuka.
Gari, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a cart (to be distinguisJted
from gurtiimu la mzinga, a gun-carriage) ; gari
la ku tukulia mawe or watu, a cart brougJttfrom
India, a carriage, a wheeled vehide.
Garibu, v. a. (vid. geribu), to tempt.
Gariki (or ohariki), r. a., to sink, immer8e; cfr,
Arabic J^& , submersus fuit.
Garikisiia, V. c.
Garofuu (or karofuu), 8., (1) clove ; (2) a kind
ofrice (?) (St.) (rirf. grafu).
Gasama, v.; gasama mangino na kumbuka man-
gino kua-ya-gasama ? (Reb.).
Gasi, vid. kassi ; ku tia kassi uzi.
Gasi, *. / ku tia gasi (R.) ? (vid. kassi).
Gaua, v. a. (— ambua), to peel.
GAuoau, *., tlte roller (a bird).
GaI'ka, v. n. (vid. geuka), to turn nr sJtift about,
to turn one's-selffrom one side to tJic other wJien
one is weary in bed, to cltange ; ku lala kua ku
pinduka akijoka ; ku lala upiinde wa pili ; muello
amegauka amelala upande wa pili ; gauka (Khn-
rima) â– â– geuka (vid.).
Gauza, v. a. (= geusa), to alter, cJiange, turn.
Gauzi, *.; ndia ina gauzi (?) (R.).
Gauzia, t\ obj., tocJtangc to one; gauzoa, v.p., to
be cJtanged.
G alziana, v. rec. ; hali (saua na yule aliekufa).
Gawa, v. a., to divide, topart out.
Gawa, s. (la, pl. ma — ) ; la ku finikia maji (vid.
kawa).
Gawania, v. a., to divide, to sJtare; tugawanie
mtelle, kulla mtu atoe wtikwe or atoe adakavio
pata ; gawania t« not to be confounded witJt ta-
wanii, wJiich means "to disperse' 1 — miuiya.
u
GA
(82)
GB
Gawania, r. obj., to dividefor one in his behalf,
to allot or assign to one in his abscnce; nime-m-
gawania sehemuyakwe, I have assigned to him
hU 8hare; toiini mkagawanie wcgniewc, rid.
ka pigia nmfungu.
Gawanika, v. n., to be divided; niali huya yamc-
gawunika sasa, this property is now divided.
Gawaxikaxa, v. rec.; cfr. Luke xii. 52.
Gawaniza, t\ c, to cause to divide for otliers ; ali-
wa-gawaniza — ali-wa-pa kulla mtu cliakwc,
sehcmuyakwc, Ite gave evcryone oftltem his due.
Gawamzana, r. rec; shikuni kitu hiki mgawuni-
zane, to dividefor another, among — .
CvAWANiziA, t\ f to distribuie among — , to dividc
among — ; muegniuwe hakuddka ku cndu nika,
bidaazakwe amegawanizia watu, ku fania bia-
shera ; nuinui hamkuupo, tume-wa-gawuiiizia
nuiuui seheniuzcnu hizi.
G£bali (or jebali), *. (ya, pl. ma — ), a large rock
on the coast, caUed gcnge (vid.) ; Arab. U. (
mons altus. The stone is used to cover theflat
roofs oftlie stone-houses, and to make limc (mn-
finiko ya dari).
Gefjaoefja, i\ a., vid. gofjagcfja.
Gegesha ; mlimgegesha hatta (H.) (?).
Gejeli, v.; ku-mu-ambia mtu maneno mabaya (Er.).
Gelada, s. (ya) ( jj^. , flagellavit, cxcoriavit ;
Ju^. , cutis, pellis, corium) ; gelada ya jiio, thc
binding of a book in ca\f; ku-m-piga ge lada, to
whip, lash t or beat trith a thong; Jakcn "ku piga
geladu" hamna inuctu, would thc Suahili say,
it does not occur with us, it is not our custom.
G£ma, adj., good ; rid. mema.
Gema, v. a., to yct pahn-wine; ku g£ma tcrabo, ku
gema mnazi, ku gema minazi, to obtain palm-
icinc from the cocoa-nut tree; this expression
refers to the manner in which the natives obtain
the cocoa-liquor from tlte trce. I shall best
describe the wholc j'rocess by giving the very
icords ofa nativc: Ku gema ni ku kuea mnazi ;
mtu akisha kueu yuwaketi kumbini la mnazi,
akiketi yuwagenm piinda la mnazi, kana ku-
amba yuwakata panda la mnazi, tcmbo lipato
toka pandani, nlipogema . yuwafunga kitonia
pandani asingic niiiki, kisha yuwashuka na
tembo. Mtu yiiwugemn esHubukhi na cdfikhuri
na manguribi, lakcn edokhiiri yuwajongera bassi,
hatoai tembo, yuwunta mfimo ju ya mmizi hatta
mangaribi akifungiia kitomn, akisha fungiia yu-
wamimina tcmbo jombo kinginc, kania alivio-
fania cssiibukhi. The substauce of this is : tlie
man tchose business it is to gema climbsthccocoa-
trcc, sits njton a branch andcuts the shoot on which
tlic young nuts are coming out. llaving cut it off
aboui halfa yard distantfrom the trunk, he ties a
ropc to the stump and hangs a UtUe calabash
under it, into tchicJi the liauor runs slotdy. But
it must be wett covercd, to kecp off the becs amd
othcr insccis tcho arcfond ofthe liauor. Evtru
morning and evening he rctnoves the calabash
and jtours the contents inioanother vessel, tehich
is attadted to his arm. Before he hange the
calabash again under the stump he euU a piece
offtlte end ofit, topromoie theflow ofthe liguor.
This is done about noon. It is, howerrr, to be
obserred that tlie shoot yietds the liauor onlyfor
a certain time. Whcn it gets dry he must covt-
mence with another. When the nuts are in an
advanced stage ofgrowth the Uquor wiU notflow
at ail from the shoot. Thus the possessor ofa
cocoa-tree receives from it at one and the same
time an agreeable litjuor and both fresh (madafu)
and old (nazi) nuts (vid. mnazi).
Gembe, s. (pl. mognmbe), a hoe; vid. jembe.
Gem£a, v. obj.
Gemua, v.p.
Q£xcje, s. (la,p/. ma — ), coral stone; jfwe la genge,
a soft tchite stone containing calcareous) matter;
jiwe la genge si gumu, ni jortiro na jeanppe
ndtini ku fania toka. It isfound in great abun-
dance on the slwre ofthe island of Mombas, and
is used for building and to make lime. Some-
times in thc rainy season large piecesfaU offinto
tlic sca, wherefore people at that time take grtat
carc not to ajvproach tlte edge of the diff over-
hanging the sea (cfr. Luke iv. 29). Stcep desceni,
prccipice (Kr.) ; mahali fulani pana magenge ;
nmngi sana, gengc laomoka (vid. siri).
Genukuka, v. n.; ku — watu, to endeavour to
avoid, tthun, or escape people (R.) (— dende-
uka?).
GfiNi, adj., strange, foreign; vid. mg&ni, a
stranger.
Gensi (or oisi), 8. (ya,j>/. za) (cfr.giBi), kind, sort;
nadaka n'giio kama gcnsi or gisi hi, I demami a
cloth ofthis kind; mkiiu gensi, a guide, one who
m c
is wcll acauainted with the road; Arab. lj—**-
genus, spccics.
G£raiia, s. (vid. jeralm, 8.) (yn, pl. ma — ) / «^
vulncravit ; Wj> , vulnus), wound; kn-m-tia
geraha, to wound onc ; gcraha kubn, large
wound.
Geregt5ta, v. v. (vid. kcrcketa); wali inafania
roho — , the boiled rice is too hardfor thejpalate.
Ger£za (or ciidteA), «., (1) a fort', (2) a state-
j/rison; kiiiir.go cha scrkali ; jfimbacha ku fungia
watu ; pahali pa gcresani wafungoapo watu pan-
kOti mtu munginc cla wuli ku tisha watu, wapate
jcwa.
GE
( 83)
GN
Gekibu, v. a. (vid. garibu) ( k^j* , probavit), to
try, 1o attempt, to tempt; kn tczdraa, ka angalia,
kti onda, nimegeribu safari lakeri sikupata.
Gerebiana, v. rec.
Gt»\, v. a., to turn (m a lathe), tofortn on a lathe.
G&sm, *. (ya) (cfr. ^V 1 exercitum collegit ;
^jt^. , exercitus), an army «- watu wangi, a
multitude of peopie.
Gesi, 8. (ya), yard-measurc ; geei ni mti wa ku
pimia nguo. In Momhas and other jriace* it is
k only used by merchants from India (Mabaniani
na Waliindi).
Gesila, 8. (vid. m'so, «.), tJie measure of 60 pisbi;
~~ *" . • -*
Jk^ , in duas partes secuit ; Jjk^. , magnus,
-■■*»
copiosus, firmus.
Geso, *. (la, pl. ma — ), turning-lathe (vid. gesa).
Geua, v. a., to cJiange, to turn (vid. gatia); ku-ji-
geiia, to turn one's-self; e.g., ame-ji-geua nioka,
he turncd Jiimsclf into a snake.
Geuka, v. n. (vid. giiuka), to become aJtered,
cJiangcd, turned; maneno yanageuka.
Geuliwa, pass., to be cJianged.
Geuza, v. c, to cause to alter, cJtange, turn (pin-
diisa).
Geuzi, *. (la, pl. ma — ), a change.
Geitzia (or geulia), v. obj. } to alter for one or
against one; ame-m-geuzia maneno, hepervcrted
(gavc a icrong turn to) Jii* words, he misreprc-
scnted them ; geulia muhogo wangu motoni, turn
my muJioyofor me in thejire.
Gh6subu, v. «., to bamboozle (vid. « t ^ r Arab. f
violcnter et contra jus eripuit).
Gidam, s ., thc strap of a sandal (St.).
Giduya (or guduya), s. (\ti), cfr. guduia.
Gioiza, v. a., to perpiex; wazungu ulimiwao,
haugigizi na ncno, ulimiwao unatoa mancno
upesi (R.).
- c-
GIi.gilan, s. ( Jcfc-W- , miscuit), coriander-seed,
a kind of Indian spvce pvt into curry-poicder
— kusubara used in curry-powder (Sp.).
Gilia, v. n., vid. ngia; masika yamc-m-gilia (to
wintcr), the icinter came upon him.
Gilidi (o£lidi), 17. a., vid. gelada; ku — jiio, to
bind a book in calf to bind it with a leatJier
cover.
Gix»a (and ginrana), vid. kinsa, v. a.
Ginsi (or oi88i), *. (ya, pl. za), kind, sort.
Gisikafiki (or lioisiKAFiRi), vid. mjiskafiri; tu-
mu-iie gisikafiri, ndie anakuja na sababu ya
watu wakafua wasirndi tena-ku-zimu wcnde ka-
bisa ; watu wa ku zimu wapige ngoma ku te-
kella; a kind oflizard.
Gibsi, v. n. (vid. kisi), to guess; (2) v. a., to turn
tJte sail; hawa-ji-gissi, wakaletta kabula wasi a
ambiwa ni walo walao.
GissiA (or ushuku) ; ku andika gissia or ushuru,
to tax ; Acts v. 37 (cfr. Arab. y^ , pars) ; gizi
gani or ginzi (gcnzi) gani, tchy f Jiow is it f
ginzi ilivio kua njema, tJie sort wJucJi was good;
eijui gizi or ginzi afungavio, Ido not know his
tnanner or icay ofbinding.
Gna, v. n. (or ku gnara), to flasJt, to glitter,
shine; e.g., mato ya paka yagna or yagnara
katika kiza, tJie eyes of a cat glare in the dark.
Gnakia, gnakizia, gnaza (vid. below), gnazia,
r. obj.; ku gnariza mato, tofix the eyes; mu-
ezi wagnara, but jua lawa.
GnagnanIka, v. n. (ku ona), toshine, tobepolisJied,
glisten, especiaUy afier Jiavingbeenanointedwith
oil or grease ; muili wagnagnika kua samli; usso-
unagnagnika.
Gnamba, s. (ya, pl. ma — ), a kind of sea turtle;
it is nearly as large as tJie kasa ; gnamba ana
niama kana ya gnombc, laken avia mai kana ya
kiiku. Mufika hu nda ya gnamba. Muaka wa
gnamba Wajomba wamengia ku pindua gnamba
ya Mnika. Mtu huyu anapindua gnamba, tJiis
man Jias stolen (/*/., has overturned) a turtlc.
A turtle mu8t bc turned over before it can
be takcn away. In HJce manner tJte famine
Jias overturned the WaniJca, and tJms enabied
tJie Suahili to take and sell tJiem. TJie sJiell
of tJie turtle is crported. Ku piga or pindiia
gnamba (mrongura) — ku iba (cfr. kobo). TJie
gnamba lays Jier eggs in tJie sand near to
the sea. Ilence tJie people watch Jter return-
ing to the sea and put a large pole in
Jier way. When sJie comes to the pole they
turn Jtcr ovcr quick!y, and, having tied Jierflip-
pers, tJicy put Jier in tJie boat and tlaughter
Jier. The Juead is said to move for onc or two
days. Kitoa ja gnamba jatukutika hiku mbili.
Mai ya gnamba ku liwa kuakwe, suti or shurti
yatindoe. Juma cha gnamba kina tamani sana ;
gnamba, a hawk's-Jiead turtle (St.).
Gnambo (or onambu), *. (y*,pl. za), side, banJc^of
a rivcr ; gnambo ya pili, tlie second side -» the
opposite side or banJc of a river or bay; cfr.
~ — — . 6 C-*
t^ifo 1 declinavit, rn latcrc posuit; v t ^s» ,
dimidium hominis, latus ejus.
GnAnda, *. (ya), a handful taken icith tJiefingers
lifted upward; ku piga gnanda ya mtama, ya
fetha, ya pilpili, dc, to take a handful ofmUlet
money, pepper, «Cc, with the flngers; 6ya (wa
muk6no) is a handful taken with the flngers
stretcJied out infuU length; k6nsi (ya) is a hand-
ful taken by closing the hand (vid. oya).
o 2
GN
(84)
asr
Gnaiua, f. c^/. ; ku-m-ringiu (?) kua mukono or
upanga, to burnish, d'C. (Sp.) (vid. gna). |
G.nakiza (vi d. gna cw gniira, t?. n.) ; f.#., mato, fo .
fx the cyes,
G.narizia, r. a. «= kn-m-tnlizia or kodolca mato, to
J'jr the eyes upon one, to stare at him trith optn
e.yes, as is done in anger or in quarreUhig ; ku-
m-tezama mno.
GxAza, r. c.; e.g., upanga, to cause the sword to
shinc, to be bright.
Gnazia, v. obj., to make inteVigible (= k'i-m-faha-
misha) or distinct; ta-m-gnazia thdhiri ajue, 1
shall make it plain to him 80 thal lie may under-
stand it.
Gxea, v. n., to itcli; muili wa-ni-gnea « wa-ni-
waaha.
Gxia, r. w. (or ku n! a), generally " toletfall," to dis-
charge, cast off, said ofrain and ofthe evacua-
tion ofthe bowets; (1) mviia yagnia (or inakiignia)
leo, it rains io-day; mvua ilikugnia jana, 1/ raintd
yesterday; mviia itakugnia kcsho, it will rain to-
morrow; (2) mtu ytiwiignia jo/ini BR»a, the man
is now at stool; mtu amckugnia jooni sasa, thc
man has gonc to stool (ku giiia or kii nia mali
ldinniV
Gm&wa, v. c, to causc to rain ; Mungu arao-
gnie»ha mviia ; ku-in-gniesha mtoto, to attend
to a chiUVs necessity (Er.).
GniUa, v. obj.; pass. gnicwa.
(rMELEA.
Ji-GNifiA ; mviia wa-ji-gnk-a.
Gniagnia, v. a., to scramble for anything, as in a
market (Sp.).
Gniaka, v. a., to intercept or catch something which
18 throicn near or orer-against, e.g., a baU ; tui
ame-m-gniaka kuku, punde amc-mu-akia (de-
voured i7).
Gniakua (oniaki'ba), v. a. t to 8natch away by
flying orspringing upon ; kozi or tui amegniakiia
kukn, punde ame-mu-akia, the vtdture or leopard
has snatched airay a htn, and aflencards de-
voured it (rid. akia).
Gniama (mama), gniamaza, v. c, vid. niamaza.
Gniamambi (?) = niama mhi, fester (Sp.).
GmAmo.nia, t\; nikundu wa-m-gniamgnia (or wa-
muniamiinia), thefundament trembles orquake*,
makes a quaking motion afterthe excremcnts arv
gonr, (vid. kiwiniowiuio).
GxiAmza, v. a., to help in cating without being de-
sired by tht owner (Sp.).
(iMana gniana, v., saidoftungu ?(R.).
GniaxonAxia, v. a. (=ku pokonia), to take vio-
lently against the. tcill of the owner, to commit
vio!ence,to robone, todeprive himofhisproptrty
bt/ force and injusticc; mgniangniinii, s., rob-
ber.
GniAnni, s. (ya, pl ma— ), a lind of monkcy pf
a reddlsh cotour. The iw/iw know of fovr
kinds of monkeys: (1) tumbiri; (2) gnianni; (3)
kima ; (4) mbcga, which is of the largett tize.
The Wanika eat theflesh ofthe monkey.
Gniapa, v. n.; ku nenda kua tartibu, to go softJy.
Gkiapia, t;. it., to creepf (Sp.).
(^niAta (or niAta), v. a. (Sp.) ? gniatuka, niatuka,
to stalk.
Gniatitka, t;. »1., to stalkf (Sp.).
GniaCka, r. ii., to wiiher, to dry up, tofade atray,
to 8hrivel; maua baya yanagniauka kna jiia.
Gxfl? ! (Kin. nio), an exclamation, indicativc of
slujht indignation (?) (R.).
Gnu5a, v.a.; gu langu la-ni-gniea, my foot itckes
or hurts me ; amegniewa ni pele, to he hurt by
itch.
Gnieonia v.; ku — pepo uwongo.
(!xiegxi£ka, r. a.; ame-m-griM'gnia liatta annguie-
gnieka — ame-m-gnignickca — amcketi nai uka-
m-i'uaza kulla neno.
Gsiehniekea, v. a.,(\) to supplicate, to apjAyto, to
pay revtrence — ku-m-hcshima or fania adaba
ngema kua mtu, to pay reverenee to one, to ae % .
projterly and revcrently toicard one t in order
to plcase him (ku ji-weka tini) ; kgana ame-m-
gniegniekca babai, the boy tca* humble, reveren-
tial to hisfather ; (2) to cry one into ilesire, i.e,
to urge, importuae, solicit, to cry tit ordertoptr-
suade.
Gmkumerk'ka, v. a.; e.g., mtuma amc — , the slavt
madc his escape secrctly (Sp.).
(Jmegmehi:^iia, v. c. =- ku-m-kimbiza mtuma koa
polcpolc.
GmegmetI?a, vid. gnieta.
(ixii5oMZA, r. «., to strew.
(tniekua (or niekua), t;. a., to ticklc â– â– gnierisha
(Sp.) (?).
Om^ma, r. n. f
Gxiexoehe\siia, r. a., to ticMeone ; gniengerekhana,
v. rec.
Gxie*nIa, v. a., to ask one urgcntly till he reveal*
thc secret; ku-mu-uliza maneno hatta ku-ku-ambm,
to tafk to a i>erson until Iie telU eomething; vid.
lmladisi, s.
Gnierer^za, r. a. = fitafita; e.g., to say, "Idonot
eat " (kitu sili), and afterwards to eat sccretly.
(rMERi^zA, v. a., to tickle.
GsilteHA, r. c. (vid. gnia, v. n.), to cause to rain;
ku gnu-t*ha mviia.
Gnii5ta, v. n., to be teasing (— yuna ailabu t6ta),
to be ill-mannered, to be icithout good-bre*ding,
to be irrevercnt, to do all of oneU own head, to
have a 1 ! one could wish, to strut about, <0c., bmt
nevcr to be satisfled; mana huyu yuwagnieta
kua babai, hc concerns himself little about his
father; e.g., hnamkiii babai (the omission ofthe
GN
(85)
GO
morning scdutation is a great offence, arul sJiotcs
no re*pect or good-breeding in a child orfriend).
Ewe mana, wagnieta-wc, babayo yuhei, akifa,
utakuta mashaka, tJiov, boi/, hast all thoudesirest,
as hng as thy father UvetJt, but when Jte is dead,
thou wilt be in trovble.
Gnietea, i». «., to be negligent, irreverent; yuwa-
gnietea babai =- hamji or hamjali babai, Jte does
not fear Jtisfather, is negligent and irreverent
toirard Jiiin, disregards him; mana huyu ni nija-
iiiri, yuwajitakttbari.
(iNIEGNIETEA, 1*. obj.
(Jnieteza, r. c. ; gnombc zima wa-gnieteza (R.).
CJnioma, v.; gnignjza, v. (?).
Gmma, r. a., to refuse to, to dcny, to witJdio'd
froni, not to give -• ku-mkataaa ; yuna hakki ya
ku pawa, laken ame-m-gnitna kasidi ; yuna fotha
laken a-ni-gniina.
(J.siMiM), *., rid. nimbo; LuJce xv. 25.
Gmmia, v. obj.; gnimana.
Gmnui (pro xuixuj), you (R.); gninui musemao
maneuo hava.
Gnioa (xioa ?), to ttJiavc ; c.g., ndevu; gnioka, gnio-
kea, gnioshea, ku nioahoa, to Jielp in need.
Gnioonia (gxiugxia), r. n. f to suck gently ; mana
ngniognia titti kua roamai.
Gmogxie\sha, r. c, to suckle tJte cJiild; ku-m-pa
titti.
(Jmogm^a, tophtck (vid. below).
CJmogmota, *. \\i\,j>l. ma— ) «»wa88a(jp/. mawasaa)
lamvua; si m\iia ya kuclli, inapita to, ni ma-
wingu bassi, nguo haikutota, a transient shower
ofrain (mato matc).
Gmogni6ya, v. a. (vid. futua) — ku-mu-ondoa kuku
magnioya, toj)luck a bird orfowI f the beard, &c,
topull outfeathers.
Gmogxogn£a, r. «., to slacken, to be weary (espc-
c'aUy in tJie knecs froni continually marcJting),to
hare pains in tJiejoints ofthe Ugs; magti ya-ni-
gniognognea kua goti kua kuenenda mno ; muili-
wangu una-ni-gniognognca.
Gmognoome*a, v. a., to curve ; e.g., marndi imc-m-
gniognogniea mukono, disease has curved Jtis
Jiand.
Gmonoa gxi6xga, r. n. (vid. nionga nionga), to
u riggle.
Gm6ya, s. (la, //. ma — ) (vid. ugnioya), the down
orfeatliers ofafowl orwool ofa sheep; ugnioya
wa kuku or kondo, or magni6ya ya kuku, ya
kondo.
Gmuafua, v. a.; c.g., simba ana-m-gniuaftia gnombe
niama, tJie lion torc apicce officsh offtJie cow.
GxiuruKA (niufuka) v. n. f (R.).
Gniuoniza (or okiugxisiia), v. a., tosprinMe; ku
— maji.
Gniukua, v. a., toptuck, to twtak, pinch with tJte
nais (as cJiildren do inplay).
Gniukuana, v., topidl each otJtcr.
Gniukuka, v. «., to be ticJded.
Cjniukuija(liwa); gniukuka, matarabo yanic-ra-
gniukiia.
Gniurana, to Jtate or vex eacJt other.
Gno, a particle, cj'prcssing sliglit indignation (K.).
Gnoa, r. a., topull up, root out; ku gnoa shiua la
nitthogo, d'C
Gnoda (gnota) ; ku — nuelle — ku suka nuolle (to
take curls and turn tJtem).
Gnooni6a, pass.; ngovi ya kondo isio tassa ku
gnogniolewa malaika, vsoolfel ; cfr. gniognioa.
Gnoon6na, v. n., to speak indistinctly, not in an
intcUigiblc nianner (low or soflly) ; ku sema polc-
pole, to spcak in tJie ear.
Gnoononeza, t\, to whisper to.
GnognonezAna, w. rec ; watu hawa wamegno-
gnonezana, to wJiisper togetJicr.
Gn6ka, r. n., to fall out (kua nafri yakwe) ; mti
umegnoka kua pepo — umcanguka.
Gxole\\, v. obj. (or ina-ni-kukutika), I feel paU
pitation, 1 Jiave tJirobbing oftJic Jieart; rohoina-
nt-gnoka = ina-ni-piga, tJiey speak of me (na
tajua) if onc has palpitation wit/tout a known
cause (vid. taj»»).
GxoLK"wA,^rt*«., to be rooted out (ni mtu).
Gx6m»e, *. (wa, 2)1. za) ; gn6mbo miimc, a buU, bul-
lock ; gn6mbo iuke, cow; gnombe hili (pl. magnombo
haya) — gnombo mkuba, a large cow ; gnombo
wakiiba, large cows; gnombe la mji, a whorc ;
gnombc hili, pl. magnombc haya (dim. ki- and
ka-gnombc) (Erh.), a cow takes out tJie tongvc to
put it into tJie uose — Proverb: gnombo watoa
ulirai ku tia puaui (or utakiia gnomLc, utic ulimi
puani), i.c, to gire a promise, but not to kcep it ;
mtu huyti hana tliabidi ya maneno, tJtis mans
word is not rcliable.
\ Gxoxda, s.,fisJt divided; roatoyako ni ya gnonda?
are your eycs tJiose o/gnonda? (R.).
Gx6nda, v. a., to split (e.g.,jisJt) ; ku — samaki —
ku paasiia niuma, kuanikajuani(kana ngu) (viit.
munda) ; ndizi za paka kitoa jagnonda ulikiila
kuetu mera. TJtus sings tJie /SuaJnli sJtipbuildcr,
wJto gets bananas for Jtisfood, bvt wJticJt he din-
UJces, Jiaving eaten ndizi za paka in Jiis native
country (among the Wamuerapeople ncar Kiloa).
Gn6xoo, s. — fito za mia (oid. nsimba).
Gnugnunika, t;. n., to murmur, mutter, grumblc,
to sfiow one's dissatisfaction by words in tltc
absence ofone.
Gnuigniza (or gnugniza), v. a. (vid. gniugniza),
to spritdde npon (said ofdry tJtings) ; to — maji,
to besprintde, dash water %ipon, to strew, to
scatter; gnugnika, v. n.
Gnuluka (?) ; e.g., ndizi (R.).
Go (vid. ko), s., the state ofbeing capable ofgiving
birth; la kuku, gnombe (vid. below)\ go, or beiter
GO
( 86)
GO
ko (la), is saidofall animals whichhave produced
a young one, but goma refers to man; goma can
be said of animals, but go never of man; to
(l 11^y to man «* ku deiiguri intu (R.).
G6a, v. n.; ku nenda goa = ku nenda ku 6ga poani
(vid. koa), to go and wash on shore.
Goa, v. a.; unagawauia kitu na muenzie, bassi
una-ni-goa ; cbombo hakigoa leo.
G6a, (1) mtuudo goa, tJie fourth day (cid. kcBho) ;
(2) goa la gnombc (la lewalcwa), dcwhtp, thepiccc
ofjlcsh hanging downj'rom a cow's ncck; (3) an
ornamcnt ofsilvcr on thc slieaih of daggcrs (ma-
jambia).
Goba, *. (la, pl. ma — ), cassada dricd.
(ioba, v. a. « ku shilisha (vid.) } tojinish, conclude.
Goboa, v. a. = konioa (vid.), to pluk J'ruits (the
cobs oj'Indian com) in passing through a planta-
lion against thc owner's will.
Godoa, v. a., vid. kodoa.
God6ka, t'. n., to protrude (Kiniassa, rcsiika) ;
mato yana-m-godoka (R.) --= goboka (?) ; l'ulani
anagonda na mato yana-m-god6ka, hc himself is
goboka 80 that his eyes protrudc.
Godoro, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), thick nuilt or mattrcss.
Gok, 8. (?) ; ku-m-tia nitu goe (R.).
G6fi (or oovi), 8. (la, pl. ma — ), skin, rind, bark;
gofi or ganda la muhogo, but gonic (gofi nenc) la
mti, and ngoii ya muili wa mtu or niania.
Gofia, h. (yn,pl. za), apullcy, block.
Gofira, *. (pl. ma — ), forgivcncss, pardon (vid.
ghofira).
Gofiri, v. a. (gii6fiki) (Arab. J& , tcxit, ob-
loxit, condonavit peccatum, rogavit vcniam de-
licti), to forgive, pardon; ku g6firi thaiubi.
This crprcssion refers to a custom oj' thc Mu-
hammcdan Suahili; katika mfunguo tatu (mczi
wa hija, tlic month of jtilgrimage) wanafioni wa-
cuenda ku gofiri thambi mcsgidini. TIic day on
which this ceremony is performcd is called siku
ya miraji, or siku ya ku laiama. Thc Imams
read, weep, and confess their sins and pray to
Oodforforgivcncss. The other people standby
andlisten. This is thegeneral or annual fast-
day, siku ya ku juta maofu waliofania kulla mu-
aka ; siku ya ku lalama Mdli (Mungu).
Gofiria (or ooFURiA), v., to forgive onc; Mungu
a-ni-gofirie nlilotenda (neno), may God pardon
mc; Mungu amc-m-gofiria thambizakwo, God
forgave him his sins.
Gofiriana, v. rcc. (rid. Col. iii. 13).
Gofjaokfja, v. a. (or gefjagkfja), to impel,
urge on; e.g., ku nimamia watu kazini, to imj>cl,
to urgc onjyeojtle in working ; rfr. rongaronga.
Gofu, adj., dcsolate (Luke xiii. 15) ; muaatiJiwa
niumbaycnu gofu ; gofu la niumba, thc ruins of
a housc; gofula pembc (kipnndo cha skina), the
Jtolloio end ofa tusk cut ojf(S$.).
. Gooo, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), a log oftimber, trunk ofa
trec when fcUed, a block of wood ; gogo la mnaad.
Goooa, i». «., to removc, to put away, e.g. t taka,
dirt.
Gooore"ka, v. n., (1) to cry, to caekle like a hcn ;
kuku yuwagogorcka — yuwalia akiriaa au aki-
bhikua ; (2) ku-mgogorcka mtu (na-m-gogorcka
siku-m-wcza).
Goooroda, v. a., tocompel one; bakudaka muuicwc
(R.) ; cfr. kokorota.
Gooorota = gogota, v. a.
Gogota, v. a. ( - ku g6ta, piga), to beat, strike : Vi
gogota mlango kua fimbo hatta mucgnicwo au>ke ;
ugogote viango, vingio ndani ; ku gog6ta kiau-
goni » ku petii, ku fania vigijttho (vuL kigi')»ho),
ku gogota mti, to drag tJie trunk of a tree.
Gog6ta, s., thc woodi>ecker (a birrf).
Goigoi (la, pl. ma — ), ibis rcligiosa.
(iokoa, r. a. ; ku — mahindi or taka = pcpca (R.) f
to ntch, to strain the throat in vomiting.
Gokom6ka (vid. kokomoka), to vomit.
Golano6i«\, v. a. (?) (Sp.).
(ioLK, s. (la, ]>l. ma — ), (1) craw, gorge ; g»'de la
kondo; (*2) = koh6zi; golo la (magole yag*>Ie)
mgiiini or kohozi la mgumi, the cjcpcctortition or
8alira ofthe whale. It is a whitc mat.'cr ofthe
sizcofa cannon-b<dl, which fioals to the sJtore.
As no ttsc can bc viadc ofit the nativc* do ttot
piek it up.
Goma, s.; efr. go««rfko; mke huyu utiakua g»*mia
(rid. ko) ; this woman is no morc a imuia muali,
shc is now a mothe.r.
(ioMA, s. (la, 2>l. ma— ), a largc kcttlc-tlrvm ; nija
na goma, mja na maji (vid. mja) ; gonia is iarger
than thc ngoma.
(ioMUA, s. (la,|>/. ma — ), a leafof the mgomba, the
bananas-trec (vid. mgomba).
Gomba, v. a. (in Kin., tospcak), Kis., to oppose, to
bc adversc to, to auarrel with (Kiung. and Ki-
jycmba).
Gombana, ?\ rcc, to attarrel ( — ku tetana or nene-
sana) with cach othcr (Kiung. and Kipcmba).
GoMiitfzA, v. a.; ku — , toforbid (St.) (vid. gomba,
v. a.).
Gombo, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), a slieet or leafofa book
(St.).
G6me, *. (la, jil. ma — ), (1) the bark of trees (kn
ambua magomc ya mti) ; (2) a chip ofwood, a
piece ofcleft wood, a splint ; sennalla amctong»
mti, ku toa magomo ; (3) a sheU-fUh (lililo na
niama).
(iOm15a, r. a. (vid. komea), to fasien with a natice
lock.
Gom£o, s., a nativc lock; cfr. komco.
Gonda, v. n. (cfr. konda), to become lean, thin,
Gondoa, v. a. (?).
GO
(87)
GB
Gonga, v. a., (1) to knock, to heat - ku gogota, to
bcat; c.g., ku gonga or ondoa magonio mti, to
bcat thc tree in order to take ojf tlie bark ; ku
gonga ( = tuanga), until the skin comes off, to
dash against, to strike, thrust atjaimt; daulako
litagonga daulangu (Kimrima); Kitoa, cha-ni-
gonga ; (2) to fjet very M (?).
Gonge, s. (Kin. gonchc), fibres ofthe wild aloe used
for makiny threiuh and strings (pl. magonge).
Goncjo, 8. (\a } pl. ma — ), (1) thickncss, compactncss;
gongo la muitu (muitu unakiia gongo), a thick
forc8t of largc atul high trees, like tlm one near
Oassi, south ofMombas; (2) a large stick.
Gongoa, v. «., to take off a knife or hoefrom its
hatuUe.
Gong6ka, w.?i.(- gongoloka), to full out of it~
self.
Gonookea, r. obj.; e.g., mono ya ni6kaya-m-
gongokea.
Gongojea, i\; kuji-gongojea, to drag one's-self
along by the help ofa stick.
GongomiU, v. a. = ku tia chiima kilicho na muoto
katika nti, (1) toput tlie heated iron (afier hav-
ing Iieenput in water) intftt • ground to cool (vid.
matiko); ku sidi ku pata ukali ; (2) todrive naiU
into, to luimmcr in (ku gongomea mifi).
Gongue, *.; iii ngoma \va ku teza watu wa mrima
(rfr. kiunibi/i) wakipiga fimbo za muaka.
Gonia, v. u. (kugoniakoma), to appease the spirits
of the anccstors; kua ubani, d°c. (ndsoinbo in
Kiniassa).
(ionjoa, v. n. (x- ku ugi'ia), toache, to havc pain;
cfr. ugonjoa.
Gonjoe\siia, v. c, to cause pain — ku-jn-tia mii-
ratlii ya muili, ku ji-gonshoesha or — eza, to
behave like a aick man.
Gopea (toncsha).
Gora, s. (ya, jtl. za), a picce or package ofcloth of
GO (mikono) native or 30 English yards (vid.
doti and kitambi). The gora of 30 Englhh
yards of Amcrican cotton-cloth costs at Mombas
vsually 2J German crowns (anno 1849).
Gokdi, *. (kokti), name ofa kitul of cotton-print
(gordi and shcdi) (Kihindi ?).
Goufa, s. = dari (?) ( lijt , coenaculum), upper
story ofa lumse (gorfa or ghurfii).
GoRlA, 8.
Gorodeza, v., to shove, push, to push aside or to
press (II.).
Gorofika, vid. korofika.
Goroka, v. n. ; ku — mafi, tofumbleon cxcrement8 ;
mana agoroka uji.
Gok6m6e, 8. (la, pt. ma — ), a kindoflarge lizurd;
halidrai mtu wala haliguyi kuku, pangonimuakwo
linalala pokce, halina muonziwe. The goromoe
lizard 11 smaUer than tfa'mbnrnkengo. Vroverb :
goromoe halina msena. and in likc manner an
obstinate man has nofricnds, but is left to him-
8ctf
Gorong6ndua, *., a kind oflizard (St.).
Gosm, *., the tack ofa sail ; upandc wa goshini,
tlui weather sidc; ku pindiia kua goshini, to tack
(St.) ; gosh or goshi /* opposcd to " daniiin " in
nauticid languagc; fig., intu huyu ana-ku-kalia
(ketia) goshi (or kombo) lco, thh man wiU give
you trouble to-day (tt.).
Gota, v. a., to knock, to bcat, e.g., mlango apato
sikia; ku gota, to bcat or strikc slowly atul
aiulibly; ku gogota, to bcat (juickly; ku gota-
guta, to strike neither too slowly nor too (juick.
Gotagota, v. a.; (1) ku gotagota biio kua ku tcza,
to strike boards with the fiiu/ers for amuscment,
to drum with the fingcrs upon boards, to knock
inplay; (2) to break or manglc a languagc; cg. t
hajui sana manenoya Kienglcsc, lakon yuwagota.
gota, he docs not know EngLhh icell, lic spcdk*
brokcn Englhh.
Gotana, t\ rec, to sirike or run against each
other; c.g., viombo vinagotana vikaumizana.
Ji-gota, t?. rcjl., to strike one's-sclf against.
Gotegote, adi\ (or kotkkote — huko na huko),
before and behiud; e.g., iiioka wa nduma kuili
yuwaiima gotcgoto = kua kitoa ja .ubellc, na
niunia yuwafufia.
Goteza, r. a., to mingle one lavguage with an-
other, to jumble together different ianguages;
mtu huyu yuwagotoza niam'no ya Kimwita na
Kiiingfija, laboihv m'bi'ia Mwita, yuwag«)teza
mancno ya kikuao or ya kuiio, thh man mingles
the tanyuage of Mombas trith that of Zanzibar,
he h pcrhaps a native of Mombas, he speaks hh
own languagc atong with the othcr (Kir. ku
gofia).
G6ti, *. (la, pl, ma — ), knec; ku piga goti or ma-
goti, to knecl down; haku-m-pigia goti, he did
not marry Iwr becausc the bridcgroom did not
bend onc knce during thc ccrcmony pcrformcd by
the kiithi in marrying thcm.
G6vi mdo, *., uncircunwised (cfr. gofi, skin); govi
mbo, one who has still the }>repucc; lit., t/te skin of
tJie penia.
G6ya, i'. n. ; mtu liuyu yucnda kua goya = ku-ji-
bclenga -=- ku ponga mucgni ku goya mukouo —
mucgni ku ponga or tupa mukono ? ku nenda
kua goya,^/. magoya (vid. mucndo).
GOza, v. «., to warm up, to cook up (co!d food) ;
kitu ja jaiia wakignza.
(JrakD, x. (ya, jd. za), clore ; mgrnfii, the clovc-
tree; hizi grafu za l'cmba na Ungnja, tlutse arc
Pctnba clovcs (from the hlands of Pcmba and
Zanzibar, wherc. thcy grow vcry wcll, luiving been
introduced by slaver* from the Mauritius many
ycars ago).
GB
( 88)
GTJ
Greza, 8. (rid. gcrczn, *.) - niuiuba pa ku funga Gudi, *., a dockforships (8t.).
watu, prisoa (rid. gcresa). Gudi (kudi), *.; mnhogo, viari, ndu, konde, <£<:.,
Gr, s. (la, />/. mn- ), a /*>?; mugii (Kiunguja, are gudi (or kudi) iit qpj>. to rinki (?) (R.).
migfi), /«?/; gulangn la-ni-iima, my foot pains Guduiya (or oudulia, St.), *. (ln, pl. ma-), a
me; gfi la kunmc, the right foot ; gu la shoto pitcher; guduiya la ku noca mnji. They are
t>r la ku shoto, the bftfoot ^gu from the knce to â– fjrported from iSouih Arabia, c*peciaUy from
the tocs). Mascat ; a jiorous water-bottle, a v?ater-coo!er.
CIua, r. a.; ku giia, rfr. pfumba (to rain) in Ki- Guonombe, *., thc disease wldch attack* uiukogo,
niassa. '» which thc leaces look poorly and the roots if-
( iuaouna, r., to gnatc (cid. gngiina\ »«««'» rcry small
Guama, v. n., to lie stjueezed or prcssed in; c.g., | Ui:Gl1 ^ I* m ^ tt ndergrowth, wcetl* ; gu^u
nimepcnicsa mukonowangu hapa, sasaunaguama j mui | u » " ™" Z rcsemUing corn; gugu, tr/W, ««-
mtini, 7>if/ my /«iik/ herc, now it is souccud N cultivattd (St.).
or ,Viiniii«/ &i/ « /r« = unieguiwa ni mti. , «™ri.i- f «<'<'•. « ""'"•«•' «*""*/ ^» «1**«*
jammca by «• ...-i — ». u ^ b
Guamikha, r. c.; mti umcguamisha mukono-
wdngu.
Guanje (?).
Uuaza, i». a. (kuaza ?) ; mtcllo hu wnguaza watu
raeno, this rice breaks a man's tecth ; ni imiwu
ndani ; rfr. kiiarusa.
Guaze, s. (or NGiitRi miianoo), (iii auinuil likc a
icild hog; its tusks are like thosc of the hog ;
ni nikoli, na rangcyakwe ivu ivu.
CtUBA, s. (la, pl. ma — ) ; kiguba (Er.), Icaves of the
mgadi trce rolled and sewed vp and worn hy
natire ladiesfor thtir perfame (Er.).
Glbari, s. (la, pl. ma — ) (Arab. -^. , consoli-
davit; «^ , conjunctio plurium partium scpara-
tarum, ut cx his unum f.at), a thWk bhuk clottd
ic/tich will stxm gire rain (wingu kuba vr ncnc) ;
mawingu yamcfnnia gubari lco, thc c'otuh arc
heavy or ctry big (likc mountains) to-day ; uli-
mengu unagubari, thc skyhas big cloiuis; in:igiibai i
muhogo gugudu (U).
CirorMiA [or ououmiza), r. a , (1) to stcaUow, to gmlp
doirn ; mtu mgonjua amc-gugumiza maji kua
bhida, the sick man swallowed t/ie tralcr with
dijfu'idty; (2) to sttttter, faHcr in speaking, to
ga*p or to pant for breath, tofalter (Er.) ; mtu
huyu agugumiza inancno kama biibui, hawezi ku
scma ; (3) to beat orgo through tcater swallowing
teater as oiie goes; e.g., nmcpita maji kua ku
gugtimiza, he could not swim, but tke shorc
be.iiiy close by he beat his tcay through the vcater
vkua ku saina na ku euka na kua ku p : ga maji
na mikono), sinking and rising, and beatinp tkt
watvr with his hands. Now and then he swal-
lowed a mouthful of water, hence to go through
the water swallowing (not by swintming), tckick
sonutimes ha* prorcd dangerous to people trho
kiunc not thc locality. (jugumia, r. a. ; tembo
hili un:i li-gugumia pck^yo? dost thou swallow
ahiw allthe pahn-wine f Foreating cfr. mizukua
(11.), which sccms only to refer to nieat.
ya mawmgu, bia mountatn-ltkc eloud*; mnguban ., . . ,.. . . . ,
J . ° . J . ,, ji i • r j * i (iuor.NA, v. a., to gnaw, tobite at, to eat of — ku
ya wmgu vasimama mhma, t/te ou/ rouds stand . ... , , , . . J . ,
,.. /• i. r - • r - taluiia kua mcno, f.|7.,pama anaffugunaiiiuhfwo:
tikc mountains ; om)., ulimcnjru unafania inafiim- . . ,. , . , . « v . ^ *
furu or ulimengu ufurufuru or utu&situssi, thc sky
has scattcretl douds, but it does not yet rain ;
ulimcngu una mafundcfundc, una mawingu ya
m vua, jua halitoki una magnioguiota, the sky
has smtdl clottds of light rain, the sttn is not
sccn. J)o not coiifoiind giibari and gabari;
nani alieguguua nazi pasipo kissu, kua meno
matiipu ;?).
Ciror.NiA, r. otij.; c.g., ku-m-gugunia mfiipa.
Ciror.N'iwA, puss.; kisio or kizio cha liazi kiiuc-
guguniwa ui pauia (cid. kisio).
Guounna, v. c.
(JivihV&ijAfpas*.; mtu amcgugiiuua ni fiasi.
gabari mcans "magnus, omiiipotcns,'» Arab. G wv xi *n a, c. a., to makca noisehy scratching or
jL*. digyiiig Hke a mottse; kitu jani kigugurnsbajo
Gubba, *. (la, pl. ma— ) ; gubba la mto, b: nding in- nJ, ' ini hiimr » ? ,rh " t makc * thl8 n0 '* e hcrc wtMmt
• ?*ex/>. pania; k u gnguriisha knshani or mikobam.
wards, bay; cjr. Arab. ^t • to ru „ tcith a Hhlffling mise like a r(U (g( , fo
Gubi!ti, s. (ya, pl. ma— ) (kikono cha (mu>), ship's (lra// aIona with a scraping no { 8e .
head,thcprowofadhow;yv&imiiuzunmiiombo ( ; U(J Cta, s., \i head of Indian corn, husk of In-
lnbelle ya omo kfilG ? seest thou thc bcattty ofthe ,/; an vorn ^^ the gr ainpicked out (Sp.).
(Juouta, r. a.; c.g., mafuta, but ku pura mtama
(R.) (?), to shakc (?) ; cfr. kutakuta.
GrouTiKA, v. n., to be absorbed; umando unagugu*
tika, thc mist has been absorbed, but it is not yet
dry; nguo nayo inagugutika, i.e., haga kauka
saiia; mahindi yanagugufika maji.
vesscl thcrc in the fore-part *
Gubioubi, adc; ku-ji-finika ngiio gubigubi, io
coccr one } s-sclf cntircfy from htad tofoot.
CirmTi, barleysugar (?) (St.).
CirDE, s., (1) an awl (Sp.); (2) a *i>ccic8 of doce
(vid. ndiwa) ; gude, pl. magudc.
GTJ
( 89)
GHT
GuiA, v. a. (vid. guya), to grasp, to apprehcnd,
seize.
Guiana, v. rec.
(iuilia, t'. obj., vid. guya, v. a. ; ku guiwa ni
j»0.
Gumba, 8., the sJtort thick finger ; kidolc or janda
cha gumba, the thumb; clia gumba liatta shahada,
from the tJtvmb to thefore-fingcr.
Gumiia, r. »., to be dimsighted like a fuddler, kn
fania kiza mato kama mlefi ; ku gumba kua ulefi,
vot to be nble to see from intarication, hence to
do everyt/dng j)erversely (cfr. pumba), not to
Jtace one's wits in any sudden cmergency (cfr.
sanga).
Gumbana (=- gussana), to graze, to strike agaimt,
to collide.
Gumbaza, r. c, to caute one to be stitpid ; ulcfi
ume-m-guiubaza, una-m-lefia lefia, intarication
cause* hiin to be stupid and to act pereertely;
ulefi umc-m-niika mnili = ume-m-kaza sana.
Gumbo, 8., Iargene88; gumbo la nda — nda b6ra, a
very grcat famine, starvation.
Gumeoumk, 8. ; bunduki ya gumcgurae ( — bunduki
ya viombo), aflint-gun, not a matcltdock.
Gumu, adj., Jtard, difficult.
Guna, v. »., (1) to 8cratch, acrapc (vid. kuna, v.a.)\
(2) to grunt, togrumble at (as a svjn of indigna-
tion), tonJtow dissatinfaction, to grumble (in one's
abience) (vid. gnugnunika, v.\ to utter ont* dis-
pka8ure behind anybody.
Gunda, 17. »., to be ofloto stature (rfr. kn riinda);
yuna kimo kifupi, laken amepcfiika, hanendi
inbcllc tena, he w oflow stature, but Jie is grown
up, Jie icill not groio any furtJter (growth is im-
jwstiible).
Gundamana, vid. kundamana.
Gunda, 8., trumpet in Kin.; in Kis. it is adled
bargumu, war-horn.
Gundua, 17. a., to find accidentalJy, to catch, to svr-
prise one (so tJtat he cannot cscape), to come vjwn
one, to discover unawares; kafule, nimc-ku-gun-
diia, oddt-bobs ! I have appreJiended or got tJiee
(accidentaUy) (kiifulo = odds-bobs ! tJwu dog !
vid.); ku gundua mtu au niama mituni mahali
asipo aza ku-m-pata papo.
Gunoa (vid. kunga) (Kid. gungula), r. a., to hem,
to ekirt, to border; ku gunga mkega nguo
(ugungo, *.); ku gunga niukuc, to interlace,
to entwine instead ofknittingor tying; ku gunga
tungu, to lace or edge a calabadi; gungia, gun-
gana (<M*cmWe)=gutana, gungika; tfr.kungann.
Gungu, *., (1) inKinika - widow; mke mjanno,
j)J. wake wajanne; (2) a kindofdance; gungu
la kufunda, danced by a aingle couple ; gungu la
kukuaa, danced by two covplee (St.).
Gunouda (?) (R.), to instigate (?).
Gunoumka, v. »., to dry (said of mist); ngoja,
ugungumke umande uond6ke, wait, let the mist
get dry, then dejmrt.
Gu.m (or ounni), *. (la,^>/. ma— ) ; guni la tende, a
bag of da*es.
Gunia, *. (\*,pl. ma — ), a kind ofbag; giinia la
mteile wa ni6rn, a bag ofrice caUcd mora (giinin
la m6ra) ; gunia ni ngi'10 ya ku finikia mtelle
tangu Hindi hatta Mvita » kitumba cha Hindi
cha ku tilia mtellc. Gunia i* a kind of bag
made in India ofJiemp to Jt'old rice. TJiis kind
ofrice the Arabs call mora. In the opinion of
tJte Suahili it w mtclle mbaya (bad rice) ; hau«
tamu wauiika vibaya, laken ni rakhisi, it Ims not
a good taste, it sinetls badly, but 'is cJteajK A bag
of mora sells at Mombas muaJIy for 1 J dollar.
Msuahili yuwapenda mtelle wa mpunga (vid.)
hapenJi mtelle wa mora.
Gunkui, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), vid. kungui.
Gunba, v.a., gunsana, v. rec. (Jiusband aitdwife)?
Gunzi, 8. (\a,pl. ma — ), « cob oflndian corn (St).
Gupa, 8. (ln, j) 1 . ma — ) ; gupa la mia la ku jcngca
niumba (Makua).
Gupua, v. a., vid. kupiia.
Gupuka, v. n. ; punda ana-ni-goukia naniama ana-
gupiika nibio (R.).
Gura, r. ». ( = ku tama), to (juit aplace to dwM in
anotlter; cfr. ^. , traxit, cvulsit, verrit.
Gukouru, *., tJte rattle ofsometJiing in an cmpty
box. TJte raitlc may Jtave bcen camcd by tlte
mice.
Guria, v. ( = tamia), to rcmove to anoiher j)Jacc;
lco nimcguiia niumbani muangu mpia, to-day I
removed to my new house. Wazungu wameguria
Uabbay Mpia, pahali walipoketi, wamcguria
Kisulutini.
CiuiU8HA, v. c. — tamisha.
Guhihiia, r. c, to caiue to remoce, to banish; ku
giirisha viombokua wita, to cause the uttnsiU
to be remored on account ofwar; muuio amc-
m-giirisha mkcwe.
Gurtumu, *. (la, j>I. nia — ), a icJtecl; gurtumu la
mzinga, a gun-carriage (Dr. Stecre icritis guru-
dumo) ; rfr. gari, *.
Guru, 8.; kunasokari yaitua guru (R.), there is a
kind of 8vgar wJticJi iscaUed " guru."
G6rufu, 8. (la, jd. ma— ), a JtigJtway (ndia ku);
• C-»
giirufu ya gnombe, a cattlc-road ( «*Jy*. , locus
quem fluxus non attingit).
Guruouru, a large kind ofburrowing lizard (St.).
Guruouhiia, v. a. (=â– ku haribu kazi), to bungle,
8j)oil irork ; hakulckcza kazi, ameharibu mbao, he
spoiled or marred tJte boards of wlticli he was to
maJce a bojc. In sJtort, to spoil the work.
GuttSA, v. a., to touch by handling anyt/ung genthj,
or by putting oidy the fingers upon a thing; ku
GTJ
(90)
GH
bofia, to touch by taking a thing bctwccn the
fingers and by making impressions upon it; ku
bofin kua ku topeza vinnda ; ku papassa, to tottch
by moving or aweeping tlie hand over a thivg;
gussn, to touch, but kusa, tobring togetlter ; ku
kusft mashnka ; ku kuta or kuta kuta, to give the
cloth a shake; ku gntiwa.
Guta, v. a.,to push, to gore, to toss ; gnombo o-m-
guta mucnziwe, wawili wagotana.
Gutu, *., thc stump ofa mutilatcd mcmber.
Gutua, v. «., tofrigJiten onc; arac-ni-gutua moyo;
mbuzi a-ji-gutiia ; cfr. kutuka, v. n.
Gutuka, r. n., to be startltd; gutukia, gutusha,
vid. kutuka, v. n.
Guu (vid. gfi), foot, lcg.
Guue, s. O&tpl. ma — j, a large swinc, but ugmie i*
of an ordinary sizc.
Guya, v. a. (cfr. guia), to grasp, span, to fastcn,
to lay hold ofone or a thing by grasjnna, tpan-
ning, orfastening.
Guiana (or guyiana), t?. rcc.
GuilIa, v. a.; tuiuc-m-guilia mtuniawako, we
havc fastcncd thy slavc.
GuiwA, pau., to be luid hoUl of.
GH (the Arabio Letter £, gha).
GhafOla (or oiiafala), *. (Arab. Jafc , noglcxit
rcni, texit; dUi , socordia, incuria), a suddcn,
apoplectic stroke; araepatiknnn ni maradi ya
ghafula, he has had an apopleetic stroke ; jambo
liili lina-ni-ngilia or lina-ni-tokca kua ghafula,
thi8 matter has befaUcn mc or happcned to mc on
a sudden or unawarcs ; kua ghnfula, suddenly.
GhafaiJka ; ku — , to neglect, not to atttnd to,
to be imprudcnt; nnaghafilika mno, / am prc-
cinled by an unforesecn circujnstance.
GiiAiin, 8., angcr; bunna alio na ghaidi na mtu-
mun-wc, nlie-m-fania kiza kiku; cfr. ku£ , ira.
Giiaiki (or ohkiki), r. a. (Ai, conimcatum ai 1 -
vcsit, altcravit, mutavit), to changc, to annul;
ku tia ghairi, to imitatc, to provokc, to oj/'end ;
c—
ghairi, prep., without ; j**i , absque.
Ghalati, 8. ( Ufc , hallucinatus fuit, crravit ;
s c- ""
dltlis , crror, vitium) — uongo, a Uc.
Ghali, adj. ( $& , carus, magni prctii fuit), capen-
sivc, dear, costly ; kitn hiki ki ghali = kina ta-
mani, this thing is capcnaivc; vitu hivi ni vi-
ghali, these thinga arc dcar.
G11AU8HA, t'. c, to malc dear; ku ghalika, to
get dear or dcarer ; mpnnga unaghalika, tlte
rice has bccome dearcr.
Ghalidu, v. a. ( i^Jti , pracvaluit, vicit), to over-
turn ; e.g., ku — akili = ku poteza akili.
Ghalifu, v. a.; usi-ji-ghalifu, do not bc hurt by
buying something vcry clicap; <_Al£ , nactus
fuit thccam, in loculo suo recondidit.
Ghalima, *. = fcida; ^li , Kbidinosus fuit.
Ghalla, *. (ya,^.raa— ) ( R± , proventus domus;
which can be locked up to kecp eataUee or uten-
aita in; cfr. Steere, ghala, poge 272.
Ghamma (hamna), f. ( ^fc , texit rcra, tectna rail,
incognitun, obscurus fuit, raoestua fuit), to be
cztremcly rare or not to befound in town, to Aare
disaitpeared in trade ; e.g., kitambi ja passda
moyo kinaghamma Mvita, a kind ofcloth, caUed
passua moyo, which iras formerly in use and
dcmantl at Mombas (at the cost qf 3 doUars),
but which has now disappeared, is no langer
found in thc slwps; kimcpotca or bakionekaui,
hainna kabisa, hakienci kabisa.
(iiiammu, *. (vid. ghamma) ( t f. , rca gravi*,
mocror), sorrow, apprchcnsion or fcar; yuna
ghammu or khofu moyonimuakwc-akiitua gere-
zani, hajui neno nitiwalo ni Wali, he is apprc-
Jicnsive or anocious in his mind, tchen he t« caUcd
to tJie (iovcrnment-house, for he doee not know
what the Governor tcill do to him.
(iiianamu, *., a goat ( .Tjk ).
(iiiakgi, *., a kind of dJiow rcsemhling a bdgala,
exccpt tltat it has not so long aprow.
" " , m
GiianIma ( (**£ , pro praeda quid abstulit ; Atjir 1
•• «•
pracda) ; amepata ghanima niuakahu, Itc has got
good luck, projit this year.
Ghanja, *., a lind ofboat.
CiiiARAMA, *. (ya, pl. za— ) ( pyb , obtstrictus fuit
•. -
-
"Ifc , immisit), a storcroom; mahali pa ku wc-
k^a viakula or viAmbo, palipo na sibdi, a placc
debito ncccssario solvendo; Ajt , magna rvi
cupido ; 6+A*t , dcbitum ncccssario solvendum),
erpensc, disbursement, especiaUy in conseguenee
ofharing girvn a bawjuct ; niinetoa or nimefania
gharama ncngi kua ku wa-fania wageniwangn
takrimu nongi, I Jiare hatl great carpenses bjf
gtring an cntcrtainmcnt to my gucste.
Gharathi, s. (- huja or hnja), a thing, matter;
unagharathi gani, wJtat matter or bvsineM lett
.
(9> )
t/tou f (cfr. ijLt , implovit vas, desiderio roi
'* —
captus ; ^jt , scopus).
GlIAKIOHARI MAUTI (R.), Jtalf-dead.
GiiAitiKA, *., a Jiood.
Ghariki, v. n. ( jjt , immersus) - ku sama, to
8t'nh; chombo kimcghariki, the ship sunk, foun-
dercd, to bc covcred with water.
G iiauikihiia, v. c, to cause to bejiooded, to sink,
Gharimia, v. obj., to be at the expensefor, to spcnd
property for tJte accomplishment of a certain
puipone ; amcgharimia mali - amefania juhudi
kua mali hatta ku pata mapensiyakwe ; e.g., ndia
va Jagga ilikua hcipishi, lakcn Kasimu aka-i-
gharimia, aka-i-tolea gharaina, hatta aka-i-subua
ukafika, the way to Jagga was untrodden, until
Kasimu (a native of Wanga) spent propcrty,
and incurrcd expensc, until he had opcned the
road and rcacltcd tlte couniry.
Gharimisha, v. c, to cause one to spend.
Ghasi, 8.,fcar, doubt; ku fania ghasi.
Ghasia, s., robbery, noise, tumuU ; sidaki ghasia
hapa or sidaki ku wekewa ghabia hapa; \?± »
petivit expcditioncm bcllicam impulit misitque.
Ghasia, 8., little things of rarious kinds ; bana
ame-ni-pa ghasia ningi ( =» viombo vingi or vitu
vingi via inatakataka), lakon siwczi ku tukua,
the mantcr gave me a Jwdge-podge of things to
carry, but I cannot ; amc-ni-agisa ghasia ningi,
ku numia Mwita.
Ghathamsha, v. a., to enrage, to angeronc, topro-
vokc to auger = ku-m-tia hasira.
1 -
Ghathabu, *. (ya) ( s *& , iratus fuit, succcnsuit;
6 ""
v t %&fr , ira), anger -» hasira.
Giiatiiibika, v. n., to becomc angry.
Ghawini, v. n.; mana wa Lokman a-ji-ghawini,
the son of Lohnan is self-svfficient, independent
(R.).
Ghkiri, 8.,jealousy, anger; cfr. ^± .
Gheithi, s. (ya)' ( !L& , vehementia, primusque
impctus), fixcdnesn, determination, resoluteness,
exertion, energy; mtu huyu yunagheithi ya ku
pigana, Jte is rcsolved tofigld; yuwafauia ghcitlii
or juhudi, sherti or shurti kii ya ku pata mali, he
makes great cxertions to obtain property .
Gh.libu (or oiialibu), v. a. ( s-J^ )» to master,
to ovcrcome.
Ghofira, *. ( Jte, texit, condonavit), pl. magho-
fira, pardon, forgiveness.
Ghofiki, toforgive sins (used of God only).
Ghofiria, toforgive one.
•t-»
Gholam, *., a young man; Arab. JJ^ , adolesccns.
Gh6r6>a,«. (y&,pl. sa) ( S»fc, cocnaculum) ■» dari
ya pili ya niumba, the second story of a Jtouse,
an upper room; niumba hi inaghorofa mbili
ghorfa na sabakhiyakwe (?).
Ghoshi, v. a. (vid. ghushi) ; ku — , to adulterate.
(\ " —
v _. „ .. _. s--^-t , violcnter
ct contra jus cripuit rcm), to grievc or offcnd any
one by ptaying him a trick or by doing him
wrong ; amc-ni-ghosubu kua ku-ni-dangania or %
gniagnania.
Ghubari, s. (la, pl. ma — ) (vid. gubari, *.), a rain
or dust cloud; ^ , pulverem excitavit.
Ghubba, *. ( ^t , ad fincm pervcnit, cxituni habuit
res) ; ghubba ya bahari, a bay (thisArabic expres-
sion is, however, seldom used by nativc SuahUi),
a sJteltered pUtcc.
Ghumia (or ohomia) -- sanga ; si makusudi ni kua
ku ghomia (li.).
Ghumisa, v. a. (vid. ghamma), to afflict or grieve
one.
GnuMiwA, v. «., (1) to be dejectcd ; (2) to bc un~
determined, to wavcr, tobe at a loss what to do;
hajiii jambo adakalo fania ; (3) to startlc = ku
jituka ; amctokuwa ni watu ameghumiwa = amc-
jituka, hc was surpriscd by peoplc and was
startled.
Ghukika, v. n. ; ku — , to bc arrogant.
Ghurubu, 8.; cl-asiri ghiirubu = mshiiko wa el-
asiri (?) (R.) ; cfr. ^i , procul abiit, but ^, j t
propo fuit.
Ghururi, 8. ( jfe , docopit vanarum rerum desidcrio
aliqucm implcns ; ».*£ , omnia quibus quis de-
cipitur), arrogance.
Ghushi (or Giiosin), v. a. ( *fc , deccpit, haud
sincerum consilium admitit) (vid. ghoshi, v. «.),
tofalsify, aduUcrate; e.g., ameghushi fctha kua
ku-i-tangania na kitu kingine, he adulteratcd thc
silver by mixing with it another substance.
GHuani, v. n., to suffice; fetha hi ita-wa-ghusbi
watu hatta ku rudi, this money will sufficefor
thepeople till they retum — ku akidi (vid.).
GhushI wa, pass. ; kitu kilijo ghushiwa, something
falsified or adulterated.
ec" m
Giiushu, 8. « ncksi, ^oi» , detrimentum ; ^t '
/deceptio.
Ghusubu, 1?. a. (vid. ghosubu), to swindle, to cJteat.
(9')
Ha, scrvcs as a contracticn for nikn ; c.g., ndiainn-
kua mballi, liarudi for nikarudi, tJie way icas long,
but 1 rcturned ; ba-niu-ona /or nika- or nime-mu-
ona, I saw him.
Haba, adj. and *., a small thing, a trific, a littlc,
a fcw; kitu hnbn «- kitu kidogo; vitu bi\i ni
baba; watu baba; muniu amc-ni-pa babn;
siku baba or cbachc, afew orsome days. J'ror.:
haba na haba hujaza kibaba, i.e., little and littlc
iUU a kebaba (a ccrtain measure) ; in Kir. bandu
na bandu ya-roala gogo,
Hababi, 8. (pt. mnhababi), mastcr, my lord (a
name of lionour) ( ^W^» > aniatus, nmicus,
amica ; SI*. , amor, amatus).
Habali, adj., irascible (cfr. hakawi) ; habali ku
fania basira; T^. , mentem alicnavit olicui.
Habari, 8. (ya, pl. za) (vid. khabari), ncw8, mes-
sage, story, information ; ta-m-pata babari kcsho,
/ 8hall get her news to-morrow ; Arab. ~2.
probavit, scivit, indicavit.
Habba, *. (1) — kitu kiguyajo or kigandamajo,
kitu ja kn shikia, gum, limc; the mkanju (a trce)
yicUh a kind ofgum, mat6zi ya mti ; habba ya
ku fungia waraka, sialing gum or icajr; cfr.
m'boe, lehamu, ulimbo ; (2) lovc (}>l. mahabba) ;
c.g., habba ya moyo, charity ; ^2, f amavit.
Habda, 8., the name of a npe on boats or vesseU
(B.).
Habla (ya), vid. kabla (yn), before, dc.
Habusuia (or Muhabusha), *. (wa), anAbyssinian.
The Aby88inian, especialhj OaUa, slavcs are in
grcnt demand on the Suahiii coant, and are
boiifjht for thc sum of a hundrcd or more dollars.
Thcy arc csjteciaUy smight for thc harems of
grcat people. It is cJiiefiy thc JSomali icho, havittg
fctched them from the Jntcrior on thc frontiers
of Abyssinia, 8cll tJicm in &mth-Ea8t Africa.
Others are brought from the sea-jtorts ofArabia,
wherc thcy have bccn reccivcd from the Abyssi-
nian coast, viz., from Massotca, Jtalteita, Tad-
jurra, Zeila, Berbera, which are the chiefslave-
port8 of Abyasinia in and ncar thc lied Sea.
Habushia means frcqnently "« concubine^ of
whatcver nation, especially from Abyssinia (Hu-
basha, the country of Abyssinia or JJabcsh).
Hachi = rojomba or mjumba (pl. wajumba), wel-
comefriend (uiwJe) (St.).
Hadaa, 8. ( gjk*. , obtcxit, deccpit, fefullit), deceit,
cunning, artifice, cheating ~ hila ( &£J4. , fraus,
doccptio).
Ku iiadaa, v. a. (some Sudhili pronounce hadaba;
mamboyakwe ni hadnha, his business is deceit),
to deceivc, c/m/wt:en/=dangania; ku-m-hadaa
kua liila fulani a-ni-hadaa or kadaha.
Ku-jmiadaa, to dective onrfs+elf.
Hadaika, pa88., to be deceived, to be taJccn iu by
cunning.
Hadaiwa, to be cheated.
Hadaki, 8. (vid. hathaii), attention, carc_ caufion-
maelekezo ya moyo, danger ; ku fania hadari or
nadari ( Jjj , contemplatus fuit oculis), to tale
precaution; Arab. j^m. ,. cavit, timuit.
Hadaya (?) (cfr. hcdaya), apresent; cfr. hadia.
Haddi,#[ (ya), limit, measure; cfr. Arab. j^, liracs.
Hadia (cfr. ^jjb' A^JJb), gifi, ojfering; efr.
hathia, «.(£»., munue quod offertur, bona
sortc commodorum copia ct felicitate potitns fuit
in re, portio boni cujusdam) ; beqiie*t t lcgacp =
kitu hiki na-mu-atia muanangu, ni chakwe, njapo-
kufa, kitu hiki ni chakwe.
Hadimu, 8., country-lorn 8lave, onc who serrei
(^jkd., inservivit; ^*>^- , famulun), pi. maha-
dimu, the son or dauglUcr ofamanumittcdslacc;
bi mtuma tcna, ni hadimu — huru.
^ ^* ^
HAd'ithi, 8. (ya, j>t. za) ( v^>Ja. , do novo ct p:i-
mum exstitit rcs, narravit), a narrative, story,
tale ofolden time.
Ku hadithi, v. n., to reiate stories.
Hadithia, v. obj., to narrate to one; amo-m-ha-
ditbia manawe mambo ya kalc.
IIadiiu, vul. hathari.
Hadua, 8. (l\.) (?); ku ncna ndakiija, luken safari
ni hadua haisukisuki (?).
Hafifu, adj. (robo bafilu), ligld; cfr. '_ *& t lcris
fuit; ^Jutt^. i lcvis pondore, dignitatc, moiiLus.
Hafithika (vid. hifathika), to bc preservcd (St.);
Arab. k^. ; Muungu hafithi = aokozc.
Hafukam — khofu (11.)?
Hai (vid. hei), adj. (Arab. ^. ), alive.
Haiba, s., shape, bcauty = uzuri, dignity, autiv-
rity; cfr. sihi, matisho; cfr. «^lte , timoit:
haiba inangia ^asa niumbani, tlte Jtouse is *ow
bcautiful; &&Jb , timor, roverentia.
Haina (or heina), therc is not, it is not; haina U-
fauti, there is no doubt.
Haitassa, not yet ( — bado) ; haitaasa iwa, it i* not
yct ripe ( = bado) ; vid. o^cU- ^j^. , Iraro,
until thit hour.
(93)
Haithuru (cfr. duru), it does no Jtarm, never
mind, it U o/no conseauence ; it is more correct
to write haithuru imtead o/*haiduru.
II aj, *., the pilgrimage to Mecca; g^ , pcrcgri-
natio Meccana.
IIaja, *. (Arab. gU- i opns ct nocesse habuit;
*\&.y*. , necessitas, res nccessaria), property, con-
cern; unayo haja tcna? Jtave you any further
icant or desiref resp. hajayangu ya ku islii
wewe sana na furaha, my desire U that thou
maye.it live long and joyfully — hakuna wema ;
mtu huyu hana haja, tJiU man U poor, weak,
feeble, his energy is gone, Jie desires to eat and
drink and do nothing ; anapumba or analegca,
kulla ncno aarabiwalo hafanii, sina haja na fetha-
yakwe ; kua haja gani? by what cause f
II a ji, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a man or woman who Jias been
to Mecca to jnray, &c; gV». ; haji, a pilgrim;
in generaf, converts ; haji la Kiznngu,|>Z. muhaji
ya Kizungu, e.g., Wanika whofollow the religion
of Europeans are mahaji-ya Kizungu.
Hajiri, v. n. (Arab. j^ ; cfr. ^. , intcndit,
profectus fuit ad acdem Mcccanam), to emigrate
{k\\ hajiri Mekka), especially to go on ap'dgrim-
age to Mecca, to removefrom a country; ku t6ka
nti, ku nenda nti ningine, to go to Uve else-
irhere.
IIajirika, v. n. ( — . ku kawilia), to rcmain over-
long.
Hajikisiia, v.; (1) nimehajirisha Rabbai sasa
— naketi Rabbai sasa, nimefania Rabbai ma-
kaoytingu ; (2) ku-m-hajirisha mtu ku keti
niumbani, muegniewe alipohajiri.
Hajiiuhhua, v. p.
Hakali ; ku-m-shika hakali, to reouire a stranger
who goes upon worhnen's work to pay for hU
intrusion, to make himpay hisfooting (St.).
Hakamu, s. (ya) \vld. +£&. , v. a., judicium pro-
tulit ; *£&. , judicium), (1) ajudicial ac'.; (2) a
fine, ptnalty ; ku toa hakaniu, to pay a fine, to
be fined; ku-m-toza hakarau, to fine one; waze
wame-m-lii hakamu, t/ie elders have eaten him a
fine, /.<?., have fined him.
Hakawi or habali ku fasia hasira, he U angry
directly (Sp.).
IlAKIA, V.; HAKIZA, 17. / HAKIZOA (?).
IIakIka, s. (ya) (*&>£*, veritns; OW^, dignus,
nptus; Vb^&w , vere), truth, verity, certainty;
ni hakika ncno hili or ncno hili ni hakika, this
word or thing U truth — true (suafi ); neno hili,
siua hakika nalo, I have no certainty of thU
matter; sitarabtii sana, siku-ki-ona.
Hakika, prep., for (propter); hakikayako, IU.,
it U true of tliee, thou certainly, for thee, it is
true ofhim, ofme, fie or I certauily, for he or
I Jiave; hakikai, hakikayangu ; wewo mana
uoapigoa bakikayako wewe umekossa babayo,
ndipo ukapigoa or sebabu, umcmkosa babayo;
hakika moja tunayo, oue certainly we have.
Hakiki, v. a., to make sure, to prove.
Hakikia, r. a., to examine, to ascertain, to make
sure ; ku hakikia ile jawabu, to find out the
truth of a matter (by inquiring) ; umehakikia
neno hili ? hast tJiou ascertained this matter ?
dost thou know it fvr certain t ku hakikia =
ku daka suafi, ku tafuta or usa sana ; ucndo
ukahakikie ncno hiii = ucnde ukapatc hakika
or yakiui ya maneno huya, to sound one, to
come to ejcaminc one.
Onesays : ta-ku-pa kitu fulani; the other asks
hu ta-ni dangania ? resp. la hakika natoa
hakika katika nafsiyangu or nime toa muni-
cwc hakika ya ku-ku-pa.
One asks : uta-m-funga muana huyu ? re*p.
hakika ta-m-funga ; hu eadiki wadaka ni-ku-
thubutishe upate jua ? (R.).
Hakikisha, t'. c, to cause one to be interrogated,
examined.
Hakim, s., a native doctor or physician in India ;
Hakimu, *. (wa, pi. ma — ) =» raunmzi, judge ; kathi
ndio ahokumiio watu wa mji ; (•***■, judex,
arbiter.
Hakimu, v. «./ amc-m-hakimu — amvia kua
sherraa.
Hakiri ; ku — , to humble ( Jb- , contemsit).
Hakirisua, r. c, to cause to be humbled, to
despUe one.
Hakki,*. (ya, za) ( j^». , jus fuit ; ^ja. , jus, justitia,
veritaa), (1) right, justice; (2) rigliteousness ;
(3) ordcr, law, hakki ya nti = sherria or tiherraa
ya nti ; (4)justclaim or demand, wages, kitu
kilijo-m-pasha, c.g., ukituma mtu, una-m-pa ugira
ndio hakkiyakwc ; ni-pa hakkiyangu, give me my
riglit, thatwhich U due to me ; tucndo hakkini or
shcrriani or kua katbi, tuUaarauliwe ; mtu wa
hakki haamui ubatili, a just man does not judge
unrighteously (R.).
Hako, he U not here, lie U absent ( «■hapo) ; pL
hawako.
Haku, sign of the third person singular of the
negative past referring to animate beings, e.g ,
haku penda, Jte Jtas not loved; haku limui leo,
tJiere U no work to-day on the plantalion;
unguja haku-ni-pendezi ; mauti haku, sudden
deatJi. These tJvret last instances are pecuUar
(94)
and irregular, tJic refcrence to tJie subject is
left indefinite. This Zanzibar ttdk is not io
be imitatcd.
m
Hakuna, lit. } not to be icith, tJiere is not, therc cxists
not, no; baku tassa ku cha, ku keli usiku ;
hakiina mtu, tliere is nobody ; hakiina kitu, tJterc
vs nothing ; hakuna watu, iuaneno, dc. ; hakiina
ku pcnda, tJterc is not to lore, onc loces not.
The subjcct of speecJi is left indefinite. TJtcrc
is not, none or notJting of man or men, of a
thing or tliings {vid. hapana), tJiere arc not,
none. -
Halafa (or kiialafa) ; sina khalafa nawe, lit., ldo
not vary or differ from tJice; *.J%i* , contrarium,
controversia.
Halafu (halafa); afterwards, presently; «JkU. ,
pono fuit ; «Jold. , ponc, a tergo.
c--
Halaiki (ya viombo) - vingi (R.) (cfr. jlV- ,
porlio plena honi) (?).
Halali, adj, ( Jft. , dis8olvit, licuitjussit, pcnnisit,
Hcitam fccit rcm), lairful, licit (according
to tJte Muliammedan notion) (rid. haramu, illicit),
permitted, allowed; kitu kilijo amuriwa or ruk-
husiwa cha ku tindua ; kitu hiki ni halali, tJtis
tliingis allowed (in tJte MuJtammedan religioit),
ejg., kiila niama ya ngamia ni halali kua lslanv/o
eat camcVsjlesJt is alloiced by tJte MuJtammcdan
religion>
HalalihiiaI (halilisha), r. c, to causc to be
aUoiccd, to make lawful =* ku tia halali ;
Muhanimedi amclmlalisha niaifia ya gnonibe,
laken hakuhalalisha niam'a ya nguiic, J/w-
Jtammcd dcc'arcd cotd's jlesJi lawful, bttt Jtcdid
not lcgalizc Jtog'sjlesh.
Halasa, s. (ya) == iigira wa wana maji, tltc wagcs
ofsailors; jomho ni halasa — mshuhara (Arab.
JaSVi. , exquisita ct clecta pars rci).
Halc.am, s. (R.), on a boat or shijp f
Hali, s. (ya, za), statc, condition, disposition, dc;
• **
JU. , status, conditio hominis ; hali ya kwanea,
thc formcr state; kua hali ya Yohanncs, LuJcc
^ iii. 15; yencrully, lisili gani? wJtat is thc statc
(8c. ofhcalth, <Cr.)? uhali gani niumbani kuako,
wJuit is tJte state of thy housc (j'amily)? resp.
ngcma, it Js good; wakakaa kua hali ngema
hatta khatima (hatima), tJtey lircd com-
fortably to tJie end; uhali gani ? how dost thou
do'i resp. (mimi) ni mcma; niu ha.Il gani? how
do you do ? tu w6ma ; wa hali gani ? Jtow do thcy
do ? Jtow are tJtcy i mtu huyu ni haliyctu or
jamayctu or tarafayctu, tJtis man bclongs to us
(R.).
IIali, ,part. of interrog., Bom. xi. 1; e.g., hali
Muungnamo-wa-tupawatuwakwe? kuakulla hali
or kua hali ilio otto or bialhali, at a-U event*.
Halibu, v. a. (Arab. SrJ^ , niger fuit) ; joa linie-m-
halibu, blackened Jtim.
Halibika, v.p.; araehalibika koajua.
Halifu, r. c, to commit a transgression or erime ;
e.g., ku halifu kua mtu mkuba, ku fania uhafifa
kua sultani (vid. bagamansa), to sin againtt thc
king.
Halifia, v. obj.; Arab. c-ftU» , ponc fuit adrcr-
satus fuit, rcbellavit, discordavit.
IIalifiana = ku poteana, koshana koa mnneno,
ku teta, tofatt out with each other.
IIalikibha, r. c, to malce one a tranxgrc**or y to
ruinone; wntn wamedaka ku-m-haliflsha kua
maneno, likc tJte PJtarisees.
IIalili, *. ; haliliyako, at your dUposal (cfr.
vJtr*» , amicus).
IIalisi, adj., adt. ( ~a1 . pura fuit res; .yJU. ,
purus, mcrus), gcnuine, real, the very samc,
esactly; huyu ni Muika halisi, tJtis is a gcnuine
or rcal Mnika (oftJie nafion of Wanika) ; mtn
huyu ndie halisi ni-m-dakai, thie is cjraciJy the
ma)t wJtom I want) kitu hiki udyo hnlisi mimi
ni-ki-dakajo, tltis is exactly tJie thing tchich I
dtsirc.
Halu ; Arab. ? = ku tisha (to omit) f f Arab.
C^" , cmpty.
IIai.ua (or njfhvrX) f s. (ya, za) ( JU. > dulcis fuit ;
-c-
\ J^ ( omnis cibus mello ct saccharo paratos,
fructus dulcis), tJtc name ofa swettmeat tnade by
tltc Arabs (especially of Mascat), who e-Jrport it
to tlttr HualiiU coast. Halua ni chakula kilijo
tanganiktina na samli, na asali, na sukari, na mai
yakuku, na unga, kitokajo Maskati.
*/
Halula, s. (ya, za), guinsy, inflammation oftkc
tJiroat, swcUing of tJte glands of the neck, and
it8 supjmratwn ; halula ni ipu la mio, swelliny
of tJte jugular gla ndst
Haluli, *. ; chumvi ya haluli, sulpltate ofmagnetia,
(St).
IIam, sign of tJte second |WT*on plural negatirc,
Cg., hamkupenda, you Jtacc not loved. *
Hama, v. n., to cJtangc Jtouses, to move ; «U. ,
ingrcssus fuit tabernaculum, tabeniaculum £iit
aliquo loco ( U&> , prohibitum declaravit locum).
Hamiriia, v. c, to cause to remove t to banish (cfr.
tama, tamishaV
(95)
Hamali, 8. (wa, pL ma — ), a porter, a eoolie ;
J^a., portavitonus, gravida fuitin dorso ; JU*> ,
bajulus.
s *» - â–
Hamaml, «., apublic baih; *U*. , balncum.
Hamaya, *., protection; fi haniayat el nimsawi,
under German protection ; **iU^.
Hamdi, s. (ya), praise; J*---- , laudavit.
Hami, r. a., toprotect; U»- , defcndit.
Hamili, v. a. t to bepregnant; cfr. hamali.
Hamika (St.), leaven, made by mixing flour and
9 -
water, and Itaving it to turn aour ; /***- » t° r '
mcntum, quod inditur massae panis; rfr. j+a* ,
operuit, fcrmentavit. '
Hamna, tJtere is not in*ide, no.
Hamo, he is not inaide, not here.
IIamu, s. (ya), vid. ghammu ( = husuni, majonsi),
sorrow, concern, grief; It • texit, mocroro affccit
*** •**
aliquom, j^ , solicitus habuit, ^jt , solicitudo, or
Aft. solicitum tcnuit ; ku fania haromu or ku
v ngiwa ni hammu, kam-tia hamu or huzuni, to be
grieved or aorrowfui.
Hamumi, 8. (ya), d kind oftobocco (R.).
Hana, hc ho* not; hana kuao , Jte haa no Jiome,
Hana, v. n. ( ^. , sonum edidif, commotus fuit
ob laetitiam aut mocrorem, miscricordia aftectus
fuit), to mourn with one t tojoin in mourning.
Hanabudi (Luke iii. 15) (vid. abndi), undoubtedly,
Luke vii. 4 ; alikua hanabudi ku pita ndia ile.
IlANAFSI, HATNAF8I, HAWATINAF8I (R.) ? grirf?
sorrow i
Hanali, 8., nortJtf
Hanamu, 8. (ya, jjl. ma — ); (1) hanaron (or
kasuma) ya dau, the cutwater ofa vessel; (2)
oblvjuely (mshedari).
Hananu, adj., oUinuely ; ku kiita — , to cut
dbl'ujuely.
IIanau, *., driftf (Er.); kulla neno linazakwe,
coJterence, connection, meaning.
Handaki (or iiandaka) (ye, pl. za — ) (handaki ya
ngomc) ( % M6 i -* 088a munimenti ergo ducta), a
drydUcft,a trencheurroundingafortress. Tlte
water-trench made around the houscs ie caUed
mzingi wa maji, and tltc foundation of a-house
mzingi wa niumba (whether it be dug for the
comlruction ofa stone- or of a pole-houee.
IIanoaiiika, v. n. (vid. biabia), toseekfor, to show
one y 8-8elf assiduoue, diligent, or active.
IIanoaika, »»./ ku — , to be excited (St.).
Hakoue, 8., (1)' hook; flg. t crookedne** e>/ Jteart t
insincerity ; {Kimrima) manenoyakwo yana
I
hangfa kidogo — yana tata, hnyakunioka, hi*
'word* are not sincere, pure, there i* somcfaltc-
hoodinthcm; manenoyao yana hangoe kidogo,
their word* are not quite sinccre; kungia hangoc,
to use unfairness ; (2) ku andika hang6c, to write
tJte Arabic letter •* hh, calied hangoe by the
Suahili.
HanikIza, r. a., to stun or ouUtalk one, by making
a great noi*e, by talking long and loud, c.g. f
before the judge, to interrupt people (cfr. bam-
banisa).'
Hanikizana, v. rec.
IIAjcrrm, 8. (wa) ( ^J^ , impotontem rcddidit ad
venereni), a sexuaUy impotent man, asicwesa
ku kuea mko ; sodomite, catamite.
Hanjar, 8. — jambia, a *cimitar ; j^. , culter
vel culter magnus.
Han8A, 8.; ni kamba mbfli neno katika formali ya
jahazi.
Hanz(ja, *., a kind of dance; ku toea upanga;
han8ua ni ngtima itesoayo koa panga muezi
muandamo wa mala (kii la) na mtana. Thi*
expre*8ion refere to a kind ofgame of the Muham-
medan*. The male population assembles in an
open place, and brandish their swords againtt
each other, to the beating ofthe drum. Tlieplay
terminates with a greatfeast ofrice, &c. TJity
eat again in the daytime after having taken tJteir
meaU at night during the longfast. TJiie cerc-
tnony is performed on tJte first day after tJte
Ramadan.
Mk.o,pron. dem., tJiose.
Hapa, here, tJiitjrface; hapa hatta Rabbai ni sa
tkno, from Jtere to Babbai it isfive Jiour* ; ku
toka Jomvu hatta hapa Mvita yapata sa mbili
wa nussn, from Jomvu to tJtUplace (viz., Mom-
baea) it is 24 Jtoure* distance.
Hapana, tJtere ie noi; hapana watu hapa — there
ia not, or notJting of men Jiere — tJtere arc no
men Jtere (vid. hakuna). A generalizing mode of
expre88\on, hence tJteform remain* tJte same with
whatever substantive it may be connccted. Con-
nected with the infinitive of tJte verb, it forme a
negative afatract noun, e.g., hapana or hakiina ku
penda, tJtere ie not to love=*tJtere is nolove — therc
\8 dislike or di*gu*t. Iti*a convenient erpedient
for tJto*e wfto arc a* yet imperfectly acqua1nted
with tJte variou* tempora ofthe verb—for instance,
wJten they sJtould say, " mimi sipendi," / lorc not,
tJtey genendize tJte tempus, and say, " hakuna or
hapana ku penda." TJte Iianiam and ctker
foreigner* (Arabs, BelucJiis) talk witJt the nathe*
in this manner, wJticJt is objcciionable and
incorrect.
BA
(96)
Hapo, (1) there, this or thut time; Ungu hnpo,
since that time; (2) he or slte is not Jtere.
Hara, r. n. ( <4J*" , dcposuit alvum) ( = ku cnda
jooni m'no), to Itave diarrlura, to go constuntly to
stool.
Harisha, r. c, to cause frequent purging ; daua
ya ku-m-harisha, a medicine irhich i* a violent
jmrgative ; purge or purgatire is uho callcd
dana ya ku fungua jo ; niama ja mbiizi mimi
sili, ina ni-harisha daima, I do not eat goat's-
meat, for it gire* me diarrJwa.
IIarabu — mtu muharabu, a wicked man; from
sy*jL. ratlter than from %^jy*. ; ^ji. , vastavit,
^juU. , latro, fur.
Haraja, *. ( g*. , cxivit) = gharamu, takrimu;
yuwa-ji-tia gharamn ningi, tojmt one's-selftogrcut
«c-
erpense; g»d. , provcntus, reditus, quod exit dc
opibus cxpenditurque.
Haruia, v. a. = ku kirrirau watu.
Haraka, adr., huste, auicl:, tjuiclly «* upoai, hima ;
tgj.a. , raovit, commovit, motus fuit ?? barnkn
haraka heina mbarnka : Pror.
Ku haraka, r. w., to male haste (?).
Ku harikihha, to Jiasten.
Haramja, a robber, a jrirate ; +p. , prohibuit,
illicitum fecit ; u^" y*" , impius, latro.
Haramu, adj. (rid. haramia), vnluirfut, ilh'cit,
uccording to tJie Muhummedun notion {vid.
lialali) ; kitu kilijozuiwa ni Muhammcdi; mana
wa hariirou, un illegitimute chitd. If a wife
beeomc8 prtgnunt by anothcr tJiun htr hitsbund
the cliihl will bc a mana wa hararau ; Arab. *.&. ,
prohibuit illicitum fccit; **&. , illicitum ; *U,
quod loge proliibitum est, ncfas.
IIarara, *. (ya) ( «= chuki) ( »&. , incaluit ; S.Ua. ,
calor, caliditas), (1) rashne**, Jortrardnes*,
hastines*, precipitancy, heut; nitu huyu yuna
harnra ya moyo «= yuna upcsi wa nioyo or yuna
moyo harara or moyo wa luuara, Jte i* ra*h, prc
Haribu, r. a. ( ^j^i , vaatavit), to ttpot% destroy;
ku hiiribu mimba, to miscarry.
IlAKiniA, r. obj., to spoil to one; e.g. t anie m-
haribia naffiriyakwc.
IIaiuiuka, r. «., to be spoded, to decay (from
natural causes, or kua nasibu).
IlARiniKiA, r. olij.; samaki ana-ni-haribikia -
nna-ni-osca, thefish is sjwiled for me.
IIariiiikiwa, r.; nimcharilikiwa aamaki.
Hakibiwa, v. p. t to be spoiled or destroyed (ly
cjrternal cuuses and makusudi).
HaruIa (cfr. haraja), r. a. — ku kcrimu watn koa
ku-wa-pa jakiila jengi hatta wanakinai, to ent&r-
tainj>eopie at a bamjuet until they are satiatetl,
toprovide afeast, to sj>end money for it.
Harimu, s. (jyJ.ma—) ; a brother is a hsaimufbrkis
sistcr, and rice rersa; tff* , repulsam paasos,
id quod homo dcfcndit, ct pro quo diinicat, Bacrum
quod tangcro ncfas.
IIakimu, r. a. (vid. haramu), to considcr or dcdare
iUicit.
Harimja, r. obj., not to allow; amc-m-barimi*
saffarivakwe.
Harimwha, r. c, to declure unlairful, toforbid
one to do u thing ; Muhammedi amehari-
misha watu niama ya nguup,wasfle ; kilco tuna-
harimishua, wine isforbidden to v«.
IIari6e, adi\, a sJiout given by the natives tchen a
rcssel is seen ajiproaching. Oid language for
liariona = tume-ki-ona jombo. The dtildrea,
secing a vessel «teering totcard the harbaur, raise
tJie cry, " harioc," wlticJt is mancno ya ku teke-
rea jombo kijajo = ku 6na furaha ya jombo
kidak/ijo ku h'ka, cjrjtression ofjoy at the arriral
of a re**fl Thc townspcojile, Jiearing the outery
oftlic chihlrcn, run to tlie shore to get nevrs <fr.
This cu8tom j>rcruils ut most pf the eea-portsof
the Sttahili coast (cfr.the Ilebrew trortl heria and
teriin, riia) (cfr. heria); hariowe tupigioni kombora
nimoja tueteke kula jakwe, thus tJie Mombassiawt
furmerhj when fighting with Said-Said modetd
at him.
6 -
Hariki, *. (ya) ( jtj*- , scricr.ui), sill:
cpitunt; yuna harara ya hasira, he i* rholeric ; j Harki, *. and udj., (1) hot ; knnn, harri lco ku
(2)j>rickh/ heut, hcut; nitu huyu yuna harara za | J u 'i ; (-) J>er*pirution (rid. h&ri).
HakCfu, *. (ya, jA. za), (1) Utter* ofthe alphabet;
niapaja kua jua na kua ndia, hc. hus heut in the
thigh from thc snn and murching (prlcklyheat f) ;
harara ikiwn ningi nmilini, if — there will be no
sleej> ; usifanie moyo hnnira, naja sa?a hivi «=
wuit tpiiethffor me, I witl come directhj (IX.).
Harakii (St.), Jtot-temj>ercd.
Harasa, s. (IJ.) ?
Hari (or harri), *. (ya) (za), Jieat, warmth, sweut ;
S , calor; ku toka hari, tojwrspire; muiliwangu
unn harri; hnrri za-ni-tona (jr.sho ni ulc mnnzo).
hanifu ya or za Kiiirabu, the Arabic eharactert;
(2) un odour ofany fa'nd; kitu kinnkajo, kikiw»
njema, kikiwa kibiiya, a smell, whether good «r
bad; ^j^ , mutavit ; u^ ; a. 1 Httera alphabeti.
HarCm,*.( y+jc ,ligavit,scmpcrlactu8fuit; jjm*.
conviviura nuptiale, nuptiae; t— *Jc , spon«»\
(l)mij>tiaU,wedding'fe4ist; (2) thebride ; hiroti
ni m.tmbo yatenduayo, miime akipelCkua koa
(97)
rake; fungate mbOi mumc na mke hawat6ki
ninmbani, anapewa chakula (vid. fangate), wala,
wafurahi pamoja na rafikizao. Buana harusi,
tJie bridegroom; bibi harusi, the bride.
Hai (or hayi or hei) (pl. wa—), alive; *1* , et
^^jft. , rixit ; ^. f vivus, vivens ; rid. page 92.
Hab.I, because it is (Er.) ?
Hasa (or iiahai, ha8I, iias&ai, or MAKSAl), 8. (la, ^.
ma ) («J^ 4, , castratus, eunuchus), an eunucJi,
castrated; ha8a or hasi la gnoinbe, a .ae&fea*
buJhck. In referenee to man, tJte icord muhasri
(vid.) is used, eunuch ; hasa (pl. ma — ), a castrated
animal, but mtn muhassa or muhassi *> rrf , cas-
travit ; />««*. hasiwa, to 6« castrated, gelded.
Hasada -* sima (Er.)? a porridge or panada of
ratama^oi/r, naftV€|?a*«eZiA«8ima; f/>. S«***e ,
pulmentum spissius, a dish of condensedfood.
Hasanadi, the good whicJi any man has done?
(Reb.). With tJiis everyone mustpay hisfeUow-
man ichat Jte has done Jiim amiss. Oodforgives
only that wJiich refers to JtimseJf ! ! (R.). \~~ ^
benefactum, bonum opus.
Habanta (or ahsanta), v. a., tJtou Jtast done weil
(Luke xix. 17); y~*. , bonus, pulcher, elegans
fuit=* Ithank you; it is a complimentary erpres-
sionfor "trell done."
__ «••*»«••
Hasaba, s. (ya, sa) (Arab. y^. aberravit via,
jacturam fecit), injury, damage, loss ; ku pata
hasara, to lose; ku-m-tia mtu hasara, to cause
loss to one; e.g., mke huju ame-ni-tia hasara
nengi = ame-ni-ishia mali nengi, kua harusi kua
ku pamba na kua kula, kua ku nunua manukato,
na godoro na mido.
Hasha, (1) astrong negative,far be it, not at aU,
not by any means; ^U- , praeter, absit; (2)
hasha, hasha ngema, said in greeting (IX.).
Hasuakaki — mjinga (Er.).
Hashabati (or hashabaki), s. (wa, pl. ma — ) (cfr.
<&>U&_- , rcptilia terrae parva; cfr. also YXZ4. ,
facx hominum) ; mtu hasharati, pl. watu ma — ;
(1) tobe in rut, belonging to the lowest dass of
people; (2) a iounger and whoremonger; mtu
-asie kazi, apusika na wata wake bassi; haazi kazi,
ela watu wake bassi ; ndie mpiizi (ku puzika —
ku sungumza na watu wake) (ku puza mambo) •
(3) loquacious, talkative.
Hashtki = khuba (vid. ashiki), ardent love; cfr.
(3-^e, multum dilexit, amore flagravit; <J-Ao_
s -
or <3***c , amor quo animus flagrat et quasi
aegrotat (lovesick) ; yuna oshiki ya mtumke or
yuna shahawa or shauku.
Hasho, s. (ya, pl. ma— ), a pateh in planhing, a
piece ofwood with which a leah is stopped; kibao
kilijo bandikoa pahali palipo na tundu; dau lime-
tumbuka, utie hasho, ku siba mahali pa jombo
palipotumbuka.
Hashua, v. a.; ku-ji-hashua, vid. shaua.
Hashuka, v. n., vid. pujiika, v. n.
Hasi, *., vid. hasa or hasai.
Hasibu, v. a. ( ' m r » numeravit, computavit) = ku
hesiibu » wanga, to count, to number; e.g., ku
hasibu fetha, tocount money.
Hasibia, v. obj., to count for one.
Has-biwa, pass., to be counted.
Hasidi, s. (ya, pl. ma — ), envy, grudge (cfr.
uhasidi, envy); uhasidi wewe, t/tou art my
enemy.
m» ^ ^
Hasidi, v. a. ( A-j.-r invidit alicui aliquid) (cfr.
husudu, v. a.), to envy, togrudge one; e.g., ame-
ni-hasidi maliyangu or kua sebabu ya maliyangu
nengi, he envied mefor my property, or because
I am rich ; ku-m-hasidi mtu (rohoyakwe) ; ku
husudu (maliyakwo).
Haaidiwa, pass.
Hasihadi ; e.g., sifa za Mola latifu nengi mno ni
tukufu hasihadi, OooVs praise is not limited;
jk__ , limitavit.
Hasijaisha, 8i mumo humo, tJvey are not yet
finished, tJiere are still in tJiere.
Hasila, *. ? (Sp.), an annual marJcet f
Mungu hasilipiki, Ood cannot be rewarded.
Hasiba, 8., anger ( =» ghatabu, vid.) ; mtu huyu
yuna hasira mno, Jie is very angry; ku-m-tia
hasira, to maJce one angry; kua na hasira, to be
angry.
IIahiba (or HAsiKi), r. a. (-<â– __, in angustiam re-
degit ; , rr r , aberravit a via, jacturam fecit m
emendendo aut vendendo; diminuit), to Jmrt, in-
jvre; e.g., ame-m-hasiri kua upanga, he Jiurt JUm
with a sword ; mbao zimehasiri, the mbao teere
erpensive f (R.).
HasikIka, r. n. (ku nasibu), to be Jmrt.
Hasibikia, r. obj., to infiict injury or lo*8.
Hasibikiwa (ni watu).
Hasikiwa, r. n. (ni watu, &c), to be injured,
to sustain loss.
Hasibisha, v. c.
Hassa, ejcactly (St.).
Hahulu ? v.
Hataki, *., danger, risk; Arab. 3_L , periculum
quo quis exitio imminet.
•• *•
HItiiaki (or hathiki) (j^ , cavit, metuit), to
beware; 8., caution, eare, appreJtension ; mtu
huyu yuna hathari, yuwa windoa ku uiwa, kua
scbabu hi ha4ti selakha, this man hat to beware,
. . n
(98)
he is chased to be kiUed, therefore he does notput
offhis weapons; mtu huyu ana hathari, uai-m-pe
mali, hastakiki ni mgniagnarii ; Mkamba ana
hatari — hana 6ga, anenda harra p£kee ; hivio
mkenda, muende kua hathari, ifyou then wiUgo, go
cautiously; kiia na hathari, to beware, to be on
one's guard; ku fania — , to become carefid or
anxioua; cfr. ^ai. , and jJ^- , and y»+> .
Hatibkha, v.; ku ji-hatirisha or ku hatirisha
nafiriyakwe, to incur danger, to venture f to
run rish; ku hatirisha mali (katika jombo),
to expose one's property to danger (e.g., by
sending it by sea).
Hathiri, adj. — tayari {pr dahibu), ready; Arab.
^Va. t praesens, pro j«iW , paratus.
HatI a, v. a., to accuse one of to charge with (?).
â–
JIatia, jr. (ya) ( =» uhalifu), crime, transgression,
«iTi, fault ; amekuunda pahali, hakuaga wazc, or
babai ar nduguze, amefania hatia, yuwapasha or
yuwapashua ku fftngua ; kn tia hatiani, to find
fauU unth. Hatia or uhalifu is, (1) asipo agana
na baba or wazo ; (2) ku ua mtu ; (3) uwiingo
wa maneno, neno asilo-li-ona. Sina hatia nai,
— sina jambo ovu mimi nai ; muegni hatia nami,
one icho tcrongedme; *\Lt , haud rccto egit,
erravit, pcccavit ; &JaA. » error, peccatum, cri-
men. Hatia and thambi must be distinguished.
Thambi is, (1) ku kata mti uliwao ; (2) ku lewa
na ku lala mesgidini ; (3) ku gniagnania mali
ya mtn; (4) kula chaktila, kisha akishiba
yawamuaya (kama Baniani afaniafio^ ; ku uta
sal 1 i si thambi, na uwungo si thambi, uwungo
ndio watu atumiao kua biashcra ! !
HatIa, *., adv. (properly atia), a gift, gratuity,
gratis ; ku toa witu hatia — ku wa-pa watu kitu
(ja) burre ; ILc , manti ccpit, dedit donavit ;
iJlaD , donum.
6C-
Hatif, 8. t an angel (St.) ? probably <jLsa> , mors
(angelofdeath).
Hatiki, v. a.; ku — , to annoy, to bothcr (St.)
(Kiamu) ; cfr. ciUfc , dilaceravit, rupit.
Hatima, 8. = muisho (muisho wa nono), the end;
B" - 6 -
*?U. or *>U. , finis, extremum rei, postreraus ;
at last, end, issue, result, event ; nkakaa, hatima
ku zaa mtoto mume, hatima atakuenda
peponi afayo ali Islamu, he who dies as a
Muhammedan will go at last to paradise;
hayatakua makaziyakwe milele mottoni; hatima
yao ilikua-je ? what was their end? hatima kufa
kuakwe, after his dying.
Hatimihia, r. c. = ishilisa, tofinish, to bringobout,
to persevere to the end in serving any one; ku-
maneno (vid. hdtima).
Hatimu, s. (Er.); kuhatimujuo.
Hatta, a partide ( ^j*. , uaque ad donec), vntil y
80 far as to; hatta maghribi na etaubukhi
until evening and tnorning; hatta baada ym
usiku ku pita, and after the passing of nighi.
Hatta introduces time when someihing new took
place. Hatta siku moja, and one day, in order
that «= afin que or dana le but in French.
HattAmu (or hattam), s. (ya, pl. za) ( , Lf t per-
cuarit in naao capistravit; f^"*», capiatnnD),
a bridle; ugue wa mdom6ni wa kn fongfa pimda
or farasi. The Suahili call it kit&ya cba pmvk
(cfr. lijamu).
Hatti, * . (ya, sa) ( U. , lincas duxit, acripait U. .
linca scriptura calami, via), a writing eontmninj
a bond, or especially one-s last wiU. In genersl,
hatti signifies a document, reoord, tchieh wty
at any time be produced to guarrl one's righU.
Hatti ni waraka ulioandfkoa ni baba «»«»*
mbelle za watu ; hatti ya deni or man£no y»
hakki ya mtu tangu kale ; waraka una maaeae
ya khaburi ; barua ina maneno ya nguru ya ka-
mu-ita mtu mbelle za wali or katbi; kertas
isioandikoa ; mu-andikie hatti, folani ai «t^"»p*
wangu ni huri ; hatti nene, thick wcritmg»
handwriting (R.). Hatti is to be distingmshei
from haddi (Arab. j»., terminns, limea, fink);
wamekufurn, wametupa haddi, they became v«-
believers beyond measure; ku penda knako ksn
tupa haddi, beyond measure — ka-m-penda bb»
= mapenziyako nawe ni bora m'no.
Hatu, sign of the first person piural negatiee:
hatupendi, tre hve not.
Hatua, s. (ya, za) ( IU. , passnni posnit; j£.,
passus, vcl spatium inter pedes), a stcp, a paet:
hatiia mbili, two paces; ni kiazi kna or cht
miigii, yadakfipo koma mngii waganga anapou
hatua ku angalia kifuli cha jua, kn fania ngan-
gawao ; hatua iki-tu-ondoa, aafari ni batoa? t
ifwegetoff.
Hau (havi) (hawa), sign of the third perm
'singular negative ; cfr. Orammar.
Haua, s., air; o\yfe , aer, spatium inter coelunet
terram ; ku badili haua, to change air.
Hawa, 2>ron. dcmonst. t these ; watn hiwa, thtsr
men (vid. Gram.).
Hawale, those.
HawA (ya, pl. ma — ) (hawara) (hawai), a
j a woman who has made no
(99)
toith a man, but lives with him as long at thty
agree. 8he cooks for the tnan, and serves him
in otlier respects, and he gives her whatever he
pleases. Hawa ni mke asieolewa kua tartibu,
aketie na mume kua har&mu baoa m&hari.
IUwa (or haua), *. {or hawat, *.), longing, lust,
passion > ^y^ , amavit ; ^jb , amor, cupiditas,
affectu8 ; = mapenzi, love ; mtu huyu yuna
hawa nafsi or nafsinimuakwe or yuna hawa ya
moyo, i.e., movo una-m-tukulia sana =» yuwa-
penda sana (manamke huyu) yuwa-m-pendelea,
yuwa-m-shiriki yuwa-mu-aza mno. Usifanie
hawa nafsi, do not shoio favour, do not be
partial; yuna hawa (haua) nafsinimuakwe.
IIawai, s. (pl. ma — ), a wJtore.
Hawala, s., a biU of ezchange (in Kibaniani
" hundi").
Hawibudi ; mimi hawibudi hafundesao biladi, /
shall certainly destroy their towns; achrari na
abidi, freepeople and slaves.
Hawaba (or hawa), s., a catamite.
Haw£zi, lit., he cannot, he is iU (cfr. weza ; ku — ,
to be able).
Hawili, r. a. ; ku — , to tahe upon one's-self what
was duefrom another, to guarantee a debt (efr.
JU. conversa fuit res, mutata fuit res ab uno
8tatu in alterum translata) ; ku hawili jombo, to
transship.
Hata, pron. demonst., these; mambo haya, these
matters; saya pro hayatt old language; suyu
pro huyu.
Hayale, those; mambo hayale, those matters.
Hatako, id.
Hayo, pron.; tangu majira hayo, since that
time.
Haya, *. (ya) ( ftV^ , vita, pudor), shame, respect,
sense ofhonour, modesty ; mtu asiekua nahaya,
slutmeless man ; ku ona haya, to feel ashamed;
ku tia haya, to make ashamed, to abash.
Hata ! (or heiya !), be ouick l come along ! worh
awayl
Hatambo (or hajambo), a complimentary phrase,
which meann, lit., hana yambo or jambo, he has
nothing to complain of = he is weU, nothing the
matter with him; alikua hawezi, laken sasa
hajambo, he was iU, but now he is well, he is
without any cause of complaint; wao walikua
hawawezi, laken sasa hawajambo, they were
iU, but now thei/ are weU; mimi nalikua siwe"zi,
laken sasa sijambo, / was sick, but now I am
well. "VVewo — huwgzi, laken — hujambo ;
suisui — hatuwezi, laken — hatujambo ; nuinui
mlikua hamuezi — hamjambo.
Hatawani, s. ( y\p*. , animal, res vivens, ani-
mata), wUd beast ; jig. t mtu huyu hayawani -
hana akili, hasikii raaneno, yuwafuata nafsi-
yakwe bassi ; mtu asikiaye maneno, laken arao-
sahau harraka, yuwashika yakwe; lnaradi or
uelle wa hayawani, a disease (murrain) among
cattle.
Hato, dem., tJtose; referring to plural substantive*
in ma — (ni yayo hayo).
Hatuko, vulgarly used in Zanzibar for hako, hs
is not there (St.).
Hazamu, *. (pl. ma — ), belt, girdle = sombo (Kin.
s -
ukumbu); f^ , constrinzit, cingulo cinxit ; «U»»
cingulum jumenti.
Hazi, sign ofthe third person plural negative, vid.
Oram.
Hazina, 8., a treasure ; ^ma. , reconditit in horreo,
anerravit rem ; *-*)*" , «3^ • f>es»un.nus.
Hazttabsa (vid. hatassa), not yet.
Hedaji (or hedajia OT hidaji) (= ku daka), to
want; mtu fulani a-ku-hidaji; maskini ahidaji
chakula.
Hidajtwa, v. p.; muana huyu ahidajiwa ku
rudiwa, this child ie wanted -*must be chas-
tised.
Hedata, 8. (ya, pl. za) (cfr. hadia), a present ;
tunu, kitu jema or kizuri ; kitu hiki na-m-pe)eka
hedaya (tunu), mtuma huyu ni wako, na-ku-pu
hedaya, wherefwe manyslaves have the name
"hedaya" (R.).
Hed'ma, s. (vid. hidima and hodumu) ( «J4. >
inservivit, ministravit alicui), service.
Heuema, v. n. ; yuwahehoma = hawezi sana, yuna
homa, to tremble from weaknest caused byfever
(tetcma).
Hei (or hai), adj. (vid. hai) (hayi), alive; babayu
hei =• ni mzima, thefather is stiU alive, or akeli
hei ; wata hawa wa hei or wakeli hei, the*e
people are stitt alive; mtu huyu kahai = anie-
kufa, i« dead; wata hawa ka wahci 8 wamekufu,
are dead, they are not alii'e.
Hkia, interjection (James iv. 13), go to noic ; cfr.
haya or heiya.
Hr.niA, 8. (vUl. haiba) ( v^Ub , timuit ; £*** ,
timor, reverentia), (1) beauty; (2) damage, in-
jury; e.g., kitu hiki ni kizuri, lakon kinangia
heiba =- kinangia kibofu ; nguo hi mzuri, laken
inangia ila or heiba kua hi tundu, this garment
is fine, butitis damaged by this hole (which i*
in it) ; nguo hi ina heiba ; cfr. 6^&- » ^ mhm
tratio, or ^U. , peccavit ; S^W , crimen.
Heisabudi (or hainabudi) (rfr. abudi) ; ta-ku-ji
lipiza or sinabudi nami cla ku-ji lipa ; cfr. budi.
Hbirika, r. n., to be stoppedor retarded by another t
to havepain.
HejAzi, s. t theprovince ofHejaz in Arabia.
h 2
( ioo)
Hekalu, the Temple at Jerusalem (rid. /3\H in
Bebretc); A£<J*> ; (2) everij large building.
Hekemua — jeraua, to sneeze.
Hekima, *., wisdom, deverness (cfr. hokumu);
^ •* »»
*5^>> potestatem exercuit, judicium protulit;
Ab. i judicium ' &»£»- , scientia, intelligentia,
justitia.
Helefi, t>. / ku helefi mtumua (R.) ? nguva bahe-
lifi geraha ; vid. nguva.
Hema (or rather kiiema), *. (ya, pl. ma), tent ; vid.
&+&. , omne habitaculura rotundum quod tribuR
• c-
vel quatuor fulciminibus nititur ; _>g*. , omnis
domus e luto constructa.
Hema (hama), r. n. (Kimrima), to pant, breathe
short, to be pursy; mtu huyu yuwakema —
hawcsi ku pumsika, he eannot breathe; to be
short of breath, to gasp like a dying person
( — tueta in Kiravai).
Hemba? (R.).
Hemdi (or hemidi), 8. (ya), praise ; vid. hamdi ;
hemdi ridakwo Deiani, praise be to Godl
Ilfinmi, v. a., topraise.
Hemili (himili), v. a. (vid. hamiiti), to carry or
bear, to endure=*k\i tukua ; si-ya-hemili raancno
haya = siwuzi ku ya-sikiza or sikiliza, Icannot
listen to these words, Icannot endurc them.
Henni, *. (R.), cfr. hinni.
Hensirani, *. (ya), tlte tube ofa tobacco-pipe ; mti
muhensirani (Sp.).
Henza, *. (St.), hdyards t
Herabaki, v. a. ¥ cfr. jjjl*. , angustum rcddidit.
HerasakIwa.
Hereki = usufi ? ? (R.).
Herl, *. (ya, sa), happincss (kheiri) ; kua ln'ri
(koheri), in happiness, sc. go in happincss, i.c,
farewell; kua hcrini, go ye in hajyjnness, i.e.,
fare ye wtll; ni hcri kuangu, it icill be weUfor
me ; mtu wa heri, afortunute man; adj., hajq>y,
it is weU, better; .U. , factus fuit possessor
boni, elegit ; bZ&. , bonum, rcs cxquisita ; y^\ ,
melior, optimus.
Heria, s., a cry raised on first sceing a dhoic
coming; vid. harioc.
Herimu, s. (j>1. ma — ) (rid. hirimu), equality, nert
to onc tn years; cfr. hirimu (ya, pl. ma — ) ;
Arab. *yb , decrepitus, senio confectus.
H£ro, *., a woodcn platter, a deep trenclicr (a
liltle smalkr than the jano) ; hero ni jombo cha
ku pakulia wali ; hcro ya ku Ha, inanger ?
Heaa heha ? hesa hcsa, kasi inakuenda lco, au hai-
kuenda ? thus native masters ask their workmen,
irhen tJiey do not look after them (hawatungnlii),
44 Did tJie work go forward today?" (The
word is an ejcclamation for encouraging the
tcorkmen.) Cfr. .a , celeriter ivit.
Hesabu, v. a. (r/r. haaibu, v.a., and hiaabu) (
numeravit), to count, to number, to think, svppose,
tobe ofopinion.
Hesabia, v. obj.
Hkhabiaka, r. rec. t to aecount, settle accounts one
with another.
Hesabika, to be counied, countable.
Hesabiwa, pass., to be counted.
Hesabu, s. (ya, pt. za), account, opinion, idea; joo
cha hesabu — deitar, accounUbook; ku-m-pa
hesabu, to give him aceount; ku daka heaabu, to
caU to account; ku fania hea&hu, to make tkt
account; ku tia katika heaabu, toput a thing to
account (ku andika katika heaabo).
HeshIma, s. (ya, sa) (or rarely heshimu ), (1 ) honour,
which, according to Oriental custonv, U rendered
by giving a present of rcspect, henee, honour,
respect,present; ku-m-wekea heahima, to honour
one; ku wekeana Leshimn, to honour each othtr;
;2) present of respect; *£». , pudoro afiecit,
reveritus fuit ; &» A d , pudor, vorecundia, rere-
s -
rentia ; cfr. fUUfe , liberalitaa, munificentia.
He^iiimu, r. a., to respect, to honour one by gic-
ing him a present; ku-m-kumbuka kuaku-m-pt
or peleka kitu jema.
Hebsi, s.; mismari ya heasi, a screw.
nKR8i, v. a. ; muhunsi ameheaai mismari, thc
workman screwtd doivn, &c.
Hkwiwa, t'.^;., to be screwed, tumed.
Uethi, s., the menses of a tcoman ; manamke
anangia muezini, or anangia kideoni or damuni,
the icoman has the menstrual flux ; kua nahethi,
to menstruate; Arab. ^U. , menstroa passa
6-
fuit mulier ; &&£». , menstruus sarjguis ; ^ r
menstrua patiens.
Hez.vmu, (j>1. ma— ), girdle; cfr. haz&mu.
Hkzaya, s. (cfr. ^.6, , ignominia aflecit ; JmL ,
confusio, infamia, nffliction), a shame, anytkin*
causing confusion or shame.
Hi, pro niki ; nli hi simamiatanu, pro nlikuanikia
mamia tanu ; hifuknza — nikifukuza.
Hi, pron. demonst., this ; e.g., niumba hi, tkis
house (vid. Grammar).
Hiana, *. (sing. uhiana) (- uhishi), hardmess
(of wood) (vid. mkiia), a grudging person;
cfr. ^U. , dccepit, perfidus fuit; fulani ni htana-
yunajY^o, N. N. is avaricious.
Hiaki, pro akhiari ; vid. hcri.
Hiatui, *. «- merhem, deceased or late; e^hiatki
baba, my deceasedfather.
( ioi)
Hibia, v. a. — kupendeza, topleast one (cfr.
amavit).
Hidaja, 8., kitu cha — , something desirable,
beautiful; e.g. t maua haya ni hidaja (R.).
Hidaji, v. a. t fo want; vid. hedaji.
Hidilafu, s.; neno hili naf&nia hidiUfu sana,
kuamha silo (R.) ; jamho hili n'na hidilafu nalo.
HiDiMA, 8. (cfr. hedma, hadumu, hadimu), service;
cc c
Arab. b+JA- , ministerium, opus ; mznngu yuna
hidima — yuwatia watu katika hidimayakwe,
watu wapate risikizao, lit. t the European has
work or 8ervice t he takcs people into his service,
trhereby people get their necessaries.
Hlfathi, v. a. t to keep t to preserve t to protect, to
sccure; cfr. Arab. W. , conservavit, custodivit.
Hifathika, v. n. t to bepreserved (= kuzuilika).
Hifukuza = nikifukuza (vid. hi).
Hu, these; hiile, those ; referring to plural nouns
in mi.
Hija, *., pUgrimage; muczi wa hija, they depart
on the 9th moon.
Huaya, vid. hikaya (cfr. hedaya).
Hui, v. n., to go on pilgrimage; ku enda hyi or
hija; muenda hija, apilgrim (to Mecca).
Huo, pron. demonst., that; e.g. t juo hijo, that
book.
Hikata (or hijaya), 8. (ya, pl. za), something extra-
ordinary or remarkable which luts not been seen
previously, a wonderful thing; nna hikaya, /
liave a story; muaka hu tume6na hikaya— jawahu
la ku taajabu, lisilo onekana, wt have seen
iconderful things this year.
Hiki, pron. demonst., this; kitu hiki, this thing.
Hikile, pron. demonst., that, yonder.
Hila, *. (ya, pl. za), intrigue t device t trick t crafti-
ness = fikira mbaya — hada ; ku fania hila, to
play a trick t to act cunningly; vid. JU* ,
conversa fuit, distortus fuit, versute egit ; mtu wa
hila, a crafty man; &«•• , astutia.
Hii.i, pron. demonst., this (vid. Gram.) ; neno hili,
thi* word; kasha hili, this box.
HiLo,pron. demonst., that; kasha hilo, that box.
Hima, ado. t hastily, ouickly ( — haraka) (Kimr.)\
hima hima ! be quick; tuende hima (Kiung.) t let
us go quickly ; hima mmoja, at onct, aU at once.
Himia, v. n. t to impel t to urge on t to incite;
himiza, v. c, to hasten, to speed one.
Himia, v. n. (vid. hamali), (1) tobecomepregnant;
mke amehimia, the woman became pregnant ; (2)
v. obj., ku himia, to impel t to urge on (cfr. hima).
HiiiiLi (vid. hemeli, hamali), v. a. t (1) to bear t to
support, endure, to be able t toaccept; wewemana
huhimili na jua hili, ngoja, jua lipunge tucnende,
thou boy canst not endure or bear this (sun) heat,
wait t tiU the sun declines t then let us go; hawa-
kuhemili maahaka, they have not been able to
endure troubles; (2) mtumkewangu anahimili,
my wife ispregnant.
Himiza, v. a. (vid. hima), to cause to make speed
or haste, to speed one, to hasten; amekuenda
himiza watu; uenende uka-wa-himize chakula;
ku himiza watu kazi.
Hina (henna), 8., a red dye t used by women to dye
thepalms of their hands and the scles of their
feet t also used to dye white donkeys, to give them
apale red-brown coUmr.
Hindl, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), Indian com (mahindi).
Hinni, v. a. ( glA , levis fuit, contemsit) ( - ku
gnima), to refuse to give, to lessen t cut off t cur-
tail or withhold one's right or wages, <&c; e.g.,
ame-ni-hinni fethayangu pasipo maagano mimi
nai ( — ame-ni-punguzia maliyangu), he lessened
my money without being authorized to do soby
an agreement between us—he gave me t for in-
stance, eight doUars instead of ten which he had
promised; nimedaka kitu kuakwe, aka-ni-hinni,
hadaki ku-ni-pa, na kitu yunajo ; ku hinni mti,
to lop a tree in order to make it slender (R.).
Hinika, v. p.
Hnio -- hi, pron. dem.
Hirimc, 8. (wa, pl. za), an egual in age, young
men; ni watu waanzao ku baleghi or ku on-
dokea; (1) hirimu ndogo, little boys from 6 to 12
years of age; (2) hirimn ya katikati, from the
Uth to the 25th year; (3) hirimu kuba, full-
grown men t tiU they become elders (vid. waze) ;
hirimu moja, of the same age; Arab. +y& , senio
s -
confectus fuit homo ; ^tb , decrepitus, senio con-
fectus.
Hirizi, *. (yn, pl. za), a charm, an amulet worn on
the side ; uganga wa ku va muilini or uvaliwao
muilini ; cfr. t^ or jj». , circumspectus fuit,
so
multum timuit, cavit, custodivit; y^, locus
munitus, refugium amuletum, maia et veneficia
arcens.
Hissa, s. t pardon; ^j**. , misericordia afiectus
m
, intelligentia, sensus, facultas '
fuit, sensit ;
nipe hissa yangu, pardon me (cfr. £*». , portio).
Hitaji (or ktaji, uktaji), *. (ya) (cfr. hidaji),
desire t request; hitaji yangu ni hi or ukhtaji
wangu ni hu, this is my desire.
Hitaji, v. a., to need, to be in want, to want.
Hita jia (or khtajia), v. a., to be in need of t to
desvre t reguest, to want; mtu huyu ahitajia or
( 102)
HO
akhUjia or akhtajiwa ku pigua, this man
needt to be beaten, must he beaten; yeo ahtajia
or akhtajia kiia hapo, he must be there.
Hitakisha, v. c, to eause to select, to choote (rfr.
akhiar).
HItima (ya, za), (1) a funeral banauet; chakula
b6ra katika niatanga; (2) funeral reading; ku
soma hitima katika kaburi = ku-mu-ombea mciti
kua Moli or Mungu, to read prayert over tJte
grave in order to intercede with the Lord in
behalf of a dead perton; +z±. , sigillavit, ad
finem perduxit, totum perlegit Coranum ; *>U. ,
finis, extremum rei.
Hitima, 8. (ya) ; — ya kungilia or ya ku tamia ni-
umba mpia (Sp.).
Hitimu (hitima), v. a. f tofinish one's booJc-lcarning
after one hat read aU the books which the master
could give; mtu huyu araehitimu juo — amesoma
kulla juo kili6mo ; amekua mualimu nafsiyakwe,
to leave off school, to Jcnow one's trade. The
ending ofone's education it celebrated by afcast
made to the teacher; iclien 30 jusu (sections) Jiave
been read tJtey maJce a feast. Many do not
finish the wJtole courte.
HimiigHA, v. c, to cause one to close Jiis Mu~
hammedan courte of study, to bring a scholar
to tJie end of his learning of ichatever kind
(Kiniassa); niuulimu anie-mu-hitimisha juo
mana, nai amehitimu ; mana akisha juo pia,
babai akatoa mali ya reali tano or kumi or
asherini, aka-m-komboa mana, na mualiniu
akampa (mana) jusu mbili, na niBiif mmoja,
i.e. f wtien the teacher has taugJit tJte boy aU ttie
books he Jtat f tJie fatJter pretentt him witJt 5
or 10 or 20 (according to wealtJt and plcasure)
dollars, and thus redeemt his son (wJto during
tJie time of instruction was considered to be
tJie son of the teacher) from tJie teaclter, who
pretentt to the boy two small manutcript books
and one large book.
Hivi, adv., 80, tJius ; sasa hivi, just noic ; punde
hivi, a little while ago.
Hivi, thu8 f these; referring to plural nouns in
vi or vy (vitu hivi, these things).
Hivile, tJtose (vitu hivile, tJtosc tJtings or
matters).
Hivyo, after whiclt manner ; hivyo vivyo, yes f
exactly so, tltus, so.
Hitari, *. (ya), cJioice; ni hiyariyako — kama
upendavio, just as it pleases tJiee f as tJtou likctt
(vid. heri) ; j^ , electio rei ; j\± , elegit.
Hiyo, tJtose; referring toplural nouns in mi ; miti
hiyo, those trees.
Jlm, v, a. ( ,«ye. , ignominia aflccit aliquem), to
confound, disgrace, pui to shame,
raana huyu ame-mu-hud babai koa ku kata kula
mbello za watn, the boy disgraced hie father by
refusing to eat publidy; baba wa-m u- a m hi a,
ndo mana, u!e wali, na mana wtiema, mioi
sidaki ame-mu-hizi babai na watu, beeause it i«
a great offence with the SuaJiHi to refute au
invitation to take food; it is erpeeied that ont
taJcet at least a little, ku m-paaha radi, to satisfy
iheperson who invites.
Hduka, v. n., to be put to shame; baba amc-
hizika ni mana.
Hiziwa, v. n., to be beaten, ehastened; mani
amehiziwa ni babai, the boy was beaten by his
father for the disgrace he had brought upou
him by refusing to obey hi$ eommands.
Hizi, «., these; siku hizi, in these days, eome dayt
ago f now.
Hizile, tftose.
H6bela h6bela? (R.); hawa Waaheheri, kazijao
hobela hobela waahona makanda na lnajamvi,
bad, tuperficial work f
Hodari, *., adj. (takes no prefixee), etrong, beU,
brave; mtu huyu hodari wa kazi, he ie an abk,
strong worJcman; hodari wa wita, heiea brave
man or soldicr ; hodari wa maneno, ttrone
orator ; ku enenda or ku enda hodari, to gofest.
Hodi ! a cry made by a visitor inauiring outtidt
tJte door wJtether somebody is at home. Nobeiy
should enter before having received an
% --
This word may refer to ^Jdfe , recta duzit via;
^eJkft , directio.
HodCma (or h6d<Jmu), t. (ya) (cfr. liidima), service,
work f akillf ability.
H6i>tf ma (or u6dCmu), v. a. t to terve, to rendtr
service.
Hooo, s. (la, pl. ma— ), a very big mai (root ) of
tJtc muhogo or cussada shrub ; vid. mahugo,a
very large root of cassada or cassava.
Hohe haiie, a pJirate uted to denote cxtrem
poverty and destitution (St.).
Hoiio, s. (j*,pl. za); h6ho ya mukdte or mukate
wa hoho, a kind oftJUn caJce made oftkejkmr
of wJtcat and freth palm-wine. Much pepper it
put into tJtiscaJce; pilpili hoho, redpepper.
Hoja, 8. f vid. huja.
Hoji iioji, r. a. (1) to entreat « ka ronga roogs,
ku ng6a ng6a ; g\o- , opus et neocaae habuit ;
(2) to calm f to remonstrate with one (B.).
H6k0mu, *. (ya), judgment f sentence, verdiet;
(hokumu ngcma or mbaya) ; vid. ^^, , pot*-
tatem exercuit, judicium protulit.
HO
( 103)
HU
H6kumu, v. a. (— ku amua), tojudge ( — wema
or wibaya), to haoe iupreme autJiority over.
Hokumia or hukumIa, v. obj.j to exercUe au-
thoriiy over one t tojudge one, to gioe over to
judgment.
HOKUMiwA, pa88.
Homma (iiamma), 8. (ya),/e»er; homma ya lridapo
or kidapo cha beredi, the ekweringfit infever;
homma ndio marathi ya beredi or ya ku tetema ;
^j**. , febris ; ^ caleficit vehementer calida
fuit (aqua) ; ^. , laboravit febri.
6C."
Homha, 8. (R.) ? j+l. , vinum, omnia potus inebrians.
Homu (or ii6mo) ; pepo za — , eteady wind t when
mbisho and tanga mbili Jtave paeeed away (R.).
Hondo hondo, vid. kuenibe.
Hoxg£ra, v. a. t to wash the circumcUed part in tJte
eea. Watoto kua siku ya sabaa tangu wameta-
hiriwa waenenda poaui ku osha vionda maji ya
bahari. This U called ku hongera. Watoto
waliotahiriwa leo wamekuenda hongeroa or ku
6shoa maji ya bahari. On the sixth day the
wound is wrapped up in apiece ofcotton soaked
in oil, topreoent tJte urine ajfecting tJte wound.
Horz (or khori), s. t a creek t a smaU arm of
tJieeea; cfr. .*l. , ostium fluminis ; \\y&»\ ,sinu8
maris (vox Peraica) ; cfr. aleo .yfc , lacus in
quem ezundant aquae paludun, ut largus fiat ?
Hort, #. (la,/>/. ma~ ), (1) a kind ofcanoe with a
raiscd head and etern; (2) ya ku uzia tambu
(B.)?
Horoiioro, e. (hor6ro ?), a certain bird t which
ha% a long black neck (yuna shcngo ndefu
meaussi).
H6ruma, *. (ya, za) (cfr. p+>j , misericors, ciemens
fuit ; &+*.. , misericordia), compassion, pity.
Horumia, v. a., topity or compaeeionate one.
Hosika (and huzika), v, n., to refer eocclueioely
(cfr. **.)*• , perseveravit in aliqua re) ; jina hili
lilihosika na watu hawa tu, thU name refere
ezdueively to theee pereons; jina la "wegni
thambi'' linahuzika kua Muegnizimgu tu, halina
tefsiri mingine, but muovu or mbaya U aUo
physieaUy bad (R.).
HoaiKo (anatoka hosiko or hosko), scarcely,
narrotoly t hardly ? (R.) ; anavuka hosko, laken,
hukumuyakwe ilikua ya ku wawa (uawa), to Jtave
a narrow eecape; tulikua watu wa kufa suisui
(in danger) laken tunavuka hosiko.
Hosumu (or khosumu), 8. ( *^. , altorcatus fuit ;
l+y*. , altercatio lis), 8trife t contention — k6ndo,
v. n. — ku teta, to auarrel.
H6t0ba, 8., (1) kathi amesoma hotuba meegidini,
the Kadi read a section (of several Koranic
Surae) in tJie tnoegue; (2) hotuba, engagement;
kn 6a, to be engaged to; â– , W , (1) orationem
habuit e suggesto orator, evasit fuitve conciona-
tor; (2) expetivit in matrimonium. In TurJcey
s " ■»
aiid eUewhere t/ie - m W U tJieprayer reeited in
the mosgue on Fridays, in whieh t after tJte praUe
of MuJtammed and tlte four 8ucce88ors t the
reigning Sultan U mentioned.
Hotubia, v. a.; ku hotubia watu, to read the
eection to thepeople t addreeeing them thereby ;
ku somca watu kua siku kii.
HortfBU (hutubu), v. a.; kathi amehotuba
h6tuba.
•9 ^ ^
Hozuki, 8. (= ng6me), fortre%8 t castU; ^» , fir-
mus fuit ; (j*** , arz ; cfr. aUo ^jL. , recondidit,
in horrco, cella, &c.
Hu (thou not) ; wewe hu mtu wa niuma, u mtu wa
mbelle, thyplace U not behind t but before t in the
forc-part; Wadurumawana ila, wakisilimu hurudi
kuao.
Hu, (1) a prefix denoting a customary action, and
U applied to all per80i\8 t both tJie eingular and
jiiural; hunena or husema, they epeak; huenda,
he t &c. goe%; (2) the negative prejic of the second
pereon eingular; hupendi, thou loveet not.
Hua, *., a dove; cfr. Steere's "Handbook, 1 page
276.
Hua, /or kua, e.g. t niumba hua yangu, ifthe Jtouse
were mine.
Hubba (or kubba), 8. (vid. habba), (1) love, deeire;
yuna hubba nami, he hae lote toward me <-> a-ni-
penda, lie lovee me t to faU in love witJi; (2) kitu
ja burre, ku-mpa hubba, to give one a token of
hve t wJucJ^ in t/ic OrUntal cu8tom t U apreeent;
ku tia hubbanimuakwe, to talce a fancy to one;
moyowakwe hau-ku-nioka, ndipossa aai-ni-ambia
kuclli, ana-ni-ambia juju, ha-ni-funulii hubba;
amavit; &*. , amor; enenda wewe a-
kn-funuliayo hubba, go tJiou, to whom he opene
JiU whole Jteart.
Hubtbi (or khubiri), v. a. (vid. hdbari) (***> ,
probavit, nuntiavit, certiorem facit) — ku-m-pa
khabari, to give one newe or information.
Hudumu, 8. } eeroice; v. a. t to eeroe, eepeciaUy at
table; tafaniakazi simamani jama mu-hudumu-
b mu andae.
Hudumia, r. obj. t to seroe one (cfr. h6dumu).
Huduru, v. n. t to aeeembU ; watu wamehuduru «
wamekutana telle ; but mahadara, place qf
aeeembly.
( i<M)
HU
HudurIa, v. obj.; ku kuUnia mahali pamoja ;
vid. yi^, , presens fait.
Huenda, v. n,,heor they go; husema, they say.
Hui, v. n. (cfr. hai or hayi) (c/r.fufua, fufuka), ^o
COT7W to life again ; watu wa katika mahudum.
Huika, v. «., to ©e brought to lifeagain, to recover ;
alikiia mkongo mno, kisha akapoa.
Huiwa, v. ; amehuiwa ni Mungu, nai amehuika.
Huisha, v. a. f to cause to revive, to bring to life
again, to make alive ,\kn-m-pa nguvu or afia, to
restore to life.
Huja (or hoja), 8. (ja) (cfr. gU. , opus et necesse
hahuit ; W*o» f necessitas, res necessaria), «a&e,
concern, account = sebabu ; kua huja yangu, on
wiy account ; hakina huja (scil. kitu hiki) = ni
jema or hakina teshwishi, it is right, good,
there is nothing objectionable in it ; niumba hi
haina huja, there is nothing exceptionable in this
house, it is good ; kina huja ningi, it is fullof
trouble.
Hujiana, v. n. — jadiliana, to have to do, to have
busines8 with one ; hawa-hujiani na Wazungu,
they have nothing to do with the Europeans,
they are not concerned icith tliem.
Hujambo ? are you weU ?
Huji (or hoji), v. a. f to pump one ; e.g. t ame-ni-
hoji or huji, Jiepumped me, hatta ha-mu-ambia ;
sikudaka ku-mu-ambialakename-ni-hoji, tafania-
je ? nna-mu-ambia, ningali tenda.
Huji, r. a. (cfr. dadisi), to examine; ku daka
yakini, ku ondakitu, to search out,in(juire afte.r,
to sound one; ame-m-huja hatta mtu ku sema
neno alilo nalo ; ku uza sana ; ku hakikia ma-
neno.
—• ^ ^
Hujuru, r. a. ; ku — , to desert (cfr. j^fr ,
reliquit, deseruit rem).
Huko, adv. (pron. dem. of locality), there, yonder,
beyond; huko mbelle huko mballi ; huko mbclle
ya mto wa Dana, tliere beyond the river Dana.
Huku, adv., here, near, in this region; huko na
huko, hither and thither ; ku-ji-tia huku na huko
huku na huku, this tcay and that ; huku
makukii ndo mapia yetu, here are old matters,
and our new onet.
Hukulk — mballi kule.
Huku, refers freauently onhj to verbs standing in
the infinitive; e.g., ku-ji-burugisha burugisha-
huku-uta-tu-isha akili.
nuKUMU, s., vid. hokumu.
Hulu, r. n., to leave, to omit; hawahulu kuja =
hawatindikii kuja, they do not omit coming, they
come continuaUy ; cfr. U. , necesse habuit,
reliauit, amicitiam coluit.
Huluku (otkhuluku), r. a., to create; ^jl^ , pro-
creavit, finxit.
Hulukjwa, to be created.
Humo, adv., thence Luhe xii. 69 ; humo mnetu
(here with us) si jasikia neno hili, humo nti-
yetu.
Humo and mumo ; si mnmo hnmo (there within or
here in).
Hummu, vid. hammu, s., grief.
Hummiwa, to be affected by meiancholy thomghts,
to be distressed, affiicted.
Humulk, in that.
Huno, pron. demonst., this; e.g., muaka huno orhu;
(2) and thou art not.
Huo, pron. demonst., this or that btfore mentioned;
it refers to nouns in u or w (pl. mi) ; cjg., mtr
huo, that tree.
Hurri, afreed man (cfr. usia and hatti).
Hurru, adj. and s. (pl. ma — ),free, not in a state
of slavery; mtu ni hurru, si mtuma, this man tr
free, he is no slave; watu hawa ni mahurru,
these people are free ; ku ata or ku weka hurni,
to release or setfree from slavery.
Hubuju, v. n, = kunia (vid.) — ku hara, to ease
oncsself; cfr. g^ , exivit, ejecit, eduzit.
Huruma, *. (vid. boruma), pity, mercy, compassion;
cfr. ^. , misericors, clemens, propitius fuit;
&«*.« , misericordia.
Hukumia (or iiorumia), to have pity upon, to
pity one.
Hussu, 8. (— wasia), (1) charge, commission, last
irill; hussu ya baba aliekufa ; cfr. y^, , dift-
tribuit in partes; «^. , pars; (2) hussu, v.a^
to divide into shares, to separate each onet
share.
Hussia, r. a., to enjoin upon; (1) — ku-nvp*
wasia, to cJiarge one, espeeiaUy urith respect U>
tlte charge tchicli a dying person delivers to a
8urvivor; cfr. < -*. , conjuniit, testamento
mandavit ; !L&o* , mandatum, testamentam :
(2) ku-m-hussia kaliriyakwe « ku-m-fanizi»
katiri (or kiasijakwe), to limit one to a certain
fjuantity of provision. Ame-ni-hussia kehaba
cha mtelle, he limited me to the rcceipt of a
kebaba (vid.) ofrice.
Hcsuda, s., bercitching ? (Er.).
Husudu, r. a. (cfr. Lasidi, v. a.), to do violencefrom
mere wantonness, to envy, grudge at; ku-m-
husudu maliyakwe; ku fania uhusuda ; kuhusodn
or hasidi or ku fisadi watu— ku tia watu mambo
maofu ya maradi, e.g., ya ndui, &c.
Huhudlvna, r. rec, to envy one another.
Husumu, r. n., to atrive, to contend, to aUercaie
icith one; cfr. ^au , altercatus fuit, HtigaviL
HU
Rusuni, s. (vid. hozuni), o fortress;
firmus, muDitus fuit ; (.
(ios)
ID
, arx.
Husuru, v. a,,to besiege; cfr. -^. , in angustiam
rodegit, obsidione cinxit (hostem).
Huthuria, v.n.(vid. hathari), (1) to venture; (2) to
bepresent; e.</., jamia ya watu walio hutharia,
tfte congregation o/peaple which was there.
Jlvv, pron. demonst., this; cfr. li , ille, idem;
referring to nouns u in tlie singular or nouns
icith mi (ji theplural (mti huu).
Huule, pron. demonst., that.
IIuyo, pron, demonst., this or that, previously
nientioned; mtu huyo. In chasing men or ani-
mals the native cry out, huyo, huyo, huyo, here
he is/
Huyu, this, this person ; s(iyu, obsclete for huyu,
saya for haya.
Huyule, tJiat, that one.
Huzika, r. n., cfr. hussu and hussia.
Huzika, v. n. (vid. hozika) ; huziwa, r., to be
limited, confined to any thing, in it, meaning to
include; niama mbuaji waliohiizika tui simha,
«Gc, the wild beasts induded are the lecpard,
lion, dic.
Huzuni, *. (ya), grief, concern, heaviness, anriety
(vid. hammu) ; cfr. Arab. ^L , tristis fuit,
Oj». , tristitia.
IIwekda (iiuenda), pcrhaps (St.).
I, an injbcparticle; e.g. t ame-i-haribu (ninmba
yetu), Jte destroyed it, viz., our house.
I, \a relative to words of the i-class ; e.g., sima-
yangu i-wajii ? where is my sima ? vid. sima.
T, s. (la, pl. mai) ; i la kuku, tlte egg of a hen ;
mai ya kuku, the eggs ofa hen; i la boredi or
la ku tetcma is said of an egg which the Iten
lays iclten thcre is no cock; i hili si gumu ; i lisilo
mume halina nguvu, linafundika haraka ; kuku
yuwavia or yuwafirdtt mai, the hen lays eggs
(arda is Kimr.).
I'a (or ku wia), to have one as debtor, todemand
a debtfrom somebody, to sue onefor a debt; na-
mu-ia or na-m-wia mtu huyu reali mia, Ihave
tlus man as a debtor of 100 dollars, I demand
from him a debt of 100 doUars — Jte oices me
100 doUars; nadaka deni ya reali mia koakwe ;
na-mu-ia reali tano, / want (as a debt) 5 doUars
from him, I sue for payment of 5 dollars, he
owes me 5 dollars.
Iaxa (or wiana), v. rec.;, watu hawa wawiana
wao kua wao, t/tese men are indebted one to the
othtr
I'wa (or vrivrA) t pass., tobeindebted, tobeowing,
to owe to one, to be suedfor a debt; mtu huyu
yuwaiwa reali mia kuangu, this man oices to
me 100 dollars.
IwisHA, v. c, to cause the debtor topay by sum-
moninghim beforethejudge ; nime-mu-iwisha
kua wali = nime-m-dai kua wali.
I'asi, s. (ya), a yeUow substance brougJU from
lndia, greatly in demand with tJte natives as a
daua ya kionda, remedy for sores (daua ya
kionda).
I'ba, v. a., to steal, to taJce clandestinely ; cfr. ku
ba in Kiniassa.
iBiA, r., to steal from; e.g., ame-mu-ibia mali-
yakwe pia kua faraga, Jte Jtas stoUnfrom him
all Jtisproperty secretly.
IbIka, v. n., taheable, tJtat wJtich can be stolen.
IbIwa, iboa, to be stolenfrom.
Ibada, *. (ya) (cfr. j^ , adoravit, servum fecit *,
^^W* , servitus, obedientia, probitas), service f
worship, especiaUy ibada ya Mungu, tJte service
of God. WJten tJte MuJtammedans go to bed tJtey
say " eshahad or eshehedu ya Mungu." This
is ibada ya Mungu : Jtence " amelala na ibada or
ameata ibada — amelala kua ku salli, or kua ku
ata ku salli, he slept tcith or without prayer.
But tJte word can also be tahen sensu latiori ;
e.g., ibada ya sannam, ya mali, <£c. Mtu aliekua
mbaya kwanza, kisha akazingatia kua ibada (ya
Muungu).
Iblis, *. (aba sujudi ?), devil (corruptcd form of
the Greek diabolos) ( ^L^fj ^ ), cJtief of the
devils, Satanas.
Idadi, *., counting (cfr. •**•** , numerus, census,
annumeratio) ; ukishajua idadi ya fara, and tJte
price of something imedadi (amounts) to Jtalf a
doUar (cfr. j^ t numeravit, enumeravit) (R.);
haina idadi, tJtere is no counting.
Ididadi » ku-ji-dahidi (R.) ?
I'dili, v. a. (vid. eidili), idilisha (cfr. 'C^ , quod
justum ct aequum esset, statuit, aequavit), (1)
to leamgood beltaviour ; (2) to teach one reason,
manners, or rigJtt conduct (ku idilisha) ; (3) ku-
m-sumbua, to trouble one » ku-m-tia akili
muana or mtuma mbishi kua ku-m-funga na ku-
m-piga niumbani or gerezani hatta ku ombowa
ID
( 106)
IL
kua babai or banawakwe, hatta ku-m-lalama or
daka radi babai, hatta ku-li-shika neno a-m-palo
iabai, hatta ku fania radi or mapenei ya babai. The
Suahili tie up tJteir refractory cliildren or slaves
eitherintheirprivateJtouses or in tJiepublicprison,
until theprisoner changes his mind andpromises
to behave himself weU in future. UsuaJly rela-
tions or friends intercede for the prisoner irith
hisfaUier, saying, " When ababe wets your lap,
will you on this account throw him awayf'
Thus by degrees tJtey gain tlte heart of tJie en-
raged fatJter.
IdilIwa — sumbuliwa ; ku-m-tia adabu.
Idilisha (or idirisha), v. c.
* c—
I'dili (or adili), *., rigJdbeJiaviour ( Jac Justitia,
c
aequitas ; J^ , res par pondcre, quantitate) ;
fulani yu katika idili (adnbu), or ana idili (ana
makazi mangi) (R.) ; mpotcvu akaidiliwaku tiwa
ndia ngema.
IdIki (or eidini), *. (ya), permission, leave; ku-
m-pa idini, to give Jtim permission, especially
permission to marry a daugJiter given by Jter
b c \ s X
father; Arab. ^y and &4\ , permisit, per-
mission.
Ifa (or ivA), t\ n. (vid. iwa vr iva, i\ w.), to cook
sufficiently (food) — kiia mbivu, to ripen, come
to maturity; cmbe linaiva or linaiwa, tJte mango
is ripe.
Ivisha, v. c, to cause to ripen ; jua limcmsha
macmbe, tJte sun Jtas brougJU the mangoes io
maturity.
Ivoa, v.p.
Ffia, v. a., to make bad ( — ku aibieha), to spoil,
disfigure (cfr. Kiniassa iba, to be bad ; ibsa, to
make bad) ; uki-mu-ita mtu mdiide, una-mu-ih'a
Ifiana, v. rec,
Iftaiii, bringer ofluck (St.).
Ifu (or ivu), *. (la, ya, pl. maifu), atltes ; ifu la
motto (Kiung. jifu) ; ifu la motto motto, embers.
Ipu ifu, grey asJUike colour ?
1'ga (or iaha), v. a., to use toorda of anotJter lan-
guage wJtich one does not inulerstand, to
imitate a man speaking in another ianguage by
using his words, to mock at Jtim. Ru-mu-iga or
ku-m-tokosa mtu kua mancno ; e.g., wewe waiga
or waigiza mancno ya Kisuahili, nawc Muarabu,
hu-ya-wezi = hujui raaanayakwe (maanai), wewe
huna dsili nayo maneno haya ; Muarabu ame-mu-
igiza Msuahili, you use KisuaJtUi icords, and yet
you are an Arab, yon do not understand its
meaning.
I'onia, s. (Kiamu) (vid. inia), motJter ; niawc amc-
kuja, Jtis motJicr came.
Ib'taji (or ikhtaji), v. a., to want, to desire ; e.g.,
aih'taji ku sifiwa, he ought (lit^ he tcants) to be
praised; cfr. gU^ .
Ih'tajia, v. obj., to be wanting to, to be deeirou*
of.
Ih'tilafu, adj., various, different; <_6&s»»\ .
i'h'timu, v. a. (cfr. hitimu), to finieh leaming or
ones education.
Ljara, *., wages, rent, hire,pay; cfr. j+\ , mer.
cedem dedit; °°\ , mercea, praemium sponaa-
litium ; ku-mu-ajiri mtu, to Jtire a man; i£+\ .
Ijaza, s., a reward (St).
Ikhiari, adv. - ni kheri, better, rather, vid. bcri
or khcri, tJie comparative of ^*. .
iKnTiARi, s., choice, will; kua ikhtiariyako, as
youplease, wiUingly; vid. Aa. , elegit; jleA*^ ,
clectio.
Iki, «., thickness in opposition to breadth (R.).
Ikibal » ikibari ; yuna ikibal adakapo pote, ni ku
toa (kitu) hagnimui apendeza nti nzima (R).
I'kiza, v. a.,(\) toput over = lay across; ku (khai
niumba boriti, toput boards (boriti) aeroeefrom
waU to wall, in order to construct the dari {roofi
oftJte Jtouse; ku ikiza dari, to cover tcith a roof
to roof a Jiouse ; kuku ya ku ikiza, afowl cooked
tcith eggs (St).
Iko, tJtere is, it is tJiere.
Ila (or ela) - laken,6ur, except; *\ , ai non v nUi;
hana ila (or illa or ela) mke mmoja, he hae but
one wife.
I'la, «., sJtame, disgrace, defect, blemieh {cfr. Arab.
*» morbus, causa, praetextus?) ; ana ila, he is
blamable ; fulani ni mzuri, laken yuna ila.
Ilakini (or LAKiNi), but.
hv.,pron. demonst., tJiat, yonder; niumba ile, that
Jtouse.
Ili (or illi), in order tJtat.
I'limu, s., doctrine; ilimu ya ingili or injfli, tke
doctrinc oftJtc gospel (Arab. cfr. elimu).
Ilio, tltat whicJi is; ndia ilc ilio tambulikana, tkat
icay wJtidi is known.
Ilioko, whicJi is or was tJiere.
Iliopandana, tlte composition ofa word (St.); rfr.
pandana.
Iliviokua kwanza, ilio sasa, na itakavio niuma-
yetu, as it was before, as it is now, and as it
tcill be aftcr us.
Flizi, *., a small round thing he\d to be a greot
cJtarm against lions (St.) ; cfr. y& ' debilitavil.
Ilkanun, 8. (cfr. Greek icapu>r, a measure, ruic.
standard), canon, regula; bilkanuni, by the rvle *
cfr. ^i pcrquisivit ; O^ *
I'lki (or iuki), »., cardamom.
IM
( 107 )
IN
I'ma, v. n. (old language) — ku simama, to stand
up, to rise, to stand erect; fig., n6no kuba lita-
tu-simama mbellezetu — litakoja juictu, an
important matter wiU befaU us; ndia yaku ima,
a straight road.
ImamIa, v. obj., to stand out to one % to rUe upon,
to befall one ; mtu huyu ame-m-tukana wali,
ncno kuba lita-m-simaniia mbellezakwe.
Imibha (or imiza) (imibsa) — ku simika, to Uft
up, to set up, to make to stand; e.g., ku —
mling6ti, to stt up the matt of a ship; ku
simika mbu, to have erectiona ofthetnale yard
(and in conseauence fiux of the sperm) ; daua
ya ku simika mbo (e.g., by brandy), the mtdi-
cine which causes erections ofthe yard.
Ima, v. a.; ku ima, to eat up food providedfor
otherpeople; ame-tu-ima, he Jias eaten our share
as well as his oicn (St).
Ima-ima, either, or ; nbawa hu unatakata ima-je ? is
thisfeathtr dean or not? (lit.,or wliat Uitf)\ cfr.
U\ , an non ?
Imani, *. (ya), confidence, faith, belief; imani kua
Mungu, faith or confidence in Ood; upanga wa
imani, the sicord of safety, which does not bend;
yuna wikono wiwili wia juma ; cfr. q+\ , fidit,
s -
nixus fuit ; ^U^ , fides, reb'gio.
»
Imara, s. (YSL),firnines8, hardness, solidity, strength,
said ofsubstances and things which do not break
or whic/i are hard; kiti hiki kina imara, haki
vundiki, this cliair U btrong, it does not break;
nti hi ina imara, hcitimbiki, thU ground is hard,
it cannot be dug.
I'mba, v. »., to sing; Jtence imbo (la, j>/. maimbo), a
song (vid. gnimbo and uimbo, pl. nimbo).
Imbia, v. obj., to sing to or for one; e.g., u-mu-
imbie gnimbo, aitikie.
Imbika, v. n., to be capable ofbeing sung.
Imbisha, r. c, to cause or make sing.
Imbiwa, v.p.
Imbu, *., mosquitocs (rectius m'bu, vid.).
Imisha, v. c, to cause to statul, to set up; vid. ima,
v. n.
Ina, it luts; e.g., niumba hi ina mawe mazuri, this
house hasfine stones.
Isama (not ku nama but ku inama), v. n., to stoop,
to bend down, to bow, to slope; jua laanza ku
inaraa, ndo majira ya elasiri, tlit sun declines,
that U the time q/*elaeiri ; niumba ina-ni-(i)oamia
pekeyangn, tJte hou-se depends on mystlf alone.
N.B. JSlaces and straiigtrs generaUy use ku nama
for inama.
Inamia, v. obj., to bend or stoop towards (?) or
forward.
Inamisha, r. c, to make to stoop or to bow, to
bend; e.g., ku inamisha mti, to bend a tree.
Jmnamia, contr. ku-ji-namia, to bow ones-se 1 }'.
Ji-iNAMisuA, v. refi.; e.g., ku-ji-inamisha (or
inama) kua ku lima, to bow on£s-self in tilling
the ground.
Inchi, adj. (Kiung.), cfr. nti, country, land, earth.
I'nda (or ku winda), r. a., to hunt; (2) inda, *.;
ku-m-fania mtu inda, to give a man trouble (?)
(neno asilo daka) ; bad habit, impertiiuince ( —
ubishi) (R.).
Inoia, ingilia, ingiza, ingiliza, rid. ngia, ngib'a»
v. 11., to enter, to come or go into.
Inoa, v. a. ; ku inga na ku suda, to scare poultry
(cfr. tunga and shnnga.
Ikoi, adj., much, many; jingi, ingine, different,
otJ&r ; muingine or mungine, mgine, jingine, nin-
gine, pangino or pingine, pl. wangine, mangine.
Inoni (or rectius egni), having, possessing, trith
it forms muegni, wegni, yegni, legni, kegni,
vegni, zegni, and pegny.
I'nou (dimin. khnou), h. (la, pl. ma — ) cfr.
mbingu), a cloud.
Ingua, v. a. ; ku — p6vu la tembo (or la tongu or la
tui), to ecarc, to take off tlut froth of tembo, or
ants, <i'c.
Ini, s. (la, pl. maini), liver; ini la gnombe (ini,
wengu, pafu, fio, firingizi, figo, all these words
must be dUtinguUhed from each other).
I'hIa (or ignIa) (wa), mother (= mviazi) (Kigun.) ;
inia ndie alie-m-nia muana! vul. ku nia or ku
gnia; niawe amekuja, his mother casr.e; nana,
grandmother.
Iniancka, v. 11., to be cut or torn to pieces; e.g.,
nguo hi inianuka, heishon6ki tena, thU cloth U
quite torn to pieces, it cannot be mended any
more.
InIka, v. a. (opp. anika) («= ku laza upande), (1) to
lay doicn, to put on one side (e.g., ku inika
ralimnu, to lay down tlte lemon-iree in order to
get its fruits), to careen a boat; e.g., ulaze dau,
sermalla atie hasho, careen the boat and let the
carpenter put apiece ofwood into it; usi-u-inike
mzigo, simika wema, do not pui thc load awry,
but put it straight; ku inika majembo, to form
the outer side of hoes (rfr. mfumbe) ; mpunga
unainika kossi or shuke la mpunga lainika kossi,
tlit rice droops; kn inika usso or kitoa nti (ku ji-
inika), to let tlutface or head droopfrom griefor
in mourning; (2) trop.; hapana mtu awezayo ku-
mu-inika mnegni mkil, nobody can bring doicn a
proud man.
Inikia, v. obj. ; ku inikia tuo la tini, to hem the
lowerpart ofa cloth.
Inikiza, v. c, to turn round; mualimu ame-
inikiza watu kua ku salli.
Ikna, adv. t truly; Arab. q\, utique, equidem.
IN
( 108)
18
Inbualla, please Ood, if God permit or tcill
(Arab.), perhaps : uS\ &> &\.
Inua, v. a., to lifi vp; e.g., ku im'ia mato ku angalia
ju, to lifi up the eyes, to look vp ; trop., ku imia,
to raise vpfrom sickness — ku afu.
Inuka, r. n., to be lified vp, to be erect (mlima
unainiika kua Mungu), to become raised.
Inuliwa, r.p.; mlima haukuinuliwa ni watu, tJte
mountain was not raised by mtn.
Jmnua, to rUe; ku iniia juani.
Inulika, r. ?i.
InulIa, c; e.g., ku inulia gadi kati ya mgomba
ulioinama kua ndizi kiia kuba.
Inuiliza, r. a.; e.g., ku-m-inuliza mzigo, to lift
upon him a load.
Inzi, *. (vid. n'zi or n'si) (wa, pl. mainzi), a fiy,
gnat (?).
Iotte, all, every one, the ichole; it cJtanges like thc
possessive pronouns, otte, iotte, chotte, lottc,
wotte, zotte, potte.
I6we (i6k), *. (la, pl. maiowc), a cry, noise = kclclc,
pl. makelele; la niui iowe hili? icliat is this
noise forf ku piga iowe, to make an outcry,
noise (Kipemba).
Ipa, r. a. % to long for everything onc sees, to desire
to Jutve, to want; ku-i-pa roho mbelle, to give up
tJie mind to, to covet; muivi ana-i-pa roho mbelle,
kisha yuwaiba kua wazi (kua ku shiriki roho), tJie
tJiief takes first tJie purpose (in mind), tJten Jte
steals recdly; ku-i-pa roho mbelle, ku fania
thambi.
I'pi, s. (lu, pl. nia — ) (old language) — konde ; ku
piga ipi or kondo, to strike with knuckles of tJte
fist; but ku piga ngumi means, to beat with tJte
inner part of tJie fist. Jn tJte former case tJte
blow is given obIiqueIy, tn tJte second horizon-
taUy; ku piga ipi or koude kua niuma ya
wianda, or kua ku finikiza winnda wiliofumboa,
laken ku piga ngumi kua ku sindikiza wianda,
kana kua ku vunda nazi ; ku piga ipi, to slapone
on tJie face.
ln V what f kama ipi ? how f ( ? ).
I'pu, *. (la, pl. maipu or mapu), boU, tumour.
Ipua, r. a., to taJce offtJiejirc (St.).
Ibgano (ar rioano), s. «= mze wa mbclle.
Ieiba, s., vsury ; rfr. Arab. y» auctus fuit; Vj. >
quod capitur in vcnditione supra prctium consii-
tatum; usura.
Irika, c. «., to faint (R.)? cfr. jjjfc , emaciatus
fuit, scgnis fuit, or «Ac , menstruis laboravit.
Irikba, r. c, to trouble (?)
IuiwA, «., a vice (scrcw) ; cfr. S^c , ansa situlao
vel urcei.
Isa (or wiha), (1) to love and please (in tJte dd
language and in poetry) ; (2) to swaUow up, to
satisfy the JtearVs (or ajrpetite's) desire (vid.
kongue), to conceive an unreaeonabU love or
partiality for one.
Isara, «., calumniation (?); kn-mu-aairi, kn-m-
kashifu, ku-m-fania isara (cfr. !,£* , molesta
res, advcrsitaiO, to baekbite, calumniate, U>
defame one.
Ifiii, ejaculation = sh.
Ibha, v. a. t ku isa or ku isha (kwibha), tofinish,
to bring to a close or end; pumri lime-ni-iaha or
lime-ni'sba, my breath is finished (hana tarara
tena ya ku enda mbio) ( j^» » tractus, extre-
mitAs rei, latuB) ; ikisha ku isha, where or ifit is
finisJied tofinisJi. When prectded hy thepron.
a, a and i is contracted into e-eaha; maneno
esha or yesha ku isha, tJie words are at an end;
gnombe wana we'shea pro waishia, there are no
morc cowsfor slavghter ; niki iaha mnona re-
hini, ta-ku-pa jawabu langu ; n'le ishua ni fetha,
I Jtad no more money. Kwisha (— ku isha) tf
vsed as an auziliary; e.g., amekwisha piga, ke
Jias already beaten; amekwisha kuja, he has
come already; alipokwisha ku enda, when ht
Jiad gone ; akaisha, and Jte hadfinished, or when
Itc had done tJiis; akesha or akUha, after thmt
(andfinishing tJiat).
IsnfA, t;. obj. (= malisia), to finish, to tettle a
tJiing for somebody; ngoja, ni-ku-iahie (ni-kn-
malisie) manenoyako nliotumoa, traft, let me
finish for you the matter for which I have
becn sent; ame-ni-ishia waliwangu pia, he ha*
eatcn vp all my rice.
IshilIa, v. obj. ; ku-mu-ishilia mnezi.
IsniLWA, r. «. ( = ku malisa) ; e.g., ku — muezi
(ku ishilisa muisho), to compUte the month of
service (to Jiis master).
Ihiiar v, s. (ya, pl. za) ( = delili, alama), (1) some-
tJiing strange or remarkable; (2) omen, pro-
gnosticjoreboding, mark; tumeona ishdra muaka
hu = tunieona tusijo 6na mbelie, tce have eeen
tJu's year wJiat wc have not seen before; iahara
ni jambo lisitnssalo kuja ; hi ni ishara ngema y»
mvua or ya jua, tJtis is a good sign ofrain or
svn; (3) pattern, kind = genzi or gissi. The
following occurrences are ishara, e.g. t (1) tako
likipiga, ni ishara ya matanga, ku ketinti; («)
ukope wa tini ukipiga, ni ishara ya mat6ri ku
lia ; (K) mafungio ya sanda yakipiga, ni ishaia
ya ku fiwa ; (4) mkercsa kiunsa (popo) akilia,
mtu atafiwa, ni isharayakwe ; ame6na ishira, *f
Jias seat or got signs or omens (ofdeath), when
tJiis or tJtat birdcrics, or this or that thing
happens ; iambo udakalo u-ni-fanie ishara, show
me ichat yov desire to have ; nime-ku-6nia ishara-
yangu, kama hi, or gissi kana hi ; ishara ya
neuo hi ndakavo mimi, / tcant a cloth Wx this.
nguo
Arab. ij&\
18
( i°9 )
JA
I'shi, v. , to live, to last, to endure ; vid. aishi ;
^ ^ " *
\Ju\c , vitara duxit ; nimeishi minka arbaini,
/ liredforty years, I amforty years ofage (cfr.
maisha, Ufetime).
Isilakhi, &., gain ; sikununiia kitu hiki, hakina
• — — c —
isilakhi (R.) ; cfr. Kst} n* , utilitas, commodum.
Oj
Isilamu (or Islam), s. (wa,/)f. Maislam) ( *JL*«
Muhammedicae religiouis coltor vel assccla), a
Muhammedan ; mtu wa poiini ni I'slam or Mu-
islam ; watu wa pouni ni Islam or Waislam, the
coast-man is a MuJtammedan, the coast-people
are Multammedans ; or mtu wa poani ni Msa-
liminaorMsalihina, or Mslimina, pl. Wasalihina ;
cfr. ^* '
I'simu (or ismu), name, the name ofGod; Arab.
Isipokua, wliere there is not, cj'cept, but (vid.
Gram.).
Istiska, *., dropsy (St.) ; U—?...\ .
Istiwai, 8. ; hat el istiwai, tlie Eipiator; \yZ~l\ W,
linea aequinoctialis.
Ita, v. a., (1) to caU, to summon,to innite ; ku taja,
signifies, to name one, to give one a name, to call
one X. X; hut ku ita, tocaU, invite; e.g., nime-
mu-ita, laken amekata kuja, / caUed him, hut he
refused to come; (2) to cast in a numld (St.) ;
ku itoa, r. m., to he caUed. Afttr wa andhefore i
hoth a and i are changed into e (wi') ; ku w'eta,
itistead o/ku-wa-ita, to call them.
Itana, r. rec, to call each other.
Itja, v. obj., to cail one for — , to call for some
object.
Itika, v. — ku-m-jibu, to answer one % * call; bana
ame-mu-ita mtiitna, nai (na huyu) ame-itika,
tfie master called the shicc, and he responded
to the call.
ItikIa, v., to ansicer the call for one, in lus
beluilf; mtuma ame-mu-itikia banawakwe;
ku-mu-itikia sauttiyakwe kua uimbo, tofaU in
icith one's roice in singing.
InKizA, r. - ku kubali, ku ridia manenoyakwe,
to approve one's word, to assent to.
Itikoana, v. e., to respond one to the other, to
acclaim mutuaUy, to caU to ntutuaUy.
Ithini (or eithini), s., permission, sanction (vid.
idini or eidini,page 106); ku toa ithini, to sanction.
ItiiAfu, *. - kh6fu; hapana itilafu, there is no
fear; cfr. «JU? , periit; uUJ, intcritus, cxitium.
Ito, s. (la) ; ito la gii (giiu), the anhle.
Iva, r. v., to ripen, to be complctely coohed; ma-
embe yanakua yaiva mmoja mmoja, the mangoes
became ripe every one ofthem.
Ivisha, v. c.; muembe waivisha or unakua
waiviaha.
Ivo (pl. maifo) (of a keke), vid. niudi and msuka-
wdno.
lvu (pl. maivu), ashes.
Iwa, r. »., vid. ia.
Iwihha, r. c. ( = akilisha or wakilisha), to deiiver
up to one tlte demand for payment ofa debt,
i-e., to commission one to call in a debt; nimc-
mu-iwisha Abdalla, adake deniyangu, or mali-
yangu kua fclani, / charged Abd. to demand
my property from X.N.
Iwapi ? ichere is it t
Iwisa (or ivIsa), adj.; i ivisa, a bad egg (;//. mai
mawisa), bad eggs (cfr. wisa, spoUed).
Itai (or yayi), s. (R.) - mai (Kiung.), eggs.
bx, v. a., to refuse (St.).
Izara, r. a., to pMish things about a person, to
teU scandal aboutand thus calumniate aperson;
j-ie, publicc protulit sermonem? j\ , memo-
ravit?
Ja (better cha) (pl. via), one of the genitive
partides (vid. Gram.), denoting of; e.g., kitu
cha m'tu, tlte matter of tlic man.
Ji, v. n. ; kuja (rid. Gram.) (kuya in Kidmn), to
come ; amekuya leo, he came to-day ; hakuiala
usiku kuja or tangu usiku hatta ku kaja muanga,
he did not sleep from nightfaU to daybreak, lit.,
tiU the light came ; amekelcti kiija, he sat up aU
night till daylight; alikuja toawa, ku being
omitted wlten a rerbfoUows after ja.
Jajia, v. obj.
Jia, v. obj., tocome to orforhimor uponhim;e.g.,
mgeni ame-ni-jia leo or mgC>ni amekuja kuangu
lco, a stranger came to me to-day. TJtey say
also jajia; e.g., siku hizi kazi ina-ni-jajia,
eipati nafasi, on these days Igot mucJi business,
Iwas neverfree.
Jika, v. ii. f comeablc (if this icere an English
word), accessibie; mji hu haujiki, this town is
not accessible.
Jilia, r. obj. - jia = fikilia.
Jiwa (or jiliwa), pass., to be come, to be over-
taken; nimejiwa or jiliwa ni mgeni leo, Ihave
been overtaken by a stranger.
Ja (or cha), s., tea.
Ji, v. n. (cfr. cha, v. «.), to be afraid; yuwaja ku
enonda pekoe, he is afraid to go alone.
JA
( iio)
JA
Jksha (or tkwia), t;. c, to cause to be afraid, to
make afraid.
Ku j6a (or kit j£w a), 2>a$8. t to befeared; ame-
jewa, he wasfcared.
Ja, a partide used to form several tenses, (1) ja
with po, even if; a-ja-po, and in the plural wa-
ja-po ; e.g., a-japo ku-penda, even iflie love tliee,
pl. wa-japo ku penda, ecen if ttiey love tltee ; (2)
icith negative prefijces ; ha-ja-ona, he has not yet
seen ; ha-ja-ja, he is not yet come ; (3) asi-ja penda,
before or ere he loves, or that he may not have
loved; yasyawa haya iote (yoto), all this notyet
being or existiny ; hawajakiila araani kabla hu-
ja-tia, before thou puttest in; si je'nda pro si ja
enda.
Ja (jaa), r. 7i., to becomefuU, to be abundant with
— kua tellc ; kasha linaja nguo, the box is full
of cloth; maji yamcja jana nlipopita, na sasa
yaj'a or yanajii tena, tlte water was full (tlie tide
icas high) yesterday wlien Ipassed, and now it is
full again, i.e., it is flood-tidc, ku jaa inshumbi,
tlie tide is coming in.
Jauza, v. a. t tofill vp ; ujalize wino kik/>mbe (or
kibao) hatta ujae telle, hakika ushinda sasa,
fiU up the glass with ink, tiU it befulI,for now
it is only Italf fuU, or not quite fuU. Tupa
sasa ishinda mafiida, ujalize telle, the bottle is
notfull ofoil now,fiU it up completely.
JAwa, v. p. % to be filled with, to be full of;
alikua akijaa roho takatifu, Luke iv. 1 ;
ku jawa ni khofu, Luke i. 12, to be fiUcd with
fear; maji yamejawa dudu, the water wasfull
of insects ; laken mtungi umrjaa maji the jar
isfnll of matcr; cfr. Luke vi. 11, wakajawa ni
wazimu.
Jaza, r. c, to make full, to fiU vp ; ku tia
telle.
Jazoa, v. n.,to befiVed.
Ja, *., a placc tchcre rubbish is throicn.
Jaa, s. ; sbika majira ya jaa, steer northwards
(St.) ; cfr. majira, the course ofa ship, to be dis-
tinguished from majira, time ; majira, cfr. Arab.
y^» , lata per mare fuit navis, vel cum sono
sulcavit illud, vel ventum obviam sibi habuit.
Jaali, r. n. \ U. , magnificavit), to be potent or
powerful, toprosper; mtu huyu amejaali muaka
hu *- ameja mali'tclle, he prospcred,
Jaalia, r. c, to make onc potcnt, to give one
authority, to prosper or bless onc; Mungu ame-
m-jaalia mali (= ku pata mali) ; Mungu aki-tu-
jaalia, tutakuenda kesho, if God enables or
prospers us, we shaIlgoto-morrotp(ak\-tu-{an.h\a )
aki-tu-kabalia).
JaalIwa, i\ n., to be enabled, to bc givcn power, to
bc bh'sscd ; ku jaaliwa ni Mungu.
Jabai.t, t., a rock, rocky hilt; kaburi iliotimboa
katika jabali, Luke xxiii. 53, a rocky mountain ;
Jabali (majabau), *., a thick mass ofdoud.
Jabari, s. (magmu, omnipotens, absoluti imperii,
dominus; X^ ) absdute king orruler (a title ef
Ood).
Jadi, v. a., to demand a thing urgentty and vio-
lently ; cfr. \&+ > postulavit petiitve ut daretar
quid; ame ni-jadi hatta nime-n>pa.
Jadi ka jadi — milele na milele.
Jaddi, 8. (ya) (- nda), hunger, starvation (Kiun-
9*i a ) ; c f r - go*. , malum alimentum accepit
maleve nutritus fuit; araeahikoa ni jaddi or
shungitati.
Jaddi, s. (ya,pl. za), Capricorn; ^^ , haedus,
capricornus, signum celesto viginti et octo sidera
complectens.
Jaddi, s. (ya, pl. za) ( £ , SYua), grcat-grand-
father (babu, grandfather), ancestor ; mtu hnyu
ni sheha tangu jaddiyakwe.
Jadili, r. a., cfr. haji or hoji, hujiana.
Jadiliana, v.rec. ( = hujiana), to argue icith;
cfr. Arab. Jj^ , firmus fuit, altercatua fait,
disceptavit.
Jafi, 8., an insect, which creeping over the body
causes marugurugu (rid.).
JAfu, *., a kind of basket made of mia Jbr catek-
ing shrimp8 ; it has holes, so that the icater may
run through, whilst tlie shrimps remain (vid.
mfumbi).
Jafua, r. a. (Kimwita) - tefua (Kitindini) - kn
tia taka, to make muddy (cfr. tcfua).
Jafuka, t\ w., to be dirty; niumba inajsiuka
yadaka fagiwa.
JafulIa, r. obj., to dirty, soil, bedaub ; ana-ni-
jafulia nguoyangu.
Jaoa, s., a frame-work for pvtting corn tt'c. in.
Jaoina, s. (pl. majagina\ bold, brave, gaUant;
mtu huyu ni jagina (mtu mkali, hachi), rid-
chagina, page 33.
Jaha, *. (ya, za) ( j^ , potentia, dignitas),
power, authority; sultani ame-m-pa wali jaha ya
watu, the king has given tlte govemor power
over tliepeople; (2) goodfvrtune; zamani saka
toka jiia hakuna upepo (Sp.) ; (3) kilango ja
jaha or pep6ni, tlie door of paradise, urhiek the
Suahili imagine they see open at nigJu now and
tlien seeing a very bright sj)ot ofheaven.
Jahabu, v. a.; ku — jombo poani, toshort up t tohfi
up a vcs8el.
JaiiabIwa (= gadimiwa, to be erected on
ports.
Jahabu, 8. (ya, ;>/. nia— ), svjiport ; ku wokajombo
jii ya majahabu.
JA
( "i )
JA
Jahazi, s. (ya, pi ma— ), a ship, vessel, especiatty
baghala, ghanju.
Jaiii, *., the North Pole.
Jaiu, v., to 0«?e honour to.
Jaiiiwa.
Jahili, v. a., no* tofear any one, to he brave; ku
jahili-neno, ame-m-jahili mtu (laken Mungu ha-
jahiliki) asie khofu ya watu.
Jahiliana, v. rec. (kua na daua na mtu hatta
ku pigana).
Jahili, adj. ands., eourageous, brave; asie khofu, si
muoga (majahili ni ku iba tunu ya mesgidi ?).
Jahim, s., hell; muegni pepo na jahim, the lord of
paradise and hell; cfr. *»***• , ignis ingens ;
ignis inferni.
Jaja, v. n., to begin to rot, to be spoUed; wali hu
unajaja, tJiis boiled rice begins to spoU.
Jaja, s. (ya, sa), a kind of grass growing in wet
places, a Tcind o/mboga? (R.).
Jajaoa, v. a. ; ku — nguo, to wasJi a doth by rvb-
bing it between tJie hands, not by beating it upon
a stone, as is customary wiih native washermen
(by being beaten softly it sounds ja, ja, ja);
ujajage nguoyangu, usi-pure (vid. pura or pu&ya,
r. a.), to wash a cloth by beating iiona stone.
Jajaniaa, v. a., to out-roar, to interrupt one in
speaking by a noisy behaviour; ame-ni-jajanisa
kua maneno mangi.
Jaji, s. (pl. majaji), an egg (Kiung.)
JajIa, v. obj. (cfr. chachia), cumtdaie,press, avg-
ment; siku hizi kazi ina-ni-jajia, or zime-ni-
jajia, sipati nefasi, or raha ya ku keti, in these
days my business or my occvpations accumulate
upon me, Jcannot take rest; vid. }ia,page 109.
Jajua, v. a., to sour, to make sour; ku — mtuzi
(Sp.).
Jajuka, v. n., to become or turn sour (ku pata
ukali, ku pata kiungo).
Jaka, v. n. (= ku legca, ku ran'ika), to get old or
icorn out (vid. kiiku) ; nguo imejaka or imekua
kuku, the cloth is worn out, is shabby.
Jaka, ni sika sizizo kua na mviia (cfr. harara), a
day when tliere has been no rain ; wakati wa
jaka, wiuter4ime.
Jakaja, v. a., (1) topound oil (=> ku ponda mafuta
kua kinu, but ku shindika kua ngamia, topound
oil in a mortar, not by the mill driven by a
camel; cfr. shindika); (2) ku jakaja niumba ~
ku takassa niumba, ku fania tupu topu sebabu
ya ku tama, to empty one's house when one
emigrates, to clear a Jiovse ; (3) tombako ni
jakaja or dakata heifai, ni t6mbako dufu lisilo
asha menoni, mild tobacco which does not burn
the mouth.
Jakajika, v. n., to bepounded very much; mafiita
yamejakajika sasa « yamcpondeka sana yamc-
Jakapu (Kijomvu), an animal which eats poultry
(hana, Kimvita) (Sp.).
Jakahi, s., vid. bori.
Jakula, s. (cha, pl. via — ), food, eatables (= kitu
cha kiila).
Jakunoa, s. (cha, pl. viakunoa), drinking.
Jalada, *. (ya, pl. za), the cover of a bound book;
cfr. jJLj» , excoriavit, in corio compegit (librum) ;
jJL^. , cutis, corium; (2) a whip; ku-m-piga
jalada.
Jali, adj. — salikhi ; rokhoyangu jali, pure, up-
right ¥
Jali, v. o., topvt; J«^. , posnit, fecit, abundavit,
constituit; Muungu aki-ni-jalia, if Ood spares
my life.
Jali, v. a. (vid. jaalia), to regard one, to reverence
one, to fear; ku-mu-angalia sana, to enable one
to have respect for one; e.g., ratu huyu ame-m
jali Mungu, na Mnngu ame-m-jalia; mtu huyu
ha-ni-jali = ha-ni-sikii.
Jalia, t;. obj., to grant, bestow (» bariki) ; Muun-
gu ame-in-jalia sirki or risiki.
JalIwa, v. p., to have power, to be enabled or
hlessed.
Jaliza, r. a. (vid. ja, v. c), to makefuU, tofill vp.
Jalizia, v. obj., to JUl for one; ku-m-jalizia
kasha, tofiU tJie boxfor one (— timisia).
Jamaa, r. a., to coUect togetJier, to gather.
Jamaa (or jama), *. (ya, pl. za), famUy, company,
society; £♦<*-, collegit, congrcgavit; lcUi.
turba, agmen, multitudo, synagoga, concilium.
Jamala, courtesy, good manners, eleganee . \*+ t
pulcher tam corpore quam moribus, elegans
decorus fuit ; J W » elegantia.
Jamakda, *. (la, pU. majamanda), a round basket
with a cover, both made of mia ; kijamanda, a
smaU basket of this Jcind.
Jamba, r. ii., to break wind loudly; e.g., punda
yuwajamba kua kelcle ; cfr. shnta, mashuzi and
ushuzi. These words must be distinguisJted.
Jamba, s., breaking ofwind.
Jamba (or najamda) = nakuamba (ku amba), conj.,
if, tJiougJi, notwithstanding.
Jamba, *., wJute fiim oftJie eye; muegni jamba, a
per8on with a wJiite film on his eye; mtu huyu
ana jamba cha jito, or ana kiini jeupe cha mato ;
cfr. upogo.
Jamba, 8. (or kiamba) (pl. wiamba), (1) small
rock (muamba, a large rock) ; (2) jengo, con-
struction (pl. viengo) ; vilifio katoa kasidi ku-m-
pigia jamba or viamba, to make hvis for way-
laying one, the robbers cutpart oftJie wood near
tJte wayside, where they dweU, to waylay
travellers.
JambIa (la, pl. majambia) (vid. gambia), a curved
JA
( "O
JA
dagger carried in the girdle by the Arabs;
jambia lameta kumoja, Bi kuili, tlie dagger ts
bright on one side t not on two sides; laken
«panga kumeteka koto kote, but thc sword glitters
on aU sides.
Jambo, *. (ja, pil. viiimbo), bait; kitu cha ku fulia
samaki, a baitfor catcJiing fish ; — cha ku tegea
niuni, to catdi birds; ku weka or tia jambo
katika mtambo, to put a bait into a trap.
Jambo, s. (la, pl. majumbo or mambo) (from ku
amba), state, thing, matter, circumstance, dx.;
nini jambo hili? irhat is the matterf ame-ni-
tenda kulla jambo la wema, lte shoiced me all
possible kindness; jambo, for si jambo, / am
tcett; hujambo, you are wcll; hajambo, he is icell;
jambo aana, / am very u>eU ; cOc.
Jambua, v. a. (vid. shambua pamba, to ckan
cotton), to clean, e.g., cotton,
Jamdubu? ja-m-futia? (Sp.).
Jamei, *., unnatural carnal intercourse; ku fania — ,
to commit sodomy.
Jami, v. n., to have connection tcith, to copulate.
Jamia (or jamii), r. a., to assemble, gather (watu
na ote).
Jamia (or jamii), *., tlie mass, tlie body of, many ;
pia zote ; watu wote, tlie tcliole human race.
Jamusha, v. c, to gatlier.
Jamila ; J***- , omentum liqucfactum.
Jamira and jamia; ta-m-fania jamira katika
moyo =* wangu (R.), sina jumia ya ku-m-fania
hatta akakiuai rokhoni muakwe?^W*. , mcdulla.
Jamsakakoa, *., breakfast; chakiila cha Biibukhi
(ku amsa or amsha or fungiia kanoa, to awakc
or open the nwuth).
Jamvi, s. (la, pl. majiimvi), a large mat ofcoarsvly
pUutedpaJm-Ieaves; jamvi la ku tandika niumbani
katika matiinga. The Suahili consider a mat on
tlie fioor to tread ttpon a sign of mourningl
They sit, eat, antl sleep on a mat t but do not
tread upon it * Tliey make rarious kinds of
mats, some of them vcry neat and fine (vid.
mkeka). Tt is chiefiy the work of the tromen.
The mats tchich have becn tiscd in burying a
corpse are given to the rnosaue, which is covered
in thc inside with mats for the use of thepray-
ing people.
JAna, *. (la.^/. ma— ), the larva of a bee (vid. ma-
jana) ; jana la niuki, the empty cell of a comb,
but kamba laniuki, the cellfutl ofhoney; hamna
asali, tua-ji-tafunia majana.
Jana, adv., yesterday; siku ya jana, the day
qf yesterday; ku shinda jana = jiizi, theday
before yesterday ; jana, last year.
J aha, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a lad, vid. mtukutu ; jana hili
ni tukutu m'no, this lad is very restkss.
•* ^ •■»
Janaba, s. (la, pl. ma- ) (cfr. ^j^. , declinavit ;
0» **^
AjU*. t pollutus fuit effluxu â– eminia), JUth, un-
cleanness after cohabitation ; hence the injune-
tion given to tlie Muhammedans, to toash thew-
selves; mtu huyu ana janaba (taka) asipoogi,
akilala na mke.
Janda, s. (Ia, pt, ma — ), leaf; jaoda la mnuai, kaf
of the cocoa-nut tree.
Janda, 8. (ja, pl. vianda), afinger; (1) janda cha
gumba, tlte thumb; (2) janda cha ahahada, tke
fore-finger; (3) janda cha toka, midale-finger ;
(4) janda cha kati ya kando (or janda cha
muandamiri wa misho) ; (5) janda cha miaho or
cha kando. The middlefinger is caUed janda
cha toka (finger oflime) because tke Suahili taix
the lime used in uraibu (vid.) with that finger ;
if they do not, it will judge them on the day of
judgment, as tlieir fabulUts tell thenu
Jandala, s. (cka.,pl. viandala), aremnant offood;
ku m-wekca mume jandala, to preeerce for the
husltand (separately and purposely) a remnant
offootl, which the wife gives him after the gutsts
are gone. She does it from the tender eon-
sideration, tltat her husband might not hatt
eaten enough, the guests consuming aU.
Jandarua ( or jendarua) (cha. pl. viandania), a*
tucning (ku tungika or funga ngiio).
Janoa, adj., young, unripe; hakitasaa kn ira
janga kitu kijanga, something unripe; embe hili ni
janga ; mtoto mjanga ; mahindi majdnga ; ndia
nijanga.
Janga, s. (ja, pl. vianga) ; jnnga cha mato, dimnem;
haoni sana, yuna kiza cha mato ; hana janga cha
mkono, haua khofu ya ku suia mkono, he robs
suddenly.
Janoa, r. a. (- Bhanga), to split (tcood) (Kiun-
guja).
Janua, s. (rid. kianga), clear weather after tkt
rain has passed ; linatoka jua, mfiia inakwiska
kugnia, the sun has risen and the rain is orer.
Jancjawe, s. (ya, pH. za), o pcbble (vid. kawe,
gravel) ; jangaiwe ya jiwe.
Janoo, *. (ja, pl. viango), (1) hook — ; kidiide ja
ku angikia or tungikia kitu (ku tungika, to sv$-
pend — ) (Kimrima)-, (2)/>/. o/ujango wa utumbo;
utumbo is the great stomach ; ujango, the little
one (/>/. jango), tlte smaU intestines ; cfr. ujangp
and utcngelele.
Jangua (pl. majangua), magn. of w&ngua (K.)
(cfr. wiingoa or wangua), a large desert.
Jangua, v. a. (Kipcmb.) = ku fumua miemba
(Sp.).
Jangulia, v. obj. ; ku-m-jangulia tangulezakwe.
Janiata, v. a. (ku kata vidogo vidgo), to eut into
small slices or pieces, e.g., cassava, bananas, dx.
(vid. mjaniiito), to boil the whole togetJier.
Janja, *., impostor = muongo; ujanja — urongo
(Sp.).
JA
( 113 )
JA
Jaxxa, h. (aid. gcnna), paradise ; cfr. ii> , hortus.
Janni, s. Ja, pl. manni or majanni), a Uaf aUo
gra**; janni ja mti, the leafofa tree; mnjanni
.tignijU* generally any grass or Iierbage, but
niassi U grass, not leaf.
Jan.nikiwiti, green (tlw colour ofa green leaf) ;
ngiio ya jannikiwiti, a green chth.
Jano, 8. (cba, pl. vi — ), a 8ort oftable or low*tool,
on tchich the Arabs pluce their food; jano cha
kn andikia wali.
Janhi, 8. (la, pl. ninjansi), cramp ; mtu nkiketi
mno, yuwafania jansi la magfi ; kiifa jantri, sUep,
Haid of a incmber oftlie body ; nasikia gulangu
kama lililo tcnguka (when the foot is aslsep) ;
gulangu lina-ni-fa jansi, my — U asJeep ; mukono
wangu una-ni-fa jansi, niy luind U asleep.
Janbo, 8. (ja, pl. vinnso), the beginning ofpHaiting,
e.g., of a mat ; janso cba mkeka or janivi or
shupatu akianza ku suka.
Janvia *= jambia, vid.
Jao, 8. (clia, pl. viao), roller, trestle ; jao ja ka
slmlia dau (ku sbua or uhuaha dau), thepicce (or
pieces) of tcood on tchich a boat is launched into
tJic 8ea.
Jao, 8. (chn,pL viao), a 8mall band, group, orcom-
pany of people ( — kikao) ; waraekuja viao (or
vikao) wengi hatta ku timia geshi ya watu, there
came many bands ofpeople so that they made an
army.
Jai'A (or jai'ara), *., tjuite drunk ; mtu felani
yujapa or japara lco, X. X. is to-day perfecthj
drunk.
Japo, 8ign ofa ten^c *ignifying " eren if;" ujapo-
kuja, even ifthou comest ; ujapo fika, tren ifyou
arrice.
Japi'A, *. (cba, pl. viappa), (1) a mark, 8tamp
( =* ahima) ; pipa linnandikoa jappa, the barrel
has becn writtcn orer irith a mark — there U a
mark written upon the barrel; ngome ya Mwita
imeandikoa jappa (referring to the Jbrtuguese
inscription on the castJe-gate at Mombas) ; (2)
jappa cba ku fungia waraka (kua jcti or sam-
niaha, seal of a lctter with wax or gum) ; (3) ku
piga jappa cha juma katika kertaai, to print on
paper, lit., to beat an iron-mark on paper;
but only tliose natives icho have had intercourse
icith Eurojieans know ofthU erpression ; (4) the
fin offish 1
Japua, v. a. = ku ongeza mlio wa ngoma, to increase
the noUe of a drum; kujapua magu — ku fuliza
(cfr. niatua).
Japuka, v. n. = amekucm]a harraka, Iie tcent
(juickly.
Japumza, v. c.
Japuo, s. (cha, pl. viapiio), a small natice drum;
ng6ma ndogo (cfr. ngoma).
Jaraha (or j£raiia), *., tcound; vid. goraha.
Jakari, *., the ropes passing through the pulley
attached to a dhow's halyard* (St.).
Jaribu (oaribu), t\ a., to try ; s^- » probavit.
Jarifa (j>1. ma — ), a drag-ntt matle of European
cordage (vid. juya).
Jaro, *. (cha, pl. viiiro), a band or company of
travelUr*, a caravan, journey, cxpedition;
mjaro i* one man of the company, a traveUer
(pl. wajaro) ; ku fania jiiro =- ku»6affari (Kin. t
ku bamba), to tracel, to make a journey for
mercantile or otlie.r busines*. Mzungu (R.) ame-
fania viaro vitiitu via Jagga, the European (R.)
ha* made three journeya to Jagga ; na viaro
viwili via Ukambani (Kr.), and two to Ukam-
bani. The word jaro 1« Kinika, but now genc-
raUy used by the Sualnli, who use " saffari "from
tlie Arabic.
Jako, *. {vid. fnjo, *.), thoroughfare; ku fania
niumba jaro, to make a houseakind of thorough-
fare.
Jaha (or j.Vza), r. a. (rid. ku ja), tofill, makefuU;
ku jaza tellc.
Jaha (or jaza), s., recompense, reward, remuncrCL'
tion.
Jabaaa, *., a kind ofbead.
Jabho, s. (harri or fuko la muili) (cfr. barri), Jteat
which produces siceat without being caused by
labour, perspiration (mfukuto) ; siku hakulaliki
niumbani kua harri or ni harri ndani, one cannot
s'eep in the Iiouse on account of tht lieat ; ku fania
jasho, to swcat (jaslio la nnga).
Jasi (or jazi), t?. a., to reward, Luke xx. 47 ; ku-
m-jazi mtu kua woma or uofu, ku jaziwa jaza
ngcma, to be well ntwarded; cfr. \y+ , subegit,
retribuit.
Jahi (or jazi), s. and adj. (cha, pl. vijani), abun-
dance, a thing tchicli U abundant, plenty ; kitu
hiki ni jazi mjini = jnpatikana tclle katika mji,
tlitre i* /Aenty ofthi* thing in town; vijazi vitu
hivi = tello humo ; kitu hiki kijazi = telle ; ma-
rmbe ya jazi Mwitn, mangoes are abuudant at
Mombas; pcsa zinakua jazi sasa, the pesa (a
small copper-coin of the Eant India Company,
anno 1845, introduced by the Sultun tiaid-Said
on tlie Suahili coast) have now become abundant
(tlie pcople of Mombas at fir*t having objected
to this innovation) ; viombo vijazi — vinatamba,
the ve*8eU are choke-fuU.
Jahi, 8. [{&), a kind of pumice-sionc, used in making
(suka) mikeka (Sp.).
Jasi (or jazi), v. a., to suppiy one = ku-m-pakitu,
to supply one's wants, to rtcompense one, Luke
xiv. 14; pas*., ku jaziwa.
Jazilia, v. obj., to retrard.
Jahi (or jah8i\ 8. (la, pl. ma — ), an oruament in
the lobe ofthe ears (round pieces ofwood or pf
silver), worn by the native femaies; jaasi la
1
JA
( "4)
JB
fetha — (cfr. farungu). It costs ahout 3 dottars,
?.«., l^dollar for each car. I)r. /Steere 8ayt,
" TJiis ornnmentwgeneraVyatilrer-pIate abottt
an inch and a Jialf acro*8.
Jabiri, v. a., to dare or brare ; amejasiri ndia
pekeyakwe, Jie trarelled all the iray alone ; cfr.
*» *» «•
Arab. , i , ausus fuit.
Jasirimiia, r. c.
Jahihi, r. a., to erplore; ^j^. t captavit exy>loravit-
que.
J ahmik i {or j abmis), *.Jatmine. The fioirer* are *o!d
in the ttreett of Zamibar for their *cent (St.).
Jasubi, *. (wa, pl. wa — )? *p' ie8 (^P«)? Arab.
(*-•— W 1 cxplorator; e.g., — wanti, a *py ofthe
land.
Javri, *., riolence, tyranny, oppre**ion, iuju*tice;
Arab. **+ , from A+ t injustus fuit et tyrannus.
JaCzi (jtftfzi or jozi), a pair, a bracc ; vitn viwili
viwili.
Jawa, a coarse kind of Indian earthemrare ;
kikombe cha Jawn, a cup ofcoarse Indian tcare
(St.).
Jawa, r. (jnid. ja or jaa\ to befull orfitted ; waka*
jawa ni wazimu {Luke vi. 12) ; inaji yamejuwa
iludu
Jawabu, 8. (la) ( v^tW , fidit, pcrvasit, respondit '»
S-»^**. » rcBponsum), an*irer, affair, condUion,
tl'C.; jawabu la kesbo huwanda leo ; ku lctta
jawfibu, to bring an an*wcr ; jawdbu bili mimi
sitambui, / do not under*tand thi* matter.
Jawama, *., a *quadront i^Sp.).
Jawawa, 8. t *oft wood; niti bu njawnwn, />/.mitihi
nijawawa (11.), or mti hn ni jawa si mgiimu.
Jawi (and habuni), *., kind of cloth of Arab
manufacture (R.), perhapt rather of Kihindi.
Ja7.a, v. a., tofitt; rid. jaa.
Je? interrog. particle; wanemVjo? icJiat or Jioic
do*t thou sayt je nilmlali (Luke xiv. 3 ; xi. 19),
irhat is itt san-je? tchat'*o'clockt rar-zi-je? irhat
month t
Je ! well ! hutto! icJiat nmc! je, mli wa pata? icell,
have you got it tlicn f an*., aba tu li wa pata.
Jebali, *. (la, pl. ma — ), coral rock, madrepore;
jcbali ni jiwo gumu balifai toktl ; jebali ni
rouamba mkilfu ku suia bnhari. Makume iwe,
Riwcmtu na Mku gnombe, pia ni iuagcbali : tee
the *tory about these rock* under jiwe.
Jebu, *., an ornament icorn by tcomen, hanging
vnder the chin (St.).
Jefua, v. a., to nau*eate = ku-mu-elcsa moyo;
kitu biki kina-m-jefua mojo, this nauseate* him
*o tliat he vomit* (vid. clea).
Jkfuka, r. n., to feel a tendency to vomit; ame-
jefuka moyo = ndaka ku tapika(i- ku jitnkisa
moyo).
Jefuhiia, r. c. ; kitu hiki kina-rc-jafusha moyo
(kina-m-tukisa moyo), to cavse to vomit.
Jkgk, 8. (la, 2*1. ma — ), bad by being uratery;
niuhogo bu ni jcge, this cattada hat muchieater,
but no meal, it i* bad, uteJett ; mjege (pl. mi — )
t* a small one, jege a large one ; the peopie of
Pemba caU it jclema (vid.).
Jeoni, adj.po88C88ive (cfr. muegni).
Jtao, *. (la, pl. ma — ), cheek-tooth ; jego U ju na
la tini, the upper and vnder cheek-tooth; majino
ya tafn, grinder (Er.).
Jehexxa (jehestkam), t., hett (Jame* 111. 8) ; my ley
burn* me like jehennam, / trant medicine, taid
a 8uahili-man to Reb.; cfr. **$* profundus
puteus, gehenna, infernus, ipee inferoi ignia,
Jekkj^ke, 8. and adv. (- tikitiki), completeiy (-
kabisa, kamili), thoroughly ; niumba imeteketea
jekejeke, heikusii hatta mti or hatta kitu, the
hou*e is burnt doicn compUtely, notking rt-
mained, not eren a polc, &c.
Jkkk-jeke, 8., heat, tultrinett (Ktmrima) ; jeke-
jeke nengi or kali leo, it i* rery tidtry to-day.
Jekelea (or jeker£a), r. a. ( — ka-m-teremea), t»
delight or refreth one by kindnets.
Jekua, r. a., to dig up ; (1) fissi limejekua kabari,na
meiti amejektika, kaburi ui waii, the hyena hat
dug up (ku fukua) the grave, which is open ; (t)
to throw up; gnombe mknli ame-ni-jekua — aae-
ni-pign, a fierce buUock took me on itt homt to
throw me to the sky (ka iniia).
Jkkulia, r. obj. ; gtiombe ame-nvjeknKa.
Jkkuka, r. 71., to be to**ed out or up by an ani-
mal (cfr. tukiikn, r.).
Jekundu, adj., red (r-id. ekundu).
JKi.tiA. r. n. (rid. jfi or chii), to be afraid; kn kbufa,
to fear ; na-m-jelea saidi ; najelea kufa, I fetr
dying.
Jklewa ; ku — na motto (?).
J^i.kma, *. (la, pl. ma — ) (KijKmba) ; jelema la
mubogo, a large cassada, tchich ha* muehwater,
but no meal ; mjulema (wa, pl. mgelema) t a tmaU
eattada m'thout meal. The Jlombaseiant catt it
jego (la, jd. majcge) (vid.).
Jki^wa, r. n. (rid. jelesa), to pat* the night, I»
shep till daybreak or dayligld ; unajelewm ndiami.
Jkleza, r. a. ( =. ku liisa), to make patm the night,
to keep orer night; amejeleza wali hatta knnt-
knja, to keep boiled rice over night tiU the breal
ofday = ku ketisbausiku kuja ; kn jeleza muiki
— ku ata hatta kuja, to let remainjor a night;
ukuni bu wajeleza sana, umelala hatta na â– ulrakhi.
Jelezt^a, r.obj., to keep over night for — ; nime-
ku-jclczca wali batta elfagiri, / have kept the
ricefor tliee ovcr night.
Jelkza, 8. (ja,^>/. vieleza), buoy — ja nanga, bmoj
ofan anchor (yid. elcn) ; kig6go kioleajo kn oa»
JE
( "5)
JE
sba nanga; alama ya nanga ku tamburikana
ilipo, a large piece of wood which swims on the
surface of tJte water to sJtow the place of the
anchor, a mark to $how ichere the anchor is.
J£udi, v. a. (vid. jalada), to bind books.
J£ma, adj. (vid. cma) (kitu jema, a good thing)
(neno lema, Kiamu), good, nice, fine (vitu vema,
good tJtings).
Jemadabi (pl. majemadari), a commander, com-
manding-ojficer, a general.
Jemdamba, adj., thin, narrow; vid. embamba.
Je*mbk, a. (lfi,pl. ma — ), a native hoe; (1) jembola
ku limia (pl. majembe or mcmbe) ; (2) jembc cha
ku fumia (pl. viembe) ( = kigumba), thc iron
arrow-head (kiembo in Kimrima)] jembe cba
mfi ; (3) jerabo la kizungu, a spade.
Jemb£ni, «., a European broad saw, to which they
attach a Jiandle at the other end to enable a
second person to draw it (R.).
Jembe*u, 8. (ja, pl. viembeu), a chisel.
J£mka (or jkmuka or chem'ka), tobubble, boilvp;
massiwa yajcmka kua ku pata motto sana, the
milk boils up very much by the fire ; jungu ja-
jemka or jatokota kuaku pata motto sana ; tembo
lajemuka likipata jua; maji yanajem'ka? docs
the water boil f
Jemua, v. n., to sneeze.
Jena, 8. (\o. t pl. mena), vid. mena.
J£na, 8., a kind ofsmall sJtellfisJt.
Jenaiza, vid. jenenza, s.
Jend£a, v. n., to go or walk about; e.g., najendea
poani ku 6ga.
Jendeleso, s. t pattern; vid. jeleleso.
Jenderua, s. (vid. janderua), awning.
JenJSne, 8. (wa, pl. vienene) ; niama mdogo aketio
nti, atimbai mtangani, a kind offantasy (reauires
further erplanation).
Jenenza (jeneza, jenaiza) (ya, pl. ma — ), a bicr
uscd at funerals (cfr. y^. f SjU*. , funus, fere-
trum cui impositum est funus) — kitanda cha ku
tukulia mtu aliekiifa. A native bedstead is used
as a bier in funerals. The legs are handsomely
turned in a lathe, and the tress-work is neatly
done. There is a kind ofgate on the head and
legs ofthis bier, to tuher in the corpse. Through
one gate the head is ushered, and through the
other tJte legs are made to descendinto the grave.
^The jenenza is preserved in the mosque, as the
bier in our cJiurches. Now and then a reUgious
carpenter presents a jenenza to the mosaue as a
present. The corpse isfirst wasJied, then covered
with a clotJi called s&nda (vid.), thenput into an
mkeka (fine mat), and at last covered with a
cloth called subaia, which is an nguo ya heshiraa,
cloth of honour. TJie subaia is taken back by
the relatives, but the mkekai» sent to tJte mosgue
to be spread out therefor tJte use oftJie worship-
pers. But it must have been previously wasJied.
Jeneo, 8. (cha) ; jeneo cha muezi, jua, niota (vid.
enca).
Jeneso {pr jeo), s. (cha, jpZ. viencso), a measure or
scale (Kipimo, rulc) ; kitu ja ku enesea or sawa-
nisia, anything with which tlie workman taJces the
measure of the Hting to be made; e.g., miia wa
ku ene&ea kekee, a blade o/mua with wJticlt tJte
muhunzi measures tJte thickness oftJie hand ofa
woman, in order to make a kekee, an ornament
of tJie wrist. Any instrument for taking one'»
measurefor — .
Jenoa, v. a., to cutoff; e.g., ku jenga mtama ulioiva
— ku kata jenga, to cut ripe millet.
Jenoa, v. a., to build, construct; e.g., ku jenga
niumba ya udongo or ya miti (cfr. akka); mjonsi,
mason.
Jeng£a, v. obj., to buildfor or on account of.
Jenoesa, v. c, to cause to buUd.
Jenooa, v. p., to be built.
Jengel£le, *., tJte small intestines ; jengelclo za
matumbo or majengelele ya matumbo ndio tumbo
nd6go ; utumbo ud6go ndio ujengelcle. The small
intestines are catted jcngelc'le. TJte large intes-
tines are called tiirabo ku (e.g., la gnombe) or
matumbo makii ; vid. jango.
Jenoe*u, s. (ja, pl. viengeu), tJie sJtade ofa lamp;
jengeu cha ta or cha ku iinika ta, this cover itt
made ofolay, andput over tJiefiame, to keep tJte
ligJtt steady from Ute wind, d'c.
Jenoo, s. (la, pl. ma — ), building, encampment
(jengo cha ku lala saffarini) ; majengo means
also building materials. Pahali pa ku lala kana
sisi )a gnombe. The natives in travelling througJt
a Jtostile country, or vn the wilderness, erect a
jengo every night, i.e., tJtcy cut large branches
from trees, especiaUy thorn-trees, and maJee with
them a Jtedge around the camp, to secure it
against wild tncn and bcasts.
Jenoua, V. a., topull down, to deinolish a building
(opp. o/jenga).
Jeniza, 8., fruit of tJte mjenza tree; mandarin
(S P .).
Jenna (or janna), s. (ya) ( cfr. s-*h , texit, flori-
bus obtecta fuit terra ; &a> » hortus, inprimis
palmis et arboribus conpitus; paradisus), (1)
paradise (pep6ni) (of the Muhammedans); (2)
a kind offishf
Jenzi, v. a., to construct.
Jeo, ». (cha fj p£. vieo), (1) a measure; ku toa jco
to take the measure ofa thing (jeneso) ; (2) —
heshima, sense ofhonour; mtu huyu hanajeo;
e.g., mana huyu hana j6o, haondoki mtu mzima
akija, this boy has no manners, Jte does not rise
whcn a grown-up person comes in. It is con-
i2
JE
(116)
JI
sidered rery disreputalAe trith young people not
torisefrom tlieir stats on tJie approacJi ofadults.
Jepa, v. a., to steal, to roh ; ku jcpa watiima, au mali
za watu, to steal slaves or thepropcrty ofpeopite.
Jei'ea, r. a. = ku pcnda, to love {6UI language).
Jepksi, adj., not heavy, light (vid. epesi).
Jepeu, s. (clia, pl. viepeu) «= koffia ya Mznngu, a
European Jiat or cap. The native cap is called
koffia (vid.).
Jepi, 8. (— muivi), a thief (cfr. jepa, to stedl).
J£ra, s. (cha, pl. viera) (Atwir.), cmi, wwrA-, a»y-
f/ttngr put vp a* a target for practice icith gun»
or botc* (— ehebaha), e.g., boards, boncs, cocoa-
nut*, <(c. ; ku linga jera or shebaha, to sJioot at
tJie marl'.
JfiRAHA, 8. (cfr. geraha), a wound.
Jerari, 8. (cha); jerari cha ku tuekca tanga jomboni,
the rope with tchich the sail is Jioistcd tip on a
vessel (?) (cfr. jarari).
Jereiie, s., a whctstone.
Jeribu, t7. a. (vid. jaribu and garibu or geribu)
(Arab. s-^*- i probavit), to try.
•TtiRiFK, *., a kind of rope used for catching fisJi.
It is made from the bark ofthe mbuyu trce, or
of katoani or katani, hemp ropes brougJdfrom
Kurope. The rope is smeared witJi lime. As
^ ^ ^
soon o8 thefish toucJies it, it is seized. (fr. «.Jy*. ,
mnltum cepit.
Jk*ruiii, v. n., to be tcounded ; cfr. gcraha or jeraha.
Je«a, v. m. = kcsha, to dawn (Sp.)?
J&iu, 8. (pf. majcshi), an anny, a Jiost ; cfr. geshi.
Jete, h. (cha, jd. victe) (Kimr.), a marketday
held in many placc* (among serrraJ tribe*, c.g..
among tJie M'adigo) emry fonrth day ; jeteni,
tJie marketplace ; pl. victeni, e.g., vietcni vingi
viko mrima.
Jetea, r. n., to rely upon, to be over-proud, to honst
of, to bepuffed up (cfr. mtahauiari) =â– kn ganda-
miza, ku gnietca.
Jetezo (or cnETEzo), *. (pl. vietczo), ccnscr = ki-
dude cha ku fukizia manukato (e.g., ambari, udi,
(&c), a vessel vsed for fumigation .
Jetiiamu, 8., a kind oflepro*y in wJiicJi tJie finger*
^ ^ ^
and tocs drop off (St.), elcpJiantia*i* * cfr. ^J^. ,
— .»
araputavit ; p^*- , laboravit lepra au potius clc-
6 - â– >
phantia ; *\<W •
Jeti, 8. (cha, pl. vieti), (1) « *mall seal e*peciaUy
used by the Banian» on tJic East Coast; (2) a
passport ; (3) a mark in general (cfr. jappa).
J£0ka, v. n., to boil up ; ku piga mteu masiwa,
yasive *ana, walayasive mawiti sani.
JfiusiiA, r. c, to cause to boil uj>.
Jeuk^a, 8. (cha, pl. vieukia), a tree tchicJi grows
upon anotJter, whichJtas its root in itf aparasite.
Je*u i.i (or jISuri), 8. (cfir. jauri, v. a.) t vioUnce ;
ana jeuli, Jte use* vioUnce, ke is vioUnt, he attacks
peopU wantonly.
Jkupk, adj., wJiite; vid. enpe.
Jeusi, adj., black ; vid. cnti.
Jeu8ia, s., a little chisel or missile f
Ji, a rejkctive pron., one J s-self; e.g. t ku ji-ofu, to
praise one's-self, to glory in t to boast of; kuji-
wcka wema mbcllc za watu, tojustify cmc's-Jtdf
lieforc men. N.B. — The Utter i can bc omittti
before verbs wJiicJi begin trith a vcncel; cjg., kn
jendea pro ku ji-endea, to ffofor or after.
JiA, r. obj. (vid. ja kuja, to come\ to come for, Uj,
to, vjwn; ndia uliojia, the tcay you caum 6y;
hutambui neno lidakalo ku ku-jia ( = kn pata>
Jiaxa, v. refl., to trash one's-seJf (vid. nna) (Sp.\
Jiahi, s. (rid. kiasi), measvre; kiusi cha barudi, a
cartridge.
Jiuaki, v. a., to out-do, excel, to endeavour to cwf-
wit one, to act artfuUy totcards one (cid. mjv
baki).
Jidakika, r. n., to be outwitted.
Jibelenoa, r. refl., to dress eleganUy (Sp.>?
JIrene (or jibiki), 8. (ya) (efr. Arab. ^^ «'
{$**- , caseus), cheese, Arahie cJtecsc (ofjfascat.
Jibile (\&.pl. majibile), answer, rejdy; vid. majibfle
( — majibio).
JntiwA, v. p., to bc answered, to reeeive an ansrtr
(rid. jibu).
Jiboa, *. ( jijibca?) (la, pl. majfboa) (- m'boal n
dog; mana wa m'boa or jiboa, a young dvg, «
pup; jiboa and mboa mitu, a jackal; jiboa or
kijiboa la bahari, or jiboa baharini or bahari, «
dogger, a sea-dog, dog-fish.
JibrAm, *. (ya) (cfr. ^ f probavit, scivit, eiper-
tus fuit "» j+± , Bcicntia ; cfr. also y^ , cooeoK-
davit, post pnupertntem ditavit ; amicum\ mf-
rantage, profit (— fcida).
JibrIka, v. n. « ku pata fcida, to derire «f-
rantage ; ku nremeka.
Jibu, r. a. (cfr. v>V\ ^oreply, toanstccr; kujibo
jawabu, to send an answer.
Jiiua, v. obj., to bring one or to convey to «w
«i» answer =• ku-m-lettea jawabu.
Jibiwa, v.p., to be answered.
Jidi a x a, r. rec. ; ku — kua waraka, to co r rt s poad.
Jirukika, r. n., to be prospered ; kn pata mli
ncngi.
Jibukihha, r. a., to blcs* one ; Maungn ame-«*
jilmriBha God VUmi or pro^ered him >
ncemesna).
i Jicno, pl. macho (Kiung.), tJie eye t vid. jito ; ^cfc»
la maji, a spring ofwaUr.
I
JI
( ii7)
JI
Jj-dahi, v. refl., to exert onc's-self; cfr. Arab- j^. >
diligentiain adhibuit.
Jikndea, v., v'ul. jendea, enda, enenda.
Jifia, s. (pl. mafia) (r/r. jiko and nieko), onc oftJie
thrt-e fttone* upon which a cooking-pot U put.
The country people of Zanzibar uee aho tJte
word mafiga inetead o/raafia.
JiFU (/>/. majifu) (vid. ifn) (Kiung.), aslies.
Jiri'Li «» ufuli ; mahali pa jifuli.
Ji-funa (or ji-vuna), v. refl.f to swell up, to be
puffed up, to enjoy anything wJuch one can get.
Ji-oamra, r. refl. — ku ji-sifu, to praUe one t 8-$elf to
boast.
JiosiA, v., e.g., usso, to wrinJde up theface in con-
tcmpt, but jigniea, v. refl., e.g. t mvua wa-ji-gnica,
it Hkea to rain, it raine casily.
Jioi'zo, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ), a small pillar or support,
ey-, ofa Jtouse (cfr. nguzo).
JiiiIdat, s. — bidii, diliyence, energy ; cfr. ijdihat
(in Yemen) ; j^> , diligentia ac studio usus cst ;
«.- c
8ubst. 4\qz*.\ , diligentia, studium.
Jmnama (or ji-inamwha), v. rejL, to stoop, to bow
or bend one's-self (the whole body).
Ji-imka, t». rvfl., to lie on thi 8ide ; e.g., yuwa-
enenda kua ku ji-inika, he walfo stoopingly.
JIja, 8. (la, pl. ma— ) (Kiung.) (— tapu, la, pl.
ma — ), the syucezed substance of a cocoanut
which U thrown away (vid. tuja, v. a.) ; jija za
nazi, or taki za nazi = nazi iliotujoa or ilio-
kamuliwa.
Ji-jrfA, r. refl., to be afraid of, tofear; e.g., na-ji-
jea n'ti hi a ya ku ka nti hino, / am afraid of
tJtU land, i.e., I am afraid of dwelling in this
land,
Juini (or Kuini or kikiri), i., a bribe to corrupt
a judge ; e.g., mali ya ku-m-pa kathi, ku pata
hakki, ku amuliwa.
Jika, r. a., to strain hard, to be in travail; e.g.,
kuku ajika i =• kuku adaka ku via i, the hen will
lay an egg, 8he U in travail. It U efpial to yuna
utiingu wa ku via, wJiicJt U said qf women and
of animaU ; e.g., gnombe ana utungu wa ku via
(cfr. utungu), the cow strains hard in bearing ;
yuna utungu wa ku toa mafi (kua nguvu) kua ku
jika, Jte strains hard in emptyiny the bowels.
Ji-karadi, 17. refl., to borrow ( — ku toa kua karada).
Ji-kata meno, to gratc the teeth in a rage (vid.
Ads v. 33).
Jikk, adj.,female; batta jike (kike), afemale duck;
pl. mabatta niake.
Jiko, $. (cfr. meko, meko matatu), the fireplace
between the three stones which the natives we a8
a tripod in cooking; Jience mjiko, a stonefor a
meko ? Toa hindilangu, uka-ni-tilie jik6ni ; jiko
ni jiwe lizuialo jnngu ja ku pika katika muotto.
Ji-kusua, v. refL (vid. kuta, v.)\ e.g., kuji-kusha
mashaka kaaidi, to give one'eeclf troubU inten-
tionally.
Jilia, v. obj., to come to aperson, e.g., on busincss;
nijilie, I tnay come at my convenience or ai
leisure (cfr. ku ja, to come).
JiLiwA, v.p.
Ji-libha, r. refl. (cfr. lisha), to eatfor one's-sdf, to
en j°i/t ku ji-libha maliyakwe, to enjoy one'epro-
perty, not only to heap it up, ae the Baniam and
other people do. Mabaniani hawali vitu vema,
hawa-ji-Hshi maliyao,ni wegni joyo, ni mabahili.
Jiliwa, 8. (pl. majiliwa), a vice (an instrument).
Jimbi, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), a cock ( — jog6i), jimbi la
kwanza hakutassa ku cha, ku keli usiku ; jimbi
la pili ni elfajiri ; jimbi lawika, tJte cock crows.
Jimbo, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a dittrict, piace or part of
the country ; jimbo ni nti palipo na miji miji, si
barra tupu ; jimbo zima = nti pia otte, or nti
nzima lajua mambo haya, the whole country
knows this matter (cfr. iutiibo) ; (2) ku osha na
jimbo, to wash a new-bom cJiild with water and
medicine (St.).
Jimbuka (or timbuka), t?. w. (cfr. timbua, v. a.),
to begin to appear ; e.g., muczi unaauza ku toku,
the moon begin* to ehine.
Jimbule, *., a kind of bird (?).
JImla (or jumla), 8., the 8um, wJioUsale ; ku uza
jimla, to 8ell by wJtolesaU {cfr. jibra) ; 41+*» '
Bumnia, universitas.
JlMLWHA, V. C, tO 8Um Up.
Jina, 8. (la, pl. majina), name ; jina lako nani ?
what U your namei T/ie /SuahUi gencraUy
receive t/tree different names, (1) jina la ufiazi
or la ku vialiwa niilo (birtli-nanw), e.g., Mucgni
Hamisi ; (2) jina la ku tahiriwa (circumcUion-
name), e.g., Muegni Hamisi was called Fundi
wJien he was circumcUed ; (3) jina la mke or la
maozi (marriage-name), e.g., Muegni Hamisi or
Fundi on marrying a woman was caUed Shibu,
by which name he U now generaUy caUed. The
name of a cJtild U usuaUy taken from tJte namc
oftJie day on wJiich the cltild was born; e.g. t tJic
c/tild born on Wedneiday U caJled Muegni
Matuno (if being a alavc, only Matano, because
Muegni meam bana, lord, master) ; Muegni
Hamisi (or merely Hamisi, if being a ilave) wJten
born on TJtursday. A female cliild born on /Satur-
day U caUed Mosse, on Sunday Muapili, on
Tueeday Muatatu, on Wednesday Muegniamme.
Muegni jumaa, one wJto U born on Friday.
Jinamia pro ji inamia ; vid. inamia.
JiNAMisi, 8., (1) bending, bow; mahali pa jinamisi
— pa ku jinamia, a ptace where one must stoop ;
(2) nightmare (cfr. cwedeka), a spirit being
suppoaed topress on the eleeping perton ; (3) tJte
8tillnc88 ofdeath; (4) a kind offUh.
JI ( 118 ) JI
Jisoi, adj., much; pcpo ni jingi. which is thought to have tahen possession of the
Jinoihe, another. jtaticnt, or to have made him sick. This U wtat
Jisi{or cmxi) {Kiung.) {}•&)*- tiniya,under,below. icc may tcrm " savage mcsmerism," which may
Jrai {or Jin), s. {vid. Siui), China ; kulla jombo in former dayt have existed in a purer form
jeauppe ni chaSini, cveryichitc vettel {of clay) it among tJic nations. Mnjinni hayadurn mto,
caUed Sini, "bclonging to ChinaS' lakcn mashetaui ndio yadariio, as Kathi Ati
Jiniango {or tindanuo) va niaina — vipande wia told Mr. Reb.
mn6fu, i.e., niaraa usiokua na mfupa, meat icith- Jino, t. (la, pl. majino or mvno), a tooth; jinoU
out honcs. The butcJicr reccirts sucJt fleshy mbcllo (;>/. mcno ya mbelle), indsor; jino b
picces for his trouble {vid. matuni) ; cfr. ninofu. m'bua {pl. meno ya m'bua), canine iooth; jego
Ji.nika, v. n., to bow one's-self on the face — ku (;>/. majcgo), molar tooth (Sp.) ; tcard ofakrjf.
inama or ku jipeta ; amejiuika kua uzuri or jino la ufunguo.
madaha or kua ku jifiina ; amcgcusa mucndo, to Jissi ? {vid. asa) ; kamba ya meno matatu, a cord
cJtange onc't gait in walking, tojdeatc theladics. of three strandt (St.) ; jino la rakufu, a link of
Jini mato, keni mato, kiweni muto, kilicho onekana a dtain (R.).
mato kua uganga, jM^fcry (Sp.)? vid. kilimato. Ji<>, *., the coming (ku jia, kuja) — la usiko.or
Jiniosha, v. ref., to ttrctch out onc't-telf to kijio cha usiku.
straighten ont't-tclf Jio (ji6xi), s., cvcning, toward evcning ; chakub
Jinhi, s. (la, pl. majinni) {vid. chinni) (jinns, gcnii), cha jioni, suppcr; cfr. kialio.
an evil spirit which is lelievtd by the uativet to J jo i «-'"'■^io, s.; jioni, evcning.
dwcll in water, ichile the Bhctiini is thought to Jiojo, «., vid. jojo or iojo.
rctide only onthe mainland, e*j>eciaUy inwildcr- Jipanoa, v. nfl.; tfr. Luke xvii. 6, gnoka ukijl
nettet. The tuperttitious viewt of the nativct pande bahari.
concerning demons and evil tpiritt artditgutting Jipanoa, r. ref, to take a lodging teith.
as tccll at unfathomable to a tober-miiuled man. Jipkkia, r. r., to boatt, brag, bluster, to bthect
Thc Muhammedam go in many retpects far Hkc a grcat man.
beyond the fancks of tht heathtn. Thcrc are JirKFtsiiA, r. rcfl. — jifania mpt-fu kana nti
especia!ly thrce jinnis, to which the fiuahili pay mzima.
great attcntioti. Every jinni has its pecidiar Jii-i.\, adj., new {vid. pia or pya) ; e.a. t neno jipu.
luganga, i.c, doctor who knowt how to exptl it JiiW>a, r. ref (=• ku-ji-poniba), to adorn, to drrm
from a jjerton : (1) mganga wa piingua; (2) wa ouc % s-eelf cjccessivthj.
tari ; {o) nishakini. Atfirst thc doctor cautct a Jirr, «. {j>l. niajipu), a boil; cfr. ipu.
drum to bc btaten until thc tick jwrsoit becomct Jirui, t. {KijK-mba) — tombako mbiti.
ijnite frantw j'rom thc noitc andfrom the singhig Jipunuwa, r. rejl., to humblc ones-self « ku diusb*
vf thc multitude ofptoplt attt tuiing the ceremony. nafsiyak wc.
Whcn at latt the jinni comet, the doctor askt Jipuhuki «iia, v. ref., totlight, not to talc 1o htrtrl.
him who hc is and whence hc came. All thit it to be tlow and lazy, toplay thcfbot.
.uuKeredby tht ,ick per.oH, U uhom thc jhmi JikV , . , ma _ or _, (r/r '- , V
ts thought to rctide. II hen he hat ttated who w* • ©Jj
hc is or whcncc /te camc, tfic dortor atkt, " What Interior pars), a ueighbour ; jirajii ndie nitu tit
do you want ?" Ue *ayt, " J uant a bullock, or a kiribti » a niumbayangii, ncighbour is he rho .-
fiie cloth, ,f dc. But before he tjteaks half a » car W '.V «ouse; jiranizangu, my neigJihoHr.
dollar must be put into hit handt, i.c, into thc Jn«, »'. «., to come, to arrive; vid tekeli-4 .'rfr.
h( ""l; °f t} !? 'fpertonwhopr etcntt it after- " fluxitj accidit| abiit proceB|li ^ ue ^
wards to thc doctor. Afttr thc jinni has re- ,r\ , ... ... ...... . ... l
ceiredthe buUock, dc, hc dcciaret that hc it satU- aho) / " en ° "* hl0 * m ' *" VOrd "» U * •*«. *
Jicd and that he will kavc the tick m-rMon ; T ° **"]: , s , x .
; ji • r-i , Jikiwa, *. (Ia, jh. mn — ), (scrac) vice tcfr iilW
whcreujHjii thc ceremony is ovcr. The doctor , \^ -c.\ KJ J '
., , , , ,. Jisi, «., auality (bt.).
gices t/ie jterson an amulet, aml accordtng to , . , . / \ j
knavcry is so martifest, yet will thc peojde placc iccl1 in wybotty; </ r - ^rab. ^a^. , corpua, i.e^ wo>
more confideiu'.c in it than in thc most able plexio corporis ct omno id quod longum, larrm
Kuropean phynician. Titt ejccitcment, and thc ct profundum cst.
<jfect of ditguited mcdicine, givet of courtt iit JixixobA, r. rrfl., to feign, affect, dissembk' kc
many cases a temporary relief fromthe jinni jisingisa ugonjoa, tofcign tickness.
JI
( »9)
JO
Jisu, 8. (pl. majisu), a vcrylarge hnife; vid. kissu.
JrrAinni, v. — ku fania kua nguvu na ku tunza
viema, to exert one's-self.
Jitenga, v. r. ( = ku ondoka ndiani), to <jo out of
tJte way, asionane na mkuewe alie-mu-olea
manawe. It is a custom with the Suahili,
WaniJca, aiul Wakamba to avoid the sight of tJte
mTuio (vid. ),father- or mothcr-in-lair ; hence when
they meet him or her on the road, they imtne-
diately go aside, lest tJtey should see Jtis or Jter
face in passing.
Jrri (pl. majiti), a tree-trunk (St.\
Jitimai, s., grief sorrow; ana jithnai — hana
furaha, to be grieved or afflicted; muili umongia
maji = majonsi inoyonimuakwe ; nnafania jiti-
mai = rohoyakwe haikutangamuka.
Jito, ». (la, pl. inato) (Kiung. jicho), tJte eye ; jito
ovu or baya, a good or bad eye.
Jrro la ou, tJie ankle, or ratJter tJte projection of
tJte sJtin-bone; muana wa jito, tJte eye-ball; uzi
wa jito, eye-brow.
Jitto (or kitto), 8. (cha) ; jitto cha pete, a ring
ofgreen colour t
Jrru, 8. (la, ])l. matu or majitu), a big, large man t
a feUow, but kijitu, a little man, mannikin,
sJtrimp (cuprcssion of contempt) ; kijitu hili Hna
udia, tJtis mannikin causes dijficulties ; na-li-lisha
hatta linakua jitn ziina, sasa linakua tume la-ni-
ncnea maneno ya upuzi (vid. tume).
Jituka, r. n., to spoil one's teeth, e.g., by cating
rice not propcrly cleaned, it contains little stones,
sand, <Lc. (vid. ku fania gansi la meno) ; mtelle
hu wakuarusa, hamku-dondoa ; nieno yana-
jitiika roua mawe mtcllcni.
Ji-tundia (cid> tunda, v. «.), to do at random;
Warabai wa-jitundia nazi zao Hhufu nhufu (R.).
Iieb. tJtinJcs tJte particle ji signifies carelessness,
purposdessncss, tJiougJUlessness, at random. He
niay be rigJit in reference to many reflexive verbs,
but not to all.
.JrruifiiA, r. r., to loungc or idle (Kim. kn tuka) ;
kua ufiiu = hadaki ku fania kazi, adaka kn
teinbea tu, Jte dois not like to work, Jte wants
oniy to wulJc about.
Jivi, s., a wild Jtog (St.).
Jivumue, s.,perfumes.
Jiwa, v.p., to be visitcd (vid. kuja, to come).
JiwE, s. (la, pl. majiwe or mawe), « stone, rock;
niuraba ya mawe, a stone Jtouse. TJiere are
tJtree fabulous rocJcs icJticJt Jtavefallen down into
tJte sta from tJte rocky sJiore of tJte island of
Moinbas. TJtefirst rock is called Makamo iwe.
TJie story couccrni'ng it ruus thus : " mtu ali-
kucnda vua samaki siku ya kibunsi, nafgiyakwe
waitoa Mukame ; watu walikua hawatcmbei siku
ya muaka wala kibunsi, nai akincnda vua, aki-
geuka jiwo, kua Ecbabuyakuvuakatikakibunsi."
The second is cailed Kiweratu. Ni jiwe lingine
laitoa Kiwemtu (kiwo mtu) alikuonda akivua
tena siku ya kibunsi, akngeuka akawa jiwe. The
tJurd is called Mku gnombe (a man called Mku
gnombe) akaenda akivna samaki akagouka. TJte
substance of tJte above is : tJtree men, named
Makame iwe, Kiwemtu, and MJcu gnombe went
a fishing on a Jioly-day. For tJtis tJtcy were
destroyed and turned into rocJcs, wJticJt, tJtcysay,
remain in tJte sea as a warning to after-genera-
tions. In former timcs tJte people were more
strict in Jceeping Jtoly-days than now.
JiWEzrtA, v. ref; najiwezca, Ican manage (tJtougJi
I am unweil).
Jizuia, r. refl.; ku jizniana mnovu, to abstainfrom
evil or sin (1 Peter iv. 1), lit. t toprevent one's-self
from — .
J6a (cha, pl. vioa) (cfr. kipficpfie), a large red spot
on the body to tchicJt tJte natives ajjply the leaves
of the cotton-sJtrub, to facilitate tJte cure of tJte
disease. Mr. Sparshot takes joa for an excres-
cence on the body, mba of various colours (cfr.
mba).
Jodari, a kind offish.
Joooi (la, pl. ma — ) ( - jogoo), a cock — jimbi.
Jog6wk, #., a long wooden pole witJt a Jtooked end
to gatJter fruit from trees ; kijiti cha panda cha
ku angulia maenibc.
Joiiaki, s. t a jcwel; Jb»> > gemmao, uniones,
naturalis; (2) johari za mtu ni mbili; akili and
haya, tJtesc two are contraries, like ghatabu and
tamaa, anger and sircetness.
Joiiaki, s. t a bird, wJtose eggs are carried witJi
gre(U care, lest tJtey be broJcen.
Toho, s. (vid. juoho), woollen c'oth, grcat-coat (Er.).
Jojo {or jiojo or iojoj, *. (cha, pl. viojo) ; (1) a
potlers kiln in irliicJt Jte makes a anick fire of
yticJcs and gra*s ; ku wakka upesi, viungu visi-
passuke ; (2) jojo or iojo ndio pahali pa kusudi
pa ku okea <>r ojea viungu, a kiln ; mukato wa
Joka, s. (la, pl. mn joka or mijfika), « large scrpent.
Joka, !?. n., to bc ttrcd ; jokeza or choshn, r. c, to
maJce tircd, to weary, annoy, fatiguc, trouble.
Joko, s., aplace to bakcpots in (St.).
Jokojoko, *. — kani.
Jokoha, r. «., to trouble onc, to provocatc onc wJto
would ratJier be at rcst.
Joma, s. f a bludgeon ? (Sp.).
Jovida, s. = range nickundu (cfr. ngeu).
Jomiio, *. (cha, pi. viomln^, (1) an instrument,
tool in gtneral ; jombo cba ku fania kazi ; v 2) a
vcsscl, sltip of natire construction, dJtow ; jombo
(la, pl. majonibo), « very largc vcssct.
Joxa, r. *
Jo.nda mti'zi (or kionda mtuzi), the underlip,
cspeciaUy that part wltich is mcst required iu
JO
(120)
JU
tasting food; arac-m-piga fimbo aka-mu-uma
kionda mtuzi, Jie beat Jtirn icith a stick and
hvrt hi$ under-lip (pr ratJter tJie middle of his
under-lip).
Jonoe, $.; jonge ya m'boa, thc canine tooth (not
meuoya mbelle).
Jono£a, r. w.(ku songea), to come near, to ap-
proach ; ujongec ut6e kitu hiki, come near and
take thi* tJting (rfr. Luke xiv. 10) ; jongea
mbello huyu, go up higher ; jongea mvulini, more
or go into the $hade.
Jonueana, r. r., to approach one another.
Jongel£a, r., to come or draw near to one.
Jongeleana, to draw near each other.
Jonoeleza, r., to bring near to, to offer.
Jonoeza, v. c, to cause to ajtproacJt, to bring
near, to mooe towards; ku jongeza kasha
hapa or huko (karibisha), draw the box near
here or there.
Jongezana, v. rec., to approach eacJt other.
Jongez£a, r. obj., to bring near to.
Jongera, r. a., to cut a little offthe panda la mnazi
(branch of the pahn-tree), in order that the
cocoa-h'quor may fioic more quicldy (yid. gcma) ;
ku jongera mnnzi upate tona.
Jonoo, e. (c\ia,pl. viongo) ; (1) a boss, Jtumj) (k&ma
niundu za gnombe) ; uitu huyu ana jongo or
afania jongo, tJtis man is humpbaeked and so
cannot walk or stand upright ; yuwapiga or
inika jongo or kijongo or nundu, kinundu; (2)
gout (St.) ?
Jonoo neno eha kansu, the large seam of a natire
cloth; ku inika jongo lu-ne.
Jongoe, *. (yn), a large kind of fish (icJtale) ;
nimeona jongoe ya bubari.
Jonooja, s., a cvstom at weddings to carrg tJie
bridegroom on the shoulders (Er.).
Jong6o, i. (la, ph iuajongoo), « milleped, a kind
of black worm with a great many legs, the worm
julus??
Jonooya, r. w., vid. ongoya.
Joniota, r. n.; ku washa kidogo ; tombako hi
heijonioti, heiwashi, ni dufu, ni mbiti (or jipui in
Kipemba), to bum onhj a little; e.g., thistobacco
does not burn much, it is weak, unrijte.
Jonni, *. (cha, pl. vionni), a novelty, anything
which has not becn seen before and consequently
causes astonishment or admiration ; jonni ni
jambo lisiloonekdna, or lisilokuamo, or laku-
taajabu.
Jonha, r.; ku-ji-kondesha, r. ref, topine away, to
griere at orfor, to languisJt ; rid. kondn.
Jonhoe, *. (wa, pl. vionsoc), a cripjM; jonsoe ni
mtu iuni6nge, meskini ya Mungu.
J66 (or j0) (ch&,j)I. vio), a necessary jilacc ; pahali
pa kiignia, ku encnda jooni, to go to stool.
J6rA, s. (la, vl. ma — ), rid. oya, s.
J6ka, r. a., (1) to carve, to do carved tcork ; (2) fo-
write blunderingly (ku jora waraka kua vibaya,
pasipo uzuri).
Jokjia, s., a Georgian, Oie most valuedand whitest
offemale slaves.
Jor6ro (rorobo), adj., soft; jiwe jiruro, si kigumu,
a sofi stone.
Josho, s., wasfiiug, a batJting-place ; mubali ]ta
josboni = mahali pa ku oshea mtu aliekufii.
(i place for washing the dead; mahali pa vuuni,
ku nenda vuoni, aphtcefor icasJiing dotJtcs.
J6»i, *., a bhwk bird with a longbcak, wfiich drittl*
tembo on tJte cocoa-tree.
Jota, r. «. — ku teka kidogo, to take a littlc tcitk
one'sfingcrs.
Joto, s., Jieat; muili unnjoto ; cfr. ota.
Jota, *. (Ia,7>/. ma— ), a ralued kind of cocoa-mt
with a wJtite spongy substance; joya la nazi =
mte wa nazi ukikua, joya la nazi li tcllc ndani-
yakwe, shina la mte, watu anala, ni tamu.
Joyo, s. (cha,j?/. vioyo) «= ubahili, avarice,ejrtrtiuc
parsimuniousness ; cfr. bahili.
Joyo, s. (from moyo, heart) ; joyo lina-m-fiyuka (iV
anger).
Jozi, s., a wainut: t^. , nux in gencre.
Jozi (or j.urzi ar jkozi), apair (Arab.).
Ju (or juu), adr. and prep., up, abore, on, vpou,
orer, on t/te top of, against ; ju ya nilima, on the
mountain; kitu hiki ju ynko wcwe, this may 6r
or is vpon tJtee ; ju yangu, on my account:
usiwc na raato jii ju, angalia tini, Juire not your
eyes above, but look down (in order to go
cautiously at nigJtt) ; buana yuko ju, tlte master
i* itpstairs.
Ji'.'A, s. (la, pl. majua), (1) sun ; (2) sun-hcat: leo>
jiia kali, nti heifiogeki kua jua, to-day Ote sun i*
ftot, one cannot tread upon tJte ground for heat:
jua kitoani, noon; jiia h;kiwa likitua (Lttke iv.
20) ; kumetoka jua jingi mno, wala si kama lito-
kalo siku zotc.
Jua (wa) (rio*. chiiaor tjiia, pl. viiia), afrog ; jua,
wa ziwani yuwalia, tJiefrog ofthe lake or water-
pool cries. TJte fiuahili peojde Jtave tJtc puerile
i idea, that in tJte westem Jtemisphere tJtcre are
i pcojtle wJto draw tJte sun westward. Atfirst the
sun i* pulled by boys, tJten by old men, and Ja*t
of all by stroug youtJts, vntil this celestial body
\ fnlls down witJt a crasJt, icJtich, Jtowever, is not
Jteard 011 accovnt of tJte countless number of
jyeople wJto, drawing water witJt tJtcir bvckets (cft\
nd6o), wasJt tJtemselves and $ay tJteir jvrayers.
Jiia likitua, lafdnia mshindo, laken watu hawa-
bikii kua ungi wa kata za ku oshea, na wa watn
wangi wcgni ku salli.
Ji'A, r. «., to know, to vnderstand, to know about
or Jiow; najiia neuo hili, I know tJtis matter ;
' «'jiii mancno ya Kisuahili, I do not know «r
ttiuterttawi Kiittulti'.i ; endu km ku jfia, go thon
irith cautton; jui-m-jun nliko, / Imum ir/itre /it
i» ; lunjiin ku fuo, cliiiuin, av knom hvtr to irurk
i (or J
9 hic
ix),v.obj.; tntu linyn vnvni-i'iiiM
ku juili» jaiubolnngn, //«'» ntnii looked ur in-
uvirttl ajttr mt, to knu.c mg caivlition.
.Ilia, r. «6/., to jiut ont ih mW, fo remind one
o/ a thing; tJJ., mtu nmekuju ku-ni-juio kuii
(kumbuBlia kaii), thc man caiae to rrmind
me o/the teork.
JOIKiSA (<w jlilikasa), F. II., 10 (« knoteu.tobe
imjjc<iU(, t« tnoiu fi<c/i ot/ier.
.iiniHA (otjui.wiia) ^kiijiifiiu» orjimalm;, r.r.,
to make to Lnoir, (o ttitrn, (o uiake oae ac-
ijaninted ititk.
JCb, «, o cantiderab'.e ricer riting in thr. north-
ir<-il o/ Kaffa aml mnning info tkt liuliaii
Ocean ntar the tgiiator i» Eatt A/rica. Tht
Arabt call it " Jiiti," the Haahili "Wnuiba," the
GaUa "DanUu," uml the i&imali " tjowiuda,"
Tkert are cataraett in the ricer. Tlte Jirtt in
nut tritk narth o/ ihe Homati-toira lSurdi-ra.
•rhtrt Baron v. tler Iteckcn (in 1866) icat kilUd,
ufltc hacing loit h'.t ittamtr at the tatarart.
Anathtr eataract U taid to be ntar thc riimiiti.
pUiee "Guniiiaor <!»Hali," fiirlhtr to tht iiurth.
Itit agretU pitgthtd thit rieer,trhich ajijtur'
to bt nacigahte to a great dittance, ka* not gct
been eramintd bg Eurupeant. Tht. ti.ri.iitH
Uovtrmncnt ought lung ttgu tu hort wrartV il thtir
dttfu to teiul a rttirl to llurdera, and tu lituc
ealled itt chir.fi aiid jieopte to luvomii for tht
murdtr o/ the Jlurou. Oa thut oerwion thrg
mighl h*ct aneetuUd aitd csainiiictt thc r'iret
Tni* ricer it nodonbt dctined fo cutircij Kurt
ptant right into the. Oa'.tti roantriei titimtt.
toutk o/ Abgninia, irhen it iciU btcomr. imjioi
tant /ur the proitentioii o/ gcugrtipkictil tt'u
roctritt, of eommcrce, amluf mitttonarg irorl:
JDBHA, *. \U, jd. ma— ), o tarijt. awl itroiig rhltr.
u mortitt-ehiitl; jubon ln kuu.
Ji-nf 1 (or tl-jh-i) ; jiibiii v* mr.lii[:i iifr. t.Himt',.
*,.„,il ttOKt titd to th-: /,/,;, i.jJiouk t.i miil,- .
Jimt, e. a., to eomptl; c/r. ^ . religimt, ii
Tituto ndtgit ail rum.
JlWS «., groumUutt ^St.).
Jvoi-, «., (i hilt u/ clng (kiiiiiui cbu ntl.ms*'' ,r, "' r
thr. hogi dig vp, and in •rhirl, btet htir,- tlu;
honey (Sp.) (= lcil .,. Kijom.ii, .:•■/ tiulu ,'
JYl'lUfM}.
J£-iiL'E, «., a lomj larijt rojie (reru ]a lu ruii»i«;
&sae i'« « tmalt rope, kigiie a rcrg 'mull rtmr.
) JV
:iitlui, «. {}■»), aa tjfort, rffortt, tlHigiiiee, ardour ;
ana jiibuiii }■« ki'uii, hc irortt itiligenthj ; ku
fuiria julimli, f« tnrl ou.'t+t'f; e/r. j^ ,
ililig«iitia ac ndidio uaui e»t.
jv, *. (wu, jA. lmyfiju), « tribt, tchich according
to tht. gcograjihg o/ the Sutthili art a kind of
jii'giitit*, icho retide uei/und ttu countrti of tlie
n'tibiUkimo itt the irorltV* tnd, catiatj ttoitct aiid
•iihiI. Thnj icill cunie to tht coatt, to tatitonet,
irhcn tht thttrmiion o/tht mrU t't at kand. In
their runntrg the »un lett irith acraihectrgdag.
tyr. } <xt,*/rog.
l'jl'uia, rid. vlniL'liuiiiia.
i, «., ang.r; yuna jukiia mojo - junn liasirn,
: in angrg.
ha, r. ti., to mnle one amjrg, to ojfrntl one.
ukiwa, r. ii., fo be miide aitgrg, to ht offtnded;
e.g., bunna •iui>jiikivn ni tutumavtnkwr, na
uitiunn amc-iu-jiikiz.1 bununwakve, the mtiiter
trat iuiiile nngry bij hit itlart, antl tht tlare
miitle hit otaiter angrg; r/r. tukiin, tukiwa,
tind lukiii, toprocote onc to anger.
i*. .., rub; a irord ti'td bg trii.hr* (fcl.).
i'-.i, ,■■«. — tukfin, fo oiit.m, to bcar (rfr.).
Vimt, t., n teuffol.1, tcttffoldiHg (St.l.
f iir, «., tt nifjo •>/ '/«*'■Monginy to turioui
•ruer': julniii yoliikfia jiikuiuu ; perktijn a cor-
i 1 ,:ioiio/theAml,arich\ii\tZtv,'otttl[efr.*'bihi:uii).
_..ja (or tnlt'UA), «.ichu, j>!. vifiiua), iron.
JOtS. »., i'l' Fridag ^ofthr Mtihamintilant),their
SaMiuti. ; ■») im-JI-; ko ni.Ii'iiiiS, to-tlng it Fridag,
or Hiku kfi ju junin, tht grr.tit d.ttj o/flit vrek,
;.-â– ., Fridtig. Tht Muhammedant count in thii
vaij: (1) Jiimu, Friitag; (i) .luina ya miiii or
Juuin inn^, .falvrtlttg ; \i) Jurau ya pili or Jum.i
pili, Suutlttit: <A) Junia yn tnln or Jurnn litu,
Monilmj: {;,) .lumnn'ne, Tiiriiltig ; ,'fi) .lumn
tAuo ioc jn tnni'), HWi«-*</ffi/: yl) Klkliami»,
'/•A«i->'i'ni/:iiinjiini5inaiine(-muuii),o«ewoii«i;
junui ranjn, <»"■trrrk; jiiuiu n/inia, u trholcu-eek.
Jn the Ztiii-ibar ilitiltet tl.e uatiret tag Jun» ;i
! niozi, a pili. a tatn, n niio, a Uno: jn i'« changed
' .1 ('M \ ior ji-maa), "., <"' tutteiublg; rid. Arab. 2eU* â–
| JiiiBA. ». (cbn, ••!. viumta), « littlc ronm; ti imatl
I tltrjiiiig.rwui; ninmbn bi iua viuml'n liugi or
pi'iliali 'pndi'.go, thit kott'e hai mantj l'.ttic roumi.
I JimiA. *. (\t\, ;J. loajimiliu) iiuign.). a largt hom.
| .•-niumbukuba ur bodiiii), «" ttpurtmutt kniiu
inniba gewmmi ;Sp.), « roow like thtit ,'« a/orl.
'Jihiik. *. !,/</. ninjunil*) ; il) = kifimbc kilicbo
i iimbnn, a crrat .irc ; kinmbe ui mtn or ni uiuann
1 «nAdamu; (2) ,i grcat ehitf (vai rokfibn or
1 flicliu; ni nulu watuwubio kalika tnriiua =â– ;
i iliwiini', apriHff, k.'ng.
JO
( 120)
JU
tasting food; amc-m-piga fimbo aka-mn-uma
kionda mtuzi, he beat him vrith a stick and
hurt hia vnder-Hp {pr rotlier the middle of his
underdip).
Junge, *.; jonga ya m'boa, thc canine tooth (not
mcnoya nibelle).
Jono£a, r. w.(ku songca), to comc. near, to ajy-
proach ; ujongec utoc kitu hiki, come near and
take this tltivg (cfr. Lvke xiv. 10) ; jongea
mbelle huyu, go up hiyhcr ; jongca mvulini, /nove
or go into the shade.
Jo.noeana, r. r., to approach one anotlter.
Jonoel£a, r., to come or dratr ttettr to one.
Jongeleana, to draic near each other.
Jonoeleza, r., to bring tiear to, to offer.
Jongeza, r. c, to cause to ajtproach, to hring
near, to mooe towards; ku jongeza kasha
hapa or huko (karibiuha), dratc thc bo.r itear
hcre or there.
Jonoezana, v. rec, to approach each other.
Jon'GEZEA, r. obj., to bring ncar to.
Jongeka, r. a., to cttt a little offthe panda la mnazi
(branch of the jnthn-trce), in ordcr that tlte
cocoa-litjuor utag fioic more iptirktg (cid. gcina) ;
ku jiingera mnnzi up.ite tona.
Jonoo, 8. (c\ia,pl. viongo) ; (1) <i boss, h ump (kama
niundu za gnombe) ; mtu huyu ana jongo or
afania jongo, thi* mttn is httnijAackctl and so
cannot icalk or stantl ujiright ; yuwapiga or
inika jongo or kijongo or nundu, kinundu; (2)
gout (St.) ?
Jongo ncnc cha kansu, the largc scam of a natire
cloth ; ku inika jongo ni-nc.
Jonook, s. (yn\ a large kititl af fi*h jrhale] ;
nimeona jongoc ya bahari.
Jonooja, *., a custom ttt w?tlding* to cnrrg the
hridegrooui on thc shotdders ^Er.).
Jonooo, s. (la, pl. majongoo), a ntillepetl, a kintl
of black icorm with a great ntang tcg* } the trortn
julus??
Jonooya, r. n., ritl. ongoya.
Joniota, r. n.; ku washa kidogo ; tombako hi
heijonioti, heiwashi, ni dufu, ni mbiti (or jipui /#«
Kijieinba). to burn onhj a Vtttle ; c.g., thi* tttbacco
tlocs not bitrn much, it i* tfcak, tturipc.
Jonni. *. (cha, pl. vionni), tt noceltg, ttmjthiug
ichich has uot becn sc.en before aud conseijucntlg
causi-s a*tonishmtut or adutiration ; jonni ni
jambo lisiloonekaca, or lisilukuiiino, or laku-
taajabu.
Jonha, r. ; ku-ji-kondcsha, r. rcfi, topinc atcag, to
gricrc at orfor. to langtti*h ; rid. konda.
J6nj*6e, s. (wa, j>l. vioiiHoe), a cripj.lc ; jonsoc ni
mtu mniongc, mcRkini ya Mungu.
J66 (or jO) (cha, j)l. vio), a m.cessarg jtlttcr ; pahali
pa kiignia, ku enenda jooni, to go to stool.
Jopa, s. (la, vl. ma — ), rid. oya, /».
J6ka, r. a., (1) to carve, to do carved icork ; (2) U*
irritt ' btunderiiiglg (ku jora waraka kua vibdya,
pasipo uzuri).
Jorjia, s., a Ueorgian, the ntost valuedand tchitett
offemale slarcs.
Jororo (korobo), adj., soft; jiwe jiroro, si kigumii.
« soft stone.
Johiio, s. t icashing, a bathing-place ; mabali \t\
J08honi = mahali pa ku oshea mtu aliekuf?..
ajtlace for washing tlte dead ; mabali pa Tnuni,
ku uenda vuoni, ajplttcefor tcashing clothe*.
J6»i, s., a hhtck bird trith a longbeak, tchich driaU
tembo on thc cocoa-trec.
Jota, r. a. - ku teka kidogo, to talec a little tcitk
one'sfingers.
Joto, *., heat ; nmili unnjoto; cfr. ota.
Jota, 8. (Ia,;>/. ma — ), a ralued kintl of cocoa-nvt
m'th a tchite sjiongg substancc; joya la nazi =
nito wa nazi ukikua, joya la naxi li tello nJani-
yakwc, fihina la mte, watu anala, ni tamn.
.Ioyo, s. :eha, j)l. vioyo) «= ubahili, avarice,extrtw:
jHtr8i nt'*niousne8s ; cfr. bahili.
J6\o, s. (from moyo, hettrt) ; joyo lina-n» flyiika ;•**
rtii^fr).
.lozi, *., a icaltiut ; i^. , nux in gcncre.
.lozi (or javzi or jeozj), apair (Artth.).
M' (or jru), adc. antl j>rcp., wp, abore, oa, vpou,
orer, on thc top of against ; ju ya mlima, on tkt
inountain; kitu hiki ju yako wewe, this maybt
or is ujHjn thec ; ju yangu, on iny accmst:
usiwe na matojii jii, angalia tini, hare not gottr
ctjcs tttwce, bttt look dotrn (/#|. ordcr to go
cautiou8lg at itight) ; buana yiiko ju, the ntaster
is upstairs.
M\, s. (la, pl. majiia), (1) sun ; {"2) svn-hcat; ko
jiia kiili, nti heifiogeki kna jua, to-tlay the sss i*
Itot, inic cannot tread upon tlw ground for hcat:
jua kitoani, noon ; jua lijuwa likitua (Luktfr.
20) ; kiunctoka jua jiugi mno, wala ai kama fitu-
kalo siku zote.
Jla (wa) (vt'd. chiiaor tjiia, pl. viua), afrog; jna
wa ziwani yuwalia, thc frtnj ofthc lakc or tcoter-
ptHtl cries. Tlte 8tta?tili jpeojde harc the pvtrik
idea, that in the westtrrn hcmisphcre there arr
ptttple tcfto dratc thc sttn tccsttrard. Atfirstth-
ttttn ix jntllcd bg bogs, thcn bg old mcu, and la*
tif all bg strong gouths, ttutil this cclestiai Wv
falls tloirn tcitlt a crash, tchich t howertr is mrf
hettrd on account of the countless number of
jicopte vho, dratring watcr irith their bvcketi .efr.
ml/»o), irash thentselre8 antl say their pra^trt-
.hia likitiia, lafania m&hindo, laken watn hawa-
sikii kua ungi wa kata za ku oshea, na wa watv
wangi wcgni ku snlli.
Jia, r. a., to knotc, to undcrstand, to knotr al^mt
or hotr; nnjua ncno hili. / know this matter;
Kjiii maneno yn Kisuahili, / do not knotr $r
1 )
JU
ttuilerttand KituahUi; cndu kuu ku yia.golhou
inlli eauttoa ; na-ro-jua nliko, / inoio trliure he
u/ tuujiiu ka fua cliuuia, iee knoic hoio to icork
» (or
I IL-m
aeipiaiut one itith.
JuLl {or j-jilIa), k. ot;.; rolu tiuyu wa-ni-miza
ku juilin jambulangn, thit m/tn looktil or iii-
ijuired ajttr rne, lo knoic my conttition.
JliA, r. obj., to put one i'« ntiW, to remiitd one
of a thiag; e.g., mtu omekuja ku-ni-juia kazi
(kumbusha kazi), the ma-i eame to rtmiad
me ofthe trork.
Jcikasa (or jtu.iKANA) t v. «., to be kuotcu.tobc
knoirabte, to kuoio eacli other.
JtisitA (or jtusuA) ^kiijilniha yrjuviiha), e-.c,
to makt to luoic, to teach, to iuake oue ae-
antliited icith.
JCB, «■, " eoni'ulerablc r'ivrr riting in the north-
treit of Kaffa iiml runuing iato the ladian
Ocean near the etptator ia Eait Africa. Tlie
Arabt catl it " Jiib," the Suahiti " Wiitubu," thr
llttlta "D'Uiisa," aiul the Somali "Oowiuda."
There are calttraC.t iu tlut river. The firit it
uttt teith uorth of tlie Soiuali-totca Barderi
irlwrt Baron v. iler Vtcken {in 1866) wai killeil,
afler hieiwj tott liii iteamer at the eaiarad.
Attoilicr nttaraet 'tt raid to be near the Somali-
plact " Cinnniia or Onuali,'' further to the nortli.
It it a ijrciit l'HiJ ihat thii rivtr, irhich appear,
to he navigabl; to a ijreat dManee, heu aot ye
heca eiamined bij Europeam. The Oermai
(lotitrniutiit onght lung aijo ta Itare mude it thtir
tluty to teoil o rcitei Iv Banltra, aad to kact
catled iti chicft and j-eople to actount for tltr
mnriltr of tlie Jlaron. On tliat occaiioa tltey
might haie aictndtd and cjatnined the ricer.
Tn'n river it ito donbt de-tinetl to contey Euro-
peatii ri'jht into the. Galla cottutrie» tituateii
eoitth of Abtjttinia, irhca it irill beeoiae iinpor
lunt for the prutecutiun of geographicat dii-
coecrict, of commtrct, andof luittiouary tcork.
Jluba, «. |>, i>l. n»-)i " la "Jt a » d '"■""&■rhitel '
a mortiie-r.hitel; jubb» la kuzi.
Ji-nOl {or Tinii) , jiitiii JU mhhi-.i {rfr. tuiniie), 11
tmall ttone tied to tkc Ji/hiutjJiook tv mide it
J fcmroi, *. (yii), on effort, eforU, diligtnct, ardour;
ulia jiihudi yu kaii, he irorkt dUigentiy ^ku
fiiniu juliudi, to etert oat'i-tt'f; tfr. j^ ,
diligantia «c uludio u»u> est.
â– .â– IV, 1. {ws, pt. insjuju), a tribe, tchicli actordiag
to tlie geography of the Suahili are a kind o(
pigmiu, tclui retide bcyond thi eountry of the
Wabiliklmo at the icorUI'i end, eating ttonei and
lantl. They tritl come to the coait, to tat ttone;
irhenthedeilrnctioaofthticorldiiathand. In
their eouatnj the eun ittt tcith a erath ecerijday.
<yr.ju*, a frog.
M-iCmh, r. n., rfr. otuma, v. 11.
JujcutA, v'tit. chuvhumia.
L-«J, *., augtr; yunu juki u mojo — yuna htuura,
itc it aagry.
L'kha, r. a., to male one augry, to offend one.
Jukiwa, r. n., to le made angry, lo be offended;
e.g., busna auicjnkiwn ui mtumuwnkwe, nn
mtuma anip-m-jukina Luanawakwc, ihe maiter
irai made angry by hii itace, aad the ilave
made hi» matter angry; cfr. tukiia, tukiwa,
antl tnkin, toprovoke one lo anger.
iKr, «., ruk; a Kord tued by trailert (St.).
LKi-A, v. (i. — lukuu, to carry, to bear (rfr.).
lkuari, #., a icaffolil, tcaffotding (St.)-
t'Kf m; $., a caryo of goodt behaging to carima
otrneri ; jnhazi yatukiio jnkfimu ; pcrhap* a cor-
rjplioaofthcAiiihariciai&Kn-.'oaitirfr.th&ienu).
ICha {or cltt'UA), 1. (cha,i)f. viiima), iYom.
l'Bjfl, »■■(1) Eritlaij [ofthc Jlidianimedant), their
Sithba\h;'i2)tceekj\i-0TiiJC t m&,to^ayiiJPriday,
or siku ku ya juiuu, the grtat day ofthewcek,
i,c, Friday. The ituhammedam cennt t'n tkin
tra'y: (I) juma, Friday; (2) Juma ya mSii or
Juma miiz, Sattirday ; (3) Jnma yn pili or Juma
pili, Sundny ; (4) Juma ya latu or Juma tatu,
Monday; (5) Juma n'ne, Titetdoy ; (6) Jumu
tiino {or ya tano), IVedaetdatj; (7) ElkliBiDin,
Thurmlay; roajumiimanne( = muczi), oJlemoa(A,â–
jiiroamoja, oneiceel; jfima mimu, a trhote irtek.
In ll,e y.unzibar diaiect the natiret lay Juma n
mozi, a pili, a taln, a nne, a tano: ya t» ckanged
niuk.
rtutiu, r. «., to compel; efr
vitura ndi'git ail rero.
1 100, «., grouail-ititti ^SL).
Ji-ol*. «., u hitl of ctuy (kilima cha uJongo) irhiri
thr' Itogt dig «p, aad i'« tehich bta Irarc their
hiaicy (Sp.) (- t6u itt Kijornr», aad Uiiln t-i
Kimkii;
a long lurijc rope (rcfu lu ku fungin) ;
a tmall rope, kigue a rery imaR ropc.
JCn\{or3tnkx),:.anaiteinbly;rid.Arab. leU* â–
L-MBA, t. (cha, pt. viurauu), a litttt room ; a imall
iltejiing-TOOin; niumba lu ina viumba vingi or
piihali puiligo, thit hovte Itai many littte roomi.
:-mba, ». (1a, ;J. majumlia) (ninon.), « large hovir
(-niumbakuba or hodari), an apartmtnt kana
jumba gcrejiani (Sp.), a room Uke tlntt in afort.
t'MBF-, t. {pt. ninjumbe); (1) = Liumbe kiliciio
fimboa, a creafurr ; kiumbe ni ratu or ni muaau
waAdarou; (2) a great thief (mzc rokuba or
sheha; ni watu watawalao katika mrima =
diwilni), njirmcr, kt'ng.
JTT
( «2 )
JTJ
Jumd£za, p. a., to heap one upon another; mtu
huyu anapakia jumbeza (R.), this man embarks,
heaplng one upon another.
Jumfi, *., salt (in Kipemb.)\ maji ya jumfi, salt-
water (opp. to maji ya mto, sweet-water).
Jujila, s. (ya), the sum, totality (pa pia pamoja) ;
"" " "" 6-"C-»
itr - J**- » collegit ; dJU* , summa.
Jumlihha, c. «., to compreliend all together, to
sum vp, to atld up.
Jumu, *. (y&,j)l. za) (cfr. A+ , petivit rem bonam
malamve) = bakhti, fortune; jumu ngema, haj>-
jriness; jumu mbaya, misfortune ; sina jumu
niimi nai = lintupatani mimi nai, we do not agree
irith each other, myself with him ; mua-m-tajia tu,
ela fciye, ni jumuzakwe kua vibaya.
Juna, r. a. - tuna, to ftay t to strip off the skin
(rid. tuna).
Junda, s.j a piace in t)ie island of Jlombas
abounding in cocoa-nut trees (cfr. mUhamuri).
Junoa, s. (magn. o/"unga), a saw-mittf poundcd
woodfor medicinal use (R.) ?
JuNUA, s. (yn,pl. za — ) (in Kipemb.), huslcs; junga
za mtuma =â– matoa ya mtama (in Kitnvita).
Junou, s. (cha, pl. viungu), an earthcnware cooking.
pot ; jungu la ku pikia, a cooking pan or jwt.
Jinoua, s. (la, jd. ma — ), orange; (1) jiingua la
kinunazi. This kind of orange is ofa large
size and of an agrceable taste, brought from
Zanzibar to Jlombas. The orange of Mombus
is ofa sour and di*agreeable tuste; laken jungua
la Unguja lina bered, linatuanm, laken la Mwitu
ni kali. (2) Jiingua za jensa ni ndogo kama niai
ya batta, niekundu. This is thc Pcrsian orangc;
mjensa is the tree ofthis kind oforange.
Junia, *. (vid. gunia), a kind of maltiny-bag.
Juniu, 8., a crustofsalt; nimcoga maji yapoiini
nafunia juniu, / washed mysclfin sea-water und
got my body covcred with salt (with a salt-crust)
(cfr. miiniu).
Junni, 8. (\&,jil. nia — ), a icatcr-bird, whitc in <•<>-
lour and long h-ggcd. Its cry is cousidend
ominous.
Junudi, s., southtm latitude (ojij). shimfil) ; cfr.
S->ys- > auster, veutus australis ( s—^- )•
Juo, s. (cha, j)\. viiio) [yfr. jiia, r. «., to know), a
book ; nianajuoni (j)l. wan»juoni or viuoni, wana-
vioni), a learned, the hurned man; mtu asoniui
(pl. watu wasomuo) juo.
Juo, *. (chu, pl. viuo) (chuo); juo cha ku fulia imzi
or madufu (kifuo cha ku fulia nazi), a ntickjijed
into the ground, its end being jwintid like a
tooth, 80 us to rij) up thc Jibrous husk of the
cocoa-nut. Thc nutivcs vcry skdfully dash thc
cocoa-nut against the point ofthis stick, until the
husk is torn offfrom the shetl.
Juokho, *. (ya), cloth of whattver colour it may be ;
jiiokho ikiwa ncauwi, ikiwa manni mawiti, ikiwa
ncauppo ; juokho ya sufa.
Jupi, s., a hird, an ouseli
Juua, s., ajmir (St.).
JuuukIka (or jcrumika), r. n. (tfr. Kiniassa chu-
rnra), to run down, to drop off t to ffush, e$.,
wlien the rain-water runs down frmn the gutttr
of a roof, or from a piece ofdoth taken out oj
water.
Jusi (or juzi), culv. (=ku ahinda jana), the dag
before yesterday. The word is probably a cor-
ruption of ju ya siku, aoore one day ; juzi \\r
ya juzi, since six days orto-day tlie sixth ; muaka
juzi, the year before Uist; juzi usiku, yesternight;
kijana cha juzi, a boy or girl ofthe day btfort
ycstcrday ~ still young; tangu majuzi yale.
JU88A, s. (ch&,j)l. viuasa), a harpoon; juaaa ni mti
uliotiwa juma cha nta cha ku pigia aamaki
mkuba, kana papa, ngii, tewa.
Juhhu, s. (jd. viussu), a lcind oflizard (cfr. mjussn,
jil. mijussu).
Jusuu (or juzuu), s. (ya, pl. ma — ), (1) a smoJl
book,j>amj)hlet; (2) a section ofa book, espeeially
of the Voran (=- fungu la juo). Dr. Steere
says, *' There arc in all thirty sections, urhich
arc oftcn writtcn out separately.^ AU the jnzuu
together are khitima nzima ; cfr. u^. , partitos
fuit.
Juta, v. n. (ji-uta ?), to regret, to he gorryfor, to
feel grieved at hcart — ku fania hammu or ma-
jonsi (cfr. Arab. J»\*. , anxit aliquem tollici-
tudine) ; najuta maovuyangu, tatubu, / repent of
my wrong-doing, I will uct better ; najuta ku
cnendti Rabbay, naumia burre, ngawa nnakuen-
dcu-ni ? sikuputu kazi, / regret iuy going to
Jiubbuy, 1 troubU' myself 'in vain — for ad, vhy
did I then goi I have not found tcork \ahtl
tlurvfore cunnot tarn anything) ; najuta niimi
nufsiyungu ku funia neno hiii or nnngiwa or na-
shikiwa ui majuio.
JuTiA, v. obj,
.Iutimia, r. c.
Juto, s. >)i\,j>l. ma — ), a largc rirer ; magnifyimg
J'orm of mto, a rivcr ; kijiito (diminut.), a sinull
river, a brook.
.h.u, vid. ju.
Juvia, v. a., to make to know (vid. jua, r. «.};
juvisha, v. c, to teach.
Juva, x. (j)l. majuyu), u drag-net (cfr. jarifa;,
i/«i</r ofthc burk of thc mbuyu tree or of ropcs
oj' vorou-nut Jibre .
Juza, s. ; shuibula juza, very old (St.).
Juzi, rid. jusi.
Juzu, v. u., to suit onc, to behove, to he obliged, to
bc under obliyatiun; cj'r. Arub. jV^. , periniait,
licitum haluit, fecit ut — ; ncno hili lajuza nami
JU
("3)
ku-li-fania, I must ( — ya-ni-pasha) do thU ihing;
mke huyu ajuzu nawe ku-mu-6a, you must marry
tJtU woman; nguo bi hai-m-juzu, thU cloth U
not good or not fit for him t c* nguo hi hajuzu
nayo, thU cloth does not suit him.
JuzIa, v. obj., to compel(= stahili); nono hili
la-n-juzia ku-li-fania, tJtU matter compelt me
to do it; mke huyu a-ka-juzia ku-mu-oa, this
icoman compeU you to marry her.
Ka, a parllcle inserled in ihe imperative and
subjunctive of verbs, expressive of the conjunc-
tion "and;" e.g. t enda uka-mu-<5ne, go and see
him.
Ka, a parlicle signifying the past tense, and
applied in the narrative styU. TJte conjunction
"and" U included; e.g., akakasirika, aka-m-
piga, akanenda, and he was angry, and did beat
him t and departcd.
Ki (or kaa), s. (wa, pl. za), a land-crab, canccr
ruricola (Kr.)
Ka (or kIa) (ya, pl. za), a bloek with an incUion in
which planks arefastened to sguare tJtem (R.).
Ka (or kjLa), s. (la, pl. mfika or makaa), apiece of
charcoal (pl. coals); kaa la muoto, a buming coal,
embers; kaa zimui — k&a lililo zimua kua maji,
cJiarcoal quencJted with water = a dead coal, in
oppos. to kaa la muoto (pl. makaa mazimui or
makaa zimui or makaa yazimui), coal become
dead of itself (kaa lililozima nafsiyakwe) ; kaa
la moshi (pl. makaa ya moshi or kamoshi),
soot; ku piga makaa, to make charcoal.
Kajl (or KA), v. n. t to sit t to dwell, to stay t to remain,
to tarry, to live in or at; e.g., mahali akaapo
sultani, tJte place wJtere tJie Jdng sits or dtcells
— the royal dwelling or palace ; ku kaa kiutko,
to sit doicn, to remain guiet; wowo uniekaa
mno or sana, tJtou Jiast tarried or stayed much
or long.
KalIa, v. obj. ; ku-m-kalia matanga, ku kaa raa-
tanga, to sit mourning; ku-m-kalia, to mourn
for or ovtr Jiim; ku-m-kalia jema = ku-m-
fanikia jema ; ku-m-kalia tamu.
Ji-kalIa ; ku ji-kalia tu, only to stay t to pass
time, to Jiave notJung to do.
Kawa, v. p., to stay out, to tarry, to be delayed.
Kawia, v. obj. t to delay.
Kawilia, v. oly.f to tarryfor one t to loiter about
a busines8.
KawilIza, v. c.,to make one to tarry t to stay
out, to be out a long wJiile.
Kalika, v. n., capable of being inhabited; e.g.,
nti hi haikaliki, one cannot dtcell in tJtis coun-
try t it U uninJiabitable.
Kawisha, v. c, to cause to stay t to drlay.
KaliIna, k. rec. t to dclay one anotJter.
Kaakaa (or kAka), s. (\&,pl. ma — ), tJte palate;
kaakaa la ulimi = shina la ulimi, lit., the root
of the tongue.
KjLa la kIkoa, thepalatef (8t.).
Kaahoshi (or kamoshi) (ya, pl. za) (=takaza
moshi), soot caused by the smohe; mahali or
pahali peeussi (peaussi) kua moshi, a place
which U blackfrom tJte amoke. TJte cottages of
the natives arefuU ofsoot from want ofproper
eJtimneys.
KajLhoa (or kikoa), v. a., tofry t to cook with fat.
Kaawoo (kikoo), s. (la, pl. makaango), an earthen
potfor cooking meat in.
KAba, s. (ya, pl. za) (Dr. 8t. has kaba la kanzu) ;
kaba ya kanzu, a piece of cloth which U stitched
into tlic tcaUtcoat on the back of tlie neck, and
a little down on tJte front, to give tJte kanzu
more strengtJt (ku tia kaba, kaba ya kisibao).
Kaba, v. a. t to cJioJce, to tJtrottle (St.).
KabAili (or kabAila), s. (wa, %A. makabaili);
kabaili ya watu =- watu wakuba, the principal
men of a place; thambi kabaila (— thambi
kuba), a great sin or crime; tfr. Lj , accopit.
KIbala, s. (Arab. J**)» the being oppostte to —
over against (cfr. kabili).
Kabari, s. (ya, pl. za), a tcedge = kipaude cha
mti cha ku passulia gogo.
KAbathu, v. a. (Arab. <^**), to catcJt (= ku guya) ;
cfr. i^i , npprehendit manu rom, or L«J '
manu comprchondit rem.
Ki bithi, v. a , to give into tJte Jiand, to seize one
80 tJtat Jte cannot escape ; e.g., amc-m-kabithi
muegni dcni, Jte seized tJic debtor; hence
kibithi, 8., Jtusbandry t frugality ; amekabithi
— amezuia mali kua kua mkafu, to beparsi.
monious t toholdfast, not to sauander money.
KABITHI8HA, V. C, to COUSe to 8CtZ€.
KabIbu, adj. (Arab. S-**** , smaU t narrow f in
oppos. to wide ; e g., sidaki nguo pana, nadaka
nguo kabibu, / do not want a wide cloiJi, Iwant
a narrow one (cfr. v^ ? ?)•
KabIla, s. (ya, pl. t za), tribc, dan t a subdivision
tess tJtan taifa (Sl) (cfr. ufungu) ; vid. Arab.
S*S , tribus arabica, gens plures familias con-
tinens.
( 124)
Kabili, *., a fiute-player «muegni kupiga mizmari
Kabili, w. n. (Arab. J**), tobebeforeor opposite,
toface one t to be opposite t to appear before one's
face t to brave ; ku onana usso kua usso, to take
the direction t e.g. t hakAbili ku uza, Iit. t he is not
in the direction ofseUing t he doea not seem as if
he would sell it; hatuwczi ku kabili bAhari ile, we
could not navigate tliat sea ; ulimcngu unakabili
mvua, it i* tikely for rain ; chaktila sasa kina
kabili mimi, it i* now my turn to supply food.
Kabiliana, v. rec. (— ku lckeana), to facc each
other, to be opposite one to the other.
KABfLisnA, r. c, (1) to confront t to bring oneface
to face t to set before; (2) to send one with
something, to set before; cfr. Lj , antc cssc ;
Lj , accepit, c regione oppositus fuit ; usipo-
ni-lipa maliyangu, ta-ku-knbilisha na wdli, if
thou dost not give my goods t 1 will bring thce
before the governor; nirae-m-kabilisha mtu na
waraka ku nenda naye Pangnni, / hare sent a
man with a letter to the Pangdni-river ; (3) ku
kabiiisha niaraka, toforward letters.
Kabisa, adc. ; thi* word enforces both the affirma-
tion and negation t hencc it signifies : (1) by all
means t (2) by no means t (3) altogetlter, utterly,
quite ( — komoe, mno, tu, sana, mamoja) ; siduki
kabisa kitu hiki, I do by no means want this
thing t I do not want it at all; kabisa = asia, but
asia is ob8olete t e.g. t wasisalia asia.
Kabithi, r. a., to give one into the hand; vid. kii-
bathu, v. a.
Kadla, adv., &//<>/•<» ;kablaya, before, ere (oftime);
kabla asijiifii, beforc hc died ; kabla ya siku jiijc,
ere long, in a few days; kabla el-fcgiri, beforc
day-break ; kabla mviia haitassa ku nia, before thc
rain ; kabla muaka hautassa ku pita, before the
lapse ofa year ; kubla or kabula nsitassa ku
nmia, befvrc I suffer, Lukc xxii. 15 (K.).
Kabos, *. ; ku piga kabos, to harp (Sp.).
KabOla, adr., j'revious, beforc; anakiija nibellc
kabula ya fulani hatassa ku tokea, hc rame
beforc X. X. madc his appearancc ; kabulaasi-
jenda mefigidini, beforc hc went to thc mo*que.
Kabuli, s. (Arab. J^i ), acccptance; hapami ka-
buli tcna.
Kabuiu, 8. (ya,^>/. iuakaburi), a toiub, a grare (cfr.
kitinza aud jencnza) ; Arab. ^J» , iiihumavit,
sepclivit ; ~*S , sepulcrura.
Kaciia (kaja), 8. (ubabi), to fasten a cla*p or list
with nails on the sidcs (K.).
Kadamisiia (or kadImihiia), r. a. (Arab. *jj> i
praccessit, pracivit, to go beforc), to advancc, to
send before (— ku tanguliza or pt-leka rabelle ;
n : mckadamisha watu kumi, Ihave svnt ten mcn
before or beforehand. Tlu word sounds like
gadamisha, makaburi like niagaburi, in thepro-
nunciation ofmany Arabs.
^ ^ ^
Kadamu, s. (Arab. *oU- ), a servant (rfr. *m *
ministravit, inservivit ; *»>U. , famulus) ; cfr.
Bp. Steere,pagc 288, "kadamu," a servant, tke
lowest of thc three chief men usuaily set ovtr
the slavc* on aplan'ation. On the Zambtzi the
man who stands at the head of tlte canoe to Ivok
outfor shoals is called kadamo.
Kadi (or rather kathi, Wrf.), *. (Arab. *<&}
(wa, 2>l makiidi), judge — muamzi wa nti ; efr.
^2& , decrevit, judicavit.
Kadiki, r. n. (Arab. .jj ), to thihk, svjtposc,
estimate; Arab. ^jj , potuit, valuit, magni
estimavit, in magno prctio habuit ; nakadiri
mancno haya ni kuclli, Ithink this matter to be
true.
Kadirika } v. ii., to bc supposabic ; c.g. t manen»
yasiokadirika =- yasioncncka, the word* whick
canuotbesupposed,cannotbenaidort9timattd;
anatakabari mno, hakadiriki, he is excecdingly
jnroud,
KadikIwa, r. p. t to be supposed.
Kadiri, 8. (Arab. «jj ), mcasure, capacity,
amouut, raluc, about, nearly (Arab. yti »
quod ordinatum est, quantitas, mensura, pre-
tium); kadiri ya watu kumi wamekuja, about
ten men came ; ame-ni-pa kadiri ya reali mia,
he gave me to the amount of 100 doUar* (aboutor
nearly 100 dollars) ; kadiri gani or kadri gani ?
to what amount or how much ? kadri gani pipa
hi ya banidi, ichat is the price qf thit barrel of
gunpowderi what does it costf kadiri akitia
hukiiza, whenever or as ofttn a# heput* in t dx.;
| kiidiri utakaokiia, whenever thou «r/, d'c; kadiri
' utakapolanioa maovu, ni-pigia ukemi, nami U-
1 ku-tokea marra, irhencrcr yon arc trronged, girt
! ine a call aud Iwill coine to you at oncc.
Kadooo, adj., xmall t littlc (cfr. dogo).
j Kafafanla unu(i v *., vncovering oftht siere; rid.
kilinge.
Kafaha, *. iy&,2)l.ma. — ), a sujierstitious charu
made qf a little breod, sugar-cane t and thc eggs
ofa hni, rfr. // is thrown into a cros*-way at
night or early in the moming, to ejrpel an evil
spirit, irhich i* svpjiosetl to have caused the
sickiK** of a 2>er*on. The kafdra-maker write*
soiue liiies upon thc, eggs or cocoa-shcUs, &c. (kn
iauia kafara). Thc natives make makafara or
niasadaka isacrijiees) in a time of general dis-
tre**, e.g., infamine, war t rfc. They blindfolda
btack cow with black cloth and bury it alivc i*
( »5)
tJte dead of night, fottowing tJte direction of the | Kagongo, s. (cha) =* fimbo fupi, a little stick ;
wind. Tlii$ sacrifice is made, "ku sukuraia kAkongo cha ku pigia uzi ■» a hasp.
maovu," to avert an evil {vid. ihakafara). Tfany Kagonoonuo (kafupi), a very little sticlc.
onepassing tahes up tlie ingredients ofthe cJtartn . Kaoua^ r. a., to go over and impect (St.).
which Jtaoe been thrown in tJte cross-way, he is Kaha, s. (la, pt. ma — ); kaha la i, an egg-shell;
supposed to carry away tJte misfortune or ! ngovi la kaha la i, tJie embryo in the egg-sheU.
disease, d-c. Kahaba, s. (wa, pl. ma — ) (Arab. &<^i ), a pros-
Kaffi, s. (pl. makaffi), a paddle (kasia la niuma), titute, rnale orfemale.
a small oar used (in rowing a boat) by the man Kahadi, s., an epidemicf (R.) ; the name of a
who sits behind at the helm. sickness like cJtolera, small-pox ; hi ni kahadi
Kafila, *. (ya) (Arab. £Uli ), a caravan; saffari | a Ho.tu-8hu8hia Muegniewo Muungu; cfc Ij
knba ; e.g., innkuja kafila ya Wakamba (cfr. nga- , j nce88 i t contracto gradu. '
nidwa and kinungu). The word kafila i« not \ Kahaf, s.; ya kofia (Sp.) ?
much used b» the real SuoJtili, bvt rather bu ; Vi „. - - *r*z
'l^ ^ ^ J Kahawa, s., coffee; cfr. 6^5 , vinum ct tum dc-
the Arabs. Jai , reversus fuit ox itinere ; fliij f ^^ ex kci8 nogtrum kaffec
iter simul facicntium cohors or turba ex itinere , Kahesoa, *.; ku fania kahenga?
redenntium.
Kafihi, v. a. ; ku-ji-kafini, wana-ji-kufini ngiio or
wava nguo ku-ji-kafini (R.) ; cfr. ^jtf , involvit.
Kafirt, s. (Arab. JlS') (wn, ja/. ma — ya), infidel, ,
one who is not of the AfuJtammedan religion ;
Kahixat, s. ¥ cfr. Arab. y£ , pruesagivit, prac-
dixit occulta, hariohitus fuit ; vid. kuhiui.
KAhini (pl. makahini), s., a priest, a sootJtsayer ;
Arab. y£ , pracsagivit, sacerdotio functus
fuit.
knfiri wa Kinika, maknfiri ya Kisegeju ni maku- Kaida, s. (Arab. £*xcU ), reyularity (St.) ; ya
firi ya kwisha (vid. Msegeiu\ tJte Wanika and , ., , - . ' -. , .
J v b J ' I kaida, regular; cfr. also *>U » duxit, passus fuit
Wasegtju are the worat infide's ; Arob. ^ , | d„ c i Be b8equentein reddidit, obedient.
texit, abnegavit ; jte , Dci beneficia abncgans, ,Kaima; akiliyakwc kairaa?
infidelis, MnhamnTedicao rcligionis dogmata Kaimu > 'â– ( Ar<lh ' f$* ) (P 7 - makaimu), (1) muegni
negans. Majefiri,tn/&7e ; s, promakufiri, isobsolete.
Kaftani, s. (Arab. ^Uoi ), tJte long upper-coat of
the Arabs, resembling tJte European niglitgown.
Kafu (or kavu), adj., dry ; kitn kiiicho kaiika, a
thing which is dry ; kiini kufn, drywood; ma-
liindi makafu, dry corn ; kitu kikafu, dry matter;
cfr. Jjtf , aridu«, siccus fuit.
KAFUKiA, r., to cry, to ccdl out, to raise a cry.
KafCle (or k^fOle\ *., dogl odds-bobs! an excla-
mation of contempt ; kafule wu or liwue nguo,
ondAka oruondoke, ifa cJdhl i* *ecn naked, tJiey
will say, " Thou dog, wear a clotJt and gct tJice
Jtence."
Kaf£ri, *., campJtor ; .J>\& f camphora.
Kaua, s. (ya, pl. za), a kind of sweUing, tumour
(uelle wa kaga) R. ; kaga ya or za malimau, ttr.
Kaoa, v. a., to protect anytJting by me.ans of a
charm ; e.g., ku kaga muili, kuburi, shamba, d-c;
kua upancra; ku kaga kab'iri — ku fnnia upanga
kaburini fiasi asi-m-fukio meiti, to put a cltarm
upon tJte grave lest the hyena dig vp the corpse;
ndilo kago la fissi (pl. mngo ya fiBsi).
Kagara kagara ; alikua hakujua knguva kagura
(cfr. Kiniassa raga and laga), hc did not know
what to do (R.).
Kaoo, s. (la, pl. ma — ), protection of anytJting by
means ofa charm; e.g., kago la ngiie, la mtti, la
fisai, d'c; vid. kaga ya.
ku amiia mahali pa sultani, waziri or wakili wa
sultani, tJte viccgerent, representative of tJte
king; (2) mganga, vid. ku punga pepo.
Kajua, s. dimin., little *un (wJten Jte goes down at
suuset) ; kn juu ni kapi, wJiere is Hte little sun f
resp., Jte is nearly down.
Kaka *. (la), vid. kunkn (la ju and la tini).
Kaka, s. (yn) (ugdnjoa wa vido1« pia), a kind of
disease wJtich consumes the fingers, commencing
with tJte fiesh under tJte nails. The disease
cit 7 Ied radudu consumes only tJie flesh of one
Hnger (under tJte nail) ; ku fania kaka kido-
10 •
cm.
Kak.v, *. (la, pJ. makiikn), sltell; e.g., kaka la i, la
limuu, the sJiellof an egg, or tJie rind ofa lemon
wJu'ch is throtcn away after Jtaving bten used,
pnlp oforanges (Er.).
Kaka, 8., a brotJter (Kikatlimu) (St.).
Kakamuka, v. n., togroanlike a woman in travail
or like a person in severe sickness, or to strain
(vid. jika), to say ch in Ufiing vp a Jteary
load.
Kakassi, *., a little bitter ; vid. utungu; kitu
kikassi, like tea witJtout sugar.
Kakata, r. = ku uma, to Jtave mulligrubs (?).
Kakatua, t\ ?
Kakawana, r. w., to be strong t capalie of great
ejrertion, wcll Jcnit and firm in all tJie mnscles
(St.).
( 126)
Kakki, s. (ya,pl. »), a kindofvery thin and hard-
baked cake, Jiaving many hoUe in it; mukate
muembaraba, una tundu tundu nd6go nd6go.
Kala, *., fox f (2) kala or kal, word; kala esbniri,
the word ofaproverb or the word ofa veree.
Kalafati, v. a. (Arab. ZiK ) ; k« — , to caulk.
Kalala, 8. (la,^.ma— ) (eing. nkalala wa mnazi) ;
(1) kalala la mnazi, the kalala u a ehoedike
covering of the inkua wa mnaai (vid. mkiia).
The Uaf which conceah tJte fiower-bud of the
nazi (Er.)? (2) Kalala la niiiki, honeycomb
(aaali ni ndani). *~
Kalamu, 8. (ya, pl. ma— ) ( (& , calamua scrip-
toriua), a native reed pen for writing; kalamu
ya mu&nzi, reedpen. The nativee like beet the
kalamu ya rosinzi, tchicJi i$ a kind ofblack ehrub.
The nibs ofthis reed-pen are cvt obliquely. Snaa
fnza kalaniu kbiynri, noir write with a good pen.
Kalabua, *. (Arab. &*&> ), a little piece of ivory
oftJie value of4 to 5 doUars ; pembe ya kalasba.
Kalasi, *., La8car f
Kale, adv., (1) old, ancient; watu wa kiile, the
anciente; ninmba bi ni ya kalo mno, this liousc
i$ very very old ; mtn buy u ni wa kale ; bnpo kale
palikua aimba, long ago (in olden timee) there
wa8 a lion; (2) kale (ofa tree), alhurnum.
KalpIti (vid. kalafati) (ya, pl. za), caulking, the
piece of cotton which ie put between thepianJce
ofthe veseel to make it icatertigJit.
Kalfati, r. a. ; ku-jombo — ku tia pamba na ma-
futa jomb6ni, yaaingio maji, or maji yasipate
pita ndani, to caulk with cotton.
Kalfatiwa, v. p.
Kali, adj., tour, eJiarp, narage, ntrong, fierce; tembo
kali, etrong (intoxicating) cocoa4iquor; kitu
kikali; mtu mkali, a eavage ; jua kali, ahot sun.
KalI, v. n., (1) ku kali, to be, to exist (ku kelc) ;
nitu buyu akali mziraa, akaliko, akclc mzima or
bei, he is still living; watu wakali bei ; iisaha
ukali-mo, there is siill eomething (pus) in it ; (2)
pcrhaps, pray, HJcehj ; kali kitu hiki r.i cbangu,
this thing is likehj to be mine; kali batakuenda,
perhape he will not go ; kali bata kuja, sijui ;
kali (lnliida) adaka ngomo, pcrhaps hc wants the
fortrees.
KalIa, v. obj. (rid. koa), to 8it up or waitfor one,
either to do him good or harm, to remain for;
ku-m-kalia ndiani, to wait for one or to waylay
one on the road = ku-m-otca; ku-m-kalia mtu kua
wema au vibaya ; ku-m-kalia matanga or ku ka
matanga, to sit mouming for one w/io has died.
The fiuahili make a mourning of three days
over tJte dead. Aftertcarda the wife of a free-
man keepe profound silence and remains at
homeforfrom three tofive montJie; ifshe i$ the
wifc of a slave, she mourns for two and a haJf
months. JShe epeake in a very lotc roice, does not
leave the room, <£c; this is eaUed, " ku-m-kalin
miime eda" (ku-m-kalia tftmu, to remain a$ he
would uri$h).
Kauana, v. r., to wait for another, e.g., ka
pigana.
Kalika, v. n., to be JiabitabU.
Kaliba, adj., to be eharp, hot, acid ; e.g., liki ina
kaliba, tJie vinegar ie acid; cfr, S-** f rebemens
fuit.
Kaubu, 8. (ya) ( %^\3 , forraa in qua aes funditnr
vcl ad quam res fingitur), (1) mould, furnace (ku
tia kalibuni) ; (2) kidiide cba ku fania pop6, the
instrument for making beOe; kidude cba ku
subia popo (vid. jubu).
Kaijfu (or kelifu, kilifu), r.a. (= kati), to do
vioUnce, to moUst, to trouble, to be disagreeabU
to one, to inconvenience, to oppose, to eontradiet;
ame-ni-kalifu maneno, or amc-ni-knnia, amatema
sifio sifio kabiea ; *-*** , subiro ju&sit rem molev
tam.
Kalifiaka, v. rec.
Kalifuha, v. a.; ame-m-kalifisba maneno yakwe.
KalIma, 8. [vid. mnunguana), lit., word; cjg n
watiima baw&na kalima ya nafsizao, eUtves have
no worde of their own, i.e., have no 8clf-depemd-
ence, they are not oftheir own selvee; cfr. Arab.
fj£ , verbum protulit ; £«*£ , verbum, dictio.
KalipIa (rectiua kabipia), v. a. — ku fanfa ukab',
to ecold, to threaten; cfr. «Jkl^.
Kalubu (or kulabo), a hook (vid.) ; but kalibu t*
a mould.
Kama (or kana kuamba), conj., liJee at, ae if t*p-
poeed; ngiio kama bi, a cloth like thi»; kamani
= kamanini ? as what — very mueh; knna
mpunga kamani, there is cxceedingly muek rke;
kama awezavio, as he can; kama hio nHo-kn-
ambia, as Itold you; kama siku kumi mbelle or
kadiri ya siku kumi mbelle, ttn daye ago; cfr.
U£ , sicuti, prout.
Kama, r. a., to milk; ku kama gnombe mazSwa,
KamI a, v. obj., to milkfor one.
Kamoa, v. p., to be miJked.
Kama makoa, s., a pomegranate.
Kamasa, 8. (nnapata kama&a), tomething beautifult
Kamasi, 8. (ya, pl. ma — ) (Kin. mamira), utucm
from the noee; ku fiita kamasi, tobJoworwipe
one's nose; yuna makamaai roangi kama kdndo,
Jie J\o8 much running at the noee like asheep;
ku sbikoa ni mafiia ya karaaai, to take ceid;
siwezi kamasi, Iam illfrom a eold.
Kamata, v. a., to catch (e.g., muifi), to arreet, to
take, to eeize; to be distinguisJied from ku gfija,
ku kabitbi, ku sbika, ku zuia, ku kuta ; ku guya,
to catch a beast; katika mtambo, in a trap; kn
kabithi mali ; kabitbi maliyangu uai-m-pe mta,
take or keep myproperty, do not give it to auy
( 127 )
man; ku Bhika, to take it into one's hand; ku
zuia, to seize or Jceep back; nazuia fcthayako,
shert mlipe Mkamba scbabu ya deni, / keep back
your money to pay the Mkamba your debt; ku
kuta a hu ona, nime-m-kuta mtu huyu niumbani
muangu, Ifound him in my house.
Kamatana, r. rec. t to grapple, to seizc one
another.
Kam atJa, r. obj. (kamatia kuku).
Kamatoa, v.p.
Kamba, s. (la, pl. ma— ), the ceU-comb of a bee ;
makamba ya niuki ndio yalio na aaali, yalio kamu-
liwa, ikatolewa asali (vid. jana, #.).
Kavba, *. (wa, pl. za), a shrimp f (a large sJtrimp is
caUed mkamba, pl. mikamba), a crayfisJu
Kamba, *. (ya, pl. za\ rope; kamba ya makiimbi
ya mnazi. the husk of a cocoa-mU softcited in
water and beaten, and then twisted into ropes,
strings, or cords. The kamba ya maktimbi (from
the fibres of cocoa-nut sheVs) is to be distin-
guisJiedfrom tJte ukaraba, a rope madeofmm or
gnongo (pl. karaba za mia), and kamba ulayiti,
a European or hempen rope, and kamba or kam-
baa, a plaited thtmg or ichip used by scJiool-
masters and overlookers.
Kamba, s. (la, pH. makamba); (1) kamba la kikapn,
the twisted handle; (2) kamba la niuki, the
honey-ceU, which Jutving been squeezed out, is
called lapu la niuki (pl. matapu ya niuki).
Kambo, s., a step-child; baba wa kambo, a step-
father; maroa wa kambo, a step-mother. Mr.
Erh. trrito "kambu."
Kambu, s. (ya, j>/. za), <* sJioot, sprout; e.g., kambu
ya mg6mba — mte wa mgnmba or mua ; kambu
xa mgomba za maniwe, but walio kando kando ni
kambuzakwo.
Kame, adj., said of ebbing (R.), guitc dried up,
utterly barren (St.).
Kamt, *., a bulbous plant with large Jtead of red
flowers (St.).
Kamia, v. a., to reproach, to threaten; ame-m-
kamia sana ku-m piga, he threatened him mucli
to beat him; ji-kamia, to reproacJi one f s-self;
(2) to demand sometJung from one, e.g., a creditor
from a debtor who always endeavours to evade;
na-m-kamia sana ; (3) to be resentive.
KImili, adj. (Arab. J*^), perfect, whoU, com-
plete =Vua kamili ; ^S , integer, perfectus fuit.
Kamilia (timilia), v. n., to be wJtofe or perfect.
KAMiLiFU, adj.,perfect, wanting nothhg.
Kamilika, to beperfect.
Kamilisha, v. a., to make perfect or entire (-
timiza); e.g. t niiuc-u-kamilisha mueziwangu,
Ihave made my montJtfull — Ihave served a
fuU month.
K1m6e, adv. (» kabisa), by no means, not at aU,
never; e.g.> ridaki kitu biki k&raoe, / do not
want tJtis thing at oM. Compare Ute Kikamba
ejrpression, ka imoe, one time, once.
Kamu ? kaskazi kamu, Ukambani f (R.) ; probably
kaimu, rising, travelling to Ukambani.
Kamua, r. a., topress out by twisting or wringing,
to squseze weU; e.g., ku kamiia ipu, mafuta
jungua, nguo, d'c. (cfr. tumbiia, popot6a).
KamulIa, v. obj.; ku karaulia ndirau muilini, to
press out lemons andput thejuice upon the body.
Kamuliwa, pass., to be pressed or saueezed out.
Kamus, 8., Arabic dictionary.
Kana, s., a tiUer (St.).
Kaxa, conj., if as, UJce; vid. katna.
Kana, *., the wooden handle ofthe rudder (Sp.).
Kana, v. a., to negative, to deny, disown; baba
ame-m-kana manawe = baba amescma, si wangu
mana buyu ; kwanza muifi amckana, sasa yuwa
ungaraa, the thief formerly denied, but now Jie
confesses.
Kania, v. obj., to deny or disown in farour of
somebody; prov. ku-m-kania miiifi, ni muifi
yce ; baba ame-m-kania manawe ku iba, the
father denied for his son, Jic said, my son has
not committed tJie tJieft imputed to him ; baba
amesema, raanangu si muifi, bathubudu ku
f jnia uifi.
KanIa, v. (= ku-m-kataza) ; mimi ninge kuenda,
laken baba ame-ni-kania, / irouid Jiare gone,
but the father refused or prevented me ; baba
ame-m-kania manawc ku iba, amemkataza,
asitende jambo hili.
Kamka, v. p. (Er.), to be denied by; mnana
amckanika, na surayakwe ningine, fii ya babai.
Kanisiia (or kamusha), r. c. (haknkirri), to
make to disown or deny, gainsay ; felani amc-
m-kanisha nduguye hakiyakwe, a certain man
denicd Jtia brotherU rigJtt ; mtumke huyu ame
ku-kanisha manawako, this woman has denied
tJtee tJty cJiiUJ, i.e., sJte declared sJie did not get
tJte cJdldfrom tJice, but from another man; sJtt
said, mana huyu si wako ; ame-m-kiinisha =
arae-mu-ambia niuana huyu si wangu. They
say, kanisha, kanusha, kaniusha, kanushia ;
ku kanusha moyo, to deny one's-self
Kani w a, r.p. ; ku kaniwa ni watu, tuajua si muifi,
suisui tua-m-kania, hatu-rou-oni siku zote aki-
fania kazi hi.
Kakadili (pl. ma — ), a little side-chamber in
native vessels containing the cho or water-closet .
Kanadina, vid. darehe (R.) ?
Kanama (= kumbe) ? (R.).
Kanda, s. Q&,pl. ma — ), (1) a great bag made of
mia or of ukindu or mftimo leares. In tJte
Kimnma language kanda is called kitumba.
Dr. Steere caUs kanda a long narrow matting-
bag, broader at the bottom than at tJie mouth.
(2) A thong; ku mpiga kanda, to scourge one.
( 128 )
Kanda, v. a., (1) to knead with tJte hand unga
(Jlour) or udongo (clay in potter's \oork) ; (2) to
shwnpoo, to press with tJte fingsrs any part of
tJte body which is in pain; ku kanda uiatuinbo
kua mafuta. This often gives relief especiatty
wJten done by an experienced perscn.
Kandamana, v.
Kandamanisha, v. c.
Kandamiza, v. a., topress upon.
KandIka, v. a. ; kua udongo ku kandika niumba,
to plaster a Jtouse witlt mud.
KANDAHioNiA, s. (ya, p 1 . ina— ), a kettle used for
boiling water, tea-kettle.
Kandi, *. (ya, pl. ma — ), a great tnas* or stock of
stored things; baihesabiki, ni kandi, plenty,
treasure; kitu kilijo kiugi or kamili or kilicbo
wekoa akiba, kandi ya mali. In the Kisambara
language kandi or kando means "food or pro-
vision." Kande zika-mu-i8bia,wakapatiwanindia ;
kandiyenu ilipo, ndipo moyowcnu nao utakapo
kua, Luke xvii. 31.
Kandia, <?tm.o/ndia, asmaUpath; kandia kadogo,
a small sligJUly trodden patJt.
KandIka, v. a. (cfr. kanda, v. a.), to plaster ; ku
kandika niumba kua udongo, to plaster tJie waU
of a pole-Jtouse icitJt mud.
KandIli, s. (pl. makandili), a lanteni ; Arab.
J>Jul , lucerna, lampas.
Kando, s. t a deserted dweUingplacc ; mahnli palipo
tamua, ndilo kamlo (rfr. gofu), narejea kandoni
pangu, a Jiousc wJiirJt JtasfaUen in, is kiwanda?
(K.).
Kando, s. (ya, ph za), side, bnm, bank, coast,
strand; kando ya babari, kando ya or kando
kando ya mto, beside a river or afong by tJte side
ofa river.
Kanoa, *.; kiinga 1a mnazi, tJie siritcJt-Jike end ofa
cocoabranch from wltich tJte vidako (vid. vidako)
nhoot forth, and from wJticJt tJte cocoa4iquor is
obtained ; vid. gt'ma, r. a. (cfr. tawi, s.).
Kanoa, *. (wa, pl. za\ a gitineafoicl ; niuni wa
vit6ne t6ne.
Kanoa, p. a. (rid. kaangn), to fry, roast, to burn
by roasting; ku kanga niama kua gai ; kanga ni
kn oka kua sainli, lakcn ku oka or oja, ku weka
mottoni halisi. Ku oka is to roast tJte meat on
tJie bare fire, but kanga is to fry irith butter or
fat or any otJier substance; ku kanga motto, to
warm.
Kanuia, v. obj.; kangoa, v.p.
Kanoao \, s. (la, pf. ma — ), swordgrass in stagnant
watcr.
Kanoaja, *., (]) a smal! mandarin orange (St.);
(2) a 1,-inrl offish witJiout mamba awl a little
Jtorn projecting from tJte Jtead (R.).
Kanoo, s. (pl. ma!?ango), rid. aango.
Kani, *., energy, potency ? cfr. Ui , aoquudvit.
Kania, s., a medicine ajtplied for the maradi ya
niflhipa. Tt is the root of a tree (kama kiiuma).
Kania, r. ohj. (vid. kana, r. a.), to deny aperson.
Kaniaoa, v. a., to tread upon or to trample under
one'sfeet; to be distinguished from ku vioga,
whicJt means to tread when walking ; tjg., ku
vioga mtiinga or nti ; vid. fioga ; labuda kuku
ana-m kaniaga, most likely tJte Jten trode ujwh it
(tJte Jteit-cJticken).
Kaniauia, r. 6J)j.; kaniagiwa, v.p.
Kanikj, 8., dark-blue calico t caUed NUe-stuff, much
demanded in East Africa.
Kaniha, s. (ya, pl. ma — ), cJturch of the Christians;
A-wfl » ^ , Rynagoga Judaeorum, et ecclesia (tem*
plum) Christianorum, from ^j^ , in latibulum
se recepit dorcas.
Kanuua, v.p., to be persecuted bacJcwards and
forwards (R.) ?
Kanja, s. (la), vid. pl. makanja.
Kanji, s. t arrowroot, starcJt.
Kanju, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a cashew-apjde, a Jcind of
chestnut ; mkanju huvia kanjn, na kanjn likawia
dunge, na dunge likipcfuka huitoa koruaho.
Dunge na kanju hukiia saua saua, hatta kanju
likifania uckundu wa ku iva, dunge limekoa
korosho, na watu wala.
Kanju, s., vid. kanzu.
Kano, f. (]&.])!. ma— ), sinew of animals (kanola
gnombc usedfor bow-strings) (Sp.) ; cfr. pambika
and upotc.
Kanoa, s. (la,^i/. ma — ), mouth.
Kanha, i\ a., to warm; kansa motto (cid. kanga),
to Jieat.
Kanai, s., a large ltnoll ofa creeper (E.).
Kantara, s. (ya) (Arab. SJbaS , pona, altum aedi-
% ficium), bridge; more generaUy called daraja ji
m'to, a bridge of a river.
Kanu, s. (wa), weasel (witJt wJtite tail) (E.), or
ratJter a kindofmarten which eats poultry (Sp.).
Kanudi ?
Kanuni, s. (rfr. ^i , perquisivit ; mJ\I , canon,
regula), a matter implied by necessity, a necessars
condition = yakiui, thabidi, halisi, of necetsity,
trutJt ; najua kanuni, / know verily, reaUy.
Kanuhiia ? vid. kanisba.
Kanzi, s. (ya) (cfr. y£ t sub terram recondidit
sc—
thcsaurum ; ^jS , thesaurus reconditus sub ter-
ram), (1) a treasure; (2) a dish or mes* offood
prepared ofvarious ingredients (o/mtelle, pojo,
bisari, meat, pilpili, samli, d'c.) which a MuhaMh
medan bride sends to her lover during the tim
oftJte Ramadan in sign oflove (alama ya ma-
i
( 129 )
pcndano), ia return for irhich the bridegroom
hcmIs a Jtandsome cloth (kisiia jema); kijungu
cha kanzi cha ku-ni pelekca mtumbawukwe ada-
kai ku-mu-6a.
Kakzu, s. (yn,/>/. za), coat; kanzn yajumn, coatof
mail ; kanzu is a long shirt-like garment worn
hoth by men and loomen in Zanzibar. Me-ns
kanzus are vchite or of a brown-yeilow coJour,
with ornamental itork in red silk round tJie neck
antl dotrn the breast; tJtey reacJi to tJie JieeU ;
iromans kanzus are generally sJtorter, and made
ofevery rariety of stvff, frequently ofsatin or
Jirocade, but are always bound icitJt red (St.).
Kanzu za chuma mbambile, a coat ofmail doubJy
lined.
Kao, s. (Iji, pl. makuo) ( — mahali akmipo), a plare of
residence, dweUing-place; kaohingu Habbni ; kikiio,
the piace ichere afetc men sit and eat togetJter.
Kaolkm, 8. t one whose words are not to be trttsted,
a dovble-tongued man (St.).
Kaomu.v, «. (rid. kauina), calumba root.
Kapa, *. (pJ. ma — ), a dress like a coat (ngiio
kama knnzu\ tJie sleeves ofwJiicJi are open.
Kapi, wJtere is it, referring to ths diminutire form
ka (kajua\
Kapi, *. (ya, pJ. za and makapi), a pulley, roller ;
kftp* . va joroboni, ya kn pcniesea kamba, a
trooden block tJtrougJi icJticJi ropes run on a
natire vessei
Kafi (pl. niakapi), bran, Jtusks.
Kapinpi ?
Kapo, tJtere is not.
Kapu, 8. (Ia, pl. ma — ), a large basket ; kikiipu,
emtdl basket.
Kapcai, s., a kind ofrice (St.).
Kah, «., a miUion (Indian e^pression).
Kabafu mayiti, campJtor (St.) ?
Kabama, *., weigJtt, value, importancc ; ulinii wa
mtu huyu ni karama sana — ni sherifu ; maneno-
yakwo yann karama, tJtat wJiicJt Jte says Jias
yreat weigJtt (Sp.).
Kabama, *., a special gift of God, an honour ;
+£ i generositate indolis ct uobilitatc supcravit
bonoravit ; +£, nobilitus, generositas ; Lukc v.29.
Kabamu, s. (ya), afeast, afestive entertainment in
konour of somebody (lakrimu). Food and drink
is suppUed plentifuUy on such an occasion, c.y.,
on the arrival of a stranger orfriend or on Jtoly-
days or after a successfuJ journey.
»-.»
Kabaki, s. ( ui , legit Hbrum ; \ J , lectioni
deditus), a derk, sccretary, lit., a readtr.
Karara. tJie woody flower-sheatJt of tJte cocoa-nut
tree (8t.).
KakasIa, *., a vessel in ichich tJte peoph of Zan-
zibar fetch tJteir milk (B.).
Karata, s., cards (rid. Sp., tcJto tnentions the
names ofsome), playing-cards.
Kakatha, s. (ya), a loan of money, borrowing,
cretlit, trust iritJtout interest given or taken for
a sJtort period; nimetoa karatha ya reali mia
kua Kaniani, ya siku sctta ku-m-rudisha ; nadaka
haja, nashikua ni lithuru, ni knrathi, beina ya leo
na kesho, kesho kutua taku rejeza muniewe or ta-
•»• «— â–
ku-pa muniewe; ^A J , (1) acs nlienum con-
trnxit ; ^jAJ , nes nhcnum, dcbitum, citra certum
tcmporis terminum; (2) rctribuit, repcnderunt
in vicem bonum vel malum ; ata-ku-karithi kama
ulivio-m-karithi wewc.
Karktiii (or kakitiii or karathi), v. n., to bor-
roic money for a short time irithout interest ;
ku jipasha deni is "to borrow money upon
interest;" r. a., to Jend inoney, to accommodate
one with money witJtout taking any intereet;
ku-m-pa fetha kua karata ; ku ji-karathi (bor-
roir) or ku toa kua Raninni ya siku sita
ku-m-rudisha.
Kakia, s. ( Jj j , urbs, pagus\ town (old language) ;
karia zote na miji ilikiu'nda kikiindi, all men of
toirn^ and villayes ircnt en massc.
Kakiadi:, s., a Jcind of chtJt, (li.).
Kakib, (1) adj., near; (2) come near, come in.
K.VKiBt; (karabu), s. (Arab. s-^r*» pt- \iy»\) (y*>
pl. za or akraba), a rclative, a near relative;
nitu huyu knribuyangu, tltis man is my relative;
watu hawa karibuzangu or akrabnzangu, tJtese
men are my relations.
K.VKini , v. n. (Arab. ^3 ), to come near, to ap-
proacli; vid. jongca; knribu na or ya, near to;
karibuyangu or karibu nami, near me; walikuja
karibuyangu; pale karibuyakwc, tJtere nearhim;
kiia karibu nni, to be near to one : hivi karibu,
recently, lately; markebu imekuja karibu ya (na)
poani, tfte sJtip came near tJte cove.
Kakiiua, v. oly. (kiin kiiribu nai), to come near
to oiw, to draw near to onc.
Karibiwa, V.}*.
Kakibiana, r. i'., to approarJi eacJt otJtcr; kari-
li.ina hatta ku kcti karibu, to bc near to onc
anotJter.
Kakibihiia, /*. r., to cansc to coute near, to invitc
in, to offer, e.g., jakiila, kiti, d'C.
Kakiml', adj., liberat, gencroits; rid. karama.
Karipia (or kaui'lv), v. a., to rebuke, to reprove,
to adntoiiisJt, to snttb one, to use ouc rougJtly, to
scold ; ku-m-fiinia maiieno y;t ukali.
Kariri, v.
Karikia, r. obj.
Karirisha, v. a. f to rccite.
Karo, *., wages, payment,fe, but gicen in natura,
in corn, dr.; (2) karo (= kano or hasira ya
harraka), sttddcit anger ; wa-ni-fania karo mimi,
tJiou art angry tritJt, me suddenly (utungn) (Sp.).
( i3«>)
Kartahi (or karatahi), *. (rid. kertasi), paper.
Ka» (or kahiri), Ie*s; e.fj., reali kas robo (J) (rfr.
Arab. yd , abbreviavit).
Kasa (or raiher kawa) (wa, ///. ma — ), a turtle
(vid. kassa).
Kasa (or fotter kaza, rid.\ v. «., to strain, to
dratr, to take stmngly, to tighten ; kn funga or
vuta kitu kua ku kaza hodari, si kua ku legt'za,
to tie or bintl a matter by dratcing tight, not by
slacking off or loosening; <& , contractns fuit;
kasani or kaaeni kidogo, tighten a little the rope
ofthe sail; ku kazoa ni marathi.
Kasam;, a cloth interwoven trith gold ; uzi wa
kasabu yn fethn na thahabu, tissue.
Kasama, cfr. haminiu, *.
Kasaka, *., vehenunce, anger; maneno yn kasarani;
ku tukilia kasarani, offend (rid. muhali) ; ku-m-
tia kasirani moyonimuakwe. Usi-m-tukulie kasi-
rani moyonimuako, or usi-m-fanio hasira, or usi-
m-ka8irikie, or usi-m-tukulie taksiri ; aU these
are syuonymou* term*, meaning do vot be angry.
Kaharam, *., grief sorrotr; cfr. ^& , fregit ;
ly~£ , contritio, nfflictio.
Kahahi, *., rerenge, retaliation, rengeance; cfr.
^ai , resecuit, retaliavit, coaequavit rationes ;
^wi , talio, vindicta.
Kasha (Ia, pl. ma — ), a che*t, a large bor ; kasha
la fctha, money-bor.
Kashifu, v. a., to *Iandcr, dcprcciate [opp. to
praine) ; cfr. i_A>^ , detczit, vitia ostendit ;
&A»^ , rcs ignominin afticiens.
KAsnrsi, *. — to the Kinia**a irord kapuisi.
Kahi, *. (ya, pl. za or ma — \ bu*ine**; rid. kazi ;
ku fana or teudn kazi, to irork ; kazi gani?
tchat bu*inc** 'f
Kahia, *. ('ln. pl. nia — v (cfr. kiisa\ oar ; kii vuta
roakasia, to roir.
Kabiba, *. (Arah. A-^ u | ) (ya. pl. ma— ) (cfr.
6*~«S , arundo, tubulus'i (kasiba ya brinduki/. thc
barrcl ofa gun.
Kabidi (or KrsiDi; maksudi). *. and adr. cfr.
--- 9C -
Arali. Ju»S , intendit, proposuit sibi; jloj . pro-
positum), the intcntion. pnrfnmc; tidr.. inten-
tioiudly, ou purpose.
Kahiki. *. (ya, p 1 . ma — ), a laryc rarthen jar ;
kasiki ya maji, ya asili, samli, d'c.
Kahimri (kazimhi), *. = kazi nibi or mbaya, hard
worlc ar hihour ; kazi va ncuvn or sulubu. kazi
ngiimu. I*ror. : kasimbi si mtesa mema. mte-
sawchnunahrshimA oriigira, hard labovr i* vot
good play, pfaying ha* no imgcg, />., though
hard labour i* not jday, yet a man gets tnoncy
by it, but by playing, thottgh it be pleatant, hc
I gain» nothing; kazimbi ni bora saidi ya niti'ao
mema, hard labour i* far better than *fOod
phiy.
KahimCi (or kazimiti), s. (rid. kaa) (pl. makazi-
mui), a dead wood-coal, in opp. to kaa la inotto.
live-coals ichich are burning.
' Kahikaki (— mfundo), rul. sononcka.
•c—
Kahirj, *., end; ~«i , brevitas, finis, cxtrciuiim :
— —
woJ , brevis fuit, abbreviavit.
Kahiki, r. a., to provoke to anger (ku-in-vuinla
moyo), to make one angry, to rex one.
Kabiriwa, v.p.
Kasirika, r. n., to get angry, to berome rej&A —
ku ji-tia kasira or kasrani or kiniongo, to tak*
exeeption at or to.
Kabirikia, v. obj., to be angry at one; e.g., Saidi
ame-wa-kasirikia Waarabu kna kutoa ku-m-
fuata manenoynkwe, Saidi teas anary at thr
Arabs because they did notfoUote hi* trord*.
Kahirikiwa, r. p.
Kabirisha, v. c., to cau*e one to be angry. t»
rex one.
Kahiriaka, r. rec, to proroke each other (or ku
tukizona); ^J , violentcr tractnvit; h*t
means "grief"
Kasiri ; lasiri kasiri, from 4 to 5 o'dork p.ui., b«t
"jua Hkiaga miti " is near sunset.
Kahkazi (kahikahi), s. (ya), the time oftht wind
bhncing from the nortlwrest ; wakati wa jash»
na wa ku yabcsisha nti, the. hot season \rhen thr
ground drie* vp from trant of rairi — im lh-
ccmber, Javvary, Fcbruary, and Jlarch ; kaskazi
mkuba, irhen it i* rery strong ; kaskuci matopr.
irhen there i* much rain. The kaskazi is oppnstd
to the kussi (masika) vhirh i* the time of rain.
coldnc** and wetne** ofthe *oil (wakati wa mvua
na beredi, na msisimo wn nti) ; kaskaxini t in «
northern directiov, to or from or in the nvrth
( = kibula) ; ussowakwe ni kasknzi = nnafipii-
iina.
Kaho, *., 80und}
Kahha, *. (wa, pl. za), turtle. of vhirh therr arr
various kind*; (1) kassa. (2) gnaroba, (3) dnfi,
(4) koa, (5) kobe. The gnamba i* ofgreat valur
on account ofits shcll, and must be delivered »p
to Oovernment uvder pcnalty. The diifi i*
somctimcs jyoisonous, hence the vatires rub i*»
oily substancc on the hand. Tfno itching jtain
be caused, they consider it safe for food. Thr
kassa i* caught by means of the tasa Jish, which
the fi*hermen carry alire trith tltcm. JVhen they
*ee a kassa, they let the taza go after it, to stiet
fast to the kassa. When the taza has seiztd it.
OjmmS
( i3i )
the jisherman throws a JtarjDOon and takes tlte
kassa out oftlte sea, the taza lettiny go instantly
when ei-posed to the air. Hence, taza avindai
kassa, a-iu-gandamana, ha-niu-ati.
Kahha (or kahobo), bssby(cfr. ^ai , abbreviavit)
(cid. kas) ; reali tano kassa robo, jice dollars Uss
a ijuarter of a doUar.
Kakhi. s. (ya, pl. za), twine, linen thread ; ku tia
or pigia kaasi, to twist, to ticine, to tiyhten, to
twist or tirine thread; mtu alipotia kassi yuwaso-
kutapote (upote) zaku shonua nguo ; iizi unangia
kassi ; ussowakwe unangiakassioruBsowakwewa
kassi kasfd; ku euda knssi, to rush alony (— to
(jo irith ciolence); cfr. lli, duruit, obduravit sc;
<j*U , durus ; uzi hu ume-u-tia kassi mno, you
made this thread too tiyht.
Kahhim£lk, s. (cid. kifiimbu\ the jmre mVk of
nazi tcithout heing niured with water, tlte milk
pressedfrom tJie yrated cMoa-nut : tui la knssi-
lncle = maji ya nazi yalio = kamuliwa mbelle
katika kifumbu, tltefrnt icater ichich is pressed
*nU ofa cocoa-nut which has heen yround on the
mbusi (cid.) and strained in a kifnmbo. The
jirst straining ofthe ground cocoa-nut ; kassi =
irito, niele = mbelle (nnga wa kassi = ni unga
* msito, wa ku niutobnka) = tui la kwanza, mtu
asitassa tia maji. Tui hili halina inaji, iii tui
halisi. But the second straining (tui la niuma).
ichich is mUed icith tcater, is Jirst put into the
cookiny-pot, aiul at last, ichen the rice, d'v., is
nearly bo'ded, they put in the tui la kassi mele <>r
tni la kwanza, ichich strrc* instead of ghce.
Kassi mele, the lieary milkMke suhstancc es-
pressed from t/te ground nazi (Kiseyua niere =
«i/tt', Kimrima mclc, Kimwita maziwa).
Kata, *. ; kata ya niumba, adjustment of the dif-
ferent (tpartments or dirisions of'a house ;!{.).
Kata, *.; ku funga kuta, to tie on a a'iurm jj'r.
ahufu shufu).
Kat'a, s. (ya, pit. niakuta ya orz&), draicer oficater,
scoop, boicl; kfita ya kn noi'a maji, a cocoa-she.il
itsed instearl of a tumbler by the naticcs. Thi»
kind ofdipper or boicl may ItoJdj'rom a ijuartcr
to halfapint.
Kata, *. (ya, pl. za\ a btinch or riny ofleare* or
grass, «fcc, ichich the natives put on their heads
to earry a tcater-pot or a load : katii ya ku-ji-
tuekea mzigo or kata ya ku tukulia mzigo.
Kata — ukuraza moja, a leafofa book, a section,
a volume (Sp.).
Kata, v. a. (Arab. ^ai ), to cut ; jiy., to decide,
settle; ku kata shina la mti, to citt the root ofa
tree; ku kata or tinda maneuo, to cut short a
matter, to decide vpon, to settle it ; ku kata ta-
maa, todespair; udia ya ku kiita, the neartst
tcay (the shortest way) ; ku kata nakshi (vid. nak-
shi).
Katana, r. rec. ; wanakatana kua vissu.
Katia, v. obj., to cutfor — .
Katiana.
Katiwa, v.pass., tohace cut or cut outj'or one:
ni kiazi changu kama nalikatiwa mimi, it is
my measure, as iflhad been cut outfor it.
Katikia, v. ol)j. - fundikia, to c\d to orfor one.
Ji-kata, v. reji., to ctd one's-self.
Kit katika, v. p., to be cut off, to be decided, to
hreak ; ugue unakatika felaki amekatiwa hnku-
muyakwe lco or hukumuvakwe imekatika
leo, he has been sentenced, his judyment has
been decided; amckatiwa hokumu ya ku wawa,
Ite ltas been senteuced to death; ku katia ndia
mbelle, to strike on tlteformer road; ku katia,
to cut offto in an account^to deduct ; tufanie
hesabu] tukatinne, to strike the balance; kus*i
ku katika, the #.If . wind is orer, lit., cut off.
Ku katia.va (= ku koleana), to vphraid or tax
each (tther with a guilt.
Kata (or kataa), v. «., to refuse, to oppose one:
wnli ame-m-knta, Oie gocernor refused him.
Katalia, p. olij., to refuse to one, to check one,
to refuse credence; ame-m-katalia maneno-
yakwe, he refused or opposed his word; haku-
ya-penda manenoyukwe ncno ukatalialo ni
neno gani V
KatalIka, v.p.
Kataza, r. c, to cause one to refuse or omit, to
proMbit, to forbid oneathing: wali ame-m-
kataza neno hili, the gocernor forbade tJtis
matter.
Kataz6a, cp., to be refused (asinende).
Katiana, r. rec. = iana, to be due or owe each
otJter. 1 owe him tJtree dollars and Jte oices
me two ; tuinckatiana ni-pa reali mmoja, zile
mbili zi kuangu.
Kataiia, r. «., to write (Arab.).
Kata kata, r. «., to cJtop vp.
Katani (or katoani and ketam), s. (ya), Ittmp or
linen; ugue wa katani, striny made of hemp or
linenwhich tlte natices buyfrom thelJuro/ieans.
They like it on account of its solidity (uzi wa
katani) ; rfr. (^ , Knuni ; ^ , cohaesit.
Katiia, s. ; yuna katha ya damani, Ite 'ts in hurry,
to yo in damani ; cfr. \k , pressus ncgotiis.
Katua, r. n. = ku ai.li, to become too much;
kazi iki-ku-kathi (iki-ku-sidi) ; ^ , gravavit
nt bonc respirare non posset ; saflari ikiwa
katha = karibu sana.
Katiialika, <ulc, likeicisc; katha wa katha or
kethe wa kethc, this and the like, this and many
more, so and so ; hili hilo, such and snch, sttch
K'J
( W )
tJtinys; Arab. \36 , sic, talis, isto modo (com- Katuijwa, r.
Kauka, r. n., to become or tjet dry; nti imekaukn.
imekiia kiifu, the country is dry.
• o-
positum ex \$ and f).
Katiiani, *., that part of tJie toicn of Mombas in
irhich tJie Mission-Jiouse stands ; kathnni is an Kauli, word: Arab. JVJ , dixit; J^S f dictum.
M SuaJtili tcord instead of the handaki of the
ngome (R.); cfr. ^loi , incoluit locum.
Kati, s. (ya), inside, tJie middle or midst, tJte court
iritJiin a Jiou*e ; ku siin kati, to bore tJirouyJt, to
perforate ; knti na kati, in tJie midttte.
Katibu. #. (wa, pl. mn — ), icriter, secretary («=
karani > > =* niunndishi ( L-s^, scripsit); katibu
mdai, a t[uick icriter.
KatidIa, r. obj.
KatibIwa, v.p., to l>e icritten.
Katika, prep., in, <rt, about, as to.amonff; katika
Mvita, at Mombas; katika nti hi, /#i tlii* land:
kntika saffari ile, on or durina tJiat joumeij ;
katika kuku kuyu, as regards this foiH ; J
Ki'mama katika genge, to stand as a precipive
{Â¥..) ; katika sumu hi ha-i-iii tungu, as to this
poison it docs not JciU tJie ants ; hawatarcjea j
katika upotcvu, tJiey will not retumfrom tJicir i
2>eri-erseness ; nami nimo nmalini na katika ku
anda, T am in business and i» preparing fvr the ,
war.
KattkAti, prep., lit., iniddle, amidst, beticeen,
among ; katikati ya niuinba, in tJte middlc of
tJte Jtouse; uta-ni-pata manawako katikati ya
watu waliokutana, tftou sJtalt ftnd tJiy cJtild
amony tJte assembled pcople.
Kati na kati, in tJtc middle.
Katikia, v. ohj. (vid. fundikin, v. obj. ), vid. kata. v. a.
Katii.i, s. (Arab. Jj\i ) (mtu auwai watu), (l^ a
mansUiyer; (2) one icJto is brave and courayeons
in irar, and slays a yreat many cnemies ; cfr.
J^S , interfccit ; J?Vj , interfcctor. percussor.
Katiki, v. ■«., vid. kadiri.
Katiti. adv., little (St.).
Katiza ; ku katizn, to jmt a stop to, to hreak off,
to interrupt (St.).
Kato (la, pl. ma — ), a citttiny, a breaking off.
KatC (or kattu), 8.; katu ya ku tafunia ughaibu;
kattu is a JHnd of gum brovgJtt from Arabia.
TJie nativcs mix it up witJi popo, tanibu, tombako.
and toka, and cJieio it toitJi bctcl. It gives a red
colouv, a8 tJte popo also does. Tlte kattu is al*o
used for plastering tJte wound emtsed by tJtc
opcration of circumcision (rid. uraibu toka,
tambu, tombako, utembe).
Katua, r. a., to clean, topolish,briyhttn (= ku toa
or ondoa kutu, e.y., ku — bunduki).
Katuka, v. /;., to be briffJtt, to bepolisJied.
Katulia, v. itbj.; letta kigcregnensa cha ku
katulia buiuluki, bring a smali potsherd to
polisJt or clean the musJcet (by mbbing it iritJi
oil and potsJterds).
verbura; kauli i-m-tokayo mbelle, Mat ichich
comesfir8t into one's mouth.
KaCma, s., (1) calumba root; (2) ni m»i wa
uhugu, kana viasi, kana mandano, ni daua ya
ni8hipa, ni utungu.
KACmu, *. (ya, jd. m) ; kaumn ya Muharamadi,
vontemporary of MuJiammed ; +a t populns,
quidam, nliquot ; j)l. wakaumu, jteojJe; akwamu r
soldiers.
Kauri, a com-y.
Kauhiia, v. c, to cause or mdke dry ; ku fania kafu.
Kawa, r. w. (rid. kan, r. n.\ to be delayed, to
remain, to stay out, to tarry; nmekawa hatta
jua limefika vitoani, Jte tarried till the svn
arriced orer tJte Jtead, i.e., till midday ; kesho ku
cnda ku kawa jua, to-morroic there witt hefair
iceather.
KawIa, v. a., to delay one.
Kawilia, r. n., to remain lonff, to be late r to
make dclay, to loiter about a business.
Kawihiia (or kawiha), to cause to stay, to keep.
to detain, to put one off; ku-m-weka mno
lililo-iii-kawisha neno gani ?
Kawiijsa, r. a., to delay one.
Kawihiia. r. c, to cause one to tarry, to cause
Jiirn dclay, tojmt Jtim off~ ku-m-woka mno.
Kawa, s. (h\,p1. ma — ), (1) a plaitetl corer tnade
of niiui t« tJtc shajie ofapyramid; kidiide cha
ku finikia wali. The corer is vsed to protect
fiKHlfrom dvst, tic. TJic. nativea vse this word
aho for tJie European millJiojyper, a* the kawa
has tlie form ofafvnnel (2) Mddetr, spots of
motdd; ku fania — , to gct mifdciced or mouldy
(Kt.\
Kawaiu. s. (pl. mn — \ a bad man (a term of
reprouvJi^.
Kawaida, s. (ya) (Arab. JlcU , jd. J^W), nects$ity r
conjectnre, svpposition (cfr. kiasi); neno asiloli-ona
wala asilo-ambiwa, yuwatoalia thnnn bassi nafsi-
nimuakwe, certa'mty irhirh rests only upon gvesS'
inff: nime-m-pa kawaida ya pishi ya mtelle r
sikupima, laken nathsini ( JtL , opinatus ruit)
ni pishi or saua saua na pishi, / gave him a
meanure of ricc, but I did not measure it, bvt I
think it is one pishi or eaual to one pishi; ku
fania kawaida ya kitu hiki, kiwc saua saua, tw
hit this matter riaJtt by ffuessiny, so tltat it be-
cqual to vJtat it sJiould be by measuring.
Kawe, s. (ya, jA. za), a pebble (ya jiwe or jangawe} r
ka-iwc = contr. kawe, little stonc. Tlte kawe t*
to bc distinyut8Jied from dongoa (la, jd. madon-
goa ya) udongo, ichich is a jiwe la udongo>
lililotimboa katikn nti ya ndongo or niadongo.
( »33 )
Kawili, v. n., vid. kawa, v. n.
Kata, 8. (la, pl. makaya), a kind of slieU-jUh .
Kaya, s. (ya), tJte cJtief place, tlte rcsidence,
meeting-place of the Wanika; tJte kaya in
usuaUy fortified in case ofsudden war.
Kayamba, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), (1) stalk* of mtania
irhich the people fill inside with grain*, to cause
a noUe. It U used in dancing, and ichen the
eril spirit U expelled from a «ick man (vid.
punga pepo). (2) A sort ofrattle or 8ieve.
Kaza, v. a., tofir, to tigJtten; ku kazambio, to run
quick or hard; ku kazana, tofijc one anotJier, to
Jtold together tigJttly; kazika, to becoinc tigJtt or
jLeed.
Kaza.na, r. r., to adhere firmhj; kitu liiki kina-
kazana na muensiwe, tJtU thing adJurcs 1o tJte
other.
Kazia, v. obj.
Kazl, *., worJc, labour, business, employment; kazi
mbi si mtezo muema? is not poor work as good
OB goodplay ?
KazImui, a dead wood-coal, in oppo*. to tJut liring
cooJ.
Kazo, 8. (la), pressing tight, nipping.
Ke, femaU; m'ke, kike, wakc, ke /* tJie ground-
syllable ofthis trord; batta jikc, a fentale duck;
wabatta make, female duck*.
Kebaba, *. (ch&, pl. za), a measure, umiaUy tJte
fovrth part of a pishi, but somc natice* use tJte
kebaba cha utatu, not cha nne, tJterefore one
iunst always ask in buyt'ng, " Jlace you a kebaba
cha utatu =» cha ku pimia vitatu kua pishi ku
timia pishi kamili, or Jtave you a kebdba cha
nne ?"' in order to guard against tkception.
The peopU of Mombas say " kebaba,'' but tJiose
of Kijomfu and Changamue *ay " kigundu.''
Kebi, 8. ; muifi kebi na mniagi ^tt.) ?
Kekzo, «., a latJte, a machinefor turning.
Ke"fta kefia, r. a. (vid. nionioasa, v. a.), to frcat
irith coutempt, to teaze, toput in low spirits.
Kefd ; n kefa wewe (R.) (?), perJiaps pro pcfu.
Kefule ! vid. kafule !
Kkjelejele, #., a sJtout ; ku piga — , to sJtout, to
make tnerry.
Keke, 9. (ya, pit. za), (1) a drill, natire borer;
kidutle cba ku sulia mti ; the iron U ctdled
kekee, the wood in whicJi it U fij:etJ msukano,
the handU in whicJi it turns jivu, and tJte bow
by tthich it U turned uta (St.) ; (2) round
brmceUt of silcer, which the native women wear
on the arm; kekee ya fetha ya ku va mikononi
watuwake ; eaeh braceUt costs usuaUy two doUar8 ;
rfr. furungu, s.
Kekstc, 8. (ya, pi. za), hiccup, occasioned by tJte
kiongnHa cha moyo (vid.).
Kskue (or kuekub), s n a weed (Kin. pekue).
Kel&, r. jl (pro kalI) (kaa) {in Kinika kala), to be,
to cjcUt ; e.g., yiikele, better yiikalf hei, Jte U
alive ; yiikelc, Jte U ; perJtaps contractedfrom ka
and elo =kele (R.) ; wa kele ku ji-taabisha, ku
kele usiku, it U still nigJit.
Kklea, v. a. (cfr. kercza) ( — ku kata kua nisu-
meno), to *am into, to jag, to turu, to notcJi in
order tofit, d'c.
Kkleza, r. c. (e.g., muotto) ; kenga cha ku kele-
zea muotto.
Kki^lk, *. (ya, jil. makelelc), noUe, alarm, outcry
sJiouting; ku ji-inulia sana kua kelele, ku zi-tolea
n'dc, to raUe a great outcry, so tJtat it U Jteard
far; ku scma kua kelele (ku piga fumi), to Udk
aloud; usi-ni wekee kelele; kana lelclelc, Jie i*
not noUy (in Kinika).
K£leti, r. «. (Kimr.), to sit.
Kklika, r. (cid. hajiri), to be JiabiUMei « kctika.
Kkma, r. a. (Kiamu) » ku isha, maliza.
Kkha, r. a., to n*e one rougJdy, rebuke, to *cream
(ku piga kelele).
Kemba, v. a., to jwur out into ; kidude chaku
kembea.
Kkmbkmbk, *., Jtairs standing on end Jrom cold or
j'erer.
Kkm£a, r. a., to snuh one, to u*e Jtim rougJtly, to
Hcohl («=» laumu), to bouncc out in tpeecJi.
CC
Kenda, adj., card. number, vine (Arttb. g~5 y
uovcm) ; ord. nunt., wa kenda, tJte nintJi.
Kknda, r. n. -» ku enda, to go; kcndapi for ku
cnda wapi ? (going toJtere /) wfiere are yott going i-
Kknde, *. (la,7>/. ma — ), scrotum, testiclc; koko za
makende.
Kknkne, *. t
KtisuA, v. a.; Kinika and Kimrima langttagc pro
dangauia or susiia, to deceive, to cJteat, de-
fraud.
Kkngaka, r. r. — danganiana, to drceirv each
other.
Ke"ng6a, r. p.
Kkngk, *., a large water-lizard witJi slender btnly
and long Umlts and tail (St.).
Kkngea, *. (ya, pl. za), the Uade of a 8icord,
knife, d'c. ^witJtout a handle) ; kenge or kengea
ya upanga usio kipini.
Kenui^k, 8. ; (1) kcngce ya jua, thedUk oftJte 8ttu,
ii8cd of tiie sun in tJte morning and ecening,
uJten JtU glare blinds or dazzles the eyes; (2-
kcngee ya mleli wa mbuni, dc; kengee ndio
mashina ulipoondoa mleli. Mleli are tJte largc
featJter8 of tJte ostn'cJi or cock, of which tJic
natires maJce the kiru, a tuft qf featJters which
they tU around tJteir heads in battle or on other
stAemn occanions. After aU tJte Jtairy jtart ha*
been removed from tJte feather, it U caUed
kcngee.
Kengele, s., a beU; ku piga kengelc, to ring *t
bell.
( '34)
• -â–
Kekgeua, v. a., to turn aside; nitu huyu ana-ui- Kete*wa? .11.).
kengeiia pundawangu. Ketezo (or kietezo), $. (cha, pl. vietezo), center,
Kenge*uka, v. p. i perfuming-pan ; kitu cha ku fukizia ufiiniba.
Kkng£wa, *. (wa, pl. za), a kind of vulture, a ■Kethebihha ( — kiinishn), r. c, to canse to lie,
hatck (muewe), very dangerous topoultry.
Kkka, r. a., to trouble; ata-ni-kera mimi, ata knn
na kero, a-ji tcndekeza tu hatta ya-mu-ie? (K.).
Kkbaki, *. (rid. karani), a clerk, secretary.
Ker£fu, *.=»uercfu (jwobably contr.fr om kierefn) ;
vid. uerefu.
Kkreqn£xde, 8. (wa, pl. ma — ), the quailf the
reddegged partridge, dragonfiy i
Kereone\\8A, *., a little potslierd (E.); kigai i$
larger.
Kekeketa, r. a.; (1) to irritate, to choke; e.g.,
rohoyangu ya-ni-kereketa, my throat is irritable
internaUy — ya-ni-washa kidogo kua sebabu ya
to deny; s^Sf , mentitns fuit v^t men-
dacium.
Keti, v. n., to nit down, dicell, reside, to lire, to
stay (vid. ku kfi) ; kulla ipahali) paHpo kettwa.
Ketia, r. obj.
Ketiwa, r. />.
Ketika ?
Ketikiia, r. r., to cause to sit doiru.
KKu, *., a stroke (— peu) ; ku piga keu or peit, to
gice a fetc strokes of the liatchet; kua aebabu
ya ku niosha mti.
Kf*.uk£u, s. — kikeukeu (cha ku lia), sobbing.
kula tombako, torobako ya-ni-kerekcta : (2) to ' K * WA > •• (?»> 1* ») ; k « w * J* ud6ngo ya ku kingia
grate like sand in the eyes, descriptive of pain,
said of vne tcho lost hi$ eyesight froin smatt-
pojr (R.).
Kereza, v. a. (vid. kelea) (to saw off), to rasp, to
ttirn (kua tupa).
Kerezana, v. rec.
KtiRinu, adj. (vid. karibu), near, nigh.
Kekimu, r. m. (vid. karinui), to be liberal to, to
feast.
Kkro, *., disturbance, trouble, vproar (=udia);
muegni kero or kelcle (vid. kera).
Kertami,*. (ya,/>/. za), bfankpajier; isioandikoa ; wa-
B — —
raka ni kertasi ilioandikoa : cfr. <j*l>Ji , charta ;
iy*tyi , folium qunlecunquc sit ; vid. hatti, s.
Keha, v. a., to tum; ina-ku-kepa (hc. niumba).
Keaha, r. 7i., to wake, tcatch, not to sleep ; e.g.,
minia, inipate motto, the pots of day in whick
the beUoica of the blacksmitk are placed tn the
fire, to protect them from bcing burni or injured
by thefire; kewa ya ku fugutia kiwanda.
Khabari (or habari) (ya, pl. za), infomnatiom,
neirs ; cfr. ^. , acivit, nuntiarit ; p± , (ama.
histori'i.
Khadav (vid. hadaa), 8.,fraud.
Kiiafifi', adj., liyht, not important; cfr.
lcvis pondere, dignitate, moribua ;
fuit.
Khaim, 8., a traitor ; cfr. kbini.
Khalaba (mukhalada), vid. kbelibii.
Khalifu (rid. halifu), to resist, oppote, rebel.
Khamahtahhaka, fifteen.
Kiiami, »., a chess bishop.
Khamhi, /ire; ^^ , fuit qnintus.
leri»
ngoma ku tcsa kiicha, usilale marra moja, to
lieat the drum the ichole niaht tcithout sleepiiifi \ v -a t »
, . , J ' ' Khamsim,/?/??/; Arab. tt> ~*u. •
for one momeut ; ku kesna na ngoma; ngomn ya j «-
vijnna hai keshi. i Kiiardai.i, s. ( J J*d. , semen sinapi), mustard.
Kesha, *., a nigM-icatch, a vig'd; nna keshaynngu I KhAriji, r. a. (cid. hiirajo\ to spend.
usiku kuchn kua sebabu ya nndiri nlioweka, | Khamhifu, r. «., vid. kashifu.
nlipokiia mgonjoa, / kecp tcatch the irhole night j Khatari, s. (vuh hntnri or hathari), danger, boUI;
in conseauence ofa vow I hare made dnriug my | e .#., Omnr chatari, Omar tlte Iiold, who carned
sickness (ichen I voiced to tcatch a irhole night
after my recorery).
Kesheza (ke8HEhha), v. c, to cau*e or make oue to
watch, to keep awake; ku-m-fiinia ku keli na
noato.
Kehho. adi\, to-morrow; kesho kutoa (vid. ku tua)
(kuchua, Kiung.\ the day after to-tnorrow ;
mtundo bnda yu, or ku shindn kesho kutoa, the
thirdday; mtundo goa (ku shinda or bada ya
mtundo), thefourth day.
Kkko, 8.
Ketani (or kitani), 8. (vid. katnni), linen,fia.r.
Ketk, s. (ya, pl. za) (la), a kind of 8heV called
coicry (ngiitu in Kikamba).
Muhammed , 8 letter to Herkal, the gorernor of
Damascus, to atlopt MuJtammedan i*m.
Kiiati, s. (rid. hatti), letter, note, document, hand-
tcriting.
Kiiatia, *. (rid. hatia) (crimen), /«?«//, #/».
Khatiuu ( w*v scriba), tcriter, gerretorif.
preacher.
Khatima, s, (vid. hatima), end, complet'tOH.
Khatimimha, r. c, to complete; vid. hatimivha.
Khazana, s. (vid. hazana), treasure.
Kheiri, 8. (vid. heri), happy, fortune, happimmi
wntti wa kheiri, happy men ; ni khairi, / hai
lietter; kun heri, adieu! for yood.
( 135 )
KI
Khklihu (KHKLiBiKA)=ku-ni.fania hadu.
Khema {iid. hema), a tent.
Khisi, r. a. (cid. hini), bttray; ^.U. , deccpit.
Kiiitaki, r. a. (vid. hitari, v. ei.), to cJtoose.
Khitima nzima, a complete copy of the Coran
v Ilitima) ; cfr. Juzuu.
Khofimiia, r. c, tofrigltien; vid. hofisha.
Kiiofl', s.,fear, danger; vid. hofu ; ku tia khofu, to
frighten; kungiwa na khofu or kua na khofu, to
be ofraid.
Kiimtj, s., apad tisetl as a saddlefor donkeys.
Kin nim, r., rid. hubiri and habari.
Kiiumuma, 8. (vid. hu8urau), enmity.
Kiiutubu. r. a. (cid. hutubu), topreach.
Khuzukunui (or hutiiuhunoi), a 8tuff ofa brotcn-
yetttnc colour, of ichich men's best kanzus are
tnade (St.).
Ki \*ee Dr. Stetrts remarks, page 293).
KiA, 8. (cha, pl. via) (Kimrima) ; (1) ahindoflatch;
kia cha mlango (cha fungia mlango), the wooden
bolt of the door, to shut from icithin ; oppos. to
komC't\'the bolt whichshuts the door fromwttltout ;
akiisha kia kisingiti, a* soon as Jie steps orer the
threshold heforgets it; (2) kia cha (pl. via via)
muili —flesh.
KIa, r. a. ( — kiuka, v. a.) (Kimrima), to step over;
e.g., ku kia (or kiuka) gogo, to step over a trunk
nfa tree (ku tiipii kua magu) ; ku kia, e.y., ant*
iu tlie road.
Kjwa, v. p. ; isiokiwn, impassable.
Kia, 8., a kind oflatch (St.).
Kiada, 8., sloicly, distinctly; cfr. VUi , (1) tardum
habuil iuccssum, (2) voccm katii kata edidit avis ;
katha?
Kiafla, 8., that ichich comes into one's nose and \
raitses sneezing ; e.g., yuwaenda kiafia cha ku
jemua ; roho ya kiafia, a clmngeaUe being f (R.).
Kiagaso, 8. il)promise, (2) place agreed uponfor
meeting ; but maagano is agreement.
dead tn Arabic. Kiama kimetiika, nti imehari-
bika, watu wotc waiuekuffa, the dehtge has over-
Jtotced everythiitg (tuka = ghariki), the earth ?#
sj)oiled and men have died.
Kiamamba, r. w., to bet-ome too dry by lony erpoeure
to thtt suit; mtcllc hu unakiamamba sana, usiate
ku kiamamba (yabcsika) hautaknja ku sagika
wema, this rice has become too dry, do not let it
be dr'ted too mttcJt, it icili not be tcett yround, it
tcill be difficult to yrind it.
Kiamba, 8. (cha) (muamba uidogo' , a sinatt rock in
a ricer or at sett.
Kiambaza, s. (vid. kiwambaza cha niumba), theside-
tratt of a house inade ofpoles and plasttred with
m ud ; to be distinyuished from ki wam baza cha mlia
na cha ngao ; pcmbc (peupe) ya kiambaza? jiwe
la kitoa cha kiambaza, corner-8tone, Eph. ii. 20.
Kiamml£< iio mimi, wowc, yeyc, suisui, nuignai
wao, that which I say, dc; kiambilecbo wewe
somo == hayo unenayo (It.).
Kiambo, s. (Kip.) = muaitdo.
Kiamo (or kilamo), 8. (cha) ( — dagna) ; maziwa ya
muanzo ku viii gnombc, beestinys ; tupike kiamo
tule ; when a cow ctdvesfor tltejirst time she Itas
a yreat tjuantity of beestinys, ichich grotcs less
irith each calf.
Kiana, 8. (cha, pl. viana) (Kimrima) = kibia cha
ku finikia wali, the itd ofapot.
Kianoa, s. (cha, pl. vi) (o77. muanga), ciear
weatlter or sky after the fall of rain ; ikipussa
nivna, ni kianga cha jua ; mvua hi iikomo wa ku
fuliza siku mbili hizi, siku ya tatu itat6a kiiinga
cha jua, the coiiiiny ottt of the sun after rain;
kianga cha mgcma (rid. massu). Though aU
other trork vtay be iitterrupted in cometpience of
rain, yet the Jjord icill yrant at last the kianga
cha mgL'ma (rid. gema) ; inafania kianga cha
mgema, a short interrtd of sunshine during the
rainy season which the mgcma (the tajiperof
the pahn-irine) uses for his icork.
Kiau, h. ; kiali cha motto (cfr. kitcte), a spark of \ Kianzi, *., riW. muanzi
Jire; kiali cha barudi, rocketf cfr. muali wa
muotto.
KjalJo, *. (cha, pl. vialio), (1) corn requisite for
preparing thefood taken in the evening; supper;
ukisha kola kialio, utalala ; in Kipemba kijio =
jakiila cha jioni ; Kin. kilariro ; kialio cha
in vua, rain icith whichoneyoes to sltep; (2) cross
pieces pnt in a cooking-pot to prevent the meat
touching the bottom and burning (St.).
Kiama, 8. (ja\ (1) overflotcing, inundation of the
icho'e earth. The Muhammedan JSuahili believe
Kia.nzi, s. (cha) ; ku piga kianzi cha ubincha ?
Kiaimo (p\ viapio), cry ofjttbilee.
KiAro, s. ^clia,p/. viapo), anoalh, an ordeal; ku la
or fania kiapo, to eat, or to take onts oath = ku
apa; {l)tltt siyn of oathput up in the plantations
tofrighten thieces ; ku-m-tilia or pigisha kiapo,
to cattse one to take an oath ; vid. afia, v. c.
Kiara, s. ; ku rusha kiara ?
Kiakabu, adj., Arabic; Muarabu, an Arab ;
maneno ya Kiarabu, Arabic icords, Arabiclan-
gnage.
tkat at the end of the world the whole earth will j Kiasa sutv, ni daua/or the homma ku ji-paka.
Kia*i, 8. (Arab. ^i^i ) (ch&,pl. vi — ) = kipimo,
intasure; kiasi cha barii'di ya ramia moja, or
simphj kiasi cha bunduki, the vieasure of gun*
fuit; IVsl ) rcsurrection, resurrection of the potcder retptisite for one charge, a cartridgc;
he orerjtoiced by water, after ichich wiU be the
rteurrection ofthe dead; (2) ( Ai , stetit, erectus
KI
( 136)
klasi gani? howmuchf mucgni kiasi, a temj)crate
man; ueno hili Iinaauza kiaei, long ago, long
since; kiaai gani unakiiza, (U Jtow much tlo yoa
sellf
Kiate, *. (pl. vi — ), orphan f ? (alieatoa).
Kiati, *. (jd. vi — \ a souib, cracker (of firework)
(Er.).
Kiatu, 8. (chn, jit. viatu), sJtoe, a saiuJal (oftJte
natives) ; viatu via mti, a sort of tall icooden
clog tcorn in the Jtouse, and espeeiaUy by tcomen.
TJtey are Jtehl on by grasping a sort ofbutton
(msuruaki) bettceen the great and second toe
(*.)-
Kjatusu (or jiatumO, *./ kitu cha tiinu, kitn kisi
cho kuamo katika nti, kikipclckoa kua rafiki wa
mballi ku-m-tunukia, a dessert of street pastry,
any curiosity of fotxl or otJter matter whicJi is
sent to a distant friend toplcase Jtim irith some-
tJting icJiich is not found in his oirn country or
town, e.g., bungo (tJte fruit ofa tree) isfound
at Mombas, but not at Zanzibar.
Kiawanio, s. (pl. vi — ), measure (pishi, kcbabn) ;
— cha ku gawania (Sp.).
Kiazi, 8. (cha, pl. viazi), a stceet potato ; kiazi
manga or kiazi kiku,p/. viazi vikii, yams, rariovs
Jcinds, (1) kiazi jcauppe, (2) kiazi cha badada (of
red colour), (3) kiazi cha mriba (big, sJtort, and
wJiite)', kiazi kikii, pl. viazi vikuu, yam; kiazi
cha Kizungu, European potatoes.
Kibaba, *. (cha, j)l. vi — or za) (cid. kcbiiba), a
measure whicJi is about a pint-hasinfiiU, about
a pound and a Jtalf (St.), fourtJi jmrt '.
Kibaoada, s., dim. o/pagada (R.) ?
Kibaoo, s. ^cha, vi — ), ftx)tstool ; (1) kipaudc cha
mti cha ku kalia or wckca miigfi, or clia ku
ketia, a Jcind of footstool, any ptere of tcood to
sit ujMjn (e.g., kibago cha mbiizi) ttr to jmt tJte
feet ujx)n; (2) kibiigo cha ugazi ya ku kuelca,
tJte round of a ladder or stej) of a staircase ;
(3) kibago rha kisingiti cha ju na cha tini, tJte
lintel and sill of a door.
Kibaoi: kibaou, rid. kipucpuc. .
Kibaku, s. (cha, j)!. vi — \ sjwt, stain, any mark
wJticJt a sore or tlte smaU-jtor, or tJie ghee sjnlt
upon a cloth, leaves beJiind ; miihali pa alama
ionekamiyo katika muili au ugiio, <£'c/ kibaku
cha jua, tJte sjxjt wJtere tJtc sunbcams fall into
tJte room ? cfr. kipara or doa doa or nsora.
Kibakuu, *., a kind o/mtama.
Kibali, v. n., to prosj)er (St.).
Kibamba (rectius kipamiia), *. (pl. vi — ), (1) alittle
rotton dipped ia oil and applied to (Er.); (2)
cha mua «= raakumbi ya nimi kana miba (bomba
la mua) ; kibamba cha niama, kibamba cha
mafuta,/«r, greme.
Kibanawazi, rid. kipanawazi.
Kibanda, s. (cha, j)I. vi — ) (vid. banda), a little
sJted to sJtelter frotn the rain and sun, a korel, «
Jtut; (2) kibanda cha usbo, tJie foreJtead, which
is also called kijunchu or kigorao cha usso ; rjr.
kihenia, uliugu, and dungu.
Kibande cha sakafu, vid. kipande.
Kibanzi, *. (pl. vi — ), a splinter ; kibanzi cha
ukuui cha ruka ukuni ukipassuliwa, a jneec of
wood sjdit.
Kibao, s. (cha, pl. vi — ), a smaU board or jrfanl, n
sJteJf; a large plank is called ubao, pl. mbao ; in
Ttinibatu a cJiair is caUed kibao (St.).
KiBAi>ARA,a destitute man, a paujnr (an- insultinfj
ejnthet) (St.).
Kiuakabaka, a JongfisJi; trop., a talfor, jtrattler.
KlBAKANOA, 8 , (Z Ciulgel, cM*
Kibakanuo, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ), a smaU Jieacy stick ;
fitubo neno ilio fupi (kipigi in Pemba\ a small
cudgel; mbarango is a large cJub.
KiBAKARK, dim. o/barare.
Kibakaza, 8. (cha, jil. vi — ), a smaU seat ofstont
(cfr. baraza).
Kibakra, 8., a littte vc'dderness; kibarra cba Ma-
kupa, between CJtangamue and Makttpa (near
Momba*).
KtBARtf a, s. (cha, pl. vi — ), a tickei, a uote {efr.
biirua or baroa) ; Dr. JSteere says, " Kibarua t»
now used in Zanzibar to denote aperton hired
by tJte day, from tJte custotn of gicing snch
persous a ticket, to be delivered vp wJten they art
pa'ul."
Kibata (vid. mbata, 8.) ; kibata clia kidazi liiki ni
kibata, hakikuniki kua mbusi, chasuktika katika
kifiifu, this tittle cocoa-nut Jias 110 water t it is dry
inside, hakina tui.
Kibato bato, s. (cha, pl. vi — ), tJie rarious coUmr»
of a Icojiard or a cow, <£*c, wJtite, b!ack t retl, dr.
(marakanika), vid. bato bato (la,/>/.ma — ], rarie-
gation ofcolours in gencral.
Kibatu, *., vessels oftin,plates oftin.
Kibauro, 8. (rid. madoro), miserable talk.
Kibawa cha kanga, (i kind of serpent, re*embUm\
Hte guinea-fowl in cotour.
Kibaya, adj., bad (pJtysicaUy) ; rid. baya.
KIbe, 8. ; ku-m-tia kibo katika raateso ya tungnja
za mitunc ; cfr. modcssi and kodue ; rfr. kodue.
Kibeberu, ndefu, ya mbiizi mume (vid. beberu'.
Kiberamu, s., vid. beramu, *.
Kib^tk, *., a smatt foot; e.g., kuku huyu yuna
magu mafupi kana batta, tJtis Jten Jias small fett
tike a duck; ndic kuku kibcte.
Kibeti, *., a dwarf (?).
Kibia, *. (cha, pl. vi — ) (kibia cha ku fiiiikia wali ,
a dish (not glazcd and ofclay, to cocer the hoiled
rice, an eartJien jwtlid) (cfr. kibungu, kikongn} ;
Kimv. kibia = dinna (t« Kilindini).
Kibilibili, 8.; gnuellc za kibilibili, the usual
KI
( i37 )
XI
tcooUen hair, in contradisttnctionfrom gnuelle za
singa (vid. singa).
Kibi6ngo (cha, pl. vi †” ), a person hcnt hy agc and
infirmity (kib6boe).
KiBiuiKA, *., vid. birika.
KlBlRITI (or KIBERITl), 8. (Artth. sS^ly^ \ *'«</.
kibriti, sulphur ; pl. viberiti, matcJtes.
Kibiti, adj.,fresh, yreen (vid. biti).
Kiboa, *. ( pl. vi — ), vid. jiboa, a doy.
Kibobue, 9. (cha, pl. vi — ), a piece of cloth tied
round the loius by tcomen whtn workiny or
dancing; ku jikaza or ku jifuugd kibobue or
mkumbu or nguo pana kiunoni ku pata ngiivu
za muili katika kazi. This has reference to a
piece of chUi which the women tie rouud their
loins irJten they pound corn in a mortar orper-
form other hard work. It serces to fasten their
dress and strenythen them in their «ork. Ki-
bobue is to he distinyuishal froin mkaja wa
mfiuzi afungai lnatumbo na kitambi kiielu, yasi-
kue makuba. A JSncduii woman, after purturition,
is handayed with a lonypiece ofcloth, to prtserce
ker forin. The Wanika wouitn, who do not oh-
serce this KisuaJtili custom, arc ntttch distended.
Kibodoo, *., a little piece of humkI with which a
rope is drairn tiyht.
Kibopu (or rather kibovu ;, adj., htul \jnoraily and
physically), decayiny, woriu-eateu.
Kibopu, *. (ja) ; kibofu cha gnoiube, <('«•., 1) hlad-
der; (2) the crop ofa hird ^lt.) ?
Kibooohhi, s. (cha, }d. vi — ) ; (1) kiiiiko cha ngoli, a
small skin or leather hay for money or jnnctler;
(2) kibogfahi cha ku kamia (cid. kama) niaziwa.
The OaUa makefine haysfrom ro/ies capahle of
holding milk.
Kib6ko, 8. (chn, pl. vi — ), a hipjHijiotanw* (liifti in
Kinika); niania nikuba akctie mujini uajii yu barra.
Kib6xdue, *. (cha,^>/. vi — ), rice yround with water,
anythiny ichich is oidy poundcd, not cooketl, e.y.,
pounded inawello and scraped nazi; kibondue
cha mawelle; mawelle mabivu yatavundon,
vnkisha vundoa, yapcpctoa, zitoko kiimfi, zilipo-
t6ka kumfi, mtu avunda nazi akiina, akisha
kuna, atia na takiziikwe, akaponda tena hatta
ku tangamana nazi na mtellc wa mawclle ; ma-
tangamano haya ndicho kibonduc (rfr. biimbiii).
Kib6xqo, 8. 1
Kibohakob (pl. vi — ), ylass-beads (E.;.
KibrJlni, s. (ya) (-» leidn) (vid. jibnini}, jirofit, ad-
-~— •c-
vantage; ji*., benefecit; y^, beneficium, laetitia.
KibrIka, r. ».; ku pata fcida, to obtain profit.
Kibrisha (— ku-m-pa or ku-m-patia feida), to
maise one obtain profit.
Kibriti, *. (cba, pl. vi — ) {rid. kiberiti), (l) sul-
phur; ^2) match, jd. vi — , matches.
Kibceta (kidauati), 8. (chn, pl. vibucta) (rid.
biicta), a UttU desk, bor, canister.
Kibuou, s.; ku umika kibugu mnazini, to hang ttp
the kibugu to a cocoa-nut tree for tajijiing cocott-
nu'. liquor (vid. ku gcma).
Kibuouma, *. (vid. kipukussa), diseasc amonycattlt.
Kibuiiudi, 8., yrief (— sumnzi, sigitiko) ; kibuhudi
kimem-gia rohoni; ameshiriki kibuhudi, yrief
ocertook him, and he took it deeply to heart; cfr.
ijity t molesta fuit res, gravius aflfecit.
KinrLA (and kibuli or kebla or keblia), s., thv
jHiint towards which Muhammedans turn in
praycr, viz., in tlie dircction of Mecca, which i*
situated nearly north ofthe JSuahili coast, wher<-
fore kibula means " north" in general; ku lekca
•-c
kibula, to turn to the north ; cfr. &** , tractus
antrorsum oppositus, pec. quo quis sc dirigct intcr
prccandum, regio tciupli Ilierosolymitnni vcl Mcc-
cani ; amri ndie kutubu suhcli na kcblia, (*'oit
rules south and north.
Kibumba, 8. (cha) (diin. of bumba) (la, pl. uia — i
a small case or hor of anythiny; cha tombako
kibiimba, packet of tobacco; tombako hufunoa
(katoa), ikisha katoa ikaatoa ku pata jua robo
ya sna ; ikaondolewa ikakatoa na manni ya
magomba, yakatandikoa mahnli pamoja, ika-
toaliwa tombnko, ikawekon iotc, ikatoaliwa ma-
gomba manginc yakafinikoa tombnko, kuamba
isipatc beredi ikaharibika, ikatoaliwa ua mngo^o
ikawekoa jii, ku lemezoa hntta siku ya tatu, eiku
ya tatu iknondolcwa tombako, inakwisha iva,
inakua niekiindu, iknfungoa ju yn niumba isio na
motto, wala isiokua na bercdi sniia; ikakauka, ikisha
kauka ikaondolcwa ikakuagniuliwa (ku kuagniiia^
ikafungoa mabiunba kua lnin, ikatiwa gandani
lililoiiwa mbelle maji ya pouni, ikafungoa ika-
le walewa hatta Wabarn wa wakija wakinumia kua
doti au fetha; k.bumba clia uzi, ciew of thread :
niuki wanaka kibiimba, the bees sit in clusttr*
when they swarm ; kibumba chu udongo; ki-
bumba or kitopa cha mashuke yn mtama, thr
head of ripe maize {cid. kitopa) ; kiburaba chn
ungn, lump offlour.
KrouNCHU, s., a larye tress-work (containiny gisila
mb\\\)for preserciny coru.
Kibunou, *. (bungii la udongo la ku pozea nji) ;
kibungu cha ku pnkulia wuli, a dish of clay for
holdiny hoiled rice; kikiingo cha ku fania mtiizi.
Kibunsi, s. (cha ?), the end of the year (Nerunzi) :
tj. j , Pers., primus anni dies apud Pcrsas, novi
anni principium, et temporis illius fostum > x ku tin
eiku za kibunsi).
Kibunzi, 8. — kibunsi.
Kibube, 8., bronze winy-dove (R ).
Kiburi (or keburi), *. (ya), j*ride (cfr. Arah. j£.
magnitudo, supcrbia), haughtiness; ku cnenda
usatihi or kiburi.
Kibukiprmbe, «., a native bird (St.).
XI
( «3»)
Kinritu ?
Kihuyu, *. (dim. of buyu), used in ku gemu; ku
umika kibiiyu (K.), to hany up kibuyu.
KiufYU mimha, *., sujjjwsed preynancy (Sp.).
Kibuzi, 8. (kiume) (dim. nibuzi), a kid; nina kibuzi
changu na kiina.
Kiciiaa, *., lunacy; muegni kiclina, « lunatic.
KiDAW, 9. (cha, pl. vi— ), the breast-bone, sttrnum.
chest t breast of tneat (E.) ; kidari is used of mttt
aiul animaJs, but kifiia refers to men only.
Kidata (kitata), *. (pl. xi — ), (l) a bandage ; (2)
jnjundetl Biuiaiui, tchich ichen sgveezed is eaUed
bhudu (also utata) ; kidata cha lnafuta, oiUcake
tclttn not fuUy exj>resstil.
Kiciiaka, s. (cbu, />/. vi — ) (cfr. kitiiku), a heap of Kidau, *. (cha, j>/. vidao), a smatt etssel •jor boat);
irood or sticht, a thicktt. hence kidau cha wino, an inkstand.
Kiciiala, s. (cha, pl. vi — ), a bunch; kichiila cha jKidauati, 8.,alittlebox,ca8e(cfr.kibuet&) t abaHd-
mzebibu, a buncJi of yrapes.
Kichkko, *. (chn, ]d. ki— ) (vid. kitcko), a lauyli,
« y'ygle.
c «-
Itojr; cfr. irt.j , atramcntariuni.
Kidawati, satd ofressels or instrttments for mek-
... /, , . v , i ingbricksf (H.V
hic hikichi, s. (cha, ;;/. vi— ), the smatl imt* con- \ Kidazi rid kibatn
ta;ncdi>Uhefruitofthei>a'm^trec(*t\ j Kidefu (or KinEvr ■„. ,cha- ckin and beard oh
hic hilkma (cba, jd. vi-), the htart oj the yroidny th( ^. ndc , vu> ^ ) H yeHer(d {or kU6fn)
jmrt oj the cocoa-nut trce. ichich is eatea as ir ...«..„. ,. *„.\ i- •*«. ,.1 ..
i i . . er% v hn»EMBK (or kilimi;, *., sjttaktng with the tongue
,al,„l „„, „i vanous way* (St). „, „„ , A , ^ ^ h * ^^
Kk ..<-, « (cba, ^. v.-), ajear, tlamjtr. I Juwafuml ,, mnl „.. no u ,; m ; bamu ; ^^
K» . hOa ( *,,- kitoa), ». (cba, ,,.'. v,toa), W (,« . tafnna „, zuia uHm ; koa men( ,_
Kiuny.).
Kichoc-heo, «., au instrument for j>n*hiny irotnl
farther into thejire, tlte act ofjm^hiny.
Kidkmk, *. (cha) (Kimrima\ rid. kiaafti (kando ja
tumlro lililo na mafi\ the largt intestiues; viti.
kisafu and tumbo.
hu hck iiobo, s. (cha. f>\ vi — V a reru narroic I l-. -• /iv • i - *.t- «•â–
' v .. , > i i . hn»EKi, *. (cha); n i makongo or mnrathi ya kuko.
jHiHMaye yeneraUy lefi bettcctn thc Iiousen in
Zanzibar (St.).
Kii>aka, *. (cha,^/. vi— ), (1) theeocoa-utit in its
fr*t 8taye of yroicth. ], Kidiika, 2, kitnlc, 3,
chifu, 4, koroma, 5, nazi. Tltese are tlte dif-
ferent stayes ofthe cocoa-nut. Atjirst it is rery
*iua 7 I (kidaka\ then it yets irater (kitiile), aftet
disease ofjmdtry and rattle,froiH trhich thegdie
*uddeidy.
Kidetk, *. (cha}, a little four-footed animai, the
*ize oj'a rat, m'th a fona tail f tceaselt
hii»f, r. /i., to be enottyh or sufficient ; cfr. JJ , <JJ&,
Kufficit mihi.
that it yet8jic*h aiul ayrecablc icatcr (daTu. la, j>l. KmiA, r. (rid. kifia or toshca), to satisfg one.
ma — ), then the trater becomes sotir and the jie*h Kidiku, *., (V a certain jirecious stone from Jaggu
hard (koioma), at la*t it l>ccomes nazi, irhen it i*
only soughtfor cookiny, not fo'r drinkiny. (2)
Kiduka (cha, j>l. vi — ) t-lm niumba, « niche or
recc** in the irall of a house ; (3) kidiika cha
kanoa? \cfr. kirindn iuasira in Kiniassa .
Kidako, *. (cha,y. vi— ), (1) lurmorrhoidal piles ;
kidiiko ni shina la or uwinda wa lime, trhicL if
destroi/rd by contimtal sensuaUtif, tlte eractia- \ yakwe yaaimama;.
tion* and tirinedo ])ass i nvoluntarilij ; (2)kidako Kidinoa poin», *., the denyue J'erer (St.;.
i* the suturc bettcccn thcainut and the jwnis ; mt\\ Kiihnkuiki, .#., « *mull jKiisonou* Jish — muegnia
ukitoka kidako, ni mgonjoa; huyu anutoka '" Kiuika : % H.).
kiduko. 'Kiikmk), adj. and adc. t littlt, sntalt, « morsel,
Kidanoa, *. (chn, jtl. vi — ); linuiu jiinga lianzalo ! crumb.
(H.); (2) something broken, e.g., kiaauchangu
kinakatika, ni kidiku ; cfr. Kiuiassa kidiikua.
KiDiMiiui ^ha, pl. vi — ), ajnwl lefi on the beach bg
thefaltiiiy tide (St.).
Kidimi : kuku wa kidimu or wa kibarawa or kukn
kidimu, a J'oiH vith naturally rujfltd feather*
(R.\ In Ki*. kuku wa kibarawa (mmlaika-
viuliwa, halinu mnji, a youny juicele** iemon ;
«'mbc kidiingn, lianzalo toku uiini ; embc hili ni
kidnnga, the mnngo jtist aftertltcblossom. When
it i* a little laryer, it i* caUed eiubo jnuga (rid.
uijangn} ; ndogo linakua kana i la kuku, linakua
rika, it i* yroirn a* larye a* the tyy of a hen,
ueither larye nor small, but middle-*ized ; ma-
ombe vidanga or vidanga via macmbc.
Kidanoo, *.; ku piga kidnngo cha mua (cfr. furari).
KiDANctu (nr kidknou) (obscene).
Kidaim»; kiiliiiH) cha homma, shiceriny from ferer ;
rid. kitapo.
Kidoko, s. clia^, *mackiny tcith the tongue, o
ch'ck ; to sntack or dap tcith tlte tongue into the
enr of onc's \rife, to inrite Iter for embraee (an
ejrjircssion of conj uyat mysttrics, teherefore thi$
tmrd must not be used in common langmage) ; ku
piga or ku-m-pigia kidoko.
Kidoi.e, s. >cha), the little finytr (vidole riwili)
[cfr. udcile) ; kidole, a jinycr, a toe; kidole cha
gumba, tlte dumb.
Kidonda donda (j>t. vidonda donda) ; ku fania (•-
tondc'»ka muili), to yet many sores (cfr. tondoka^
a «ui« 7 eorc. a wound.
KI
( i39 )
KI
Kidondo, *. (cba) (cha kuni), thin sticJc* which one
collect* in the vicinity of Jti* house to kindle a
jire quickly, twig, sprig (kijidondo,/w«/).
Kiik)Xoe, *. (cha, pl. vi — ), a very *ma'l rottnd
thing, apitt, a luinp inftour; kidongo cha daua ;
kidonge cha uzi — kibumba, dew oftJtread.
Kidonooa, *., a small dod of day (vid. dongoa,
madongoa) a* hard a* stone. TJu land trhere
*nrh day i* found i* caJled nti ya ndongo. The
SttaJtili like to plant rice on such htnd; rid.
mgagnando.
kianzo or janzo, the beginniug and prot/re** ofa
work, e.g., ukiauza utaendeleza nibelle kua ku
8uka shupntu ; kiendclczo cha kazi, the progre$*
oftJtc icork.
Kie*kok, *. (cha, /*/• viengo); kicnge cha motto, a
httiich of dricd carort-/<'d/(raaki'iti), to set any-
thing onJire,e.g., in destroying the siafu. a l'ind
ofant*. but kingacha motto i* afrdirand, apiece
of icood bitming.
Kiknzi. *., a rttde kintl ofbier or litter.
KiKvr. *., rid. kidt'fu or kidcvu.
Kidoto, 9. (cha\ a piece ofcloth or mat tied orer ; Kifa, *. (cha, pl. viftO ; kifa cha bunduki, the pan
tJte eye* ofcamd* wJtile tnrning the oil-mill, to ! ofajtintlork inipjile of a percvssion gun f) ; ku
prerent them froin seeing and drinking tJic oil; j tia barudi kifaui.
kidoto cha ku finikia mato va ngamia, wasione ! Kifaduro. *. (cha) = kikohozi cha vijana.
maft'ita ya kimini, wasinoc; ku funga vidoto, to j Kifafa, *. (cha) (— kichfi), epilepsy, Jit*; amc-
blindfoltl; ndia ya kidotoni. | piitoa or amekamatoa ni kifafa, to be epUeptic;
KinioE^.^i^o/dudeJ.a^Mi^. J {nih ^ furtim mhduxh 8arr ipui^ue ;
Kidudu, *., confit*ion or perp\exity about a tcay s* * •*-»
trhich one at other time* knew wdl; ku shikoa ni *V* • erectH fmt P rac terrore c0,ua ' to •
kidndu (E.), to beperptexed. â– tremor febrilis.
Kidudumi; pembe ya kungu ya ku lindia unguiio | KifalOmk, adj.; Tangai anaunda jombochakwe
usiku mashanibani asilc mahindi ; ku piga. kifalnme K or kitmltani), Taugai bitilt hi* ve**e!
Kiduou, *.; kidiigu kimoja {yid. ndugu) (ku penda
na kidiigu).
Kidulu >or kiludu), relvct ?
Kidunari, *.; mputiga wa kidunari, thi* sort ofrice
i* *hort and brotul (mbcii ya gassi), opp. to
uipunga wa msindano, which is thin ; mpunga
wa kinika, red and not very good ; ndio uhisa-
biwao damu (K. ).
Kidundu, *. icha) ( — kitoma), (1) a calaba*h. .. , .. r , . ,.
m r 1 *j ,,.w , , ., iKifanua, *. (r«/. fanua, »*.«.), uncocenng; ki
The Lamu peo/At u*e the word kidundu for the \ . ' v . . '' . .
i#_.i^-.;..A JL ;«-«.lua«.«i^i«.£:i^» 1 chn ungo, the uucorernig oj the *iece ;
Momba89ianejrpre**ion "kitoma'' and "kibori
Uke a king [in a kingly manner).
Kifamfam, *. (Kintrima^ {or impam or pahi)
^kama kupa}, an iu*ect (l'tke the bug) whicJ*
ntink* dreadfuity. It i* said to exi*t at Zanzi-
bar. Tt i* a great nuisauce in Teita and V*am-
bara and other countrie*.
Kifani, *., the. like, a «iinilar thing (pl. vifani).
Kifano, *. (cha, jtt. vi — ), ituagc, likenes* — sura ;
kifanocha ratu, thelikene«*ofa man (kufanana).
kifanua
vid.
Momoa*9iunejrprc**ion Kiioiun ana Kiuon .... .
in Kim'i nia ; Vibanduo in Ki 111 rinm. (2) Kidundu -.- , , t , . N ,. . .. A
v ,.., ,. . , 11,. JKifaranoa, *. (cha, pl. vi — ), a chtck, a pultet,
cha usso *= kikomo, the Jore/tead, brow; dnn. ot , . . , ' . » wi • . #
, . , . .• whtch doe* not i/et lay egq*. 1 he rartou* stage*
tundu [a haie\ vid.
Kidunoa, *., dim. o/dunga ( — dsenkua ya koma ///
Kiniassa), a broad-edged basket.
Kidzihu, *., a small knife (dim. o/kissu).
of develojnnent of a j'owl are; (1) kifaranga, (2)
p«'>ra, (3; mtett'a, (4) ko. which lay* egg* thejirst
time (yuna mimba ya kwanza) ih') la kuku).
Heb. take* kifaranga/or cockerel.
Kidzoi, adj. t referring to the Wanika, [who are , Kifauam.v, adj.. Frenclt; maneuo ya Kifarasa, thc
catted Wadzoi {*ing. Mdzoi) by t/te Wakaiuba.
Kiei.eha and muklk»a ka maoonoe (on a nel), of
the mgosa antl mbawa tree (K.) ? ?
KijcuZzo (or KIK1.ELEZ0 or kiklklezi), *. (chn, jd.
vielezo), a pattern ; ku eleleza kazi, to imitate
Frenrh Umgnage ; Mfarasa, a Frenchman.
The n/itire* di*tingui*h maneno y% Kiengreza
(Eugli*h\, ya Kispaniola {Sj>ani*h) t ya Kiameri-
kani (American), yaKiportugCs (Portuguc*e), ya
Kifnrasa (French).
ttny icorkfrom apattern; ku tezama na ku Kifakasi, #. (cha) (Arab. ^ with a of com-
fuaza; but ku endeleza (from endelca, to go on, '' pari*on), a litfle hor*c. or likr a hor*e, hor*e-
to *pread about), to spread ahout, so that the , like; yuwi'nda mbio kifarasi (= uencnda kua ku
matter run* farther, e.g., ku endeleza kelele ruka. si kua ku fiiliza magii), he walk* t/uickly
(rid. kiendelezo, *.). like a hor*e.
KiCmbe, 8. (cha, pl. viembe), a smaU mango (riV. KifA.ru, *. (chn, jil. vi — ), rhinoc ro* ^= pen. Kin.
embe). ! pera), a small rhinocero* (rfr. kafarupfu 1»
Kiembe (or jembe), 8. (cha), tlte triangular point Kinia**a).
ar head ofthe kigumba, wJiicJi i* tJtatpart oftJie Kifa^mk, *., royalty, a kingly kind; ya kifaume,
arrow which is ofiron,Jixed into the wood, kingly, roytd; aracvaa ngi'10 za kifaurae, Jie icore
Kikxdklexo, 8. (cha) (cfr. kielczo, #.), progrest =. royal garment*.
XI
( 140 )
XI
Kipaitomjo, *. ( = Kin. kifolongo) (K.\ n btetle
ichich on being tonclttd feigns death.
Kiffi, rid. kivif
Kifia, v. olij'. (kafa, r. n.) ( ^.tf , satis fuit,
Huflecit alicui), ft> give one sufficient, *o tltat it l*e
ciwugJi for ones jmrpose; e.g., ame-nikifia
hajnyangu — kitujangu = ame*ni-toshca or arne-
ui-kidia (rid kidi') h^jaynngu, he hm yiyi »«■K r to.uffice; L j£, rU. kifi..
enowjJt, *o that I need not buy more elsctrhere, *•*
yiehi much, tostceU up; e.g., unga unafania kifo
( = baraka) sana, tJte Jlour yields mttck wort
than icas eajiected (unga unavti) ; kito hiki
chavii ; niama hi haina kivo, thi* meat ^cotr) hn*
not yielded as tcas cjrpccted ; waliwakwe haunu
kivo \cfr. the tcord n-tupsa in Kiinassa: t.r
haukuftinia kifo, Jtis rice did not prore abnt-
dant; kifo langu a-ji-fia kua uongo (H.)?
KifialIa (or rather kivialia), *. (cha, pl. vi — \ a
jierson, etpecially a slace, born in the rountry
wJtere Ite at presenJt resides, in coiitradistiitctioii
to slaves tcho came by sea and tcith thc lieating
vf the drttm; mtn, alicvialiwa hapa, asiekuja
nagoma; kifialia ineantt in geueral %i a native
fhether he be a slare or free ntan " ^ in Kiamtt
mazalia\ When a shiji arriceH iritJt a rargo of
slare*, tJte sailors inakc a grea'. no'iHe tritJi
drums, Jtence mja na goma = a fresh or ueir
*lare or telca (j>!. matelea); mtuma alickuja
ua inamai maonptni, a slare trJto arrires by land
but is tttill a young child carricd on tJtr motJter'*
bark. All fresJt, slares are calied wajiuga
Kifi: xi>L(ju, (1) tJte os coccygis, tke houe. tckirh th*
MtiJtammedans say ntver deray* (St/; ^21 u
jutin in tJte cJtest in connection witJ* a eottgh, bt»t
tritJtout kama&i.
Kifua, *. (cha), (1) breast, cJtcs^ cough (?) ; (2
kifua cha ni'ti « kihero cha mti • kijttno \ a suudl
trencjter. It is not deep t and is uf a circular
*Jtajie; kifua chaku oshca mikono. .1 large o*e
i* callcd jano.
Kifikte, *., sijuirrcl f
Kifi'fu, *. (cha,p/. vi — ); kifufu cha nazi iliokiina.1.
tJte Jiard and emjtty sJtell of a cocoa-nHt, tchirj»
Jta* becn «crajwd out ; nazi isiokiinoa i* raUed
kisio.
(idiot8) wasiojua mancno va huko ^laken akili KiFiiFn? adj.,bluef
aniizo) (cfr. kiviao kivialo, rid. mpungufu). Kihuko, s. (cha, pl. y\—\apur*e,j>oclet, a *iua!l
KifiAzi (pr kiviazi^, s. (cha), (1) birth, the art „f\ hag cha ku tafunia ughaibu; kifuko cha ku tilU
giving birth; kiliazi cha iutumkc buyu ni jciua, j fetha, a moneypursc; (2) a smalljarfor carry-
hakusumbuka, anievia marra moja; kifiazichao ; hgwater (mtiinge mdogo wa ku tukuna maji
ni kimoja; kifiazichao cha mlangowao, tangu j (htmriiiia).
asiliyao wafiauao ; kifiazi cha mlango wa watu j Kifi'-li, *., hIuuIc, *Jta*low (cha mtu); ufiili wa mti.
hawa haikutangamnnanambcunicnginc, iinckua KiFrLirri.1, *.; fuli ni —
mbcu ya Abrahnmi i tupu (H.) iofone kindred]; :Kifimaxzi, *. (Kinlka); kifumanzi cha Kihindi, a
I lilth beU brougJit from Arabia and Itttiia, vallcd
. njiiga 111 KisiiaJtili. TJte natire*, esjieciidly tkt
j iromeii, tic it to tJieir loins to attract the attcntion
of jyeophi tutd qf lorers esjtecially. It i* dijferent
, from muangalla (vid.).
1
,. , „ |Kifi'mba, *. (cha, «i/. vifumba) (vid. fumba, ya.za);
Kifimko, * a rorerlet, *mau corer or corrrnw i 1 . P » 1 • • • i« -i i» 1 -i». 1 j*
, .. ' ' v '„ , ,., •' I kiiumba 111 jainvi lisilopasdiiliwa ku jihta leredi.
yi'ta. mnniko), aenerav.ij t/tat trhicJi corers or , , \* * * t *i
v ' •' J a mat matle up tn tlte form of a bag, vtth
(2 ycueratioit, kabiln.
Kinoio, *. (pl. vi — \ payment made also in
natttral jtroduct*) (kn iidilia).
Kififu (or Kivivr\ adj., lazy.
Kifiko, *. (cha, jiL vi — , arrival, the rnd of u
jouritcy.
«top* the mouth or ajierture. of vesitcU; kana
kibia cha ku finikia wali. It iintHt be. d'tHtin-
guislted from kisibiko, stojiper [rorkt).
Kifiki; ku kifiri («kuenda), to tJte stool (jooui\
to rontinue (R.;? rfr. j& , Hecutus fuit vcstigia.
Kifi*<ifimi, adj., one irJio doe* not irisJt to hare to
do anytJting icitJt anotlter ^mfisitisi) ; maiubo-
ynkwc ni ya kifisifisi or ufisifisi ; yi , reccssit ab
aliquo.
Kifitofito, h. : mamboyakwe ni ya kifitofito, he
rndeaoours to ronrcal or hide r.rerything [rid.
h'ta, r. a.^, this is his habit (H. ).
irhic.Jt tJicHailor*, t(-c.,corer theirbodies tojirottrt
tJtemselces from tJte cohl.
KiFiMiu, s.; leokuna kifumbi cha koska»i.
KiFi'Mnr, s. (cha,p/. vi — ); kifumbu cha ku tujiunazi,
a *mall roundbag or basket madeofmia, ttsttlfor
stpteeziiig out t/tc cocoa-nut after it has bce*
*vrai>cd on tJte mbuzi (rid.). TJte thirl matter
remains behind in the bag, after the utilky sub-
stunce Jtas ran tJtrottgJi it. Thi* milky sub-
stance i* boiled togetJter with the rice. It
nupjdies tltc jdace of ghee or butter. It look*
ejcactly like cow's milk (cid. kaesimele, *.).
Kifumfu, *. (cha), grief affliction, dejectiott.
Kifo, s.; hawakuona kifochakwo alipokufia, tJtey \ Kifumi (or ratJter kivumi\ *., (jd. vivumi), rvarisp,
did not *ec tcJtere Jte dicd; rid. kil fii, to die. ' hummiiu/ (e.g., kifumi cha watn wangi walio-
Kifo ior kivo\ *., overphts, sutplus, yielding kutana) ; kifiimi cha ngoma, the sound ofadrum:
uiuchr from kuvn = ku fura \rfr. falia, r. a.\ to ngi'jma hi ina kifumi - vafuma sana.
KI (i.
Kii'L'ho (or kivumo), *. ; kifumo cba mguriimo, 'Ae
roUintj laund (mllo) o/ thututer (vid. rati(inin) ;
kifiimo clia aimu« (— mgurumo wa eiinbai, r/ir
grotrHny of tht lion (irith angtr, or trheit tir.
catehf hii preg), dig'trent from mlio wn Bimbn,
tkt roaring of ike lion; mahindo wo msgu yu
aimbn, tlie ttoite of tht footitep ofa liou.
Kni:m; waijj, rirf. rauatc.
Kifummi, i. (chn, ]d. vi— ), knot ; (1) kifundo chn
ngi'io ku fiindika kitu, a lnot maile i« the rloth
la bind up tonuthing, e.g., ku fundiki renli
nguimi (riil. rundo) (kifundiD) ; (2) kirundo chn
mgiiu, Iht ktel(8u).
Kirono pcibo, r/r. marogn rugu.
Kifumio, *.(cbn}, anything trhickhind* Or fwleii* ;
(II « outton, t.g., kifiingo eha kunzn ; (!) a
prima, eonfinenitnl ; (3) kifungo cliu pingu
i miniii), irirA ihacklet or fettere of the Ugi ; (4)
kifungo chn mkntnle, ir/ici i7ie ff<;» are put intn
thtitockt; (5)kifnngocha ronio — mkufiu ratvfu
nhenp'mi, teith clinin* on the necl : (6) kifungo jn
.liui. Thefolloireri of Muhammrd repreienl hiin
iu the " hutton of 'rtligion," (kifunito cha diui),
ai ndumbiiii (pro muonibczi) wn. kinmSni [Ihe
interrtuoT at the jntlgment), atirl a* the. ulungu
wai'imini (Ihe angnj otit utith tht faithfnP . Iiili*
leltrr oddrened to JTirtat, the Oreeh ijwtrnor
of Itamatcui, ichom ht ndmoiiitlttd to ndopl the
Muhammetlan, rcligioii, he laiji a itreti on thete
Kifcmiu, i. (dim. o/fungn, part), imall ' part.
Kifukoua, »., a» optner or vnfaetener; C«., ki-
fnnguu kanou, breatfait, rarlu faott; kifungua
mlango, n preieul maile bg the britlajrnain lo thr
knngn ofthe hridt befort sht alloie* lu'iti to enter
tht bridt'i roam an the ocrntion ofhi* fint viill
<»■'â–
Kirusoio, a Vttlle heg.
KlPL'nrv», «.— kitnrabotnmbo ; ku Inln kifunifuni
= ku funnjin or funnmin, to tleep on the Mlg;
vitl. fnamft ai'tl wimii.
Kin'Mfcii (or Kin.iiKiO, *., a corer or lid .- rid.
kifiniko.
Kirvvit, *.. harre*t (Iter. ilv. 15), ero/i.
Kifusuo, *., vul. funnn, E. a.
Kifi'-o (ch», pl. tifao), a ttici irh.'eh ii utitrk in the
grountltorip thehuil off cocoa-nitli irilk.
KirC'FA, »., diin. o/mrupn, a bone.
KlW'ri, adj. (vid. fnpi), thort ; kidogo kun kmio.
KlFt'auBiii, i. (chn), toirtething ooautf tir tietl ttp m
a rioth, a imall packet or parcel. e.tj., of rire,
Jlonr, tOe. ; a large one i* cat'eti fiininlii.
KrrtBi, *., Twhbish fimnd in t/hl buildingi.
Klri'C fi-ha,pi. vi — ), a eoeoa-nttt ihell.
Kioio.i', i.(pl. vi— ), a icab (St.).
Kiciai (ar jcioiv* or euIva), i. -,pt. vipni', n
pieer nf hrolen potlerg or glam ; kigai clni ku
pnlin (pa) motto, n pottherd for taiing off or
ratt-hinn fire iit (kegeregn«nsn) ; kiguyn iw oflen
tttltn for the tile* nf the roof of a jialate. e.ij..of
Ihe howe oftkt Sitttaa of Zotaibar,
KiniMtA (ar kitavoa) cha hlkoso. the palm of
the kiiutl; (2) ilim. o/mwda.
KkiAkja fch»), — mukflno (cfr. kitiinga) c-hn — ,
pnlnt tiflhe hanil.
Kiiie i'cln, ]d. vige'?
Kki*im.. *., rid. kili'ta n«</ kijrgo. »â–
KidKi.KiiEi.K ( pl. vi — ) (m'rf, kiji-lrji'lc), nAafifinr/, «
nkrill *cream ichieh ii a lign of jng on etrtaiu
oernrrrnet*,e.g.,irkeii n gorrrnor i* apjiointed
ur a rhib/ i* born, ite. ; ku iitga kigplcgelc.
Kickkaiia, rfim. (/gerahu.
KiuKKKasesn, ». (pl. vi— 1 (kigmgncim chn
ninngu\ aiitlinter,n renjmnnU piere of juitihertl
abottt the *i:c nfa doUar; kigni i* Inrgtr.
Kioewi, e. i'juguzo).
KtttBCuKU, *., rhtiiiaetible, fieilr: ninncno huyn ni
j-n kigcugou.
Kiiiim, »., ii br'tbe.
Kkiiwi, *. iclui kuku). puHtl.
KiciM.i, *., riil. kignieni.
KidNiKCiMK'Yr, >., a liehtiitg, n tingliua.
Kiomki.1 (or KiiutLt), *. (cha mnli), jl) huinaii
eiYremciit. (mnfl yalio.im); (2) ' dirt, filth iit
gtneral,- mukouoyakvfc yiinn kignieui ; uiuu ya
gnombo jiuufania kigniu kna kun mengi mno;
kignia hikl lul'aniacho ni cha nini ? N'iaui u'najn
niumlnui, liiumbn inufuiiin kiguiu kun tnka kiiu
Kiasin, *, {frnm kiignin) , kignio cliu ku gniia
miifi (Kiiiilti). In Kitttohili iid. mkimdu.
Kicisi'msi., *., a tti-ang; ku aemn knn pufini, lo
'lieal' icith a tu-ting.
Kkislonm, ilnugti. jMUtte (R.) ?
Kjiiufi, *. (iliiti. «/' iigofl, a »('.'«, kide'. n little
*iin nr hitle.
Kuhifu, *. (R.)?
Kioiiao, *. (cha), (1) n thorl hitl thirii trunl of tr
tree, a Unch ; (2) the ermt af a tratiittl : kiondn
kinu kigiigo.
Ki.k'ihda, *. ieiil. ingi.mbn^, a mnall /«'nonn-
KioAsik, »., tlitn., rid. gomc.
Km.'iMio, *. (chn), (l)nr/ai.- kigongo clin mti =
kibaringo nr timbo di'im; (!) Ihe Imtnp nf a
hnwjibaeltcd pirtor. ; nim'gni kigimgo. tthump-
bnct (St.l,
Kinimno, *. (ctin), n 'oetiil, a kook; finibo hj iuu
kipinlir,, thiit *1ich ha* a hooh.rurritg ; mtuhuyu
nmctckelc'a motto, nniefanin kigosho cha mukono,
thii maii burut ki* kand. he got a cvrvtd hand
nr tiu nrin tchirh cannol be slraighlen-.il '.
XI
\ 142 )
Kioota, s. (jd. vi — ;, a 8\ceet*lalk o/mtamu irhich
may he cheiced (ku tafunu) ; mabiia haya ni vigota.
Kioi:ba, #., the rulied leaf of 'the mgaddi tree; rid.
guba.
KiouDriA, *., a pitrher ; cfr. kuzi.
KioCk (or juol*k\ *. i v cha, pf vi — ;, wn/, utrintj,
especitdly for larintj or burderiuy a cloth: (!)
kigiie cba uzi meauppc, nicaussi, muckuuda cha
ku vaa kiunmii or sbengoni, for ornament, a
*triny or little cord of thread of rariuu* cohur*
trhich me.n, irear on the. loin*, or ironien on the
neck for ornament ; (2>kigue cha mtamho cha
ku tegea niiima, a cord tised in tra/i* laid ftrr
animaJ*.
Kioi'ror, «///*., clrne toijcther : nitania hn ulipa:ida
kigugu, thi* miilet i* *oicn too clone totjeiher ;
mawellc haya ni ya kigiigu icfr. kigugu in
Kinia**a, and rfr. al*u mpada} ; niuiuba zilc
zambazo kuamba zi karibu karibu, ndizo zina-
jengua kigugu or ndizo ziambiwazo nipada pada,
trhich i* not n*edfor jdantation*.
Kioloumiza (or kioi ovmizi), *. ( — cha maneno,
*tuttering,falteriny of *jiecch) ; mtu liuyu ana
— , this man falter* : hawczi ku soma Kana.
Kioloita, 8. (cha' ( — cha hindi), thecobofTndian
eorn tchen the tjrain* arc. phtcked <ff: mahiudi
ynmepukiisoa ttr puaiwa.
Kioru, *., horrur, friijht iunakufl*a kua kigiili, he
dicdfrum terror) (Kr.\
Kiovmua, *. (cha) -â– kirnibo rha m'fi, thc iron harh
or head ofan arrtnr. Proc.. kigumbu kua ungiio,
kua mlimengu kiutiingu. The. arroir-hrtitl i*
utcaut fur thc irild *iriite, noboth/ trill mtmrn
iihi.u, it i* killed, bitt there 'i* tjrcat nttmrnina
n'hen a threlli r of the itirth {a mair is kil'ed.
Kiovmi:, adj., hartl : rid. giimu.
K101 namawk, *.. a kiud of Minall ' ji*h 'ni vidugo na
vigumu â– .
Kior.\i>A, *. {rtd. kungu '. an anti-lope'* horu, tt irar-
horu.
KiaiNDi, *.: fuluni una kigiiiidu clia jujii kisipo
daudasika (II.) (rfr. hhuri, *.'_.
Kior.sor (rfr. kibiingu'. refcr* to thr kikomho cha
udongo, whic.h i* not t/laied a* iu Kurope.
Kior.N.Ni, 8. (cha, /*/. vi — ): kigunni clia tcndc —
kauda la tendc, thc. *mali olilony mattiny-bay in
tchich datc* art: broutjht frum Arabia for *tdc
on the Hnahili cou*t. A lanje batj. guni t/r
gunrii (la tende'.
Kioinzi, the datj bej'ore thc siku ya muaka.
Kioi'ta, a tjrure : ni mahali pcgni mzimu.
Kiorz«>, s. {fliiM. oftigtizo, supjKirt), a little po*t.
Kiiiai.imu (antl MiiiAi.iMr':? (IJ.-; t-jr. A&. , aud
Kiiiaki:hi, *., cramp ^StA
Kiiif^MA, 8. icha' - kibundii cha npandc nn'»ja';
cha ku-jifitia mvua majira uatilindn ahamba, h
little *hed irhieltr is open in front, to look uf*><>
the plantation. It shelter* the iratckutan frvm
rain and /teat.
Kih£kk iiISre, 8. (cha moyo), {l) jHt/pitatioti, tnpi>
dation (of the heart) ; (2) ttottbt, anjri*»******.
fear, impatient ha*U.
Kihindi, «<(/'., of the Indian kintl ; uiaueim \a
Kihindi, the Indian laiajuaye.
Kih6ki — kidau, a little eanoe.
Kiixor, *., a $mall cloud (cfr. uwingu;.
Kiim, n. f (1) the heart or pith of a trte ; m>iyo kiui-
kati yam'ti ; (2) kiini cha i or ynjri, the yolk ttf
an etjy ; cfr. uto.
Kiini ( iia yayi (Kiung.) or cha i, the yolk uf*t*
KiiNiMATt>, s.jjttyt/Una trick§ 7 artfulnc**.
KiiNiMATo — kiini cha mato (cfr. tofiika\ *j*jiM
a* to the et/cs — blind (cfr. kilimato). .-1 ffrnrt
*orcerer irho profe.88C8 to he able to blind thr
! pnpil ofthe cye, and to render himseh' tnnV/Wr.
I He can camj off a man*8propcrty in hi* pre*f*tr
trithout hi* knoiriny it. Kasimu Angardibn th*
naine of Kasimu'* father in Ga**i) trw» "
kiinimato sana, nkn-ji-geuza kisiki cba mti, va
meida hawa-mu-oni, anaona kisiki tu ; Rganga
muere' vu ana kiinimato, y uwa-ji-pcuza koa ugaujp.
or buge kuba (cfr. jamba cha jito and kiini;.
KnxrA moongo, «., drinl-money, gratuity tK. •"
rid. mgongo.
Kiihha (ur kipha), thi* beiny ende*J t aftertrurtU.
Knvrivu, atlj., a*h-culuured.
Ki.T.v (or kicha), r. n.^tudaim ; ktwho ya btihukJii
ku kija tafunia kuzi kcthil wa kt>tha T to-ttunrn*--
at daicn I tthall pcrfurm thi* t»r t hat butiati* :
ku kija » ku anza ku passua uwingujua; kun«
kuja, kuua kwbhakuja: kuna kiia kuaja, kraw
kuja, kuna kwisha kuja. Opp. (1) jua latiu:
('J) linakua latua ; (3) jua linatua, the vun *ct*. fa
*tt, i* settiny.
Ki.ia, *. (cha), frenzi/t madnes*; mtu huyu .-toa
kijii = yuna waBinni, thi* man w mad.
Ki.tajk (or kichache), adc, a little (vid. ch;irlV
ur jajc).
Kija kazi, 8. (cha, }d. vi — ), « little slace-girl /iW.
mjaknzi' (anakuja kazi 1 .
KuALinA, *. (cha, pl. vi — ), a nntall tnttal L*v,
ci*o a boj' madeuficood or miia trhich the trumr»
curri/ on their brea*t* ; kibueta kidogo cha wtt'
or kuni, o/'fetha, <fc/ ku tilia wandu, Kiladi.
amburi, tokii, popo, dre.
Kijamanda, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ), a touall lontj*hu^^
bu,r ur bay ufm\\\\ in ichich the nattce* carr^t*'
(ughaibu) betel and areca-mtt (rid. jaiminda, \*.
pl. ma — ).
Ki.tamha. 8. (pl. vi — ), a 8mall rock (rfr. munnihi .
Kijamfi, rid. kitanga.
( 143)
XI
Kijana, #., dim. o/muana (cha, j>l. vi — ), a boy or
girl heticesn 7 and 12 years of age; kijiina
manamuali, a girlbetween 10 and 15 years.
Kuanga, adj. f unripe, greeu, youitg ; tlte varions
stages: (1) mana mjanga, .2) kijana, (3) mana,
(4"" mfulana, (5) mtu mzima, (G s > mw* or Bhnibu;
kijana jume or kike or kinme.
Kuapi, *., t/t* sign tc/tick the j>eop1e ofJagga and
Vsambara make on their forehead* { R.\
Kijaraiia, *. (jd. vi — ), a *ma/l iround or ulcer =
kidonda kidogo (vid. garaha or geraha^ ; kijaraha
cha mbooni, sore* on tfte jtenh, *yj>/tili8, r/tauere.
Kuego, s. (cha, jd. vi— ) (cfr. kilota) (r/«\ jcgo\
ekeeh-tootk. ('hildren ttorn iritk c/ieek-teetk
{npper teetk) a'ready protrudiug 'tnaiia alie-
vialiwa na meno ya jii ) are con*idered a* bad
omens jMrtending distre** Itcfa'liny tJte conntry.
Hence tJiey are strang/ed hy tJie pagan Waniha,
teko a**ert tJiat suck a rhild ##?///. Iiecome. a cri-
minal. But tJte StuiJtili taJce tJie.m to tke mostjne
and read tJtc ('orttn onr tJiem, learing tJiem in
tke mo*tjue orer nigJit. Jf tfie cki/d I». found
alire in t/ie morning, all crry imll, btit iftaken
awayby an angel (a* t/iey *uj>po*e\ } tjte. ckild
irou/d kace Iteeome a mti*aiicc to the rountry,
tkerefore Ood took it airtty ju*t iu time ; u kij«'go
nuiana wowe, tkoit art a rillain, reprobate
(timfi).
Kijelejele (or ki«eleoei.k\ *., tJic cry ••elel, elel
elel elel," */touting, ej-ultation (rid. kigelcgele).
Klienjele (cha ajari), an acid *ance prepared
(for *kij9*) t/mnngo and *ireet teml)o; kijenjele
ja ngiio, a gootl dre** ; kijcnjelc Ita* rcference to
tometking tJtat is good antl e.rceltent.
Kuiboa, *. (clia) ; muana wa mboa nidogo, the *on
ofa dog. a yonngdog.
Kuiboko (pl. vi — \ a little kij>j>opotamv*.
Kijicho, enry, an enrious gUince (St^ : lit.. a litth
eye.
KijigC (pi. vi — \ a littlc leg.
Kuiji, «., a little toim (cfr. mji), Act* v. 16.
Kijikango, *. (rid. kikango; ; jungu kidogo cha ku
kangia niama, a *mall jmnfor frying meat.
Kjjikiji, rid. kiehikichi.
Kuiko, *., a *mall *poon (a large ouc muiko).
Kuimbi, *. (cha, j)l. vijimbi\ a cockerel.
Kutsoajinoa (rid. mjinga or ujinga ; tkc Mom-
bassians *ay tkat tJie language of Zanzibar
is maneno ya kijingajinga, i.e., tJic language of
fod*.
Kufo, 9. (cha\ tke coming. adrent. In Kij>einha
jaknla cha jioni — kialio kijio cha usiku, tJte
coming oftJte nigJtt.
Kufsi,. *. (ch«, pl. vi — \ « bribe giren to a jndge
(jSjiri or kikiri) ; kn toa-jijiri = mali ya ku-m-pa
lcatbi, ku pata haki or ku nmuliwa, to bribe a
jndgt to obtain ki* rerdirt in one'*faronr.
Kijwkafihi, vid. mjiskaf.ri.
Kuihsi:, 8. (dim. o/kissn), tittte knife.
Kijitanhu, *., a rery small branch.
Kijiti, *. (j>L vi — ), a *ma/l tree, a *jdinter, a
]>iece of icood, a 6«*/*, a «krub.
Kui-ro, *. (j> f . vi.jito), a smal' strcam, a brook 'cid.
mto) (vid. kijuto, a brool; rintlet).
I Kijito (or Kui(.Ho), « «mall eye (rid. jito or jicho,
eye) ; yuna kijito cha rohoni ( = yuna husuda),
I ks i* jealom, Ite want* all t/tat /te 8ee*, ke i* a
coretous man ; bana kijito nawc, /te i* not enriou*
! oft/tee; nna kijito rohnni = ku tainaa, to covet ;
kijito ya ku ona kitu cha mtu adaka ku toa, ke
wia/te* a/l tkat ke s?es (mtu wa roho joje) ; ku
fauia kijito, lit., to make apinhj or littfe eye, i.e.,
1 to ency, to bejeahu* of — ; kijitOjjea.W*//.
KuiTOA, *. (pl. vi — \ a little Jtead; muigni kijitoa,
a man with a little Jitad.
Kuivi, adj., tJtieivJth (St.).
Kuiwe, *. (pl. vi — ), a *maU stone; vijiwc vijiwc
denote* a sligJtt ernpiitm on tJte face, espi'dally
incidental to young cJiildren ; in reference to a
per*on wJto Jtus tkis erujAion, tlte uatires *ay:
" wapendoa," " ke. is loved " (K.).
Kijo, 8. (cha, j>l. vi — ), fear, aj)prclten*ion, danger
(cid. ku ja or cha, tofcar).
Kij6bua, a little bniu/t or cluster (R.\
i * '
KlJOGO. *. f
Kuoooo (p 1 . vi—), a mussel, a lind of sheH-fish
(St.).
Ku6li, s. t a band ofslares; kijoli kimoja, about six
or eig/tt slavcs belonging to one master ; kiniumba
kimoja or tumba ninioja huvia mja na mnungu-
ana, brother* and sisters irko hare tke same fat/ter
and tke same mother (tumba mmoja).
Kuomba, adj., refcrring to Suakili ; maneno ya
Kijomba, t/te JSuahili language: Mjomba, a
Suahili man.
Ku6mbo (dim. o/jombo), a little ve**el or boat.
Ku6xgo, *., dim. of mongo, back f (the uembcsi
sichiess is said to jiroduce ki jongo or kidari ;
cfr. kigongo\ bendiny, bent, inclining, knmj>-
back ; mtambo unnpindamana unnfania kijongo;
mtu huyu yuna kijongo, tJtis man is Jinmj>-
bached.
Kuor6ho, s. (kilacho kuku sana), a triUl animal
very dentructire to foir's (irhick eats jwultry^
(very likely a Kisegua-icord) (R.).
Kuoyo (dim. o/moyo), « heartkt, littlekeart; Bcbu
Bebu na kijoyo kimumo, ke refuses a tking, and
yet ke irould fain kare it (R.).
Kijuku, *. (cfr. kiduku), « grcat-grandchitd.
Kuumba, s. (dim.), a little house, closet, korel.
Kuumbe, *. (cha,^i/. vi— \ a go-betmeen (a matck-
maler, St.).
Kijunciiu cha vzno, forekead (R.\
Kuu.vou, 8. (chn), cfr. jungu.
( 144 )
XI
Kijum, *. (tlim. o/"kiini\ a Uttle piece ofwood.
Kijum, *., a small bird; cj'r. niiini, hirtl.
Kijuto, 8. (dim. o/mto, a river), a brook, riculet.
KlKAAKGO (or KIKA.VOo), *. (j>I. VI — ), rt tmall
earthenjwt forfrying toith oil orfat orfor cot>k-
;„(/ «. kijungu cha ku ojea or cba ku pikia mtiizi
\rid. kibungu, kibia) ; dim. of ukango, a frying-
pan.
Kikaka, *., ha«tines8; kuani ku ftinia kikaka cha
moyo? tchy arc ijou so hastij f nimcfania kikaka
batta ku sehau jaktila cha ndia, / wa* 80 mttrh
in ha«te that Iforgot to takefoodfor the rottd.
Kikaka, 8. (kiika, la, pl. raa — ) ; kiknka cba limau,
the Icmon-rind whirh i'm thrown away after the
lemon has heen stjucezcd out.
Kikai.k, adj. (cid. kale), ofohl, of tlie cld 8tyte or
kind ; ya kikalc, of old time*, e.g., niumba ya
kikalc, a house of tlic old style, hiud, or time.
Kikali, adj., sharp, acid, 8our (vid. kali).
Kikamha, adj., referring to the Wahainba j>et>j>Ie
or their language.
Kikanoa, 8. (dim. o/kanda\ Utt'e bttg.
Kik.Vszu, 8., a little shirt; kiknnzucha mt6to,a little
nhirtfor ch'ddren.
Kikao, 8. ( — mahali pa ku keti, makasi), (1) 8eat,
residence or dweUing-jtlacc ; e.g., kikaojangu or
makuoyangu ni Kabbai, / reside at Jlabbtti,
there I htirc my jiermanent residence, not at
}fomhas ; (2) a company af men who eat together
â– = mess) ; (3 ) kikao signifies tlte dignity of a
rhief; Muegni Ngusi auutoii kikiio cha nduyuye
Shebe, Mucgni Ngnsi took the rhieftanry ofhis
hrother tiluche: (4) kikjio=row///^;kiknochakwc
si jema, his condttrt is not gootl (II.).
Kikapu, s. (cha) (dim. of kapu\ a smal hasket
< kapu, a largc one", a matting-Img.
Kikasiki, 8. (cba, p'. vi — ), a small pitcher with a
handleand nerk jorlianids ttntl jyreserres ; kika-
siki cha lisuli, <£*c; kitu kitiwujo or kikanjo piki.
Kikatk? (R.) ; c/r.mkutc or mukiite (dim.).
Kikaufu (or kaufu ur kafu?), vid. nocsa and
knvu.
Kikavu, ttdj., dry (rid. kavu).
Kikawe, s. (j>I. vi — \ a smtttl pehhle (k»iwe, rid\
Kikaza (cha, pl. vi — \ the pieccsofwootl al)ove the.
in'ndoics oj' a hoitse, timher orer a windoic or
. dtHtr.
\\ i kk, adj. , feminiue.
Kikkkk, s. i (R.).
Kiketi, s., a kind of hlue head, csjwciaUy ralned
hy thc WaJcamba in tlte Jnterior.
KikkYkkV, s. (vid. keukcii), a littlesohhing ; kikcu-
kcu cha ku lia.
Kikia, s. (dim. of rokia), a littlc tail ; wana wa
pania wana vikia.
KiKiiti, s. (vid. jijiri or kijiri), a bribe,
Kikirrt, i: a., to pull about, to 8cramhle for i
Kikihsa, r. a., to spcak in hroken words ; ku sema
kua ku kikissa, /.«., kua kn tafuta or kua kn
tossa jua mancno sana ; maneno yame-m-kikissa
— batolct manuno n'de sana, ynwascmakua lurito ;
jambo bili lakikisaa -». balipatikana ku* upcti.
Kiko, s. (chu, j>l. viko), a pipe, tobacco-pipr. wUk a
nazi. The natire jtijtc* consitt ofa ve**el haffmtt
oj' irater, with ttct> stcms, one leading to the bowl
aiul one to the mouthpiecc ; the water-ve*8el it
jiroperly tlte kiko. See the Avthor** more eu-
larged descrijttion itnder the tcord bori, page 28 ;
cfr. tozn, digali, malio, Rhilamu.
Kiko, 8. ; (1) kiko cha mukono, the elbov-bone; (2)
kiko cha muntto (jd. viko), a fire-place out of
doors and withont meko; watu waaaba motto
viko vitatu.
Kiko, 8. (cha) ; kiko cha Wngnlla, a Oalla marhet-
jrface; muhali pa n'do pa ku fania biasbora.
Sttch a GaUa kiko is for instance in Barrla (or
Jie'riti), in the territory and on the frontier ef
the Wttnika of Kiridma, in tlic vicintty of the
river tiabdki. Oalla, Wanika, Wakamba, Wa-
suahili, and Arabs go there on mcrcantile busi-
uess, and tire peacefalty togetltcr for some weekt.
Kikoa, 8. (cba, j>L vi— ), (1) a bannuet amcmg
friends given ttrrordiny to agreement by turm*
(kulii kikoa) ; chnkiila cba ubirik» ; kikoa cba
clinkula na muonziwakwe ; leo kikoachangu
(kiila kikon) ; watu wala kikoa mnjira ya manka
hatta mviia kuugia. The people save in thi*
mttnmr many erj^ense* and trouhle of eookery,
('sj)pcially trhen rirtuals are *carce % or hefore the
rtn'iiy settson. J'ror., m'la kikua aailipe asa
kipuru jenuppc. If a j>artmr in kikoa irifl *ot
takc his turn to girc an cntertainmcnt whc* it
romes ronrid, his head is shaced } in sereral partt,
in order to jmt him to oj>en shame ; chakuU cha
Kbirika ; Ico kikonchangu kiila. (2) Kikoa ja
fetha kii tin kntika biinduki or jnrabia, silver
riug ou a gim or daggrr i'mabumba ya fetha) a*
an ornament.
Kikovkui ;'or rathrr kikuakui\*.; pcpo ya kikoa-
kui, « irhirliriittl.
Kikoua, ttim. o/*mkoba iridS.
Kikofi, s. t thc inside of the finger*.
Kikofi; i.ixi« {dofn and kidofu)?
Kikoiiozi, s. (cha) {dim. of kobozi), a littlc covgh,
a dry coitgh, ronstttnf rottghing ; koh6zi litc-
moalo is a vough tchcrc muvus i* romited; efir.
ukohnzi.
Kikoi (cba. jd. vi — ; ijgiio yn kikoi, a irhite ciot*
arotnid the loius with ct>Ioured *tripe* Wor
(near the hordcr).
Kikok a, the name of a spccia ofgra** irhich grovt
ttrtntnd heaps ofstones.
Kikoi.olo, s. ; kikololo cba mtuzi, a *auce madt
hy rottsting itcas, grinding them, and ccokinj
KI
(145)
KI
them with cocoa-nut milk, &c. ; ni mtuzi wa mbuzi
kavu ku kangua, zikasagiia unga zikafaniou
mtuzi (Sp.).
Kik6mba, *. (cha), a ravcnous appetite; nda ya
kik6mba or kikomba cha nda or makiizo ya
nda, an intense hunger, in tchich a man eats
anything he canfind ; devouring famine. Erh.
takes itfor the "hungry enV."
Kik6mbe, *. (cha, pl. vi — ), cup; kikombe cha
kunoa kuhawa, coffee- or teacitp; kikombe cha
bilauli, a drinking-glass (vid. kombe) ; kikombo
cha nuru, lustre ?
Kik6iibo (ja), a little crooked thing (rfr. uk6mbo) ;
kitu kilicbo kombo, kilicbo potoka, a curvity ;
e.g., mti ukisongamana.
Kik6mo, s. (cha, pl. vi — ) (ja), (1) tJtc end,
termination; e.g., kik6mo cha ndia (ndia ih'po-
k6ma), there where the way ends; (2) kik6mo
cha U880, front, projecting forehead, brow ; usso
ulipokoma, pasipo mea nielle, mbelle ya usso, jii
ya mato.
Kikomu, adj., fully ripe (cfr. pefu) ; kikomu U
properly a Kiniha word.
Kikomdoo, «., a little slieep ; cfr. kondoo, slieep.
Kik6noo (or kikuata), «., « large curved thorn.
Kiko.vgoma, *., a little worm of a red colour (II.)
(perhaps Kinikaf).
Kik6noue, *. (pl. vi — ), a very oldperson (mtumko
mze).
Kikonio, 8. ( pt. vi — ), flower- andfruit-stalks, the
stalks ofdoves (St.).
Kik6no, s.; (1) kik6no cha upanga wa imani (una
vikono viwili) (vid. kitara) ; (2) the hand-Uke
prow or beak of a amall native vessel (kikono cha
6mo) ; cfr. gubeti.
Kikope, «., the eyelid; vid. k6pe.
Kikor6mbue, 8., a cry made into the hand by way
ofsignal, a caU (St.).
KiKossi (or UKO881), *. (cha,pl. vi— ), tlie nape oftJie
neck, the lower part ofman's neckfrom bcJiind,
tJte Jtoilowpart ofthe neck below tJie backpart of
tJte head; niuma ya shcngo ni kikossi ; kish6go,
tJie dimple orpit of the neck ; kogo (occiput), thcn
kitdrigo, and then kikosei.
KikotAma, 8. (vid. kotama) ; kissu cha kotama, a
long knife.
Kikoto, *. (cha), a kind of wJtip made of mua
(ku Buka kua gnongo) ku piga watoto uscd in
tchooU; overlookers of slaves aho use tJtis
whip (cfr. fiatisa ; kikuto ?) ; ku songa or piga
vik6to,to wreathe ( — cha nuelle) ; (2) a bracelet
of brass-wire (cfr. vitanga, tzango, migunsu 1»
Kinika) (R.).
Kikotue, 8., a long and flying fisli.
Kikozl, 8., a band of men who watcJtfor and way-
lay somebody ; kikozi cha watu, vikozi via watu ;
wame-ji-funga kikozi cha watu (kadiri ja watu
wanane or kumi) na selakhazao, ku-m-gojea mtu
fulani ndiani, akipita wa-mu-ue ; ku keti or ku
ka kikozini; askari mka kikozi, sentinel; kikozi
cha askari, a company, f)arty, body of soldiers
(cfr. kitiingu).
Kikua, 8. ; tJie root oftJie mlilana tree whichgrows on
thecoast; it8fruitUcalled)im\g\irossi(m k6nde
za mlilana).
Kikuaju, *. (cfr. mkuaju) ; ku piga kikuaju in
case ofthc ucmbczi sickness (R.).
KikuakCi, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ) — pepo zakuzungiikn,
a gust orpuff of wind, a whirlwind (kikulukulu
or kuakui).
Kikuai'A, *. (cha); kikuapa cha t6mbako, Htc
8mall lcaf growing on tJie stalk of tJte tobacco-
plant; tJie kuapa U always cut off, topromote the
growth oftJie sJirub; (2) kikuapa cha kdnoa, tJic
bad smell of tJtc mouth, e.g., fulani aniika kuapa
(R.) ; (3) tJie perspiration from tJie arm-pit.
Kikuasi, s., stumbling-blocJi (from ku kuaa or kun,
r. n.).
Kikuata, s., a large curved tJiorn (vid. kigongo),
mimosa inga et Famessiana (Kr.).
Kikuba cha mkiidi, mti utoao mariia mema ya
harufu, watuwake wapcnda (vid. mkadi); (2)
kikuba cha dau la mbtio (the namc of a boat) ;
(3) grcat, vid. kuba.
KiKUtizo, *., « laiitlcr, a fligJtt ofstairs (Kr.).
Kikui (j)l. vikui), atJiousand, ten tJtomand (chicfly
used inpoetry). TliCjJ. zikui/or vikui is obsolctc.
Kikuili (vid. kuili), aluul ofscrpent.
KiKUjiA, s. ; kikujia cba ukuja, (1) a little piecc of
tJie root oftJte nail, apicce torn off from a nail
of tJie fingers or toes; e.g., intu huyu ame-ni-
limiza kikuchia (p\. vikuchia via) cha chunda cha
mukono, kikuchia cha ukuja kina toka, kinauina
sana; (2) vikuchia via mkeka, tJie ends of ukindu
wJiicJi are left to rcinain on one sidc (rfr. ku
tabuaukuja).
Kikuju, 8., elbow ? (cfr. kikuyu cha mukono).
Kikuku, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ), an arm-ring of lcad (an
ornamcnt ofwomcn), a bracelet ; kikuku cha ku
pandia ferasi, « stirruj*; kikuku cha pingu (vid.
mli).
KikCku, 8. (dim. of kuku) = kitu cha kale, an old
matter, sometJting ofthe old time (Er.) ?
Kiklli, *., cfr. kiwcwe.
Kikumba unouuk, 8. (lit., tJic pass'nuj or swceping
by of tJte Jtog), a small knob of Turkish corn
wJiicJt the wild Jiog passcs by, snatclting ratJicr
thc larger oncs (kikumba unguuc =» kiscgero or
kimbuguc).
Kikumbo, *. (cha); ku-m-piga kikumbo =* ku-m-
kumba, to thrust orpush one aside by toucJiing
with the arm ; ku pigana or sukumana vikumbo,
to thrmt one anothtr with the arms, to shove out
ofthc way.
KI
(146)
XI
Kikunda (in Kilindini) =• kobaba in Kimv.
Kikundi, 8. (cha), a small company of men (jrom
12 to 20) ; kuuja kikundi cha watn, tJiere comes
a troop ofmen (cfr. kinungu and kituugu).
KlKUNDO, 8.
Kikunou, *., vid. mfioansi.
Kikuopa, 8. (Er.) ?
Kikuta, »., a small wall of 8tonc8 (vid. kuta) ; ki-
kiita cha kaburi, tomb, monument.
KiKun, 8. (cha) (= nta ya kuti), tJie top of thc
kuti, bough oftlie coeoa-nut tree; (1) kumbi, (2)
kuti, (3) kikuti, dim. of kuti ; fig., kikuti joma
= bakhti ngema, happine«s ; c.g. } nimctia mu-
kono wa mbcllc chakulani, na mtu huyu wakuja
kikuti jcma, niiini meraa.
Kiki'to, *., tiger (Sp.) ; rather mboa mitu, jackal.
Kikuyu ciia muk6no, *., elbow.
Kil a, 8. (=khofu), fear, dislikc ; mkhoyangu ina-
ngia kila, lam afraid; Arab. J* , trcmor, or
"k, languor, calamitas.
Kilalo (or kjlalio) (pl. vi — ) (ku lala, «.), a
campiwj- or sleeping-placc on a journey ; kilalo
cha kwanza, cha pili, cha tatu, tijc. Tumelala
vilalo kumi hatta tukafika. Kilalo means (dso
a native 8lceping-place mmle of stieks, wJuch
rcst on UtUe forked posts fixed into the ground
(kihilo cha mtu).
Kilamo, 8., beestings.
Kilanoo, 8. (pl. vi — ), (1) a narrow cntrancc;
kihingo cha bahari, a strait or straits of the
sva ; (2) kilango cha jaha, the gaic ofparadise.
Kile, pron. demonst., that, yondcr; kile alicho lalia,
vid. Lukc v. 25.
Kilefi, *. = kidau or kihori, small canoe (kilefi cha
ku tezea).
KilJSfu, *., vid. kidefu, 8.
Kileoiwambua, knee-bojic, knee-pan (It.).
Kilklk, 8. (cha, j)l. vi — ), a summit, top, apointed
sJioot in a trce or plant, pinnacle; kilclo cha
mnazi = nta ya mntizi, thc summit of a cocoa-
trce ; Arab. J** , cacumen rei, vcrtcx montis.
Kileleta, 8. (cha), apcx — kilelc cha nta, top of
trce, pinnacle.
Kilema, h. (cha, pl. vilcma), a bleminh, a dcformed
or maimed person; si wcma ku teka (cheka)
mucgni kilcma, it is wrong to laugh at one wJu>
is dvformed ; cfr. bunduka in Kiniassa; cfr.
Luke xiv. 13.
Kilemha, 8. (pl. vi — ), (1) a turban, diadem (given
as a prcHcnt to great mcn) ; ku piga kilcmba ;
(2) a cre8t, thc comb ofa cock.
Kilkmhoe (kilembCe), 8. ; kilemboc cha titti, thc
nipjtlc oftJie breast (kilcmboe cha mtu na niama).
Kileo, 8. (cha, 2>l- vi — ), any intoxicating matter,
intozication (kitu kilefiacho) — Bakara, ulefi;
mtu huyu yuwala vileo; c.g., afiuni, jabangi,
tembo, mayuni, winiu, aU these tkings are vileo ;
kileo kime-m-pdta — amelewa, he is tipsy.
Kileta, 8., a cliikl which cuts its upper teethfirtt;
muegui mcno ya ju mbelle (cfr. kijego). A ckild
born with the upper front-tooth is taken into tht
mosaue, and the Coran is read over him (ko
somcwa mesgidini) lest tome distress come upon
tJw country. The Wanika strangle such an «n~
fortunate creature.
KiIjEte, s. (pl. vilete), tnetal rotdocks (St.),
crutchcs f
Kilkvu, 8. (vid. kidevu), the chin.
KIliciio, that wJiich; e.g., kitu kilicho jema, a
tJting w/iich w good (vid. Oranu).
Kilifu (pl. vi — ), the chth4ike envelope of tke
young cocoa-nut leaves (St.).
Kiliiiafu, s., first stomach inauadrupcds (katika
tumbo la gnombe), the mwc, beUy,paunck (tnmbo
kuba).
KilIli, *., a emall bedstead; dim. o/ulili, bedstead.
Kilima, *. ( pl. vilima), a rising ground, a kill, a
mountain.
Kilimanjaro, 8., the mount Njdro, a snowy ntous-
tain in Uie Kijagga country.
Kilimato, 8., Ut.,aUeyes; mgangaaonai killa mato,
rabello na niuma na kando, a sorcerer wko by
mean8 of witchcraft lodks in every directio»
before and behind ; his eyes reach everything.
TJie leaders of caravans freauenHy ascribe suck
a potccr to tJiemselves, and their superstitkm
follower8 believe fimdy in tkeir manifest imposi-
tions (cfr. kiini mato) (cfr. kiwi cha mato). Yuna
kilimato, he wJio covers his eyes or makes pcopU
skcp wJien he wisJies to rob them.
Kilimbili, 8., tJie wrist.
KilImi, 8., tJie urula ?
Kilimia, 8., the Pleiads; kilimia cha niota (?).
Kilimo, 8. (cha), a piece of cuUivated ground,
agriculture, produce ; muaka hu amepata
kilimochakwo miso (m'so = 60 pislii) setta
mia; muaka hu watu anaongokewa ni kilimo,
maBhambanimuao ; vilimo vina-wa-ongokea or
vina-wa-vilia (ku via, to burn) havi kuongoka;
kilimo cha nini ? wJiat wiU the crop be orbe-
come f vilimo vipia premices ■« first-fruits.
Kilindi, 8., thc dceps, decp water.
KilInge, 8. (cha), complicated gucstion, dark or
unintelligiblc langvage; mancno ya fumbo, mtn
asili-jue neno hili ; mancno ya kilinge ni ku letta
neno kua mifuno lisilokua lile udakalo; efr.
king6zi. Kilingo cha uganga is the cunning
and mystcrious proces8 throughwhich an mganga
gocs in curing rJieumatic pains cf the leg* t
d'c. WJicn a pcrson Jias this disease, he caUs for
an mganga, wJio promises to come after kaving
rcceived tJic tigira wa muito, the wages cfcaUing,
wliich consists of a jembe (native hoe). ffawing
KI
( 147 )
KI
arrived, he cuks where the pain is. WJten told
thepains tobe in tJte leg, Jtesays, "It is an amiili,"
t.e., a secret medicine apjriial by an cncmy icho
wishes to Tcill the person by Jtaving put nails,
necdles, li-c. into tlie leg. TJie mganga promises
to removc tJte amali. TJien Jte demands Jialf a
doUar and fivc pishi of rice for going to tJtc
forest to fetclt medicine by digging roots, ct'c.
(uinda). Ilaving returned from tJtc forest, Jie
boils tJte roots, d'c. in a kettlc, and covcrs tlie
sick man tcitJt a mat, to saturatc Jtim witJt tJte
smcikc of tJie medicine. TJien Jte toucltes tJte
body until Jte comes to tJtepiace wJtcre tJte limfili
is hidden. At once Jte puts Jtis Jtand to Jtis
inoutJt and sucks, a* it were, tJte amiili, and spits
it tJicn into anotJter kettle, wJticJt Jtc covers
auickly witJt a sicve. After that Jte reyuires a
hen, whicJt is tJte feefor tJte kifaniia nngo or tJtc
uncovering oftJtc sicve. At last Jte says, " Xow
open the kettlc,'' wJticJt Ute people do, and in
tohich they, to t/teir snrprise, find an amali or
amtdet fiUed witJt nails, need'es, <C'c. " Xoir"
they say, "we Jtavcfound tJte cattse of thc puins.
tiome enemy intcndt:d to kill the sick man, but
the mganga Jtas defeated Jtis dc*ign by tltc
uganga." He tJtc.n gets one dollar, tJte sicvc
and tJte hittlt'. Iiut tJte dcccivcd peoplc do not
know tJtat the imjmator brougJtt tJte amiili with
Jtim, and put it secretly into tJie kettle. IIow-
ever, t/te tick inan tJtinks Jtimsclf cured. (2)
Humbug, trick; watu hawa vilingc hivi wa-ni-
faniafio ni via niui ?
Kilinoo (ja); (1) ku piga kilingo mti «= ku tonga kua
shoka la tisi, to plane a trcv. witJt tJte JtatcJtet,
planing, heicing ; (2) nguso nno yaliosimikoa
sbambani ku lindia niiini wasilc mtama, a sJted
ertcted on four pillars and vned in guarding a
fii/antation against bird*, dr. It is like a ros-
trum or balcony. A largc one i* called ulingo.
Kilinoo, *., (1) notch (E.), protttberancc, promi-
nence, boss ; (2) a sJted for squaring timbcr in
(ku linga, to aim <it) ; kilingo cha jua ; (3) ndia
ya kilingo ni ya ku zunguka (cid. ku linga = ku
dadia, dadisa).
KilInsi, h. (cha), a bracclet ofbcads; rid. kikiiku
and kingaja.
Kilio (cha, jH*. vilio), a cry, wailing, wceping,
mourning, lamentations ; kilio cha utungu, liev.
xviii. 9; ku niamaza watu kilio; ku-m-tia kilio;
ku-m-kumbusba kilio.
Kiliwa, *., mealf cfr. Jfl , cdit consumBif, ffi »
quidquid editur.
Killa (or kulla), evcry, all; e.g., killakitu ; killa
aendapo, wherever hegois, or cvery time Jte goes;
Arab. l£ , universitas, omnis.
Kiloh o6la (pl. vil — ), the guide for a journey ;
wata hawa ni vilongola (ku longola in Kin. —
ongoa in Kis.)\ kilongola huyu ni mucma ; cfr-
ku rongora, to lead into, to guide (cfr. rubani).
Kilube (kilupe ?), red and roundish beans f (R.).
Kiludu, s. — nguo kundu (Er.), a red cloth (cfr.
kidulu).
Kima, 8. (cha) (Arab. 3w*S , valor, prctium), (1)
price, account, value — tamani ; kimachakwe ni
kadrigani? Jtow much is itspricef (2) then, after-
wards,finally, like muisho and hatima.
Kima, *. (wa,j>/. za), a kind ofape, a mon/cey witJt
long Jtair ; (1) kiraa; (2) tumbiri, baboon; (3)
mbega; (4) niani (large).
Kimada, *., counter ofeggs (R.)?
Kimado ku iba kimado (vid. Kiniassa mbando),
to make an attack for plundcr (kimado kimado).
Kimaji, adj., damp.
PvIMAKO, 8. (K.)?
Kimamu? (K.) (efr. «Ui, rcs ^ 11 ^ a domo scopis
cvcrruntur, quisquiliac), sweepings, dirU
KimAnda, *. (cha) ; kimiinda cha inai ya kuka, tJte
beating of cggs, to makc a kind of omelette ;
ku pika kimanda cha mai ya kuku.
Kimandano, s m) somcthing ycUow (vid. mandano).
Kimanoa, *., (1) a kind ofvcryfine grain Ukc uimbi
(vid.). (2) Arabian, Arabicfrom Manga, Arabia.
llence ku badili Kimangiini kua Kisuahili, to
translate from tJte Arabic into Kisuah'di.
Kimanoo, s. ; tiii or chui kimango, a full-grown
leopard.
Kimanoo, *. (vid. mango), (1) a small, round, Jtard
and Jteavy stone used in grinding flour ; (2) a
nicknamefor a Jtard and aoaricious man.
Kimanm mawiti, cfr, ukukui.
Kimasiiamua,*., belongingto tfte country, a country
dialect (St.) ; ya kimauhamba, countrified.
Kimato, s. ; ku lala kimato, to watch, not to sleep.
Kimra, s. (cha, pl. vimba), carcase, dead body;
nimeona kiinba cha mtu, / saw tJte corpse of a
dead nunt; kinabuagoa kimba (= Kiniassa ku
f'a tumbi).
Kimhia, v. n., to fice, escapc, to run away, to go
(juickly = ku enda mbio.
Kimbilia, v. obj., (1) to escapc to <me or from
one; mtuwangu amc-ni-kimbilia, my man ran
away from mc ; ku kimbilia roho, to flee for
onc's life ; (2) to run, topursue, tofetclt him ;
mkimbilio upesi, go quick to catch Jiim up, to
come vp with him, to overtake Jtim.
KimiiilIka, v.p.
Kimuikiza, v.; udongo ukimbirizo uli maji, uka
kauka, huta-u-wcza, prov., beat tJte iron wJtile
it is hot, do thy busincss in time, do not defer
it; ku kimbiriza ku-li-tumbiia harraka ipu lisilo
tassa ku ivua.
Kimuiza, v. c, to cause toflec, to make to run
away, toput toflight.
l 2
KI (i.
Kimrizia, v. olij., to cauie to run aicay from one
aine-ui-kiinbi7.ia w.itumawangu, he cavitd my
ilucei to mn away fronl mc.
Kimmui*; kn-iu-kinibili/.a mtu ipu, to opcil tOO enrly
a iuinour or necll'oitj, lo be tuu ruth in «j «■«/.■iinj ;
wn kinibilizn-ni ?
Kimbizi, «.,- mnji ya kintbm, irlicu Ihcjl- '■'/"te
Ih' Jiti iminediatclij.
KmnosANOE, i. (cha),a Hml offine rctl bcuti-i urhich
urc ftiHshal mid hiijhlij pri-ctl ij'i'/. niar-jiitii).
KimbuuUe, «. (Kintr.) (cha, pl. vim— ) ; kinibiigue
cba hiniii (= kisi'^vrn tli.i liiinli'i, tninll Turiinh
eorn, ichich it not groicii to any cj:tent ; hiudi
liuavia or linabaribika kua jun, gojrntalalcim nj
fupi or ndogo, the corn wai burned or tpoiled by
tlie «uii, therefore, cic.
KlHUtjJA, ».; maji yalrimbujn, i.c, moji ynftuza ku
nuka or ku kua, ktia uiangi (Sp.).
KlHnuitti, ».; kiiiLiUL'ii kiJ'^'i rli;i ku guy* kukn
wadiigo na niuni, a vuiture, a bird ofpret/.
KlllBCYU, >., lti.ini.htiU, slnji,ci-«Kiilion; t.g., tnaji va
kiiubiiyil - iHiiji uii.fii 'J.il.. tl.catlictttir), ticu/i tide.
KlMKUU, I. (I!,), Ilmt irhirlt U i/ruirn tif ittctf, e.g.,
a wiJd trte mhich litti «...' fn; .1 pluulcd ; rulninbo
wa kimelca, a trap ntatle o/ a youny iree ichich
1jrc.1i! tiii the ipot.
Kim£ne, 1. — kiburi or kibri, prttle.
Kimkrti (or KiUEiiiTi), t. (/irububly for bunduki
ya Merki (AincrilAf) = tabnnja, a pietol. The
natice» tpeah of a bunduki (!) ya viaiidi; (2)
ja gumegiimo; (3j ya blwc/ilo; (-1) ja Merfci ( =
ja mtfto, tt iniitchluck r/ww) ; ('i) bunduki ja
bufcrokin, ti tloidilc-bti.rrJL.ii f/-in ; {(I) bunduid
ja Scrbochn, a ftint yjin ; (7) Hugu (vid.), tltort
antlbitj (probabitj ti Miittdcrbti**) ; (S) buntluki
ja pislo (Arnb. huftak), piitolt (9) kizGri bii-
gunni, jwmusio» gua (').
KlKSn (kim£ta), 1. (chn, pl. vi— ), tplendour,
tparUiaij; kiunto clm .j>iii, tkc i/hire oftbe «u«,
hriglttneu; muoto unnfiinia kiniote.
KimSte mKte, «. (cha, pl. vi— ), a firtjlg, tjlotc-
leorm, an intcct jltjimj ut iii./hl frntn one bank lo
tbe o-hcr on riccr' (kimote mcta cha mtoni) ;
niiliiilii Wiifcu iii.lii, lil., iticurm oftoi/tittcr.titit.tcr-
infi imcct. An mdiidu wa mriwri mnwili (oftico
ie'tii<j<i)i'itiiiii*rd cfredaml liliick ealtmr. When
il tipcui thc iriitijs tlu- rt-i.l etiloui- h scen; icbcii it
thut» thciu, huinm kiin, it u ilark. Tlic ntttirc»
iiiuiiita'tii Ihut thit iiutcct </icea pam ttruttr thc
vail» of maiin Jimjic, *t.i thd mJiidn wn kij.'ilc
(/tiii-tiiiijchitt. nr ichithiic) will bc produccil; jiin
Infanin vimctcmeto innttitii.
Kiwu, ». (cbti, pl. vi— ), tilence, itillncu; mtu wa
kiuiin kimia, o elill, qitiet uum; ku hh.Ui fcimia
kimia, tupraysSently; kuniamiiia kimia; kimin
kiDgi ni mahiudo mkO (aeircuiarcaitinn.net, St.).
8) KI
Ktaio, «, (chn), idcer of thc throal, quiufi/, erottp,
e'pteiaSly teilli cliildrcn, icho eatiig die cftufio-
eation (nifirndi ya ku fura mio) ; mtu huju
juwaugtia niiinuii v;i I.iuii.i, llti' man ha* a*
vkerated thraat, irkich tke nalivti contider rery
dantjcrou*, they therefore verg promptly dip
their finger into buttcr a«d tear up thc u'ar
(kimio ipu la fikho). Dr. St. takct thii icord
for "aa ealargcd avula."
KhtnsliA, v. o,, (l) lo bc angry at onc, to rtproet;
(2) to tutiaic; niama Iii inft ni-kiraialia, the mcat
ir'dl tmtiate rae.
KiukC'uki 1 , 1. = nrongo, a tic; maDcno jb kim-
kumfcii, lijing wordt (lt.).
Kiuo, : (cha), itature, lize; e.g., kimo cha mlo,
tlie tiic of a rnuR ; a-kupitajo kimu, one- tche
11 greater than tlum (lit., oae irho ivrpaue* tket
Kuw, t( 1» or wai iiuitle.
Kiuoa (or siuvs), v, n., to bt tired, ireary, rfiV
gusled with oiw'» butine*!, not to lilte it; kujoka
or kiia na ndia; tnajun fcuamba anakimoa ; ku-
m-Bhibisha hntta y iimis kiinoa kna chakiib.
Ki«6ja, oae; vitl. moja.
KiuoYOH6*o,/e(ir, ttpprehtniion (Kin.).
KimttMA, vid, Mrima.
Kimtl-mtu = madarajali (R-).
Ki«u, 11. «., lo bc out or itay out above one ytar.
KiMUA = ana juki, himlc, itulilea anger (lt.).
Kimuomcnie, «., o miall tiiitd of gourd reteailili*g
thc epg of an ottrich (efr. mtfima), a lcind ef
eiteumbtr.
Kihl'i? (R.); guinilia ju va kimui?
Kiuti'Ki'NiA, ., (Er.)?
Kimu^ou (ja, pl. vi— ), rorti-tird, iccerU, cakntiec
(katika mti'ttnn, tU.%
KtJtuiiMjti (/)!. vi — ), a miKtile, a tliooting ilar,
becouse thctj arc tttid tu be thromn fcy the anotU
D(tyicjinns(8t.).
Kiui.rimuki (pl. vi— ). tifirefty; cfr. kimclemtlr.
KisA, «. (cha, p'. vina), tlcplh ; kina cha hahari -
Bhinio kuha la bSb:ni, intnga licisimnmi, u oVjrfi
ofthe. sca irltich iIik â– ' iml tiliotc uiiehoragt.
Kima, s. (yn), gcnut, familg, ract, lineaijc, housi,
blooil. Wata hnwa ui wa kina nani? or ui «I
nnni ? resji., wa kina linshidi =â– ni wa Baahidi,
of tt-lumc fantiig are thcte pcopU:* reip^ «f
liii'hid'». Si iiawa kii.n. liaahidi niukaaha bavn
niyn kinananior yn unni mnegniewe? orpt.j*
fciua uniit (fC'fiiliewe? rctp., ni ja kiua KaahiJi,
(0 iriu«c fuinily tlu thcae bozea beioiujj to the
famiiy of litithid. Cfr. ^J , qni totUB nh bera
poatidttur, rantrc et palrc aorvuH.
Kinai, v. w., fo bc eclfcontentcd tti a gootl, butmore
CKiicritiUi/ in ti btid tenic, to be tclf-aatiified, to
iraiit nothing from othcri ; mta buyu araekin«i
nana = aoicshiba sann, this man ii fuU ofhim-
KI
( i49 )
KI
selj\ surfeited, loathsome, to nauseate, re v olt at •
mimi nimo kinai, I feel persuaded (cfr. <vi ,
contentum reddidit, acquisivit); ana-ku-kinai
wewe, he wants it from tJtee; cfr. als *j3
coctentus fuit.
Ji-kinai, to befull ofone's-self; e.g., Seidi ami-ji-
kimii kua ngiivu, hapiina awezai ku pigana
nanii, Seidi isfuU of Jtimself on account ofhis
j>oiccr,for he tJtinks ndbodyis able tofight him.
Kinaika, v. p.
KinAlsha (kinisiia ?), v. c. t to mdke one anable
to eat any more, to witJtJtoId or take away the
desire of — ; chaktila biki kina-ni-kinaisha
rohoni, this food Jtas satiated me, so that I
now loathc it; maneno haya yamc-ni-kinaisha,
t/iese words Jiave disgusted me, I cannot any
longer cndure tJtem, Imwtt expres8 my angry
feelings; ata-ku-kinaisha siku m'moja, hewiU
disgmt thee in one day.
Kinamassi, s. t (1) wet ground ; nti ya rishai, nti
ilio na maji maji or bcrcdi beredi, palimoapo
mpiinga, a moist soil Jit for rice-cultivation;
mtanga wa Usambani una kinamassi — una
rutuba, unazizima kua berodi, tJie soil of Usam-
bdni is moi^t; (2) curdy matter; e.g., raafuta
yaraefania kinamassi, thc oil lia* got a crust or
become thick (lakayakwe iliogiinda).
Kinamisa, s., 8tillnc88 of death (E.).
Kinamizi {pr kiinamizj), *., (1) tJie 8tooping or
bending ofa person to his work, e.g., in slaughter-
ing an animal; niama yakinamizi is tJiat portion
of tneat which is given to the butcJier as a kind
ofwagesfor Jtis trovUe. He receivee tJie shingo.
Kinamizi scbabu ya ku inania akitinda niama
(cfr. matuni ya niama). (2) An abundonetl or
deserted place.
Kinanda, *. (chs^ pl. vi — ), a stringed instrument,
a kind of guitar; ugucwakwo ni uturabo wa
mbuzi.
Kisapc ; ni kitu joma ? (R.), something tJtat is good,
agreeable.
Kinara, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ), (1) a little tower, a
candlestick; (2) ku tia vinara, to put in tJtc
lowtr seam ofthe coUar (a lailor's erpression) ;
*jV» , cithara.
Kinaya, 8. (ja), want ofrespect ( = usafihi, kibiiri),
pride, telfcomplacency, insotence (asiejali watu) ;
neno la kinaya kinaya,
KisDA (\&,pl ma— ), chicken, a young one offowU
and birds in general (kinda la niuni) ; kinda
kiboa, a whelp (uted ofdogs).
Kindana, v. n., to contradict, to object to, to stand
in the way of — ; this verb seems not to be trtdy
Suahili.
KiNDANiA, v. obj.
JKIvdi, s. (wa, pl. za), a little animal with a long
tailj *qnirrel; kindi yuwala mabindi.
Kind6ro, 8weet potatoes (in Kipemba) (mi6kue in
Kis.).
Kindu, 8. (\n.,])l. ma — ), tJiefruit of tlie mkindu tree
(cfr. ukindu).
Kinduou, *.; mambo ya kindugu, relationsJtip,
brotherJiood (the abstr act of ndiigu).
Kin£miie, 8. (=maniota ya kuma, kana kilima
katikati ya kuma), the cUtoris in its natural
state.
Kin£mi, 8. ; kincmi cha mviia, cha mto.
Kin£n a, 8. ( — cha suruali), (1 ) flap of the trousers ;
(2) mow veneris (Er.), the lengthened clitoris as
is the custom with tlie Waniassa and Wagnindo.
Kix£ne, adj., big, tJiick.
Kinoa, 8. (cha, pl. vinga), (1) a brand; kinga cha
motto, a fire-brand, a half-burnt piece offire-
wood, d-c.;(2) = bakhti, fate; kingachangu kua
Mungu, my fate, misfortune, accident is from
God ; e.g., gnombezangu, mbuzizangu pia
wamckuffa, ni kingachangu (bakhtiyangu)»
nisilie, my cows, goats, &c. are aU dead, this
%8 my fate, I sliall not icecp on tJutt account ;
(3) a limit or stop put to a matter; (4) kinga, *•
(cha), a conduit ofrain-water runningfrom trees.
Kinga, v. a., to jwrH/i io ward off a stroke by
protecting onc'sself or by being protectcd by an-
otfier with a sJiield, to obstruct, to protect, pre-
serve, to guard or sJtield, sheUer in general (ku
kinga na — ) ; nimekinga muiliwangu kua ngao,
upanga wa Mgalla usi-ni-pate, i" protectcd my
body with a sliield so tJtat the sword of the
GaVa coutd not reach me ; kinga, jiwe hili lita-
angiika, guard thyttelf this stone wiU faU;
Mungu ame-ni-kinga = ame-ni-nu8uru or lindu,
God Jias preserved, protected me ; ngao ya ku
kingia sclakha za adui, a sfiicld for guarding
one^sclf against the weapons oftJte enemy; ku
kinga mvua, to prut somcthing to catch the rain-
water.
Kingana, to protect each other by a shield.
Kingia, v. obj.
Kingika, v. n. (mkingiko).
Kinoiza, v.; m-kingize apate ku pita palipo watu.
Ji-kingiza ; ku ji-kingiza mviia or jua.
Kinoaja, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ), a string or bracelet of
beads, worn by female* on tJie middle oftJte arm,
and mixed with corals.
Kinoaijnoali, adv., backward; ku lala kingalin-
gali or kitanitani, to sleep or lie on tJte back
(ku tanuka).
Kingama, v. «., to lie across; e.g. t gogo linakin-
gama ndiani, sipati ku pita, a trunk ofa tree
Iic8 across the road, thcrefore I cannot pass ;
mti umekingama ndiani, a tree lay acrost the
road; ndia ninginc inakingama ndia ya kit6fu
or ndia ya mbelle ilioni6ka, another way crostcs
tJte right way wJiich lies before us.
Ja (j;
Kinuamim, i p ., lo go arraa* tocarh vllicr; tumc-
kingant» mimi nai.
Kincamia, v, obj., to lic aeroit beforc one, to
preiK..: /.â– â– '.â– ,! ; , .tj , iiiol.il ii[in'|iiki[i;:llni;i rnliil,
sikov. .'.â– â– .-. kn jiidi !i! [ii uinc m.ki.riwnni i n'liiini.
a icrjient lay acrot* tlie road, thcreftirc I coultl
notpats it, a man lay acrot* unj iray,
Kihoahisha, i'., to cauae, to lie acroti = to ipoil,
tkaart, itop; amtikinganiisbn mnnenoyango
= acii[,n|.',,i iini(:li.ii-il,ii p iiincii.-itili, nnicfimin
komb.i i : -iiiii'ikc. vnaitenilf ke ; amckingama-
ninhon ni kitu or kitu kiiue-m-kingnmin.
Kisais*, v. r., to protect each otlwr bij a tlticM;
vid. kiagn, o. II.
KlNUAWE, t. *
Kinui, adj., mttrli : liin kinsi, iimrh mntlcr.
Kinuilizi ciia u.ut, a groore (?).
Kjnuine, adj., anothcr; kitu kingine, nnather
KinotzA, v.; ku-ji-kingizn kun ku salli anlla ntb'Tu,
li.iwa Wiitm'na liukmnu yn ku eidi ku kitiii-ni,
LvJ.cxx.47 (patilisnn).
KlKOO, i. (tl-in, lililt : ; iuufumin kingo knnilokanJo
<»■)•
Kikuojo, i. (cha), irulch, gnnrd, plaee or timc of
icalching; ku limin kingojo, to lic. on tlte. mtteh
orguard = kuki'k'ti ziimu or kn pnnaznmu; ku
nj^'ija ot kcti kingfijo, to be u/ion dnty.
Kihooj£zi, «. (ubo, pl. ri— ), rltl. kingojo (rfr.
mgojbS).
Kihoozi, t. (ja); (1) mnn.'no yn watu wa kalc,
oltl illalect, nii,vi<dli, ufAltdlnili tvtd tlie nartkcnt
regton; {â– !) nunjfino yn kitiifu (P) <ir yn fnmbo,
mtumun.i.-iini uni li-jiii; ucno liili, dark untl viiia-
telligibi, itill: (i-id. kilingo); e$., wkcn. a guctt
or itranijrr contct lt> i/ou ttml it it ncrctiary t<i
treat kiin ni,„t libcriillij, btit icitliing to tace
(jjkj«(.:, v< iii litll: /[i vi""' 'trttiiit i'n a tonn:-
ickat vmiitctliijiljL: langitage. Tltc tlranger,
vndcritnnding it ivjwrjieinllij, think* that you
Itave gieen thr. ttricteft order* Tcjiirdiiij lii*
enterfaii'Hf iti, irh, r, „.■, i/uw,- .i.i-niiit, trhn imdir-
ttandi ijiiii, trill tittc grettt earc. not (.t cfim/ilti
tcith thi Irnjli , rpertntiim* oflhc stranger. Y
l lay
i the i
( == UHi-r :t ii Vrii,- 1 utuki'ini ( - siikiiui) nii
wnla kil.cn'ii asfomlic," lit., i/irc ltii,t, rrfnsr Itim
iKrf, kc nuitt nvt gu to the inarhct (A) biaj feod
himitlf), 'intltuta kitoOo. /leihall not Iv Mi'jrsl
to licgf'ir it, HiV/i all thcie imooth icortlt tlic
Sutrhili "i.ltr.i i.i p„ij_ i,i|„i kijM.i;fj or ui'po kun
Liidiri, ijirr him. n litllr »r 'jir' hint rnail, rnt, hj.
In th\t TVipeel kingi'izi U cunnimj liiutjiitiij,-,
and i'h general a play upon icortli.
Kimoubua, «., tke ipotted hyena (St.).
Kieo^ine, 8. (ttiil. mgiinH), a emall cripptctl mk6ma
tree, af n tmaU liat; kcnct mlu buju ni kinguui
) KI
linnn kimo, ni mtti mpefu, laken yairanindi
nnuiundikn fumlik» m mfupi, thu mnn ii of
ihort itature like thr. kingune, ke u afuJLgrwr*
jierion, bnt he u under-iised, It implic* *
nieiiiatne (nono la ku-m-thanvu mtn) ; t.g,
uiunslii Uuuiis kingano or kifupi, lAe tnaio*
JJamii, Ihe vndcr^ized (better mfupi).
Kimol-o, «., a piece of clotk of a imall tixe (trid.
uguo) ; jiroc, kikulajo kinguonimuako, tkat ickir*
rntn ar hitci thec m in thy oirm doth. Tkii
crprciiion refert to tltc bug ich'tcJt. i* tn a man'l
cloth antl bitct Itim. Bnl the prorerbial mcan-
ing i* " you hare gonr cnemy in yotiTotrn kmur
,,i- ftmiiij, ItH Jutlat Jiatriot,'' John ri. «0, 71.
im, t„ thc hearl ofa tree (pl. vini); (1) tkrcestrt
or kardritt part af a tree ; (2) kini (pl. vinil cb*
mnto, pnpil of the eyei; (3) kini ni nali »
nitu; kinizakwo tinzikadiri kaoi ; kiini, yidh;
ki ; iii clia yiivi, yiiH: nj'aii rgg.
ini, u. ii., to be truc or pTohablc ; khiibnrihi jakini,
thit nciri i* trite; ynmkiui vit'imbo kuTnnda, it ii
priibablcormthcr tnte, that tke ihipe verebrtJca;
li.ii-iii-kitii, it ii not true to kim, he doei nj
Iniicre; liiii-m-kini kojn, probaMy he doei wt
comc; rfr. ^ i pcmcrutatOB fuit, peTauinTit.
fsli, t.; kinifi clin miifi, hvman ejxremcntt;
ndin hi bcipitikl kua kinia cha mnfi.
Kisiion, t. (cba, jil. ti — ), rkyme, vtrtt; viuiagt
Tia uimbo ; kiniiigo cbo ku-m-lea6a. munri (nid.).
The tinahili cut the branch of a tret aml jir \l
intn thc gromul (at no great dcptk). Tkrt
thnj orilcr thc munri to pnU attt or drtac ont
thc brunch, irhtck ItC ciinnot tlo, vntil tke i*-
itruetort ihair him the rraion. Thi* ii a U*a
of plrty irith tlie natirci. Tlieyjir tke brandt
iil:can utichar tu the yroitnd, *o tkat it leiH
tinlri.inti:imt. Kiningo tiijuifict alto a tkttgtt
fritdttrn projilc, tuch at a mock gkoit, ct-c. (St.).
ttitd a ngiimn ya wntoto (mnnri) (Er.).
KiMKIiSne (KiSTBcTOaat), *., aferociout nnima',oj
ii-hic/i thc nuticci tell niitny crayycratcd ttoriu;
fclis Jjjujf Jt'u ofthe tizcofntargetlaa, oftit
ath eohtir; il putt lojiight bcci and mict by the
stinl: cniitted frimi Itt pottcriort, eat* the kuneif,
anil cntelii-i thc iuire; it attack* eren nim,
e'jieciully nenr thc jirieitiet. One muet acrw
iiitntion iti nainc, fnr in thit ca*e. a tprar
MMjby, if'c, icit'. ntit iill it. Jt ean. only U
dr'lrtii/ril trith clubs, Ku pigoa riffungo baâ„¢ ni
k:i[;,>l,">kv.-c, ii jniit/it high orcr vatl*. Tklt ii
Ihf itoticf uiffitiil t-oiici rning thii titrioitt, ratkei
fabtdottii animnl ((/«■Bryctrro/nittt).
KiNii'.m, ttilj., yijui/, /ilftinint ; rfr, neema, gract.
Kimka, v. n., tn be ccrlnin or attertaincd, it u
crciliblc; yum kiiiikiv Scitli ku s/.fari keaho, it ii
niccrta'tned, it ii credilile that Said aiU dtpari
bsi-m-kini kimoo mimi kn fani»
KI
(151 )
KI
ncno hili; ya-m-kini or ya-m-kinika ni kuelH;
haita-wa-kini ku-mu-ata; yakini, it is true;
laboda ni kuelli.
Kjnika, adj. t (1) beionging or refcrring to the
Wanilca, their country t languaye, antl manners;
(2) to be certain or ascertaincd about; cfr. kini,
to be true.
Kinimato, «., playing at hide and scek, taking
one % sseif aicay t making onc's-seif invisibic; vid.
kilimato and kiinimato.
KininoIna (pl. viningina), great-great-grandchild.
Kinioa, 8., a drink', or kinioaji, *., a bercrage.
Kixi6noa, s., chameleon.
Kini6koe, a. and adv. t wcakness; ku kcti kini-
ongo (vid. kuniata) » to sit lamenting like a
man impioring mercy.
Kinionoo, n. (dim. of niongo), bitterness; rokho-
yakwc ni Buafi, haina kiniongo ; ku enda kua
kiniongo, or kua kisengesenge.
Kiki6ri, *., name of a eickness from eating nazi
(R.) (Kin.).
Kinioh, 8., a barbcr (at Zanzibar).
Kiniumba, *. (vid. kijoli, mbari), kindred on thc
mother's side; (2) a kept mistress.
Kikiume (or kikiuma), s. and prep. (cha), (1)
afterwards, bchind, after; kiniumechangu, be-
hind or after me; kua kiniume, on the contrary;
khabari ya kiniumo rijui, the subsetjuent (late)
news I do not know; (2) alteration t an enig-
matic [toay of speaking t in which thc last
syUabie is putfirst (St.) ; kiniume cha ku tumai
ameamini kua ku tumai, liom. iv. 18 ; kiniumo
niumo, bachcards (obsotcte) t too late.
Kzktukia, s. (cha, pl. vin — ), a kind of lircad
mixed with honey t flour t tembo, cftr. ; sima ya
mukate-hutiwa asali ya ngizi ; (2) a little cakc
made to try tlie auality oftheflour (St.).
Kikiundo, 8. (dim. of niundo), a small hammcr.
Kikiukdu, s. (vid. nundu, a hump) t a little hump.
Kikiuta, «., lengthened clitoris (Er.).
Kikjukjuri, s. ; ku kata — , to sJtavc all thc hair
ezcept onc long tvft (St).
KiNOA, s. (pl. vinna), a mouth; vid. kanoa.
Kikoaji, beverage; cfr. ku noa.
Kikoeo, 8.; maji yanocwa (hunocwa) na kiiiot-o-
matupu yasonga moyo, this prov. rcfers to him
to whom water is offercd t but wJta is hungry
and wants to eat t not to drink (R.).
Kih6pu, 8. (cha niama ?) ; cha unga, dovgh ?
Kikoko, 8. (jpl. vinono), afatling.
KIkoo (or kiko), 8. (cha, pl. vinoo), whctstone t
hone; jiwe 1a ku nolea; a large grindstone
which is turned like a wheel is caUed jcrebo (cfr.
noleo andnCto) (ku futa kino?) (kino cha mkono).
Kiksa, v. a. } to refuse t to negative, to disputc t
guarrel about (ku fania ubiflhi), to object 9 to con-
tFOOtCt.
Kinsana, r. rcc.
Kinsania, r. otij.; wa kinsania-ni, about what
do tliey dispute f usi-tu-kinso mancno, do not
object to our words (vitl. ukinsani, shindania).
KInu, 8. (cha, pl. vinu), a mortar for pounding t a
miU t oilriniU; kinu cha ku tuangia; kinu cha
juma, a mortar of iron; kinu cha mti, a
tcoodcn mortar ; kinu cha ku tthindikia, a mill
for pressing oil ; kinu cha moshi, a stcam miU.
Kinua mciiuzi, tJtc imj>eriai t tJie. place wJtcrc tJw
imperial grows (St).
Kinubi (pt. vin — ), a harp (St.).
Kinukamido, s. (K.), a restless moving ahoutfrom
one place to anotJicr.
Kinundunundu, s. (onhj vscd iii tJte jiii. vi — ), UttJe
lumps or knobs of lime or clay formed by watcr
whicJi runs down on the wall.
Kinunou, s. (rid. nungu) ; *= kiktlndi kidogo cha watu,
a smali band or company of mcn t from 12 to 20;
kinungu cha Wakamba wegni biiisbera, a
company of Wakamba traders ; but nganiawa is
a iargc caravan of 300 or 400 traders.
Ki6 (or kioo), s. (cha, pl. vio), a looking-glass t a
piecc ofgla** (kidude cha ku tezamia).
Kio, *. (cha, pl. vio), a fiMtook (cha ku vulia
Siimaki).
Kiodari, 8.; ngiio ya kiodari, « chcckcd chtJi
(ya marakanika).
Kiooa, 8. (cha, pl. vio — ), « musJiroom. Thcrc
arc various kinds of musJirooms wJticJt thc
vativcs eat: (1) kioga cha kumfi, (2) cha mbasi,
(3) cha ndofu. TJie last kiud is tJtc largcst.
WJtcn a Suaftili finds a grcat number of kioga
cha ndofu in onc place, his sujwrstition considcrs
it a rcry bad omen. Jlecries out, tJtrows offhis
garments so as to l)ccome tjuite nakcd t and dc-
stroys aU the musJirooms.
Kioja, s. (cha, j)l. vio — ), a curiosity, a fcarful
sight ; vioja vitishafio (Luke xx. 11).
Kiokobi (pl. vio — ), a reward for finding a iost
tJting and rcturuing it to thc owncr.
Kiomo ; kiomo cha nti, iit. t lip of the land t i.c,
vcrk ofland.
Kionda, a tanter or ta*tin/j; kionda mttizi, tast-
ingofgrary.
Ki6nda, s. (cha, pJ. viiiuda), a wound; ku-m-tia
kionda, to wound a pcrson; nashuku kionda =
nathanni tafania kionda, / supjwse. or susjted I
sJtall gct a wound or sorc ; ( 1 ) kitonc ja touesha
(mtianzo wa kionda) ; (2) kitoningc, wJticJt is
about tJie size of a quarter-tfoUar; (3) kionda
kikiiba (largc woitnd) (vid. tondoa) ; kionda
ndugu, an old wound wJticJi refuscs to be Jtcalcd;
ku-m-tia vionda vionda, to bring many wounds
upon one.
Kionoojio, s. =knngoji'a chakula, thc time of
tattling and cating, from sunsct till isha at the
mtama time.
KI
( 'S*)
KioMirzi (;>/. vion — ), (1) the guide or leatler of a
cararan; (2) an obsoicte Kisuah'di diakct tcith
Arab and forcign words intermijred.
Ki6x«Ce, *. (=s mbishi) ; punda kiongue, a refrac-
tory as* unfitfor riding, *uch a* the Oulla a*scs
are (vid. punda). Thcy are gtml for carrying
loath.
Kidro, *. (cha, pl. vi — ), apolc with an iron hoolc
lowered into a wc'l of water to fetch up thing*
which harc fallcn into it ; kiopo cha ku opolca
ndo kiziniani {vid. opoa).
Kiohha mhjuu, a pre*cnt madc hy the bridegroom
tc the kungu of thc bride on the occasion of hi*
fir*t vi*it (St.).
Kiosho (or jobho), tca*hing; vid, josho.
Kioto (R. kiota), s. (cha, pl. vioto), a hen'* ncM,
a 2>lace prepared by a hen for laying hcr egg* ;
kuku yuwafania mahali pa ku vialia mai kua
ku timba fuko = shimo; kuku amcfania kioto
akata (kii t'a = ku daka ku via i). Kioto cha
kuku ni mahali kuku aviapo ilakwe.
Kiovu, adj., (morally) bad.
Kiowflvu, *., a liauid (St.).
Kioza, *. (cha), rottennc**, any thing i>utrid t
putridity; mti hu una kioza ndani, haufai ku
fania mbau, this trec i* rotten in*ide, it is not
fit for planks ; or mti hu ni muoma niaraa hauna
kioza ; niama hi ina kioza, this mcat isputrid.
Kipa mkono, a prescnt made by the bridegroom
to tlte bridc wlten hefirst see* hcrfacc (St.).
KIpaa, *. (2)1. vi — ) ; kipaa cha mbclle, thc front
slopc of thc thatched roof of a nativc cottagc ;
the back slopc of the rot>f i* ca'tcd kipaa cha
niuma; paa is the largc side-roof which covcrs
thc eottage.
Kipaoo, *., thc lintel of a door (rid. kisingiti), stcp
ofa ladder (Er.).
Kii»aje, «., a kind ofminmn ?
Kir.vji, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ), (1) gift; vipaji via
Mungu, the gift* of Ootl ; (2) forchead and
temple of the facc (kipaji cha usso). M ajira ya
harosi ku paka vipaji via usso, watu wasipate
harufu mbaya harusini. // is a misture of ambari
tibu udi na ufnmba, together with samlal oil (ku
nuka viziiri), to gii-e pcrfume. Thc fcmah8
anoint their forchead and templc (waandika
kipaji cha usso) with thi* kind of cosmctic. ('.))
A black *pot on thc head or neck of a wootl-
pigcon or ring-dovc.
Kipakaja (rid. pakaja), ni tumbi ya mia, a littlc
Iniskct of m\& for fithing (vid. tumbi).
Kipaku, *., a black sjwt trr tuft of hair on the
hcad ; kuku wa mtumc yuna kipaku jeusi
kitoani. Tlic son of Muhammcd askcd hisfather
(thc rrophet)for mcdicinc, whosaid, u l will give
it to you for wage*. " Thc «on replied, " / hare
vothing to gicc you." Muhammcd said, u Hate
you no cggsV' The 8on brought au egg, on
which Muhammed wrotc afcw lincs and jdaced
it bcncath a brood-Jteu. The pullet* lookal aU
whitc cxccpt the onc which had a hlack *]Jot o*
the hcad. Xo doubt this story has been con-
triced by tlie native physicians to show the
jyeopHc their right of demanding wages for
mcdicinc given.
Kipamda, 8. (cha), a fat pitce of meat (kipamba
kinioja) ; kipamba cha mafuta, kilijo nona sana,
it look* white, likc cotton (pamba) ; ku andika
kipamba kifuani (to put a fat piece of meat to
thc chest) i* a medical ejrpretsion tcith the
natire*. They take cggs and mus$clMme (t»ka
ya k6mbc), na tui la nazi la karimele, atul mix
them togethcr over the fire, then put this muiurc
upon apicceof paper, and apj>ly it to the brcatt.
Thi* kind of *inapi*m burne cotuidentbly, and
lctire* a mark behind on the skin. The remedy
i* ap2>iied katika maradi ya kifua cha ku kohua
(fttr 2>u!monary dUorders) (toi la nazi lazima
or lapuugiiza ukali wa toka).
Kipamho, s. (^d. vi — ), adornment ; kipambo cha
niumba, fincry of thc house. The natives Uke to
di*2>lay all their finery by puttintj it up in their
rooms, so that peo^de may see their platts, cofee-
cup*, trinkcts, btwkett, and many other things.
You may often obscrve a large chamber-pot
among the household stuff, which they use as a
milk-2>ot. Niumba hi heina kipambo, this houte.
ha* no ornamcnts, thc ^troprictor must be fljwr
man.
Kii'ANAwAzi, *., a kind of harc. The kipanawazi
i* bclitvcd by the Muliammcdan* to ferry sotds
ov.r a rircr. Jt icill a*k thcm who ha* beatcn it
with a muiko ; pale ulipo-ni-muiko hu ni mbucne?
and will then say a-ku-pinduaha.
Kipandf, s. (cha), « smatt ^i'ccc, cAy, chop;
kipando cha niama, a j>/cr« of mcat. Fron
upando (sidc, piecc) arc made pando; ifthcscart
largc thcy are caUtd mipande, if small vipande.
Ku kata vipandc, to cut into sliccs. Dr. &
takcs thc word for a ^<>re, an instrument, «
smaU rammcrfor bcating roofs; vipandc via ku
pimia f nautical instrumcnt*.
Ripanoa, *., a large bird ofprcy % horse-fiy.
Kii'ANoo, *., vid. panga.
Kii'Apa, adj.
KirArARA, 8. ; kipapara cha mgurnmo (radi),
thuntlcrboJt.
Kii'AUA, s. (cha, }>l. vi— ), a shaved place o% tkc
head; cfr. kikoa ; amcniolewa kipara jeupe, ht
wa* shavcd on thc sidc of the hcad to disgrace
him.
KirAuiA, s., a small calabash, used by the natites
instcad of a drinking-glass. When the Wanika
KI
( i53 )
KI
are assemhkd in a drinking comjmny, one of tJic
party filh all the viparia from a large jar of
tcmbo. Whcn he has fiUcd thc kiparia of tJtc
last man, Jtc cries out "kiparia kizigota" (kwisha) ;
Otey ali rcspond "bei, hei." When Jie begins
fiiling it again, tJie last man crics "kianza hijo
(kiparia) Gh ;" resp., " hci, bci."
Kipatu cn.1 kikojo, cJiamber-pot.
KipAwa, *., *tej> ofa taddcr.
Kipawale, *., a kind of hcan (largc oucs mnp:i-
wnlc).
KiriYO CIIA NGAZI (or CHA KU elea).
Kiiele, s. (jtl. vi — ), apimple (St.) ; vipi'Ie havi-
ni-toka kubisa.
Kii»kmd£a, *.; niumba ili kipcmbi'a (11.)?
KipiSndi (or kipendo), *. (cha,7>Z. vi — ), a bcloved
onc,darling, favourite, intimate friend; Keidi
Solirnan ni (kipendo) kipcndi cha Seidi, S. 8. t«
tlie favourite of &; mtu huyu kipondochangu
— mtu mimi ni-m-pcndni.
Kipenge (or kipj:ng£e), *. = tartibu (Er.) ? manenc-
yakwo haya kipengc «- haja ku tataniuka (cfr.
tataniua), tJtis mattcr is not yct clcared up;
kipcngo cha mitu, cha iia, cfrc. ; ku tafuta kipengH,
to endeavour to evade in a dispute (K.); (2)
kipcngco cha mto, bend ofa rivcr.
Kipenio, s. (cha) ; mahali pa tundu, pa pitapo kua
udia na kua kn inama (vid. penia), a small
ojtcning or window, or place tJirougJt wJticJt onc
must maJce Jtis way by stooping and grcat cxer-
tion; (2) hiding-place (Er.).
Kip£nu, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ) (kipc'nu clia liiumba), (1)
a lean-to, a small miscrablc Jiut wJticJt is built
against tJte walls of a largc Jtousc, wtually by
scrvants or poor pcople ; (2) tJic side-cabins ofa
sitip; cfr. upeuu.
KlI'EO, 8. f
Kipkpeo, 8. (cha), (1) aflatfish with a Jtigh arcJtcd
bacl', large head, and sprcad (?) tail, caten by tJtc
naiivcs (ynna mli'li kana jimbi); (2) an ivstru-
ment or fanfor blotring tJtefirc (kidudo cha ku
pepcloa motto, or kipcpco kipcpelcacho motto) ;
(3) butterfly (?).
KirEKEA, 8. (cha), a small canoe carrying two mcn
( = kidan or kihori).
Kii'Eai, adj., light, not Jteavy; kipcsi (or kiepcsi)
ku jua, it 18 easy (tjuicJcJy or all at once) to
know.
Kipeto, 8. (cha, pt. vi — ), a j>ackct, tJte standing
end of a hag which is only jmrtially fiUcd with
corn, <£c. (kikiito in the Kilindi language)
(kipcto cha niaraka).
(or kipia), 8. (cha), a claw, a cock's spur ;
miba sa magu ya jog6i, or kuja cha nitima katika
ju ya kisigino oha jogoi, the daw on tJic Jtind
jmrt of tJtefeet of a cock. Kipi cha jogoi.
KiriA, 8. - ghorofa (Er. ).
Kirioi, «., rainbowf
Kipila, *., a curlew (St.).
Kipilipili, 8.; niclle za kipilipili, woolly Jtuir ; cfr.
nnga.
Kipiuo, a mcasure (vid. pima, v. a.).
Kipinda (cha), in Kinika pro kitumba or kikiinda,
a small bag made ofm\i\.
Kiimndi, 8. (chn), a measure or j>eriod oftimc, an
Jtour, time in gcneral; tangu subukhi hatta jioni
ni vipindi kumi na viwili, tJtere are twelve Jtours
from morning tilt evening. Very UkeJy tJtis word
Jtas becnformed by observing tJte various turninge
or 8tagcs of tJte sun (ku pinda, to hcnd) (cfr.
pindi). Wajomba anasalli vipindi vitano, tJte
tiuahili j>ray five times: (1) kipindi cha clfagiri ;
(2) kipindi cha dohori ; (3) kipindi cha elasiri ;
(4) kipindi cha magribi ; (5) kipindi clia isha.
Kulla siku ni vipindi vitano. Kulla kipindi, kulla
saa, kulla majira, kulla wakati, all tim*8 =»
alway8, constantly (milcle) (cve.ry bout) ; kipindi
= udurn, occasion f kipindi chote, at every
jieriod; kipindi kimcpita or kimengia; ana
ondoka kipindi (synon. witJt kitambo, majira),
Jtc went offfor a time.
Kipindo, s. (clia, ]>I. vi — ), tJte clotJt into wJiicJt a
dcad person is put bvforc hc is wasJtcd and put
into t/ic sanda (kipindo, smalJ, upirido, a large
one).
Kipindupindu, s., cholcra (St.).
Kipingea ciia maneno?
Kipincjiti, 8., tJie small ring forming tJtc. knot of
tJte stalJc of a sugar-cane ; pingiti ya niiia, tJtc
jointe or knobs of recds or cancs.
Kipjnoo, 8. (cha), a nccktacc ofbccuh orpearls.
Kipingoa, s. (cha) «= kia cha ku pingia mhingo
kua ndani, a door-bolt inside (vid. kia and
komco) ; vid. ku pinga, v. a.
Kipini, s. (cha, jd. vi — ), (1) Jtandle (cha kissu, of
a knife) (mpini, a large Jtandte) ; (2) a stud-
shajyed ornament, a picce of Icad or tin whicJt
womenput into tJie ear or nosc (kipini cha rusasi
ku tia shikioui or puani).
Kipipa, 8., dim. o/"pipa.
Kipito (pIto), passagc.
Kiro, dim. of po (la, j>I. ma— ), tJtc fruit of tJte
mpo trce (Kimr.) = mtoria.
KiPOA, 8. (vid. m'poa), (1) a small space wJtcre the
bottom of the sea is laid bare at the ebb; (2)
rocks in the sea.
Kipofu (ch&, pl. vi— ); kip6fuchamato, W/ndneM;
mtu huyu ni kipofu or yuna kipoTu cha mato,
this man w blind; mato yanapofuka, ha6ni
KI
( 154 )
tcna (?;j>/. pofua alic tota mato, his cyes arc
dcstroyed, hc con see no more; vipofu via mato
= hawana natbari.
KlPONDE PONDE?
Kipondo, dim. ofpondo (vid.).
Kipo.vdCe, 8., something thnt i* poundcd togetJtcr,
c.g., maere and nazi.
Kipooza, *., jmralysis (St.) ; vid. pooza, r. n.
KiWutf, «., dim. of popO (vid.), a Uttle bundle of
toJtacco.
Kipora, 8. (cha), a cockcrel; yuwannza ku ondokca
or ku kua (pora, la, pl. ma — , a large cock), hc
t'8 growing, but not yet crowing.
KipuA (j>/. vi— ), rocks in tJtc sea (St,); rid. kipoa.
KipffEPUE, *., a cutaneous disease seen in small
red 8pot8 on the skin. This irord is aho used
for joa, if they wish not to nse thc rcal name of
tJu's cruption ofthe skin; cfr. joa and bato.
Kipuja, 8. (cha); kipuja cha mtaraa, a bunch of
mtama ; kibumha or kitopa cha mashuke ya
mtama.
Kipukusha, s. (vid. pukussa, v. n.) t a disease
among cattle (cfr. puku puku), and among men ?
Kipuij, *. ; kipuli cha shikio la wako wa Wanika,
an car-ornament of the Wanika women. It i»
made ofbrass, about two inehc* long and rery
thin. You may often 8ce five or six pieccs of
this ornament tcorn round tJte outer circum-
ference of each ear, and thcy are sometimes of
s'drcr.
Kipumha, s. (cha) = mpunibafu,/'*)/; mtu huyuni
kipumba = asiesikia, nsietatukari, tliouyJitlesA,
dcaf; siku zote ni-mu-anibiayo ha-ya Hhiki, a-ni-
fania kipumba (obstinacy) ; wcwc u kipiiniba,
tJiou art a bloekJicad.
KieuMiiu, 8., vid. maniota, s.
KiruMssiKo (or pumsikio), «., rcst-place.
Kipunou (cha), (1) a kind offish with dangcrous
fins; (2) a largcvulturc wJtich carrics off snakes,
turtlcs (kobc), sJiccp, goats, (t-c. ; it brcaks tJtc
sJiell ofa tortoisc hy dropjnng it on a rock.
Kipuxguo, «., dcfcct, dcficicncy; ku pigoa kipungtio?
Kipupa, *. (cha) ; pupa la kula, grccdincss offood ;
mtu huyu yuna kipiipa cha kula, tJtis man is
voracious ; hajui Bhibaynkwe, kulla kitu aonujo
adaka kula tu, he docs not know wJtcn he has
cnough, but wants to eat cvcrytJting Jte sec8.
KipupCk, 8., ihc wind wJtich blows at tJte timc wJtcn
tJte mtama is blooming, and tJterefore tJte farina
is blown away and much mtama spoiled; tJtc
cold scason (in June and July) ; bcrcdi ya
kipupuo,
Kipure, *., a kind of dove; vid. fukoa.
Kiraiii, *.,(!) insolcnec (R.) ; ncno hili ulilo-ni-
ambia ni la kirahi (or ikirakhi) ; (2) Irirahi or
kerahi, cfr. kirihi, v. a.;ku faniakerahi (rfr.Arab.
l&f , bcllum, infortunium), akaona kirahi sana
ku pigua ni mtuma ; vid. kirihi.
Kiraka, 8. (cha, pl. vi— ) ( ImSs p&nni pars qua
vuntis reparatur ; S Jk or jl , cuniulus arcna-
rum), (1) patch, botch, rag ; (2) nhattow pUaccs,
want of depth (Arab. makiin ernikaa), hcnce
mapoaji ya kiraka, tJie sca-coast of sJtaUows, i>.,
tJte tiuaJtili coast.
Kiratha, 8. ; ku-m-lekca — ; cfr. muari.
KirJ?fu, adj. (vid. refu), long.
Kiriba, 8. (ja, pl. vi — ), a watcr-ekin, a tanned
bag made of the skin of a goat for earrying
water (Arab. gcrbe) ; borachio ; cfr. &|«i nter
coriaceus in lactiu usnm et interdum inaervit
aquae \from ^j. J 1 ivit itinere nocturno, ut mane
ad aquam pcrvcnirot.
Kirihi (or kIrikhi), v. a. — kn tharan, to trad
one diere^pectfuUy, to slight, hence to procokc
one (ku kirihi watn, to provoke peopie by du-
respect as many frivolous children do) ; tfr.
if , aversatus fuit, ingratnm, invisnm et exo-
sum rcddidit.
Kiriiuka, v. n. ; kn — moyonimnakwe, to be
irritated or provokcd in one's mind, to be
offcndcd. TJtc irritatcd j^erson gocs to tke
fatJter to complain of the disrcspectful ehild,
but tJte fatJicr will not litten, but iucrtaset tke
irritation by a disrcspectful hchaviowr.
Kiriiiihha, v. c, tomake offended.
KIkimu, v. a., to treat ai\d Jionour one by feasting
Jtini.
Kirimia, v.; baraza ya kn kirimia wato, tht
vcrandah where jwj/>/c arc scated when tkrtf
are eutcrtained at a banauet; kdramu ya kn
kirimia watu.
KiniMiwA, r. p. (ku-m-kirimu chakula) (rn/.
karimu) ; wngcni wnmckirimiwa, vid. karanin
( +& ) ; n'najiwa ni wagcni, watoka mbaUi,
nina kitu ku-wa-kirimu.
KmiNGo, s.; kiringo kimoja — npande mmoja.
Kiritiii, v. a., to borroio (money, dbc.) ; vid. ki-
ratha.
Kiriwa (cha), 8crew-vicc; cfr. jiriwa.
Kiroiioto (pl. vi — ), aflca, pouItry-Jouse. Dr. St.
says, pagc 301, The Jlathramaut soldicrt art
nicknamed viroboto, and their song at thtif
march is parodied by kiroboto, kiroboto, ti»
motto, tia motto.
KI
( i55)
Kibonoo ? (R.) (kirongrte).
Kirri (or kiri), t\ a. *» ku-m-kubali, to acccpt, to
receire or acknou&cdge onc, to confess him to be
such aa Jte wisJtes to be ; c.g., Wanika wame-m-
kirri Seidi-Seidi, the Wanika have acknoiclcdgcd
Scid-iSeid (the Imam of Mascat) to be their king
{pr mze, eldcr, chief) ; (2) to confess; jj, mansit,
ad confitendum coegit aliquem; confossus fuit
veritatem.
Kirriaka, v. rec.
Kirrisa, v. c. t to make to confess; (2) ku ambia
uongo nengi; (3) ku la hatta ku wimbiwa
(Er.) (?).
Ki&riwa, v.p. = kubaliwa, to be receivcd.
KIru, 8. (cha) (Kigunm), (1) anger; ku fania kirii
= ku ngiwa ni hasira, to become angry ; (2) a
leathern mask uscd in war, a buncfi of fcathers
tchich the natives tie roundtJteir Jicads on solemn
oceasions or in war. Kiru cha ngovi iliodtingoa
ikatiwa raileli ya mbuni, or nianioya (?) ya kuku
(kirii cha mleli).
KirukIa, s. t a kind of parasite groicing onfruit-
trees (St.).
Kirumbi, the magic wand of a caravan-leadcr ; ni
fimbo ja mkurugenzi ilio na pingn na hirizi
nongi. Many charms are appended to the stick,
which is fixed into the ground at evening time,
and there must be the encampmcnt for the night.
If it faUs during ths night, the caravan-people
pack up, fcaring some disastrous accidcnt from
wild men or beasts.
Kntuifou, s. (cha), a smaU club; rungu, a largc
onc.
KlRUO CIIA NUELLE.
Kiha, v. a.; kukisa kitanda.
Kisa, v. n. ; kuku yuwakisa — yuwavifi leo, kcsho
haviai, siku ya tatu avifi tena. Katika mimba
ya kwanza mai hayapofiiki harraka, lakon ko la
kuku lavia kulla siku essubukhi, to lay cggs
every third day, as is done by a fowl whicJi has
noi laid eggs prem'ously.
Kisa (or kiza), s. (cha), darkncss; katika usiku
wa kisa, in the dead of night.
Kisa (p/. visa), (1) a cause, rcason, a sJtort tale (cfr.
A*i re8 gesta, scriptum, historia) ; visa vingi,
many matters or affairs; (2) kisa cha koko, a
iernelpfafruit.
Kibafu, *. (ja) (kideme), the large intestine of
an animal, which isfull offilth (kando ya tumbo
lililo namafi).
Kdaoa, s. (cha), a measure eaual to two kcbaba =
â–¼ibaba viwili ; nimo-m-pimia kisaga cha mahindi,
Ihave measuredout to him haJfa pishi of Indian
com (or vibaba viwili) (cfr. kizio chanazi, halfof
a cocoa-md).
Kisaitani, j». (cha) (dim. of sahani), a smaUplatc or
dish (Arab.).
Kisanduku, s., a 8maU box or chest (Arab.).
Kisasa, tltcprcsent time, of now; manono ya kisasa,
words ofnow, ofwJtat is tohl now; cfr. sasa.
Kibasi, s. (<fr. ,jp<ai > talio, vindicta ; ^oi , resccuit,
Becutus vcstigia), rctaliation of bodily Jtarms,
likefor likc, ifno makombozi bc accepted ; talion,
revenge, blood-money ; ku daka ku-m-tolea kisasi,
to dcmand blood- or revenge-money ; ku toa or
kn lipa, to givc or pay blood-money according to
tJie demand of tJte rdations of the murdcrcd or
injured person (from 100 to 2,000 dollars), or to
kill tJue murderer instmd of taking fidia ; vid.
mlandu in Kiniassa.
Kis£dabu, s., strife; hapo kwanza ana kiscbabu
(cfr. sebabu).
Kiskoere, s. (Kimv.) — Indian corn burnt by thc
8un; mahindi yanavia (pl. visegere), Kimr. =
kimbugue (kikumba unguue).
Kim£lkma, 8. (?); jombo lina-ku-kiselema / prov.,
usi-m-tharau kiseloma chalima, kikapita jcmbo
zima?
Kis£mbe, 8., dim. o/msembe, slow (vid.).
Kisenoe sekge, s. and adr. ; ku nidi or ku enda,
to go or rctum backwards (It.).
KisiiA, adv., after, afterwards — punde, khalafu
bado ya ; kisha ya dohori, after mid-day.
Kisiiadda, 8., a little bunch ofbeads; cfr. shadda.
Kisiiaka, s. (cha), a little forest, grovc (kidiia).
Kisiiau shali bau ?
KisnANDO, *., a cttildren's game, clapping with tJte
Jtand8 and leaping with tJtefeet, to which tJtcy tic
(njuga) rolls, applied in Europe to horses;
kishando cha muamlolo.
Kisiiasi, 8. (cfr. tunga, v. a.), a string offisJt ( —
cha samaki).
Kihhe'nzi, *., referring to matters ofapcoplc caUed
WasJtcmi (lit., subjectedor subducd peoplc, sub-
jccts), a tribe residing bctwecn Utambara and
tJie coast; mancno or lokha ya Kishonzi, tJte
language of tJie Washenzi. 1'erJtaps better to
write Washinsi, from ku shinda, to subdue or
confjucr.
Kishi, 8., a cJtess-gucen (St.) ; malkia, gueen; kisbi,
chess.
KisnioiNO (or kisigIno), s.; kishigino cha gu, tJtc
Jtecl, tJte cnd of the hindpart oftJtc sole of the
foot; kishigino cha mukono, elbow.
Kimhiku, *., a stump (also said of a nail) ; cfr.
kisiki cha mti.
Kishimo, s. t dim. o/shimo (depth, abyss).
KI
( iS«)
KisniNDA, s.; mtu huyu ni kishinda waganga (pl.
watu hawa ni vishinda waganga) t this man is
baffling all the doctors, as no medicine will take
cffect on him; (2) kinu telle ni kishinda kimoja,
a portionfor pouiuling in a mortar (Er.) ; (3)
a smaU residue in a vcssel, e.g. t kishinda cha
maji mtungini, a small residue of water in the
bottom of a jar, but shinda la maji is a largc
guantity, about half of thc jar; shinda la kinu,
karibu na ku jii, but kishinda ni haba, ni tini.
Kisiiisni, *., one who excels.
Kibiiindo, s., dim. o/mshindo, noise, sound, tunc;
e.g., nti yapiga kishindo, lit., tJtc country makcs
a noisc, it is roused, it is in agitation; tlie
80und of footsteps, tramping.
Kisfirru, *. (ku snrruKA), differcntfrom kishiku.
Kihiio.vra (kihiiuara), *. ; cha — gnongo za ku
funga kassia mbaviini mua dau, tfie rope wJtivli
in ticd to t/ic side ofa boat (by means of a small
Juile bored througJt tJie board), in ordcr tofx tJic
oars; (2) ku viita kihhoara hatta ku tcta, to cry
and ragc against an advcrsary so tJiat tltc
arbiier cannot scttle tJtc qitarrt;l, becautc onc
party will not be silent and liitcn to him. Tltis
increases only tJte strife.
Kisiiogo, s. (cha), tJic pit or Jtollow of tJic nccJc
(cfr. kikossi) ; prov., a-ku-pai (a-ku-lekczai) ki-
shogo si muenzio, Jtc wJto turns tJic back toward
you, hc inlio is gonc away, Jtim you cannot
cntclt to tcll Jtim wJtat you may Jtavc forgottcn,
he is gonc, Jtc is not yottr f/'icnd; (2) tJic back
part of tJtc sluU, tJic Jthidsr part oftJte Jtvad.
Kihiioka, s., a JiatvJtct, a small twc.
Kisiiondk, s., rid. shondo (or kid^noe) ; kishonde
cha mafo ya niaiua, a small cakc (shonda, la, a
large vakc) ofanimaVs dung uscd asfucl by tlte
Jlakua, WaJcuafi, and otJicr nations. It is dricd
in tJic sun.
Kisnoro, *., rid. mlio.
Ki«ii6r6ka, s. (vfr. ushoroba) (or siiorora), a
8tnaJl patvJt of muhogo.
KisiiUAKA, s., loops ofropc to haul by in dragging
a vcssel into or out oftJte toater (St.).
Kisiiubaka, 8., a piyeon-Jtole, a siiuill rcccss (vfr.
shubaka, windutc).
Kisiiinda, 8., a small basket made of grass. It
servcs to kcep littlc tJdngs in (c.g., tobarco), and is
cxportcd from SJtihiri, a town in SoutJt Arabia.
Kishunoi, *. (pl. vi — ), lappct, tJie ends ofa cloth ;
(2) kishv'ingi cha nuellc, a tuft of Juiir lcft on
tltc top of tJui sJiaucd Jwad, a tuft offcatJters.
KisHirri, *. = mdomo wa kikanda.
Kfsf (or kissi), v. a.; ku kisi tanga = ku weka
upando wa pili, to turn over tJtc sail, to put it
on the other side in tacking; (2) ku kisi maneno,
to make an estimate (e.g., amekisi mtama) («â–
ku fania akili or nadari, to guess, to considtr) ;
ku fania maw&zo nafsini muakwe, to ponder
in one's mind; ku furahisha roho na ku-ji-kisri
nafsiyakwe.
Kisianda, s.; in Kinika kisi ya ndd = ku sia
ndani, to shut tJie beUy of a woman ; in Kisua-
hili ~- ku tinda mimba, the dosing of the
womb — tJui last child which is born by a wontan
= the youngeat child; muana hayu ni kitinda
mimba, tJtis is the last child, with which the womb
is closed as it wcre; (2) a dwarf, a child whieh
docs not grow in body and understanding.
Kisibao (or kisibajo), s. (cha ku mba — ), a waist-
coat, with or witJwut sleevza ; kisibao cha mi-
kono, a slcercd waistcoat; kisibao cha vikapa or
vikuiipa, a sletvcless waistcoat. Waddka kisibdo
cha bilana, au cha ku vuta ?
Kibibiko, s. (cha), a cork, a stopper.
KiBiniTi ; mboga za kisibiti, cummin, carawoy-
sccd.
Kisino, 8. (vid. msibo), a nicknamc; ku-ni-toalia
kibibo, to give onc a nickname.
Kisicuo, rt/., tJuit wJiich is not; vid. Orammar.
Kisifu (or kivivu), adj., ripe, vid. ifu or ivu; kito
kisifu or kivivu, or tfting which is ripe or rcady
( = kitu kitayari) ; wali ni msifa (or msivu) -
wali umewckoa teari \pr tayari), the boilcd rieets
rcady.
KisiuiNO, 8., vid. kishigino ; kisigino cha gu, thc
Jietl.
Kisioitiko, *., cfr. lia ng/ia.
KisiKi ciia mvua, (1) a rainbow; (2) kisiki,
8tump, trunk; kisiki cha bua, stubblclf
Klsikusiku, *. ( — kiza kiza), cvening, tw'dight, to
grow dusk (cfr. raukia).
Kisima, adj., living, bcing in good condition, whde.
KIhima, s. (cha) ; kisima cha maji, a weU ofwatcr.
KisiMnA, 8. (cha) ; (1) kisimba cha kuku, a heniumst,
Cfige or votforfowls or dovcs; (2) kisimba chaku
tegi'a tui, a trap to catch large animaJs, f^f.,
Uopards, dv. ; (3) kiKimba, alittle lion; kisimU
marara, yuna madoa doa or marakaraka, «
striped (?) lion ; simba 1« a large lion.
KisiMBO, s. (cha) = cha niugiie ya ku tungia
samaki, Ote rope with which tJic fishermen lay
J10UJ of a fisli, but wJticJt carries them often very
far into tJic sca, so tJtat many fishcrmcn peritk
Kisimi (obsccne), the ditoris.
Kisimu, s., blightcd corn (Er.), mildew, smut (R.).
Kisimui, s. (cha, ]>l. vi.«»imui), an empty coeoa-nwt,
i.e., without water and fiesh inside; mosa
unavid wisimiii.
Kl
( »57.
Kl
KisinDA, «. (c/r. mnda, v. a.), the hymen of a
virgin; ku-m-tomolua (tomoa) kisinda or ku-m-
bikiri manamuali, to remove tke hymen of a
virgin by thefirst coitus. To retnove that which
makes hard, contracts, closes the passage (vid.
sinda), the hardness or obstruction; kisinda uzi
kidogo ndani ya koma, uzuiliao mbo kn pita.
Kisinde, *. ; habari za kisinde (R.) ?
Kmixga, s. (cha), (1) a small cannon; (2) kisinga
cha niuki, a native beehive, which is madc of a
small trunk hollowed, andput upon the branchof
a trte (it lookt Uke apiece ofa cannon) ; (3) a
smalldrum (II.)?
Kdjinoia, $. (clia) ; (1) kisingia cha maji, a ichirU
pool; (2) kisingincha kio cha juraa cha ku vulia
papa (koto), an iron fish-hook for catching
sharks; (3) kisingia cha jiwo la poiini liuniialo
tnagu, asmaU hollow stonc which iujurcs thcfcit
on thc shore.
Ki*ixuixo, *., hecl.
Kisixqiso (or kisixoi:a ?), *., prctcncc, pretcxt (<:g. t
for gtjing abegging).
Kwinoiti (or kizinuiti), 8. (clia) ; (1) kisingiti chu
rohingo, tlic thrcshold of a door (tlte Untd ix
catied kipiigo) ; (2) ki*ingili cha muamba wa
bahari, a rcej of rocks in thc sca } a 7 lowing ouly
here and thcrc a passage to vcssds.
Ki»ixoo (or kizix«o), «. (cha), crooked,winding ;
kisingo cha m'to, the winding course of a river ;
mdauara, mazunguko (ku singa singa) ; cfr.
msingo.
Kiaio, s. (cha); kisio cha nazi isiokiiuoa; cha
ndimu zisizo kamuliwa (rfr. Vassimclc), a cocoa-
nut shell with itsficsh; vid. kuna.
Kihikani, s., an otntn (= niuthanna) ; ui wewe
ulio-tu-piga kisirani.
Kihiri ; mancno ya kisiri yanasidi.
Kuifti (or Kizizi), s. (cha) ; kisisi cha gnombc,
cow-house (cj'r. zizi) ; kisi^i mtama or cha iuifaka,
a granary.
KisiTO, adj. (cfr. sito), heavy (si kipvsi).
Kiaiwa (or kiziwa), *. (pl. visiwa), an island
(dim. o/siwa), aplace limited by watcr or land,
hence island and lake ; kisiwiini, on the island.
Kraiwftio, it is not there — kitu kisicho kmimo,
a matter which is not found at a placc where it
is sought; e.g., nimotafuta tendo Mvita, laken
siwemo, sikupata, nimerudi.
zuia) or suppression ofthe stoolpains, iscausing
pain (uma, vid.).
Kisiyangu (Tumbatu) = kisingiti (St.).
... ^ -
Kisma, s. t apart; cfr. *~J , divisit; (+~*, portio,
pars divisae rei.
KlSMARI CHA KU ANDIKIA.
KisofiA ; mvua-i-kisoca (R.) = kignictesa.
Kisoo6a, s. ; ku fania kazi kisogoa (R.) (vid. ku
soca).
Kisoloti, s. (Kimrima), apiecc ; kisoloti ni kipando
cha Amcrikano (mikono minno), cha ku va tini ya
kiuno, a piecc of four yards of Amcrikano
doth, to wcar under the loins; kis61oti is the
thirdpart of a doti; s±£ , una pars vel portio
ex tribus.
Kisombo, s. (cha) ; kisombo matangaranno ya mbazi
na mihogo ynlioson^oa pamoja, a }>a*tc or mijr-
turc 2>reparal of mlnizi and camtaca m'ucd and
hca'cn togcthrr : vibombo cha kundc.
Kimonoo 'ar Kisopo) ; kijiti cha ku song«';aor fungia
ini.i. The uuinen uxr thc. trord ki.^opo, thc mcn
kisongo; a p'uc.ii of wuotl to twittt cord or rope
with, e.g. } a bundle of grax* or brushwood.
Kiaonono (or Kisi:xnxo) y s. t fluxofthe H]>enn,yonor-
rhaa; ni ug.)njoa wa mkojo pamoja na damu
(lAntl) au usaha (matter) ; kisonono cha mkojo,
with constant micturition (rriirrcal dineasc).
Kissa, s. (cha, /;/.vissa), (\)cause, story, tale; kissa
cha ku-m-pig.i nini, what is thc cause or rcasun
of bcating hint ; kissa gani? whercj'ore, why't
waka-m-to!i'a kissa'kin^iiio = scbabu ningine.
(2) -1 curiout thing, not having becn sccn bcfore;
nmaka hu utaona vissa vingi ( =» mambo mangi)
visilio om'ka mbclli;, thls year yuu will sce many
things not men befurc. (li) Niama wa mitiini
aliwai ni watu, an animal ofthejorcst, which is
catcn hy men. Thc Momhassians catl this ani-
mal mfunimfu. Kissa is the Kinika namc. In
Jmhiu it is cnlhd nguriifu. (4) Kissa cha koko,
thc kernel o/thc ntonc. ofaj'ruit calted ukonde or
ukongoa, <?.</., wa tende (oj'dat&t), but ndani ya
ukonde (pl. konde) or ukongoa (pl. kongoa) mna
kissa.
Kissu, s. (cha, ph vissu), a kuifc of modcratc size;
kijissu, a small knifc ; jissu is a large one ; cfr.
kotama and Hhcmbca.
Ki.stahamii.ifl" ; <â– </., kitu ltiki ni kislabamilifu
:Kistari, dim. o/mstari (line).
K»iwi, s aman hard oftoaring (pl visiwi), v-ho KhtiiiIi m .,, or Mler , u!d of a kiwaml)
M almo»t deaf; yuwastkta kua kclclc, or kua ku- of a , calcr<h , rl (cll01 , ni) .
rn-kuniua or kuniura, he hears when a cry is
made to him, or when peojilc nip him. llc is,
howcver, not bubui, asiesikia wala nsiencna.
Kuiiwiiso (or kizuizo) (cha) ; kisiwiso cha clioo cha
dma, constipation (R.) y Ut. t tht retention (suia or
KisiM, a suit ofduthvs (kisua jcma, a prctty cloth);
cfr. msuani.
Kiscaiiili, rcj'erring to—; ndicho Kisuahili hiisa.
Kisuduo (pl vi— ), food which is gotten after the
work has been done.
KI < i:
Kibuoulu ( pl. vi — ), a mouiui ofcarth, a» ant-lilll
(SSt.). Momid uf ilone» ii boiua.
Klauto or ituiiiai {or Kizuio or KUL'PU) (jn), o »(oj)
or hindraitce, â– uujtl.iiuj whiih itays orltindcrt;
kisuio cha ku euin pshali, &c,, a preventice
inttrttmtitt, c.g., tltc faucet ofa barrel or catk
(kisuisi otu) ku auilia mnji jn pipa.
Kiai'KAiu, of tugar; cfr. udizi.
Kihuli, giildineit, ccrtigo; usijc uknfnnin kistili,
i/o iioi fiirn j/iuVj' ir/ieii yuii ilumf i/;i a gengo
KiBCufcM, vitl. maumcno ('aic).
Kiausoui, i., tjirt.iiiing ofihefoot (li.),
KiaL'Nutu, t. (iBheelf).
Kibl-voPk.1, i., u Ulfle rabbit or liare (Kl.).
KlaUNai (pl. Ti — ), ilh:ineii, gidtliii.ae, eertit/o,
iieiminiiig oftlie head.
Kiai'BE, i. (olia, i>l. vi — ), u kiitd of icorpion (in
Jiiniiritii) ■■*•! Kijtniifi' n'yi-; ; kinn ualiingoaiiiui,
il i'a t'trt/ poiionoui.
Kiacaiu, «., un ooearmtee; kilu kime-m-sushia, u
tliing Ihtit happcaed tohim.
Kiai-siu (ui- kizl-»iii), ■., (i bTiVw ,' i"iu huyu ni
kiaiinbi or inpiga nibini ku siia or tnliita nnnes,
ihii ntan U a dii'cr, he diec.il Iti f-lch tlte lotl
tmclior; watu hiiwn iii vioushi, thcsc iitea ani
dit'ert, /ilungere. l)r. Sl. tnkct il iit thc tciuc
"inlruder," page 304.
Kibuhi (pl vi— ), thc hip ofa roof; viU Sl. page
302.
KiauaULi (ur KttttMn), t. (cha), « //»'/ oflile trhiclt
rltildrcn !â– :! flij 1" thr tkij ut.ili iili.>l.iimli\v:i :
kiJ
/( c
* «J/ /
lenttt of tliE eocua-trec, ichiclt urt. tietl tvgctht r
on a meitch, on irhieli thcg lic a tlritiii leit tltc
iciml carriet it atcaij. (3) .1 ichirliriiul /
Kwi'-TU [or kuutu), I. (tlia), n kiiid uf colonreil
rlulh. u lnrge. itirr.' tifjiriitlf/ rtitica. The hiiids
uf elulh kttott-it to thc SmtliiU urc: (1) kiaiitn,
(2) lungi, (3) Blifdr.ro, (4) kik-ii, (5) dcb.uini, (G)
bersi'ili, (7) kitambi clia iwishoa rupungn, (8)
laiiMin, (!l) matuiiifi, (10) Hebiiia ya n.t.inil,! m
kiiili, (11) Kfiniko, [15] lamnutt. (13) usbo wa
niaiuii, (I4J miiiiirc, (15) siiiiko za maluniio or
iuimdiinJu, (1G) bnfudn dundo, (17) Aluerikano,
(1S) ljamnli, (19) Bhotara. ilott nfthctc clotlit
iirc crportrdfroia India ond Arabiu.
Kita, *., the kalf-rootcd trec rn'ff not fall <u it hat
idrciitli, kita, i'.c, ttiii/t (II.).
Kitauu {/il. vitubn), abook; «v'US', Hber.codci,
cpistoln.
Kitaoa, «., dim. o/taga; efr. taga and iangu.
KitaKATaka, »., o motc, o»i/ «JJttlB partielc nfdust
or dlrt; kitnkntakn cha mato, dutit faUing into
) KI
oHe'i cy»,- (iinengin-a ui kitaJuLaka, tiutt entcrti
hit tije.
Kttaeizu (jit. ti— ), the heail and faot jticeet ofo
btihlead, the lico crott-jiitett of a bttlittaA
[rfr. mfumbnti) (Ileb. icritet kidakiaa).
Kitaku, t. (cba);(I) kitiko cha naii iliokuuoa,
ikaauBoa kidogo kifufuni, Ihe rtmaindtr Itft in
ii coeva-nul afler itt haning been i/round ; \1)
tittiitg, baektidc, fundament; ku kfti or kaa
kitiiko or matako, to tit on the backtidr, to lil
doKH atitl rtmaia on otie tpot (ku kaa kitako) ;
kulbt kil.iko ukctipo, wherecer you »il or dtetU.
KrTALE, *., n eoeoa-nu( hcginn'tng to grote; dafn
janga tianzilo ku tia ugundi or urambirmnbi, iJ
ijouiuj eocoa-nvt wkich btij'mt to gtt itaitr and
jieth imide (ninma ua uiaji), tae iicond tlagt
oj'the groicthofthtcocoa-nut; vid. dafu, a.
Kttali, #., nailcloth.
Kitai.u, «., a ttonc fcnce, a aail.
Kitauoa, 9., ti littlc coic ; efr. mtiimba and urbima.
KiTAuu.i.i (or kitauua), t. (cba), a rag, a riming
iia/rkiii lakenfroiaan old (or ncic) piece ofdoth;
kitnmbft ni kipnudo cba ngiio kilicbo tatuka or
ran'ikii ; kitambTia cha ku futia mukuno, a loieil:
kitaiubiiu cha mfza, u tablc napkin; vuta «un
^.'tiii.iti liiii kua kitambila, mijie thae plaltt ledl
ar cartfuilg teilh a toutel.
KiTAiim, i. (cbs), u pieee of cl"th meaturing 5 ar
6 mifcuae ; 13 mikf.no makt a doli i'a tke Suoliu'
tlio/i; triththe IVnniku, M'akamba, andiitgae
rul trith tlie jmi/ilc ofthe Interior 4 mikooo itait
a kitambi, aml $ makc a diiti. Tkut tht Sta-
hili 'juin 2 mikoiio i'n Ihe Inlerior from ererf
kitnmbi, irhich cottt } Gcrman crotrm or J tltiBar
(oue iliillintj) oa the cotttl. Kitambi cta Anwii-
cano, apifce. uf Antcrictm cotton-ctatk of irkick
uiuallij ut Mumbai or 7 (lometimei 8) tuibi»
ure obla'uied fur \ dollar. 2 miki'mo are i;td
lo 1 EtitjUih gard. Ki tambi cba kilemba, e
/liece ofelajffor making a turlmn.
Kitamih, s. (cha) -mafiita jn matumbo ya gnftrab»,
llicfat cunl vr epSphon ofan animaTt body.
Kitambi), *. (ja), ii ipace nf timc or ofplace; an*
kiiwa liitilmbo cba wakali, he ttai/ed a tpaet of
limc, a «horl timc ; anmkuenda kJLambo kiiima
or ji'mn, ht trtnt a contidtrable dittanct, m
kiiribu ; kitambo froat ku Umba — tembcn, lo
Kiilk. totraeel (Kiiiika, ku himba); nna-nm-ala
kiUmbo kizima, / lcft him at a coniideraktt
diituiice ; a tjootl ichile, ndia nrefn ; kiUmbo cfca
kiila clinktiln, u> long at ii retjuUitefar eating;
wahindi waua kitambo, inprayer at twon.
Kitimiki, *., a kintl ofet'U tpirit (St.).
Kit..j.u, adj., tireet; vid. Umu.
KiTini, t. (kiUna cba ku Unla ndi-fa), a ibmI
KI
(159)
KI
combfor combing the beard; ahanuo, «. (la, pl.
ma — ) ; la ku tania nuellc, the combfor combing
the hair, made of bamboo-cane.
Kjtanda, 8. (cha), a native bedstead consisting of
four legs, two long side-poles, witJi two Uttlepoles
fastened at the Jtead and Joot. The wJiole is
connected with ropes across. Kitanda cha
uchaga. To be distinguished from malazi.
Kttanoa, 8. (cha) ; (1) kitanga cha mizani, the
scale of a balance; mizani ina vitanga viwili;
-vitanga via taraju ; kitengele cha taraju ; (2) the
palm of the hand (kitanga or kiganja cha mu-
k6no) ; (3) kitanga cha kijamvi kiwekoajo tini ya
jiwe la kn sagia, kitanga cha ku sagia, apieceof
mat (kijamfi) laid beneath tJie grinding stone
to intercept theflour, aUo mat used in prayer;
(4) aho a round mat used to lay outfood upon ;
(5) kitanga cha pepo, tJie name ofa dance.
Kitakoamuko; kiwiliwili jangu hakina kitanga-
muko (R.).
Kitanoo, s.; kitango cha ku funga matango, <£c.
(or ku piga kitango), to sew up, e.g., a kitoma
(cfr. makinni).
Kitakoo fepeta (pl. yitango pcpeta), a kind of
smaJU pumpkins, the steds of wJtich are caOled
pepeta ; kitango via godoro, littlepieces ofcloth;
ku piga or pashisha or shaliki kitango cha
viafu.
Kitani, s.,fiax, Unen; vid.
Kttanitani (or kitanutanu), adv., backwards (»
kingalingalli) ; amelala kitanitani or kua ku
tanuka, kua ku atana viungo, kua ku ji-tupa
viungo, he slept on the back, strttcJiing out his
limbs, as man does when returned from a
fatiguing joumey.
Kttanba, 8. ; mhao za kitansa, planks lying
obUauely near tJte bottom of the vessel; mbao za
wajehi kitanaa (R.).
Kttansu, *., dim. o/tansu.
Kttanu, *., splinter, splint; cfr. utnnu.
KttAjczi, 8. (ja), a noose, a little loop of a rope or
$iring, a button4oop; tanzi is a large one;
kitanzi (cha kifungo) cha ku fungia or angikia
kita or cha ku tegea niama.
Kttao, s. ; ku fnngua kitao cha pingu.
Kttaowa, the Jeind proper for a devotee; amevaa
Dgiio sa kitaowa, he is dressed like a devotee
(St.).
Kttapo, 8. (kitapo cha beredi, cha bomma, cha
kh6fu), ihicering cauted by coldness, fever, or
fear ; kitapo cha homma, the beginning offever
with oM; muili wa-ni-tapa or tetema kua beredi
or homma or kh6fu, my body trembles witJi cold
orfever orfear.
KrrAfUKUzi, s. (cha mti), a little sprig of a trce
(vid. tepukuzi or tapukuri).
Kttaba, *. (cha), a curve. (1) Upanga wa kitara, a
curved sword like that of European soldiers. (2)
Upanga wa fulogi. This kind ofsword is beauii-
ful, and its blade is of hard iron (jumajakwo
kigiimu sana). (3) Upanga wa imdni, the sword
of safety ; hautetemcki or haupot6ki, yuna vi-
kono viwili via juma, na juraajakwe ni jema.
TJiis sword does not bend. Jt Jtas twopieces of
iron (like long naUs) protruding between tJtc
handle and blade in opposite directions, which
make it safe. Its iron ts good. (4) Upanga wa
msanaa (wa mgnarizo). This kind ofswordis
of inferior quality and not much liked by tJie
natives. TJie iron is soft.
Kitasa, s., a lock, a box lock (St.).
Kitata, *. (cha), entangling, complication = tala
(la, pl. ma — ) uzi unangia kitata or matata, tJie
tJiread is tangled; uzi unasongomana or una-
Bongamana, twigs fastened together like a
hurdle.
Kitawi, s. (cha), (1) a smaU shrub with red
blos8oms, brancJi, bough, bunch; tawi la mtende,
a bunch of dales; (2) a kind of weed much dis-
liked on the plantations; 1, kitawe, 2, ndago,
3, mudmba niama are the principal kinds of
weed on the plantations ; (3) kitawi cha ku
fumia, a shuttle ?
Kitaya, 8. (cha), jaw (hattamu yatiwa kitayani) ;
ku-m-guya punda kitayani, to seize the ass by the
jaw. The bridle ts applied to tJie jaw. Ku
funga vitaya.
Ktte, 8. (cha) ; (1) kite cha mfiazi, the groaning or
moaning, wailing of a woman in labour ; ku
piga kite, to groan in labour or severe sickness
(cfr. tumbuisa) ; (2) certainty (?).
KlTEFTgFU, 8. (cha) (OT KITEFTEFI CHA KILIo), the
sobbing which precedes the weeping (cfr. ku sina
sina, v. n.).
Kttefute, s., tJie cheek, tJte part oftheface over
the cheehbone (St.).
Kiteko, s. (cha), laughing for joy (cfr. kihaka),
8how ofjoy especiaUy on the receipt ofgood news,
a giggle ; ku aishi katika kiteko.
Kit£ku, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ), a kind of iron pick-cuce ;
kiteku cha ku tekua or timbua (cfr. wekua, v. a.)
viteku = viombo visito ku vunda mawe.
Kitelele, 8.; mahali kitelele (LuJce vi. 17), tJie
pUiin, an open place whence you can see far =*
weuni ndipe mahali kitelcle = kiwandani mahali
pasipo kua na ukuta wa ku ji-siba, a site without
enclosure.
Kjtelle kitelle.
Kitema kuni, s., an insect, dweUing in a nest of
wood very cleverly made.
Kitembe, 8., a heavy tongue, Usping, stammering,
EI
( 160)
KI
a lisp, a defect in thc spccch (cfr. kiliini) (kitembo
cha kanoa or cha maneno), the speaking ofjycople
who canor will not lift vp tJicir tongue above thc
teetJi, vchich renders the understanding of the
words Bomeichat dijjicult. Ilcncc, in general,
"brvkcn language," such as is onlg ludf under-
stood.
Kitemue (or kitiiembe), 8. (nna bikia kitembc),
alurm t
Kitendawiij (pl. vitcndawili), an cnigma. The
propounder say*, Kitcndawili ; tJtc rest amwer,
Tega ; hc tJten j)roj)ounds Jtis enigma (St.).
Kitekdk, *. (j)l. vi — ), action } occupation (=» kituo,
H.).
Kitende ciC (j)l. vi — ), dim. of tcndc gii (vid.
tcnde, *.).
Kitendo, /?., a dced or action; kitendo cha kazi
or mambo, csjmcially an cfploit of eating and
drinling, in wJticJt tJie Jicroicfeats oftJte natires
greathj consist ; kitcndo ni karainu kuba, sheha
nkitawasoa, akipigoa kilemba ku pata kiia
mkuba, wakati huo yuwatcnda kitendo, irJicn a
chicf is insUdlcd, and wJien hc is crowned icith
a turban, Jic gives a great fcast to Jiis jnoplc.
TJu's is a kitcndo. Kua ncno na kua kitcndo, bij
irord and decd.
KiTKNcirfhK, s. (dim. of tengele) (=mdiiara or
mdauara), rounding, roundness (ku tcngelea, to
Jh' rouud), a round stripe of anything ; jiia lina-
fania kitcngclc jickundu, mviia karibu ya kiignia,
the. sun forms red round slripcs, tlic rain irill
sJiortly full; ku fchona kitengele jiekundu ja
jamvi, to stw a round rcd strij/c on a mat.
Krrfr>, s. (clia), (\) a UtCe sicve or a sifting basht
(a large onc, utt'o ; in Kijuimba, ungo) ; (2) pro-
riaion ; ku-m-pcleka kitco mtu aliefiwa, to scnd
food (kiu'o) to a jierson wJio Jias lo-tt somebody
bij deutJi. TJtc friends and relations cacfi send
onc. pishi of ricc or of Indian corn or mtama,
cfr., to honour tJie unfortunule mourner. (3)
Mtumkc anangia kitconi or damuni or kalika
mcsi, tJic tcomuii Jias Jicr montldy ronrsc.A. It is
disresjtectful to say, "anangia dmniiiii." Drcitt
languaye reijtiins to suy, " anangia kitconi or
muezini." (Dim. o/'uteo, a tunje sicvc.)
Kitkitzi, vid. kitapuzi.
Kitetk, 8., vid. kiuli.
KitHte, s. 'kiniaina kidogo kana kindi), a little
animal UJ;e tJie stjuirrcl.
KlTKTKME8A, 8., UllstCudilU'88 of tJie JlOlld (jl'OIII
ncriousncss) [11.).
Kitktkmo, 8., trcmbling; kitctenu'so cha mukono
= mukona watctcme.sa, thc Jiuud trembUs, is un-
stcudy.
Kitewatewa, 8. = kijongo kidogo ja ifuifu jcm-
bambo, a small tJiin worm.
Kit£we (or kjtewetewe), *., (1) a tcorm smaJkr
tJian tJte jongoo ; (2) loss of thc use of thelegt
(St.). _
KmiiRi, v. n. (cfr. Arab. Jg", multus fuit); ku
kithiri, to grow large, to increasc; nmekithiri
ku zaa, it has borne more tJian lefore; kn
kithiri, to bc made. Kithirishiwa ; yupi mmoja
wapo aliekithirishiwa mapcnsi, icho lovcs hin
mostf (li.).
Kithule, adj. (cid. kitulc), poor, miserablc han*
kitu; Arab. JJ , abjcctus silisquo fuit, knmilis
ct bubmissus.
KrriiUTiiu, s. ; ku slkikoa ni kithuthu, an insect -
kinia ; cfr. mbumbuasi.
KiTi, 8. (cha, pl. viti), (1) a seat, a native ckair;
(2) a Euroj)ean chair; kiti cba cnzi — chairof
power or dignity; kiti cha mfolme alio katika
cnzi or nguvu, the chair of dignity and po*cer,of
tJte king trJto is in powcr (ritl. cnzi) ; kiti cha
fcrasi, a saddle; kiti cha puesa, a ttar-jisU, at-
tcrias; kithi chu shikioni ?
KiTiuA, 8. (cha), custom (vid. mathihabi, matiltla,
and mauinbile), original institution procetding
6
from Ood; s->^> W&r, mandatum, lcx ; kitila,
sonutJting ncw or original, kitiba = miila or
mathihabi, cvstom ; ku zua kitiba kingine,/o
introilucc protJucc or broach aometlung ncr;
ku sumbua kitiba hiki cha sasa kiuang«a nki
hizi or munka hu ; kulla mtu yuna kilibachakTC
or maumbiliyakwe.
Kitikitiki, s. (jd. vi— ), 8Jdver8; kua vitikitikl
to be broJccn into sJiivers.
Kitimiii (j>L vi— ), an artfid tricl; an artifrf.a
strutagvm (= hila).
Kitimbo, s., lit., digging (ku timba) \fig n intrifpte*,
cubul.
Kiti.nda MiMnA (Kinika, kieianda, a. f rid.\ tle
lajtt child to wJiicJt a woman lias givcn birtk;
mana huyu ni kitinda miniba, thc lu*t and tkert-
fore youiigitt chdd of a motlter (lit., the di*if$
of tJte womb); (2) mumc huyu yuna kitinda,*
mun wJto loies all his wivcs by dcatJt, ni kitinda;
rid.p. 15G.
Kitindio, s., tJic j>lace for rcsting at noon; mbus'
zina or wanakuenda kitindioni.
Kitindo, cfr. tiuda. Kitindo cha badali ya tharala,
« tacrijice for sins; cfr. Badakaya ku tcki-zuatf
ya utekefu, a burnt-offering.
Kitimik», s. (jil. vi— ), fear, a frightcning or terri-
fying tJiing (cfr. tisha, to terrtfy).
Kititi (or KiTiNrrrNi), *.; kititi cha usiwn, (\)thc
botlom of tJte 8ca, dccjxst dcj)th; (2) kititi, «
little tJdng, a rabbit, a Jtare (cfr. Lulce viii. 33) ;
mimi ni jinni wa jinani wa kititi cba balwri,
/ am Oie jin of t/ie deep undcr the $and oftk
XI
l 161 )
KI
sea; genge Usimaina kititi, ku siuiika mti kititi
mlima ulio simama kititi, in oppos. to tam~
barisha.
KiTo, 8.; kito cha pOte, a red precious stone
(carnelian f) worn in a ring on the little finger
oftke left hand. It comesfrom Jagga, ichere it
U called mboro.
KirdA, 8. (cha, pl. vitoa), Itead.
Kitoakitoa, topsy-turry.
KrroAMOOMBA, 8. (vid. pintlo), Uunbling, sonier-
sauU; ka piga kitoamgomba or ku piga kitoa
pindu or ku pindukia na kitoa, to tumblc orer, to
mahe a bob (ku enenda vitoa pindu) ; fig., the
head hanging dowmcord like tfte fru'rt of the
banana-tree; kitoa tini kana mgomba. The
Wa&nga (sing. Mudnga) of Pcmba are rejwrtcd
to be celebrated tumbler*. There, i* an abomi-
nable set ofmen and icomen on that island, saiil
to go naked in the forcst oa their festicities.
They place tltemselves on their heads icith their
legs pointed to Itearen. They kill jiersons and
hang them on a trec, until the corpsc is eateit by
the worms and one piece aftcr the otlter falU to
the grtmnd. The last irorm is roasted and
ground, anil from that poirder they prepare the
nnga wa ndere, ichich, irlten eaten, is said to
destroy maii's life to a certainty.
Kitoana, *. ( — kijana kidogo kilijo nunuliwa), a
slave-boy ; opp. to kijakazi, slarc.-girl. A fuV-
grown slave is mtoana .rid.) (mtu mana) tkitu
mana — kitoana).
Knotfo, «., rid. kitolco, n.
Krropi:, *., nacel; ttifu, a large nanl *uch a* is
seen protruding icith mani/ Wanika and Sua-
hili, tt'c. It U an hercditary eril in many
families. It protrude* tiro to thrce inches.
Kitoru lindi ? (H.).
Kjtoja, *. (ja), the needlc-like end of a coarse
species of grass (ofgreat length) ichirh pricks a
Uttle. The specics is called niassi ya ondo, jtL
maondo.
Kjtoka (or ki*h6ka), s. (ja), hatchet kitoka cha
ku katia mlti,for cutting trees, <(r. .
Kitoleo (or kitoeleo or kitoeo), s. (cfr. toca or
toelea), some relish tcith wali, regctabks, herb*,
jmfse ( — kitu kitiwujo katika wali), something
tchich U put into the boiled rice or mtama, <Cr.,
to inake it more relUhable, e.g.,JUh, curry,foirl,
tneat, ghee, d'c. Mb6ga ya mtungo, ya kunde, ya
Kibindi, ya muangani, d'c, are likcirise sought
for the kitoleo. Tlte wali U too dry to be rc-
lished, there must be some sauce or relish added
to it.
Krr6iiA, s. (cha), a general name for calabash
made ofasmaU round pumpkin or gourd; biigu
lamtoma U tlie creeper ofwhich the toma U thc
fruit. The pumpkin Uplaced near thefirt for
some time, until tlte (moyo) core U dried. Wheu
the neck of it has been cut off and a little of the
core has been taken out, the natires piU Itot
ashes into tlte hoUow. Afterward* they take a
long aicl of iron andpiercethe core until itfall*
out little by little, iclten Ute calabash will be
readyfor water, milk, or grain.
Kitonatona ; damu ila ikali kitonatona (R.).
Kit6ne, s. (1) a drop; (2) kitone cha kionda, a
little wound oftlte size ofa sirpence. When it
becomcA as large as a tjuarter-doUar it U eaUed
kiton'mge.
Kit6nga, 8., a chief great man icith tlte Wakamba
(=banam A7*.). Hydrocelef (St.).
Kit6nuk, *. (cha, pl. vi — ), food pressed into balU
in tlte hand and conveycd to the mouth (vid.
mcnia, v. a.).
Kitongoji, #., a village (Kiamu).
Kitonootonoo, 8., onc-eyed, a side-Iook; c.g., mtu
huyu yuna usafihi yuwa-ni- tezii.ua kitongotongo,
thU man i* proiul, he looks askance at me. Be-
sidcs he shuts one cye f yuwapcta jito moja
(mark ofcontempt).
Krroiw, s., tlte bunclt of ripe maise (mtama) =
kibumba cha maohuko ya intiinju) = cha ma-
kiiti, tangalo (oid. kibumba) ; cfr. mgminda.
Kitoria, *. (cha), tltefruit ofthe mtoria tree. It
U eatable (kana limnu or bungu).
Kttor6nge, *., « boil larger than kitono (««/.);
inlten the kitonmgo gt-ts as largeas a guarter-
dollar it U caUed gcraha.
Kitoteo, *. (kichochco in Kiung.), a pair oftong*,
irith irhich a picce of icotnl (having burned ojf' a.
little) i* taken and thrust into thefire again (ku
totca vinga via motto » ku songeza ndiini na ku
pepca motto). Kitoteo ni kolco or kueh'o clia
ku totclea motto.
Kitoto (pl. vi — ), (1) a little child; adj., childUh ;
kijana kitoto kiume ; kitoto kichanga, a baby; (2)
a uarrom space between tico houses; umesiba
vitoto, he biocked up tlte narrow passcs ; (3) a.
small basket.
Kitotoe, *., a kind ofwhite-fish.
Kitovu, s. (vid. kitofu), thc navcl.
KitowUo (pl. vitoweo), vid. kitoTo or kitoluo, a
something to be eaten tcith tlie rice or other vegc-
tablefootl, a relish (vid. kitoleo).
Kitowe (kishakini) (R.).
Kitu, *. 'cha, pl. vitu), a thing, matttr (mapigano
yctu hamna waume kitu); ku-m-Uitisa kitu, to
M
162 '
gire r/f,* o»' thi*Q nfter tht otlter, t.g., doth t
grj.d, ti'r+r. drr.
KirvA. s. ' jd. vitua . IV the *hadt ofa tre* : t»ia,
a largt *hode of a lorge trte: hsk-'ti kfcuani,
let wt $U in the Vti'e *hade ofa thrwh vhirh »*#
'tepukuzi, from thr*:t to ten ftet high : '2 y a emall
shrub or hovgh, manni ya mti ndiomatua. yaaiba
jua. T^p'ikuzi ** the skoot, sprig ofa tree trhirh
thovgh eut ojf *hoots again ; kitila is a stnall
shrub feen^u p-oprio; toa 'la. large shroh jj.
matua , a hu*h.
Kituana, *. 'cha, jJ. vituana', ahoy; mtuana. a
ifttuth; tuana f jA. wa, afuli-groien yo»th »mtu
iup*fu.
Kmf.A, a*Ir. t aJonr, solitary ; mtn huyu aki'-tihapa
kituca, thi* man lires here 'juite alone ; mtu hu vu
yuna rokho n^umu, this man is strong-mindtd.
heeause he i* not afraid ofliving tdon*.
Kituouta, *., cheekbone (R.).
Kituttui, *., a *maU quaking hird on th* nhorc 'ni
kijuni cha pouni, chawiuia winia).
Kituka, «., a shrub ? (R.).
KrrrKfzi, *., a husybotly ' = mancnoyakwe hayana
kiti'io, ni kn-m-rukia tu'.
Kituko, i. (- k\uy.\\fright t *tartlednc**. *hriaking
hack at the *ight ofa momtrous thing, e.g. % qf a
nerpent (rfr. kutuka, v. n.) ; ku tia watu vitiiko
via khufu, to make jteojde shrink haek irithfear ;
mtu huyu yuna kitiiko — mtu muoga, a man who
i* afraid, a timid vian; nti hi kuna vituko or
imcngiwa ni kitiiko, thi* country i*fu!l offcar.
KitCku ( or kitikuu , *., a great-grandchUd ; cfr.
iiijukii or mtukfi.
Kitukuta (?) *. ( = ku fiinia kitilkoorku-ji-tuka). to
startle.
Kituuzo, *., a fjuieting or *oothing thiug; cfr.
ku tiiliza.
Kitumiia (?) *., cfr. tumbn.
Kitumdi, *., dim. o/tiimbi, a bankct madv ofgrcen
leares ofthc rotva-nut trce.
Kiti'mho, *.; kitilml>o cha mfumo, the bough ofan
mfumo tree; (2) dim. of tumbo ; mu;ina huyu
yuna kitumbo kuma mnura, thi* boy ha* a belly
likc a toirer; (3) ali-ni-tia kitumbo maji.
KrruMHOTUMnn (kifunifuni), on the. hclly.
Kiti:miii':a, *., akind ofjtancake; mukiito mdogo
uliopikoa kua mafuta, uliotumbulhva uive (cfr.
maanduHi). // inbaked in oil r mul i* perforated,
in order to promote it* rijtenhg, a* they call it.
It i* madti on *j>t.cial day* t c.g., at Kibunsi.
The jHojih; of Ztntzibar likc it.
Kitumoa, *., cfr. punguani; anatangamana na maji
ya kitumon.
KnuNARi, *.; mpunga wa kitunari, a kind of rice,
rhort a*d hr^id ncl-^a ya z*sez ; oyp. to
wa msiiidlao fArt • : nd>> cbMbiwv
laken mpu^ja wa Kicika \$ red amd n<* miooi.
Km''si#A T *.. a rhe+t-pa*-* >;. .
KrrtsDii. *.. (i trater-jar Tmmhatm .
KrruNCA. *..a *i«aU roumd eartkem di*k.
KrrrsGr. *.. a l'ttU faap -nr.gm. Imrft l*ap : «^-
ku weka r.iln;a Hiotindoa Tinmgc vitccsu. to
jft vp thf int*'- *fn *Unsihler*d amimaH i» litde
h*ap* fnr diciding amomgst tke jpevplei T ki-
tungu cha watn = kikir.di. a Vttie kewpefmem
a Uttle trooji : watu waiia â– biiti khasgv
rfr. kundi, kikuudi : efr. k'rfangu. kikon, hert
a rompauy, thtrt a rompamm of men.
KrrfjsoC 'or Krrrsr.rr\ #., an omkm { jrf. Tituagn x .
Kiti.noule, *.. a hart : 1 kitinagnl» w» Bifi
manne. yuwakt-ti mituni : (2; kdtcisgale ndogo
wa ningu mmngi hutamba viamlwnini, a spider.
Km.Niii, *.. a largejish trhieh deromre am riea
they are hathiug or dlring i'jt tke mea: kitoma
ame-m-tunuka mtu, the kitunazi kam eicaBarede
man (rid. tunuka'. The matire* besUere tmmt e
gho*t or Satan $it* ia thefuh amd imetigateshm .
to *iraUoir a man.
Km'o, *., (\) a resting-jdaee or emcamtpmemt sm
the road, v*ually vnder a large tree, <ffr. ; aa-
liali palipo na uviili wa mti, watu waj
huondokc sasa kituoni, hushike aaflkri,
zetn;mtumke hnyu hana kituo, thie
nerer tjuiet at home, she altrays goem ahemt m
others ; (2) hana kituo. he is mnetabie; banbatki
mtu kutu (nW.kitnkizi^ ; Kimahili hakinakhao )
the tfuahili language is not settkd; {3) seetiom sr
jiaragrajih tfa Imok 'chajderf).
KrrrrA, *., a little btittlc, a n'al (rid. tupa).
Kitushi pl. vitushi V R.).
Kitutam. *., enciron* (R.) ; Rabbai na kitutuu-
chakwc, Bahbai and its enrirons.
Kitutumi. *. (E. ?), Uttle horn (tu tumi).
Kitwa, vid. kitoa, head.
Kitwanoomba, a *omcr*auU ; vid. kitoamgonba.
Kiu (cba> (niod'a^ thirst ; nina kiu, rokhoyuga
imckniika, nadaka maji, / hare thirst, my sptri
or throat has got dry, Iwant teater ; kua nakia,
to be thirsty : ku ona kiu, tofeel tkirst.
Kiua, #., the natne ofajish.
Kiuaji, a thing trhich kiUs; efr. mboajL
Kif'KA, r. n., to step over (vid. kia, ».).
Kiukia, ?•. (kirnkia).
Kiuma, *., afork.
Kiuma unvzi, a smdU, dark-eoJoured Uzard (St).
Khmanzi, *., a Uttle inseet trhiek kiUs JUet, th.;
kiumanzi (ku uma n'zi) ni adui wa n'zi.
KiuMiiE. s. (cha, pl. viumbe), a creature, thatmkkm
is created (ku umba) ; kiumbe kaishi ku dmbot
cla kua siku ya kuifa, a creaiure U snbjeetedw
XI
(163)
continual changes HU it dies ; kiumbe cha roana
Adam or viumbe via wana Adam, human crea-
tures (vid. nmbo).
Kjf/MBin, s. f beating ofthe drum aceompanied by
the song " Shetani nd6, tupigane fimbo."
Kidme, adj. } malc (vid. ume) ; aakari ndume b6ra,
very heroic soldiers.
Kiusda, *., a certain trap (R.) ?
Kjuhoa, *. (cba, /rf. vi — ) (Pers. bustan), (1) a
piantation of fruitArees ; kiunga ni mahali pa
ku ja minazi, miembe, mifenesi, midansi, mijii-
ngoa, migumba, &c; kiunga is different from
sbnmba (eid.) ; (2) kiunga — a 8uburb, the ouU
skirts ofa town; kiungani, near the town.
Kiukoa, «., a kind ofredfish.
Kiukoo, e. (cha, pl. viungo), union ofvarioua parts,
henre (1) joint of the body (kiungo cha imani,
article of faith)\ (2) condiment; kitu kikali
cha ku unga mtuzi or kiungiwajo mtuzi or
kiungamanacho na mtuzi, something add or
aour whieh is put into the mtuzi, e.g., malimau,
ukuaju, riki, maeiube, mabiti, ojc. (vid. dibu) ,
samli, malimau, muniu, &c, used to add a
uniform and better taste to food; huko viungo
â–¼ina atana, in thU region orplace joint$ leave
each other; nianenoyakwe haina (hayana)
kiungo ; (3) makuti ja kiungo or ya kike, yalio-
•ukoa ni watu wake (vid. makanja).
KiutouAka, adj. and adv., noble and free; ma-
neno ya kiunguana, the language ofthefree men
or nobles, not ofslaves, gentiemanly, noble, grave,
cwUized, courteous, becoming a free man; mtu
huyu yuwaffa kiunguana or kikSndo, this man
dies like a nobleman, or like a sheep, tohich does
not cry nor resist ; manamke wa kiunguana, a
lady. The Masruo (the former dynasty of
Mombas) were like sheep, they died nobly (as
becomes great men) when they were erpeUed (by
8aid-Said) ; Masrue ni kikondo, wafa kiun-
guana.
Kiuvocja, adj., referring to matters or to tlte
ianguage of Zanzibar.
Kiukgulia, s. (kiungulia cha m6yo), rising ofthe
Stomach, eructation, rumbling, a breaking of
wind, heartbum; n'nafania or n'na kiungulia
cha moyo, nilambe fvu la motto, my stomach
rumbles, I have heartburn, let me lick the ashes
offire (whieh is considered by the natives tobea
remedy against eructation) ; cfr. kekefu.
Kiubgubcmo, s.; kiungurumo cha tui or jui, the
growling of a leopard (vid. ku unguruma).
Kiuho (cha,/>/. vi — ), the loins, the hip; kiunocha
â– uruali, that part of the trousers which covers
theloins.
Kiukza, s. (cha) ; kdunza ni ubio wa ku sikia niufifu
kaburini, the board orplank which is laid over
the dead in the grave. The corpse, after having
been carried on the jene" nsa (vid.) to the grave,
is lowered down to the bottom, trhere it is covered
icith the kiunza, so that it rests, as it were, in a
box. In place of a plank, the Suahili put a
auantity ofbranches ooer the corpse, and then
fill the grave with earth. Coffins are not used.
Kiunze, s.; kiiinze cha maneno ya kiniume niume
or maneno ya kiiinze, tJie tnrning or contortion
ofthe words, so that Oiey are not naturallypro-
nounced, the last syllables being spoken first;
e.g., maji they pronounce jima, wali they speU
liwa, tupa — patu, mafuta => tamafu, mkebe —
bemk'», nenoma — mancno.
Kiunzi, s., an edifice of irood; ku unda — to build
a ship (chombo kiunzi).
Kiutungu, adj., bitter, acid ; kitu hiki kiutungu,
hakitamu, hakiliki, kana shibiri, this is bitter, it
is not sweet, it cannot be eaten, it is like aloes.
Kiuwaji, s., killing, murderous, deadly; niama
kiuwaji (pl. viuwaji), a wild bcast (ku iia, to
kiU), in generaleverything which kills, like sumu,
bunduki, &c
Kiuzr, s.; maneno haya nda kiiize =â– kiniume
niumo — maneno ya fumbo (R.), ndio maneno
ya kiniumo niiime.
Kivi, *., the elbow.
Kivimba, s. (vid\ kiwimba, the girth of a tree), the
circumference.
Kivuko (or kifuko), a ferry, a ford, a crossing-
place (vid. vuka).
Kivuli (pl. viviili), a shade, shadow (a ghost).
Kivumi (pl. vi — ), a roarivg, beUowing sound (ku
viima, to roar) t or noise.
Kivunga (or kiwunou), s. ; kivuuga cha nuelle r
long hair; yuwaweka kivunga cha nuelle, ha-
zi-nioi kama mt6ro, he lets his hair grow, does
not shave it as the robbers do. The Wanika let
tlte hair grow in time ofmourning.
KrvYAo, kivyazi, kizao, the bearing (child), birth;
vid. kifiao, kifiazi.
Kiwa; muana kiva ulimi wa kiwa; unasema na
ulimi wa kiwa.
Kiwafuwafu, adc; ku anguka — , to fall side-
wards.
Kiwaji, *. f vid. kiuwaji, *.
Kiwambaza (or kiambaza or kiwtmbaza), «., a mud-
waU; kiwambaza cha uafu wa niumba, the side
wall (chiefwaU) ofa native mud-house (uafu, pl.
mbafu, vid.) ; kiwambaza cha kati, tlte middle
waU; kiwambaza cha ngao ya mbclle, thefront
waU; kiwambaza cha ngao ya niiima, the hind
waU. The wliole figure of these architectural
expressions is taken from the human body;
kiwambaza uavu, side, rib (pl. mbavu), forms
the outside or out-waU of the human body; ngao
ya muili is itsfront and hind waU; ya ku finika
ndani (to cover the interior ofthe body).
m2
KI
( 164)
XI
Kiwambo, s. (ni kitu cha ku ombisha na kitu
kingine ku gnyana), anything fiited for over-
laying, covering, orjoining a thing togetlicr with
anotlier, to holdfast ; e.g., kiwambo cha ng6ma,
ngtfh* ilioambiwa ngoma; ku amba ngofi ngoma,
to covcr a drum with a skin, to put a skin upon
it t in order that it may give a poicerful sound,
somethiny strained tightly over aframe, Uke the
skin ofadrum; kiwambo cha makuti ; kiwurabo
cha kitanda, orerlaying irith leaves oftJte cocoa-
nut tree, overlaying of a bedstead.
Ktwanda (kiwanja), «., (1) an open plaee tcithin a
town, village, or house, ayard; (2)kiwanda cha
muhunzi or ya ku fulia juraa, a shed under which
the native blacksmiths do their work, a work-
ihop; uwanda, afreeplace around the house (a
yard) ; (3) mahali pa ku jenga niumba, building
ground or lot; hi ilikua niumba, inavundika,
sasa ni kiwanda tii.
Kiwango, *. (cha) (cfr. ku wanga, v. a., to count,
to number), (1) a number ; kiwango kadiri
za watu mia, about 100 men in number (wali-
pita vivango via kn fiii); ku pita viwango, to
exceed the number; (2) — deraja, degree, position
in the world, dignity ; e.g., ni kiwangochangu,
ku aema hivio na wali, my degree or dignity
requircs that I slmdd *peak thus to the govemor;
si kiwango cha mtiima ku sema hivio na muun-
guana, it dots not belong to the slave, is not his
degree, to speak in suclt a manner to afree man.
KiwangOa, 8. (in Kin. mueri), « kind of snail on
the sea-coast, from tlne shdUofwhich the Suahili
make ornaments whicJitheyseUto the Wakamba.
Atfirst they separate the up})er part of the 8hell
by burning, then they rub the kitako cha kiwa-
ngoa on a stone, afterwards tJiey perforate and
jmt a string into it, to wear it on their necks or
breasts. The Wakamba call it mavuo, and pay
afowl for ticopieces.
Kiwanio (not kiwani), any slip ofwood used as a
wedge tofasten with, a little wedge (E.).
Kiwao, 8., a grcatfeatt (Tumbatu) (St.).
Kiwavi, 8. (pL viwavi), a nettle, a sca-nettle (St.).
Kiwavu ciiana, ribs.
KiwE, 8. (pl. viwe); kiwe cha usso, a kind of
pimplc on the face. Thc viwe wilt aho rise on
the hindpart ofthe head, when a man is shaved
for the first time; aliekunioa nuelle hizi hajaku
nioa, ndipo ukafania viwc katika usso.
Kiweko, 8. ; kiweko cha roukono, the arm from
the shoulder to the elbow, the wrisl.
Kiwelle, 8. (cha), the udder; vid. maziwa.
Kiweo, *. (cha) ; kiweo cha asamu, the uppcr part
oftlte thigh (vid. maengaenga, 8.) (Kimrima) ;
Kimv. kiweo, thigh, refcrs to animaU, but paja
to men (paja, UijpL ma — ) ; Kinika, kiga.
Kiwetk, 8., lame, the loss of the use of the legs
from rheumatism, a eripple who eannot walk.
Kiwewe, 8. (cfr. wewedeka), amazement; kiwuve
kilikua, kina-m-shika, Luke v. 9 (kungiwa ni
kiwewe) ; kiwewe kika-wa-jia wote.
Krwi, adj., (1) shy, bad — kibaya, si jema, ki(u
hiki kiwi (Kinika) ; (2) dazzling, moonblind-
ncs8 ; ku fania kiwi, to dazzJe; kiwi cha mato,
dimness; kiwi cha mato, shynessfrom tceakncs*
of sigJtt; mtu akiona mtana u&iku haoni, ana
kiwi. Er. states that the muegni kiwi cha mato
sees more at night than in day-time, and tkat
kiwi is the transition to the grey cataract.
KiwialIa or kivialia (pl. viwialia), or Kiwiio or
kiviao (pL viwiao), *., a nativeofaplaee, one rho
is born in a certain place or country ; mto huju
ni kiwiao cha Mvita, this man is a natire of
Mombas; mimi ni kiwiao or kiwialia cha Un-
nguni, I am a home-bred or natire of Europt
(kiwiao cha nti hi, a native of this eomntry).
Kiwialia or kiwiao cha Pemba amekua oa
mtu wa Mvita, the man who tcas bom at or
wlto was a native of Pemba has bccome anaUtt
of Mombas; mkasi wa Mvita, a dweUer at
Mvita. He is m'ja na maji, he came by sea, he
is afree man, not m'ja na goma, who is a siace.
KiwIda, s. t tfte hole in the beam into trkiek the
mast ofa vessel isjuced.
Kiwiewie, s.; mbuba za kiwiewie.
Kiwifu, adj., ready; vid. Irimfn, mbifn, kiifu; bst
kiwifu fifu, vid. kusuru ktnuru.
Kiwiko ? kiwiko cha mk6no, the tcrist; kiwiko cfaa
gu, the ankle (St.) ; vid. kiweko.
Kiwiliwili, s. (cha), (1) the trnnk of the knhta*
body, the body icithout the limhs; (2) tke bod§
in general; nguvu za chakula jema ni ogurn n
kiwiliwili ; kiwiliwili ni kipando cha mnifi ; (3; tkt
circumferencc of something — um'nc; una-ki-
pima, kiwiliwilichakwe cha pata-je?
Kiwimba (or kifimba), s. (cha) ; kiwimba cha nti.
the size, bigness, girth, circumference ef a trte.
Ku wimba, v. n., vid. wimba.
Kiwinou, 8. (dim. o/wingu) (cha, pL viwingu^
small cloud; kiwingu cha mvua chagnioni6ta -
chafania mvua nd6go, nti isipate maji â– ana, tkt
rain-cloud gives only a little rain, so tkat tk
land does uot get mueh rain; wingn la mvtia, «
large black cloud, espeeiaUy ofrain (jrf. mawingv
ya mvua) ; uwingu is the blue sky; mbingu, tk
scven heavens of the Muhammedans (keaee* i-
general). Kiwingo cha us90 t forekead.
KrwiMowiNio, s. (cha), the shaking ofa littUekM
held in one's arms (ku-m-tosesha mana) ; (2) tk
trembling motion of the buttocks after eracws-
tion (cfr. ku muniamtlnia and gniamgma';.
Kiwm (or kibiti); janni kiwiti, ^rf<rw ; nioka «
( i*5)
KO
janni kiwiti, a green tnake whiclt climbs the
cocoa-nut tree in guest o/tembo (cfr. manni).
Kiyama, *., the resurreetion (vid. kiama).
Kiyambaza, vid. kiwambaza.
Kiyambo (?), neighbourhood (St.).
Kiza, «., darkness; ku tia kiza, to darken, to dim.
Kizao, *. (pl. vizao), one born in the plaee, a
native.
Kizazi, #.; (1) -» kiviazi, birth — cha ku viaa wa-
toto ; (2) generation.
Kize, 8. and adj., (1) maneno ya kizc, sayings of
old people; (2) kizc clia kale, an old tcoman;
(3) kizekiganga, a hag.
KiziA, 8. (?) ; ku lala yizia — ku otea (vid.).
KmBO, *. (pi. Tizibo), a cork, stopper.
KaofBi, *., a eagt.
Kizisda, 8., a virgin (St.).
KiziKorn, »., threshold, the top and bottom pieces
of a door or window-frame.
Kjzikgo, *., windings ofa river, bends, it'c.
Kmo, s. (pl. vi — ), the halfofa cocoa-nut or ofan
orange, &c. ; kizio cha nazi ; kizio cha nazi cha
pikn, kisaga, which wants only half a nazi for
cooking (vid. kiaaga).
Kiziwi (pt. vi — ), deaf.
Kizizi ; kizizi cha mtama, a room full of maize, to
whiclt there is no access through the door t but
onlyfrom above by means ofa ladder.
Kizui (or Knum), s. (pl. vi — ), a stop, a hin~
drance (cfr. ku zuia), kizuio, kizuizo.
Kizuka, s. (pl. vi — ); (1) mke aliefiliwa ni muracwe,
a woman ichose husband died, and therefore is in
mouming; mtumke huyu ni kizuka, this woman is
mowming; kiziika alie na eda haonekani na watu,
yuwaketi niumbani baasi, aaoma kua polcpole,
ndie kizuka, she remains excluded and <juiet
during her mourning; (2) an evil spirit, e.g. f the
Ibrtuguese left a kisuka, i.e. } an image of Mary,
at Rabbay, when they abandoned Mombas.
Kjzukgu, adj., European, referring to a Euro-
' pean; maneno ya Kizungu, European language.
KlZUVOU CHA MAJI.
Kizukguzcjcgu, 8., giddiness ; mzungu mambo-
yakwe ni ya kizunguzungu ; naona kizungu-
zungu (lritoa ku-m-flulika).
Kizuzi, adj. (zuri), beautiful, fine; ame-m-pa kitu
kizuri, he has given him something which isfine,
pretty.
Kjzushi, *., an intruder, an occurrence.
Kjzuu (pt. viztiu), a kind of evil spirit which kills
men at the order ofhin master (St.).
Ko, a partide denoting direction to a place and
residence in it; e.g., yuwakaa Mvita, ndiko aliko
kuenda or ndiko aliko, he dwells at Mombas,
tkere it is where he went to, there it is wliere he
is or dwells; ko kotte, tchithersoerer.
Kfl, *. (Ia), a projection of the larynx; ko yaumizia
chakula (Er.).
K6, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a motlier either in the human
or lower creation; ko or goma la mke, la gnombe,
la nibuzi, la kiiku ; a tcontan previously to her
becoming a ko icas manamuali (a virgm), but
the animal was mtumba, a cow-calf or heifer
(e.g., mtumba wa gnombc, a cow not yet having
given birtli); ko la kuku, a laying hen; ko la
mbuzi, a breeding goat.
K6a, s. (la,p/. makoa) ; (1) k6a la fetha (« bamba
la fetha), a thin band of silver which wealthy
people put on the scabbard oft/ieir sword, or on
a musket to liold the barrel on tlte stock; (2) a
kind of ornamental ring worn on tlie legs by
females (cfr. furungu ; uk6a, jil. koa).
K6a, v. a., to bathe one 1 s-self (Kimrima) (kuoga m
Kimv.) ; ku-m-k6a maji — ku-m-tia maji or kn
muaya or muayisa maji muilini, to wet, sprinkle
one or one's body with water.
K6a, used ofthe sun, offire and salt (Reb.) ?
KOa, s. (wa, pl. makoa or with za), a snail. The
jSuahili do not eat it, but the Wanika do. The
jSuahili make a medicine for the itch from it.
Nadaka daua ya niiingu niungu (vid. niungu)
magii yaniea, yawasha kana pele; majira ya
mviia, nkiputa iite wa koa nkijipaka magiini,
hayawashi tena, I want the medicine for sore
legs, they burn me like tlie itch at the rainy
season; ifl could get tfte ute of tlie snail, and
anoint my legs icith it, they irotdd burn me no
more.
Kobe, *. (la, pl. ma — ), a sinaU land-tortoisc. lt
is eaten neither by the Suahili nor the W'anika.
Only the makobe ngiilu is eaten t aiul its flesh
is agreeaUe. lt is of a large size. The sea-
tortoises are: (1) kassa, (2) gnamba, (3) diifi.
Kobo, s. ; kobokobo, *. (R.) ?
Kobu, adj., conver; ku fania koba (koba), to be
convex; cfr. ku fukuka, to be concave, said of a
plank which has been sawn unequally.
K6buk,«. - kobo??(R.).
Kociie, *. ( pl. ma- ), thefruit ofa kind ofjtalm;
mkoche, the tree.
K6do, s. (la, pl. ma — ), that part of the masters
plantation which belongs to a slave. Shamba pia
ni jiimbe la bana, laken mtuma yuna kipande
cha shamba la nafsiyakwe, apate chakula, asiibe
kitu cha banawakwe. WeU-disposed masters
allow their slares to work for themselves on
Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday. Kua siku
hizi tatu mtiima yuwalima kodo. On tlte four
remaining days he worksfor his master (siku za
muunguana). The kodo or kipunde cha mtuma
is all around the master } s plantation, which lies
in the midst. When the master thvs allows his
KO
< 166)
KO
slave tkrec days of labour for himself he gices
him neither food nor cloth, but the slave is to
maintain himself If he takes from hi$ masters
property Ite is beaten or imprisoned. Besides,
the slave is allowed to workfor himself on the
kodo before sunrise and a little before sunset.
Those masters (like the Banians and some
others of tiberal mind) voho do not aUow the
slave a kodo, gice him a daily posho or
allowance of rice or Indian corn, and Hotlies
from time to time, but then they reauire the
whole strength and time of their slaves for them-
selves. Other masters, wlio are less weUdisposed,
grant them only two days or oidy one day of
labour for t/teir own maintcnance. Hence the
slaves will steal and pilfer wliererer they can.
(2) Kodo (koto) (ku-ni-piga mtu kodo), a stroke
with the knuckles / (11.) ; ku lima kua kodo (cfr.
koto).
Kodoa, v. a.; ku — mato, to open (one's eyes) wide,
to stare at, to have or keep the eyes open like a
deadperson (ku gnariza).
KodolKa, r. f to stare at one, to ke*p afired look
upon one (especiaUy as insolent persons do) ;
kuani ku-ui-kodolea niato, wherefore do you
fix your eyes upon me t
KodOe, *., a kind of game in wliich Uttle stones
arc thrown upwards and caught with the hand.
If tlie playtr docs not catch the faUing stones,
his ptayfttiwp yuwa-m-tia kibc, i.e., takes up tlie
play \n his stead (cfr. madessi).
KoELfio, s. (ya ku kolca), forcrps (rid. kolco);
koclco kidude cba ku cpulia or shikia chuma, a
pair oftongs to hold ho'. iron with.
K6fI (or koffi), s. (la, pl. ma — ), the fiat of tlie
Iiand; ku-ni-piga kofi la sbikio, to gice one a box
on the ear trith the palm oftlie hand ; ku-m-piga
kofi la wivu, to strike tlie side with the opcn
hand (vid. ova, s.) ; ku piga inakoffi, to clap thc
hands, e.g., in natice. dances, keeping time with
tlic drum (ngoina); kofi, «., a stroke with the
opcn hand.
Kofia, s. (ya, pl. ma — ), cap, such as the Oricntals
wear: (1) kofia ya balifia (bcautiful and erpen-
sive) (probably brought from Aleppo in tiyria) ;
(2) kofia nickundu turuki (the Egyptian or
Turkish red cap) ; (3) kofia ncauppe ya shamu
(the whitc capfrom JSyria).
Kofila, 8. (r-id. kafila), a caravan.
K6pu (or k6vu), s. (ya, pl. za) (cfr. gofu), (1) the
scar of a wound or burn ; kofu ya ki6nda cba
motto, a scar of a brand (cfr. mkofu) ; kcfu la
mtama ; mtama umengia kofu, mustiness, to be-
come mouldy; (2) koTu (pl. ma — ), ruin, ruins,
e.g., la, pl. ya niumba (makofu ya kionda).
Kofua, v. a. («ka-m-kondeaha kabiaa), to tuut
ciate, enervate, wear out, waste his strengtk.
Kofuka, v. «., to become veru meagre (R. gofuka' : .
topine away.
Kofubha, v. c; maradi ina-m-kofaah*, the sickuw
has rcduced him very much.
K6fCli, s. (ya, pl. za), a padlock (opp. ufunguo w»
kasha, cZc.) ; vid. kufuli, s.
Kooa (or kuooa), s. (la, pl. ma — ), the dirt tchd
accumulates on a vessel not i n use; ngofi kn faaia
k6ga.
Kooo, 8. (Ia, pl. ma — ), the baek pari of the «fofi,
occiput (» niuma ya kitoa) (vid* kikosai aai
kishogo), the hind part of the head; kogo a
mato; mtamuegni mato makubatana (tnmbakoa
neno) ; k6go za mato, large eyes protruding.
Kooodo (rectiua kokoto), s. (pl m ma — ), a smsR
stone ¥ (R.).
Koiio, s., a large bird of prey; cfr. tai, firkomba,
pungu, kipanga.
Koh6a, v. n., to cough.
Kohoza, v. a.
Ji-kohoza, r. r., to cough on purpose to attrsd
the observation of him with whom ome
to speak.
Kouozi, 8. (ya, pl. ma — ), expectorations t
(vid. kikohosi). The native doctors
mandano (rid.) ground in a kibia, and
with uji ofmtnm&fiour, and drunk as a remwty
against trpectoration.
Koikoi, 8. (pl. ma — ), a sort ofevil spirit (St.); f#
bc distinguished from hoihoi, cry ofjoy.
Koja, *. (pl. makoja) (R.) ?
Kojoa, v. n., to make water, micturate ■» ku toa
mikojo or ku tabaiilu or tabauali.
Koj6zi, s. (la, pl. ma — ), urine; ndizi bizi ni
kojozi, these bananas cause lauch wrint. Thert
is a kind of small banana which has a grtnt
effect U}X)ii urination,
Koka = ku oka, v. a. (cfr.).
Koka, v. a. (Kigunia), to set onfire — ka tiamotia,
ku anza ku fufia, or toma motto tange (Kimrits'
(cfr. tangc).
Koka, v. a., to roast on the fire = ku 6ka cr uja â–
ku weka mottoni halisi, biku kangfeknasamH,^
put into thefire rcaUy, not tofry with gbee.
Kok£a, v. a. (Kigunia) ; ka kokea m6jo - kv tii
motto, to set onfire, to burn,
K6ke, s. ; k6ke ya motto, the largt fire mais 4
wood on clearing the ground for a new putsts-
tion; ku faniakoke yamojo (Kigunia); kakokc*
motto tange or ku tia or vuta (kienga cba kob)
motto tangeni, to bum the wood ofa newflsmts-
tion (tange) ; sbamba la tange (new plamtstiesi
is opposed to fiie or shamba la kale (<m sU
KO
( 167)
KO
plantation). When tJte natires commence a new
pUtntation, tJtey first cut down tJte trees and
shrubs, and only large trees are left standing,
after the barh has been jweled off. At tJie dry
season tliey assemble on an appointed day rery
early in the morning, each man carrying a red
cock and a loafofbread trith him. At first the
mualimu (Muhammedan teacher) reads prayers
and some portions of the Coran, after wJiicJi he
gives a sign for slaugJttering the coctcs. The
heads of these and a piece of brtad Jtamng been
thrown into the fire, the burning of the shrubs
<\nd trees begins. Heaps ofdry grass have been
previously accumulaied in differcntplaces, so thot,
when the wind rises, thefire burns furiously and
presents an awful spectaele, for you may then see
a tract ofcountry for many miles exposed to the
rage ofthefiery element. When thefire Jtas done
iU work all over the ttingc, t/te natires take some
eatinct firebrands, and fasten them to tlteir
bodies, which they bedaub witJt, coaldust and
ashes. Then they return singing and dancing
to their homes, where the women meet them
with jars of honey-water, to refresh them after
the heat to whicJi they were erposed. The
blaekened firebrands haring beai suspended to
ihe door qf the house, tlie wJiole ceremony ter-
minates, and soon aflerwards the ploughing of
the new plantation begins, after the native
fashion, with the littie hoe, not with tJte European
plough, which is yet unknown to these East
Jfrieans. However, in the colony of Frere
Toum (near the island of Mombas), the Euro-
pean phugh was introduced in 1878, to tJte
amazement ofthe natives.
K6ko, s. (ya, /rf. za and makoko), stones offruits ;
e.g., koko ya koraa, ya embe, d'c, but kissa (vUl.)
is the Jcernel wJtirh is in the stone.
Koko, *., bushes, thickets, brusJtwood; Jtcnce mboa
koko, a roving dog which stays in thc busJtes
and eats aU that it canfind.
Kok6a, v. a. (vid. pukuasa) ; ku kokoa = ku soa
taks; ku kokolowa; mtanga unakokolcwa na
maji.
Kokolka, v. obj. and instrum.; kidiide cha ku
kokolea, tongs (vid. koclco). Tltey use koeleo and
koleo.
Kokomka, v. a. ; ku kokomea jembe, to iredge a
hoe, to put a wedge into it.
Kokom6ka, v. n., to vomit or retch violently, to
bekhout.
Ku ji-kokomobha (or JiT.vpisHA), r. refl., to
eause one's-self to vomit, e.g., by tJte applica-
Hon ofafeather irritating the throat.
Kokokkka, v.n.,to cacUe, to be distinguisJted from
the peculiar sound which a hen makes when
about to lay her egg; after tlte eackle tJte hen
yawaA'eVea (cries in travaU, karibu na ku via).
Kok6kota, v. a,, to drag on the ground (« ko-
kota).
Kok6ta, v. «., to draw, drag, trail, e.g. t miba ku
vuta sana. Ku enda kua ku ji-kokota, (1) to
marcJi airay or offUJce one wJio has been given a
refusal; (2) to protraet, to lcngtJien a speecJt =»
ku endclcza ; (3) to stammer, to stutter, ku kokota
mancno (to speak sloioly) or ku gogota mancno
(to prolong icords) ; (4) ku kokrtta k6o, to rattle
tJte throat; ku kokota roho, to breatJte Jtard.
Kokoteza, v. c, to do anytJtiny slowly but care-
fidly.
Kokoteka, r. w., to tug f
Kokoto, s. (la. pl. ma — ), cockle-stones or small
pieces of stone put (by beating) into tJie clay or
lime of a wall to make it solid.
Kokua (pl. ma — ), nuts, stones offruits (8t.).
K6la, r. n. (Kin.) (vid. kora, Kisuah.), to satiatc.
K6le (or bhawi) (la, pl. ma — ) ; k61e la nazi, tJte
cluster ofcocoa-nuts (cfr. tana, la).
Kol£a, r. a., (1) to appreJiend somebody for dcbt,
to take forcibly tJie property of a man (on the
road, d'c.) on account of tJte debt of another
countryman or of a relation who owes the taker
some money, but Jtas not yet paid him. After
the real debtor Jtas paid, tJte property must be
restored to its original owner,from whom it iras
forcilily taken; e.g., Gabiri ame-m-kolca Mnika
perabczakwe zotto ndiani, Oabiri (a former
poicerful cJiief at Mombas) has taken on tJte
road from an MniJca all his ivory (wJi\clt the
Mnika wished to sell at Mombas). (2) Ku kolea,
to pnt the proper proportions o/'ghee, niizi, <Z'c.,
into tJte food so as to render it icett flavoured ;
ku koK'a samli, nazi, &c, katika chakiila, lipato
tamu (ku tia ndani) ; kolcwa, v.p. KertiUi ya
koleu, writing-paper (in old language).
K6lek6le, *., a kind ofJtay-fish which tJte natives
catrh at sea; ku la puju na kangoja ni ut6fu wa
kolekolc.
Koleo, *. (la, pH. ma — ), tongs ; vid. koelco.
K0LE8I, «., appreJtending somebody for debt (cfr.
kolca) ; kolcsi tupu zinangia nti, hapana mambo
ela ku kolca watu.
Kolfa, 8., fore-skin ; cfr. <^J&J » cortice nudavit,
resccuit praeputium, circumcidit ; £££ , prac-
putiom.
KoLOtiA, v. a., to stir.
Kolokolo (korokobo ?), a turJcey.
K6ma, *. (la, pl. ma — ), tltefruit of the mkoma
tree.
Koma, r. a., to cease, to end, to leave off (in the
languages of Jagga, Usambara, and Pare
koma means to die, to kill); utakoma-pi, how
far tciltthou gof wJtere wiU you endf koma,
KO
( 168)
KO
die i'jt tJte imperative; akomn-po, wherertr he
stojis; koma, UBije, conte nofarther.
Komama (or komagma), r. a., to get, to com-
preJtend ; si-m-komanii or komagni, Icannot
comprehcnd him (tJte actire form of koma)
(R.).
Kom£a, r. obj., to lock in, to sJtut up.
KoMELtfA.
Komesiia, v. c, to cav*e one to cease to do any-
thing *> to forbid, prevent one; ku komouha
maneno or makelele, to stop talking or mak-
ing a noise; nimc-m-komeBha mtu huyu kuja
kuangu, si-m-kiibali tcna, / have forbidden
tJtis man to come to me again ; Mungu a-ku-
komeahe or a-ku-epiishe na maovu, may (lod
prevent youfrom evil.
Koma, s. (wa, jil. zn), a man wJto dicd and irho is
believed to exist in tJtc grave , tchencc hc sontc-
times appears to a relative in a dream, in wJiich
the koma gives Jum orders icith regard to sacri-
jices and offcrings in order to avoid judilic
calamities. The Suahili are almost as sujicr-
stitious as the jntgans in this point. They
believe that the dead care for tJte lieing, w/iere-
fore the latter must honour the graves of the
dead every year.
Komaa (pr koma), r. n., tobe fuJl groicn; fig., to
make boys and girht rij>e by reproacJiful names
referring to tJie sexes.
Komafi, s., tJie fruit of 'tJte mkomiifl trec, a Jsind of
crccper (cfr. mkiia, *.).
Koma manoa, s. (ln, j>l. ma — ), pomegranatc :
Arab. ^jlo. > malum punicum.
Komaza. r. a., to mock, to makc game o/(St.\
Komasiii. m. = ngumu? (Arab. ,jS»Ui) dl.) [of
clotJf.
I
Komba. r. a., to hollow out, to cJtisel oat, to scrajie
out, c.g., o trttnk, tcith an instrument of irou, to 1
make a drum or mortar (ukombe wa chuma wn '.
ku kombea ngoma or winu) ; ku komba pishi, to I
hollow a pishi (a certain measure, rid.) ; to
clean, e.g., ku komba dafu, to clcan a cocoa-nut;
ku-ro-komba mtu, to draw airay all the moncy or
property of a pcrson by bcgging, and by sJiow-
ing apparent attachment to him, btit irJien Jtc
ha* spent all Jtis jtrojyerty and has bccoutc
de*titute, to leare him to Jtis fate. TJtere are
many Suahili tcfio trere once wcalthy iteojAe.
Intt tcJto lost all tJteir ricJtes by aspiring after
greatitcss, injiuence, and a large retinvc. "Watu
wame-m-komba lnaliynkwe pia iote, thc jkojiIc
got all his moncy =- wame m fukarisha (rid.) ;
ilafu la ku komba, a cocoa-nut in ichicJi tJte
knotty part is but just forming, whicJt is tJten
rcekoned a delicacy (St.).
Kombeka, r. ; maliyakwo pia imekombcka or
imepangusika, aU his property is exhausted,
to be cleaned out, to hare had att one's money
gotfrom onc.
Komba, s., a galago, s. (St.).
Komba, s. (w&, za); niama nrukai kana ldndi, a
kind of sauirrel icJtich is rery fond of the
bananas and o/tcmbo. Erh. takes this animal
for a smati monkey which is reryfond of palm-
icine (»imia antellus).
Komba miko (jd. ma— ), a ereeping insect, codt-
roach, a kind of beetle (in Kiniassa pemfu za
mma).
Komba movo, s. (la, pl. makomba mojo ya), the
main rafters or mainjtoks on ichich tke thatched
roof(pii) ofa natire cottage rests.
Kombati, *., a frametrork (of sticks t ) for a vaff
ofdayi or only thinjwlesi (R.).
Kombe, s. (ya, jtJ. za) ; (1) kombe ut poani, cockie
or mussci nlieUs ofwhich thenatice* maie agosd
kind of lime ; kombc la mukono, tke shoulder-
blade (St.) ; (2) (ja, pl. ma— ) a large oraldish.
jiJate (kombo la udongo, pl. ma — ), it is deep
and Jong; kikombc, sinall piate, cofee-cwp;
kikombo cha bilauli, a drinking-glae* ; kombe la
ku Ha wali (kombe hili), a tlish fur rice ; (4)
kombo (ya, jrf. zu), a sJu-U (kombo ut kunwa tim,
a icineglass, R.) ; (5) kombe, a raker, seraper
like a Httle Jtoe- (R.) ; kombe ya chuma ym knkmnt
ngoma, an instrument for hcttowing out tntt
for canoes, mortars, dc; (6)in Kinika, ukonkt
(jd. kombe), naiJ,daw (KisuaJttli, uknja,/£ knji)
nanga ya parua ina makombe manne, laken ptnra
ina makombc mawili, rid. canga.
Kombe\>, s. f a sling (St.).
Kombkk^ka, r. v.. Jte Jtas been strijrt of aU kit
jnroperty, Jte Jtas become a jpoor utan (vid.
komba).
Kombekkhiia. r. c ; ku — mtnzi kiia waK, to kt tk
sauce be absorlied in the wali, so that thtre is *o
more mtuzi in tlte plate.
Kombo, s. (ya, pl. ma— ), defect, crookedness,otr-
rity, an vncommon jyrojection of the bottom ; mti
hu una kombo, ///1* trce has a crookedness, ta-
kunioka, // is uot straight ; mti hu u kombo, thk
trce is crooked ; kitu hiki kik6mbo, thisthdnsit
curred or crooked (cfr. go&h or gosbi) ; haptaa
kombo => hapana nhaka, thcrc is no dispuU; w
kombo nayo, ///., / am crooked witk it, osnmt
nacJi it. Atu'e kombo na tua is one of the prt-
tendcd fjualitie* of MuJtammed (He wJto is m'/A-
out crookedness aiuJ blemish).
Kombo, s. (la, pl. ma — ), tJte remainder, residue o(
food after one has eaten one % sfiU, scrajM; kombo
la wali or makombo ya wali, the remainder of
boilcd rice left after eating.
Komboa. r. a. (- ku tia kombo), to makecrotM:
KO
(169)
e.g., mimi nimelekeza maneno, nawe umekujaku-
ya-komb6a (— ku ya haribu), I Itave settled this
affair, but you eame and made it crooked (=-you
thwarted or spoiled it again).
Komb6a, v. a., to redeem, to obtain a person or
thing back afier havingpaid a ransom (ku letta
ukombozi) ; mkomb6zi, the redeemer; ukombozi
or kombozi and makombozi, redetnption; ku
komboa mtu alieuzoa, to redeem, to bwj back a
vian who wa$ sold.
Komboza, r. c, to redeem.
Kombolea, v. obj.; ame-m-kombolea nduguyc.
Komboleza, r. c, to cau$e to redeem.
KoMBOL^WA, V.p.
Komboka, r. n., to become crooked, curvcd (-»
petemana); e.g., usso or mukono umekomb6ka
kua maradi, the face or hand got crooked by a
di$ease ; kitanda kina kombokn, the betlstead
irent asunder; mti umekomb6ka, the trce became
crooked; maneno haya yamekomboka sana,
Hebabu-hayana shahidi, na kuamba shtihidi yupo,
yangclekea harraka.
Kombo kombo, great crookedness, crooked; mti hu
u kombo kombo, this tree is very crooked, is full
of curves ; yuwaangalia kombo kombo = yuua
tongo, he $t[uint8.
Kombora, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a bomb, sltdl. The
Mombassians felt tiiepower ofthis missile when
the Sultan Said of Zanzibar bombarded the town
in 1836 (?).
Komboh, $., a ransom (vid. komboa).
K6mi>a (kumda), *. (la, pt. ma — ), a coffee-pot (dila
ya kahawa) (or komda ya kn pigia cahawa, coffec-
miUf).
Kome, $. (lapoani) (jrf.ma — ), (1) a kind of fine
mu$$el (pearl oy$ter f), the meat of which is
eaten, and it$ sheU sohl to lndian trmlers (Reb.
fcrites it gome) ; (2) kome (ya, pl. za), the small
fiag ofa caravan-leader.
Kom£a, r. a., to bar, lock up with a natice Jock
trhich, together with the key, isof icood(k\i komca
kua komeo) (cfr. kia, «. ; ku tia kia). Kia or via
(oid) ja muili, member$ ofthe body.
Komelea, r. ; nfnnguo wa ku komelca komco, the
keyfor locking the door.
KomISo, $. (Ia, pi. ma — ), rail, bolt of a door irith a
wooden lock, fastened to the outside of tlie door.
Komesha, v. c. (oid. koma), (1) to stop, to makc to
eease; e.g., Muhammadi ndie aliekomesha ntume,
Muhammed has closed the series of propliets;
(2) to send one away rougldy, tliough he was
ordered to eome (Er.).
Konio, $. (ko and mio) (ya), (glottis ?) the canel
hone andthat part ofthe throat through which
the waterpasses in drinking (said of men and
animals). Ni mio miwili, (1) umio ni ndia ya
chakiila, the asophagns ; (2) komio ni ndia ya
maji ; umio is sing., mio pl.
K6mo, s. ; komo la usso (or ukomo wa usso), fore-
head, front; fulani una komo — usso baya ulio-
tokcza, or komo avd kikomo katikausso baya, a
forehead whicii projects very much.
K6m6e, v. (ya, iri. za), tlw patch applied to the bot-
tom of a mortar.
K6moe, *. (la, pl. ma — ), fruit of tlie rok6moe t ree f
the seeds of a targe climbing plant abundantly
fnmished with curred thorns; the native$play
the game o/bao irith this fruit (cfr. bao) (St.) ;
ku tcza bno na komoc or korosho, dc.
Komu, s. ; ni komu dafu hili (II.) (?).
Konda, v. n., tobecome thin (opp. ku wanda, to get
fat) ; muili umekiia mucmbamba, the body has
got thin.
Kondavi, $., (1) large beads worn by women; (2)
(ya, pl. za) kernel offntits.
Konde, *., a fist ; ku piga moyo konde, to take
heart, to resolre firndy.
K6xde,*. (y&,pl. za), (l) a cieared spot of 'land for
planting rice, drc. (Sp.) ; (2) stones or kerneU of
fruit$; ukondc, $ing.; ndani ya ukonde i$ the
kissa (vid.).
K6xdek6xdk, s., the bce-eater (Mcrops Philip-
pensis) (K.).
Konde^iia (or ki: ji-koxdehiia), r. c. (vid. konda,
v. 71.), to cause to get thin ; c.g., kuakuji6nsa
nafsiyakwc or rohoyakwc, to be pining with
grief, for loss of friends, d'C. If one takes
jioverty, sirkness, loss offriends, and otlier mi$-
fortunes too rnuch to heart, nkishiriki haya, he
will becoine thin ; roho heina takato (neauppe),
ina sigitiko basn, ina kibiihudi or simasi baasi
(vid. kibiihudi). Usi-rri-kondeshe, usi-ni-nonse,
says a husband to his icife who has maneno ma-
baya (K.).
K6ndo, s. (ya, j>/. za), (piarreJ, strife, war, enmity
(mkondo, the encmy).
KondOo, s. (wa,j>/. za), a sheep; yuwafa kikondoo,
Jie dies like a sheep, silentty.
K6xdo ya muma (ya mfiazi), tlte afier-birth (mji).
Prov.: ku via mana si kazi, laken koudo yaniiima
ndio mambo yauviazi, i.c, togive birthis no great
business, but the difficulty consists in the after-
birth, whtther that wiU yo offsaftly. Kondo ya
niuma imesalia, lakcn mji na mana umet6ka.
K6xoA,r. »./ kiia mze, toget old andfeeble; lnze
huyu amekonga, hawezi ku fania kazi na ku pata
chakula (vid. mkonguc).
Kokgeaua, r. c. ; mtu huyu ni makamu-ni uelle
KO
( 170)
KO
ulio-m-kongcsha (R.), to mal'C old (wabaniani
wa hapa wakiia hatta wakakonga bapa).
Konge, 8. (Ia, pl. raa — ), tJie barh of a fibrous
plant (?), wkich is beaten trith clvbs vntil it gets
soft t when it i> buried in the mud of the sea
until it begins to rot ; then (watu waponoa) the
people strip it off and maJce of it ropes calied
niafu, which being twisted sereral timut produce
upote {pl. pote) strings. Niafu ya pote za kongc
(niiigue uiembamba yaliosokotca mua ngovi ya
konge).
Konoo, *./ (1) muezi kongo, thefirst quarter of 'tlie
moon — muandamo; (2) maratbi (Er.).
Kongo, *?. / mnazi kongo, an old high cocoa-nut tree ;
mnazi kongo, mrefu ua wa kale ; (2) an old forcst
which grows no longcr.
K6xgo, s. (pl. ukongo) ; kongo za mbuba, pain of
tJie joints and ervption produced by the mbiiba,
smaU~2>ox (Kin. franj, ndiii) ; afania kongo za
mbuba; uelle wa kongo; mbuba ndizo zi-ku-faniazo
kongo ; niuroba ya kongo (ya mfiringo kama
niumba ya Wakamba), a round Jioutc.
K6ng6, *. (va, pl. za), thc fork-lilc bough or arm
of the mkoma tree ; kOngo* ni panda ya or za
mkoma.
Kono6a, v. a. ; ku — mcno, topull ont teeth, to tahe
topieces, to draw oiit nails; mtu ame-ni-kongoa
meno kua fimbo.
Kongol£wa, r.; nioka amekongolewa meno, to
bepuded out.
Kongoja, r. n., io lottcr, towaJh with difiiculty.
Kongom£a (kongomewa), r. a.; ku — mifi ? (Ii.).
Kongowe\\ (or Kaxga\v£a), 8., an old namc of
Mombas; othcr namcs arc Monibasa, Faladi,
Mvita.
Kongue, adj., wora out with age.
K6ng#e, 8. (ya), the lead in singing ; ku toa kongiic,
to tahe the lead in singing; the raptain ofa boat
nakhoda or nakhuda yuwabuaga nimbo (sing.
uimbo), na wana maji wa-mu-itikia. He sings
first, tJien the sailors rcsjiond to him*
K6nia, v. a. (= ku kopa or kcnga), to orcr-reach,
defraud onc by tahing too murh for one's share,
wJtereas au ajual dir'mion of a artain jtrojurty
sJiouJd tahe place ; amc-ni-kouia niama [or
sawadi), he tooh more meatfor hiinseJfthan wa'*
due to him on a just distribution ; (2) to winh
with the eyes (Er.), to connire.
Konieza (or konikhiia), r. a. ; ku konirza kua or
na mato or na mukono, to mahc a sign icith
the eyes or Jiand, \nj raising the eyebrows, to
winh; ku-m-pigia ukope, ku pesa pesa mato or
• Sce a tpccimcn of morinc song-s on page 182.
ku funiba mato, to winh at one covertly (ku uiu-
ita kua iariiga).
Konieza, s. (la,/)/. roa — ), the passion-flower f
Koniezo, 8. (la mato, pl. roa — ), a winh.
Konioa, r. a. ( = goboa), to break off (Indian corn
in reaping it), topluek off, break offfruits from
trecs or the staJk of plants in passing through «
plantation; amekonioa ndizi ; arae-ni-koniolta
hindilangu (ku ondoa mtini), to break into suittJJ
piecse, to crumble.
Konioka, v. n., tofaU off or down of its w*
accord, to bc off, to JiavefaUen.
Koxiok£a, r. obj.; mahindi yanakoniokea, th>
Indian corn snapped off.
Koniol^.a, r. oly.
Konkoka (konkok^a) ; keku iuakonkokea niumo
or bumo; keko ana-i-konkolea mumo, he Itft tht
borer there.
Kono, s. (la, pl. ma — ) ; kono la mtango, ]a mtono.
tJie offshoot or sprig of the bugu (its hautJ
mukono), a inrojectiwj Jiandlc, like that of n
saucepan.
K6no, *. (ya, pl. za) ; kono ya pili, ya tatu, ttct»,
tlirce times (Kipemba) =» deffe; e.g., amepiga
bunduki defifc mbili, Jiefired the musket twioe.
Konoa, r. a., clear off; e.g. t ku konoa manindi, to
breaJz offtJie cobs ofJndian corn ( =» ku pukuaa ma-
bindi, toclear offcobsoflndiancorn)\ ku konoa
tembe za mabindi ; ku-m-konolea mahindi. Jteb.
takes konoa in tJie sense " to pound " (only of
Indian corn tcJtcn it is Jtard ?).
Konol£a, r. obj.
Konol£wa, r. pass.
Kono kono, 8., a snail.
Konsi (or konzi), s. (ya, pJ. za),fist, ajUtful; konzi
mbili za mtclle, two Jiandful ofrice (as mnch «*
one can taJcc or grasp in the hand and Hinch it,
ndio konzi) ; ku-piga or teka konzi, to scoop vj>
a JiandfuJ, to rap with the knuckJes, to rap o*c
on tJie hnuchlcn; ku-m-piga konzi, to strike with
tJie fint (Kimrima, ku-ra-piga ngumi) (rid. oyi,
*.).
K6n»>, s. (la, j>J. ma— ), (1) a longpole (konzola mti
mrefu HHlo tongoa nta, lililotiwa mottoni ku pata
ugumu, ku iia nioka), a long pole which has been
jiointed and hardened in fire to hill serpeut*
tcith (rid. pindi) (ukonzo, pA. konzo, za); [t :
konzo (pl. makon7o), wooden nails applied i#
pits (marima) (R.).
K60, rid. ko (za), (1) tJtroat; (2) a breedi^
animal, e.g., koo la mbiizi ; koo la kuku, a layituf
Jicn.
Ko6ndk (2>1. ma— ), a cultivated land, a pieceof
plantatioii allottcd to a slavefor his own nse (rid.
kodo).
Kopa, s. (la, pl. raa — ) (vid. mnk6pa), a piece of
dried muhogo, wJtich has been stesped and cooltti.
( 171 )
KO
Kopa, r. a. (ka kopa « ku vata, M language), (1)
to take goods on credit, to bc returned at acertaitt
period, to borrow ; e.g., nimcknpa mali kua Ba-
niani kua m da wa miozi miwili, / have takcn
goodsfrom theBanian oncredit for two rnonths.
1 iniend to huy a jn'ece of cloth icorth 1 4 dollar,
but I cannot pay tlie money immediately ; thtts
the Baniani says, " / will give you the doth for
2 doUars, but I do not want tlie money now, I
give you ra'da (an appointed *pace of titne) of
four tnonths." By this mcans he gains J doUar.
The man who takes on credit must altcays pay
tnore than the actual valuc is at present, but t/ten
he has not to pay immediately. Siku-nuntia nguo
hi, laken nime-i-kopa kua rcali mbili. Tlte mer-
chant gains on account of the m'da. (2) To cheat,
deceive, e.g., if the man who took money or gootls
on credit escapes to another country, which is
freguently the case (mkopi).
Kopba, v. ; e.g., nime-ku-kopca mali kuaBaniani,
/ have taken goodsfor youfrom the Baniav,
you would not have got tlie goods from him,
but I got tltemfor you.
KopfoHA, r. c, to lcnd, to supply a trader with
goods on credit; Baniani ame-ni-kopcsba m'da
miezi miwili, the Baniani gave me goods on
creditfor two montlts ; u-ni-kopcshc reali mbili,
wiU you lend me 2 dollars ?
KopfiwA, v.p.
K6poa, v. n^ to be cheated.
K6pe, s. (\&,pl.ma — ) (kope la ta), (l)tltewiclcofa
candte, the snuffoftlte wick which must be cleared
away with the snuffers; (2) kope za mato, cye-
lashes (uk6pe, pt.)\ kope za mato, the loicer
eye lashes; the upper lasltes are called ushi, pl.
niushi za mato. Kikope (Iteb.writes kigobe), the
eydid.
Kopesa, v. n., to wink ?
K6po, $. (1a, pl. ma — ), (1) a cup, a large metal
vessel; kopo la maji ; (2) ku piga kopo (la,jp/. ma-
k6po), to beat on the crossed arms (in dancing),
Kop6a (or tubua), r. a., to strip off, to flay ; ku
top6a magofi yamagii ya kuku, to strip the skin off
thefeet ofa hen (ku-m-kop6& gofi la gu kua ku-m-
kaniaga), to dragout ofone's hand (chopoa).
Kop6ka, v. n., to be flayed, to slip out of the
hand.
K6pfc, 8. (la, pl. raa— ) ; (1) kopiio Ia mdorao, a
can, a tankard which has a snout ; kopue la ku
no6a maji; (2) kopuo la raaji or mlisamu wa
maji, the gutter of the roof of a Itouse to carry off
the rain-water. It is to be distitiguished from
mtilisi (pt. mitilisi) wa maji, irhich is only a kuti
(cocoarbranch) tied to a tree (ku kinga maji), to
convey the rain-water into ajarplaced near the
. trunk ofa tree (ratilisi mkingamaji, maji yangie
mtungini).
Koba, r. a. (cfr. J> , laetus cvasit), to sate, flU,
satiate onc, to seem sweet to, to be lovetl by ; c.g.,
chakula hiki kime-ni-kora, nikasasa, tJiis food Jias
sated me, I left some ofit; kua tollo ndani ; (2)
to attach one to onc's-scJf; mtumke yunakoroa
ni mumc mungine, the woman is attadted to
anotJter man ; mumo mungine una-m-kora
ratumkc = amc-m-tia taarau ; (3) ku kora nuinza
or biiugii manza, to commit a hideous crime, e.g.,
to commit fornication with a king'sdaughter,for
which crime tJte offender has to atone icith Jiis life
(vid. manza) ; ku-m-kora mtu neno = ku-m-tia
kasirani moyonimuakwe.
KoRADAM (or KOKODAM Or KORDANl), *. (ya, pl.
za), a shcave of a puUey, tJte little trheel or
block througJi which tlte ropes of the mast of a
ship run.
Koham (or Koroani or Kuruani), *., the Konui,
thc Bible ofthe MuJtammedans; cfr. Arab. ^ jj "
Koubam, *. ; gjlfJ , id quod offertur dco, eacriticium.
. Koiieoa, v. v., to cackle (Er.).
Koui = tenguri or dcnguri (R.).
Koiua, 8. (ya, pl. za), a score, a bale, d commercial
ejrprcftsion, probahly of Indian origin. Korja
ya nguo ni 20 doti (vid.), i.e., one korja of cloth
conttuts of 20 doti ; korja ya boriti or miti, a
korja of poles »=»20 pctes; a korja of beads is
20 hundred or 2,000 little strings.
K6r6, adv. =» pia, all togetlier, throughout ; e.g.,
wamc-ni-gniagnagnia maliyangu koro, they Itave
stript me ofmy property altogether, ofmy irhole
property ; (2) koro or majonsi ? aeiekua na koro
= mkundifu?
Korou^sa, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a male ofa gnorabc ;
la kondo, la mbuzi, la ferasi gnombo korobesa.
Korodam, s., nautical term (vid. koradani), a
blwL', pulley.
Kobofi, 8., a bird of iU omen, a messcnger ofbnd
htck (St).
Kouokika (or korofeka), v. n., to bc poor, Jtc i*
destitute ; hana kitu tena.
Kobofisiia, v. a. f to cause one to arrive at etnpti-
nes8; = ku-m-rusha mali pia =* ku-m-t<'»a («â–
ku-m-tusha) mali koro kua uerefu, to make poor,
to distrain, to strip one of his property t to ruin
a man; vid. komba.
Kor6(;a, r. a. (=• ku — maji, ku fania maji tope
topc, or ku piga mfumbi), to make the water
muddy (by stirring it with the feet), to stir vp ;
cfr. furunga.
K6boma, t\ «., (1) to groan, to growl, to saarl, to
rattle in tlte tJiroat, to cry like an animal beiny
KO
( 172 )
slauglttered ; gnombe akoroma akitindoa, yuwa-
lia kua ku vuiua ; (2) to snore (Er.) ? cfr. kungu-
ramo, to rage.
Kokoma, s. (la, pJ. ma — ), tlte fourth aitd Jast
stage of growth of a nazi ; vid. kidaka. It has
ceased tobe a dafu, and is not yet a nazi.
Koromana? (R.).
Korokgo, #., (1) a crane; (2) korongo (j>/. ma — ),
a hole dibhUdfor seed (St.).
Koboka ; ana korora tembo (R.^ ?
K6r6ko, *. (la, pl. ma — ) (Kin. kololo), (1) tlie
rattling in the throat of a dying man ; (2) —
niakohozi ku vuta, to rattle in the throat; it
must be distinguislted from ku vuta misono, to
snore a little, and ku vuta miono, to snore aloud
80 aa tobe heard afar ; (3) a crested guinea-fowJ.
Korosho, s. (ya, pl. za) (la, pJ. ma — ), cash-ew-nut,
tlte fruit of the mkanju tree. Jts taste t* like
that of a chestnut. (1) Diinge, (2) kanju, (3)
k6rosho, are tlte names of the various stages of
tJte growth of 'tltis fruit.
K6r6ta, r. (vid. forota), to snorc.
Koroweza, v. n., to dun ; ku-mu-isa mno ; mtambo
unakoroweza, tlte trap has caugltt; niama ana-
korowezoa ; watu wakifungoa wanakorowezoa.
Korti, *. (ya, pl. za) ; nguo ya korti, korti ya
dondo, a kinil ofchintz or caJico t
Koru, 8., tJte waterbuck (St.).
Komia, v. m., v'ul. kossa, v. n.
Kosni, *. (la) (ya, pJ. za), a Icatltcr-shoe ; kiatu
clia koshi (pl. viatu via koshi), a shoe wltoJIi/ of
Jeatfter (Jike that wJticJt tJte Europcans wcar, not
of wood) ; lotta koshilangu, hring my sltoe
(being of a Jarger size tJtan koshiyangu, la and
ya mvst be icell attettded to) ; koshi za Kizungu,
European sftoes t
KoHi, 8., a watchman, a Jook-out-mait — mlinzi;
tumeweka kosi = mtu akiieai mti ku angalia
sidui.
Koki. *. (wa. pJ. makosi), a largc vuiturc, haick;
kosi aguyai majimbi.
Kosi riNOU (wa, pJ. makosi pingu) U tJte vidture
wJticIt carries offsJteep, chiJdrcn, cfr. It is ccry
largc. It resembJes (in Itcigltt) the furiikombe
or fukombe, a Jarge Icind of stork, tlte adui wa
samaki.
Kosh (or kossi), 8. (la, pl. ma — ), the vertebra: of
tlie neck; ku vuuda kossi or kikossi, to break the
nccJc ; anakwisha funda kossi, he Jtas reaJIy
Jrroken his neck, he must die; yampasha ku-ji-
inika, hawczi ku inuka, he must bend himself, he
ruanot stand erect ; kossi la shcngo, thickhind-
part oftlte neck, wltcn small kikossi ; ku shusba
kossi = ku wanda, ku fania niuma kuba.
Kossa (or kosiia), 1?. n., to err t fail, miss t notreach
mistake, commit a fault, to offend any one, to
tcrong, do wrong ; amekossa ndia, Ite missed the
voay ; amepiga bunduki, laken amekoasa niama,
he fired his gun, but m'isscd tlte animal; ameta-
futa, Iakcn amekoasa katika nti z6te, he searched
in aU lands, but failcd to find ; ana-ni-kossa sana
leo kua vi!o vibaya alivio-ni-fania, he has offendtd
me very much to-day by tho$e bad things whieh
Ite has committed against ine .
K08SA kossa, r. intens.
Kosbana (or koshaxa), c. rec, to miss eaek
other, to faU out, to Iw at variance with
anotlter.
Kosseka (or kosh£ka), r. p., the fault is
mitted ; neno limckossoka, nifanie-je ? thefault
is done, what shaJI I doY toprove a faUure.
Kosskkana, v. u., to be absent, tobe missing, not
to be there ; amefiolea watu kua makosaekano
ya imaniyao or imani kaimo moyonimuio, he
reprovcd thc men on account of tke absence
of their faith, because there tcas no faith in
their Jtcart* «■he rejiroced them for their
faitldessnets or unbelief Allahu daima,
Mungu wa milcle, hakossckani wala hafi.
Kose^ha (or kobiiIvZa), r. c, to cause one to faU
or to do anything wrong, to lead astray, to
cause one to m't88 or not to obtain what ht
wanted.
Kossa (or kosiia), s. (la, pl. ma — ), error, faUing,
fault ; makosha ni juvako, the fault is upon
thce ; lile kossa alilo kossa ni lipi?
Kosudia, t7. a., rid. kusudia, to inteml, topurpote.
Kota, 8. (la, pJ. nia — \ crookcdness, a crook; goti
linafania kota or kombo, the knse is crooked;
yuua kota la matege, hc has Jarge crooked legi
(tvge, pJ. matcge, cid.) ; mtu alie-ji-tia kota -
kijongo cha muili.
Kota, 8. (pl. ma — ), (1) the stalks of a kind of
miJlet which are chewed like sngar-cane (St.); (2)
kungia kota (crooked). alic-ji-tia kota or ki-
jongo, ku tia mti kota??
Kota, v. a. (== ku sunga nuellc)? kotea? (gota?)
Reb.
Kota, 8., a crook (St.;.
Kotama, 8. (ya) (kissu cha kotama), a long km'fe
with a curved point or without any point, used
in getting paJm-winc (shembca in Kigunia).
Kikotama is a knife uscd on theislandof Bemba.
On one side tltere i# a mbuzi wa ku konia nozi,
and on tlte other an edgc. With the mbuzi the
natives grind thc nazi secretly, when they are
forbidden to do it opcnJy. Btv. xir. 14, kisiu
cha kotama jegni makali.
KO
KotcHe, «. (pt. iiii--), IheJ'ntU oj' ,i hiiul ofpalm;
rid. koche.
Koti kote (or kottk kottk), nrff,, oii ectrij lide,
from all dirtttioiu ; huko nn huto, nolhing bitt,
mtre; ku fumi thnmbi or mnov kote kote, â–
do uothing but eoil; kinu kiniv. â– , koto kote,
l/i« knife chIi on bolh i'idet.
K.oto (kio), .. (I») {»«1. kigingin) O'.to I ku fulin
pSp»), a farjfai Aoo-t iMerf for catching tlntrln,
d-e. T*e klito u atlacked lo an iron ehain,
tehich hai at the eiul an iroit ri'»»/ (kikiiku cha
cbuma kana pute), (o icAu-A i'» r/i / il„ i.iy.j, fnh-
'tng Unc (mnhipi mni-nc).
K6 vfj, (. ( }J. mnku vo), irar.
K6wr (ioe, koi), «., « euintf rerf c-ul, e «(«n &u (fte
JFnnii-a. 2*A« /oryer » «uW ka (Cialuinug
Kd, partide alieayt prrtLretl to thc infinititie, liie
tht Engiith " to," bul kn it frapienllg omitted,
eipcciaily afttr kn daka; ku ponda, r» Zoise,*
rfr. Br. iSteere'» remarit* ou "ku," jjaoe 307.
Ht,inJUipartide; anio-kupcnda, fie hatloetd tlite.
Ku it alio uiedfor eonjugating imperional rerln;
e.g., kulikuft kuaja, etr.; huko niuiiin ta-ku-patn-
je? rtere behiiul, hoie gel T theref ka pro
bako.
Kfl(w kOo or kcba), «y, jfdMr, 'nrae,- nti ku
or kubn, * jfreai eotiatry; kitit kiku, a ijrea(
mntter; mtu mkii, atjrtut utan; i/rcat
wakub*.
Ku aupe (or ku eupk) ; mi>yoniuiiiangu wula ei
knaupo(R.)(?).
"Kua, r. n. (prokuu, (Wcc kiia), fl) (o fce, loezitt;
(2) ku kua, (O grow (tai'd of mc n and antmalt),
to become large; nadnka kiia mcinn, / mith ta be
arto becamtgood; awe.mai/neof {„ptatice);pati.
kn awu; mvi'ia inakuu yaj'a, tht ruia u comtng;
kiia Da, lo haac, lo jioiitii ; aim-kun na felha,
hc had moHey ; (3) ncno liili lina-m-kulia
kaha or «ito ku-li-fnnia, ihii Ihing icat too
great for himtodoit (lina-m+h tni.i , kitu ki-
wicho chote, trhatercr il may be ; (4) kulia, tn
grow vp; muaua huyu anakulin liupa Uvita-
KCUA, e. obj. (efr. nikua, Jlnun-u mkua welu).
Kuaa, r. e., (1) (o eaiiM to er'ut; '2) (o magnify.
KuLiiTA, v. (ka fanin kuzi).
â– KOa, Jjrqi., bif, Garongh, icith, from, on acconnt;
kua aubabu, kua huja or i'igili, \„i rcatan of, on
aeeount of'; nimepata hua wali, / ijiit it from the
ffortrnor (vitl. Gram.); Shimhoa anakiia kua
mamas au kua fulani, Shimhm ira» al hoine
at hit mother't or ai stich and tuch one'i;
kiia kiia rafikiye, Lule xi. ; kua nuiaui ka Bema,
â– ewe Muuogu ua-kn-gbnkura kua mimi ku lf>a
kiia kaina watu wangine, I.itle iviii. 11; kus
) KTJ
watu kuu wangi, /juie lii. 3 ; ku» h«li y> kua
karibn na, Lal'e lii. 11; na ua w»tu ku
thanni kuambn ufalmc wa Muujiu haunabudi
utabarini Bumt liisi; Bami ni muonawo kun-je,
//ute IX. 44 ; muonnpo mambo hay» jana
knapo, Lu&t ni. 31; kuiini â– kua nini, trhyt
kuani or kua uini wewe kn fonin iiivi, ir(j hacr.
yoa done «ot kua-jo umenunua, in'th irhat hare
ijou bovght thlit
Ki'A ( pl. mikiSa), tlir tproutt or ihoott ichich grom
ont oflhc roolt ofllic mlilnnn (rrf [vitl. mipin).
Dl (or konocU), P. ». (rid. kuin), to itumblc.
Kca hifio nilifin nikia gifayakwe, on aeeoiiHt of tht
•part ichich 1 heard nbont (JM (B.).
KOAA(orKUKo0.iA),i.'.n.,(o«(ri"fa:(ne/oo(,(i>nenj.iy(;;
(.;/., ku kiiaa nr kungiiaa na gngo, (o itumbie al
Ihc trunL- of n Iree ichitji it i'u tht teay; (2) (u
ttitiiiblt, i'u tpealing; e.g., if a man layt gamaka
pro Biimaki, ft»h, hc correctt hiimelf by latfing
ml/ma â–¡imekiinn? irhatt I htive ilitinbttd,
ipoheit hadly; makuiio tir mnkuDgnao ya mo-
neno, ttumblimj ofrpeccli.
KdIm (or kcah-iia), e. e., (1) lo caiue tottumblr:
(!) dau limeknt'iia mawCni, the boat ilipped
ocer rocl-t irith a lind of roaring noite ; (3)
i'ii eating to hite Hlllc iloitet, (o crunci if otte.
(in eatiiig)ftniU a littie ttone, tte.
Kuaiana, >'. rer. ; madau yukuazana.
KcApUKiA, r. a., to tiiub one to thnt he tremhl'i
ttnd beconie» etry ttibmittice.
KridNA, n h'rti irktch â– i 'ickiiuj voiite.
KtUOKIcA, r. «.,- ku kuogniuliwa, rid. kifumbn.
Kl'AjA, r.; knunkiia kuaja = kunakiia kueupe, uli-
tnengu (sky) unakiia mfioupo or msiipe, il
Kca.ia (inid kl*aki:ja); muili wa-ni.kuaja (R.).
KvJJA kikUDili c.lm iintu, thcre cmct acoiujniiiy
,/,«.(n.).
KirL'E, tcith trhal f ut iclial pricc or ainosnt !
onuniia kuujo ?
KfAl
talch.
KuAKUA, «. (lo, pl. mn— ), (1) ihe. frult of the
mkunkiia tree; \'l) kuakua, *, a., lo inalch
Koakl'ka, r. a., lo tear trith daui, laeerate, lo
ciatc; eimbu nnn-m-kunkura mtn = ame-oi*piga
kaja, nka-mn-ata dipo-m-pnpiirn, (ne (iou ttruck
hit clttir» into a ninn, and having toi-n him lo
pieeet, icft him ,- ukila hnpo nde utakunki'iTO* ni
kingC*wa, if i/oii cat here onttidc you irill be.
claicedbijthe rulture.
Kuakwk, through him or her (cid. kua*; kunko,
tkrovgh or ttilh thee, at tltyjilacc.
KTJ
( 174)
ZU
Kualk, *., a partridgei (St.).
Kiai.iki' ja ; kualikuju jana (not kulikuja) inerkabu
ya dokhuni, yestcrday there canu a steauusr.
Kuama, ?•. a.; ku-m-kuama ( Kipcmha), dtfilc f
Ki'ama, r. n., to he jammed, to tie scizcd orpiiwlutl
in thc hand by the fork-Iike branrh oj' a trec *o
that onc cannot free him*elf; (i) kn sakiitnu
mukmio ; (2) ku kuama ; (3) ku aDgitma (ju ya
matiiu ja mti); mukonowangu unakuama (una-
slukoa"! panda yu inti, my luind is saueezed in or
pinclud in by a p.mda yu mti.
Kuamisiia, v. c, to jam, to causc to stjueeze thr
hand r.g. t as a picre of irttott may do in ticiiig
cut or H^Ait by one) ; mti hu urac-ni-kamitsha
mukono.
KCamba. conj. {Ut., na-ku-ambn, / nay thee^, to
say, to suppose, hence tJie ronj., aUhottyh, not-
irithstanding, as if; na knamba yuwadaka,
mimi sita-m-pa, and althovgh Itc denires it, T
n/iall not give it him. Somctimes the vatircs say
jamba or najamba/w kuamba and na knamba.
Kuamo : kisicho kuamo, tJiat trhich is vot tJtcrcin
(e.g., in a ressel).
KuAngt, irith me, through im, u ' my Jtouse.
Kuanuua, r. a. ; ku kuangua maji intungini or
kiHimani. to draw offihelast oftJte icater from
a jor trr treU. It is done carefully, so tJtat the
tnnd i* not taken vp. Ku kuangiia juugu = ku
ondosha ukoko wa jungu ulioshiku, to scraj>e vp
(rid. ukoko).
Kuanoula, r. a., to draw oui, to putl (R.) ?
Ku ani ? adr. intcrrog. conj. ; kuaiii pro kua nini ? by
irliat 'i \cJty 'i kiiani or kua nini wcwc ku fania
hiwi, tcJty dont tttou ort in this mamur t trJicre-
foref for Jie. himsclfsaw it } kuiini ycc mucgnicwc
ame-ki-ona.
Kuaniua, r. a. (=goboa), to hrrak ojf\ to nh't,
clectve ; e.g., nimckuaniiia ndizi hizi mbili (rfr.
gniukt'ta) (vianda viwili via ndizi), I har*i hroken
off(from thetrtc) thesc ttro bananas; ku kua-
niiia or habiia or tabiia raaktiti (kunibi) to strip
offthe dry leavcs from the rocoa-vut trres. Kua-
niulia, r. obj.; makuti kuaniulia, / broke off for
him, <i'r.
Kuanua, r. c, to spld dotcn, to ttar doicn (rfr.
kuaniua).
KuANii'KA, r. n., to be split doicn likr tJu- bouglts
and branclus of a trec trhic/t somc onc has
been trying to cdiitb by (St.).
Kuanuka, r. n.; kijiko kiiikuauiika, probably kili-
kuaniuka? the tcaspoon icas broken (R.\
Kuamuka, v. n.; panda ya mti inakuuniiika
kua mtu msito alickaniaga, thc stcp (ladder)
oftJtc trce brokc on account oftJte lieary man
icho ascended.
Kianza, r. a. 'tfr. anzu), to begin, heginning, at
firnt, formcrty ^kwan/a ; ya kwanza, first, the
| first ; ugoja kwauza, trait a tittle.
| Ku anziliha. r. r , to brgiu.
i Kl ao, h. (pl. mukuao), a MtHmbling-htork.
j Kr.\o, tcith tJiem, at thtir jdace (rid. kua\
Ki'.vi'A. s. (lu. pJ. ma — or ya, pl. za ?) i % /rf. xna-
kuapa\ the arm-pit, asiUa; kuapani, under tMc
arm-pit.
Kuaka, *., a kind of rtdtttrc (R.) ?
KuarCz.\, v. a., io ncrajic aiong % to ttlide over stonts
at Hea with a yrating noise; jombo kimeknarutt
muamba; mtcllc hu wakaaruza watu, waiimiza
komio (vid, wakuuza watu mcno, it spoils the
peoplc's teeth), this rice grates in jmsming dov%
tlut jtfojrfe' 'h throats, and hurts them, btcause it U
dry and without mtuzi; ku kuan'izn, to be coarte
in gcncral, opp. to lainika, to he tJiin, sofi to tke
totrrh.
KCahi, *., name of an animal tike nguwe, it kn
smatt tiorns; Kin. bashc or buashe.
Ki'ahhi, r. a. ; ku-m-kuasbi, to male Jt'tm riek ; vid.
nikuasi.
Kuata, h. (\a. /»/. ma — ), to xtril-e tcith tke koef t
hicking \of mun or animai) ^» tcge, la) ; punda
amc-ni-piga kuuta or tckc, thr ass kicbed at «w,
or makuata (mati'gc\ if Jtc kicks often.
Kuato, h. (siug. ukuuto, pl. kuato, za), the doven
Jioofs of many animats, like cotcs, d'c; ga la
gnombc lina kuato nibili, tltcfoot ofa cotrkattwo
totH (bceavHc vtort -n), Jootntcps of hoofcd anifnais
v Kr.\
KiATiA, r. a.. to rttJ>, e.g.. knires, sicords, <£*c n in
1 cieanitig thtm K \\.) \rfr. kuangi'ia).
Kuaupk (or riel'im:), tit., it is tchitc — there is
vothiiig to br Jtad in tJie marJcet; mviia hakmu
tena, kuaupc or kucupc, tJure is »o more rmn, it
is atl gonv : cssubukhi kuaupc, carty in the iwm*
ing, at ttrvigh/.
Kuaza, r. c, to makc tn Htumble; kuazn meno, to
jar the trcth iikt' grit in food; vid. kuaa, v. n.
'KruA, adj., grrat, large (rj'r. ku or kuu); aUoan
! elder. a chicf.
j Kvbali, r. a., tu arrcjit . kn pokca meansto receivt),to
asHcnt to, to appron: ucknoirledgc ( = ridia or shika,
cg., maneno) ; rfr. Aji , ncccptavit, admi&it rem.
KritALJA, r. obj.: kti-iu-kubalia raaneno, tocom-
pty tcith his irords ; hata-m-kubalia kn enda»
Itc in'tl uot consi nt to his going.
Krn.n.iwA, r. p.
KritALiANA, r. r. (= ku ridiuna), to receive cme
from anothcr.
Ki'itALisiiA, r. c, to canse onc to aecept; ame-m-
kubalibha mancno kua nguvu.
Kudalika, r. a. } to bc acccptabte, to be aceepted.
KTJ
( 175)
KU
Kubba, s. (lo, pl. ma— ) (— knto la kdburi, pl.
ma — ), the vaultMke building constructed over
thegrave of Muhammedan saiitt* or sheikJis; cfr.
£jj , concameratum opus, ct talo sacellum, taber-
naculum. Kubba la toka katika kaburi ku-m-
jengca babayakwe au mamayakwe, ndio beshima
bora, kaburi isipotcc. Mana akijonga kubba, yuwa-
fania hitima, yuwatinda gnombc, apika wali mingii
In like manner tJie wimbi la mkoba is not very
dangerous, becanse it lifts up the boat.
KuklJSo, vid. koelco or koleo, forceps, pincers.
Kuelli, 8. (ya), truth, veracity (ai urongo).
Kuema, tJte adj. for tJtc inf. kn ; ku-m-zira hako si
kuema (R.) ; kucma or kwt'ma, gtx>d, wctt, it is
weU there; kufa kuako kwoma kutampcndeza,
tJii/ good death wiUplease Jiim,
domo.
na wanavi6ni wasoma koroani, na muashi yuwa- „ . . .
akkakubb«,«ki8hakuakka,watuwakiilachakula \ K ™"™' *- ° «" rfer - 6 »" i M: "* « lon Ml ' md
wakftnda viao. From tJiis tve sec tJiat the act of
building a vaulted grave is attended with many
soJemnities. To cover the grave witJt a building
KuISmbe, s. (wa), a black bird with a large red
beak (cfr. hondo hondo) ; cfr. toucan (pepper-
eater).
is considered an act of great piety, since tJie .„ . . .. . . ,
MuhammedansbelievethattJteVomtiordeparted KlKXDA > mterrog. = hali, perhaps ; e.g., kuenda
pcrson is in or about the grave.
Kubua, v. n. ; maji yamekubua = moji yamekua
kutukutu, ebbing (R.).
Kucha (or kuja) (za) (pl. of ukncha), tJie nail of
man's finger, the claw of onimals (kucha za
aimba, kucha za watu\
Kuciia (or kumekuciia), tJie dawn; usiku kucha.
all nigJit, lit., nigJit till daicning, morning, or
sunrising.
Kuciia, r. m., to be afraid (ku cha), tofe.ar; yuwa-
cha, he is afraid; pass., yuwachcwa, he is
feared.
Kudamiza (or kadamisha) ( = peleka mbelle), to
send before.
Kudi (or oudi ?), *., a tin of gunpoioder (R.) ?
Kudu, s., ?pox, syphilis (Sp.).
Kuea, v. n. t to go up, to ascend, to climb; e.g., ku
kuca mnazini, to climb a cocoa-nut trcc.
Kueana, r. rec.
Ku-ji-kueza, to pride, boast.
Kueza, v. a., to cause to ascend = to raise, eralt,
ku kueza nguo kid6go, to draw up tJte cloth
much or too much.
Kuezana, v. rec. (obscene).
Kuklea, r. n.; e.g., kidudo cha ku kuolea, a
ladder.
Kueleka, v. n., tJtat wJticJi can be ascended, as-
cendable.
KtJELEZA, V. C.
KUEZOA, V.p.
Kuegkiua (R.), to dicel, to tear off.
KCbkue (and pu£k^e), s. (ya, pl. za), icced in a
plantation.
Kuelsa, *. (ya, pl. za) ; kuelca ya wimbi or ma-
wimbi, the rising and faUing of a wave or
tvaves. This is not so dangerous as tJte wimbi
U ku umka, the breakers or surfs which come up
nrith a white foam, and fiU tJie boat icith water.
wanakuiia ku anguka, Jiom. xi. 11 (lit., it migJtt
be or go orfare), Luke xiii. 9 ; kuenda akaja leo,
perJtaps Jte comes to-day.
Kuendeleza, cfr. tatousha, v. a.
Kuenkuele (R.) ; kissu changu chalia kuenkuele,
kipapo bapo.
Kri?N8i, *. (wa), a green bird witJt a curved beak,
tJie parrot (Pfcittocus).
Kuesu (vid. kua), with you, at your place.
Kue>a, v. n.; ku kut'pa, to start out oftJic way.
Kuesha — ku kaza or kasa, e.g. % an old door (R.)
Kuete, *. (pl. ma — ), goose t
Kuetu (vid. kua), with us, at our place, by tis,
at us ; mimi natoka mjini kuetu, nika potea
katika barra.
Kutiu, clear (St.) (kwcu).
Kueupe, adj., wJtite; kuna kueupe, grey daum.
Kueza, v. c. (cid. kuca, v. n.), tocause to ascend, to
make go up, to raise, exalt; ku-m-kueza jina-
l&kwe.
Ku fa {vid. fa, ?;. «., to die) ; kn fa maji, to be
drowned; ku fa ni yetu sabili, deat/t is ourway.
Kufit, s. (la) = gaga or koga la maji, the green and
dirty colour wJiicJt the water assumes by stagnat-
ing and by the decay of various plants ; maji
yafania or yanangia kfifti or gaga or k6ga (yame-
kua janni kiwiti). WJien the green coat Jtas
been skimmedoffthe water canbeusedfor drink-
ing. On tJte road to Teita the water is generaUy
of tJus descnption. Prov. : manamaji wa kuali,
kufu mafi ni soelo.
Kufuli,«. (yo),apadlock; jAi , obseravit portam
ei pessulum obdidit ; jAi , sera, pessulus.
Kufuli, e.g., in a dobuani, stripe lengtJtwise; cfr.
lnualamu (R.).
Kuf^eu, v. a., to apostatizefrom Ood, to become an
infidel, or to bacJulide from tJte MuJiammedan
KU
( 176)
KU
religion; ka dta dini, ka halifu amri, ku fania
mamboya-m-tukizayoMungu; yuwasema kiifuru,
Luke v. 21 ; ku-ni-taja Mu^gnizimgu kua uovu.
Kufuribha, v. c, to consider one an infideJ (cid.
makiifuru) ; cfr. J& , tcxitreui, abscondidit,ab-
negavit impius fuit, incrcdulus fuit ; J6 f
s -
incredulitas ; ^*» , accepta bencficia non
agnoscens, infidelis, Mubammedicae religionis
dogmata negans.
KuonIa, v. n. (md. gnia), (1) to rain; (2) to cva-
cttate the boweJs.
Kugnuto, «.; kugniito 1a ku tujia nazi, a kind of
smatt sieve usedfor straining tJie nazi water. It
is made at Zanzibar.
Kuouni, 8., the hartebeest (bosclapbus) (St.).
Kuhani, s. (pl. makubani) = mkopi, a strindJer,
defrauder, deceiver; yulo mkopi kuhani mku,
hakadiriki (R.).
Kuia, r. ; ku kuia ? (R.).
Kuibana, robbing one anothcr.
Kujkwe, *., Jticcup (St.).
Kuili, »., a kind of serpcnt : hence kikuili or
kikuilikuili.
Ku ihiia, r. a.o-kwisba, ku y£sha ; nadaka ku isba
or kwisha kaziyangu ; niinoyesba raadafu, amc-
ycsha, umeyesba = nime-ya-isba, I harefnishtd
tJtem, sc. raadafu ; nime-kwisba = nimc-ki-isba,
I havejinished, sc. kitu biki, sboka linakwisha
wckoa, the axe is aJready pnt.
Kuiu (or Kwiu), 8. (la), the, hungry erit J'or meat,
greedincss for meat, cfr. uthu ( = liju wa kitoeo,
ku tVimani nidma). Thc drsirc onc hasj'or
meat, after long abatiitcuce from it. Onc eats
then rarenously ; c.g., nimctoa kuiu lco, nimckiila
kua kuelli niama hatta ina-ni-piga moyo (kinai-
sha) or batta ku ona vibaya raoyonimoyoni.
Sidaki tcna, nimc kiuaisba roho.
Kuja, s. (sing. ukiija or ukombe, ugiindo ; pl. kiya,
za, kombc za), the nail ofmaanjingcr, tlte.rJair*
pf auimals ; knja za watu, za simba ;ukombe is
a Kinika word).
Kuja (or kucha), r. n., to l>c ajraid, to fear {rid.
ja) ; Jtc is feared, yuwajcwa.
Kuja, v. n., to comc (rid. jJi) ; kujia, r. obj.
Ki'ma (or kucha), r. «., it dawns, moming-
ttrilight; kunakuja, kunaparabasiika, kuna-
pambauka, uekuudu umctoka.
Kujuka ? (R.), scngererc ?
Kuke, adj. ( — kuukc, kikc), femininc ; mukono wa
kiike or kike, or wa ku sboto, the left hand,
oppos., mukono wa kuiime, or wa ku fuli, or wa
ku lia, the right hand; kukcni, on thc fcmale
side.
Kuko, yonder, to yonder, just there; kua knko,
beyond, on yon side ; huko.
Kuku, 8. (wa, pl.zs.), a hen, afowl, pouliry; arntna
wakuku, a cJiicken. (1) Kioda lakuku, thepsttet
ofa hen; (2) faranga ; (3) mso (jil.inl—); (4)
pora, larger than faranga ; (5) mtetca (pi. mi— ),
the J'otcl tchich will soon lay eggs ; (6) ko (U), *
laying hen. Kuku wa mtume, the hen of tke
Prophet (3/uJtammed), which had a blaek tufi of
Jiair on tJte head ; kuku mke, kuku kidimn, knh
wa mangisi, kipaku ni kuku wa mtiime (efr.).
KCku, adj., obsolete, old, tom topieces, tcornottt;
ngiio hi imekiia kukuu or kukti (imelcgea, lat-
raruka), ugiio bizi zinakua kuku ; vid. jski,v.9^
Luke v. 36 (sing. andpl. of kukii are the tame).
Kuku na uukit, bachcards and forwards.
Kukuru ? (R.).
Kukussa, r. a. (-ku-m-himiza ku toka), to bidotu
to depart or leare quickly. To thrust oneoutof
tlie house in a quarrel, ku-m-eukuma kua kwa-
sbika batta nde.
KCkCta, r. n., to be stifforhard (hence mkiih-
tufu, wihlf) ; toka imekwisha kukuta, thelim'u
alrcady hardened.
Kukuta, r. a. (= ku kumanga or pura kua fimbojt
to sliake off, to beat out the dust (euy^ Dg6o) rM
a stick, to remove the dustfrom it, to dust.
KukCta, v. n., to sJtrirel, to shrink together (Er. ?
Kukutaku, adj., shrireUed, wr'mklcd.
Kukutika (or ku kutika maji), to dry thekdl
after swimming.
Kukutika, r. n.; robo yo-ni-kukutika=y^ni-p>
kua sbindo.
Kukutiko, apopJexy ?
Kukutu, adj.: maji ni kukutu = kame, the *<#'
is guite dritd vp.
Ku la, v. a. (vid. la), to eat; ame-m-lia cbkn^
jakwe, he Jtas eaten for Ju'm (in his abscMt: *»
food, i.e., tJiefood tcJtich belongedtoanotker:)^
la amani, io eat peace, vid. amani ; kula n'n**
pa, / give him to eat. TJie infinitice trfta»
the continuation oJ'tJte action, chakula «wW^
onJy once.
Ku iJa, r. oJij.
Ku LisiiA, r. c, tofeed.
Kv liwa, v. p., to be caten.
Ku iJka, v. n., eatabJe.
Kulaiiu, s. ( yj&, calcar, harpago, fuscini) (f*.
pl. za), (1) (kidudc cba ku shikia ngiio) » hd
with wJiich tJte tadors keep fast the ciotk; (S)
kulabu ya ku naniia pingu kua kamba («^-
nanua) ; lctta kulabu ya ku nanulia pingu, bc'^
tJte instrument for putting asunder the M* 4
a jtrisoner; (3) o Jtook uscd in sJups. KulibnM .
differentfrom kalibu, wJtich means afurnaeff*
nt'lting mctal.
KU
( 177 )
KU
Kulastara, *., the name of a bird (kulla stara),
*>hieh is said to go atide and eonceal his head
VfUh one of itt toingt tchen eating 9 (Reb.).
Ktft*, adv., thither, there t far off (ni mahali pa
kiUmbo) ; pale ni hapa karibu (here near to us)
kuetu. Native song: Mkassi (the name of a
pereon) kule nd6 ku61e kuenda tukapata mtoto,
kua Mungu kayakule (kaya mbalii) wala hakuna
jambo «ito, usiniue kua majuto, kana muua dira
(vid. dira). Kule barani, Luke iii. 2.
KulS, yonder, very far off; kule kule, there ,
just there (cfr. kudali in Kiniassa).
KuUa, v. obj. (kukua), toheforonegreatorhard;
anarudia-ni ? repty, kuna-ra-kulfa mballi, it was
toofarto him; neno hili lina-m-kulia kuba or
iito (lina-m-shinda) ku li-fania, this matter is too
grtat or hardfor him to do (vid. mfifu) it,
Kuliwa, v.p.; amekuliwa ku fania kazi hi, ame-
ona kua kuba, amejoka.
Kuu iua ha mtu, Luke iv. 33, there tcas a man;
waliktia wanatoka.
Kuli iua 3ia mtumke, tJtere was awoman,Luke
xiii. 11.
Kduka MTrrmo; ni ku kulika tu (R.).
Kcliko, vhere there is or was, to be where is (cfr.
ku li i» Kiniassa).
Kuuko (expre**ingthecomparative)] niumbaJii
ni njema kuliko ile, this liouse is better than
that; mtu huyu ni muema kuliko yule, this
man ts betler than that, lit. t good where this
*n"£' "** < * fr ^ br « better than tta* ^an.
Dr. 8t. remarks rightly (page 308) : "Because
%faquality becomes evident in anything by
putttng some other thing beside it, the first
nmtt possess thc auaUty in a higher degrec
than the other." J
KuLttfcri? particU of interrogation, why? kuli-
k6m ku eema hiTio, why speak thust ku (to) li
(to be) ko (where) ni (what f )t where ^ jrhat or
why t mti hu ni mkuba kuliko ule, lit., this tree
•• large tchere is that one (scilfor comparison),
ue n thts tree is larger than that onc.
KuLf wi, *., a ccrtain insect.
£ulla (or iilla), adj., tvtry one, aV, cach one;
kulla mto, erery man; kulla watn wamcsikia
neno bili, all men Jtave heard tJtis word ; kulla
mmoja, every one.
[mirKJL ? (R.).
KULUKI8UA (?).
ul6la, v. n.; ku kulula or ku kula, to take out or
from fjlff., to outdo.
jL.trm&u, a kind of antelopc.
rMA, #. (jra, jpL ma- ), the female pudenda
KMffina, vulva. '
muamba, s. t a mussel in thc sca, tchich, w7ien
trodilen upon, wounds severely. A man taJcing
itfor a woman intended to approach it, but was
tnutilated by it. Ilence the name (pl. makuroa
miamba).
Kumanoa, v. a. (Kijomvu), to beat out the dust,
e.g., ku kumdnga jdmvi kua fimbo, rid. ku ku-
kussa, v. a. (ku toa fumbi) (cfr. kukuta) ; nguo
hi i-kumange, shahe offthe dust from this cloth;
niama hi yakumangia ? ? (11.).
Kumanoana, t\ rcc.
Kumani, an abominaUe nichname; mana kuma
nind we =- kuma ja nina (an abominable nick-
name ofachUd) (mother), or kumauioko ! O thott
of the kuma! Oko is a kind of vocative in
Kijagga; e.g., mangioko ! O king 1 (R.).
Kumba, *. (pl. ma — ), a frcsJi-icater fish (ni maji
ya pepo).
Kumda, r. «., (1) to sliove, to push away or knock
against onc in passing ( = sukiima) ; ku-m-pita,
ku-m-gussa, ku-mu-ambdsa, to touch one in
passing; (2) to take off tverything ; c.g., muivi
anakumba malijangu pia iote akanenda nayo,
ths thieftook away all my property and went off
bag and baggage ; ku kumba taka or fumbi kua
mukono, ku kusdnin, to rake dust or dirt with
thc hand; amc-ni-kumba kizani, he touclied me
in darkne s.
Kumoana = sukumana, to push one against
another un in tentionaUy.
Kumuia, t\ oltj.
Kumbia kumhia, v. obj '. / muivi ame-ni-kumbia
inaliyangu pia.
Kumbiza (or kumbizia) (— sukumia, sukumisfa)
ncno baya, to charge one with a crime % to lay
itvponhim;mumQ kanaadamu amemkumbisia
mkcwe, mkeapate mashaka pekee.
Kumba moyo, s.(pl. ma — ), rafter,pole f stake(vid.
komba moyo).
Kumhati? (ya, j>l. za).
Kumbatia, v., to embrace, to clasp.
Kumbatiana, v. rec. t to embrace each othcr.
Kumbe ? an expre**ion of surprise, a particle like
mbona, wJiat t but now, <C-c; e.g., kumbe ndivio
aliviofania, wJiy has hc acted tJtus t kumbe huku
nenda ku-m-pa Mzungu amanayangu? kumbo
anawazimu ndiposa asiwe na akili (kumbe =
kumbuka, consider — ) ; kumbc must not always
stand at tJte beginning oftJte sentence.
Kumbi, s. (la, pl. ma — ) (=shaha or nta ya mnazi),
tJie top ofa cocoa-rtut tree, wJiich, wJtenfallen to
tJte ground, is cut off by tJte natives; ku pata
nidma ya nta, a k'tnd ofwhite marrow (caJled
palmese in the Seychclles) wJiich is said to be a
delicious food.
Kumbi, s. (la, pl. ma— ), cocoa-nut fibre and tJie
n
KTJ
(178)
Hbrous ma*n out of irhich the leace* grotr. The
dry skin of a nazi ts used (ku palia motto) to
fetch or catchfire, as thc dry fibres catch firc
iptivkly. The fibrc* are also usai for makhtg
ropcn. Watu anasika kumbi ]<i nazi katika maji
ya tnpc, lipate ku logea; baadcn ana-li-gogota
anatua uiuzizakwc auasonga kamba ur auapiga
or anaftuka kaniba.
Kumbi, *., circumcision (Mcr.).
Kumui, 8. (sing. ukumbi wa niushi zausso) ; kiimbi
za usso, thij hairs of thc %ippcr vycUishv8.
Kumiii, *. (sing. ukumbi, tlic antc-chambvr) ; kiimbi
za niunibu, tlie antc-roonn or antc-vhambtra of a
housc, in opp. to jiimbu, or niumba ya nduni, thc
innvr-room, irherc nobody is alloiotd io go iritft-
out sj>cci<d jvrmission. Ku-m-tia kumbini » ku-
m-tahiri, to circumcisc one, bcrausc fu- must stay
in the ante-chambcr until lic is hcaled. Ku-m-tia
kumbini is a morc noble cjrprvssion for ku-m-
tahiri or ku-m-pasha tohara. There arc usualh/
ten or twenty boys circvmciscd togcthcr. They
Uve together in onc place.
Kumdi kumbi, *., ants in thcir jlying Rtagc, thc
whitc ants or termites, irhich gct trings at the
rainy scivton, trhcn thcy fiy about in large
sicarms. l)y roasting on afirv, thcir trings fall
off, and tften tfmc insccts arc considered a
delicions food (rfr. mtoa, pJ. mitoa). Kumbi
kumbi ni mtoa mkiiba lilio na mbawa ; watoka
tcuni (a hitl of cluy) majira ya mviia ; niuni na
watu wala.
Kumhiza (or kumdisua), r. a.,to lay a vhargc. npmt,
another man, io push off uptjn ; rid. kumba,
v. «.).
KuMuiziA, 1?. obj., to lay the charge upon one (ku-m-
sukumia or sukumizia) ; Adam amc-m-kum-
bizia mkOwc pckcc, apatc mashaka pckce (ku-
m-kumbizia mtu nuno buya).
KCmuu, s. (pl. za) (sing. ukumbiV, a girdlv } a bclt,
consisting of a narrotn j/iccv of cloth icound
round tfte loins ; vid. maKOinbo.
Kumbuaya, 8., a kind of drnui standing on fvct ;
cfr. ngoma ; cfr. msondo and kiwambo.
Kumbuka, t\ «., to rvmembcr i'ku talakari, ku taru-
dfidi), to recollect, topondvr over.
Kumbukia, r. obj. ; amc-ni-kumbukia juojangu.
fte put me in miud of my hxik; Bikumbukii, /
have ito rvcollection of it (riz. t of thc mattcr).
Kumbubha, v. c, to cause oitc to rcmcmbcr, to
rcmiud onc of.
Kumbu ki:m«u, *., a maitiun, mcmorial, remem-
brunce ( = muanzo wa mancno ya ku-in-kumbukia
kitu) ; e.g., 8omv onc spokv ofthe chiia cha siwani,
frog of the lake, tftc heurhtg of the irord chua
put me in mind of the irord}uo (book), tchich I
have forgotten to hring with me, butbflit**
certain place. Hencc 1 tcould tay: mtubm
amefania kunibu kumba ya jaojangu, tiit w
made mention of my bool; hc pui ne i* â– i^'f
it. Kumbu na kumbuse (Er.) ?
Kumda, 8. (Ia,p/. ma — ), vid. komda.
Kume ku ciiA, therc 1« dawN, it datcned ; vi.h
cha.
Kumfi (or kumvi), s. (sing. ukumfi, pL karf';
kumfi za mpiinga or mtama, c£*c. (=viA«i.
husk and bran of rice or luilltt, <£r. J#A
chaff of Jndian coru is largcr, the nativatdi
makumfi ya mahindi ; tchereas the empt$i^4
tfte mawcllo tlicy call kununu (la, pl n*^;
(kunnnu la mawelle, because this kind of$r**
hu no wishoa, chaff pro}>er).
Kumi, (la, pil. makumi), ten; kumilabnna,*
kati, la kwisha.
Kumio? (R.), roho, mio?
Kumoja, adv.y on onc sidc (kua upande auoj» ;
cfr. ulimi wa mti.
Kumunta, t\ a.; ku kumunta, to$kakeo*t *4
(St.) (Mcr.).
Kuna, v. a., to grate, to ecratch (one y $ Jbea4):h
ktina ( — puna) nazi (vid. mbiui), ku kon* p*
but tfw.y say ku pila sumaki or saodirii, *
8craj>c off the scales of fish (niamba y» wib^
or the clayfrom tfte copal.
Kuna, thcre is ; kuna sauti ya — (Lnke E 4);
kuna-ni ? trhat '18 the matter / kiina kn amUje'
what do you say i ( Tumbatu) (St.) ; koni «■?
irhat do thv*c tftings mean* (Lule xr. 26>
kuna siku situ za makazi ku pashoa kn ttfli*
(efr. Lukc xiii. 14) ; kunuyc, depcndi*Q »
him (?).
Kux.v Kucii.v (i.»irf. kuja, v.) (cfr. mtana), thm i
tftc dairning ; kunofunga mvua, rain ck^
(thc nky).
Kunazi, *. (la, pl. ma — ), the small fruit of^
mkunazi trvc (a apccic* of thorn), tchichU»
ablc, 8omt;thing like a sloe.
Ku.nda (or kunja), v. a. f tofold up, toterap. t-f,
ugiio ; (2) tu knit thc brotrs ; ku kundaus^i^*
ku tukiwa or kua ku fania koro).
Ji-kunda; kujikunda mabu (bu, pl. nubi #â– *
niawa).
Kunda kunda, r. intens., to vcrinkh (Jfr. W-
writcs : kunsa and kunsa kunsa, to rumfk:^
tumble a cloth).
Kundamana (kunjamana), r. n., tolayitfi**'
usso unakundamana, the face looks or u tm
or sour, frotrning ; kuaku tukiwa orkna» 1
fania koro (koro, anger in Kinika).
Kundana, r. r., tofoid itseif; e#. f kna pep*
KU
( »79 )
KTJ
Kundika, v. p., to be folded or capable of being
folded; ngiio hi inakundika wema or vibaya,
this cloth is folded up weU or badly (Reb. to
erumble).
Kundia, v. obj., tofold for one.
Kuvdaa, v. n., tobe short and smaU of stature.
Kuhdamanzi, *., a large white, but short snake.
Kukde, »., beans, haricot beans (ukundo, wa,
sing.) (pi. za), a kind ofbean (mkunde, thetree);
kundo za Kipemba and za Kitoita are considered
bett. Yarious kinds : kiind», fiwi, choko, baazi.
Kundi, *. (la, pl. ma — ), afiock, herd, drove, many
iogether ; kundi lagnombo, kundi la niuki, a herd
ofcows, sicarm of bees; kundi la viombo (vid.
pambanisha and msoani) wnta wanasimama
maknndi makundi.
Kdidd, adj. , red (vid. kiludu) ; kundu lamekameka
muotto, vid. muari.
Kuitdua, v. a. t to unfold, unwrap, unroll; e.g. t
ngfio ; ku kundiia moyo or usso, to make serene
iheface or heart.
during the rainy season. It must be distin-
guislied /rom uraandc (vid.). Kuna kungo lco, it
is misty or foggy to-day ; kuugu yafuka, a fog
rises or spreads (?).
Kukoi, *. (la) = eheha (Ebr. â–¼. 1).
Kunoo, *. (pl. za, sing. uktingo), brim; ku tii
maji mtnngini hatta ukungoni, to fiU the jar
with water to the brim ; ukungo wa kusima, the
edge of a weU.
Kunoo, *. (j&,pl. za), the fruit ofthe mkungo antl
muafi trees, uscd by the potter ku kungia or
sugulia (to clean) or lainisha viungu (kungo za
mfinanzi) ; the kernel is agreeable t and tinges thc
tongue.
Kunooja, v. n. (vid. ngoja), to wait; ku-m-gojea, to
waitfor him.
Kungu (kutjnou), s. (wa, pl. za), a species ofanie-
lope with long horns, of whicJt the natires make
vigunda (war-Jiorns). Dut the kungu mbawa or
fenuile kungu has no liorns. OtJter kituls of
antelopes are malu, kuro, which lmve very long
1u)rns.
Kuhduka, v. } to get unfolded, to grow larger, to
ezpand, to become serene ~ iraekua nieupe ; KCnoC, s. (wa), a kind of raven or crow ? (hiiyu,
naan HTn*»knm1iilra iht» /Vi/v> »** nr 7sviZ*a mpwiip p'- IiaWaj.
KunoCa, v. n., to stumble (cfr. kuaa, v. n.) (wiih
tlic accusatice of the subject) ; ku-gu ni heri ku
umo umekunduka, thc face is or looks serene,
cheerful; moyo umekundiika, he is gratified
(Kingozi) ; mojo umc-m-kunduka ; aliekun-
duka roho =â– mkundiifu, to be serene.
Kundulia, v. obj., to unfold for one, in his
favour t e.g., ngiio, u*«>.
KundclIwa, v. p. t to be unfolded; nguo imc-
kunduliwa ni watu.
Kumoa, «. (ya, pl. za) — sirri, mystery ; kungazao
na-wa-tambua (R).
Kumoa, v. a., to hem a cloth, to make a border to
the doth (ku kunga ngiio) ; ku kunga utrpc,
Utirartiko harraka ; utepe ni mahali psi embamba
pa ku raruka nguo ; ku kunga msh6iio, to cn~
team.
Kunoua, v. p. t to be hemmcd.
Kuhoali na mapema nADo, while it is yet earhj.
Kukoamana, v., to asscmble in crowds, to be
erowded.
KUNOAMANIBHA, V. O.
Kukoana, 9., to assemble from various ouarters,
and then depart in numbers to make war; ku
toana katika mji, ku enda witani.
Kukuarizi, * , a remedyfor a cough.
Kumgawa, thovgh, although; knngawa mbali, ta-
kuenda, aUhoughfar off, I shall go.
•Kuhoe, s.; kunge za mudfi, the hard black corc of
ike muafi tree, the wood of which is so hard that
hatchets are unable to cui it.
KttveB (kunou ? or k#kjb la nti), s. (la, pl.
i — \ the mist risingfrom the ground, tspccially
kungua gii wafunga kitamba, kama ku kungna
ulimi.
KUNOUAUSUA.
Kunouaza, r. c ., to cause one to stumble.
Kunoua, v. a. } to pull off or strip off, and hence
ransack; ame-m-kungua nguoyakwe, he stript
him of his cloth; amc-tu-kuiigiia or toalia vitu-
victu vioto, he ransacked aU our things.
KunoCi, s. (la, jf>/. makiingui), the person (male or
female) who instructs boys or girls in thc mys-
teries of adult life {cfr. muari and kisinda) (vid.
gunkui) ; huyu ni kungui or gnnkui lnngu; mtu
ftlieftmea kijana mambo ya niumbani.
Kunouma (pl. ma — ), the berry of thc mkunguma
tree.
Kungu manoa, 8., a ttutmeg.
Kunouni, *. (wa, pl. za), bug (which are abundant
in native bedstcads).
Kunourabsi, *., thefruit ofthc mlilana (usio uhiana)
Thc mkurassi or roliliina tree is very soft (vid.
kikiia) ; it is usedfor cough (Er.).
Kunouru, *., a crow, a bird a little larger than a
rook, black, with a white patch on the shoulders
and round the neck; itfeeds on carrion (St.).
Kunouruma, cfr. ku kororaa.
Kunousua, v. a. ( — kungtia or sappa aappa), to
ransack.
n2
KU
( 180)
XU
Kuno'uta, v. a., to shahe offor out.
Kunouto (pl. ma — ), a hind of bashet used as a
sieve or strainer.
Kunouyu, a grey hind ofowl f
Kuni, s. (sing. ukiini, ;>7. kuni za — ), firewood;
uktioi, one piece ofwood; kunizangu una-zi-alia,
hujui kuamba zina masumbuo, you bum my
wood, dost thou not know that this cavses troulle
(to get it again) ?
Kunia, v. obj., to scrape or scratch with or for
(cfr. kuniua).
Kukia, v. a. y to raise the eyebrows in contempt.
Ku n!a, v. n., to ease one's-self (vid. nia).
Kukiakuka, v. p. t to be torn, ragged, tattered ?
Kukiata, v. a. («= ku fraia usso), to show a sad
anxiousface or looh, lihe a condemned man, who,
bij his melancholy looh, seehs to obtain tJiefavour
of the judges or the mercy of the people ; ku ji-
kuniata kana meskini, ku keti kiniunge, ku ji6nsa,
watu wafanie h6ruma knniata, to give an im-
ploring hoh; amejikuniata usso, amefinia usbo
kua ku tukiwa; ka ji-kuniata kua sumasi or
beredi, to draw one's-self together, to shrinhfrom
sorrow or coldness.
KunikIa, v. n., to nod (?); kunikia kua leppe la
usingizi, to be drowsy.
Kukiua (or kuniula or kuniura), t\ a., to scratch
the shin so that blood fiows, to hurt, injure, or
wound one's-self by rubbing; e.g., niniekuniua
jandajangu hatta ku toka damu, 1 scratched my
fingcr until the blood caiue (bherti ku umiza, by
rubbing or touching). l>r. Stcere, page 309,
says that this verb means "to touch secretly
(with a scratchinff motion) by way of signal or
of caUing attention privately, to mahe a scratch
on tlie skin."
KuniulIwa, v. n.; kuniuliwa ni mti, to be
scratched by a trce, and lose blood.
Kukiuka, v. n., to bleed from a scratch; nime-
kuniuka kua mti, I lost blood from a tree
having scratchcd my shin onpassing by it.
Kuniura, r. a., (1) to graze, to touch one slightly;
(2) = ku-m-niukiira kua ku-m-niukua, to call one
(out ofan assembly of men) by toucldng him =
giving tliereby a secret sign, watu wasitambiie.
Kunja, v. a., to wrap ujt, to fold or furl (cfr.
kunda, v. a.) ; kunja uzi, to wind thread; kunja
usso (or ku kunja vipaji), to hnit the brows, to
frown.
Kunjana, v. 7i., to fold together, to wrinhle,
dwindle.
Ji-kunja, v. ref, to shrinh, tofiinch.
Kunjamana, v. mctl., vid. kundamana.
Kunjia, v. obj., tofoldfor.
Kunjika, v. n. } to becomefolded, to le creased.
Kunje (vid . kunge), mist, fog.
K<}xju, *., a hind of uwanga (vid.) which is eaten
in a time offamine.
Kunjua, v. a. (vid. knndiia), to unfM; ku kanjua
magii or migu, to stretch one's legs; ku kunjuka,
to become unfolded, to spread over; ku kunju-
liwa, to be opened or unfolded.
Kukrathi (for kun lathi) (in Arab. ^^j <$f}>
be thou ready, give your consent, ercuse, pardon,
do not be offended.
Kunsui (Kir.).
Kukukia.
Kukunu, s., vid kumfi.
Kuo, *. (ja, pl. za), the measured tract of land
within which a slave has to labour on a ptanto-
tion ; kiio ni perabe or kando ya shamba, wa-
tiima wakilima; kulla mmoja afuate kuojakve
iliolekezoa kua mudle. When the slares begin
to break vp with the native hoe (ku lima) the
ffround of a plantation, the master or ocerseer
measurcs out with a long stick (muale) the tratt
or extent of land which every slave has to «ork
at. This portion of land is called kiio. Baaa
ameniosha kuo, the master has laid out or
measured out the kuo saua saua. Mtuma asio-
ngcze wala asipunguze kuo ja mpaka. (2) Niama
ja mitu (Er.).
Kupa, *. (pl. ma— ), a lock madeofwood. Kopa 1*
mlango = komuo, tlie bar; ufunguo, the key.
Kupa, s. (kupa unagandama na gnorabe, jnwanoa
damu), an inscct vexing cattle, a cattle tick.
Kii'A, s. (la, pl. makiipa) ; kuti, pl. makiiti, ja mii
ya wimbia niiimba, tlte thatch (of the houset)
made of mia, which is stronger than that whith
is made of tlie cocoa-teaves. Knpa la ku fangtt
kuni, udilo iiguo wa mia, the wood-fetehivg
women tie vp tlieir bundles with mia.
Kupk, s. } a tich, a cattle tick (St.); probaliy fir
kupa.
Kupia, vid. pia.
Kupua, v. a.; ku kupua mtama, topour the mtama
on tlte ground ( - ku muaja nti) ; (2) ku knpo»
kofuni ? to shahe off one's dress ; ku kapaka, to
fall away or off, to drop off.
Kupulia, v. obj.; ku kupulia mtama nti (*&
mtama).
KuruKiA, v. obj.; ina ku kupukia otte (R.).
Kuua, 8. (ja, pl. za), lot, fortune; fulani anapati
kura ; ku piga kura, to cast lots; ku fania <* .
piga or tiipa kura.
Kuraku, 8., a preparation of tobacco, sugar, asd
honey after Indianfashion (kuraku oi Kihindi?);
hailcfii kabisa.
KTJ
( 1S1 )
KTJ
Kubasa (sing. ukiirasa wa kertaai,^. kurasa za — ),
a leafofpaper; cfr. %jCs, pars libri.
Kurisa ? wanakuriaa makasha ndani ? (R.).
KCr6, $. (vid. kungu), kind ofantclopc.
Kubofuu, *., doves.
Kububia (or kabjbia); kurubia kua karibu, to
come near, approach.
Kueubisha (or karibisha) = ku fnnia karibu, to
bring near.
Kubudika, v. n. ; anakurudika ? (R.).
Kubumbwa, 8. (Kimv.) (Kimrima, jiipi), a bird
wJUcJt sings a long and curious tune.
KuBtf bu, s. (koi mueupe poani, apcndai kula maii
mno kururu), little wJtite crabs on the bcach wJtich
arefond ofdung (cfr. ka uifu and ka dondo).
Kururuhi, g. t kiirurusi la gnombe, anoxft
Kubdbi wa ohombe, a bullock; vid. nsau.
Kusa (kubza), v. a. t to exalt t to make great, to
magnify. Mungu amo-m-kusa Seidi, ame-m-pa
mali, watu, d'c, apate kua mkuba.
Kusi, v. a., to make to grow (from kii or kuba,
grcat), to make great, to exaJt (kueza), to mag-
nifyf ku kusa jina «= ku-ni-kueza jina, likawa
kuba or refu, or ku ongeza jina, to increase, lit.,
to exaU one's name. Muungu ame-m-kusa Saidi, |
aroe-ra-pa mali, watu, &c, apate kua mkuba.
The father of my servant Kisuse was called
Ng5mc, hence the son was named Kisuse wa
Ngomc, but the people added to his name and
coMed him Babe Ngome, hence the scrvant is
eaUed by $ome simply Kisusc, by others Babe
Ng6me (Kisuse). The fatJter of the present
Itnam of Mascat was called Said-Sultani (Ben-
Imamu), Jience the son (irho is tJte present Imam)
u in Kisuahili caUed Babe Sultani Saidi (or in
Arabic, Said-Said-Ben Sultan).
Kuba (or kuza), v. a. t to seU; lit., ku uza or iiliza,
to ask, scil. aprice, to ask people to buy what is
exposed for sale. Hence kfiza na ktia pro ku
uza na ku nunua, to seU and to buy, i.c, trade,
traffic, commerce in general; lit., ku 61iza na kii
kua-kitu kilijo iizoa kinakua kikiiba, kioavia fcida
nengi-ndio biashera ya kuza na kua, e.g., robo ina-
kua reali. Nad&ka iiza or ku uza kiti hiki, Iwish
to seU this thing; nime-ki-uza, Ihave sold it, or
nimekwisha ki-iiza ; na-ki-uza sasa, / sell il
now; mza na kua, the trader.
Kusana (or usAJiA ot uzana), v.rcc. ; watu wame-
nsina or wamekusana, thepeople sold to each \
other or barUred.
Kusa, v. a. (Kin.) t to assemble.
Kusana, v. rec.
Kusania, v. a. t to gather, to coUect ; ku kusania
mahali pamoja, to astemble at oneplace.
KUBAJfiWA, v.p.
Kusaniana, v. rcc, to assemble (one with
another), i.c, kua nafsiziio.
Kusanjka, v. n., to be assembled, to meet to-
getJter or gatJiered, to be capable of; kundi la
watu linakusanika pahali pamoja » linaku-
tana.
Kusanikana — dirikana.
Ku8h6to, ado., on the left (vid. kuko and kuume);
mukono wa kushoto, tlic left hand.
Kusntf lu, v. a. ; kushulu kanzu ; cfr. \j** , lcvi
ct latiorc sutura consuit vestem.
Kusi [pr kuzi), *. (la, pl. ma — ) (kfisi la maji), an
eartJien pitclicr with a handle and a narrow
neck for carrying water. TJic kusi is larger
tJian thc guduia, is porous, and brougltl from
Egypt gencrally.
KusikA.ni (or kuzikani), afuneral.
Kusimu (or kuzimu), under thc earth, in tJie grave
(cfr. tuugulia).
Kussa, v. a. (cfr. kuta) ; ku-m-kussa mashaka, to
trouble onc, to vex (cfr. sononesha).
Kussi, *. (ya) (=- pcpo ya shangani or suhcli), tJie
soutJt or soutJi-east wind, bloicing from April or
May till Octobcr. Kussi yaviima tangu Damani
hatta kiiiibu ya Msimu or Mosimu. TJie soutJt-
I east wind blowsfrom Damani (from the end of
August, wJicn tfte soutJi wind bJows more gently,
until near tJte Mosimu. Prov. kussi m'ja na
mtama, kasktizi mja na sui (samaki), i.e., witJt
thc south icind tJie boats carry corn to Arabia,
but with tJie north wind tJtey carry fish (dry
fisJt)from Arabia to tJtc iSuaJtili coast. Kussini,
southerly, in tJte dircction of kussi = shangani
and suheli.
Kustubani, s. (ya), a thimble (tondo?).
Kusubabba, «., coriander seed, used in curry-
powder (cfr. gilgilan), name of an Indian spice
(or kurubasa ?).
KusCdi (or kasidi, or mAksudi or makusudi), *.,
intention, design, purpose; adv., intentionaUy,
on purpose; kua kusudi ; cfr. jj^j , intendit»
proposuit sibi ; vid. kasidi.
Kusudia, v. a. (=- ku ukilia), to intend,purpose,
determine.
Kust^RU, v. a. (— ku punguza), to diminish, makc
sJiort; y& , brcvis fuit, abbreviavit.
Kuhubu kusuru, *. ; c.g., kazi ya kusuru kusuru,
work badly done = kuzi ya kivifu vifu =» uvifu.
KCt, *. (ya) (Arabic pro ngome), castle, fortress.
Kuta, *. (la, pl. ma — ), waU; kuta zima, a large
wall (cfr. kikuta) (sing. ukiita).
Kuta, v.a.,(l)to see, tofind, tohappen, to befaU,
to be in travail or to suffer pain in giving birth;
kuku annkuta, alipo knta amebuaga or amctoa i,
the fowl is in travail, and after travail she
brought forth or cast down an egg - laid an
KU
( 182)
KW
egg; kuku amckuta mdi (cfr. t'a) ; hujui iku-
m-kuta, you do not Jcnow trhat tcill happen to
him; (2) kukuta mashaka, to be troulled («= ku
6na udia or mashaka), to meet icith troubJc ; ku-
m-kushia mashaka, to worry one; ku-ji-kusha
maehaka, to trouble one'sscJf to toil; (3) ku
kuta or ku songa mikuto ya nuelle.
Kutia, r. obj. t to happen to him.
Amekutiwa, v, p. ; amepatika ni mauti (cfr.
mauti).
Kuta, v. a. ; ku kuta watu — ku kusania watu, to
asscmblc people, hut with thc acccssory notion;
kua ku tafuta.
Ku kutiwa, v. p., e.g., na mvua.
Kutaka, v. rcc., to a88cmble, to mcct, convenc, to
conic togcthcr.
Kutania, v. a.; ku — niuzi, to bring togctltcr
thc strings, to egualizc thc dimjizi (K.).
Kutakia, v., to asscmblc in bchalf of one, or
around onc who speaks, &c.
Kutakika, i\, to bccome assembled ; watu wamo-
kutanika kulisha sadaka.
Kutanihiia, v. c, to cau8c to come together or to
asscmble, to bring togct/icr (mcii or things).
Makutanikio, s., tumuU.
Kutakua, v. (there will bc) ; na kilio na ku uma
meno, Luke xiii. 28.
Kuta kuta, t\ a. (e.g., kukutakuta nguo fumbini\
to shake out the dust from a cloth; ku futa
fumbi means to strip off or strike off the dust
by smoothing the cloth with the hand (cfr.
mkiito).
Kutanda cha kitunuule, a spider' 8 wcb (Sp.).
Kutaoki (or kudaoki) ? (R.).
Kuti, s. Qa,pl. makfiti) (cfr. kikuti), (1) thc green
or dry hrancli of a cocoa-trec; (2) thc plaitcd
cocoa-nut leaves uscd for thatching thc native
cottages (ku euka makiiti).'
Kuto, 8. (la, pl. ma — ) (cfr. mkiito) ; kuto la
nuclle, a ringlet (ofhair).
Kutu, *. (ya, pl. za), rust; e.g., kutu ya juma,
rust of iron; kutu ya muezi, rust of thc moon,
i.e., spot, speck of tlic moon, which tlte Suahili
think has bccn created by God for tlie purpose
of lesscning tJte brightncss of tlie moonshine,
which otherwisc would split a man's Iiead, as is
tltc case witli cocoa-nuts, which tliey say arc split
by tJie moon.
Kutua, adv., the wliole day, from morning till
sunsct; usiku kucha, the whole nigltt, till the
dawning ofthe day; kutua, to be dark or black
(R.)?
Kutua, v. a. ; ku kutua baridi (by labour), ncnda
nikakutue baridi ; ku kutuka; ku-ji-kutua rohoyo.
Kutubu, «.; jahi na kfitubu, expressions refer-
ring to tlie compass (R.), or to a pair of com-
pa88C$ ; ku kutubu, to write ; vid. katibo, p. 132.
Kutuka, v. n. (Kimrima, ku jekuka kua khoTu), to
be struck with fear, to be frightened at thc
sudden appearance of d thing, to be startled;
mimi nimekutiika or jekuka, or nimcjituka
nikiona nioka, / was offriglUed or shrank back
at thc sight ofa serpent.
Kutujua, v. obj.
Kutukutu, 8.; kutukutu za mitu ( — mitu mjanga),
a young forest or copse ofunderwood, bushes,
budding wood.
Kutusha, v. c. (Kim. jekiia), to affright suddenhf,
to startle, to alarm suddenly.
Kuu (or ku), great; e,g., niumba ku, a grtat
house; ana maku, he i$ vain, lit., hehas grtatnem
or pride ; mkuba, a chief a noble (mtu mkuba).
Kuukeni, adv., on the female or mothcr's side;
mtu huyu ni mkabala ( — mbari) kua like, kva
upiinde wa iike (cfr. kumoja), wa kuukeni uami,
this is a rclation of mine on the mothers side
(vid. kiike).
Kuukuki? (R.).
Kuumeni, adv., on the male or father's side;
mukono wa kuume or mukono wa kuruli, the
riglU hand (vid. kuke) (jina la kuumlni —);
kuumoni mua or kua sultani, at the right oftht
king.
Kuve (or kuwe in Kin.), afield-rat (?).
Kuvult, adv.: mukono wa kn — , the right hasd
(cfr. fuli).
Kuwili, twice over, in two ways.
Kuyu ?
Kuzimu, lit., into cold, i.e., into the grave; tid.
gisikafiri.
Kwakza => ku anza, to begin : kwanza, firtt, at
first, formcrly; ya kwanza, the first; ngoji
kwanzu, wait a littlc or a bit.
Ku akziliza, vid. anza, to begin.
Kwisiia, v. a., vid. ku isha, to finish, to compUte.
Kwiu, vid. kuiu, 8. ; cfr. uju.
SPECIMEN OF MARINE SONGS.
(Ad vocem " K6NOUE," p. 170.)
1. Thc Captain singsfirst the following strain:
Mama alipo-ni-via, jina aka-ni-ita Muakaje,
Aka-ni-tia vikiiku vikalia ngueje nguejn
Ni mzuri, sina bakhti, kuamba nali mui
Ningalije ? kuna kijinu jaliapi?
2. The Sailor8 respond :
Jalia mgambo kua Muatime-h6ya
LA
(183)
A Lover'8 Sosg.
w
Kuna kertasi ya sharan, tumishi mucgni ajiba,
Ndakarapc salamu, mana mzuri haiba (haya)
Umu-eI6ze afaharau, mapensiyangu mahaba
Wala asidanni mingiuo, moyo asitio n'ikhuba
(sumasi)
Kuani? ndio matilaba (milla), ku penda kiniwi-
sajo (ku wisa =- penda, kinipendajo).
(B)
JResp. ofthe Bride.
Mimi nna wasia wa baba, mojo sitiliwi kijo,
Moyoni sina msiba, furaha nengi, si haba,
Wala usidanni mingine, moyo sitio riikhuba
Koani? ndio matilaba ku penda kikuisajo.
( The Captain sings A and the Sailors 0.)
Killcfi mkata jorabo
licndori sitangamaue
Nakhuda mdaka jombo
Si-m-jenge safiari.
( Translaiion.)
In thc KiUefi Bay a man is cutting wood for a
vesscl.
Jiarhour, do not middle with him.
A captain U dcsiring a iwi,
Do not huild him (hclp) a voyage.
La, adv. (in Arabic), no, not; Kis. sivio; Arah.
non, minime.
LA, v. a. ; kii 15, to eat, to consumc, to spend ; ame-
kula, he has eaten; yuwala, hc cuts noio, Jic is
eating; atakula, hc shall or wiU cat ; simba amc-
m-la gnombe, the lion has catcn thc cow; cfr.
Arab. j£t , edit, consumsit (the first and
$econd letter having fallen off in Kisualtili) ;
ku la ufundo, to eat rotten meat ; kii-m-la utoto,
to dcfileagirlff amekula fethayakwe, he has
spent his tnoney; ulo kadiri udakavio, eat as
mueh as you like.
Lan a, v. rec. } to eat one anotlter.
LiA, v. obj. and instrum.; kijiko cha ku Ha, a
smaU spoonfor eating ; sahani ya ku lia wali,
a plate in which to eat boiled rice ; mukono wa
ku Ha, the hand with which one eats t i.c, tlie
right hand (opp. to mukono wa ku shoto, tlte
left hand), for the right hand is uscd to cat
with; jumba cha ku lia, the eathtg-room, thc
room to eat in ; arao-m-lia waliwfikwe, he ate
(to him) his rice, i.e., he atc hisportion ofricc
in his (the other's) abscna:
Ldla, v., to be eatable, to bc eatcn; kitu hiki
hakiliki, this cannot be eaten; kitu hiki
cbalika, but kissu kinalika= kina kua kidogo.
Liua, vid. lia.
Ji-lia, v. ref. ; muana ame-ji-lia mali ya babai,
the ehild has eaten up his father's property.
Liah a, v. r. ; kuliana, to eat in turn ; vid. ki-
k6a,«.
Ljbha, v. c, tocause to eat, to give onefood(vid.
posho), to cawte to grazc [e.g., a herd ofcows),
to lcad to the pasturagc.
Laabu, v. n.,to sport, to play with; Arah. c,-**} ,
salivavit ore, lusit.
^ ^ ^
Laana (ya, pl. malaana), *. ( /^*5 , abcgit ct pro-
ec-
cul csro jussit, male dixit ; ^jjJ , maledictio),
a cur8e.
Laani, r. a., to curse, to damn.
Laakisha, v. c, to hring a cursc upon somcbody.
Lab£ka (or leb£ka, lkbek) (shortened into ebbo
or bco), yes ; tlie humJble manner of answering
whcn called hy thc master or somehody clse; Arab.
tilnnl , paratus consisto ud gcrendum tibi morem,
ccce adsum et obcdio.
Lam labi, vid. ushairi.
LaijCda (otlabGda), adv. (Arab.), perhaps ; labuda
atakuja 16o, perhaps Jie tcill come to-day ; cfr.
4} , 5 , haud cst evitandum.
Ladu, s. (ya), a native confcction in thcform ofa
baU, made ofsugar, honey, pcpper, andflour of
scsamc (tangaisi) ; 1/ 1* bakcd vtry Iiard and is
nseful on a long journcy hy sca or by land; cfr.
jj , suavoot jucundum compcrit.
Lafua, v. a.
Jilafua, v. ref. ; asicktia na haya (vid. pujuka),
to be shameles8 and to want all that one sees.
Lafuka, v. n., never to be satisfied, always to be
hungry (roho hakinai) ; mtu huyu yuwalafuka,
ni nilaG, this is a ravenous feUow, a glutton.
Lafukua (Kin. lafnka) (?).
LA
( i»4)
IiA
Lafutiii, s.; lafuthi ya mnncno ta, si maneno
jcgni maana or ya kuelli, bi kuclli, ni lafuthi ya
moneno tu (lafuthiyakwe), excuse, pretence (cfr.
"" . . . f°~
k&5 , jecit, de se cjccit, protulit verba; hence feal '
vox, vocabulum), senselets or faUe tdUi.
Laga, v. n., pro la aga ; e.g., jiia laga or la aga
raiti, tJte sun takes leave of the trces in the even-
ing when it stands saua saua (equal) or level
witJt tJie top of the trecs, and conterptently it
about to act (cfr. aga).
Laiiamu, vid. leheniu, *. (ya), eohler ; cfr. ^) f
firmavit, consolidavit argentum aurumvo auri-
faber.
Lahaula, «., blatphemy ; usi-tu-tio lahaulani =
u8i-tu-kufuri8ho or usi-tu-tio kufuruni, e.g., kua
ku-m-taja Muungu kua makossa (11.).
Lahu, s., a sJicct of paper (R.) ; cfr. £ J , tabula
lata, omoplata in quo scriptum cst, -£% .
Laika, 8. (eing. ulaika) (la, pl. ma — ), the sliort
Jiair growing all over tJie body exccpt tJte head.
Laika la niiini or roalaika ya niuni. Dr. Stcere
limits tJie Jtair only to tJie hand or arm.
Laini (leini), adj. (Arab.), tJtin, fine, soft to tJie
toucJt, not rougJiorcoarse (vid. kuahiza), delicate,
smooth; cfr. ^ X A ((^). lonis ac mollis fuit
rcs.
Lainjka, v. «., to bc 8oft % tJtin, witJioui rougJi-
ve*8 or coarscnes*.
Lainijsha, v. c, to cause to be soft, to inake
smootli.
Laiti ! 0J1 that ! vould tJiat ! an cxcJamation of
regrct, and a uinJi tJiat things Jtad becn otJtcr-
wise ; iiatamani niaraka laiti kuamba za-ni-
wasilia lco (ni ncno udakalo liwe) (cfr. falaula)
- c-
(vul. Luke xii. 49) ; cfr. v-^J , utinam ; laiti
kuamba fulani alikua hapa, ncno hili ningali-
fania, icould tJtat hc Jtad bcen Jtcre, Iwould not t
Juive donc this matter.
Lakkn ( =» cla or ila), conj., bnt, yct, ncvertJtckss
(Ardb.) ; {^ , scd, attamon.
Lakt, v. a., to go to mcet ; Saidi Thucn ali-wa-laki
Wahabia, Said-TJtucn iccnt to mcct tJtc Waliabi
(R.) ; cfr. ^jfiJ , obviam habuit, occurit alicui.
Lakini, vid. lakcn, but, Jtowevcr.
Lakki, a hundred tJtousand, a lac (Indian numbcr))
lakki kumi, a mUUon.
Lakki, »., 8ealing-wax (Hindostani ?) (R.).
Lakwe (or lake), Jtis, Jters, its (vid. suffixe8 inthe
Grammar) ; lako, thy, vid. ako.
Lala, 17. n., (1) to lie downfor slccp, to rccline, to
bc in a lying posturc, to slccp; (2) == ku inama
or ku wama, to aseumc a bending potture; e.g.,
niumba inalala nti = imeanguka nti, ike houte
fellflat on the ground.
Lalana, v. rec, to sleep, eat, &c, together, to be
on intimate terms.
Lalia, v. obj. ; e.g., ku-m-lalia or ketia raatanga,
to sleep or sit on the tand wJien mourning.
Laliana, v. rec.
Lalika, v., to be abJe to be slept vpon, to afford
convenience for slccping; kitanda hiki cha-
lalika, hakina knngiini, thit bedstead enablet
one to sleep (on it), becaute there are no bugt
(in it) ; siku hizi hakulaliki niumbani tena kna
harri, in these dayt one eould not sleep in the
Jtouse for Jteat.
Laza, r. c, (I) to cause or bring to sleep; mnroa
yuwa-m-laza manawakwe, the mothcrputt hcr
child to sleep; (2) to put into a horizontal
position; ku laza laza maneno =3 ku tak&nia,
tongelesa.
Lazua (or lazoa), v. p.; alielazua horini,
Luke ii. 16 ; he icae brought in a lying postwrt.
Ku-ji-laza, v. ref, to lie down.
Lalaika, v. n. (=» ku umia kua nda), to starve;
kcsho nihipopata chakula, talalaika.
Lalama, t?. n., to confe88, to cryfor mercy, to np-
plicate, to entreat, to aek pardon promising *ot
to commit the fault any inore ; muivi jruwaUlimi,
apate pona nafsiyakwe ; alipoungama (confesud)
muivi yuwaja ku katoa mukono, aebabu hi yvva-
lalaraa, sitafania tenn, mnipige yamini ; »ika ya
ku lalama miraji, tJte annualfast-day.
LalamIa, v., to implorepardonfrom one; ku-m-
lalamia wali, to implore the pardon of the
governor ; mdeni ame-m-Ialamia muegni niali
ku-m-pa rubu ; ana-ku-lalamia nini? whatkat
Jw told tJiee confidentiaVy f (cfr. nngamia).
Lalamisiia, v. c, to cause one to ask pardon;
wali ame-m-lalamisha Abdalla, the govtrnor
caused or ordered AbdaUa to ask pardon, he
said to him " ulahime. "
LALAMiwA, v.p.; muegni mali amelalamiwa.
Lammi, *. (ya), glue or tar (cfr. berCu, *., and ike-
hami) ; lammi ya ku paka jonibo, a kind oftfse
or tar, to lay on a ship (cfr. lahamu).
Lana, v. rcc (vid. la; kii la, to eat) t toheon very
intimate terms, so that theygiveeachotherever$-
tJting; they eat cach other, as it were; wate
hawa walana.
LAna, *. (propcrly laana, vid.) (la, pl. ma— ), curte;
malana ya Mungu, tJie divine eurse, imprecation,
maledictwn.
Lanoo, s. (la, pl. ma- ), gate, city-gate (cfr.
mlango).
Lanou, my (vid. Grammar), pron. possess. fatt
pcrs. sing., mine (la dass).
Lani (properly laaki), v.a., tocurse, ezecraUont;
vid. laana.
LA
( 185)
Lanika (or laanika), v. n., to bt disgraced or
cursed, imprecated.
Lanisha (or laanisiia), i\ c, to bring curse upon
one ; e.g., kua uganga.
LanIwa (or laaniwa), v. p., to bc accursed.
Lao, their; v'ul. Grammar.
LApa (or rai'a), v. n. («- ku shiriki nda kali), to bc
sharp set witJt hunger so that one may eat any-
thing obtainable, to be ravenously hungry; mtu
huyu yuwalapa kua nda. Ku lapa rolio = or
robo ku-i-pa mbelle = ku fania or fuata killa
kitu roho idakajo, to eat quickly and ravenously.
Lasirmali, s.; amepata lasirmali ncngi, hc got
much property.
Latamia, v. a., to bring up, i.e., to have tJte over-
sigJtt, care, e.g. t of a child; ptrhaps froin tlie
Arabic *JJ , affixus fuit loco, effecit ut altcr
alteri affixu? esset ac continuo adcssct (compare
" «• «»
also tJte Arabic *qj , fracnavit, instruxit
fracno).
lAtiuk? ( ^A f reprehensio, vituperium), blame,
reproof. Kathi Ali said to Mr. lieb. tJtat Jie
Aorfno lauraa (blame), ifthepeople did notfolloic
him, as he had shown tJiem the rigJtt way.
La#mu, v. a. (Arab. J$ , roprehendit, culpavit,
corripuit aliqucm) (— ku shika ku-m-suiubulia),
to go to law with one t to inform against one, to
blame; e.g., ifa man has agreedwith a merchant
to buy a certain article, to which Jte took afancy,
but having no money about Jiim, he says to the
merchant,"Donotsell thc matter, ifyou do, takuja-
ku-laumu, i.e. t Ishall come and sumnwnyou." If
the merchant sells it in the absence of tlie otJier,
who is gone tofetch the money, tJte seller can be
accused (ku laumiwa), and must produce tJie
artide in guestion, or pay tJtc value of it. Mr.
Er. takes laumu in the sense of " taxing or
aceusing one falsely" (7). Laiimu hi ya-ni-
patia-ni, nimctoa-ni? said a fidcjusBor to t/tc
debtor (R.). Ku laumu, to do one's-self harm by
doing wrong (to get maumifu) (R.).
LaumIwa, v.p.
Launi, s. (ya), UJcencss, kind, sort, form, spccics ;
adv.f like; nadaka juo launi ya hiki, / tcant
a book like this — gissi ya hiki, or kama hiki, or
launiyakwo iwo kama hiki, or nishebaha wa hiki,
or shebihi ya hiki ; Arab. ^ J , conditio rei
qua ab alia distinguitur, color.
Launilauni, adv. = mballimballi ?
Latia, v. a. t tojUch, topilfer t tofinger (R.).
Lawa, v. n.; kulawa, to comefrom(Mrima) (St.).
Lawana, v. (cfr. laumu), to blame or scold (St.);
probably, v. rec., to Uame each other f
Lasa, 9. c, vid. lala.
Lazima, *. (la, pl. ma — ), necessity, surety, bail, re-
sponsibility ; jambo lililo pasha ; natukua lazinia,
I bail; Arab. rf , assiduu8fuit,necessarium fuit
alicui.
L.'vzimu, v. n., to be obligatory ttpon, to be com-
pelled; wewe ya-ku lazimu ku nenda, tJiou must
go, to bail or answerfor; mimi nalazimu fctha
ya Kisuse, I answer for the money of Kisuse,
Iwillpayit; tuna-ku-lazimu wewe, we make
tJice responsible ; ni lazimu juyako, tJtou art
rcsponsible.
Lazimia, v. obj.
Lazimihha, v.c, (1) to compel; mdeni amo-ni-
lazimisha fetha ya Kisuso, t/te lcnder madc me
pay thc moncy of Kisusc ; (2) to make rcspon-
sible; ntibi nnalazimishua mirai, kadiri lita-
kalo kuja ; la heri araa la shari, tauzua mimi ni
SaidMajid: •« vili kuaje ?" said RasJtid Ben-
Salim of Takaungu to Mr. Beb.; (3) ku-ji-
lazimisha nafsiyakwe ua or kua = ku-ji-funga
nafsiyakwo na or kua, to devote or give onc's-
sclf to.
Lea, v. a. (dcriv. mlezi, tutor ; inalezi or ulezi,
education), to bring up, to nursc (ku possa) ; ku-
m-lca mana, to bring up a child ; ku lea nti, to
secure tJte land ? ku leza, to educate (cfr. ku rera
1» Kiniasna).
LfiWA, v. j).; (1) muana amclewa vemn, thc chiltl
is icell bred; (2) to bc drunk, tipsy, amclewa
kua tembo.
Lkbeka, r.id. labeka.
Li5fia (or l^via or lewea), v. c, to mckc drunk
to intoxicatc (vid. kileo, *.).
Lewa ; ku lewa, to be drunk or tipsy.
Le*viale"via, v. a., to make giddy.
Ku-ji-l£fia (or liSvia), to make one's-self in-
tozicated, to get drunk.
Leg£a, v. n. (cfr. regea), to gct loose or lax, to
yield, to faint, to become soft; muiliwangu umo-
lcgea (or tepctea) kua homma ; iigue umclegca ;
ku legea kuandaa, to flag from Jtunger ; maungo
yana-ni-legea, to be seized witJt extreme lassitude,
tofeel an cvtire prostrativn ofstrength.
Lkuea legea, i7. redupl., to slacken very mucJi,
be very loosc.
Leoeza, r. a., to let loosc, to cause tobecomelax,
to relax, to looscn ; c.g., legeza ugiie, usikazc,
loosen tJte rope, do not stretcJi or strain it ; ku
lcgeza md6mo.
LfiGM, vid. miiogni.
Le*hemu (or l£uamu), s., solder ; ku tia lehemu, to
solder (oid. luhamu).
Leuemiwa (or lihimIwa), p.
L£hemu, v. a.; ku lchcmu jombo, to solder a
vessel.
Lekea, v. n. (vid elokca), to take into one's eye,
to turn toward, to face t to have something before
( 186)
LI
one, to be opposite to; cfr. ytf , obviara habuit,
occurrit alicui.
LekeAna, t». rec, to bc turned oppositc to cach
other, toface cach other in sitting or standing;
watu wamelekeana wao kua wao.
Lekeanisha (lekanisha), v., to piacc peopie
fronting orfacing one another.
Lekeza, v. c. t to cause to have its direction to-
wardj to cause toface ortobe turned against ;
ku lekcza bundfiki, to lerel a musket at ; ku
lokeza jombo bcndarini, to steer toward tJic
harbovr ; ku lckeza janda, to show ; ku lekeza
ndia, to show the road.
LekezAna, v. r., (1) to level (e.g. t selakha) arms
against one anotJier ; walipo-onana wamoleke-
zana bunduki wao kua wao ; (2) to agree, to
come to an agrcemcnt.
Lele, s.; yu lcle, hc sleeps; amclele, he slept, scil.,
usingizi (amelele usingizi) (R.), amolele, yii mato,
he laid himself down, but was watchful, kept
awake.
Leli, 8.; usiku lcli, midnight.
L£ma (or dema), s. (la, ^>/. ma — ), a wicker-net,
fishing-nct or trap or basket; lema la ku fulia
samaki, wicker-work ofbranches ofthe cocoa-nut
tree.
Lemaa, *., disfigurement ; muegni lemaa, disfigured
by discase (St.) ; cfr, <WJ , infortunium ?
L£mba, v. a. (Kinika, cha duriiraa), to cheat,
dcceivc.
Lemba, s. (la), thc comb ofa cockf (Er.).
Lembelkmbe, adj.,running over,fully acatmuJated
or amassed (R.) ?
Lembezi (la, pl. ma — ), hail (?) in Kiseg&a (vid.
maji ya balli ?).
Lem£a, v. n., tolean, rcposc vpon; inana amo-m-
lemca mamai, to lie upon or above, to lic lieavy
tq>on, to oppres8; kasha lalenn'a ju ya kasha
lingine, a box lies upon or rathcr abovc anothcr.
Lemkana, t'. r., to lie or lcan one vpon another ;
fig., to press or Jiarass one another (as /S T .
Majid and Barg. did).
Lemeza, v. c, to causc a thing to licor lcan vpon
avother thing, to pvt onc vpon anotlicr, tolieap
vpon; amclcmcza makasha ju ya makasha, Ju>
placed boxcs vpon boxe*.
Lemkzana, t\, to press against, to placc cach
otlter in svch aposition that both parties lean
against each other, toforcc anything vpon an-
other; ku lcmezana mzigo, to lay a load vjwn
the head or back ofeach other.
Ji-lemeza mzigo, to put upon onds-self a load
(frcauentJy takenfrom another in addition to
one8 own).
Lenoa, v. a. t to take aim; ku lenga ehcbaha, to
shoot at the mark ; ku lenga kua bunduki, jiwe*
rOc. ; cfr. linga, v. a.
Lengana, v. r., to level (bunduki) against one
another.
Lengelenge, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a btistcr, especiaUy
one caused by a burn ; mukonowangu umefania
lengelenge ; nat6ka malengolenge or nat6koa ni
malcngelcnge.
Lenu, your (vid. Orammar), pron. poss. second
pers, plur., your (ofthe la class).
Leo, adv. t to-day; si leo, not to-day »- long ago.
Lepi'E, s. (ia), drowsiness, snatches ofslccp; leppe
la usingizi, nna-ji-niosha, nnapata leppo leppe la
usingizi mema or wema.
Lesani, s. (ya), voice, language (efr. sauti) ; nime-
sikia lesaniyako ndiani, I heard thy voice on the
road; (^UJ , lingua, Ioquela, sermo.
Lebso (properly laesbo), s. (ya, j£ ia), a handker-
chief; lesso ya ku futia kamasi, a pockct-hand-
kcrchief
Leotekawa, cfr. kituko (R.) ?
Letta, v. a. t to bring t properly to cam$e to arricc,
to scnd, tofetch t to convey.
Lettea, v. obj. t to bring something io one; ame-
ni-lettca waraka, he hrought me a letter.
Lett£wa, v.p.; nime (nna) lettewa waraka, a
letter was brougJit to me.
LETTOAjJp.
Letu, our (vid. Orammar) t pron. poss. first pert.
pl., our (ofthe la class).
Lfiu, *. (la, pl. ma — ), provision for a joumey
(cfr. kii la, toeat).
LtiULi, «., a doth worth 30 to 40 doUars (ku pigna
kilcmba).
Levuka, v. n., to gct sober (St.).
L^wa, v. n., (1) to become drunk, tipsy (properlj/,
to rcel up and doicn) ; (2) to be brtd t educattd
(mtu alcwa, dau lalewa ; dau lisilewe, vid. pan
gana).
Levia, v. c, to cause to be, to intazicate.
Ruji-levia, to make one's-self drunk, to gd
drunk; ku levialevia, to be giddy.
Lewalewa (tewatewa), v. n., to dangU, to
string or sway about UJce a drunkcn man.
Lewka, v. obj.; amc-n-lowca ni kama mtu a-ka-
tczciiye.
Li, it is.
Li (or ali), he is or was ; anakufa alikafiri, he
dicd bcing an infidel, c.g., ifhe dies in a state of
inebriation ; uki-ji-thflimu nafsiyako, uoakufanli
kafiri (R.), ifyou kill yourself, you die as omim-
fidel; huta-mu-ona hali alio, will you not set of
wJiat cJiaracter he isf alie or aliye, he who is;
nikah', and Iam.
LiA, v. obj. (vid. ku la), to eat for one ; niumb»
LI
( 187 )
LI
yaor chumba c 
